a0'¥ , we
be Nealon +4 t gan Aw
eg HT BA

a ee oe

eld
Ar
4 4ait

4 te
ny

Vn ee

Hy a

Dna Gea DIT}
ork ‘ y abe

Sao!
3

, és hs & ad!
highs Ate)
MEO

iti

Osea nna reno at

arbi oe
re sf cox i x
ie

£553.
Seas Fe p0,
Shee

ye ey

sete
eerie
4 este

HO REE EO RIE
FORGE DVCATION
HORYSIGLENIC E

LIBRARY
OF

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM
OF

NATURAL HISTORY

- JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

IWMOE: XEN.
PART II. (NATURAL HIsTory, &c.)
(Nos. I to IV.—1876.)

EDITED BY.

JHE NaTuRAL JLIsTORY PECRETARY.

‘Tt will flourish, if naturalists, chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men of science
in different parts of Asa, will commit their observations to writing, and send them to
the Asiatic Society at Calcutta. It will languish, if such communications shall be long
intermitted ; and it will die away, if they shall entirely cease.’ SIR WM. JONES,

CALCUTTA:

PRINTED BY C. B. LEWIS, AT THE BAPTIST MISSION PRESS.

1876.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

——

BuanrorD, H. F. ;—On certain protracted Irregularities of Atmo-
spheric Pressure in the Indian Monsoon-region, and their Rela-
tion to Vartateous of the local Rainfall, oii icc cc eke bec c eens

;—An Account of Experiments made in 1875 and
1876 in various parts of India, for the purpose of comparing
the observed Temperature of the Dew-point with that computed
from the Psychrometer by different Methods of Reduction, ......

;—On the Physical Explanation of the Inequality
of the two Semidiurnal Oscillations of Barometric Pressure,
(VN CCGG) eee ate nks eek unos ee APBREEeBY Scicc'0d< cub cnodegchenn SamEBande

Buanrorp, W. T. ;—On some Lizards from Sind, with Descriptions
of new Species of Ptyodactylus, Stenodactylus, and Trapelus,
(CEI CaIR OAD IOLA ge ACD RRS br a RAAB T0036 5 od da bles 2 Bebb ae aati ae

;—Description of Felis Shawiana, a new Lyncine
Canjrom luster Murkestan ye! 00... NG JCI ER en Te

;—On the Physical Geography of the Great Indian

Desert with especial reference to the former BHxistence of the

Sea in the Indus Valley ; and on the Origin and Mode of For-

morvonroy the Sond dMielis, i028... LR BAHIA ET,

Description of Golunda Hlhoti, from Sind,
(TELA, 2. Oe CAN BE eo So oe COU HE HEMMER | 6o'dnc obs cue sua aan chbere name Ar

FEISTMANTEL, O. ;—Contributions towards the knowledge of the
Fossil Flora in India. J. On some Fossil Plants from the
Damuda Series in the Raniganj Coalfield, collected by Mr.
Je voou- Mason ¢Plates: xeV— XX), Coie ite a

Gopwiy-Austen, H. H. ;—List of the Birds collected on the Ex-
pedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam, together with those ob-
tained in the adjacent Darrang Terai, (Plates III and IV), ...

—— ;—On the Oyclostomacea of the Dafla Hills,

Assan, (alates: Viland VIII, A, Figs: (6) eve ee...
——_—______ ;__fiifth List of Birds from the Hill

Ranges of the North-East Hrontier of India, (Plates V, VI,

S500. TDi” cheek edith de Sere: ie eR REEREEP Ee 0 Cor ote eRe ee ere

;—On the Helicidee during the Expedition

into the Dafla Hills, Assam, (Pls. VIII & VIII, A, Figs. 7—8),

Page

‘27

53

819

18

49

165

329

64

Zid

191

dll

iv List of Contributors.

Page
Kurz, 8S. ;—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands,
(Plates Kil and XTT)), . Saeeeeeeeerce ee. e 2a ee eae ere 105
;—Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Burmese
Jy 1 PER EEO 335 <0:2°97s2 J PRD POPE 9847139920707 204
ScHwENDLER, L. ;—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy,
CW od eit) yo. ae 4. 62. se RRPER EE eee hee Gala .-o'. = /ap oe eee ere 1
THEOBALD, W. ;—Descriptions of some new Land- and Fresh-water
Shells from India and Burmah, (Plate XIV), .......2-.c.ceceeeeee 185
Woop-Mason, J. ;—Description of a new Species of Phasmide,
(Blaibe PRI) 5 ae sae cine 22 oon cE ORRBRR EME eee lees beh scaly de egaeee eee 47
;—Description of a new species of Cetoniide, ...... 52
;—Descriptions of new Species of Blattide belong-
ing dotherG.enus Panesthia, aepeerer. tee. icee re cee --e) ber ee -eaee eee 189

Dates of issue of the different numbers Oo Journal, Part If, 1876.

No. I,—containing pp. 1—52, with plate XI, —was issued on June 26th,
1876.

No. IJ,—containing pp. 58—104, with pls. III—IV, —was issued on August
18th, 1876.

No. I1I,—containing pp. 105—190, with pls. VII, ‘WEDE IN x xAile XIII,
& XIV,—was issued on November 14th, 1876.

No. IV,—containing pp. 191—382 with pls. I, II, V, VL 1X; XV, XVI,
XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, & XXI, was issued on April 19th, 1877.

eee eee Se

JOURNAL

OF THE

moaraliC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

—_@—
Part II.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

No. I.—1876.

eee >Owerrermess.

I —On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy.—
By Louis ScHWENDLER.
(Continued from Vol. XLIV, Part IT, 1875.)
III. The compensation method.*
This method is the oldest ; Fig. 3 gives the general diagram.

FIG. 3.

* Dr. Wilhelm Gintl, Director General of Telegraphs in Austria, is the ine
ventor of this earliest method. In 1853 he made the first practical experiment on a line
between Vienna and Prague (240 miles).

1 .

2 L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. (No.1,

Explanation of diagram.

e is the E. . F. of the line battery.

B its internal resistance.

EF is the &, M. F. of the compensation battery.

a its internal resistance.

K is a constant resistance key. Dr. Gintl used an ordinary key, which,
it will be obvious, must result in a failure.

k is an ordinary key ; both keys, in the same station, are worked simul-
taneously, 7. e., contacts 4 and 5 are closed and broken at one and
the same time.

d, f, and w are certain resistances.

a is the one coil of the differential instrument which is connected up in
the line circuit.

6 is the other coil of the differential instrument which is connected up
in the compensation circuit. By a and 6 shall be also designated
the resistances of these two coils.

The coils a and 6 with their batteries e and # respectively are arranged
in such a manner that they have opposite magnetic effects with respect to
the same magnetic pole. The two circuits in each station (the line circuit,
and the compensation circuit) are insulated from each other. All the other
terms, as L, L’, L’, &c., shall have the same physical meaning as before.

The compensation method has two principal defects which the two
preceding methods do not possess.

Firstly. The success of working a line duplicé by the compensation
method will clearly depend on the possibility of being able to close and open
simultaneously two different contacts (4 and 5). The mechanical difficulty
of doing so sufficiently accurately was pointed out by Dr. Werner Siemens,
and in fact constitutes one of the reasons which led him to propose the
differential method.

Secondly. 'The balance in each station may be disturbed directly by a
variation of the electrical condition (internal resistance and E. M. F.) of the
two batteries (# and e) employed.

In the preceding two methods the variation of the internal resistance
of the signalling battery can only be felt zndirectly by affecting the balance
of the distant station; while the variation of E. M. F. has no effect at all.
Hence a given variation in the battery or batteries must necessarily produce
a greater disturbance of balance in the compensation method than in the two
preceding ones. We know that even so-called constant galvanic batteries,
doing work, alter their electrical conditions perceptibly, especially their
internal resistance, and consequently this defect weighs most decidedly
against the compensation method, In all other respects the compensation

1876.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 3

method has the same defects as the differential method, and in addition
some others which will be understood as the investigation proceeds.

General expressions for the two functions “ D” and “8.”

To obtain the functions D, and 8, we have to develop the general

expressions for the forces p, P and Q, say for Station I.
p =A m— Br

where A’, and B’ are the currents which pass through the two coils a’ and 0’
respectively, when Station I is sending and Station II is at rest ; m’ and n’
are the forces exerted by the two coils a’ and 0’ respectively on one and the
same magnetic pole, when a unit of current passes through them. At
balance in Station I, p’ = 0.

Further JESS Ee
where @ is the current which passes through the coil a’ when Station II is
sending and Station I is at rest (single signals).

Further QU=—=Vypm+aqn
where 7’, and g’ are the currents which pass through the coils a’, and 0’
respectively when both stations are sending simultaneously (Duplex signals).

The compensation circuit, and the line circuit in each station being
electrically independent of each other, we have

aa
invariably without condition.

If we further presuppose that depressing of the key H does not alter
the complex resistance of the station, a condition which, for the regularity
of signals, we are obliged to assume here as well as in the two preceding
methods, it will be clear that

1s == za + Ay’
Substituting these values for 7’ and g’ in the expression for Q’, we get:

p=Aw—Bav

eA TY

QO = (4' + A) mw’ + Ba’
The signs of the terms may be again contained in the currents, while m’ and
m’ are taken as absolute numbers. We must only remember that A’ m’, and
B’ wv must be invariably of opposite sign. Arbitrarily we wili call the cur-
rent A positive when the negative pole of the line battery is to earth.

Now we have again two different modes of connecting up the line
batteries, viz. :—

ist. The same poles of the line batteries are connected to earth in the
two stations:

4 J. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 1,
p=+Am FB
P= +A in’
Va A ED WEB w

2nd. Opposite poles of the two line batteries are connected to earth
in the two stations :

p=+Am + Br’

Pi a= = in

O= Gee Aa ee Bon)
Subtracting in either case P’ from Q’, we get

OQ) — Eh Sa—

Or, on account of having fulfilled the key equation f= w + £B, the
difference of the forces which produce single and duplex signals is equal in
sign and magnitude to the force by which balance is disturbed. Further it
is, also for the compensation method, quite immaterial whether the same or
opposite poles of the two line batteries are connected to earth. As pointed
out, it is preferable to connect the same poles, z. e., the negative poles of the
line batteries to earth,

Assuming this case we have:

p =A m — Bn’
P= — Bm
Q = (4 —) wl — Bra

Substituting now for 4’, B’, and @’ their values, and remembering that
m’ = q'/ a’
NA

we get the following general expressions for the two functions D and 8:

approximately.

A’
Pa a
é q Rk’ K’ :
a te é kK!’ A’ for Station iis
BP TSIOnG 7
and
IY .
S? —— 7 aon
a q PY K’
at LHe A? for Station IT.

ei ES. rire
where A= Ri/a— Ed0 Jb
R=a+t+b4+4d

1876.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 5

K=ftate
ye
é
r
o>
gi

Rigid fulfilment of the two functions 8 = 0 and D = o.

For finite quantities these two functions can only become zero if A =
GO. aie:

RYa—KrvJf/b=—o,
which is the balance equation for the compensation method.

To fulfil this equation permanently, no matter what the special cause
of disturbance may be, we can again adopt two essentially different modes
of re-adjustment, v2z. :—

Hither leave the two coils a@ and 0 or their armatures stationary, and
adjust balance by altering the resistance in one or both of the two circuits,
or leave the resistances constant and alter the relative position of the two
coils or their armatures with respect to a given magnetic pole. ‘These two
methods of re-adjusting balance shall be considered separately.

a, Re-adjustment of balance by altering resistances.

In order to have immediate balance it will be clear that the alteration
of resistance must be restricted to the compensation circuit, which is elec-
trically independent of the line circuit. The total resistance in the compen-
sation circuit consists of three different resistances, namely 0, a, and d.
Neither 6 nor a, considering their nature, can conveniently be made adjust-
able in practice ; hence the alteration of resistance in the compensation
circuit is restricted to d, which must therefore consist of increments of the
proper size. ‘The adjustment of d should be quick and convenient.

In addition to this adjustment, 1 = =| may be made adjustable by va-

rying # in increments of one cell. Such an adjustment is however not fine
enough for ordinary use. The E. m. F. of one cell is too large a quantity in
comparison with the total u. um. F. used in the compensation circuit. If the
variation of the line current becomes very great, it might perhaps be found

convenient to alter H, but as an ordinary mode of adjustment it must be
dispensed with.*

* During the period of low insulation of the line it might be advisable and practi-
cable to make # larger than during the period of high insulation of the line (wet and

dry season).

6 lL. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 1,

It is scarcely needed to point out that to adjust balance by altering the
line current, either by varying the resistance or the E. M. F.* or both of the
line circuit, must be rejected once for all, because such an adjustment of
balance in the one station could never take place without disturbing the
balance of the other station ; or in other words the required immediate bal-
ance could not be fulfilled.

6. Re-adjustment of balance by moving the coils or armatures.

If we suppose both the coils or their armatures simultaneously movy-
able in the same direction, then clearly this mode of adjustment contains
not only the required immediate balance, but in addition represents also a
very rapid and entirely continuous action. For this reason it is apparently
preferable to the first method, where the adjustment can only be carried on
in one branch by varying d in increments.f Which of the two methods,
however, is to be chosen finally, depends on other considerations which will

* Alteration of £. M. ¥. of a galvanic battery cannot be achieved without altering
its internal resistance. Hence varying e, would also involve a variation of 8, and in
order to keep f = w + B, it would become necessary to alter w simultaneously with e,
Z.€, w would have to be increased when e decreases and vice versd. This method
being rough, would therefore be also inconvenient.

t+ It has been suggested to adjust balance by a continuous variation of resistance, as
for instance by moving a contact point along a thin platinum wire in the same manner
as Dr. Wr. Siemens has done in his bridge employed for comparing accurately com-
paratively small resistances. It is, however, scarcely necessary to point out that such a
method, if applied for Duplex Working, must result in a failure, at all events so long as
electro-magnetic instruments are used for producing the signals. For in such a case,
the resistance of any branch, no matter what special Duplex method may be employed,
must bear a certain ratio to the given resistance of the line, in order to get the signals
with sufficient force. This ratio, as my investigations have shewn, is by no means a
small one, and hence the resistances of all branches, even for a short line, cannot be made
small. Therefore the platinum wire, constituting part of one or two branches of the
Duplex method employed, must also offer a considerable resistance, 7. e., must be of great
length. Hence to alter such a large resistance continuously and perceptibly, as is in-
dicated by the balance disturbance, must evidently involve a considerable movement of
the contact point, which, even choosing the thinnest possible wire, and the shortest Tele-
graph line, becomes already for the daily variation so large as to make its application
impossible. Unless another material of much higher specific resistance than Platinum
wire can be found which, at the same time, allows of the sliding contact being made
securely, the adjustment of balance by a continuous variation of resistances must be
dispensed with. Such a material does not appear to exist. I thought of acting on
Phillips’s suggestion to use pencil-marks for the adjustable resistance, and although I
found that pencil-resistances can be adjusted very accurately, and can be enclosed in a
very small space, and that they keep sufficiently constant, it is difficult, if not impossible
to alter them by a sliding contact. The ‘“ Uebergangs-widerstand” is too variable and too
great. Besides, if the contact is made with sufficient pressure, its sliding along alters the
thickness of the pencil mark, and hence the resistances become inconstant and uncertain,

1876.| L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 7

become clear further on. We know now that both these modes of adjust-
ment are convenient and practicable, and contain immediate balance without
special conditions. In fact in this respect the compensation method is pre-
ferable to the differential method where immediate balance by varying
resistances could only be ohtained when varying the four branches simul-
taneously, according to a fixed relation

Rapid approximation of the two functions 8 and D towards zero.

On account of f== w + 6 we have
A

peat i lie
where

A=R/a—Krvv/b
Now suppose A — 9, then this equation may be disturbed by &, R, A, », a,
or 6 varying ; @ and 0 are wire resistances which may be taken as constant,
for their variation with temperature is exceedingly small, and in case of
accident, z. e., a coil breaking or becoming shunted, nothing short of actual
repair could help. Further v, supposing the differential instrument to be
properly designed and mechanically well executed, may be taken as a per-
fectly constant quantity which certainly, as long as the coils or their
armatures are not moved on purpose, does not alter of its own accord.

The quantities left, which by variation may affect the balance equation,
are K, R, and X,

Of these three quantities the variation of K may become largest, for
EK does not only contain the line resistance, which is highly variable, but
K includes also the internal resistance of both the line batteries, which, even
for the best known form of galvanic battery, 1s by no means a constant
quantity. The variation of the internal resistance of the line battery in each
station produces of course the greatest disturbance of balance in ¢hat station.

The next quantity most liable to change of its own accord is clearly R,
since it contains the internal resistance of the compensation battery.

X, the ratio of the two E, M. F’s. in one and the same station, though
being also-liable to change, will however vary very little. The x. m. BF. of
a well prepared galvanic battery, especially when the battery is worked by
weak currents, is far more constant than is generally believed.*

* It appears that changes which have been observed to take place in the Er. M. F. of
a Minotto or Leclanche’s battery are generally apparent only, not real. Such changes
are generally quite within the limits of observation errors, and if they are large they are
then generally due to the incorrectness of the method employed for measuring the k. m, F.,
or to cells actually having become exhausted. It appears that this mysterious force in
each cell either exists in its full vigour, or not at all, there seems to be no continuous
change in either direction.

8 L. Schwendler—Onx the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 1,

With respect to the variation of the three quantities A, &, and A, the
function S may therefore be expressed in three different forms.
dv Vb
RK
a

SS Seg 5 when £ varies only.

S, =e 9 wie df when &, 7. é., a varies only.

vr/b .
Rh

Sa 6g X when d,i. ¢., # or é or both are varying only.

These three different disturbances of balance may act singly or conjointly,
and it is clear that they are independent of each other, at all events as far
as this investigation is concerned. Consequently the safest plan will be to
make each influence as small as the circumstances will allow it.

The disturbance S, for any constant eg Av 4/6, and any given 6 K
will obviously become smallest the larger & K is selected. Supposing
R + EK constant, whatever that value finally may be, & K has a maximum
for = K, and the very same condition will obviously make the disturb-
ance S, smallest.

S, offers no best condition, this expression only shews that it has an
absolute maximum with respect to 0, namely as

R=at+d+ b,forb=a + d.

Thus we are informed that whatever relation between 6 and a + d may
be finally chosen, 6 =a + d should not be selected, as otherwise any
' given variation of X would have the greatest possible disturbing effect on
the balance. But =a + d being the condition for the maximum mag-
netic effect in the compensation circuit, it is hereby established that for the
sake of regularity of signals, which under all circumstances is to be consi-
dered of paramount importance in Duplex Telegraphy, the magnetic effect
in the compensation branch must not be achieved in the most economical
manner, but quite the reverse. This, as the compensation circuit has actu-
ally to produce wholly or partly the duplex signals, is a testimonium pau-
pertatis for the compensation method, and proves it in this respect inferior
to both the dowble balance and the differential method.

ee
is the regularity condition for the compensation method, 7. e.

In order to make the disturbance of balance by a variation of the resis-
tance in both the circwits absolutely as small as possible, the total resistance
of the compensation circuit should be equal to the total resistance of the
line circwit.*

* This result is against the adopted view, for Dr. Gintel as well as others after him
have always treated the compensation circuit as a kind of Jocal circuit, 7. ¢., giving to it

1876.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 9

If we now substitute in S, for K the value &, and in S, for & the
value K we get

XW a/ b
SA =e g mane ) K
Va
S, —€9 e 8k
while
vr/ b
Ss, = 5X
3 é q R
remains the same.
d
S, has an absolute maximum for ) = = * 2 Sq HOP @ == and

S, for b = a+das stated before.
Hence we know what relations between the different variable, should

not exist.
This is all we can get from the function 8S. For further relations we

must look to the function D.
For Station I we have*

5 e K!’ A’
ays e! R’ eng Wr

which again, with respect to the variations of A’, &#’, and \’ may be written
in three different forms:
eK NO A/ 8

2 TO cme
OG! pa Ages ol 7
elec ae

and

as low a resistance as practice allows. But this is clearly wrong, for if R is made very
small as compared with A, the balance becomes unstable. This fact explains, to a certain
degree, the failure which has attended the application of the compensation method for
Duplex working, because the method was tried under the most unfavorable quantitative
arrangements.

* When investigating the minimum absolute magnitude of S, the terms could be
taken without an accent, because S contains only terms belonging to the same station.
When investigating D this cannot be done as D contains also terms belonging to the
other station.

2

10 L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy {No
Considering that
ie 8 + j!’ a p"
Te GS Cayo

ts
B 3k V+ p’
and
THE Ss v + , YY 4. TN
yp ee
py a
we have
poe, 7 tT REN
‘ é” a RB! Vf
ae
e€ a
e U + I ee) 7 o/b x
Tape
e’
put is

ip U if? 7
bo pape ee ae

&
w/e.
b

, i/ / 1 ¢
D, = sJ vw. — dK
W
ID), —— Te 6 he’

) == 9 R’

T
D,’ = sv’ — dv’
y

Now keeping s, J,X’, and v’ constant, D,’ becomes smallest for any
given 0K’ the larger y’ is selected ; while D,’ becomes smallest for any given

ou ‘
6 \’ the smaller 77 is selected, and D,’ becomes smallest the larger &’ is

chosen.

ey
a .
Now = #’ ei) 7 has a maximum for a’ = 0’;
,

for R’ = b' + a’ + d’ = 0’ + y, and putting 7’ = 0’ # we have
y= (1+ 7) fad’ which, for a’ + 0’, and ¢ constant, has

1876.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 11

clearly a maximum for a’ = 6’. This proceeding is right, because we take
8’ as the original variable, and vary @’ and y’ simultaneously with 0’, in or-
der to keep ¢’ and a’ + 6’ constant ; while J and s are independent of a’, 0’,
and y’.

Tn order to be sure that a = b’ makes also D,’ a minimum, we must
shew that 7’ keeps constant, 7 e., p’ keeps constant when a’ varies. But p’
= a’ + f’, thus we have only to consider f’ simultaneously variable with a’
equal and opposite to the variation of a, which is allowed. Therefore
the condition a = 0’ makes undoubtedly the disturbances D,’ and D,’
minima. While the disturbance D,’, which contains #’ in the denominator
only, is not affected by this relation, but depends on the absolute value of b’
only, which should be chosen as large as possible.

a = bis therefore the second regularity condition, the fulfilment of
which makes the relative disturbance of balance by a variation of K and X
as small as possible.

Substituting now a’ = 0’ in the expression of the D disturbances and

remembering that

a
we get
? ‘ , J Th
Do Se 9) f Zoik
/ Jar Uy
D, =o 8 Ot

, , T ,
Des) ra dX
Thus D,’, and D,’, for constant s, X’, and v’, become smallest the

Jf
smaller — is, while D,’ becomes smallest the smaller ne se
K Ke
Now remembering that
y= a4 u + p’

a

U +e) G+U +p) +i +p)
7 + ie + p”

Ki =

and

(ie 7
ry oe Et P a a)

oa ere Ut ed
Kit + pe") CEU PY EEG FH PY

12 L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. |No. 1,

For a tolerably good line 0” + p’ as well as U/ + p’ can be taken as small
in comparison with 7; hence approximately

J 1 1

SS eee eee Ss eee a
TE U+U +p +p’ his aaye o
Yh

es

From which it follows that also for the compensation method p’ and p”
should be selected as Jarge as possible.

But p= a+ f does not give a condition besides that we know we
should select a and f absolutely no¢ small.

Further we see that the disturbance D,’ has v’ for its factor, while D,’
has X’v’ for its factor.

Hence for a given X’ v’, the best will he to make wv’ as small as possible.

The regularity of the signals is therefore obtained if we fulfil the fol-
lowing conditions in either station.

ft — 16

a—s0

p as large as possible
v as small as possible.

Knowing this we may now consider that balance in either station is
rigidly obtained, or that

1B Gs JEG Wi == o

but R = K
and a=b
we have Av=1

The absolute value of a may now be determined by considering that it
is advisable to produce the signals in either station in the most economical

manner.
Maximum Magnetic Moment.
We have
peta: Oo fy ,$ Sp,
~~ aft +f" + Fp ti q J/ a
2 ee e 7 “a
But

eee

a! +f" aE co" a+frte Q

where Q=i(L+p' +p") + (+p) (l' +9")
Pp 4p) aes = q’ Va

which has a maximum for a’ and a” taken as independent variables.

1876.] L. Schwendler— On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 13

If we, for instances, take 2 = o, than
peed J/ a
~ L+2Aa+/)

L
[== +- / for a perfect line, and by inference

ihe
raat?

Ll" approximately.
— op +f”

Now we can decide on the method to be adopted for re-adjusting
balance. On account of the regularity condition A == K, and as both
undergo variation, especially A, we are obliged to adjust balance in the
compensation branch by varying the resistance d, and leave the coils or
their armatures stationary.

Thus the general solution of the 1st problem for the compensation
method is:

1. Readjustment of balance is to be effected by a
variation of resistance in the compensation circuit and
not by a movement of the coils or their armatures. By
this adjustment Ris kept equalto H permanently, no
matter in which branch the variation takes place.

eet —— at (3)
I
Ot earn +f

vAa=1
” aS Small as possible and 4 as large as possible.

#8 is known from the number and nature of the single cells of which
the battery has to consist to produce through the given line (connected up
in a circuit like Fig. 3) single signals with sufficient strength.

w is known from the absolute largest variation 6 may undergo in time ;
hence fis determined and therefore also a and 0.

Determination of r and v.

We know that A v = 1, and further that \ = = should be selected as

large as possible or v as small as possible, but otherwise it appears that no
fixed values for A and vw can be ascertained. If, however, we consider the na-
ture of the variations of # and K, which may disturb the balance, viz. :
those variations of R and K which are due to unavoidable decrease of the
internal resistance of the two batteries by the working currents, it will be
seen that a best value of A does exist, and that therefore v also becomes fixed.

14 L, Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [{No. 1,

Suppose that at a certain moment
kt = K is rigidly fulfilled, and remembering that
R—=—b+d+a
K =2 (a +f) + L (for a perfect line, 2. ¢.,7 = a)
and further, that

7)
and j—w + 6
we have dtasat2w+28+ 7.

Now, in this equation suppose everything constant except a and Bf, the
internal resistance of the two batteries H and e respectively. Hence if
we could achieve that

6 a = 2 68 invariably,
the variation of the internal resistance of the two batteries would not disturb
the equation == K, and therefore also not affect the balance. With
absolute certainty we cannot fulfil this desirable relation between the two
variations, but with some probability we may. For it is well known that
the internal resistance of a galvanic battery decreases in time by the current
passing through the battery. Hence, if we suppose that the two batteries
consist of identical cells (equal in nature, size, and internal resistance) we
may say that the variation of the internal resistance of a single cell by the
unit current in the unit of time is the same for both the batteries. Further,
if we make the other not improbable supposition, that the variation at any
one time is proportional to the current which passes at that time, we have

H BP

=<« H. ——— oY =c«— oY

San <#. aame e

and 28B—ee. ae See
A+6K K

where ¢ is the variation of the internal resistance of a single cell in unit of
time by unit of current; 4 a certain unknown function of the time which,
as the two batteries are working simultaneously, is not required to be known.

Hence from 6a = 268

and K=fR

; EB =

it follows that =— eS — /2

and ve— is — 1
qd 2

These values of X and v bring the compensation method, with respect
to regularity of working, as close to the differential method as is possible for
us to do. For the disturbance of balance in the sending station by the
steady decrease of the internal resistance of the two batteries has now been
probably eliminated, which defect is excluded from the other two methods,

1876.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 15

by their own nature. There are then remaining only those variations of
the battery resistance which do not follow the law of steady decrease, but
which are more accidental, and make therefore the compensation method
still inferior to either the differential or bridge method.

1
Physical meaning of v u. 5

Tt has been proved that balance in each station is to be established by
adjusting resistance and noé by a movement of the coils or their armatures.
Hence it will be practical and convenient to coil the two helices above each
other, and have them acting on one and the same iron core.

Further as v = ; = uh ; it follows that the magnetic action of the

@ coil must be made greater than that of the 6 coil. Therefore it will be
best to coil the helix 0 on the top of the helix a.
Further the magnetic action of a cylindrical coil of resistance @ (in
Siemens units) can be expressed as follows :
AX
m=sr/a’ el
where A is half the cross section of the coil (cut by a plane through the axis
of the coil) expressed in [] ™™-
d the absolute conductivity of the wire material (HZ, = 1 at O° C)
1 the length of an average convolution expressed in metres.
s the magnetic force exerted by an average convolution of the coil
when the unit of current passes.
¢ a coefficient representing the manner of coiling.
Hence for the @ coil we have

AN =
pe) / ae
for the 6 coil

VP =
my = 8” /b ar ee

Dividing ms by mq, and remembering that by condition a = 6, and that
N = X", ce = ce" by necessity, we have:

” ———
Lv AY (dy LA
ices of;

16 L. Schwendler—-On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. [No. 1,

As we have supposed that the magnetic action of any one cylindrical
coil is proportional to the magnetic action* of an average convolution it is
also consistent to put s’ = s”, and we have at last

Ae
Ha = 2

If now the two bobbins of the coils a and 8 are taken of equal length,
and if the thickness of the a coil be d’, the thickness of the 6 coil d’, and
the diameter of the iron core 2 7, we have,

Ae a”

A i om
U=Qrtd)a
M={2¢4+d)+d ya

2 (4r +d) d’=2¢7(r+d)

This equation fixes the relative dimensions of the two bobbins

1
and their cores in order to have v == JE
Suppose for instance we make d’ = d” arbitrarilyf we get 27 = d,
and from it can be easily calculated that the diameter of the wire of the b
coil should be about 19 per cent. larger than that of the a coil. The
absolute diameter of the wire depends of course on the absolute dimensions
of the bobbins, and on the resistance of the line for which the instrument
is to be used. But this question, although of practical importance, has
nothing to do with the Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. This settles the
solution of the Ist problem of the compensation method.

* Lenz and Jacobi have experimentally proved that, within certain limits, the
magnetic force exerted by a convolution on its centre (iron core) is almost independent
of the diameter of the convolution. These limits are generally fulfilled in Telegraph
Construction. Hence the magnetic action ofa coil can be put proportional to the
magnetic action of ove convolution. Theoretically this can of course not be true, for the
magnetic force exerted by a convolution necessarily extends on both sides of the plane in
which the convolution is situated. Therefore the wider a convolution is the less of its
total force exerted will be made use of for producing magnetism in the iron core, and,
consequently, the force exerted by a convolution on its centre’ must decrease with the
diameter of the convolution. It appears, however, that this decrease is exceedingly slow,
and in the present investigation it is considered unnecessary to be taken into account.

+ I have not been able to find anywhere a definite law which connects the diameter
of a coil with the diameter of the core acted upon. In Siemens’ relay, an instrument
so well considered in all its details of construction, the diameter of the coil is about
three times the diameter of the core. In the absence of anything else on the subject
I thought myself justified in using this proportion. Hence the substitution of d’=d”,
which gives d=27, or total diameter of the @ coil equal to three times the diameter of

the iron core.

1876.] L. Schwendler—On the General Theory of Duplex Telegraphy. 17

OTHER meETHODS. There have been suggested, from time to time,
many other methods of duplex working. On a closer examination it will,
however, be found that, as a general rule, they do not differ essentially from
the three fundamental methods treated of. I shall therefore dispense
with the labour of investigating these derived methods.

In case it should be thought necessary to investigate them, no
difficulties ought to be met with, if only the general plan of attacking
duplex problems be remembered, viz., to draw the diagram of the method
in its most general form; develop the forces p, P, and Q; from these
three forces determine the functions Sand D ; find the relations which must
hold between the different variables (resistances and E. M. F. 8.) of which
the system consists, in order to make S and D simultaneous minima; con=
sider the question of zmmediate balance which determines also the best mode
of adjusting balance ; consider that the movement of the key must not alter
the complex resistance of the station to which the key belongs, 2. e., that
the working of the key must not affect the balance of the distant station ;
determine the absolute values of the different variables when balance is
rigidly fulfilled by considering the question of economy, 7. é., establish the
relations for maxima currents and maxima magnetic moments ; any vari-
ables which should then be left indeterminate must be fixed by secondary
considerations, and by certain practical conditions.

Before comparing quantitatively the efficiency of the three fundamental
methods treated of, it is requred to solve two questions, viz, :—The E. M. F.
required for each duplex method ; the absolute size of the increments of the
adjustable resistance.

[To be continued. ]

18 W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. (No. 1,

IIl.—On some Lizards from Sind, with Descriptions of new Species of Ptyo- )
dactylus, Stenodactylus, and 'Trapelus— By W. T. Buanrorp, Ff. R. 8.
(Recd. November 8 ;—Read December 1, 1875.)
(With Plates I and IT).

A collection of reptiles which IT made in Western Sind in the months
of January, February, March, and April, 1875, comprises several species
not noticed in the province by previous observers. Five lizards are new
to the fauna of India, and three of these have not, so far as I can ascertain,
been previously described. ‘Two of the three represent genera of Geckotide
not hitherto detected so far to the eastward : indeed, it is doubtful if either
of the two has before been found in Asia.

The only additions to our knowledge of the herpetology of Sind made
since the publication of Dr. Gtinther’s great work on Indian Reptiles, are
contained in papers by Dr. Giinther and Dr. Stoliczka. The former de-
scribed (P. Z. S., 1869, p. 500) some specimens collected by Dr. Leith,
and the latter (P. A. S. B., 1872, p. 124) gave an account of a collec-
tion made by Dr. Day.

I am obliged to refer occasionally in these notes to my hitherto unpub-
lished work on the zoology of Persia. This has been more than a twelve
month in type and I hope it will appear before this paper.

Fam. GHCKOTID,

1. Hemrpactytus Cocrat.
Not common ; obtained also by Day.

2. HEMIDACTYLUS MACULATUS.

This is not common in Sind, I think. I have only one specimen, the
exact locality of which I have omitted to note.

3. Hemipactyitus PERsIcuUs.

Anderson, P. Z. 8., 1872, p. 378.—W. Blanf., Zoology of Persia, p. 342.

This species is close to the common and well known H. maculatus,
but is rather stouter. Head above granular, supraorbital region sunk.
Granules on snout larger than on occiput. Upper labials about 11 or 12,
lower 9 or 10, but as usual the small hinder ones vary in number. Back
with numerous trihedral tubercles, not very regularly arranged, about 14 or
15 being to be counted across the back, none of them equal to the ear-opening
in size. Cross bands of small pointed tubercles on the upper part of the tail,
none of them as large as those in the middle of the back, and none of them
coming to the lower portion of the tail at the side; they are confined to the

1876.]- ~ W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. 19

upper portion, and do not extend half way round the tail; lower surface
of tail with a row of broad subcaudals. About 85 to 40 scales across the
abdomen; 8 to 10 pores in males, forming a short row with an anteriorly
salient obtuse angle in the’ middle across the preanal region, and not
continued on to the thighs.

Colour uniformly greyish white. The largest specimen obtained mea-
sures 5°8 inches, of which the tail is 3:2.

I obtained 4 specimens of this species, which at the time I took for a
large pale variety of the common H. maculatus, in a house near Rohri,
with specimens of H. Coctei. It is probable that H. Persicus partially
or entirely replaces H. maculatus further to the west. I have compared
the specimens obtained with the type described by Dr. Anderson.

This species is distinguished from H. maculatus by having the tuber-
cles on the tail smaller than on the back instead of larger, by their not
extending so low down on the sides of the tail, and by there being no
femoral pores, but only a short row of pores in the preeanal region. In
HZ. maculatus there are usually from 20 to 30 pores altogether, in H. Persicus
8 or 10 only.

4, PYYODACTYLUS HOMOLEPIS, sp. nov.

P. affinis P. Hasselquisti, a quo differt squamis dorsalibus omnibus
parvulis subequalibus, naribus a scuto rostrali disjwnctis, et colore griseo,
fasciis latis undulatis transversis fuscioribus variato.

Has.—In montibus Khirthar dictis ad fines occidentales provincia
Indice Sind dicte.

Description.—The general build and appearance of this gecko are very
similar to those of the only other species of the genus as restricted, P.
Hasselquisti.* General form rather elongate, body round, head broad and
high behind, wedge-shaped in front, the region in front of the eyes slightly
concave. Limbs elongate ; the fore-limb nearly reaches the thigh when laid
back, laid forward it extends beyond the end of the snout: the hind-limb
brought forward comes in front of the shoulder. The only perfect specimen
measures rather over 74 inches, head 1 inch, tail from anus 3-4, or rather less
than the head and body. :

The nostrils are entirely surrounded by swollen scales, usually 8, but
sometimes 4 in number, considerably smaller than the anterior labials.
Some of these scales separate the nostril from the rostral and labials. Ros-
tral rectangular, its height rather more than half its breadth, which is more

* Stellio Hasselquisti, Schneider; Ptyodactylus Hasselquisti, Dum. et Bibr. III,
p- 878; P. gecko, Gray, Cat. Lizards B. M. p. 151. The name employed by Gray is
founded on Lacerta Gecko, Hasselquist, which however cannot be applied to this species,
as it is not the Lacerta Gecko of Linnzeus.

20 W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. [No2is:

than double that of the adjoining labials. Upper labials on each side about
15 or 16. Mental pentagonal, narrower than the adjoining lower labials
and very much narrower than the rostral; a row of enlarged chin-shields
along the lower edges of the anterior lower labials. No enlarged or pomted
scales on the upper eyelid. The whole upper surface of the head, body,
limbs, and tail is finely and almost uniformly granular. Scales of the
abdomen flat, not imbricate, very little larger than those of the back; —
those of the chin and throat smaller, except near the lower labials; scales
beneath the tail irregularly polygonal, considerably larger than those of the
abdomen, not arranged in longitudinal rows. ‘Tail not verticillate. Lower
surface of limbs and soles of feet covered with small smooth scales, toes
with simple cross plates, except at the extremity, where they are expanded
into a double disk marked beneath with radiating strie ; claws retractile,
minute, but present on all the toes. No femoral or przanal pores.

Colour (noted on living specimens) light brownish grey with broad
transverse wavy bands of lighter and darker shades alternating on the back,
tail, and limbs. There are about five darker bands on the back: the eross-
bands are closer together on the tail. Lower parts white.

A few specimens of this new gecko were brought to me near the Maki
Nai in the lower portion of the Khirthar range, which bounds the province
of Sind on the west. The locality whence the types were obtained was in
the Mehar division of the Shikarptr district.

This is, so far as I am aware, only the second species of the genus as
restricted by Fitzinger, Gray, Wagler, and others, and the first which has
been found in Asia. The other species, P. Hasselquisti, which is found
in Egypt, is distinguished by having enlarged tubercles on the back, and
the nostrils in contact with the first upper labials and rostral.

5. GYMNODACTYLUS, sp.

A species of which I obtained four specimens in the hilly country
south-west of Sehwan and again in the hills west of Larkana appears to
differ from G. Kachhensis (Stoliczka, P. A. S. B., 1872, p. 79) in having
larger abdominal scales ; there being about 20 instead of about 30 across the
abdomen. As I am not sure if this character is constant (for one of my
specimens appears to agree with G. Kachhensis), I shall not propose a new
name.

I have compared the species from Baluchistan, which I called G. brevi-
pes (A. M. N. H., June, 1874, XIII, p. 453), with the types of G. Kach-
hensis. 'They are quite distinct though allied. The former appears much
smaller, darker in colour, and differently marked, and one characteristic dis-
tinction is that in G. brevipes the nostril is in contact with both the rostral
and first labial, whilst in G. Kachhensis, it meets the rostral only, being

1876.] W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. 21

separated from the first labial by an intervening scale. G. brevipes is figur-
ed in the ‘ Zoology of Persia,’ Pl. XXII, Fig. 2.

6. STENODACTYLUS ORIENTALIS, sp. nov.

S. arenarius, nonnunquam fusco-transfasciatus, dorso tuberculis parvulis
trregularibus fuscis ornato, caudé robusta, squamis caudalibus equalibus, im
annulos brevissimos ordinatis, digitis ad latera breviter fimbriatis, subtus
scutellis tuberculatis indutis ; pupilla verticalt.

Haz.—In Sind im desertis arenosis.

Description—General form stout, somewhat depressed; head flat,
short, and blunt; tail slightly swollen at the base, thence diminishing
regularly, much stouter than in S. guttatus, about the same length as the
body without the head; limbs stout, the fore-limb laid forward does not
quite reach the end of the snout, the hind-limb extends to the axil. The
largest specimen obtained measures 3°38 inches, of which the head is 0:5,
and the tail from the anus 1°4.

The nostril is situated at the upper outer angle of the rostral, between
that shield and three slightly enlarged scales, one of which separates the
nasal orifice from the first upper labial. Rostral rectangular, rather higher
than the adjoining labials and about twice as broad; it has a deep vertical
groove in the middle which disappears on its lower portion. Upper labials
about 12, lower labials 1O—13, both series becoming much smaller behind and
passing into the head-scales. Mental as broad as the rostral, rounded be-
low ; no enlarged chin-shields, but the granular scales near the lower labials
are a little larger than those of the throat. Upper eyelid well developed,
eovered with granular scales; lower eyelid wanting. Pupil vertical. Har-
opening a vertical slit, not quite equal to the diameter of the eye in length.
Upper surface of the head, body, and limbs finely granular, over the back
there are scattered small convex dark coloured tubercles, none on the limbs.
Lower parts covered with small granular scales rather flatter than those of
the back, but scarcely larger on the abdomen, and smaller on the throat.
Toes short and thick, all of them finely fringed with short pointed denticu-
lations, the lower surface with cross plates each divided into several ribs or
tubercles. All the toes furnished with nearly straight claws. ‘Tail finely
granular throughout, the granules being disposed in rings.

Colour pale sandy, the tail (and, in one specimen, the body) with darker
transverse bands ; a darker line from the eye down each side. The enlarged
tubercles on the back are dark brown. Im one specimen the sides of the
snout and labials are mottled with dusky markings.

I obtained one specimen of this gecko in the evening on sand-hills in
the desert country south of Rohri in upper Sind. Another was brought to

22 W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. [No. 1,

me in the hills west of the Shikarpur district. It is evidently a nocturnal
species and probably burrows in the sand. It does not appear to be com-
mon. It closely resembles a species which I described from Baluchistin
under the name of Bunopus tuberculatus,* but that form wants the denticu-
lated fringe to the toes. <A variety of B. twherculatus has the colouration
of the present species.

The other described forms of Stenodactylus are African} ; S. guttatus
being found in Egypt, 8. Mauritanicus in Algeria, and S. garrulus in South
Africa. Another species has been described under the name of S. caudi-
cinctus (A. Dum., Arch. du Mus., VIII, Pl. XVIII, Fig. 15). This last,
however, is a very different form, being allied to Hublepharis, and Dr. Gray
has proposed to make it the type of a distinct genus Psilodactylus (P. Z.
S., 1864, p. 60). 8. orientalis is most nearly allied to S. guttatus, but it is
stouter and has the back tuberculated, and judging from the plate of
S. guttatus in the ‘ Description de ’H’gypte’ (Supp., Pl. I, Fig. 3) the head
in the present species is smaller and the legs much longer, the toes too
appear to have a much shorter fringe.

Fam. AGAMID Zi.
7. AGAMA AGILIS.

Olivier, Voy. Emp. Othm. Eg. et Perse, II, p. 418, Pl XXIX, Fig. 1.—Dum. et
Bibr., Erp. Gén. IV, p. 496.—Gray, Cat. Lizards B. M. p, 257.—Blyth J. A. S. B.
1854, XXIII, p. 737.—Theobald, Cat. Rept. Mus. As. Soc. p. 38.—Anderson, P. Z. S.,
1872, p. 384.—W. Blanf., Zool. Persia, p. 314.

? Trapelus, sp. Jerdon, P. A. S, B., 1870, p. 78.

Trapelus megalonyx, Stoliczka, P. A. S. B., 1872, p. 88, nec Giinther.

Very common in the hills to the west of the Indus valley, as it is in
Baluchistan. In the open plain outside the hills it is less frequently met
with.

I have examined one of the specimens collected by Dr. Day in Sind,
and described by Dr. Stoliczka under the name of Trapelus megalonyx and
I have no doubt of its belonging to the present species. The appearance of
enlarged scales on the sides is, I think, to a great extent fallacious, and due-
to brighter colour. Certainly there are no scales enlarged to the extent
which is found in most species of Zrapelus, and represented in Ford’s figure
of T. megalonyx in Ginther’s Reptiles.

* Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. June 1874, Vol. XIII, p. 454— ‘Zoology of
Persia’, p. 348, Pl. XXII, Fig. 4.

+ In the Catalogue Méthodique des Reptiles du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle de
Paris by C. Dumeril (1851) p. 47, specimens of S. guttatus are stated to have been
brought from Australia by MM. Quoy and Gaimard. The locality requires confirma-
tion.

1876.] W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. 23

The only other Zrapelus recorded from the British possessions in India
is one which Dr. Jerdon mentioned his having obtained from the Alpine
Panjab (P. A. S. B., 1870, p. 78). No specific name was applied to this
form, in the description of which I find nothing to distinguish it from
Agama agilis. The fore-leg is said not to reach the hip joint, as it
usually does in this species, but I find that it occasionally falls a little
short.

This species was obtained by Mr. Theobald in the Salt range of the
Panjab and I find a specimen in the Indian Museum of which the record of
the locality has been lost, but which was presented by Mr. Theobald, and is,
I think, probably the specimen mentioned in his catalogue and determined

by Mr. Blyth.

8. TRAPELUS RUBRIGULARIS, sp. nov.

T. affinis T. ruderato, sed squamis onnibus levioribus, meatu auditorio
majori, vic superne denticulato, ports preanalibus paucis atque in seriem
unicam ordinatis, coloreque distinguendus ; supra olivaceofuscus vel griseus,
albido guttulatus, maculis nonnullis fuscis distantibus im lineam longitu-
dinalem utringue ad dorsum notatus, caudé superne fuscotransfasciata,
macula rubra (post mortem apud exempla in spiritu vini conservata evanes-
cente) sub guld signatus.

Hazs.—In Sind.

Description.—General form very much like that of Trapelus ruderatus
from Persia.* The head is short and depressed, so much so in young speci-
mens that they have exactly the appearance of Phrynocephali, body much
depressed, tail depressed at the base, then very gradually diminishing and
terminating in rather a blunt point; no nuchal crest; a cross fold on the
throat. The fore-leg in adults when laid back does not reach the thigh, the
hind-leg laid forward comes to the shoulder, in young specimens to the ear.
Length of the largest specimen collected nearly 7 inches, head 1, tail from
anus 3°8, fore-limb to end of toes 1°35, fourth toe without the claw (from
the division between 3rd and 4th toes) 0°22, hind limb 2, fourth toe 0°37.

Scales on upper surface of the head bluntly keeled, irregular in size,
those in the middle of the occiput and forehead being rather larger than the
rest. Superciliary ridge prominent; canthus rostralis rounded ; nostrils
directed upward and backward, each in the middle of a single shield on the
anterior portion of the snout ; the nasals near each other, being separat-
ed by about three scales from each other and usually by two from the ros-

* T have already pointed out (Zool. Persia, p. 316) that the Persian form is the
true Agama ruderata of Olivier and that the Egyptian lizard, although closely allied,
appears to be fairly separable, in which case the latter will stand as 7. mutabilis, Merrem.

24 W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. [No. 1,

tral. Upper labials square, about 30 to 34 in number, rostral very little
broader: mental larger than the rostral. Both eyelids fringed with elon-
gate pointed scales, the upper in front and behind only, the lower
throughout. Orifice of ear exceeding the nasal shield in size, the upper
edge has a few spinose scales in some specimens, but no long fringe
covering part of the orifice ; tympanum very little sunken.

Scales of the back smooth or very faintly keeled, subimbricate, arranged
in oblique rows, and with some much enlarged scales scattered among them ;
each enlarged scale is about the size of four ordinary scales, it is pale in
colour, often forming the centre of a pale spot, and rather bluntly keeled
and pointed behind. These enlarged scales occur also on the basal portion
of the tail, but not on the limbs. All the tail-scales are keeled except below
near the base, the keels forming longitudinal lines throughout the greater
portion of the tail; the scales are not arranged in rings. Scales on the
limbs subequal, those above keeled, those beneath smooth, except on the feet,
where the scales above are smooth, those beneath the feet and toes sharply
keeled. Claws moderate ; those on the fore feet very little longer than on
the hind, none of them half the length of the thumb without its claw.
Scales of the abdomen all smooth, rhomboidal, a single row of about 10 to
12 pores just in front of the anus in males. I count about 120 scales
round the body.

Colour above, when alive, olive brown of a paler or darker tint, spotted
with pale yellow, each spot corresponding to one of the enlarged dorsal
scales. A dusky longitudinal line on each side of the back of the neck, and
3 or 4 pairs of blackish spots of irregular shape at a distance along the
back. In some specimens the anterior portion of the shoulder is indigo
blue. A large red mark with dusky edges is always found below the throat
in living individuals of both sexes, it is more or less concealed by the throat
fold and it disappears in specimens kept in spirit. Tail marked above with
alternating dusky and pale bands equal in width.

This species is distinguished from all others by its colouration, and,
when alive, by the presence of a red patch beneath the throat. It may be
easily distinguished from 7. ruderatus by its much smoother surface, and _
its scales arranged in regular rows, and from 7. megalonyx by its shorter
claws and by there being little, if any, difference in length between those
on the fore and hind feet. It is probably more nearly allied to the Hgyp-
tian T. mutabilis. Compared with the figure in the ‘ Description de l’E’gypte’
' (Supp., Pl. I, Fig. 6), it differs in colouration, in the distribution of the en-
larged scales and in their not being spinose. In 7. mutabilis also there are
tubercles on the upper surface of the limbs.

I found this new Zrapelus not very common on the “ Pat” or sandy
desert and semi-desert along the base of the Khirthar hills in western Sind.

1876.] W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. 25

i obtained very few specimens myself, nearly all were brought to me, and
almost all procured were young, only two or three being adult.

9. STELLIO NUPTUS.

Agama nupta, De Filippi, Giornale del I. R. Ist. Lomb. Vol VI, (1848) p. 407.
Stellio carinatus, A. Duméril, Cat. Meth. Rept. Mus, Par. p. 107, (1851).—Archives
du Muséum, VIII, p. 580.

S. nuptus, De F., Viaggio in Persia, p. 352.—W. Blanf., Zoology of Persia, p. 317,
Pl. XIX, Fig. 1.

This is a fine addition to the fauna of Sind and consequently to that of
British India. It is a very different Stellio from any of the species found
in the Himalaya, the whole back being covered with large carinated scales
equal in size and forming oblique rows converging posteriorly, whilst there
is an abrupt change to the small scales of the sides. The head is very broad
with numerous groups of spines around the ear and on the sides and back
of the neck.

The form found agrees in structure with the variety which I have call-
ed fusca, as it has no fold across the back of the neck, but the prevailing
colour is pale yellowish brown as in the type. The largest specimen ob-
tained measures nearly 19 inches, of which the tail is 124.

I found S. xuptus rather scarce in the Khirthar range west of Sind
but little above the sea level. It is common throughout southern Persia. -

10. SQTELLIO MELANURA.
Laudakia (Plocederma) melanura, Blyth, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. 1854, XXIII, p. 737.
Stellio melanurus, Anderson, P. A. 8. B., 1871, p. 189.—Stoliczka, P. A. 8. B., 1872,
p. 129.
This species occurs abundantly in the Khirthar range forming the
frontier between Sind and Kelat. It grows to a length of 17 or 18 ches,

the tail when quite perfect being from two to three times the length of

the head and body. Ina fme male 15°6 inches long, the tail measured 11:3.
Tn a female 12 in. long, the tail was 8°5. The colour varies: in females it
is usually olive mottled with dusky spots and streaks on the head and back ;
males in the spring are usually more or less black, especially on the tail and
hinder part of the back; some are jet black throughout the upper parts, and
dusky below.

T am very much in doubt as to whether the Baluchistan S. Wiratus (A.
and M. N. H., June, 1874, XIII, p. 453, and ‘ Zoology of Persia’, 320, Pl.
XX, Fig. 2) should be considered distinct, most of the characters which I
thought would serve to separate it being found at times in S. melanura.
The dorsal scales do appear rather smaller in the latter, there being 10 to
12 of the enlarged rows in the middle of the back instead of 6 or 7, but the
fold across the back of the neck is occasionally well developed, and the
extent to which the tail-scales near the base are keeled varies in individuals,

4,

26 W. T. Blanford—On some Lizards from Sind. [No. I,

and so does the regularity of annulation. Some have the tail scales arrang-
ed in verticils, in others this character is obscure or wanting, and it is rare-
ly well marked.

In adult males there is a patch of thickened scales in the middle of the
abdomen as in some other forms of S¢ellio.

Fam. LACHRTID A.

11. MesaLrya PaRDALIs.

Lacerta pardalis, Licht., Verzeich. Doubl. p. 99.*

Eremias pardalis, Dum. et Bib., V. p. 312.

Mesalina pardalis, Gray, Cat. Lizards B. M. p. 48.—W. Blanf., Zool. Persia, p. 377.

Eremias (Mesalina) Watsonana, Stoliczka, P. A. S. B., 1872, p. 86.

Tn the ‘ Zoology of Persia,’ I pointed out that the specimens of this
species obtained by me in various parts of Persia, agreed perfectly on the
one hand with typical examples from Egypt in the British Museum and on
the other hand with Dr. Stoliczka’s description of IZ. Watsonana. A typi-
eal specimen of the latter is in the Indian Museum, and I find my identi-
fication was quite correct, and that this specimen agrees in all respects with
MM, pardalis.

This species is common in the western part of upper Sind, keeping
chiefly to open plains and deserts.

12. AcANTHODACTYLUS CANTORIS.

Common in open sandy places, usually amongst bushes, not in absolute
desert.

13. Opniorps JERDONI.

This is not common in Sind, but I saw several on the top of a high
hill, called Miagwan, in the extreme north-western corner of Sind, at an
elevation of about 6000 feet above the sea ; I also met with a few individuals
on the Hab river near Karachi. Concerning this species see Stoliczka’s
remarks, J. A. S. B., 1872, XLI, p. 89, and Giinther’s, P. Z. 8., 1875, p. 225.
The latter, however, is mistaken in supposing that Cabrita Jerdoni is the
same species. As was pointed out by Beddome in his original description
(Mad. Monthly Jour. Med. Sci. 1870), C. Jerdoni differs in having a fully
developed lower eyelid, a longer tail, more numerous femoral pores, &e.

* J take this reference from Dumeril and Bibron and from Gray, as I have not
access at present to the original work. There is no doubt, so far as I am aware, about
the identification, but it is never wise to quote any authority without referring to it,
and I only do so in this case because the species has not before been recognized as
Indian,

—_ a a a eed

1876.] ; 27

111.—On certain protracted Irregularities of Atmospheric Pressure in the
Indian Monsoon-region, and their Relation to Variations of the Locat
Rainfall By Henry F. Buanrorp, F. G. W.

(Received May 13th ;—Read June 7th, 1875.)

Note.—The greater part of the following paper was written in 1874 for
communication to the British Association meeting at Belfast, and an ab-
stract of the paper appears in the Reports of the work of Section A for that
year. I did not, however, publish the paper in extenso, as I desired before
doing so to verify the conclusions by some further experience. The origi-
nal paper discussed the phenomena cf the years 1868, 1871, 1872, and
1873: I have now added those of 1869, 1870, and 1874; and I have re-
drawn the tables of the former years, substituting as the standard of
comparison, the averages obtained up to the end of 1874, for those up to
the end of 1873 only. The result has been a further confirmation of at
least one of my conclusions, vz. the persistency of certain anomalies of
pressure distribution. The other conclusion suggested, vzz. that the rainfall
of each season is influenced in a characteristic manner by these anomalous
variations of the pressure, is one that requires for its verification a far
more detailed and prolonged study than the data here given will admit of.

In a paper read in February 1874 before the Royal Society, I con-
eluded from a detailed discussion of the wind-directions, and the distribution
of atmospheric pressure in Northern and Central India, as well as of other
meteorological elements, that the Indian branches of the two monsoons, in
the one case originate, in the other terminate south of the Himalaya; and
_that they are but little, if at all, dependent on the variations of atmospheric
pressure in Central Asia, to which they have generally been attributed.
The great mountain chain acts in fact as a complete barrier to the lower
half of the atmosphere, and it was shewn that it is within this stratum that
the alternating air-currents are restricted. From April to the end of Sep-
tember an area of low pressure exists over a part of Central India and the
Punjab, towards which a tolerably steady current blows from equatorial seas ;
while, during the remainder of the year, there is an area of less intense maxi-
mum pressure in approximately the same region, in which the winter or NE
monsoon originates. In the charts given in illustration of this paper, it was
shewn that the position of the barometric minimum in the SW monsoon,
on an average, changes but little from the month of May, before the rains
set in, up to the end of the rains in September or October ; when the pres-
sure becomes nearly uniform, prior to the re-distribution which characterises
the winter season. The object of the present paper is to shew that while

28 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. 1,

the distribution of relative pressures during the SW monsoon deviates
somewhat from the normal or average type in certain years, the variations
which appear at the beginning of the season in April or May are almost, if
not quite, as persistent as the normal features of distribution shewn in the
charts; and sometimes, indeed, last through one or two years. This fact is
one which may prove hereafter of much practical importance. Since the
strength and direction of the winds are determined by differences of pres-
sure in neighbouring regions, and since the monsoon rains are in their turn
dependent on the vapour-bearing winds, it might be expected that the ano-
malies of rainfall would also shew a certain persistence, and that each sea-
son, and, in certain cases, two seasons in succession, would preserve much the
same character in regard to the excess or deficiency of rainfall. As far as
observation hitherto has afforded the means of testing this presumption, this
appears to be actually the case ; the result being sometimes a succession of
destructive floods, at other times the failure of the late autumn crops over
large areas, producing those famines for which India is disastrously noto-
rious.

Until about eight years ago there were no systematic records of meteo-
rological phenomena in India, sufficiently general for instituting an enquiry
into a question of this kind: and even up to last year, those that are trust-
worthy and at the same time accessible, related only to about a third of the
whole area of India. It is therefore for this portion only that evidence is
at present forthcoming. But fortunately this includes the greater part of
the area which is concerned with that branch of the monsoon that traverses
the Bay of Bengal in the summer months; the remainder being chiefly
watered either by the current which proceeds from the western coast ; or,
in the case of the Carnatic, by the Bay of Bengal current which is deflected.
towards that region in October and November.

With such partial data as have hitherto been available, it is certainly
not possible to establish definite laws of the relations between the quantity
and distribution of the rainfall on the one hand, and local irregularities in
the distribution of pressure on the other. To do this effectually will re-
quire much more complete data than we at present possess; including a
knowledge of the distribution of atmospheric pressure over the whole of
India and the neighbouring seas ;* and more perfect means of determining
the absolute movement of the air,f its temperature and humidity, than are
at present available. I shall therefore content myself in this place with

* This, it is hoped, will be shewn for the first time in the Report on the Meteorology
of India for 1875, by means of isobaric and wind-charts for each month of the year.

+ Steps have been taken to procure self-recording anemometers for this purpose,
which will be erected at some 20 stations in addition to the three presidency capitals;
which are already provided with them.

————

1876. ] Barometric Anomalies. 29

adducing evidence to shew that abnormal variations of relative pressure
tend to be persistent ; and on the former head J shall only pomt out some
observed coincidences, with the caution that no satisfactory discussion of
this subject is practicable until the conditions are known over a very much
wider area than that treated in the present paper, and that for a sufficiently
long period.

When the barometric traces of a number of stations in different parts
of India are compared together, it appears that, after eliminating the regu-
lar variation of the daily tides, they are all affected simultaneously or near-
ly so by irregular fluctuations of very various duration (from one to many
days), and that these are on the whole more intense at northerly than at
southerly stations. ‘The amount by which the pressure at any place for a
given month or day deviates above or below its normal value for that period,
will necessarily be affected by these irregular fluctuations as well as by
those protracted anomalies of pressure with which I am now concerned.
The most ready way of exhibiting the latter is to take the barometric differ-
ence for the period in question of a pair of stations, not too distant from
each other, and from this to deduct their normal or average difference for
the corresponding period ; or, what comes to the same thing, to obtain the
total barometric anomaly* for each of the pair separately, by deducting
the corresponding normal values, and then to take the difference of these
anomalies. This latter method will be followed in the tables illustrating this
paper. If we find that as a general rule these final differences or, as I have
termed them, relative anomalies preserve the same sign + or — and not in-
frequently approximately similar values for many months together (the
comparison being sufficiently extensive fairly to test the whole mass of the
data), the proposition that abnormal variations of relative pressure tend to be
protracted, may be considered as established. I must, however, remark by way
of precaution, that the above method of proceeding does not completely
eliminate the general irregular fluctuations. It would do so, only if all stations
were equally affected by them ; but actually this is not the case. A simple
inspection of the barometric curves (of which I havea series for several years)
shews that, as a rule, these fluctuations are more intense, the higher the lati-
tude ; and that, sometimes, stations in the interior seem to be more affected
than those on the coast. Hence the further two stations are apart (especially
in latitude), the less complete is the elimination. But for my present pur-
pose this rough method will suffice. I now proceed to the facts.

In 1868 an abnormal barometric depression in the NW corner of the
Bay of Bengal and in part of Orissa characterised the whole of the SW

* By this term, I designate the amount by which the mean pressure at any station

for a given day, month, or year, ranges above or below the corresponding average of
many years.

30 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. 1,

monsoon, while in Lower Bengal the pressure was for the most part above
the average. This is shewn in the tables for the year [see Appendix] ; the
first of which gives the mean total barometric anomaly for each month of
Calcutta, Saugor Island, False Point, Cuttack, Chittagong, and Akyab, and
the second the relative anomalies for certain pairs of stations selected so as
best to illustrate the phenomenon in question.

In this case, which indeed was the first that attracted my attention,
the relative depression was remarkably intense, and bounded (on the land
side at least) by a high gradient. The pressure in Bengal was unusually
high and that at False Point abnormally low at the beginning of the year ;
and this barometric difference was intensified in May, when, however, there
was a prevalent high pressure much exceeding the average. In June, again,
when the general pressure was below the average, the difference was less,
and as between the neighbouring stations of Cuttack (50 miles from False
Point) and Calcutta, almost disappeared ; reappearing, however, in July
with a general excess of pressure, and becoming further intensified in
August with a general and abnormal fall. Jn this last month the greatest
difference was between Saugor Island and Calcutta (68 miles apart) ; amount-
ing absolutely to not less than ‘103 inches on the mean pressures of the
month. There was no cyclone, notwithstanding that so great a barometric
gradient rarely occurs, even temporarily in India, except during the passage
of a cyclone. The rainfall at Caleutta during the month was however very
heavy, one half greater than at Saugor Island, and at Hooghly 30 miles
further north it was nearly twice as great as at Calcutta. I shall recur to
this subject in the sequel. In the north-west of the Bay, the anomalous
depression lasted until the end of the year ; but it was most intense during
the south-west monsoon. The excessive rainfall was quite local, and oceur-
red, as we have seen, some distance to the north of the depression. In the
N. W. Provinces the fall of the season was somewhat deficient.

In 1869 the pressure was abnormally high at False Point and Cuttack
(especially the former), relatively to the more southern part of the coast
(Madras) on the one hand, and to Bengal, especially as represented by Ber-
hampore on the other. It was abnormally low at Berhampore and also at
Chittagong ; while at Akyab, relatively both to this place and Port Blair,
and during the greater part of the monsoon, even to False Point, it was
unusually high ; August being a temporary exception. In other words,
there seems to have been an abnormal ridge of high pressure, extending
across the Bay from Akyab to False Point and Cuttack. In the Meteoro-
logical Report for that year it is stated that “the rainfall was less than the
average in Orissa, the Gangetic delta, and Aracan. Also in Hastern Bengal
(except Sylhet and Cherrapunji), in Lower Assam, Sikkim, and parts of
Behar. It was above the average at Soory and Berhampore, and over a

1876. ] Barometric Anomalies. 2 ail

tract of country stretching between the Rajmahal hills and the Bhotan
dwars, including Dinajpur, Rangpur and probably Julpigori and Buxa.”
Hence it appears that the ridge of relatively high pressure, before adverted
to, had the effect of diminishing the rainfall generally both in the region
occupied by it and also to the north ; except where the abnormal depression
at Berhampore and Chittagong tended to negative this effect and produce a
local increase. Quoting again from the Report of the year, “it would
appear that the area of greatest rainfall did not coincide with that of the
barometric depression but was at 150 miles to the north-east of it. It was
very restricted, and if the data can be trusted in detail would seem to be
sharply defined.”

The local relative excess of pressure at False Point and Cuttack was
maintained through the cold weather of 1869—70, and up to the end of the
latter year; except at Cuttack, where it fellin December. The same was
the case at Akyab, except temporarily in the month of May [see Tables].
Its total duration extended therefore over two entire years. At False Point,
however, the barometer stood abnormally in excess of Akyab, during the
earlier months of the year and also in August and December. The region
of most persistent depression was about the Andamans,* and the relative
depression at Chittagong, Berhampore, and Monghyr was maintained, though
less intense than in the previous year. At Jubbulpore the pressure was
abnormally high, relatively to Nagpur, during the hot weather ; but this rela-
tion was reversed in August, and at the end of the year, the pressure at the
latter station ranged greatly above that at the former.

In the Bengal Report for this year it is stated that “In the Central
Provinces, including Sambhalpur and the hilly country to the West of the
Gangetic delta, the rainfall was higher than usual; while the Orissa coast
tract and the Gangetic delta had less than the average, more especially along
a line passing through False Point, Midnapur, and Burdwan”’, that is to say
under the lea of the high pressure region about False Point. ‘‘ The stations
in Behar registered about the usual quantity ; i some cases much more ;”
this being under the lea of the relative depression about Monghyr. “In
Eastern Bengal and Arakan the rains were generally somewhat deficient,
except at Sylhet and Noakhally” ; and it is observed that “some of these
local irregularities appear to be very anomalous.”

I next come to the year 1871, one of unusually heavy rainfall in Ben-
gal (except the Hastern districts and Lower Assam) and also in the NW
Provinces and Central India. In this year, the pressure was abnormally low
in the eastern part of the Bay about Akyab, in Orissa, and in Central India
north of the Satptira range ; as compared with Bengal, the Gangetic valley,
and the tract to the South of the Satptiras. On the west coast (the In-

* In January a cyclone occurred in the extreme South of the Bay.

32 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. 1,

dian coast) of the Bay, especially about False Point, the pressure was still
relatively high, so that the two areas of abnormally low pressure, viz. that
on the East of the Bay and that of Orissa, were distinct and separated.
The Akyab depression did not extend to Port Blair (Andamans), where the
pressure was on the whole slightly in excess of the average. 'To shew these
differences, in the Table for 1871 I have compared in the same manner as
before, Akyab with Chittagong on the north and Port Blair on the south ;
False Point with Vizagapatam, and this with Madras on the south and with
Berhampore on the north ; also with Akyab on the east and Cuttack on
the west; Cuttack with Berhampore, Monghyr, and Jubbulpore ; and Jub-
bulpore with Benares on the north and Nagpore on the south. Also Ber-
hampur with Monghyr and Chittagong.

The general persistency of the relative baric anomalies of the season is
well shewn in the table. But it exhibits some interruptions ; as for instance
a sudden relative depression at False Point, Vizagapatam, and Cuttack in
June, coinciding indeed with a general fall below the average, but most
intense at those stations. The rainfall in this month was exceptionally
heavy in the Gangetic delta, especially in the neighbourhood of Calcutta,
where it was about twice as great as at Saugor Island; thus repeating the
conditions already noticed in 1868. Another noticeable interruption is a
rapid rise of pressure at Jubbulpore in October, which was partially felt at
Nagpore and Benares, but not at all in Orissa ; while in Lower Bengal there
was a fall of pressure. Fluctuations in the amounts of the relative anoma-
lies, of less magnitude are indicated throughout, as might indeed be expect-
ed ; but they are for the most part gradual and not such as to negative the
general truth of the law of persistency.

The next year, 1872, was one of light rainfall in Bengal generally (that
of every month being below the average) ; but it was excessive in Orissa and
Chutia Nagpore. It was also stormy in the Bay of Bengal, which was not
the case in 1871. In the N. Western and Central Provinces the rainfall
was either about the average or somewhat above it ; this was chiefly due to
the heavier fall of the later months of the monsoon. Both in the N. W.
Provinces and Behar, the hot weather months with June and July were
generally dry, and rain did not fall plentifully till August. The anomalous
barometric depression in the neighbourhood of Akyab, and in Orissa as com- ~
pared with stations to the North was greater than in 1871; but Akyab did
not on the whole range abnormally below Port Blair, nor did Jubbulpore
range unusually below Nagpore on the one hand and Benares on the other,
as in the previous year; while an abnormal depression in the N. West of
the Bay connected the Orissa and Akyab depressions, being greatest about
False Point, or possibly in the neighbouring part of the Bay. To shew
this distribution I give tables for the same stations as in the previous year,

3876.7 Barometric Anomalies. 33

with the addition of Agra, Jhansi, and Lucknow in the N. W. Provinces,
these latter being chiefly for comparison with the corresponding data of
1873, when there was an important barometric irregularity in the Upper
Provinces.

In the table the general persistency of the baric anomalies is clearly
shewn, but there are three interruptions of some importance. In May with
a general fall greater than the average, especially in Central India and
False Point, Jhansi in the interior and Port Blair were exceptions, the fall
there being slightly less than the average. Again, in June, when the pres-
sure generally was considerably above the average, Orissa and Port Blair
ehanged in the opposite direction. Lastly, in September, with an unusual
vise of pressure every where, this was most intense at False Point and
Jubbulpore, and was but little in excess of the average at Port Blair, Vizaga-
patam, and Madras.

I now come to the year 1878, the rainfall of which in most parts of
Northern India was much below that even of the previous year, causing
that deficiency of the crops in parts of Bengal and the N. W. Provinces
which is still fresh in the recollection of all. The baric anomalies of the year
were in some respects identical with those of 1872, having lasted through
all the revolutions of the changing monsoons, but they were accompanied by
others which made their appearance either in the latter part of that year or
the earlier months of 1873, thus rendering the barometric distribution in
the summer monsoon more anomalous than that of any year yet recorded.

The anomalous depression in the Northern part of the Bay of Bengal
and Orissa still continued: Akyab as compared with Chittagong and False
Point as compared with Vizagapatam and Madras were lower even than in
1872: and the Orissa depression, relatively to Bengal and the Central Pro-
vinces, was as great, in some cases greater than in the previous year. With
regard to the south-east of the Bay, as represented by Port Blair, the
Akyab depression was somewhat greater than in 1872, but the registers of a
station, established during the year, in the Nicobars, seem to shew that to the
south of the Andamans there existed a very considerable barometric depres-
sion, which must have greatly influenced the strength of the monsoon in the
Bay of Bengal, and which was probably abnormal, though in the absence of
earlier registers, this cannot be confidently asserted.

In the upper part of the Ganges valley, in the province of Oude, a very
anusual depression appeared in the later months of 1872 and lasted up to
the close of the monsoon of 1873. These facts are shewn in the tables for
the year at the end of this paper.

As in the previous years, the tables shew a Pentel persistence of the
relative anomalies, with some interruptions, traceable to the unequal inci-
dence of general temporary fluctuations. Thus, in February, when the

5

34 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. I,

pressure generally became about normal after an unusual depression in
January, the change affected the several stations very unequally, Orissa and
the upper part of the N. W. Provinces being most affected, and Jubbulpore
and Madras the least. In May, again, the pressure fell much less than usual
as a general rule, but at Akyab the fall was of the almost normal amount ;
while at Agra and Lucknow it was less than the average fall by nearly
O-linch. In June the fall of pressure was everywhere greater than the
average, the excess being greatest at Agra and Lucknow, and least at Akyab,
Madras, and Nagpore. Lastly, in August, with a general abnormal rise of
pressure, Akyab, Chittagong, Berhampur, and Monghyr show the greatest
excess, and Agra and Lucknow nearly as much, but the rise at Madras was
not much greater than the average, and at Port Blair, Vizagapatam, and
Nagpore about equal and of intermediate amount.

In 1874 the pressure was abnormally low relatively to other places at
at Akyab, False Point, and Cuttack, especially the last ; while it was highest
at Berhampur and Chittagong.

Agra and Lucknow (especially the last) shewed a low pressure as in
the preceding year; but the depression was relatively less intense; and
Jhansi and Jubbulpore were relatively high, more especially the latter. The
persistency of these differences was not less than in former years, as may be
seen in the table for 1874; but I have not been able to trace out any such
concurrence between these phenomena and the peculiarities of the rainfall
as are exhibited in the reports and registers of certain previous years.
The rainfall of 1874 was generally deficient in the western districts of
Bengal and also the more eastern districts and Arakan ; but above the
average at Burdwan, Soory, Contai, and in the Rajshaye and Cooch Behar
divisions.. In general, too, it was in excess in Behar, Chutia Nagpur, and
Orissa. In the N. W. and Central Provinces also it was generally abun-
dant ; Jhansi, Ajmere, and Nagpore being, however, exceptions. In the ear-
ler part of the monsoon, the rain was plentiful in the N. W. Provinces
and scanty in Bengal. In September and October this relation was rever-
sed.

Lest the somewhat abstract language I have employed im describing
these phenomena should tend to obscure the physical facts to which the
tables testify, it will be useful, before proceeding further, to recall to mind
what these facts really are. Such expressions as normal and abnormal, how-
ever convenient for describing the mental analysis of a phenomenon whieh
results from the concurrent operation of a number of causes, have really
reference only to our way of regarding it, and none whatever (of necessity)
to the phenomenon itself.. The physical facts educed in the foregoing dis-
cussion may be thus enunciated:—That amid the never ceasing
changes of condition and place to which every

1876.] Barometric Anomalies. 35

part of the atmosphere is subject, certain states
tend to perpetuate or reproduce themselves in
the same region, in such manner as to maintain
a constant difference in the mean or average pres-
sures ef two neighbouring regions; and that this
tfendenty to a constant local difference is in cer-
tain cases maintained throughout those great re-
volutions of atmospheric density, composition,
and movement which accompany the alternations
of the monsoons. Nevertheless these states though protracted are
not permanent, and disappear after a longer or shorter time. Sometimes
suddenly, but more frequently by a graduated decrease.

When this class of phenomena first attracted my attention, my first idea
was, as would probably occur to most, that the instruments used for measur-
ing the pressure had either become defective, or had been displaced from
the vertical position or moved to a different elevation, without the fact having
beenreported. I accordingly had the instruments recompared and ascertained
by careful enquiry whether any removal had taken place, but failed to ob-
tain any explanation of the observed anomalies. Longer experience has
shewn that two or more neighbouring stations, occasionally participate in
the same condition of protracted excessive or deficient pressure ; and where
stations exist intermediate in position between those at which extreme
opposite conditions prevail, the former continue to shew an intermediate
condition. J should add that, as far as regards Bengal, I have given the
utmost care to ensure that all barometric observations shall be rigorously
comparable, and after a careful consideration of all the circumstances, | am
able to see no reason to doubt the validity of the phenomena indicated by
the registers.*

* The most remarkable case of protracted differences of pressure, which are never=
theless not permanent, is that shewn by False Point and Cuttack, as compared with
the surrounding stations. The registers shew that after remaining abnormally low
throughout the year 1868, the pressure rose at the beginning of 1869 and at False
Point remained unusually high throughout the years 1869, 1870, and 1871. At the
beginning of 1872 it again fell, and remained relatively low during the two years
following. Now at False Point the same instrument (a marine barometer of the
Fitzroy pattern) was used continuously by the same observer, and, I am assured,
in the same place, from the time when the station was originally established up
to the end of 1872; it was then replaced by a marime barometer on the Kew-«
principle, without any change in the general value of the readings. At Cuttack
the original instrument was replaced towards the end of 1869, but the two were
read simultaneously for a fortnight, and, after applying the corrections which had been
previously determined in Calcutta, the readings were found to be identical. The second
“instrument was again replaced in December 1872 by a Casella’s standard, which was

36 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. 1,

If then, as I cannot but conclude, the distribution of pressure m India
is subject to protracted local variations, which nevertheless are not perma-
nent, it seems probable that we may find herein a clue to the explanation
of those irregularities of the rainfall that have so important an influence
on the welfare of the people ; and the connection between the two classes
of phenomena must become a question of very high practical as well as
scientific importance.

T have already shewn reasons why this enquiry cannot be satisfactorily
undertaken at present. For instance, the establishment of an observatory
at the Nicobars in May 1873, brought to light the apparent existence of @
remarkable barometric depression in that neighbourhood, of which we
should otherwise have remained m ignorance. What its extent may have
been, we do not know, but its position is such that it must have been in-
fluential in drawing aside a portion of the monsoon current which otherwise
would pass up the Bay towards Northern India. So long as we remain
without information of the meteorological conditions in any part of the
Indian monsoon area, we cannot be sure that the effects we witness in Nor-
thern India may not have resulted from causes whose seat lies without our
area.

But although any comprehensive discussion of the subject is impossi-.
ble, I may point to some observed relations between barometric depression
and rainfall which are, f think, too striking to be a fortuitous coincidence. I
refer more especially to the excessively heavy rainfall which occurred in the
region of which the town of Hughli is the centre, in August 1868; when
a very intense depression lay near Saugor Point (100 miles to the south)
off the mouth of the Hughli. In the previous month of June, when the
site of the minimum pressure was in the neighbourhood of False Point, the
region of excessive rainfall lay about Balasore and Contai (100 miles to the
north), and throughout the season, while the barometric depression held its
place in the N. W. corner of the Bay, the excessive rainfall was restricted to
the south-west corner of the Gangetic delta, although the fall was heavy
over a considerable part of the delta. In Behar on the other hand, and in

fixed in position by myself, and a second series of simultaneous readings for a month,
gave, after due correction, the same results. The instrument had been moved to a differ-
ent house, I believe in 1870; but a line of levels taken at my request by the Executive
Engineer of the station shewed that the two positions of the instrument were apprecia-
_bly at the same level. The Saugor Island barometer which in 1868 shewed as great
“a fall below the usual pressure as that of False Point, has been compared three times,
viz. when first supplied to the station, again by myself on the spot at the end of 1870,
and lastly with a Casella’s standard supplied to the station in 1873. The results of
these comparisons agreed accurately, and the instrument has always been in the
same position.

1876. ] Barometric Anomalies. 37

the N. W. Provinces, the rainfall of this year was deficient. I may here
point to a parallelism between this case and that of the rainfall m cyclones,
in which it appears, by the common consent of observers, that the greatest
raintall oceurs in advance of the cyclone-centre.

Now something similar to the above relation seems to be traceable in
other cases when the depression is less intense and the effect more extensive.
In 1873, although the fall was deficient in Bengal and the N. W. Provinces,
it was not so in the Punjab nor about Roorkee and Agra, which lay to the
west or north-west of the abnormal depression in Oude ; that is to say, be-
yond the depression in the course followed by the vapour-bearing winds. It
Was very copious also in Burmah, which lay beyond (to the north and north-
east of) the Nicobar depression, the monsoon-current here being from the
south west. In 1871, when there was an abnormal depression in the east
of the Bay, in Orissa, and about Jubbulpore ; (how far this last may have
extended east and west we do not know, in the absence of stations); the
rainfall was abundant in the Gangetic valley and Bengal, as well as the
Central Provinces. But on the other hand, we must not lose sight of the
fact, that in 1872 and 1873, when the depression was as great or greater in
the Bay of Bengal and Orissa, the rainfall in Bengal as in Northern India
generally was light or very deficient. This fact warns us that we must not
push too far the conclusions drawn from our present imperfect data.

The mean or normal values adopted as standards in the following tables
are those of all registers up to the end of 1874. The number of years it.
each case is from 5 to 8. The table of these values is given at page 15 of
the Meteorological Report for Bengal for the year 1874.

1868. Zuble of total barometric Anomalies.

Calcutta. Sagar Id. False Pt, Cuttack. | CONE" | Akyab.
g.

SATUALY, cessevee ceseeess| + 024) + °016) — °036}) — -013] — -003} — :032
IP@lMUBIA coood00d DOODOUOS + O11) — :039]} — -0438} — :001] — -010| — -007
NigiRGO Sadogs OOOK5 seseeee| + 7026] — 010) — '035] + -004) + -002| + :005
ail i -008)| — 032) 059) Ole) eet -OOON aeons
WEN céacd00 jGoD00 5 00n000 + °102| + °064 0} + 063) + -045]) + -072
June, > ouconDDO 9900000 0} — :043} — :044, — :002| + :085| + -047
ULV, ssccesee convseee sees] + 035] — °020| —-°044) + -004) —.-001! + +049
ANUIETEN, coo onODOHO 9 0odocd — :020] — °128] — :085) — :088); — :067| — :0138
ISM ECDUDCI I sieletaveieiss vavvics 0| — 072) — :072) — :004) — :016)} + :011
October; :......;........| + :0384| — :021) —--013) + -046) + :016] + :009
November, .....:.. ercrns — ‘014/ — :049) — :059} — -010| — -034|} — ‘068
December, .....+0...++0+| + 027] + °012} — °021) + :020} + -004) — -004

38 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. 1,
1868. Zuble of relative barometric Anomalies.

Sagar Id./False Pt.) Cuttack |False Pt.|False Pt.|Akyab to
to Cal- | to Cal- | to Cal- | to Cut- to Chitta-
cutta. cutta. | cutta. tack. | Akyab.| gong.

ST ANUATY AE Ey aielefereisiel Heels atees — 008} — :060} — :037| — -023} — :004| — :029
LNG AA FoG455 boson eae — 060} — 054; — :012| — -042| — 036) + -003
MMitar Gla as; deraievevstsn rs syeuste > — ‘036} — :061! — :022) — -039] — :041| + -003
Ayeriley sco Ree. ; — -040/ — -067| — -019| — -048| — -077{ + -009
IN ERAS cons sacs so nbe scp oeee — 048} — °102} — 039; — -063| — -072] + -027
JUNE, cceveees cove cceeeees| — 048! — *044} — -002) — -042} — -091] + -012
ey Mahisrere Atetere 39 DoOSbaNO — 055] — :079|} — -031| — -048] — :098| + -050
ENTESTSSS 3598 Mee aee 553409 — 108} — -065) — -068, + -003| — -072| + -054
Nepsembery sure coctine «sec — 072) — :072| — :004| — -:068| — :083} + 027
October, PNR ee ks — -055 | —=-047| + -012| — -033) — -022|/=—— -o07
Novenber, bush wend snes — -035||— -045| + -004| — -049| — -009| — -034
December, .........+.-++.| — °015| — +048] — -007-/ — -041] — -017| — -008
1869. Table of total barometric Anomalies.
P yhitta- |,

Bot | Akyab: oe Madras. |False Pt.

January, 39.99009000 coenee + ‘101] — :032} — -003) + :038| + -060
He brary. | ciaciilee eerie! s0000000 + °048/ — -007) — :010| + -007} + +040
MAT Ch crorskel eeiers al einiclen sates sce + -020; — °001} — :010) — -006) + -052
BAS UTM ea ais sieleke) oialiois ove) cise siaikelelevele . + 021; + -018| — :025) — :005} + -040
WERE, aapaodocdoeauee 5 500 + 021) + ‘072 °045| — :010|] + -042
June, . 34000795 650059000 50005000 — ‘O11; + °047} — :0385| — -:034|) — -003
July, 5090 90090000 0006500006 .o| + -002; + -049; — :001) — -019] + -019
August, nODOddO BOOM O ODIdaD O° + °010} — :013| — :067| — :013! + -058
September,........: 4 000000 BOO .| + 006; + -011} — -016} — :005} + -021
Octoberysn ae.) . : -| — °003} + -009) + :016} — -012| + -014
INOWEMID ETS clavate cic) ewisierss aie’ «) os sareaiale .| + °015|/ — :068) — 034} — :009| + -048
MD ECOMDEN oie) '/sjeis'e icles cio oa este sooeee| + °004] + 7002) + '004) — -056| + -008
Berham-| Mon- Jubbul-

Cuttack pore: ghyr: Nagpore. pore.

AJR ET AA 55 on 5 qa OAS bd De oc + 052) + °056} + :089) — -001| + +046
Mebruaryy (s\n «\oc 1 50079 b.908 56 + 088; + :016) + 001} — -045|) + -008
WEED, on55 40690095 40 + -039) — -018) + :013} — :049|) — -020
pei ss aes ee ie tee ee OP 1-050 ? “* 034) = 00,
WEN 555009500900 boanDD0b Ged00000| Fe OID| —= Wns ? — °049| — -025
JURE 350000605900 Nd00099000000900 — ‘041! — -151) — :030| — :049} — -002
Jit, catia 5000 4900 D06OCSOID 96 005 + :015} — :058; + -006}] — -019| + -O11
_ ATES Se ne IE + 055] + 038; + -014| — -010| + -046
September,......... 5.50095 : Siete — 005} — :008| — -022| — :052 | — :036
Wetobere erate iet 300% + 006} — ‘011; + ‘004) — -0386| — -008
November,........ a9 00D550nbDD OO + 037) — 011) + :034]) + :018| — 017
December,.. 1.1... ssceseceevvsevsee| + 025] — :046| — :016| — :046| — -032

1876.]

Barometric Anomalies.

39

1869. Tuble of relative barometric Anomalies.
SS —

. |Akyab to

Port

Blair.

ee

January, e@eeosese eeeeveee — 133
MEHGHALY, Gas oben esis c« =| —— 000
AVG CDS Riese) eerie cle eiclieie vvie.s — 021
a\iwil, 5 5500603 000000 Gved|) => AOE
Mies set cee cecles wes | OO]
JTHAE, 4an000 aoudo0 UGUOUU ICs mms)
Tu sgooud codsoo ange cope + °047
August, ..cereeeee cues voee| — 1023
September, ......eeee+++-| + “005
NOEROWEE ele re loreversioceleiels wake + °012
INDrEeMle, boo000 op00 ou0G — 083
Dees shogoocdo opooun — 002

Akyab to
Chitta-
gong.

029
003
‘009
043
027
082
050
054
027
007
034
002

| Wh) shee tbe th te ak

RIAUNUANEYs alalelele aes) ofete's
HIGDEUATYs) a + ole + «
March, .
AN Sal Baap ao
WERE sooo GUD
June, ..

eee er ee ee ee oe eee
eee ce ee ve oe
essen ee

August, .....
September,.,....... padcoc 5 00%
October, .. 0...
November,....s.+. 0
December,

Ce

eooee eee e eee se Po oe oe oe

eeeee

Cuttack
to Mon-
ghyr.

018
037
026
ie

P

011
009
041
017
002
003
041

False Pt.|False Pt.
to Mad-| to Cut-
ras. tack.
+ 022} + :008
+ °033! + °002
+ °058] + °013
+ 045} + :019
+ °052| + 10238
+ °031] + :038
+ *038) + °004
+ 045) + :008
+ 013} + °026
+ °026) + :008
+ 057} + °011
+ :064) — ‘017
Fertile Berham-

pore to
pore to Mon:
Nagpore. ehyr.
|
+ °047) + °017
+ 053) + :015
+ 029) — ‘031
+ 027 ?
+ 024 P
+ 047) — °121
+ :030) — ‘064
+ *056) + °024
+ 016) + :014
— ‘022| — :015
— :0385| — :046
+ 014) — :0380

False Pt.) Cuttack
to Ber- to
hampore.| Jubbul-
pore.
+ 004} + :006
+ 024) + :030
+ ‘O70) + °059
+ *090| + °028
+ 047.) + °044
+ 148} — °039
+ 077) + °004
+ 020) + ‘009
+ °029; + °081
+ 025| + °064
+ 059) + 064
+ °054| + ‘057
Berham- False Pt.
Gnitta, |
1 -
oR Akyab
+ .°059| + °092
+.:026) + °047
— °008) + °0538
— °025) + :022
— °050} — :030
— '116} — :050
— 057| — :030
+ (105) + ‘071
+ :008) — :006
— 027) + 005
+ :0338) + °116
— 050] + *006

1870. Tuble of total barometric Anomalies.

Port

Blair.
January, @eoee oeeoF eso se oe — ‘159
Hepruary, 1... sssesess sees| — 042
BVIECHUtlersteis wleisielers) oo s%es|(—— “0382
Ree iar, ecco a v0 | = 024
MENG scbocce BoOd0e DOOD OOD — °032
EMC ayyeisicteleievers sieiviele velee of == (004
BULA Mrotoreefololel «ivevere/eisie’s «occ « — 023
INTISUSts rae'eslelsiers crcie se ctes sl — “O37
September, 1... ssleeeesees| — *019
WCLOD CEN atetoletetercieiotetel | avote ||) ——. “006
DNOVGMIDET EN calor > cies» cere | —— °012
MICCEMPET) valecss +s vere cvee| — “069

Akyab.

jeep te ae [Pah ae |p TP {|

Chitta-

gone. Madras.
— 072) — :083
— °042| — :034
— °050) — -:022
— ‘038| — ‘031
— ‘014, — ‘057
“+ 063) + *005
— ‘020; — :008
— °023| — :007
+ 014} + :001
— 004) + ‘007
— ‘028; + :008
— 009} + :020

we8 lalse Pt,
— °098 | — -010
— 052) + :029
—— OPAL Si SOL 7/
— :007} + -019
— -045| — -044
+ :037| + :068
—,:019.| — -007
— 009} + -008
— 007} + -036
+ 004] + -028
Say OL OOK
+ 013) + °036

40 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative

[No. I,

1870. Table of total barometric Anomalies.

=

I[PMOAAY, 55050090 so000000
IRSOATRNAA, 9565 900000000050
NILA 5.0o4.0508 do0d00.00R6
April, 390 0000000 9 caD000
WER ooooos so09000 . 900
June, 59000000 0000 0000
Uwibs oooso a6 300 000000
August, 6000000 0000 0006
SAHIMMMINA 45000000 000000
OBI ONA 5 Hoo000 bo0000 00

IN OVAMIAD 5 5 Goo05000 o00000
IDEM G5 SG50 Goce don Eun

ee eeeoee

eee cec ee

ec eee eee

eo ee ee oe

Cuttack. Berham-

— 033
+ 016
Ones)
+ -020
— 052
+ °038
—— 021
+ °016
+ °022
+ °006
— ‘018
— ‘060

pore.

063
‘034
"027
003
065
064
028
“O19
‘001
‘O11
— 018
— 007

Phat |

Mon-
* ghyr.

— *028
— 004
— -003
+ “017
— -066
+ °024
== (BP
— -003
+ -001
— ‘015
= One
— ‘006

pore.

085
008
039
009
013
036
007
037
005
034
‘034
003

| | | + | +4444 |

++ {++ ]+ |] ]4++ |

1870. Tuable of relative barometric Anomalies.

ule Nagpore.

055
001
“004
023
027
037
015
‘006
‘024
003
010
072

SNE 550000 009000 9900
HICDIUATY, eves ole eicie ss

August, ..... 5 400996 dan000
Soul)" Goo0 sono oMeodD
OSH 54040 400000 an00 0K
INOYVDMNI, 450500 co0pn000
Desa Nee 645905000 as0c0000

Akyab to
Port
Blair.

P
+ °027
+ ‘016
+ ‘010
— ‘009
+ °068

| + 080

+ ‘016
+ *045
+ ‘034
+ “O17
+ ‘071

Akyab to
Chitta-

gong.

2

027
033 |
“024 |
"027 |
001

027
002
*012
“012
033
O11

t+e++tet4 [44+

053
063
"044
016
021
“004
“021
“027
037
‘039
"019
043

Le a a

—_——— i

Cuttack
to Jub-
bulpore.

JANUALY, ws... 9000000000
February, ......5+.++..+--

September, .......+-+4.+-
OGWORP, s00000 400000 9000

WOVE YI 565000 0000 0006
MeCeEMPCr, case «eres 2-16 =|

Cuttack
to Mon-

ghyr.

,++t++t+++4+4++4 |
S
=
=

Vizaga- |\False Pt.|False Pt|False Pt.
patam to to Viza-| to Cut- | to Ber-
Madras. |gapatam.| tack. |hampore.
— 015) + :088) + °023) +

— °018) + *081) + -014) +

+ ‘O01| + -088|/-— -002) +

O)} + :0384) — O01) +

+ 012} + -001/ + -008) +

+ -032) + 031} + :030) +

— ‘O11! + -O11) + :014) +

— -002) + -017) — -008) +

— 008; + -0438) + ‘014) +

— 003} + °024) + °022) +

— 025) + :018) + -O14) +

— 007) + :023) + -096) +
Berham- | Berham-

pore to | pore to J wie Hele Pt.

Mon- | Chitta- | Joo ore.| Alevab

eign || gone) | agypore. yab.
— 035) + :009| — -030

— 030) + -008) + -007) +

— 024) + -023) + :085) +

— 014) + :0380) + -032) +

+ -001) — -0651) + -040) —

+ 040) + ‘001; — -001) +

+ °004} —- 008] + :023| —

— 016) + 004) — -043) +

— °002) — :015} — :019} +

+ 004; — -007} — :0381

+ 006) + -010}] — -044) —

— ‘001; + :002} — 075; +

a ee

1876. } Fj Barometric Anomalies. 41
1871. Table of total barometric Anomalies.

pa Akyab. ee Madras. ae ~ [False Pt.
EMU Vecisccs sews te snteecers — °021} — -044}] — -:036] — 014} + :004 0
February, oUt nina wore — ‘010; — °018} — :029] — -:016} — :011} — :004
BUSTED 2Gcras beac eae ae P + 009} + :013] + °0138] + °012) + ‘011
tcl, US Ashe See eee eae ? + 012] + -015| + -016| + -007| + -024
LIBATS 6 Ooo Cee Oe Ee ne i — ‘007| + °002}) + 023} + ‘014) + :021
June,... + °030} — °033]) — :026}] — :002/ — :031| — -018
Silay aeodone 9 op peo agsaooD + -016} — ‘010} — :015} + °005} — :002| + -012
JETS 35 OO DOU ORO ROR Cae + °022} — °003) + :012} + -O11/ + :021| + :026
RUCHUCMIDELS Ice eave vier ae’ © + °001) — -010} + -014) — -007| — :021) + -010
WclobenweMass core calislewss + 001} — 022) — -015} + :015] + 015) + +016
BNO WCMIDET I: Ciena) vcs ence + °006] — -007} — -005} — :011! — :002| + :0138
December,....... iso Hoe ieee + °023} + °026) + °0385) + ‘018] + ‘008} + 046

Cuttack. Berham-| Mon- | Jubbul-

pore. alam, “aOR Nag pore. Benares.
JESSIE, Goocou coo VGG000 — :035} — +033; — :030) + -001} + 059) — -018
Rebeuary,, o.. sce ee ss Sccos|| == O28 | == AWA —= 033 | — O29) COS) — WHO
WERE, 5 osco0cb ac0000 9000 — 003} — :012} + -009) — :005} + °028|) — :013
Jsrall. — Gdgucounds o00 000000 — 004; + O11} + -020) + -003; + °014) + -O11
NIZA Goooode0 e000 00. 0a06 — -010/ + -038} + -048) + 006} + 066) + -041
June, ...... $0 acqod059 0000 — 044} — :011} — 005) — -046} — -011] — :008
Tals, gee oeee eee pte =O —— -007|)) 7 6008) 016 | ree 02G) ae COLO
AMUN, 1000600000 0500 0000 + 010} — ‘011} + :018} — 005] + °029) + -029
S@UISMNIS Goouedco ooooae — 034] — :022} — -006) — -060} — :008} — -030
‘Osrologe, Seacucme secceeeeee| — O31} — 029] — 022, + -023] + °017/ — -012
November, ....060+.+-++0+| — 045) — -042] — -035) — °032} — °043} — -021
December, ..... 000 vob00E — 014} + ‘015; + 021); — ‘018; — -013; + -:016

Akyab ine to] Vizaga-|False Pt.'False Pt.'False Pt.

Port Chitta- |patam to) to Viza-| to Cut- | to Ber-

Blair. | gong. | Madras. |gapatam.) tack. |hampore.

A/gMNBNE © CosocodO DONS »ee-| — °023| — :008} + -018} — -004] + :085) + :033
lRSIEIEIA, ooongagod a00n0dG -| — 008] + °011|} + 005} + -007| + :024] + -037
IMERanS ho oo OOD DUnUInOOe ; p — 005); — :001} — :001] + :014] + -023
J\j ial pees 50000000 ? — 003; — 009] + 017} + -028| + :013
May, 5O O000 DD0G 000000 ? — ‘009; — :009|} + -007| + ‘031; — :017
MIU Pte chencie! sitivia sie “cena eles — ‘063| — :007| — :029) + :013} + -026| — :007
slay airy reper sieieteiisrscsre: wtnelor alates — 026) + -005) — 007, + :014) + :023}] + -019
PATHOTUS Esa sie sev 01 seeeeeeee| — °025| — 015} + -010/ + 005) + -016| + -087
September, ..... vseeeeees| — ‘O11l| — 024! — -014] + :081] + -044|) + -082
Octoberi) Fei... ss no ooncoo — °023|} — -006 O; + 001} + -047} + -045
BNO VERUD OT ara iciele sve tareieies 6 — ‘013| — :002/ + :009} + °015| + :058} + -055
December,.........+++.+2.| + 003} — :009/ — :010] + :088] + -060} + :031

6

42 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. t,

1871. Table of relative barometric Anomalies.
Dee ee eee

False Pt.| Cuttack | Cuttack |Berham- pen Jubbul- | Jubbul-

to to Jub-) to Mon- | to Mon- Gea pore to | pore to

Akyab. | bulpore.| ghyr. ghyr. ome ~ |Nagpore.|Benares.

eg.

January, ........| + °044| — 0386) — -005} — °003) + -003| — ‘058| + “O19
INS ERG ooooDovGl| PB WOME sp AIL) s- W@|) —— W0s))) = tO |) — °035| + ‘O11
WERE Sooo bcudu" + 002} + 002) — -012| — -021| — -025|) — -033| + 008
April, 600752.) 4-012 | = -007 F004 |) -009'| — 004; =o ane
IME dboo5o0 seeee| + °028] — 016) — :058}| — :010| + -036| — -960| — -035
June, .....-+..-.| + °015| + °002] — -039) — -006) + -015} — -035| — “038
PulkAosce ooacoo09 + -022| + 005° — :019| — 015! + -008} — -042| — -026
JATEWIS, gocas000 + °029|) + °015|) — .008 | — :029} — :023 |} — -0384| — -034
September, ......| + °020] + 026] — .028| — -016| — -036 | — -052| — ‘030
October Vy... wee] + 038} — :056| — .009| — -007| — -014] + -006) + °035
November, ...... + 020} — :013| — .010) — -007} — :037} + 011) — ‘Olt
December, ......| + °020] + -004| — .035| — -006} — -020} — -005| — -034

1872. Table of total barometric Anomalies.

Port Chitta-| Mad- | Vizaga- Berham-

Blair Akyab. Fone, | aes, roaeran False Pt.) Cattack. pore.
January, .....- + °028} + :014/| + :027/+ :013| + :035| + °015|) — -022| + -028
February, ....|/+ ‘Oll) + °029/+ -033/+ -008; + -016} — -004| — -013] + -029
INEM Booe oads |+ 022) + -002/+ -007|+ -008) — -005) — :030} — -026| — -008
IN gall, So danaoc \— :016| — -023 |— -001) + :008 0} — :011] — -001/} + -012
May,..... Breet — -007| — -019/+ -002/— -016| — -006| — -031| — -011| + -015
Bieter see — -019; — -003| + -026/+ -010/ + -010| — -041| — -036| + -047
July, 2 ses05-|— 012] —= (008 -O2alea-005| + -013'|) — | -020)) One) ences
August, ...... — -026| — -026|— -005|— -018| — -030| — -050| — -040| — -O11
September, ..../— O11) — °011]+ -040,+ -006) + °016) + :023] + -020; + -039
October, ...... — +024] — -010|+ -002|— -008! — -011| — -o19| — -0321 4 -012
November, ....|—°038} — °045 |— :038/—-039, — :029} — -041] — -045| — -016
December, ....|—°024| — ‘059 |— -046|— °084) — -041|} — -052| — :065| — -041

ree as Nagpore.|Benares. | Jhansi. | Agra. ee
January, ......-.| + °027| + -006| —-OOL | + ‘O18 | —-015 | + -017 | + -014
February, ....+- + 024} + -021| —-003 | + -018 | —-018 | —-004 | + -027
INGEN, oao00G 4000 — 008) + :006) + ‘007 | —:005 | + :017 | —-012 | + -005
April, te ...| 45-001) 4-074 Sos |) + 012 | —-001 | —=-o95 |e eeeone
WRI 900000 oa000¢ + -002| —- 020!) + -001 | —:001 | + :011 | —-026 | + -:015
VERE, 6606000000 + ‘024! + :009| + -010 | + :020 | + :033 | —-001 | + -032
Marly erie coe oe + -022| + -001| + -010 | + -012 | + -036/ + -001 | + -030
AUGUSt, 1.6.6 --| — ‘016] — :032]) —:088 | —-021 | —-‘016 | —-023 | —-:024
September, ...... + -038| + °040] + 024 | + 040 | + -042 | + -033 ?
October, ........| + “O08| + ‘018| + -O51 | + :006 | —:024 | + -002 ?
November, ...... — 022} — :019] —-031 | —-:017 | — -047 | —-039 ?
December, ......)| — °*0385| — °025| —:-048 | —:040 | —-088 | —-:052 | —-054

1876. | Barometric Anomalies. 43
1872. Table of relative barometric Anomalies.
laa Akyab| Viza- raise pt,| False tpalse Pt.|False Pt.| Cuttack
5 4/ to | gapatam . Pt. to
o Port Chitta- ae to Viza- Chaise to Ber- to to Jub-
Blair. i ¢ |gapatam hampore.| Akyab. | bulpore.
gong | Madras. |° tack.
January, ......|—-"014'—013} + ‘022 | — 020 |+°087} —-018 | + :001 | — -028
February, ....|+:009/—013} + :008 | — -020 |+:009| —-033 | —-024 | — -084
ULC Eee . |— "020 |—005 | — 013 | —-025 |—:004}| — 022 | — 038 — 032
Ja iter Rees +» .|—007 |— 022 00s | —-011 |—010] —:023 | + 012 | — ‘015
May, ........{/—*012|—021! + -010 | —-025 |— 020] — 046 | — 012 | + -009
TERS ESB Soi +016 |—"029 0 | —:051 |—:005 | —-088 | — ‘088 | — :045
July, oe eee} + 004 |—"033 | + -008 ; —-033 |— 002! — ‘053 4 —:012 | —-019
J: IS 0 |—"021 | —-012 | —-020 |—-010} —-0389 | —:024 , — -008
September, ..../-+:022|—029| + -:010 | + :007 | +:003} —-016 | + -012 | —-020
October, ...... +:014 |—"012; —-003 | —-008 |+°-013} —°031 | —-009 | —-050
November, ....|—-007 |—007| + °010 | —-012 |+-004/ —-025 | + :004 | — 026
December, ....|—-035 |—013 | — 007 | — ‘011 |+°013} —-O11 | + ‘007 | — 040
Cuttack | Cuttack Sine Senna Jubbul- | Jubbul-
to Ber- | to Mon-| PO*® > | pone wD pore t pore to
‘ I @ || i
hampore.| ghyr Julia | Cl Nagpore.| Benares
| Satyr. ghyr. gone. spore. SN
UATE ae yeieear ss eal clstctay ecg — 050 | — -049 ‘O01 | + 001 | + 007 | —-012
WBE DUA yaie is (ejs, <:eis.«.-sleichs — ‘042 | — 037 | + :005 | — ‘004 | + 024 | + -003
ALE EGIL, 75 06 See oe eee eens —-018 | —-018 O | —-015 | —-001 | + ‘O11
CETL UGGS 86 Sipe ae — 013 | —-:002 | + O11 | + -O11 | —:005 | + -002
22875 Godcee COBO Bene aCe ae —026 | — ‘013 | + 0138 | + O13 | —-021 |) — 019
VERE; cig on eee — 083 |} —:060 | + 0238 | + -021 | —-001 | — ‘O11
RIPE eG hS Sci alabels sdcesccaue —:051 | —-°040 | + :O11 | + :008 | —-009 | — ‘O11
PASS by eo oss 0005 acon Dane — 029 |} —-024 | + :005 | —-006 | + :006 | —-O1]1
EHEC ayy oi6.ca, cis eicieis «cits — 019 | —:018 | + °001 | —-:001 | + :016 10)
PUOD EN seer cciat iecsis aes — 044 | —-040 | + 004 | + 010 | + -017 | + -012
Wovember oo... cs veee| — ‘O29 | —-023 | + :006 | + 012 | + 012 | —-002
December, :.:.............| — 024 | —-030 | + :006 | + -005 | + -023 | + 015
Jubbul- | Jubbul- ity Lucknow
ucknow
pore to | pore to to Aaa )
Jhansi. | Agra. o | Jhansi.
JAMUATY, 4.2051+00s-+2+~.| + O21 | —-011 | — 003 | + -029
IE OUMAT Ys Me ciols sia: ss seis» .--| + 039 | + 7025 | + O81 | + -045
MIST, = Gigi oe een eee — O11 | + ‘018 | + O17 | —:012
PASO TGT Sy rare) yet ci +e + ‘O15 | +036 | + 033 | + -012
NIL A ea oO DOG BOapo eee — 031 | + 006 | + O41 |} + -004
Anica etcyeahars soos] — ‘O24 | + 010} + 083 ; —:001
Tally, 4680500 ocO OO emo) oO} + 029 | —-006
eeu ee... ..| 016} —-c09 | — 001 006
RSC MUCIMDEE is/are sis es —002 | + -007 iF P
CLOSE Mewes ces eeek oaks + 042 | + -016 ? ?
INoyvendbert sh. cite. oc con nal) oe ORR | eo 0x10 i e
Mecember,..............-.| + 013 | + 027 | —:002 | —:016
| (

44 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative _[No.1,
1873. Table of total barometric Anomalies.
Port Chitta- | Mad- | Vizaga-
Blair. Lye. gong. | ras. a HEISE
January, ...«-.|/—"010| —-051 | — ‘026 |— 005) — ‘008 | —-052 |— ‘061; — -045
February, —'019; —‘Oll | + ‘004 |+ 005} + °020 | —-004 |— -006; — -004
March, ........|+°002| —-002 | + -032 |+ -016) + 020 | —°013 |—-004 + O11
pal 65 405000 —005| —-:025 | + 010 |—-018) — -025 | — 045 | ‘029) — 016
May, ....++--/ +7020) —-O15 | + 085 ;+ -037| + -053 ; + -009 )+ -021] + 041
June, «e+-++++|—'030} —°058 | —-023 |—-010) —:035 ; —:059 |—-066} — ‘031
July, ....++++|—'023] —--063 | — 033 |—-003) —-007 | —-073 |—-076) — ‘054
August, ..... [003] + -014 | + -056 |+ -008] + -021 | —-003 |—-005] + -038
September, ....}+°001) —-018 | + 020 }+ :024) + -008 | —°026 |—-040} — -017
October, ...... —'012 |} —-005 | + -028 |—-:006} + °017 | + :004 |:021) + -018
November, ....|+°022} + :028 | + -056 |+ :033] + 043 | + :030 |+ -004) + -042
December, ....|+°031 O | + 016 |+ 005} —:008 | —-‘009 |—-030) + 009
es THOS Nagpore.| Benares.| Jhansi. | Agra Luck-
ghyr. | pore. —
JaNUALY, «eseeeee| — 038} — -007] — 024) — -049) — -053} — -068| — -061
February, ........ 0 + ‘005) — -011) — :001/} + :005} — -017) — ‘O11
MERA. aoono5 90 »-| + 013} + -006|) + -004} — :012) + -012| — -028) — -011
Apri, arate — ‘080| — 019} — :006] — :038] — -021) — :057| — -056
WES Sap dao 00000 + °028; + 028) + 048! + :038| + :049} + :044] + -040
YEARS, S50'¢ : — 050} — *034] — '011} — -053) — -018| — :059| — -076
Telly aA50 5 siete — 056} — -026} — 021} — :049) — -019) — :047| — -065
INTENSE oo005000 + °029] + 024) + -010 ? + 035) + :023) + -009
September, ......| — ‘021 0 + -009 ? — ‘O11, — -015 | — -037
OGY “gesano co + ‘O11; + ‘083] + -027 P + 026; + -017| + -012
November ...... + °035| + -040] + -022 B + 043} + :033] + -028
December, -»| — 008} + 022) + -002 P + *005} — -003}] — ‘O11
1873. Tuble of relative barometric Anomalies.
) ———L—
Akyab to/Akyab to} Vizaga- |False Pt./False Pt.\False Pt.
Port | Chitta- |patam to] to Viza-| to Cut- | to Ber-
Blair. | gong. | Madras. |gapatam.| tack. {hampore.
JANUATY, cove cesses sveess| — 041] — 1025} — 003} — -044| + -009} — -007
LES) UERIE TS 5556 0005 + ‘008} — :015| + -015} — :024| + -:002 (0)
WEE 1S Banoldcnn enn cee — 004) — -084} + -:004! — :033) — :009/} — :024
LTB Ose en ee — -020)/ == -035 | — -007| — -020) — -o16 || 22-96
WLS. desaot au dnaano-0Gcaat — °035| — :050| — -016/ — -:044) — -012|] — -032
AJ THO) poannaoo nosooenAID , — 028] — -035 | — :025| — :024| + -007| — -028
Sib capo osoecnss sade — ‘040} — -030) — :004| — :064) + -:003} — :019
JETS AGA oIIOODOD OLOp DOL + *017| — :042|) + -0138} — :024! + -:002) — :041
September, O18) 8)6)64p . eres "019 a "038 ed ‘016 x mee 033 + ‘O15 —= ‘008
DOR UEX Vn a ene + -007| — -033] + -023| — -013| + -025| = -o14
Wovemper, occcce sere) + “O06 |) 028)! +) -010)) — -013)|) =) 026) Oe
IL eyl yee sngdoo sane daos -»| — °031| — ‘016; — -013} — :001| + 021} — -018

1876. Barometric Anomalies. 7154

1873. Table of relative barometric Anomalies.

False Pt.) Cuttack | Cuttack | Cuttack Bhan ‘Berham-
to e. a Leer |i Winen|| WS OO) wee ise
Nai Jubbul- eee) Mon- | Chitta-
y pore. P Soy: ghyr. gong.
; |

January, vsceseeeesereeee| — 001] — -054] — -016] — -023] — -007] — -019
Webruary, .....0 .sesee cree] + ‘007 | — :011 | — -002) — :006} — -004| — -008
ere tee ert) Oth —— 010) —S Olle i Ol 002) G02
April, cesses cece sseeenes — 020; — :010} — :013| + -001) + :014| — -026
May, wesc eens tse ee eeenee | + *024} — -007 | — :020| — -007| + :013/} + ‘006
SUIEMC Welly cicisic) cine ote: . sees) — “001 | — -0382 | — :085| — 016} + -019| — -008
Til, soacbo Sood000o coogoo ==) -O10)) — -050) |) = 022) —. 020" =F, 002) -02n0
August, .......5 <i eae — -017| — -029| — -043| — -034| + :009| — -018
September, ...... ee ceeeee =— 007} — :040|) — -023| — -019| + -:004| — :037
= iolS20) (coe See + 009| — -054| — -039| — -032| + :007| — -o10
November, .....+-+e.e-- + -002} — -036 | — :088] — :031) + :007| — -014
TI SGSS IGE cooesdog op engo co — TOUS) tema — ORG) |) — KOZ a AO | 407
—————————————————————————

Jubbul- | Jubbul- | Jubbul- | Jubbul- acknow: Lucknow

pore to | pore to | pore to | pore to en sAeae to

Nagpore.| Benares.| Jhansi. | Agra. oO | Jhansi.
January, . a eehaeWletss acviers + :017| + :042| + :046] + :061| + -007| — -008
IG DLUALYs . 066 cece se wees + -016} + :006| 0) + 022} + ‘006| — -016
March, ..... sp RE ticks + :002| + -018 -006| + -084| + -017| — -023
ise, goon coboo00d seeee| — 013] + °019) + -002) + :038} + -001; — -085
Bee Aen Cee eee nee — -020| — -010) — -021| + -016| — -004| — -009
THe: sabce a Reena eee = (985 |) Fe QING)! = OIG |) = S|) — Olly) — WHE
JUly, wees eee eee case pose) == WOH) ew —- O07 = OPL| — Ole — AE
August, cccseeee sees cees ee eeste OL rg == Wii} & WO) —s Ole | —— WHE
SR LCTIDET ocis 6 A - clcleiaie eles — -009 2 + O11] + -015| — -022| — -026
OGislOBe, Sscacc000 cascadG0 + :006 ? + :007| + :016) — :005) — ‘014
ING@wenmliee, G6 Sogo cooe uooe + -018 ? — 003) + :007} — -005| — :015
December,.....- + -020 ? + 017} + :025) — :008| — -016

1874. Tuble of total barometric Anomalies.

Port Chitta- | Mad- | Vizaga- Cut- |Berham-

Blair. ssfyele: gong. | ras. | patam. REIS® Lt tack. | pore.
January, ......|+ °062| + -037|) + :060/+ 047; + °065) + -037/+ :010} + -041
February, .|+ 7013) + -030| + :055|)+ :016) + 029} + :O011 |—-004| + :021
Nien, Sogocnee — 010) — :016| + :022|—-:019) — :004| — :027 |—-028| — :012
April, ........|+ °025) + *023/ + :052/+ -030| + 024) — -004 |—:005} + -015
May, ........|—‘002) — -0331 — ‘004 |— :032) — :014| — -057 |— :049) — -046
June, ........|+ 002} + -014} + °055|+ 022) + -O11} + -001|— 006] + :069
duly, ........|— 004) + 005} + -049/+ 001) + -016} + °005 |—-008} + -069
August, ......|+ 013) — 009} + :010|+ -008) — :001) — ‘032 |— :043)| — -005
September, ....|— 008} + :007| + ‘035 |— 026) + :006} + 015 |—-014| + :017
October.) + :004) — :015| — :005 |— 022; — :024]) — ‘041 |— :075| — :026
November, ....|— 018) + ‘007} + ‘015/+ :011) + :005}) — -003 |—:027| + :022
December, ....|— 040) + -002} + °026|+ -016; + °027| + ‘021|—-006 + ‘031

SO

46 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative Barometric Anomalies. [No. 1,

1874. Table of total barometric Anomalies.

Mon-

ghyr.
JANUALY, wssree-| + “O32
LISHED GGoggG00|) an WS
WERE, 5550.90 0000)) == WAIL
sel 5565 206000) —— ALO)
WER 35000000 9000) == Wee)
SFI Sosoos oo asl Sh AUG
esitalivia state! elefolerele ies aaaecO LO
August, ........] — ‘010
September, .... + ‘015
October, ........| — ‘028
November, ......| + ‘O24
December, ......| + 023

1874. Table of relative barometric Anomalies.

Alzyab to Alxyab to

Port Chitta-

Blair. gone.

DUBVAT VAY cieisie ceaiahiny eile — 025} — :023
February, .... eseese weeees + :027|) — :026
WEE, Boon s00k — ‘006 | — -0388
April og. evar ses e ok ass | "002 (==Oee
WETS soga0uI00O00 OO 20000¢ — 081) — ‘029
June, Jno 90000090 055¢ + °012} — ‘041
July, + 009) — :044
August,...... : seeeeeee| — 7022) — 019
SSUIEMUBE Nols ars cietelie 6 o:huie + -015| — 028
Omooge, Sooo 5090 boson — 019} — :010
WIOYACISe 6550 anno 000800 + +025} — :008
December, .... ..s1+5 sseeee| + “042| — “024
False Pt.) Cuttack
to to Jub-

Alsyab. | bulpore.

DATATIAT YA vajeis\sifs\2 smilie ou elefe's 0 — 029
Febrnary,....... HOO BO.000% = WS) se OL

VERON Bo aaigpon oodobd 0000 — ‘O11 10)
“oul ~ 54 Aoou snp too be Do oo) —— WOR) — GOI
WAS, 55550000 400000 O00r — *024 ?

Rete e Ne sic viciss Sic ss ststi — -013| — -046
Byte Oe OEE ones e caiets axis oh 0 | |2=22030
MAVAPTISLsfslelsis/e) sols) a\els/s\ ere)s\s/0)> — 023 — 047
September, .........2.6..| + “008| — “068
UGIO0ES, sp0abo n000G00n0h ‘026 | — 086
November, ...sssseeeee0+| — °010] — ‘066
December, ove sscecsereeee| + *019] — *064

Jubbul-
pore.

+ *039
== “Odo
— :028
— ‘002
P

‘040
“022
“004
053
‘O11
‘039

++ttttst

"058

Nagpore.

t++[++4++]+4+| +

004

038

025

007
030

023
‘016
008

006
018
025
032

Benares.| Jhansi. | Agra. Tes
now.
+ 002} + -030} + -010} — ‘001
— °009 |} — -009} — :008| — -020
— ‘026| — :020) — :042| — :055
— -022/ + :016} — -002| — 014
— 094} — :028} — :056) — -089
+ -020! + 032; + :023| + -021 -
+ -019) + :035] + O15} + ‘021
P — 008} — -018!' — -022
iy + 010} — :012) — ‘011
P — 018 | — -043 | — ‘031
P + °016| — :003} + -002
2 P + -003 | — °002
Vizaga-|False Pt.|False Pt./False Pt.
patam to| to Viza-| to Cut- | to Ber-
Madras. |gapatam.) tack. j/hampore.
+ 018} — -028|} + -027) — :004
+ 013} — -018) + -015) — :010
+ :015) — :023; + :001} — :015
— ‘006} — :028; — -001]} — :019
+ -018) — :0438 | — -012} — -O11
— 011} — :010|} + 007] — :068
+ :015) — -O11| + :013} — °064
— 009} — -031| + -O11| — -027
+ °0382} + :009| + -029} — -002
= 002) — Ol 034) se Ols
— -006) — -008| + -024) — -025
+ -O11| + :006; + -027| — -010
Cuttack | Cuttack eee Berham=
to Ber- | to Mon- ie 2 ie to
hampore.| ghyr. sae IE
ghyr. gone.
— ‘031} — 022; + :009} — -019
— °025| — -019| + -006|} — -034
— 016) — -007; + :009) — -0383
— 018] + :002; + :020) — :087
— 003} + °031) + 034) — :042
— ‘075| — :042|} + :033| + :014
— 077} — :056|} + -021| + :020
— :038| — :033| + °005| — -015
— -031| — °029] + 002; — -018
— 049} — :052| — -:003} — -021
— 049} — 051) — -002} + -007
— *037| — 029; + -008} + ‘005

Dn

1876.] J. Wood-Mason—On a new Species of Phasmide. 4G

1874. Table of relative barometric Anomalies.

Jubbul- | Jubbul- | Jubbul- | Jubbul- Rackaee Lucknow

pore to | pore to | pore to | pore to Fei M ote to

Nagpore.| Benares.) Jhansi. | Agra. oO | Jhansi.
oT, po ocuesoocueun ac + -O014) + :037|; + -009) + 029} — -011) — ‘031
IEREURE Ys Ve wniee cle eee wisn — 011} — :006} — :006} — :007| — :012| — ‘O11
LURES Agggea0enonodudD OS — -0385} — :002} — :008} + °014) — -013|) — -036
PEPREEIS ela veieieicie sole viens ss vis — -0382) + :020) — :018 0) — °012|} — :030
MINTS Salto odo so do oUbcooee ? P ? P — -033| — -06L
DRS 5b.660000u0 DODUD Oe oe + :017} + :020| + :008} + -017) — :002| — ‘O11
TULS:, Sooobeee oso pobacesIouG + -006} + :003| — :013} + ‘007| + :006} — -014
ESUELS ob ohpo ato oCoeeuD + -001 ? + :012} + °022) — -:004| — :014
SEMEGMIDCT a. ec cl vielen ess + ‘047 ? + :043| + :065|} + -001} — -021
WTOC ee Se eeces sel) O29 ? + -029) + -054| + 012) — -013
INi@vGunliee "bp So00000 bo 6000 + 014 ? + -013| + 042) + :005) — -014
MVECEHIDET sto cere ess els « + °026 P ? + 055 | — -005 re

DSS EEE

IV.— Description of a new Species of Phasmidee.—
By James Woop-Mason.

(Reed. April 20th ;—Read May 8rd, 1876.)
(With Plate XI).
LONCHODES VERRUCIFER.

& ?. Head armed between the middle of the eyes with two for-
wardly curved conical horns, connected by a slight transverse elevation, and
with the hinder margin divided by notches into four or five tubercles.
Antenne long and setaceous. Mesosternum longitudinally carinate. The
upper surface of thorax and abdomen traversed by a fine raised longitudinal
line, sharper and finer in the female. The mesothorax moderately dilated
at the insertion of the legs. Legs weak ; all the femora have two minute
spinules placed close together in the same straight line near the apex below,
and the four posterior ones slightly widen from the proximal to the distal
end, but neither pair is thickened; upper edge of the tibiz and the first
tarsal joint of fore-legs elevated into a sharp foliaceous crest, these parts
being simple in the rest of the legs.

$. Body quite smooth. The abdomen is uniform in width or tapers
to an almost imperceptible extent from its base to the apex of the 6th
segment ; the 7th dorsal segment is dilated, the 8th, which is slightly swollen,
narrowed, from base to apex, both are obtusely carinate ; the strongly carinate
basal half of the 9th is divided by a linear slit into two parts connected by

48 J. Wood-Mason—On a new Species of Phasmide. [No. 1,

membrane only, its apical half forming the deflexed and slightly incurved arms
of the forceps, which when closed are in contact at their tips only. Each
arm of the forceps is furnished on its upper edge with about five short and
stout dark brown incurved teeth, one of the teeth larger and more incurved
than the rest bemg placed at the very extremity ; and on the lower edge
at the base with a very strongly toothed nearly semicircular process, the
teeth of which interlock when the forceps is closed, and near the apex with
one or two teeth. The terminal ventral segment forms a conoidal mass, the
posterior slope of which is longitudinally carinate and the free end broadly
rounded. The cerci anales are short, obtuse, depressed, and just perceptibly
forcipated, being slightly but abruptly incurved at the very tips.

?. Body entirely covered with granules, which are very much less
distinct on the seven posterior segments of the abdomen. Mesothorax con-
siderably dilated at the insertion of the legs. The abdomen tapers slightly
from base to apex of first segment, then widens slightly to the end of the
5th, which is marked above on its expanded posterior half with a low, rough,
wart-like excrescence ; the 7th is depressed and provided below at the middle
of its hinder margin with a very short broadly rounded process, from which
a limp acuminate process projects straight backwards ; three terminal dorsal
segments narrower, tapering slightly to their apex, the last scarcely emargi-
nate and carrying a longitudinally carinate semioval plate at its extremity ;
all the segments, especially the three last, with a small tubercle at the
middle of the hinder border of their dorsal arcs. Operculum sub-spatulate
in outline as seen from below, with a moderately well-developed carina
about the middle of its posterior half. The foliaceous crest of the fore-
tibiz is expanded into a plaited lobe at the end of its proximal half. The
minute cerci are covered by the slightly produced postero-lateral angles of
the last segment.

6. Total length, 3 in. 7lin.; head, 13; proth., 15; mesoth., 113;
metath., 64; abd., 18 + 44 = 221; antenn., 27% lines.

?. Total length, 4 in. 8} lin.; head, 23; proth., 25; mesoth, 143;
metath., 9; abd., 2384 + 42 = 28; antenn., 23% lines.

Haz.—tTwo males and a single female were captured on South Anda-
man by my native collector in 1872; and an immature example of the latter
sex was presented to me by Mr. HE. H. Man, during my visit to these islands
in the same year.

This species forms—with ZLonchodes amaurops, Westw., nodosus, De-
Haan, brevipes, G. R. Gray, uniformis, Westw., Crawangensis,* DeHaan,

* The whole structure of the two insects is opposed to the supposition that the
Phasma nematodes is the male of the P. Orawangense of DeHaan: an insect with com-
paratively-short and filiform antennz, with the first joint of its fore tarsi long and
simple, and with minute conical cephalic horns, can hardly be the male of one in which the

1876.] W. T. Blanford—Deseription of Felis Shawiana. 49

bifoliatus, DeHaan, ete.—a little group all the members of which are dis-
tinguished, amongst other things, by having the tibie and the first tarsal joint
of the fore-legs raised into sharp foliaceous crests. This section of the
genus is represented in India by Z. brevipes, which is said to be a native
of the Malabar coast, the fauna of which is well-known to be largely leavened
with Malay forms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. The male, of the natural size. 2. The three terminal segments of the
abdomen, seen from the side, x 2. 3. Do., from below, x 3. 4. The terminal
seoment, from below, greatly enlarged so as to show the structure of the forceps. 5.
The female, of the natural size. 6, The five terminal segments of the abdomen,
seen from the side, of the natural size.

V.—Deseription of Felis Shawiana, a new Lyncine Cat from Hastern
Turkestan. By W.T. Buanrorp, &. B. S., Se.

(Received June 2nd ;—Read June 7th, 1876.)

Amongst the collections made by the late Dr. Stoliczka in Hastern
Turkestan, was an imperfect skin of a cat. Although I thought it probable
that it belonged to an undescribed form, there was a bare possibility that it
might be a specimen of a species inhabiting Western Turkestan and deserib-
ed by Dr. J. E. Gray in 1878* as Chaus caudatus. The tail was certainly
much shorter than was represented in Dr. Gray’s figure, but this might have
been due in part at least to a portion having been lost. Accordingly, in the
list of the collections published in last year’s Journal,+ I noted the species
as Felis sp, near F. pardina (? Chaus caudatus, Gray).

Recently two additional skins of the same cat have been brought from
Yarkand, one by Mr. Shaw and the other by Dr. Scully. Both have been
entrusted to me for examination and description. Neither is perfect, but
Mr. Shaw’s specimen only wants the paws, and the whole skeleton has been
preserved with the skin. It is evident that the species is quite distinct
from Chaus caudatus, the tail being considerably shorter and the skull of
quite a different form. I propose to name this interesting species after

antennz are long and setaceous and much longer than those of its supposed partner, in
which the first joint of the fore tarsi is sharply crested, and in which the head is armed
with foliaceous horns ; but it will, I feel confident, prove to be the opposite sex of an
insect closely allied to Lonchodes (olim Bacillus) cuniculus (conf. P. A. S. B., 1873, p. 149;
and A.and M.N. H., 4th. Ser., 1873, Vol. XII, p. 348). A fine specimen of Z. Crawan-
gensis, 9, has been sent by my native collector from Johore, in the Malay peninsula.

Beee ZS; 18745. 31, Pl, Vi, VIL.

¢ J. A.S. B., 1875, XLIV. Pt. 2, p. 106.

ih

50 W. T. Blanford—Description of Felis Shawiana. [No. 1,

Mr. Shaw, to whom we are so largely indebted for our knowledge of
Yarkand and Kashghar.

FELIS SHAWIANA, sp. nov.

Felis F. domesticam magnitudine superans, ad F. chaus proxime acce-
dens ; griseo-fulva, nigro-maculata, subtus alba atque maculis nigris majo-
ribus ornata ; caudd breviusculd, supra, apicem versus, nec infra, nigro-
transfasciata ; cranio elongato, et E. viverrine simili ; vellere molli, basin
versus pallide purpurascenti-griseo: longitudine (sc. pellis) sine cauda
bipedali, caudee T—8 une., cranit 4.25.

Has.—Hastern Turkestan, in the plains around Yarkand and Kashghar.

Description—General colour pale greyish fulvous above, the back
rather darker than the sides, underparts white ; the body marked throughout
with rather small black spots, which are largest on the abdomen, smaller
and closer together on the shoulders and thighs, tending to form cross lines
ou the latter, and indistinct on the middle of the back ; anterior portion of
the face and muzzle whitish, cheek stripes of rusty red and black hairs
mixed. ars rather more rufous outside, especially towards the tip, which is
blackish brown, and pointed, the hairs at the end scarcely lengthened, inte-
rior of ears white. There are some faint rufous spots at the side of the
neck. Breast very faintly rufous with one narrow brownish band across,
Inner side of limbs mostly white, a black band inside the forearm, and a
very black spot behind the tarsus. Apparently there are two black bands
inside the thigh, but the limbs are ill preserved in all the specimens. Tail
dusky above near the base, with 5 or 6 black bars above on the posterior
half, none below, the dark bars closer together towards the tip. Fur soft,
moderately long, purplish grey towards the base.

The size appears rather to exceed that of a domestic cat, and to equal
that of the Chaus. The tail apparently is about half the length of the body
without the head. In the two best skins examined the length from nose to
rump is about 25 inches, the tails 7 to 8, but very little dependence can be
placed on such measurements. The tail-vertebre from the posterior end of
the sacrum measure when put together 8°75 inches, which would coincide
with a tail measurement outside the body of about 7% inches.

The skeleton is that of an adult animal and the following are dimen-
sions of the skull and limb bones :

Metre Inches

Motal Jeneth ofiskull,. ..:. sn ameeeeeenene aoc cee 108 4:25
Length from incisors to lower edge of foramen

TOMAS 22 «12 sialic ce EERE RS csoionse 093 3°67

Breadth across hinder parts of zygomatic arches, -073 2°87

» behind postorbital processes, ............ ‘031 1:23

Least breadth of face between orbits, ............ 020 0's

ma

1876. ] W. T. Blanford—Desecription of Felis Shawiana. 51

Metre Inches
Length of suture between nasal bones,............ 025 | 1:
Greatest diameter of bony orbit, ...............0.. 032 1°25
Length of bony palate behind incisors,............ 041 1:63
Memeabeor mandibles 2 Vcc 0 .ccl.:.+.+. ss odehedusneees ‘073 2°88
Height of do. from the angle to the top of the
EOLOMOLEE PLOCESSy: su cueceisess =. oi +. cv seneieme sien 033 13

Mier cb laos PeMNUie ses cect eels Yon.) sive dus geen eeeme 140 5°52

3 MOTE (TOT SEs a aa Ae Sy 141 Ep 57/

Pee OMEN UTMOT UGS ss sais. sss... sccbeaeenanene 126 495

PRE GHTACTUS) ee eee... . cee 133 5:26

Compared with the skull of Felis chaus, that of F. Shawiana is’ com-
paratively longer, it has the nasal portion more elongate, the face less con-
vex, the breadth behind the postorbital processes less, whilst the processes
themselves are longer and project farther. The true lynxes have an even
shorter and more convex skull and so have the smaller typical cats. The skull
of Chaus caudatus approximates to that of the true cats, being rounder and
shorter than that of #. Chaus. The only skull I can find which approaches
in form to that of Felis Shawiana belongs to F. viverrina, the type of
Gray’s genus Viverriceps, a cat with a peculiarly long head.

Felis Shawiana is distinguished externally from # (Chauws) caudata
by its much shorter tail, from &. Chaus by being spotted throughout, and
from F. torquata (F. ornata, Gray) by its shorter tail, more rufous
colouration, and distinct black spots on the abdomen. It is very different
from Ff. euptilura,* which has red spots on the sides and rufous bars across
the breast.

* Elliot, P. Z. S., 1871, p. 758, Pl. LXXVI

DOI

52

ViI.— Description of a new species of Cetontide.—
By JamMEs Woop-Masow.
(Read Jan. 5th, 1876.)

Sub-fam. GOLIATHIN AA.

HETERORHINA ROEPSTORFFII.
P. A. 8. B., 1876, p. 4.

Tota nigra, nitida ; elypeo wt m H. Children ; elytris singulis macula
parva subguadrata vel subovata alba.

Long. tota maris unic., 15 mm. ; fem. 155 mi.

Wholly black, shining, somewhat attenuated ; clypeus as in A. Child-
renii ; a small subquadrate or subovate spot—dirty straw-coloured in the
dead but brilliant white in the living insect—occupies about the second
fourth of the length and the external or anterior two-thirds of the breadth
of each elytron. The fore tibiz are subbidentate in the female, and the
abdomen of the male is longitudinally channeled below.

The species belongs to the same little group as HH. bimacula, confu-
sa, Owvera, and Childrenii, from all of which it differs in being wholly
black, no part of its body being coloured blood-red as in those species, in
its slenderer and more attenuated form, and in the smaller size of the
patches on the elytra; but it agrees with the last-named in the structure
of the clypeus and in the form of the mesosternal process.

Tn slenderness of body, H. Roepstorffic somewhat approaches A. mod-
esta, Wallace—a species belonging to a different section of the genus.

Has.—South Andaman, where it was collected by Mr. F. A. de Roep-
storff.

OOOO OOOO a ee OOOO

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

—O—

Part II.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

No. I. — 1376

eee

Ne

VIIL.— An Account of Experiments made in 1875 and 1876 in various parts
of India, for the purpose of comparing the observed Temperature of the
Dew-point with that computed from the Psychrometer by different
Methods of Reduction—By Hunry F. Buanrorp, & G. 8., Me-
teorological Reporter to the Government of India.

(Received May 29th ;—Read June 7th, 1876.)

The observations of which the results are detailed and discussed in
this paper, were made with the special object of ascertaining how far
the usual methods of computing the hygrometric state of the atmosphere
from observations of the dry and wet bulbs thermometers, under the
conditions* now adopted at Indian meteorological observatories, afford
trustworthy results; more especially in the extremely dry atmosphere
of the interior of India during the hot season. ‘The observations are to a
certain extent desultory, having been made during inspection tours in
different parts of India, and under various conditions of exposure ; and the
results shew some discrepancies, greater than might be expected from more
systematic work, and had there been means at hand to introduce such im-
provements in the manipulation of the hygrometer as experience-has sug-
gested. Causes of disturbance, which would produce but little effect im a
more humid atmosphere, become influential when the dew point is 40° and

* The thermometers are exposed on a frame with 1 or 2 cross bars (generally pro-
tected by wire netting at back and front) under a thatched shed open on all sides to
the wind. Where properly constructed the shed is 20 ft. long by 12 ft. wide, but some
are smaller than this,

8

5A H. F. Blanford—Zzperiments with the Psychrometer. [No. 2,

more below the temperature of the air, and observations made at a distance
from all the convenient appliances of a physical laboratory, in hot winds
and under the intense glare of aw Indian sun, are not easily endowed with
that precision which is desirable and which is easily to be attained in a well
fitted observatory of a high class. I can only say that I have endeavoured
to take all such precautions as were practicable and if the range of indivi-
dual error is on the whole considerable, I believe that the mean result
affords a trustworthy criterion of the comparative value of the psychrome-
tric methods; and that, with proper precautions, very trustworthy data of
the hygrometric state of the atmosphere may be obtained with the dry and
wet bulb thermometers, at all events when the humidity does not fall below
20 per cent. of saturation. Greater degrees of dryness I have as yet had
no opportunity of testing ; though such are prevalent somewhat later in the
season than when my observations were made ; especially in Sind and the
Punjab, and on the plateau of Central India.

The earlier series of observations were made during an inspection tour
in the Madras Presidency, in April 1875. I regret that the original rough
record has been mislaid, and I am able to give only the means of each set
of readings. In these series (Nos. 1 to 13 of the Tables), the means adop-
ted for the readings of the Regnault’s hygrometer include the temperatures
at which the dew disappeared from the silver capsule of the instrument,
which is not the case with the later series. In striking the adopted mean
of each set of readings, the mean temperature at which dew was deposited
and that at which it disappeared were taken separately, and the mean of the
two results adopted as the dew-poimt. The difference, however, rarely
amounted to a degree, and is very small in comparison with the difference
of the temperature and that of the dew-point.

The later series were made during a recent tour in Upper India, in the
months of March and April. ‘The air temperatures are generally lower than
the Madras series, but the dew-points are proportionally lower. They
indicate a very dry atmosphere, although not so low a relative humidity as is
shewn later in the season by the registers of many stations in the interior.

The same hygrometer has been used throughout. It is one of Casella’s
manufacture, and is of the form represented in his illustrated catalogue ;
it has a single capsule, the air-thermometer being freely exposed; and the
evaporation of the ether is accelerated by blowing from the mouth through
a piece of elastic tubing about 15 inches in length. Both the thermome-
ters have been verified by myself; at the freezing point by immersion in
crushed ice ; and through the range of observation, by comparison with a Kew
standard (No. 374) which I received in 1868 from Prof. Balfour Stewart.

At the Madras stations (excepting Trichinopoly and Madras), the
psychrometric observations were made with the observatory thermometers

~~,

1876.] H. F. Blanford—EHwxperiments with the Psychrometer. 55

(with small pea-bulbs) which Mr. Pogson had verified by comparison with a
Kew standard in his possession.

The Upper Indian series (16 to 21) of psychrometric observations were
made with a pair of Casella’s thermometers of the Kew pattern (with small _
spherical bulbs) mounted, 6 inches apart, on a portable wooden stand, in
such manner that the free access of air is unimpeded in all directions,
Both thermometers have been compared in water with my Kew standard
and have also been verified at the freezing point. The wet bulb was covered
with a single thickness of old thin calico; the water bottle was placed 2
inches to the side of the bulb, with the water level + inch below it, and
communication was made by a well-washed lamp-wick of some dozen
threads of coarse yarn. Care was taken that the bulb was at all times well
moistened.

The psychrometer observations at Trichinopoly, Madras, and Calcutta
were taken with a sling thermometer, viz. that of the hygrometer, in
the intervals of the dew-point observations.

In most cases the readings of the instruments were made by two ob-
servers, one of whom (myself) read off the Regnault, and the other the
psychrometer, on the dew-point signal being given by the first observer.
In very dry states of the atmosphere, the mereury of both the dry and wet
bulbs is in a state of constant oscillation, through a range of a degree or
more ; moreover, unless the silver capsule is very highly burnished and free
from microscopic scratches, there is considerable difficulty in seizing the
exact temperature at which dew appears, since the quantity deposited is
very small and but slightly dulls the surface even at 3 or 4° below the dew-
point. The surface of the capsule having been polished with plate-powder,
was not in the best condition, and it is likely that some of the discrepancies
to be noticed in the tables may have been in some measure due to this ;
but I do not think that the error thus arising could exceed a few tenths of
a degree, as great watchfulness was exerted, and any observation that appear-
ed doubtful at the time was rejected. I shall in the sequel suggest some
precautions and improvements which may be useful to future observers.

Tn the following Tables, the dew-point determined directly by the
hygrometer is compared with that computed from simultaneous observa-
tions of the psychrometer by each of the three methods in common use.
The first is August’s formula as corrected by Regnault and adapted to Eng-
lish standards. It is given at page 47 of Guyot’s Hygrometric Tables, for
wet-bulb temperatures above the freezing point as follows :

0-480 x £ (t+?) 0:480 (¢—?’)

mp ee ole!) , 7 ee)
Ree moo —=s¢-s)’-’emo, *

wherein w is the tension of saturated vapour at the temperature of the dew-

56 H. F. Blanford—Hxperiments with the Psychrometer. [No. 2,

point, f the same at the temperature ¢’ of the wet bulb, ¢ the air tempera-
ture and h the barometer reading.

The development of this formula may be found in Regnault’s original
paper, published in the Comptes rendus for April 1845, or in the transla-
tion given in the 8rd Volume of Taylor’s Scientific Memoirs. Also in the
article ‘ Hygrometry’ in Watts’s Chemical dictionary. It is based on the
assumption that the film of air around the wet bulb is saturated with
vapour, and that the heat lost by this film of air, in falling to the tempera-
ture of the wet bulb, is exactly equal to the latent heat absorbed by the
water which passes into vapour in the act of bringing it to saturation.

The second is Apjohn’s well-known formula, given in almost all English
manuals of physics and meteorology, as follows, for temperatures of 7’
above the freezing point :

(is h
o = ecae 30

The development of this formula was given by Dr. Apjohn in the
Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, November 1834, and is reproduced in
Professor Everett’s translation of Deschanel’s Natural Philosophy. It pro-
ceeds on precisely the same assumption as the previous formula, but assumes
a mean constant instead of a variable value for the latent heat of vapour,
by which the formula is somewhat simplified ; the difference of the results
afforded by Apjohn’s and August’s formula depends, however, mainly on
the different values assumed for the constant coefficients common to the
two formule.

In applying these formule, I have taken the vapour-tensions from a
table lately computed for the mean latitude of 22°, from that given by the
Rev. Robert Dixon for the latitude of Dublin.

Glaisher’s factors, with which the third values of the dew-point are
obtained, are those published in 1856. ‘Their use is of course open to the
objection that they take no account of variations of barometric pressure.
Asarule they seem to give a result too low with a high relative humidity
and too high with low humidities.

57

ments with the Psychrometer.

epert

H. F. Blanford—£:

76.]

TLIO JULY
‘moy aod sop OT
SUIpiMg wo «LeyeuoUt
“ony “MSOHS pes
IOJOULOMLIOY} © Yonoryy
ATyuoS §SUIMOCTY §=PpulAL

ag]
PLO “ANG 0} “a Aq N
purAA ‘amor sod soprur
yp ‘N00L UO LoYoULOMMOUW
*SSO[UOTJOUL 4soumle
poys LoyouLOMLOy UL ITY

‘SMUAVNGYY,

F-6¥

9-6G
VEG

1-99

MEMES)

GSP

8.69

‘On

‘I ‘q autaawop

9-99 |8-96 | P

F-89 |L-F6| F
6-89 ee I

Lie. |2.69 |0-F6 | #

10-86

‘pra|qo.an) Ata

eT Pod
"WALLMOWOA LT
§ NOSV IAL

S-LF | 1-96 6
Z-1¢ | 0-96 8
g1-8¢ | 1-26 G
GPG | 6-76 L
6:0¢ | 8-66 GI
G.0G | ¢-F6 9
GGG | 9&6 T
9-Lh | &66 9
*sqO
‘dd | “HV yo
“ON
“°WOLLAW

-OWDNAP, S,UTAVNO ay

or
j=)
ae)
lor)

N oD
1D
ie)
onl

*SOLLOG | “MOF

*£10}CA.108

TUB) AD gf |weNgTS uch fever:
[dy |-ourzeyy uy *Areyjeq

“GLST *AIOYAIOSO FO

‘G19 |peys rejourou10 Ty
[dy [Ur “peqviepunoeg
‘oyed *“aOVIg

en

fouoprsaug soapopr ayp ur Kyforyo ‘GIST we epuu suornasasgo fo ponus¢p—V “ TTA],

H. F. Blanford—Zaperiments with the Psychrometer. [No. 2,

58

‘SOLIOS SNOTAOId oT SV

‘soLtos snoread oy} SV

‘soLtos snorAord oy} Sy)

: : |
apo
augaucouway? SB posn

qmq wo uTsnut yom
YI 4MVUcoy JO roy
-OWOULIOY} “q ‘( WytAs
WoyZB} ommyvroduro} “gq 49 AN

“moTjoNp
-01 ou poonpord q[nqg
qoa SUTUURT “HE PULAL
*poys ULy[oF ATTVWOISvO00
eZooIg “NOY WB Se[TU G
‘poys Uo ‘LoJOULOMOUY

‘SMUVNAY

O22 | §8L | 0-82
G92 | LLL | PLL
9:09 | F-€9 | 8-09
¥-69 | 2-62 | 2-12
L-¥G | 9.99 | T.e¢
0:6¢ | 9.6¢ | F.8F
PCG | GES | 1-6F
"YSIVpO| [dy | ony
‘d ‘@ auiaawog

99-66 I1-b {2.61 18-88] @
09:63 18> |F-62 1-781 Z
61:66 6-0 /1-72 10-26] ©
G8.66 |P-31'3-42 19°68 | &
[ |F-62 16-69 |e.06| ¢
| 16-22 1:89 [#96 | T
68:8 ;
L16.22 16-89 |8.96| ¢
*sqo
‘BIaioM|'Aaq] Fo
‘ON
‘IVg poy
*UDLANOWOA EY
§ NOSV]L

CLL | 8-88 GL
8-44 | 8-78 | 6
I-19 | G46 G
0-12 | 9-68 9
8:69 | 1.06 Or
G97 | 1:96 | T
9-8h | 1-96 8
*$q0
‘d ‘@| “tv | 7
ON
"MELON

-OUNATT SWIAVNOGY

GT

VI

61

6L

OL

‘IMO

“U6

oung | ‘eAoqe sv ‘eyqnoTeD
‘sgopis Z uedo sMop

‘UIST |-ura “TOOL LOOT

oun |-punors UT “eyNOTRD

“UGS -£o104s roddn jo
[udy |qepuvtoauy ‘serpeyiy

"100
4S1Z (981 Uo Yepuea
Tudy |-oa uy ‘Ajodourgorry,

*AIOYBATOSYO
‘TINT |JO poys aojouLoUL
[uid y |-zoyjzuy “100yequitog
“ope “aOVIT

‘panuyuog—'V¥ “[ Xavi,

i

H. F. Blanford—ZHyxrperiments with the Psychrometer. 59

1876.]

8
SNYVIYS-OLILD PHOTO
“YepurIoA UL 4IOT
AyooIVos * AA UWLOIT
PUA :UAOp syTD

¢
814¥14S-OLILD PNOTO
‘dn syryo ‘480A,
WoTZ PULA Fy Sry

MM
wWoIy ! YVpuBr0A
ur efqrjdoored pura,

"JSON.
WOT, 9Z90Iq YSory
:syryo ou ‘uedo Ar0 4

‘SHUVWAIY

P-bP

I-1¢

"Ystepp| {dy |sny

‘dd atainawon

0-8F |F- FF | 80-66 |9-0

G-0F |9-FE | $E-66 |§-ec
I-1¢ |G-Lh | $F-66 \1-66
0G |G-2P | F8-66 3-91
oe

“Iegq

Pou

6-69

6:G9

PM
UvOTL

(ElcOulings (7-68
9-29 |F-88 2-68
9-29 |F-88 P-0F
1-29 |6-28 F-68
6-28 6916-281 8.68 1-68 < |F-68
| 7-29 |6-38 | 6-68
| 11-69 )2-28 L-1F
Lig.19] 28 L| oF
(\9-09| 28 [ OF
9.19 |6.98 LTP
T-19 |3-98 | e.gy
1-98 4 |9-09|8.¢8 | 2.07 Bees ar
| ¢.09 |2-¢8 T-0F
9-09 {9-68 || oF
Lif.09 |9.¢8 Lz.ge

&
(eee g.18 { \c.c%
C9 |2.18 || oF
€-18 4 | ¢9le-28| 2-67 |1-28 ¢ le.er
| |Z-¢9 |e.29 | e9
Li¢.¢9 |T.28 oF
PLL |O191p-22) Lh | OLL | Le
“Arq 90 M|'Arq) ‘aa | “avy baa
Uv’dTL ‘SdO ‘Sd O UBOTL UBwOTAL “Sq O

UPLAWOWOATT 8 NOSVI{L

S$dO

bats GC (U7

“AWOUNAT, 8S WIAVNOTY

61

8T

LT

9T

“10g

‘mipuy Maddy wr O18 ue apo swornasasqgQg—g ‘T AIAVY,

“T9G
‘TPL Qoreyy

UIST
“HOON [TOV yy

TT
‘OL8T
‘UI9T
TL fqoreyy
“MOF | ‘09Vq

“aSnoy
8[ION “Iq Joyepurs
-0A JSAA\ Ul o10yery

“MOTRBUMN

4p 947 JO Yep
-URIOA JSOAA UL BIS

ASNOTT BL OUIIUGL
‘IJ JO Yepuvtoa
Hesteyiata\, WHE [OEIC eUTLEA LAY

*SOVIg

H. F. Blanford—LHzperiments with the Psychrometer. [No. 2,

60

‘od

*poys oy} Ysnory4
SUIMOT] 4SOA\ OTT}
WOT, 9Z001q JUST, VW

“SORLV WAT

d ‘CQ adairndnwoy

‘MALEWOUNATT S,NOSV]AT

‘panuyuojg— gq ‘T WIAVyy,

-ANOWOATT SWTAVNOA

8-99 |6.F2 L-18 |8-P2
8-96 |6-FL e-18 |8-FL
Le 16.42 9-18 |8-F2,
G-EF |8-1F| 88|8I-6% |0-81| 6-99 |6-744] L¢| GL) G-LE 18-F2 < 9-28 |8-F2
6-92 |6-FL 88 |8-F2
8-99 |6-F2 9.98 |8-FL
L|8-99 |6-F2 L}9.98 |9.F2
9.¢¢| e) [\e-28 |%-22
g.69 |g-e1| # 8-16 |¢-e2
8-69 |s-6L 9-18 |¢-82
8-69 |6-3L P18 |g-6L
If (0-68 \6-78 | 81-62 |F-81| 9.69 | @2 < |8-6¢1/8-22| gre |2-82 < 2-28 le.82
8-99 6.32 @.ge| e2
8.99 |8-32 g-18)| ¢2
8-99 8.62 G18 |\6-32
; ch earq| PAK | ATG POA AIC) aa | “EY |a'a)| tv
ystepp} dy say rH Bt uve, | WTT |"SqQ \'sqoO a UBT |'SqQ)'sqO
por
brs GC Gt

1G

“109

GE 6

“Moy

‘oped

‘asoT[OO
oARTT “poys-1o}
-OULOULIOY} UL OLOYL'T

‘GOVT

-1876.] H. F. Blanford—Zxperiments with the Psychrometer. 61

Assuming the direct dew-point determinations to be correct, the fol-
lowing are the errors shewn by the several computations.

Taste Il.—Errors of Dew-points computed from Psychrometer by
different methods.

D.P. ERRors.
PLACE. Series.} below : ConDITIONS.
air. Aug. Apj. | Glaish.

Secunderabad, .. 1 44-7 | + 2°5 + 6:1 + oe

a es - Wer iz ae a4 iH 5:6 In thermometer-shed.

Do. as 4 41:9] + 39] + 70] + 46
Bellary, : 5 40:7 | — O04] + 28) + 0°9

Do. 6 |237:0 |P— 7:0 |?— 3:3 |P— 4:7 Do

Do. 50 i 43°7 | — 2:0 + 19 + 09 2

Do. ie 8 48°3 — 4°6 + 0°6 + 1°6
Combatoor, ae 9 48:1} + 05] + 46] + 3°8

Do. soll -Ik@) 49°6 + 1:9 + 6:1 + 6:5 Do.

Do. As eum! Gb 42°9 + 0°3 + 38 + 1:9
Trichinopoly, ..| 12 18°5 + 07 + 17] — 16 In verandah. Sling-

thermometers.

Madras, oo] U8 31:1 | — 0:3] + 2:3 | — 0-5 Do. Do.
Calcutta soll I 13:0 — 04} — 01 — 16 ne

Do. Pais iiiecs) le 0-5 | + 0;8nee Ors \In sitting room. Do.
Allahabad. sell eal 29:3 | + 02) + 380] + 2°9

mie ea iy 41-4) 1-8 | + 5-ae eer \In verandah,
Agra, es et oclele——1671. | — 0-2 eae, Do.
Lahore, ool] Lo 42-9) \— 4:6 | + 8-2 aieceoud Do.

O- a Ar ue ae ty re , ae | In thermometer-shed.
Mean,* lke at + 0:46] + 3°70] + 3:00

In most of the above series the computed is higher than the observed
dew-point, especially when the computation is made by Apjohn’s formula.
The exceptions are series 6 at Bellary (in which, however, I think the
dew-point observation is open to considerable doubt}) and series 14 at
Caleutta and 18 at Agra, in which the computed values are too low.

The following table exhibits the mean results of the table of errors, vzz.,
the numbers of sets of observations which give excessive or deficient dew-
point temperatures, the mean error, the extreme errors and the sums of the
squares of the errors, positive and negative, by each method of reduction.

* Omitting series 6.

t It is not unlikely that there has been some error in the determination of the
dew-point by the direct method, which, it may be observed, is derived from 2 observa-
tions only (one of deposition and one of disappearance). These observations were taken
in among the 7 of the preceding series, and I have separated them on account of their
discrepancy. I have not, however, felt justified in rejecting them, since I have no
Imowledge of any cause of error affecting them which might not have affected others,

9

62 H. F. Blanford—Huxpertinents with the Psychrometer. [No. 2,

Tasie III.
Sets obs. Mean |Highest. | Lowest. | Sums of squares
Method. of errors.
in excess.|in defect.| Error. + — + —
By August’s form.,| 13 7 + 0°46 49 6:1 86°13 | 71:19
» Apjohn’s ,, 18 2 + 3°70] 8-0 0:2 | 406-98 | 0°05
», Glaisher’s facs. 16 4 + 3:00 8:7 1°6 327°80 5°62

If we take those series only that were made in the thermometer-sheds,
with a mean difference of 42°7° (extremes 35:4 and 49:6) between the air-
temperature and the dew-point, the errors of the several methods are as
follow :

Taste IV.
Series. Mean |Highest. | Lowest.| Sums of squares
Method. of errors.
in excess.| in def. | Error. + — + ae
By August’s form.,| 8 | 4 |+ 068] 4:9 4°6 60°95 | 33°73
PP Acpjoliags ees iesl 2 0 |+ 440!/ 80 = 292-76 | —
» Glaisher’s facs.,| 12 0 |% 362] 67 = |"200:sh—

The first general conclusion to be drawn from this discussion is that
while the results shew a considerable range of error (which may be in part
due to a faulty use of the Regnault), on the mean of all the observations, the
dew-point computed by August’s formula from observations of the psychro-
meter made under an open shed, comes very near to that observed with
Regnault’s hygrometer, even when the dew-point is more than 40° below
the temperature of the air. Both Apjohn’s formula and Glaisher’s factors
appear to give too high a result.

With regard to the less complete exposure afforded by a verandah, or
any place through which the air is not moving freely, the two Allahabad
series (16 and 17) and the first Lahore series (19) shew that the psychro-
meter, in such a situation, gives too high a humidity by all the methods of
reduction ; and the Secunderabad series (1 to 4) though made under a shed,
tend to support the conclusion that a still atmosphere is prejudicial to all
the psychrometric method. These observations were taken on the day of

1876.} H. F. Blanford—Zxperiments with the Psychrometer. 63

the solar eclipse ; the sky was cloudy ; and in the shed, the air was appre-
ciably motionless. The shed was screened from such little wind as stirred
the anemometer, partly by a neighbouring building, and partly by rising
ground. Even on the top of a neighbouring rock, on which the anemome-
ter was fixed on a post, there was sufficient air only to stir the vanes at
intervals, and in the shed the atmosphere was still and oppressive. Hence
it would appear that under all conditions a still atmosphere is unfavourable
to the accuracy of the psychrometric method. ‘This conclusion has already
been drawn by previous observers.

These conclusions must nevertheless be regarded as provisional only,
until similar experiments shall have been made with more consistent results.

I have said that the experience now gained has shewn the necessity
for some additional precautions and improvements in the use of the Reg-
nault’s hygrometer in a very dry atmosphere; and I will mention these, in
the hope that other observers may be induced to pursue the investigation.
These are—

1st¢.—The silver capsule must be highly burnished and free from micros-
copic scratches, which so reflect the light as to make it very difficult to
seize the moment of dew-deposition. This surface can be given only by
hand-polishing with the softest part of the skin (care beg taken that the
skin is free from grit) and with the application of a little carefully kept
jeweller’s rouge. Plate powder, wash leather, and soft rag are equally to be
avoided ; and when once polished, great care must be taken to preserve the
instrument from grit and dust. The Indian rubber tube which communi-
cates with the air pipe, must be kept apart from the instrument when not
in use, or the sulphur evaporating from it will quickly blacken the surface.

2nd.—The mouth tube of Casella’s instruments should be replaced by
a finger bellows or some other portable form of blower which can be worked
rapidly but is under complete control; or else the instrument should be
adapted for the use of an aspirator.

3rd.—A black screen should be so placed at the side of the instrument
that its reflection may be thrown from one side of the silver capsule to the
eye.

4th.—In experimenting in the open air, great care must be taken not
to sit to windward of the hygrometer and not to approach it nearer than
is absolutely necessary to take the reading. The mouth and nose should be
covered with a handkerchief during the experiment to prevent any breath
reaching the instrument.

5th.—In very dry states of the atmosphere it is best to take a prelimi-
nary observation in which the blowing is continued until a decided and
comparatively copious deposit is formed, noting as nearly as possible the
temperature at which it first appears. This observation is made for guid-

64 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

ance only. In the subsequent observations, by regulating the flow of air,
the temperature is to be lowered very gradually as it approaches the point
noted ; and on the first appearance of dullness, the blast is arrested, but
the reading of the thermometer is not to be taken till it reaches its lowest
point.

There are other points to be attended to, which unpractised observers
frequently neglect. One is to keep the eye on the same level as the top of
the mercurial column of the thermometer (whether that of the hygrometer
or psychrometer) when taking the reading, in order to avoid the errors of
parallax. This is a point which it is most difficult to enforce on those who
are not thoroughly trained observers, and such persons are few in India.

The capsule must not be more than three parts filled with ether, and
at first a very gentle blast must be applied or the ether will spill over the
surface of the capsule ; and if not perfectly pure, will impair its polish.
The ether must be free from water.

VIII.—TList of the Birds collected on the Expedition into the Dafia Hills,

Assam, together with those obtained in the adjacent Darrang Terat.—

By Mayor H. H. Govwry-Austen, #. Rk. G. S., FZ. 8., Se., Dep-

uty Supt. Topographical Survey of India.

(Received May 26th ;—Read June 7th 1876).
(With Plates III & IV.)

Having been placed in charge of the survey-party attached to the
force which, under the command of Brigadier-General W. J. F. Stafford,
C. B., penetrated into the Dafla Hills during the winter of 1874—75, an op-
portunity was presented of forming collections in a portion of the N. E.
Frontier which had never before been visited. It was an opportunity not
to be lost, as it would extend considerably the undoubted range of many
interesting or little-known Himalayan forms towards the east into the
Indo-Burman and West China faunas ; while there was also the great proba-
bility of discovering new forms, not only among the birds, but in other
branches of zoology. On arriving in Caleutta in October 1874, I received
much assistance and advice from Messrs. Wood-Mason and G. Nevill, of the
Indian Museum, and at the recommendation of the former was permitted to
entertain and take with me a native taxidermist, with extra coolies for the
carriage of specimens, store-boxes, &e. ; my cordial thanks are due for this
aid and for the interest shewn by the above-named gentlemen. The list
shews that I was tolerably successful, notwithstanding that the foree did
not penetrate beyond the first large valley at the back of the outer range,

1876. ] on the Expedition into the Dafia Hills, Assam. 65

which attains an elevation of from 4000—8000 feet. Had I reached the
inner ranges of 10—12000 feet lying beyond, and got out of the region of
dense sombre forest, there is no doubt but that my success would have
been much greater. It may be said that from Darjiling to this part of the
Hastern Himalaya, a distance of 280 miles, the ground had scarcely been
worked, for the few mammals, birds, reptiles, &c., collected in Bhitan, or re-
corded as found there, have mostly come from the portion of the country in
the neighbourhood of Darjiling. A few birds were collected by the mission
under that zealous and talented explorer Captain Pemberton, in 1838, accom-
panied by Dr. Griffiths, who was more interested in the botany than in the
zoology ; while the mission under the hon. Ashley Eden started with a
taxidermist, who, owing to the difficulty of obtaining coolies, had to be sent
back from Sipcht just beyond Dalingkote, after having only obtained a few
ordinary Darjiling species ; and Mr. L. Mandelli has, I believe, been lately
sending his collectors into the Western Bhutan Doars; but from the Sun-
kos River, eastward, no naturalist has hada chance of exploring the outer
hill-tracts.

I was fortunate in having assistants who took a lively interest in col-
lecting, and my thanks are especially due to Messrs. Ogle and Robert, of
the Topographical Survey, and to Mr. J. Lister, of the Botanical Gardens,
Calcutta, who was attached to my party to collect botanical specimens. Mr.
Robert’s zeal and energy have been conspicuous, both here and in the Naga
Hills, and the list of species has been largely added to by him. General
Stafford and other officers of the force took a lively interest in the birds of
the country, and I am indebted to them for several interesting things.

The portion of the Eastern Himalaya occupied by the Dafla Tribe,
wherein the collection was made, extends from EH. long. 93° to long. 94°,
on lat. 27°, or a distance of about 60 miles. The district of Darrung lies
along the base of the hills extending south to the Brahmaputra River, with
a breadth of about 18 miles.

The hill-portion of the Dafla country is covered from base to summit
with dense forest, the larger trees being clothed with thick creepers ; and the
bottoms of the ravines are occupied by a luxuriant growth of bamboo, canes,
tree-ferns, screw-pines, plantains, &c. Such luxuriant vegetation renders the
scenery on rivers like the Dikrang and Burroi exceedingly beautiful, but it
is monotonous. As one ascends, the underwood becomes thinner, and at
7000 feet the forest is composed almost exclusively of a straight-stemmed
bamboo, with oak, rhododendron, and other large trees. Clearings for cul-
tivation are the only open ground seen, and these are of no great extent.
The Terai portion between the Dikrang and Burroi, where a good many birds
in the list were obtained, is covered with a sea of high grass, intersected
with sluggish nullas, the banks of which are generally fringed with forest ;

66 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

this extends towards and meets the forest belt at the foot of the hills, a belt
which occasionally attains a breadth of some 8 miles and is most difficult to
work through. On the upper plateaux, such as the Bishnath plain, the grass
grows in less luxuriance, the country is much more open, and a change in
the birds is noticed at once. Compared with other parts in which I have
collected, birds are rare, both in point of number and species, and this is no
doubt due to the very large extent of sombre dark forest, all possessing the
same character; we were there too rather early in the year and before the
advent of a number of species that make their appearance later when the
large flowering trees begin to blossom.

In this list I have omitted a number of the Grallatores to be found in
the nullas of the Terai, and the list of forms occurring in this part of the
Assam valley is by no means complete. Some of the commoner birds, such
as Ploceus baya, Oopsychus saularis, &c., are not in the collection, either
from not having been shot or considered worth preserving. A flock of stone-
plover, probably Hsacus recurvirostris, Cuv., was seen amongst the boulders
in the bed of the Burroi River just within the gorge, but I failed to secure a
specimen, and the presence of our camp in the place soon scared them away.

Lord Walden has again most kindly assisted me in the identification
and nomenclature, and pointed out many points of interest concerning some
of the species.

Duplicates of nearly all the species enumerated have been selected for
the India Museum, Calcutta. All species marked with an asterisk have not
been recorded in my former lists of birds from the N. HE. Frontier.

4. Gyps Inpicus, Scopoli.

5. Gyps BenGgALENsIs, Gmelin.

Both this and the preceding species were seen in hundreds feeding on
the dead buffaloes lying along the road-side. Large droves of these
animals were passing up towards Debrughur, and numbers were dying
daily from some disease, affording a rich feast for the vultures and
jackals.

17. TINNUNCULUS ALAUDARIUS, Brisson.

20 a. MIcROHIERAX MELANOLEUCUS, Blyth.

The only species of this genus seen was the above. I noticed it sitting
on the topmost twig of a very high tree, from which it sallied forth now
and then to capture an insect. Its breast gleamed white against the dark
blue sky, but, as it was far out of shot and there was no possibility of
getting near the base of the tree owing to the extreme denseness of the
underwood and canes, I had to content myself with watching its movements
through my binoculars.

1876.] ‘On the Bupedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 67

53. CIRCUS MELANOLEUCUS, Gmelin.

A male and a female were shot in March on the Bishnath plain, where
the species was pretty common. Mr. J. H. Gurney has (‘ Ibis,’ January,
1876, p. 180) described the interesting phase of plumage presented by the
female bird as follows :—

“Whilst on the subject of harriers I may remark that in ‘The Ibis’
for 1875, pp. 226—228, I published some notes on the various plumages of
C. melanoleucus ; as an addition to these, I now give some particulars of a
harrier of that species, obtained in the month of March in the Darrany
(Darrang) district of Assam by Major H. H. Godwin-Austen, and ascer-
tained by that gentleman to be a female; premising that an ordinary adult
male was obtained by the same ornithologist in the same month and in the
same locality, and that I have been indebted to the good offices of Lord
Walden for the opportunity of examining both these specimens. In this
female the feathers on the entire upper surface of the head are blackish
brown, with narrow rufous edgings; those of the nape are still darker, and
without rufous edgings, the entire mantle is of a similar tint, increasing in
intensity as it approaches the tips of the lower scapulars, which are almost
black. The general hue of the mantle is apparently unbroken, except by
narrow buff edging to the upper interscapulary feathers ; but on lifting up
the lower scapulars, the feathers which they conceal are found to be grey,
barred with blackish brown, which is darkest towards the tip, and in places
mottled with white on the inner web; the feathers on the rump are blackish
brown, more or less tipped with white; the upper tail-coverts white, with
one, or at most two, irregular brown spots in each feather; the tail grey,
with six irregular transverse bars and a whitish tip, but no tinge of rufous.
The under surface is marked very much as is represented in ‘ The Ibis’ for
1874, Plate X, but with considerably more white on the abdomen, owing to
the brown streaks being fewer and narrower; the thighs and under tail-coverts
are also white, with a few streaks of brown, varying in both length and
breadth. The wings in this specimen show a remarkable approach to the
plumage of the adult male ; the whole of the lesser wing-coverts are white,
but with a broad sagittate mark of dark brown in the centre of each feather,
the same coloration being extended over the bend of the carpal joint, and
along the anterior edge of the wing to the commencement of the greater
coverts ; the black band which in the adult male extends from the neigh-
bourhood of the carpal joint to the tips of the tertials, is in this specimen
represented by a corresponding band of dark chocolate brown, varied by
some of the brown feathers passing, in part, into a decided black, and by &
few white spots in that part of the band which is'‘near to the carpal joint ;
that portion of the wing which is grey in the full-plumaged male is also
grey in this female, but with transverse bars of dark brown as in the ordinary
plumage of male specimens of intermediate age.”

68 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

“The principal measurements of this female are as follow: wing

from carpal joint 15:8, tarsus 3°3, middle toe s. u. 1°45 inches.”
*71. Hunua Nipanensis, Hodgson.

Ex. 52, L. 27, W. 19, T. 105, t. 3:5, Bf. 2°75, girth round thigh
5-75 inches, diameter of eyes, which are dark glass-blue with narrow brown
irides, one inch, mid-toe and -claw 4°5, inner talon 2°4, ear-tufts 3°25 inches.
1st quill rather short, 4th and 5th equal and longest.

Feet dull yellow; bill pale dingy yellow.

This fine horned-owl was shot in the day-time out of one of the large
forest trees now growing on the rampart of the old fort of Purtabghur, in
the Darrang district; its presence having been made known by the great
excitement it was causing among the other birds, who were paying it a
noisy levée. The crows of course were taking the lead and two hornbills
(Hydrocissa albirostris) were among its visitors; it had probably been
sacrificing a neighbour. It is a grand and most powerfully built bird.

80. GravuctpIuM Broptret, Burton.

Tortpiti Peak, 7300 ft.

81a. Nruvox Nipatensis, Hodgson.

The IV. sewtulata of Rafiles is the Sumatran bird (wide note by Lord
Walden in the ‘Catalogue of the Mammals and Birds of Burmah’ by
Ed. Blyth, J. A. 8. B. 1875). The Ceylon and Malabar birds cannot be
separated and must stand as IV. hirsuta, Tem., but the Himalayan race
seems to differ and we ought perhaps to adopt the title Nipalensis, Hodgson,
for it.

85. Hrrunpo ERYTHROPYGIA, Sykes,

This is the H. Daurica of former lists.

*94. CurEtmon Nrpaensis, Hodgson.

Tn a clearing above Doripu, a large number were observed, and I shot a
couple, much to the delight of the Daflas with me, who had never before
seen a bird knocked over on the wing. A swift was also seen at the same
time, but I could not get a fair shot, and they soon cleared off.

108 a. CaAPRIMULGUS sJoTOKA, Schlegel.

This bird was particularly numerous at No.6 camp on the Dikrang.
The specimens agree exactly with those I have from the Khasi Hills.

109. CapRimuLeus aLBonoratus, Tickell.

This species has a loud hard chucking note, which it emits at de-
cided intervals ‘“‘ chuck—chuck,” a pause, then “ chuck—chuek—chuck,”
another pause, ‘ chuck—chuck,” occasionally sounding it four times.
C. jotoka may be known at once (as I noticed last summer at Shillong,
where it is common) by its shorter more softened “chuck,” which it repeats
continuously and rapidly for long periods at a time, but only when
sitting.

1876. ] on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 69

117. Merors viripis, Lin.
*135 @ ALCEDO GRANDIS, Blyth.

A specimen of this very rare and beautiful kingfisher was shot on the
Dikrang River, below Pakfi’s village, where I saw one or two others. The
original specimen was obtained by Mr. Blyth (J. A. S. B. XIV, p. 190)
from the base of the Darjeeling Hills, probably in the Teesta valley, well
within the hills. Dr. Anderson got another from the same locality ; this
specimen is to be found figured in Sharpe’s ‘ Monograph of the Kingfishers,’
and is now in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. I have compared the Dafla
bird with it; but it is young, with the bill not fully developed, and it is to
be regretted that no better example for figuring was then procurable. We
failed to find Blyth’s original type, but Mr. Mandelli of Darjeeling has
kindly sent me a drawing to scale of the bill of one of his own specimens
and it agrees exactly in size with that of my bird.

136. CERYLE RUDIS, Lin.

On all the large streams of the Terai.

*137. CERYLE auTTATA, Vigors.

I saw this large kingfisher several times on the Dikrang river, above
eamp No. 6; on one occasion four were together, but they are generally
solitary. I never perceived it hovering like C. rudis. Its flight is very
rapid.

An officer of the 42nd Assam Light Infantry shot one, and kindly
made me a present of the skin.

138. Psarisomus Datnousra, Jameson.

Large scattered flocks moving rapidly through the forest were seen in
the Dikrang Dhtin between Harmutti and the Borpani stockade, keeping to
the boughs about halfway up the trees. It is curious how exceedingly
well defined in these forests are the haunts of many birds. Some, such as
species of Winla, Actinura, Liothrix, Ixulus, &., never appear to descend
out of the light beneath the thick canopy of leaves in the crown of the trees,
but feed about on them and on the orchidaceous growth that thickly clothes
the topmost boughs. Others, like the above-named Psarisomus, Irena
puella, Criniger flaveolus, &c., keep well in the shade halfway down, while
others, and particularly the fly-catchers Chelidorhynx hypoxantha and Culi-
eipeta cinereocapilla, remain exclusively in or about the underwood, scarcely
ever mounting above it into the larger trees.

The culmen in these specimens was not black (as described by Jerdon),
but the bill was green above, pale orange below.

139. SERILOPHUS RUBROPYGIUS, Hodgson.

142. HyprocrIssaA ALBIROSTRIS, Shaw.

The commonest hornbill here ; another large one with a red head, pro-
bably Rhyticeros plicatus, was seen in the Dikrang valley but not shot.

10

70 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

149. PALHORNIS CYANOCEPHALUS, Lin.
Narainpur. The same as the P. rosa of former lists.
*152 a. PALHORNIS MELANORHYNCHUS, Wagler.
Common in the tea-garden at Harmutti.

157. Picus Macet, Vieill.

*171. GECINUS STRIOLATUS, Blyth.

From the Terai and near Dikrang mukh.

172. GuEcINUS OCCIPITALIS, Vigors.

173. CHRYSOPHLEGMA CHLOROLOPHUS, Vieill.

176. VENILIA PYRRHOTIS, Hodgson.

Shengorh Peak.

Bill pale yellow ; legs dull dusky green ; irides dark dull red.

177. Gerctnutus GRantta, McClelland.

This is called “ Koria’” by the Daflas.

178. MicroprErRNus RuFINoTUS, Malherbe.

This is the JZ. phaioceps of former lists.

187. Sasta ocHRacea, Hodgson.

192. Mzcat“zua Hopesoni, Bonap.

195. Cyanops AstatTica, Latham.

196. Mrcatmua Franxuinu, Blyth.

207. Hirrococcyx SPARVERIOIDES, Vigors.

Young female,—Dikrang valley.

218. Crntropus BENGALENSIS, Gmelin.

Young male.

223. ARACHNOTHERA MAGNA, Hodgson.

229. AlTHopyea NrpaLENsis, Hodgson.

Shengorh Peak, at 6000 ft. I have always found this honey-sucker
ranging higher than any other of the genus.

231. ArHoPyea saTURATA, Hodgson.

Common in the Harjili,* and along the outer sandstone range.

*245, CERTHIA DIscotor, Blyth.

The specimens from the Dafla hills agree perfectly with examples im
the Indian Museum, Calcutta, with which I compared them. I give the
description.

Head black with a medial pale ochreous streak and another over the
eye; back streaked with pale ochre and dark brown; upper tail-coverts
ferruginous ; tail rufous. Chin and throat dull pale brown ; belly paler ;
under tail-coverts pale rusty ; primaries black with a pale ochreous band,
with subterminal spots and terminal spots on all except the first three;
coverts black and spotted. Bill black above, ruddy beneath ; legs horny.

L. 6:0, W. 2°75, T. 3:0, t. 0°68, Bf. 0:55 inches.

* Juli, a ravine in the local dialect.

I876.] on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. (A:

261. SrIrraA CINNAMOMEOVENTRIS, Blyth. .

I obtained several of this species in the large trees that have been left
standing in the tea-garden at Harmutti. They were haunting the holes
in the stems and preparing to commence breeding. ‘The tail is very square
in this species.

252. Sirra Formosa, Blyth.

Was occasionally seen and two specimens were secured under Tortiputé
Peak at about 5000 ft.

253. DENDROPHILA FRONTALIS, Horsf.

According to Mr. R. B. Sharpe (‘ Stray Feathers’, Vol. III, p. 436),
this bird will stand under Hodgson’s name corallina, frontalis being the
Malayan form, which is distinguished by the pure white colour of the throat.

254. Upupa Epops, Lin.

258. Lantus TEPHRONOTUS, Vigors.

263. TEPHRODORNIS PELVICA, Hodgson.

Darpang nulla at the base of the outer hills.

269. VOLVOCIVORA MELANOSCHISTUS, Hodgson.

270. Gravucatus Macetr, Lesson.

271. Prricrocotus sPpEcrosus, Lath.

273. PERICROCOTUS BREVIROSTRIS, Vigors. -

278 6. Dickurus caTHaecus, Swinhoe.

Assam birds agree very well with those from China, save that the tail
is rather longer. This is included in my former list as D. longus, which
is the title of the Javan form.

280. Dicrurnus pyrruors, Hodgson.

282. CHaptia NEA, Vieillot.

Harmutti and Dikrang valley.

288. BRINGA REMIFER, Temm.

In non-breeding plumage (Dec.) on the Niosi ridge near Tanir Peak, a
good many seen.

284. DiIssEMURUS GRANDIS, Gould.

286. CHIBIA HOTTENTOTA, Lin.

Trides dark reddish brown ; legs and feet black.

289. 'TcHITREA AFFINIS, A. Hay.

291. LEucocERCA ALBICOLEIS, Vieillot.

294. CHELIDORYNX HYPoxanTHA, Blyth.

Very common.

295. CULICIPETA CINEREOCAPILLA, Vieillot.

301. Humyias mMeELanops, Vigors.

*303. CYORNIS UNICcOLOR, Blyth.

A single specimen of this rare fly-catcher was obtained in the Dikrane

valley.

72 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

315. Ninrava Macericoria, Burton.

316. Nuiprava GRANDIS, Blyth.

Shengorh Peak, at 6000 ft.

319. SIPHIA sTROPHIATA, Hodgson.

A male from Toriptitti Peak, and a female from the Dikrang valley.
I observe that this female differs a good deal from the description of the
male, which alone is given by Jerdon. Above she is similar throughout,
except that the frontal band is absent, there being a very slight pale grey
indication of it. The throat is grey in lieu of black; breast and abdomen
dull white, the flanks olivaceous. The rufous gorget is very pale; indeed,
there is only just an indication of it.

323. ERYTHROSTERNA LEUCURA, Gmelin.

Trides dark brown.

Harmutti tea-garden.

343. MytopHonus TEMMINCKII, Vigors.

344. Hyprornis NipaLensis, Hodgson.

350. ZoorTHERA MONTICOLA, Vigors.

Only one specimen was obtained. This hasa very dark coloured plu-
mage throughout, much darker than any other I have examined.

855. GEOCICHLA cITRINA, Latham.

366. Turpus (PLANESTICUS) FUSCATUS, Pall.

Shot at Harmutti.

373. PARADOXORNIS FLAVIROSTRIS, Gould.

Only in the high grass of the low plain country skirting the hills.

*378 b. SurHorA DariLaEnsis, Godwin-Austen. Plate III.

I described this very interesting little bird in the Annals and Mag. Nat.
History for December 1875. I give below a copy of the original description,
together with some account of the habits of the genus, which are quite parine.
It is closely allied to S. Munipurensis, Wald. and G.-Aus., described in ‘ The
Ibis’, 1875, p. 250. The difference between them is most marked on the under
side, the chin being grey in the Dafla bird, paling on the upper breast and
belly to dull yellowish white, while in the Munipur and Naga species the
chin and throat are deep black, fading to grey on the breast and thence
into the white of the lower tail-coverts. There is besides a marked
difference in size, especially in the bill and legs; this new form being the
smallest of the genus now known.

Desc.—* Above; crown of head chrome-brown, back and rump rusty
olivaceous brown ; tail very rich rusty brown, particularly near the base ;
frontal band, passing over the eye to the nape, black ; a white circle round
eye, with a moustachial streak passing down the side of the neck of the
same colour; ear-coverts grey, surmounted by a small streak of golden
yellow. Chin grey; breast and belly dull sordid white ; under tail-coverts

1876.] _on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 73

white ; flanks grey. Shoulder of wing olivaceous ; primaries black, rufous
at the base, forming a band, the outermost edged white; their coverts
black : secondaries grey, edged rich rufous on the outer web, with a narrow
white edging to the inner. Irides dark brown ; legs and feet pale grey ;
bill neutral grey.

“T. 3:25, W. 1:75, T. 2°10, t. 0°62, Bf. 0:25 inches.

“ Hab. 'The bamboo underwood of the forests at 5000—7000 feet, first
obtained on the slopes of Toripiti Peak in January.

“ These curious little birds associate together in large flocks, making an
incessant sharp twitter. They are most active, flitting rapidly about the
foliage of the bamboos, of which the underwood is principally composed.
They were the most fearless birds I ever met with, perching on twigs with-
in a couple of yards of one’s head, so close that it was some time before I
eould fire at one without the certainty of blowing it all to pieces, and two
specimens obtained I had to throw away. The bright-coloured top of the
head, set off with its black coronal edging, is conspicuous as they fly and
hop about the branches.”’

*382. GRAMMATOPTILA STRIATA, Vigors.

This was a bird seen and heard more than any other at about 6000
feet in January. It was particularly abundant under Toripiti Peak,
associating in large flocks, their note a chatter mingled with another call
somewhat simulating the low quack of a duck. On examination of several
birds they proved to be fruit- and seed-eaters solely, but insect life was at
the time very scarce. Irides red brown; legs and feet pale grey.

L. 10°5, W. 5:5, T. 5:75, t. 1:75, Bf. 0:95 inches.

I have noticed in these forests that many species of gregarious babbling-
thrushes associate together, and I have seen as many as three in the same
large and numerous flock. The large and noisy white-crested babblers
(Garrulax leucolophus) often have other species in their train, among
others I once shot Pomatorhinus ferruginosus. The same habit is to be
observed with many of the Liotrichine : for long distances not a bird is to
be seen or heard, allis as silent as if no life whatever existed ; when suddenly
one comes upon a whole assemblage of birds, all actively feeding and an
incessant chirping and twittering are going on on all sides; they pass on
. through the forest and all is still again.

384. GAMPSORHYNCHUS RUFULUS, Blyth.

One specimen possesses an incipient collar, but differs in no other
respect. Mr. Hume has separated this phase or variety of colouration under
the specific title of G. torquatus, but I doubt whether so small a variation
however interesting and worthy of record is enough to entitle the bird to a
distinctive title. Lord Walden has remarked to me that the collar probably
denotes a full stage of plumage.

74 H. H. Godwin-Austen—Zist of the Birds collected [No. 2,

885. PycrorHis SINENSIS, Gmelin.
*386 a. PYcTORHIS ALTIROSTRIS, Jerdon.

In this bird I at first considered I had got a new species, but it
agrees so well with Chrysomma altirostre, Jerdon, described in the ‘ Ibis’
1862, p. 22, that I do not hesitate to identify it, although Dr. Jerdon’s
bird is described as from Thayet Myo on the Irrawady, Burmah, where it
has not again turned up, notwithstanding that this place has since been well
worked by Mr. Oates, Captain Fielden, and others. Although the paper
in which Dr. Jerdon describes C. altirostre purports to be exclusively one
on birds then lately obtained by him in Burmah, yet I am inclined to think
that he may have had before him one or two species from Assam. Twice in
the paper (pp. 19 and 23) he writes “ Brahmaputra River” when he should
have written ‘“ Irrawady’’, so that there is just the possibility that P. altiros-
éris was from the same country where I found it so abundant, yet Dr. Jerdon
in 1862 had not visited Assam and did not do so until ? 1868.* What has
become of Dr. Jerdon’s type specimen I cannot ascertain, but the hoary
frontal band and peculiar short bill are conspicuous characters ; it will be
very interesting hereafter to compare altirostre from Burmah, should it ever
turn up there. As slight differences may exist, I give a description of the
Assam bird, which I found to be by no means uncommon in the grass of the
Bishnath plain. I first shot it from off an elephant near the embouchement
of the Burroi River, and altogether secured four specimens, one of which,
with many others in this list, I have sent to the Indian Museum, Calcutta.
It is in every respect a true Pyctorhis. Jerdon says very rightly, it may
be on only a cursory glance mistaken for Pyc. Sinensis, but on a more
attentive examination, or on comparison with the latter, its distinctness is
at once apparent.f It is a difficult bird to shoot, its habits being so very
skulking, and when once frightened it will not rise again. It isalso a much
more solitary bird than P. sinensis, which associates in considerable flocks,
and I never found more than two or three together.

Dese.—Above dark ruddy brown, brightest on the head, primaries, and
outer edging of the tail-feathers ; frontal band, over the eye, and ear-coverts
hoary ; in some specimens less white is mixed with the dark grey than in
others. Chin pale grey, merging gradually on the breast into pale rusty
ochre and on the flanks, belly, and under tail-coverts into ferruginous.
Irides (very narrow) pale sienna; orbits yellow; bill ruddy brown, pale
ruddy below.

L. 6:25, W. 2°45, T. 3°8, t. 1:08, Bf. 6:42 inches.

* Since writing this Mr. W. T. Blanford says (i epist.), “I remember seeing:
the specimen at Thayet Myo. I was there with Jerdon, you know.”

+ Mr. Hume (in ‘Stray Feathers’, Vol. III, p. 115) refers to altirostre, but the
birds he had under review were evidently, as he says, nothing but P. Stnensis.

1876. ] on the Kxpedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 75

The bill is more curved, higher, and shorter than in Stvensis, in which
moreover it is deep black.

388. AncrpPE NipanEensis, Hodgson.

390. TuRDINUS GAROENSIS, G.-Austen.

I was very fortunate in obtaining a second example of this new bird
and can now add the colouration of the soft parts and dimensions from the
flesh, those already given (J. A. 8. B., Vol. XLIII, page 160) having been
taken from a carbolized specimen.

L. 5:5, W. 2°5, T. 2°38, t. 1°15, Bf. 0°53 inches.

Trides red brown ; legs very pale fleshy.

Proceeding through the dense underwood in the Dikrang valley, I
eaught sight of this bird on the narrow path about two yards from my feet,
and at the first glance took it to be a small rodent. It was most fearless,
and made no attempt to fly off, but caught an insect while I stood and
watched it. I had to step back several yards before I could shoot it with-
out blowing it to atoms.

391. STRACHYRHIS NIGRICEPS, Hodgson.

From the jungles near Harmutti, near the base of the hills—common.

394, STRACHYRHIS CHRYSEA, Hodgson.

Shengorh Peak.

895. MIxoRNIS RUBRICAPILLA, Tickell.

396 a. TrMALIA BENGALENSIS, G.-Austen.

400. PoMATORHINUS RUFICOLLIS, Hodgson, var.

Dafla birds are similar to those from Darjeeling, but do not agree with
those from Nipal and the Naga Hills, the former being very much more
ruddy throughout and darker olive above. The most striking difference lies
in the size of the legs and in strength of the toes and claws.

Dimensions—Dafla and Darjeeling, t. 1:25, hind toe 1:0, claw 0°60 in.

Do. Nipal, t. 1:05, re MOBTIS Ie ee AOS)
*401. PoMATORHINUS FERRUGINOSUS, Blyth.

“ Pot gongor” of the Daflas.

This handsome scimitar-babbler appeared very numerous under Tort-
putu Peak, about 5000 feet. It is gregarious, but not a noisy bird, utter-
ing only a faint chirp.

Irides pale greenish yellow ; bill crimson ; legs dull green,

L. 8°75, W. 3°5, T. 4:2, t. 1°3, Bf. 1:0 inches.

402. PoMATORHINUS SCHISTICEPS, Hodgson.

405 6. POMATORHINUS HYPOLEUCOS, Blyth.

The specimen obtained is larger than any I have from the hill-ranges
south of the Brahmaputra, but agrees in all other respects.

407. GARRULAX LEUCOLOPHUS, Hard.

This was found to be as numerous here as in other parts of the adja-
cent hill-states,

76 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

409 a. GARRULAX GULARIS, McClelland.

From Borpani in the Dikrang Dhin. Appears never to range higher
than 2000 feet or so. It is a rare bird, and I only shot two specimens.

412. GARRULAX PECTORALIS, Gould.

413. GARRULAX MONILIGER, Hodgson.

“ Porért” or “ Purirhi’” of the Daflas.

416. 'TROCHALOPTERUM CHRYSOPTERUM, Gould.

Solitary, in pairs. Its call low.

Shengorh Peak, 7000 ft., in February.

LL. 9:0, W. 3:5, TL. 3:85, tase BE 0-77) mehes.

420. TROCHALOPTERUM SQUAMATUM, Gould.

421. TROCHALOPTERUM RUFIGULARE, Gould.

Dafla examples agree with those from Darjeeling. Individuals differ
in the colouration of the wing-bar: im all Khasi and Garo birds and in one
from Darjeeling this is concolorous with the coverts, viz., olive-brown, the
lores sometimes rufous. The normal colouration (? full) is pearly grey
on the breast and white in front of the eyes. Khasi examples have the
rufous of the chin extending well down on to the breast.

L. 9:0, W. 3°6, T. 4:0, .t. 148, Bf. 0-76 inches.

Bill grey above, very pale yellow below ; legs and feet very pale horny ;
irides very dark purple-red.

Found associating in pairs, shy and not easy to find in the underwood.
Their call is a sharp, monotonous kind of chirp, as they answer each other.

427. ActinuRA EeErtroni, Gould.

The specimen shot on Shengorh Peakis much more rufous than the
Khasi bird; this has led me to look at the series at my disposal with more
attention. In my first list of birds (J. A. 8. B., 1870, p. 105), the latter
is recorded as a variety. I noted at the time I shot the first specimen at
Asalu that it did not accurately agree with the description of A. Hyertont
in Jerdon’s ‘ Birds of India’, and Dr. Jerdon himself, on my subsequently
shewing him the bird, agreed that there were differences, but we had then
no Darjeeling specimens to compare it with. I mentioned the points in
which the Khasi bird differed and I now see that not the least important
of these is the distinct difference in the colour of the shoulder of the wing,
the back, and the rump ; which is an ochrey olivaceous, but in the Datla speci-
men it is red-brown as given by Jerdon for the same parts of true Hyertont.
All the birds (and I have a large series from the hill-ranges south of the
Brahmaputra) are identical, and so distinct from the Hyertoni of the Eastern
Himalaya that they must receive a specific title, which I propose should
be A. Khasiana, or, as I would rather designate races differing lke
this so slightly from an older well-known form, A. Eyertoni, Gould,
var. Khasiana; and in like manner we might indicate the relations of

1876. ] on the Hupedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. i

such forms as Trichastoma minor, Hume and Microperdivx Blewitti, Hume
by calling them 7. Adbdott:, Blyth, var. minor ; MW. erythrorhyncha, vay.
Blewitti ; and the same might be done with several other closely allied
species.

427 6. AcrrmnuRA DarnaeEnsis, G.-Austen. Plate IV.

Among the birds collected one of the most interesting forms is the
Actinura described in ‘Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ for November 1875, and
of which the original description is repeated below.

“As might be expected, its nearest ally is A. Mipalensis, Hodgs.,
the colouration above being very similar on the back and tail, but with
less rufous barring. The crest, however, is quite different ; and in this
respect the species approaches A. Waldeni from the Naga hills, on the
south of the Brahmaputra valley, only that the crest is far fuller. The
general blotchy streakiness of the throat and breast is also a mark of con-
nexion with 4. Waldent. On comparison, it is seen that Actinura Daflaensis
bears the same relation to 4. Mipalensis that A. Waldeni does to A. Eyertoni.

“The genus is a very well-marked one ; and we can now record from
the Indian region five species (including A. Ramsay from Tonghoo, in
Burmah, described by Viscount Walden in ‘Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.’ for
June 1875), viz. :—1. A. Eyertoni, Gould ; 2. A. Nipalensis, Hodgson ; 3.
A. Walden, Godwin-Austen ; 4. A. Daflaensis, Godwin-Austen ; 5. A.
Ramsayi, Walden. The last is a very distinct and interesting bird, a depar-
ture from the Hast-Himalayan type, but yet in every point a true Actinura.

“ Male. Above; head ash-brown ; feathers in front spatulate, behind
elongated into a full crest, narrowly pale-edged ; the ash tint pales on the back
of the neck, and merges into the strong rusty brown of the back and upper tail-
coverts ; base of tail-feathers of the same colour, followed by four or five black
bars, and the terminal half all black; the three outer rectrices tipped white,
with a slight tendency to barring on the extreme outer web ; side of head ash-
grey,the ear-coverts with light silky reflections; shoulder of wing rusty brown;
first primary coverts tipped with grey, forming a distinct narrow band, the
last (covering the first seven primaries) black, forming a patch; the prima-
ries are sienna-brown, the outermost edged with hoary grey, black on the inner
webs and extremities, and narrowly barred with black on the terminal outer
web ; secondaries evenly and narrowly barred black and pale olivaceous umber.
Beneath ; the chin and throat pale dingy white, becoming a dirty ochrey
ash on the breast, with a blurry striation, particularly on the throat ; flanks
and under tail-coverts rusty brown ; tail beneath ashy black, the outermost
feathers distinctly barred. Bill dark horny ; legs the same ; irides— P

Saar NV so. I 3-2) t. 1-3, Bi. O68 imehes,

“ Hab. In high forest at 7000 feet, and first shot on Shengorh Peak
in February.”

int

78 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

*430. SIBIA PICAOIDES, Hodgson.

Its range appears to extend up to about 3000 ft.

430 a. SIBIA PULCHELLA, G.-Austen.

T obtained several specimens of this bird on the slopes of Tortpata
Peak at about 5000 ft. It was first obtained by me in the Naga Hills,
and it was interesting to find it extending to this side of the Assam valley.

*432. MALAcocIRCUS TERRICOLOR, Hodgson.

T have never got this bird on the south side of the Brahmaputra or in
Cachar, and I did not see many even here in the Darrang district.

437 a. Matacocrrous (LAYyaRDIA) RUBIGINOSUS, G.-Austen.

It was a great pleasure to find this bird again and in Assam, so far from
the locality in which it was first discovered by me in Munipur. Beating
through some grass for florikan, near Helem, in the Darrang district, some
ruddy birds were flushed which quickly hid themselves low down in the stuff
and could not be driven out, although the elephants were put through and
through it in every direction. I suspected they belonged to the above spe-
cies, but they were far more wary and concealed themselves more than those
I had seen in Munipur. Several times afterwards similar birds were put
up and a snap shot was obtained off the pad of the elephant as they seudded
along for a few yards and dropped completely out of sight into the thick
grass. The chase at last became quite exciting, as I was determined to find
out what they really were. At last coming on a numerous party in an
outlying patch of grass, I dismounted and, sending the elephants to be put
in at the opposite end, had the piece beaten up towards me ; as the birds flew
across an open space where the grass had been burnt, I managed to secure
a couple and so clear up the doubt that hung over their identity. I after-
wards obtained, with the assistance of Mr. M. J. Ogle of the survey, two or
three others. From the back of an elephant, they afford a most difficult shot :
the flight is jerky, and unlike other grass haunting species, these birds very
seldom when driven perch on the higher stalks before settling into the cover,
but shuffle right down into the latter at once, and then continue moving
through it very rapidly and out of sight, so that in a few minutes they are
yards distant from the spot at which they originally alighted. When hunted
in this way, they separate also and straggle in all directions; which adds
to the difficulty of finding them again. I found it a far better plan not to
waste time over them, but to beat on again for another flock.

439. CHATORHEA Hariet, Blyth.

440. MzrcgaLURUS PaLustTRis, Horsfield.

444, NW{YPSIPETES PSAROIDES, Vigors.

The species in my former list, (p. 106) is this, not H. concolor.

448. Hemrxus FLAvALA, Hodgson.

449. ALCURUS sTRIATUS. Blyth.

Toriputi Peak. January.

1876. ] on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 79

451. CRINIGER FLAVEOLUS, Gould.

A very abundant bird in the lower ground about Harmutti and Harjuli.

460 a. OrTocompsa montTIconA, McClelland.

This bulbul was a very abundant bird in the low country.

466. Puyttornts Harpwicki, Jard. and Selby.

468. Iora TypuHta, Lin.

469. Pycnonotus pyemus, Hodgson.

474. Onrtotus TRrarLiu, Vigors.

477. Myiomreta LEeucuRra, Hodgson.

On Tortipitu Peak. This genus should certainly be placed near Vil-
tava.

*498. RutTict~tuaA Hopesont, Moore.

500. RuTIcInLA AUROREA, Pallas.

505, RuUTICILLA FULIGINOSA, Vigors.

Dikrang valley.

506. CHIMARRHORNIS LEUCOCEPHALA, Vigors.

Dikrang valley.

573. CALLIOPE PECTORALIS, Gould.

Dikrang valley.

530. ORTHOTOMUS LONGICAUDA, Gmelin.

Narainpur and Harmutti—in plains.

532. PRINIA FLAVIVENTRIS, Deles.

Very numerous in the shorter grass of the Terai and on the Bishnath
plain.

*534. PRINIA SOCTALIS, Sykes, small var.

This little bird was the most numerous wren-warbler in the Dar-
rang District, and I shot a large series of it.

I generally found them in the patches of shorter grass near the foot
of the Dafla Hills from the Burroi River to the Bishnath Plain, associated
with P. flaviventris, Graminicola Bengalensis, and Pyctorhis altirostris.
Their pale rufous breasts and grey backs distinguish them at once from other
species directly they rise out of the grass; they then fly with a short jerking
flight a short distance, settle on a stalk for a few seconds, and then drop into
the cover beneath. The specimens obtained are certainly smaller than those
of P. socialis from Southern India, but I see little or no other distinction.

i. 5:25, W. 1:7 to 1:8, T. 2°75 to 2°8, t. 0°72, BE. 0-4 to 0-48
inches.

Irides bright reddish brown ; legs pale flesh-coloured.

Dr. Jerdon’s measurements of the wing and tarsus greatly exceed the
above, being 2°1 and 0'9 in. respectively.

*535. Printa Stewart, Blyth.
One example of this species was obtained on the Bishnath plain.

80 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

539 a. CISTICOLA MELANOCEPHALA, And.

539 6. Cisticota Munipurensis, G.-Austen.

542. GRAMINICOLA BENGALENSIS, Jerdon.

Very abundant on the Bishnath plain.

Bill nearly white below, dark horny above ; irides red-brown ; legs
and feet pale fleshy.

L. 6:0, W. 2:25, T. 3:16, t. 0°9, Bf. 0°5 inches.

544. Dryma@pus tonetcaupatus, Tickell.

555. PHytioscopus Fuscatus, Blyth.

Only found in the woods of the Terai.

561. PHytioscorus aFrFinis, Tickell.

Only seen in the plains.

572. ABRORNIS XANTHOSCHISTOS, Hodgson.

578. ABRORNIS CASTANEOCEPS, Hodgson.

Harmutti.

585. HENICURUS IMMACULATUS, Hodgson.

Dikrang velley.

L. 10:0, W. 4:0, T. 5°5, t. 1°3, Bf. 0°8 inches.

*586. HENICURUS SCHISTACEUS, Hodgson.

Several specimens were obtained in the Dikrang valley. Leaving the
main stream and proceeding up the bed of any of the small tributaries, al-
most the first bird seen would be a pair of this species, flitting with their
peculiar jerking flight and settling a short way up stream on the gravelly
bed. When disturbed by a shot they fly into the dense underwood and do
not shew themselves again. Another pair would soon be found higher
up.

Trides dark umber ; legs fleshy white.

1 A10:05W, 3:9) I 5:5; toelglisyebt 0.7, mches.

*587. Henicurus ScouLErt, Vigors.

I first became acquainted with this very diminutive representative of
the genus on the Dikrang River, where it was very numerous, flitting about
the large rocks and boulders. It is not such a lover of confined overgrown
ravines as its much larger allies recorded above.

Ivides very dark brown ; legs and feet white ; the two outer tail-fea-
thers pure white, not tipped black (conf. Jerdon).

L. 4°75, W. 2°75, T. 2:0, t. 0°85, Bf. 0°42 inches.

588 a. Henicurus Srvensts, Gould, Birds of Asia, Pt. XVIII.

The Dafla specimens have been compared with typical H. Leschnaulti
from Java and with H. Sinensis from China, obtained by Swinhoe. The
frontal patch, as noticed by Captain Elwes in his revision of the genus
(‘ The Ibis’ 1872), is not a reliable character, and the only distinction appears
to be that of size, the China bird being altogether larger. My specimens

1876.] on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 81

again are markedly larger than H. Sinensis especially in the bill; which
removes them still further from the Javan race.

ie tO We sO, Ph5:5, t. 1-15, BE. 0-7 aches.

*590 a. Motacizta Hopesoni, G. R. Gray.

If really distinct from JL. Luzoniensis, my specimen is evidently the
above ; it was obtained at Tezpur on the 27th November.

Dese.—Above ; all sooty black, more velvety on the head, this colour
extends round the sides of the neck, ear-coverts, throat, and moustachial
streak from the gape; shoulder of wing a paler brown-black ; quills and
secondaries brown, white-edged, the latter strongly so; the primary
coverts very broadly edged with white, so as toform a wing-band; a broad
frontal band extending over the eye as far as the posterior limit of the ear-
coverts, white; white also on the lores, chin for half an inch, and a nar-
row line under the eye, this colour has a tendency to replace the black on
the throat and sides of the neck ; abdomen and outer tail-feathers white
the latter with a very narrow black edging near the base of the inner web,
the next pair also white with a broader edging extending nearly to the tip.

*592. CALOBATES MELANOPE, Pallas. :

593. BupyTEs viripis, Gmelin.

Got in December at Narainpur.

596. PrpasTES AGILIS, Sykes.

Numerous in the Dafla clearings, attracted by the millet-crop which
was being cut in December.

609. PTERYTHRIUS ERYTHROPTERUS, Vigors.

L. 6:5, W. 3:4, T. 1:8, t. 1:1, Bf. 0°58 inches.

Bill beneath greenish grey ; legs pale flesh-coloured ; irides umber.

*612. Curta Nipavensis, Hodgson.

(Piting, Dafla.)

It was quite a pleasure obtaining this bird for the first time on account
of its peculiar and beautiful colouration, as well as the very great difference
between that of the males and females. Mr. Lister, attached to the survey
party for the purpose of forming a botanical collection, was the first to
bring it m to me, he having shot four one after the other out of a large flock
on the same tree, the birds being apparently quite scared by the report of the
gun and not flying away. It is well-known on the Darjeeling side, but I
have not yet met with it south of the Brahmaputra. The males besides
their different colouration are rather larger than the females.

6 L. 6°75, W. 3°65, T. 2°7, +t. 1:15, Bf. 0.68 inches.

9 L. 6:50, W. 3°25, T. 2°42, t. 1:10, Bf. 0:57

Trides umber-brown ; legs and feet yellow.

615. LiorHRix ARGENTAURIS, Hodgson.

616. Siva stRiguLA, Hodgson.

9

82 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

617. Srva cyanuropTEeRA, Hodgson.

619 a. ALCIPPE CoLLARIS, Walden.

Is very probably Minla rufogularis, Mandelli ( ‘Stray Feathers,’
Vol. I, p. 416) and specimens from Darjeeling must be compared. The
species were described by the above gentlemen about the same time. Should
the two prove identical Mr. Mandelli’s title has priority. It is pretty
numerous at about 3000 ft. in these hills. Myr. Mandelli’s single specimen
came from the Bhitan Doars. I consider the species to be a Minla.

Dimensions in the flesh :—L. 5:0, W. 2°3, T. 2:2, t. 0°9, Bf. 0°44 in.

*619 6. Minta Manperiit, G.-Austen.

Described as below in the ‘ A. and M. N. H.’ for January 1876.

“ Above dark olivaceous, tail brown; forehead rufous, merging into
the olivaceous brown of the top of the head ; a white supercilium com-
mences from above the eye, and extends to the neck, merging into some
streaky buff and black feathers behind the ear-coverts; a black band sur-
mounts the white one, but does not meet the black lores ; ear-coverts sooty.
Chin, throat, and upper breast buffy white ; sullied white on abdomen, flanks
olivaceous. Irides dark red-brown; legs and feet pale fleshy; bill grey-
brown. Feathers of the head scaly.”

L. 5°5, W. 2:2, T. 2:5, t. 0°95, Bf. 0:45 inches.

I named this bird after Mr. L. Mandelli, who has so successfully work-
ed the ornithology of the Sikkim Hills, and who has described a near ally of
this species. Since forwarding the communication to the ‘ Annals’, I see that
Mr. Hume (in ‘Stray Feathers’ for 1874, p. 447) has described a Proparus
under the title of dwbzws which is so like my bird, that I am inclined to think
the two will prove identical, in which case the specific title Mandell will
not stand, but I should certainly not place it in the group Proparus, as it
is in every respect similar in form to Minla tgnotincta and IL. castaniceps.

Wherever I have found this and Minla collaris, the whole country has
been covered with forest, and I should certainly not call them reed- or grass-
haunters. The Liotrichine group is already too much sub-divided and I
would not recommend the adoption of another genus for these two species
as proposed by Mr. A. O. Hume under the title Scheniparus.

*621. PRoparus cHRysmus, Hodgson.

This very lovely tit was got on Shengorh, out of a numerous flock
that passed through the trees near the camp.

L. 3:9, W. 2:0, T. 1:9, t. 0°8, Bf. 0°3 inches.

623. IxuLus FLAVICOLLIS, Hodgson.

Shengorh Peak.

624. IxuLus occrpiTais, Blyth.

628. YUHINA NIGRIMENTUM, Hodgson.

Shengorh Peak.

1876. ] on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 83

630. HERPORNIS XANTHOLEUCA, Hodgson.

Harjuli 8000 ft. up to Tortiputu Peak.

645. Parus NipPaLensis, Hodgson.

The cinereus of my former lists is shewn to be the Javan race by Lord
Walden in the ‘ List of Birds of Burmah’, p. 112.

647. Denprocirta Himatayana, Blyth.

660. Corvus cuLtmiInatus, Sykes.

Large numbers were attracted to Narainpur on the formation of the
camp there.

663. CoRVUS SPLENDENS, Vieillot. (C. mmpupicus, Hodgson).

In the camps of Narainpur and Harmutti only.

673. Sissa CHrnensis, Bodd.

“ Pilitel” of the Daflas.

678. DeENDROcITTA FRONTALIS, McClelland.

683. STURNOPASTOR CONTRA, Lin.

688. TEmenucHus Mataparicus, Gmelin.

702. Monta acuricavpa, Hodgson.

Seen only in the plains.

706. Passer Inpicus, Jard. and Selby, var.

723. HUSPIZA AUREOLA, Pallas.

754. Mirarra Assamica, McClelland.

766. ALAUDA GULGULA, Franklin.

773 a. CROCOPUS VIRIDIFRONS, Blyth.

776. OsmorreRoN PHayret, Blyth.

781. CaRPoPHAGA INSIGNIS, Hodgson.

These birds were pretty common at No.9 camp in the Dikrang
valley.

793. TURTUR MEENA, Sykes.

Harmutti.

803 a. PotyrLectRUM TrIBETanuM, Lin.

Not so plentiful as in the hills south of the Brahmaputra, Mikir,
Naga, &e.

811 a. GattopHasis Horsrrenpii, G. R. Gray.

Occurs at the base of the hills.

812. GALLUS FERRUGINEUS, Gmelin.

Found all along the Terai, but did not appear to be very abundant.

818. FRANCOLINUS VULGARIS, Stephens.

Plenty were seen on the Bishnath plain.

823. ORTYGORNIS GULARIS, Temminck.

Very plentiful, in the high grass plains, near water, but far oftener
heard than seen. They are very difficult to flush, and I have more than
once, when sitting on the pad of the elephant, seen them crouching in the -

84 H. H. Godwin-Austen—List of the Birds collected [No. 2,

grass close to the elephant’s feet and not rising until actually kicked
up.

825. ARBORICOLA RUFIGULARIS, Blyth.

“ Pokhi;” Dafa.

This was the only species obtained, and it was very common at 4000 feet
and upwards at our camp in the forest under Tortiptitti Peak, and the Dafla
guides snared several. The Daflas, like the other hill-tribes, are clever at this
art, and the mode of capturing pheasants and partridges is simple and worth
describing. As it is the habit of the birds to get down low at night into the
warmer ravines and feed upwards along the crests of the spurs, they stop the
progress of the covey by a zig-zag barrier about 2 to 3 feet high, made up of
twigs and short pieces of bamboo stuck into the ground, which is rapidly
formed and extended a short distance down the hill on either side. A nar-
row opening is left here and there, generally at the re-entering angles, and
in this the noose is set just above two cross sticks and in the same
plane, at exactly the height of the bird’s breast. The noose-string is made
of a thin strip peeled off the outside of a bamboo, and tied to the end of a
pliant stick, drawn down like a spring, and hitched into a saw-nick in a
bamboo peg, into which the flat form of the string forming the noose fits
close and accurately. All the materials grow on the spot, and in a few
hours hundreds of barriers and snares can be made and set. The birds are
often caught alive by the legs, and I had one thus captured for several days,
but it refused food and died ; it was probably in some way injured, for they
are not difficult birds to keep in captivity, and large numbers are brought
to Calcutta for transfer to Europe.

831. ExcaLractorta CHINENSIS, Lin.

*838. SYPHEOTIDES BENGALENSIS, Gmelin.

Numbers are to be seen on the Bishnath plain. In the early morning
they are constantly on the move, taking long flights from one feeding
ground to another, and are then very wary ; as the heat increases, they lie
very close and are often difficult to flush, and if the sportsman is on foot,
they will hide and often elude him altogether. I found the best plan was
to walk along about 50 yards in front of the elephants when the grass
would admit of it.

870. GALLINAGO STENURA, Kuhl.

905. GALLINULA cHLOROoPUS, Lin.

917. Mycrerta Astratica, Lath.

Often seen in the Darrang District, and I shota fine specimen. I once
saw this bird breeding in the extensive marshes near Shushang, Mymen-
sing, in January. It had formed its nest on the top of a thick bushy mass
of trees about 30 feet high, which stood in the midst of a dense thicket
- of a species of rose, so thick that the elephants could not push into it, and it

1876.] on the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 85

was practically inaccessible. The nest consisted of a very large accumula-
tion of sticks and reeds.

931. BuroripEs Javanicus, Horsfield.

On all the large wooded rivers and streams.

*981. LARUS RIDIBUNDUS, Lin.

This bird, which Mr. Howard Sanders has kindly identified, was shot
near the junction of the Dunsiri and Brahmaputra in December. From
the colour of its bill and legs it rather puzzled me, for I was well acquainted
with brunneicephala, which is a common gull on the above river. It is
interesting finding the laughing-gull so far up the Brahmaputra, at this
point some 500 miles from the sea. Jerdon mentions its being abundant
at the mouths of the Ganges.

*987. STERNA MELANOGASTRA, Temminck.

A very common tern on the Brahmaputra and its larger tributaries,

such as the Dikrang, as far up as sand-banks occur.

a SS

12

86 W. T. Blanford—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

1X.—On the Physical Geography of the Great Indian Desert with especial
reference to the former Haistence of the Sea in the Indus Valley ;
and on the Origin and Mode of Formation of the Sand-hills— By
W. T. Buanrorp, &/ fF. SN.

(Received June 3lst;—Read July 5th, 1876.)
ConTENTS.

Introduction.—Geological distinction between the Indian Peninsula and the
neighbouring portions of Asia.

Zoological Relations between India and Africa.

The Indo-gangetic Plain between India and the adjoining regions of Asia.
Physical Characters of the Desert. Botany and Zoology.

Distribution of the Sand-hills.

Evidence of subrecent Marine Action. Salt ‘ dhandhs,’

Marine Mollusk living in Salt Lakes.

Former existence of an Inlet of the Sea in Eastern Sind. The Ran of Kachh.
The Lini Basin.

10. Want of evidence of Marine Denudation elsewhere in the Desert.

11. Nature and Origin of the Sand-hills.

12. Source of the Sand.

13. Conclusions.

oa)
_

ORO OOD OO te OO tO

§ 1. Introduction.— Geological distinction between the Indian Penin-
sula and the neighbouring portions of Asiw.—There is no tract of country in
India more singular in its character than that which is commonly known as
the Great Desert, lying on the eastern side of the Indus between Sind and
Rajpitana. The peculiar nature of the region has often been described, but
there are still some points in its physical geography which appear to require
explanation, and which are not, I think, entirely cleared up in the best ae-
count of the region with which I am acquainted, that given by Sir H. B.
E. Frere in the Journal of the Royal Geographical Society for 1870, Vol.
XL, p. 181. To these points, which chiefly refer to the origin of the sand-
hills, I shall advert in the sequel.

The physical geography of a country is always intimately connected
with its geological construction and history, and from this point of view
the Great Desert is a tract of peculiar interest. It is almost a truism at
the present day to state that India proper has no geological connexion with
the surrounding countries. The whole geological history of the Indian
peninsula, from the date of the earliest sedimentary formations, shews
scarcely a trace of similarity to that of the Himalayas* or the countries —
west of the Indus or east of the Bay of Bengal. Wherever remains of
sedimentary beds are found throughout the peninsula, of any age from the

* The only exception of any importance is the occurrence of Damuda rocks in
Sikkim and Assam.

1876.] of the Great Indian Desert. 87

dawn of organized life to the present day, they consist with but few and
loeal exceptions of rocks which have been formed, in all probability, on the
surface of the land; the only case of a marine formation known to exist at
a distance of more than 100 miles from the present coast being that of the
thin Cretaceous band at Bagh, Barwai, and elsewhere in the western part of
the Narbadda valley. On the other side of the great alluvial plain formed
by the Indus and Ganges all is different. Marine rocks of various ages
form the hills of Sind and the Panjab, the greater portion of the Himalay-
as and Tibet (so far as the mountains do not consist of metamorphic rocks),
the ranges south of the Assam valley, and the hills of Arrakan and Bur-
mah. Only the later tertiary deposits in Sind, the Panjab, Northern India,
Assam, and Burmah are, as a rule, of subaérial origin and accumulated by
the action of fresh water, whilst in Sind there is distinct evidence that
the sea covered the greater portion, and very probably the whole, of the
country as late as the Miocene epoch.*

§ 2. Zoological Relations between India and Africa.—The curious
points of connexion between the existing fauna of India and that of Africa
and the Mascarene islands bear out the idea of India having formed in past
times a portion of a great tropical continent. There also seems a probabi-
lity, as might have been anticipated, that at different geological periods the
distribution of land in this continental area varied, and that different por-
tious were in union with each other. Leaving aside the remarkable evi-
dence afforded by the Mesozoic (and Upper Paleozoic?) floras, amongst
which identical species have been found in Australia, Southern Africa, and
India, there appear to have been three distinct Tertiary and recent migra-
tions of African types into India, or perhaps it would be more correct to
say, that animals having affinities with those now inhabiting Africa have
entered India in three different groups, two of which are older immigrants
than the other. The first consists of the types common to the Malay
countries, India, and Africa, which form a very large proportion of the
fauna: such as certain monkeys and lemurs, the Tragulide, Viverra, Her-
pestes, Manis, and Nectarinide, Dicruride, Oriolide, Pittide, Bucerotide,
Ploceineg, Megalaimine, &e., &¢., &e., Varanide, Agamide, &e.~ Asa rule
the African and Indian genera are distinct, but exceptions occur, as in Viver-
ra, Herpestes, Manis, Zosterops, Varanus, &e. Many of these forms extend
to Australia. |

The second group consists of forms common to India and Africa but not
found east of the Bay of Bengal nor yet in Arabia or Persia, such as Anéilo-
pide (exclusive of Gazella), Mellivora, Chicquera, Sypheotides (= Lissotis),

* Records Geol. Surv. Ind. IX, p. 15.

+ See for fuller details ‘ Africa-Indien’ by A. v. Pelzeln in Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges.
Wien, 1875, p. 33.

88 W. T. Blanford—On the Physical Geography [No. Z,

Rhinoptilus, the family Oyclostomide, &c. With many of these the genera
are different in India and Africa, though less frequently than in the first case,
or, which is more to the purpose (for genera are often artificial, and depend
upon human fancy quite as much as natural laws), the amount of divergence
is less. The third group comprises forms which are found in Northern Africa
Arabia, Persia, and India, but which do not extend to the Malay countries,
such as Hyena striata, Cams aureus, Helis leo, F. jubata, F. chaus, Gazella,
Gerbillus, Pterocles, Pyrrhulauda, Cursorius, Saxicola, &c. In this case
the genera and very often the species are identical. Many of the forms are
also found in the neighbouring portions of the boreal or paleearctic region, and
their number diminishes i India itself to the eastward and southward,
whilst but few are found in forest. The forms belonging to this category
appear to be recent immigrants.

§ 3. Lhe Indo-gangetic Plain between India and the adjoining regions
of Asia.—Thus both from geological and zoological evidence we have reason
to conclude that the union of the Indian Peninsula with Central and
South-western Asia is of comparatively late date, and it becomes a question of
ereat interest to ascertain so far as possible the evidence of their own condi-
tion in the later geological epochs afforded by the tracts of flat country
intervening between the peninsular area and the surrounding regions.
These tracts consist chiefly of the great plains through which the Ganges
and Indus flow to the sea, and the surface is covered to so great a depth
by alluvial deposits from those rivers and their tributaries that very few
traces can be found of the geological history of the country. It has been
assumed by some writers that this great plain remained part of the
sea long after the Himalayas had been elevated. This is not impossible,
but so far as the Gangetic area is concerned I fail to see that there is evi-
dence in favour of the view; and I think the idea is mainly due to the
Pliocene Sevalik deposits having frequently been considered marine, whilst
it is more probable that they are really of freshwater and probably subaé-
rial origin, for not a single marine organism has been detected in them,
whilst freshwater shells have been found in them in places. Even without
entering into the question as to whether the whole Indo-gangetic plain has
been covered by the sea in late geological times, the question arises whe-
ther the Indus plain, in which we have the latest evidence of marine life,
has been thus covered. This is a speculation of Mr. Andrew Murray,
proposed to account for the presence of a dolphin in the Indus and Ganges,
and for the difference of the species inhabiting each.*

* Geographical Distribution of Mammals, p. 214. Mr. Murray’s theory is briefly
the following. The dolphin inhabited an arm of the sea which became a lake
through the rise of land, and which was gradually rendered fresh by streams falling into
it and cutting their way to the sea, first in the direction of the Ganges, secondly through

1876. | of the Great Indian Desert. 89

During a recent traverse of the desert, I have tried to find evidence of
its condition in late geological times, and although'the result is mainly nega-
tive, some faets appear to point to a recent condition of things when the
sea did flow some distance up the Indus valley. At the same time I have
not met with any evidence in favour of the view that the great plain of
the desert has recently emerged from the sea. The route followed was
from the Indus near Sehwan, via Umarkot in the Thar and Parkar district
of Sind, to Balmir, and thenee to Jodhptir in Rajptitana, returning from
Jodhpur, vid Jaysalmir, to Rohri on the Indus.

§ 4. Physical Characters of the Desert. Botany and Zoology.—lt
is as well before entermg further into the subject to point out the chief
peculiarities of the Great Desert. The term conveys an imperfect idea,
because the tract of country is neither barren nor uninhabited ; it is cover-
ed with shrubs and bushes in general, and in places small trees are found ;
moreover, although the population is thin, villages are scattered throughout,
and immense herds of camels, cattle, sheep, and goats are kept and pastur-
ed. The desert is, in fact, a great sandy tract entirely destitute of streams
of water, and with but few hills of rock, and a large portion of the surface
consists of sand-hills of considerable height and is known locally as Thar
(Thurr). When rain falls, crops of bajri (Holeus spica) are raised. When
rains fail, the population lives principally on the milk of cattle and on im-
ported grain.

Throughout the sandy tracts the vegetation* consists mainly of four
plants known as Phog (Sindhi Tob) (Calligonum polygonoides), Bhii (Sindhi
Bahisa) (Aerva Javanica), Lana (Anabasis multiflora), and Mart, a coarse
grass growing in tufts. Ldna, although very common in some places, is rare
or wanting throughout largetracts. Phog and Bhii are peculiar to the sand-
hills themselves ; Mart, besides abounding on the sand-hills, covers the large
sandy plains, which in many parts extend for miles. It is a coarse grass
with a hard woody stem, and appears to be one of the principal plants eaten
by cattle and horses. Another common plant on the sand-hills is Avp (Or-
thanthera viminec). Between the sand-hills Wadar (Calotropis procera), Pili
(Sindhi Aabar or jar) (Salvadora Persica), Kejri (Acacia rupestris ?), Kiril
(Capparis aphylla), Ber (Zizyphus jujuba), and a few other plants are com-

the Indus after the Ganges had been cut off from the lake by another rise of land.
He considers that by this means a marine dolphin has become converted into Platanista
and then the animal has been transferred to the second river after being cut off from
the first. The question of the origin of Platanista it is unnecessary to discuss; the
migration of the original form from one river to the other has probably been due to
some of the tributary streams, such as the Satlej or Jamna, being transferred from one
drainage-area to the other. This would be effected by a very trifling change of level.

* JT am indebted to Dr. King for the identification of these plants; of some, as
Mart, 1 unfortunately did not take specimens,

90 W. T. Blantord—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

monly found. After rain it is said that numerous herbs spring up, and a
grass called Brut (? Centhrus biflorus), the spiny seeds of which have a
most unpleasant habit of attaching themselves to one’s clothes like burs.
These seeds, divested of their spiny covering, are used for food, and are
made into a kind of bread.

As might be anticipated, the desert fauna is poor, and in the sandy
tracts is entirely contined to animals which never require water. Hyznas
are met with in the more hilly parts but not, I think, amongst the sand-hills ;
wolves (Canis pallipes) and jackals are more common. ‘The only carnivor-
ous animal, however, which is universally found, is the desert fox (Vulpes
leucopus) ; V. Bengalensis is also met with, but less abundantly. The caracal
(Lynx caracal) is said to be common, but the only wild cat I saw was, I be-
lieve, Felis torquata, and I never succeeded in shooting one. None of the
larger carnivora are found, though a leopard may occasionally straggle across
to the hills of Balmir or Jaysalmir. The mammal of the desert par excellence
is the desert jerboa-rat (Gerbillus Hurriane*), which exists in almost in-
eredible numbers, the whole surface of the sand-hills being dotted over with
the entrances to its burrows. Over thousands of square miles, the number
of burrows probably exceeds on an average one to every square yard. ‘There
ean scarcely be a doubt that this little animal—which is a pretty little crea-
ture of a greyish tawny colour, with rather long hind legs, a rounded head,
and a long hairy tail—would in most countries furnish an important item of
food, for it is purely herbivorous, living chiefly on seeds and roots. Besides
furnishing food to the foxes and wild cats, this rat is the prey of buzzards
and of many of the other raptorial birds. No other rodent is found in the
sand-hills; I did not even see a hare, though the Sind representative of the
genus (Lepus Dayanus) is common in the hilly tracts, whilst the only
ungulate found in the Thar is the Indian gazelle (Gazella Bennetti).

Thus it may be said that the only common mammals of the sand-hills
are the fox, gerbil, and gazelle, and all these, I believe, can live without
drinking. I am certain that the two latter never drink. The birds
are more numerous. The common falcon is F. jugyer, but I believe I saw
F. sacer also. Aquila fulvescens abounds in places and I met with Cireaé-
tus gallicus occasionally. But the most common raptores are the desert
buzzard (Buteo ferox) and kestrils. Vultures, Neophrons, and kites are
chiefly seen about villages. Owls are not common: I twice came across
flocks of the short-eared owl (Otus brachyotus), and I occasionally found
Athene Brahma and once Scops Brucet.

The bee-eater (erops viridis) isfound generally distributed. Swallows
are occasionally seen ; swifts (Cypselus affinis) are very local as usual. Goat-

* G. erythrourus, Gray, apud Jerdon, but true G. erythrurus is a different species,
Zool. Persia, p. 70.

1876. | of the Great Indian Desert. 91

suckers are extremely rare. Shrikes are represented by Lanius lahtora, which
is common and the only species noticed amongst the sand-lulls. Dierwrus
albirictus, the common king-crow, is found everywhere, and two bulbuls
(Otocompsa leucotis and Pycnonotus pusillus) are occasionally met with, the
latter, contrary to what might have been expected, inhabiting the sand-hills
quite as often as the former, if indeed it be not the commoner form. The
striated babbler (Chatorhea caudata) is very abundant everywhere. Hrankli-
nia Buchananiisnot uncommon. Drymeca gracilis israre. Sylvia curruca
is frequently seen, but both S. Jerdoni and S. nana are of exceptional occur-
rence. The Phylloscopi are of course very rare in this treeless region. The
common Saxicola is 8. picata throughout the whole desert ; S. deserti is
not rare, but 8S. zsabellina, so abundant in parts of Sind, keeps as usual to
the more fertile tracts. I saw S. chrysopygia occasionally, and it was more
common about the middle of March, when like other Saxicole it was migra-
ting to the north. S. opistholeuca and S. morio I only noticed about Jodh-
pur or between that town and Jaysalmir. Pratincola Indica (v. rubicola)
was occasionally seen even amongst the sand-hills, P. caprata only in the
more fertile tracts. Thamnobia Cambayensis was generally met with through-
out the region. A stray Jotacilla alba or Budytes melanocephalus was
now and then seen near wells, and the pipits were poorly represented by the
occasional occurrence of Anthus campestris and A. sordidus.*

Larks are more abundant and the commonest species by far is the
finch-lark, Pyrrhulauda melanauchen (P. affinis, Blyth), the very existence
of which in India was seareely known until quite recently. I was sur-
prised to find Mirafra erythroptera by no means uncommon in the Thar,
although it is unknown in Sind. Galerita cristata, Melanocorypha bima-
culata, and Calandrella brachydactyla are also found, the two latter in
flocks. The first is common, the other two far from rare. Passer indicus
occurs everywhere of course, though preferring the neighbourhood of cul-
tivation. Gymnoris flavicollis is usually found where there are trees. I once
or twice saw Hmberiza Huttoni, but H. striolata is found on all rocky hills.
Munia Malabaricais common. Ravens (Corvus corax) are seen everywhere,
the two common crows (C. Vaillanti and CO. impudicus) only about cultiva-
tion. Pastor roseus is occasionally common, even amongst the sand-hills,
but the two forms of maina (Acridotheres tristis and A. ginginianus) are
only seen about villages. Doves are represented by Durtur Cambayensis
and YT. risoriws, common everywhere, whilst the common wild pigeon
(Columba intermedia) breeds in all wells. On the sand-hills I saw no sand-
grouse ; they only occur where water is procurable, but they occasionally
drink at wells: the only common species is Pterocles exustus, but P. arena-

* A. Jerdoni, Finsch, A. griseo-rufescens, Hume. I find Mr. Blyth was right in
uniting the Indian bird with the African form.

$2 W. T. Blanford—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

ius and P. Senegalius are met with in places. The grey partridge (Orty-
gornis Pondiceriana) is found everywhere, whilst the cream-coloured courser
(Cursorius gallicus) and the Indian bustard (Hupodotis Edwardsi) are pretty —
generally distributed.

The common birds in the Thar are Falco jugger, Tinnunculus alau-
darius, Buteo ferox, Merops viridis, Pycnonotus pusillus, Lanius lahtora,
Dicrurus albirictus, Chatorhea caudata, Sylvia curruca, Saxicola picata,
Lhamnobia Cambayensis, Pyrrhulauda melanauchen, Galerita cristata, Passer
Indicus, Munia Malabarica, Corvus corax, Turtur Cambayensis, T. risorius,
and Ortygornis Pondiceriana.

The only common reptiles are lizards and they appear for the most
part to hibernate in the cold season. The most abundant is Acanthodacty-
lus Cantoris ; I also found Agama agilis very common between J aysalmir
and Rohri. In the same district peculiar vermiform tracks abounded of a
small lizard which I have no doubt is Sphenocephalus tridactyles, but this
animal is nocturnal and a burrower, and although I often searched for it,
ZT never succeeded in finding it. On more rocky ground I found Ophiops
Jerdoni and Mesalina pardalis. The only harmless snakes which I saw
were forms of Zamenis and Psammophis, and the only venomous species
was Wehis carinatus. No tortoises were seen or heard of.

§ 5. Distribution of the Sand-hills—The sand-hills have a somewhat
peculiar distribution. They occupy a large tract in Hastern Sind, extending
the whole length of the province, along the edge of the Indusalluvium. Here
they are close together and form long ridges, running nearly north-east and
south-west near Umarkot, and about north-north-east to south-south-
west near Rohri.* In the southern portion of the desert, they are said
by Sir B. Frere to run nearly east and west. ‘They are much higher to the
southward than to the north, but I saw none approaching the heights of
400 to 500 feet, said by Sir Bartle Frere to be common in parts of the
desert.t The highest sand-hills which I observed near Umarkot, cannot,
I think, have exceeded 200 feet, but I did not measure them, so I may be
in error. This tract on the borders of Sind is the “ Thar’’—a name which is,
in the country, restricted to the sand-hill region. From the Sind frontier
to Balmir, although there are many sand-hills, they are far from being as
generally distributed as they are to the westward, whilst east of Balmir they
are, for some distance, only dotted over the surface, but they again become
more general before reaching the Luni river, and the hills, in this direction,
appear to form part of a sand-hill tract which stretches to the northward

* The change in direction is shewn on the revenue survey map, on which the
general course of the ridges is indicated.

+ I was told that the highest sand-hills are found more to the southward between
Umarkot and the Ran of Kachh,

1876. ] of the Great Indian Desert. 93

or rather to north-north-east in the direction of Bikanir. The hills in this
tract are not in such regular ridges as they are to the westward, but here
also they appear to diminish in height and to become more scattered to the
north. Between Jodhptr and Pokarn this eastern belt of sand-hills is only
about 40 miles broad. From some distance east of Pokarn to Jaysalmir, and
again for 50 miles west of Jaysalmir, the country is an undulating sandy
plain, but there are very few sand-hills. I have no personal knowledge of
the desert north of Jaysalmir. Stripped of the sand-hills the country would
be a vast plain, slightly elevated above the sea, and only broken by isolated
hills to the southward, by the somewhat more numerous ranges near Bal-
mir, by low plateaux of sandstone towards Jodhptr and Pokarn, and
by terraces of Jurassic sandstone and limestone around Jaysalmir. The
hilly regions are less sandy ; occasionally even torrent-beds are found near
the hills, but they are soon lost in the sand.

§ 6. Evidence of subrecent Marine Action. Salt ‘ dhands.’—It is
mmpossible for any geologist to traverse this region without the suggestion
foreing itself upon him that this may be an example of Professor Ramsay’s
planes of marine denudation. Such was my first impression. But I could
only find one circumstance, the general saltness of the ground, in eonfir-
mation of this view. Every here and there throughout the desert is a smaller
or larger plain of salt ground or “ ran’’, which is said to become a shallow
salt lake after heavy rain. From such places salt is sometimes extracted,
but the quantity is small, and not more than might, very possibly, result
from the gradual concentration of the salt distributed in small quantities
throughout the soil. The water in the wells is very often brackish, but
this is equally the case in countries which shew no trace of having been
recently covered by sea water. ‘There is, however, a very remarkable quan-
tity of salt in two localities which I visited, and in one of them there is, I
think, good evidence of the former neighbourhood of the sea.

To take the more important and the more interesting first. North of
Umarkot the boundary of the Indus alluvium and of the Thar or sand-
hill area is formed by a river known as the Narra or the Hastern Narra,*
which derives its water from floods in Bahawalptr and the Rohri district
of Sind, and has of late years been artificially supplied by a canal cut from
the Indus at Rohri. On the east of the Narra rise high ridges of sand
with the usual NE to SW direction, and between these ridges are deep
valleys filled with water and known as ‘ dhandhs.’ Some of these ‘ dhandhs’
are said to be unfathomable ;—and doubtless they are so by an ordinary pole

* The Sindhi form, I believe, of the common Hindi Nada, a river channel, ravine,
or ditch.

+ Dhandh im Sindhi is the equivalent of j/¢/ in Hindi and is applied to any pool
of water or to a marsh.

13 :

94 W. T. Blantord—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

or bamboo, the only instrument likely to have been used in general for
sounding. Sir Bartle Frere says that he has been assured that the depth of
one has been measured and found to be 70 feet.* This shows of course
considerable depression below the level of the Indus alluvial plain, for the
Narra, which must of course bea little below the average level of the plain,
supplies, or used to supply, the water for the ‘dhandhs’ in its immediate
neighbourhood.

There are, however, a large number of small lakes isolated amongst the
sand-hills and not in communication with the ‘dhandhs’ fed by the Narra,
and these isolated lakes are all salt ; those farthest from the Narra being
apparently the most saline, and some being so concentrated that salt
erystallizes on their margins. All these salt ‘dhandhs’ appeared to me to be
at a lower level than the freshwater lakes, and this view was confirmed
by my finding that small streams fed by springs amongst the sand-hills enter
in many cases at the western edge of the salt ‘dhandhs’, and that where, as
not unfrequently happens, there are more than one ‘ dhandh’ in the same
hollow, a stream often flows from the western pool to that lying more to the
eastward. Now the water can only be derived by percolation through
the sand from the freshwater ‘dhands’ to the westward: it is true that
springs often rise from the margin of the latter, and that these springs are
sometimes above the surface of the lakes, but they are usually below, and if
higher they are not so far above as in the case of the salt lakes to the
eastward, on the edge of which I found springs issuing from the ground
15 or 20 feet above the water.; It is a natural conclusion that the origi-
nal surface of the ground at this spot was not higher than the bottom of
the ‘dhandhs’ are now, that it was much lower than the present alluvium of
the Indus, and that the Indus plain has been raised to its present height by
the accumulated silt deposited from the river since the ‘ dhandhs’ have been
eut off and isolated by the sand-hills.

§ 7. Marine Mollusk living in salt lakes.—One more observation gave
the clue to the original conditions of the ground. I found in some of the
salt lakes in which the water, although very salt, was rather less so than
that of the ocean, a living mollusk which has been identified by Mr. Nevill
with Potamides (Pirenella) Layardi, H. Ad. This species inhabits the salt
water of back-waters or lagoons and harbours: it is not found to the best of
my belief on open coasts, nor yet in the brackish water inside the mouths
of rivers, and although, like most other forms of Potamides, it is rather

* J. R.G.S. XL, p. 189.
+ The springs on the edges of the freshwater dhandhs are doubtless due to the

water which percolates into the sand when the dhandhs are at their highest level from
floods brought down by the Narra,

1876. ] of the Great Indian Desert. 95

estuarine than truly marine, its habitat is always in water nearly if not quite
as salt as the sea. The specimens which I obtained are precisely like those
now living on the coast of India. Several cases are known of marine ani-
mals (chiefly vertebrata or crustacea, however) found living in freshwater,
and apparently descended without change from ancestors which inhabited
the same tract when it was part of the sea, but it is rarer to meet
with a marine or estuarine mollusk living on unchanged in inland salt
lakes without an outlet, at a distance of 150 miles from the sea and of
100 miles from the nearest point to which the tide reaches. The conclu-
sion to be drawn from the existence of this mollusk is unmistakeable: it
must have inhabited the tract now occupied by the sand-hills and their
enclosed ‘dhandhs’ when that tract was in direct communication with the
sea, and probably when it formed part of a large lagoon.

§ 8. Former existence of an Inlet of the Sea in Hastern Sind. The Ran
of Kachh.—Two further conclusions follow as corollaries, the first that the
saltness of the soil or subsoil is due to this tract of country having been the
bed of the sea, or of an inlet, the second that the sand-hills must have been
formed on the margin of the lagoon, and that probably the lagoon was part-
ly filled up and isolated by accumulations of blown sand.

About 100 miles to the south of Umarkot lies the Ran of Kachh, an
immense salt plain covered by salt water when the sea, driven up into it by
the south-west monsoon, ponds back the more or less brackish water brought
down by the Limi and the few streams which run in from the hills of
Kachh. Various theories have been proposed to account for the Ran. It
is commonly considered an area of upheaval, a raised sea bottom. This is the
view taken by Captain Grant and by my friend Mr. Wynne™*, although both
speak also of its silting up. I had an opportunity of seeing a portion of
the Ran in 1863 and I wrote of it (in 1867+) ‘‘I am disposed to consider
(the Ran) the bed of an inlet of the sea filled up by the accumulation of
detritus brought down by the rivers. It is just at present in the debate-
able state, water part of the year, land another part ....... of course the
whole may be an area of depression, but further proofs of this are necessary
than the fact of a small portion having been sunk and another part raised
by the earthquake of 1819.”

Tt must be borne in mind that there is evidence of slight elevation at
several places on the coast of Western India; such has been noticed in.Sind,
Kathiawad, and on the borders of the Ran itself, and the area of the Ran
has doubtless shared in the general rise. So far I agree with other obser-
vers ; but if I understand them correctly, I infer that they rather regard
the Ran as an area of special upheaval, and in this I cannot concur,

* Memoirs Geol. Surv, India, IX, pp. 21, 28.
+ Ibid. VI, p. 31.

96 W. T. Blanford—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

The probability is that Kachh was originally an island*, and the Ran
a vast inlet of the sea, which gradually became shallow, just as other inlets
on the coast of India, e. g. Bombay harbour, are gradually being filled up
by silt deposited from rivers, aided, in the case of the Ran, by blown sand
and also by the gradual elevation of the whole area, and (which is the most
important point in the present discussion) that this inlet extended into the
region now forming Hastern Sind to a distance of at least 100 miles and
probably much further. I have no precise information as to the distance
to which the salt ‘dhandhs’ extend to the northward, but they are certainly
found in the Khairptr territory, and I find one marked on the map in Rohri,
whilst there is a tract of country between Jaysalmir and Rohri in which
wells of freshwater are excessively scarce and local. West of Umarkot the
wells are brackish for about 35 miles; further east than this rock is found
in the wells and the water is sweet. 'The spot where the change takes place
may mark the limit of the former inlet.

§ 9. The Liini Basin.—We thus have proof that an arm of the sea
ran for a considerable distance up the Indus valley in very late geological
times, although it is not yet manifest how far it extended, and the question
arises whether there is any reason for inferring the former existence of the
sea in any other part of the desert area. I have already mentioned a second
locality which I had an opportunity of examining, and where salt is found
in large quantities. This is near a town called Panchbhadra, a short dis-
tance north of the Luni river and about 45 miles south-west of Jodhpur.
Here salt is largely manufactured in a slightly depressed tract of country,
which may formerly have been the bed of a salt lake, but is now surrounded
and partly covered by drift sand. Salt must abound throughout the lower |
course of the Lini, for the water of the stream in the dry season is very
strongly impregnated. It is not merely brackish, it is decidedly salt.
The fall of the river is said to be very small, but of this I had no means of
judging personally. If it be the fact, the river’s course below Panchbhadra
may very possibly have been an arm of the sea in recent times.

It is impossible to avoid speculating on the origin of the salt in the
Saémbhar lake being also connected with the former extension of the sea.

§ 10. Want of evidence of Marine Denudation elsewhere in the
Desert.—Apart from the evidence afforded by the abundance of salt and the
remarkable existence of a marine shell in the salt ‘dhandhs’ of the Thar, I
searched in vain for evidence of recent marine action in the desert. The
general flatness of the area may be due to marine denudation, but it may also
be due to the extreme flatness of the rocks and the absence of disturbance.

* The distribution of the Tertiary rocks in Kachh is quite consistent with the
view that this tract formed an island in Hocene times, when we know that the Indus
yalley, Balichistan, and Southern Persia were beneath the sea,

1876. ] of the Great Indian Desert. 97

Except near Balmir, where there are some craggy hills of ancient formations,
and where the sandstones of Mesozoic age resting upon the older rocks dip at
high angles, the sedimentary beds found preserve almost perfect horizon-
tality. The low cliffs of sandstone near Jodhpur, and those of sandstone
and limestone near Jaysalmir, are palpably scarps of subaérial denudation,
for they correspond precisely, over miles of country, to the outcrop of the
harder beds ; nowhere is a characteristic marine cliff, cutting through differ-
ent strata, to be met with, nor is there any evidence of marine action, so
far as I can see, around the isolated hills of Balmir. Whilst therefore
there is a probability that the sea did extend up the Indus valley and a
possibility that it may have stretched up the Luni basin, and from one side
or the other have reached the Sambhar salt lake, there is no evidence that
it covered in recent times the central area of the desert about Balmir and
Jaysalmir.

§ 11. Nature and Origin of the Sand-hills.—I have already described
the general distribution of the sand-hills, and I have said that Iam unable
to coincide with Sir Bartle Frere’s views as to their origin. He compares
them to the ridges of rock found in Sind, and suggests that they may be due
to earthquake-action. He points out that the Allah Bund, which is known
to have been caused by an earthquake, is ‘‘a perfect outlying specimen of a
typical Thar sand billow of moderate height”, and he discusses the mode of
formation of sand-ridges by the wind and gives his reasons for believing
that the ridges of the Thar are not due to wind-action. ‘To some of these
reasons I shall revert presently. Meantime, I think Sir B. Frere has over-
looked some phenomena of sand-hill formation. At the same time none
of the works I have been able to consult throw any ight upon the parallel
sand-ridges of the Thar, of which I confess I am unable to offer a satisfac-
tory explanation. I think, however, that there can be no doubt that all are
due to wind-action alone, and I will give my reasons after describing the
peculiarities presented.

The sand consists chiefly of small grains of quartz, mixed with felspar
and hornblend in smaller proportions, other minerals only occasionally oe-
curring. ‘The grains are mostly rounded, precisely as in the sand of rivers
or of the coast, and they are tolerably uniform in size.

I have already mentioned that the sand-hills form long ridges, with a
very uniform general direction, along the edge of the Indus alluvium, where
they are highest, and where the country is completely covered by sand, and
that they are less regular in their direction more to the eastward. But
there is one character which they preserve in both localities, though it is
much more strongly marked to the eastward, and this is a tendency to ter-
minate abruptly with a steep face towards the north-east. The long north-
east to south-west ridges have as nearly as possible the same slope on both

98 W. T. Blanford—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

sides, but they often end in a higher point at their north-eastern extremities.
The scattered hills east of Balmir are always highest to the north-east and
slope away very gradually to the south-west. The sand-hills as a rule are
evidently of very great antiquity ; they often shew evidence of denudation
from the action of rain, and sometimes they are worn into ravines several
feet in depth. When it is considered how small the desert rainfall is (11°8
inches in the year at Umarkot, 18 at Nagar Parkar, but much less
in the central portion of the desert, and especially towards Jaysalmir),
it is evident that a long series of years must be required for ravines
even a foot in depth to be cut in the sand, since it is only in exceptionally
heavy showers that any water can run off so porous a surface. At the
north-eastern termination of these sand-hills, however, there is frequently
found a quantity of sand which is shewn to be newly deposited by its sur-
face being ripple-marked, by the absence of holes made by burrowing ani-
mals, and by the stems of bushes being partially buried. Lastly, from the
north-east corner of most of the high hills near Balmir a long ridge of sand
runs out, evidently deposited by the wind under the lee of the hill.

Now there is one point to which it is necessary to advert before going
further. I must apologize for mentioning a fact doubtless familiar to most
of my readers, but although familiar with it on a small scale, I did not
clearly understand its application when I first went into the desert, and in
consequence I was for some time greatly puzzled by the phenomena presented
by the sand-hills; I think, too, that it has been overlooked by Sir Bartle
Frere, and that this accounts in part for his doubting the efficacy of the
wind in producing the sand-hills of the Thar. On the possibility that it
may not be universally familiar I will venture to call attention to it.

When the wind blows over any surface composed of particles which can
be moved independently, it forms waves or ridges more or less at right an-
gles to its direction, with a long low slope to windward and a steeper slope to
leeward. Something similar is seen in sand-banks formed by rivers and must
be well-known to all who have navigated any Indian river in the dry season.
In descending the stream the depth of water every here and there will be
found to diminish gradually up to a certain point, which is part of a shoal
stretching more or less across the channel ; below this the water becomes
suddenly deep. Here again the long gradual slope is on the side from
which the current runs, the steep slope in the direction towards which the
river is flowing.

This phenomenon on the small scale must be familiar to every one,
as it may be seen on sand or dust wherever the wind blows over it.
The long slope to windward is variable, the steeper slope to leeward is
that assumed naturally by a talus of the material forming the ripples.
The sand is driven up the longer windward slope by the wind and |

1876. ] of the Great Indian Desert. 99

falls over the crest of the ridge.* Sand-dunes along the coast are
rendered irregular in shape by accidents of the surface on which they
have accumulated, but the laws of their formation are precisely similar
to those of the ripples, and the same principles govern the formation of
inland sand-hills. The latter are often even more irregular in form than
the sand-dunes of the coast, because they are not formed along one general
line, but depend on the accidental accumulation of sand wherever the charac-
ter of the surface is favourable. In every case, however, the direction of
the wind to which the drifting of the sand is due is marked by the two
slopes in opposite directions, the long slope to windward, the steep slope to
leeward. The sand-hills near Balmir are evidently due to the transport
of sand by a south-west wind.

I made many enquiries in the desert country as to the prevailing wind.
From all whom I asked I received one answer, that during the hot season,
May, June, and July, a strong wind blows steadily from the south-west.
Even in March, on two occasions, a violent wind sprang up in the afternoon
from that quarter, and the air was so thick with sand that at times it was
impossible to see more than a dozen yards. There is no meteorological sta-
tion fairly within the desert region, but the registers of wind-direction at
Karachi and Dis& shew a great prevalence of south-westerly winds in the
hotter months of the year, the general direction being more westerly at
Disa than at Karachi; up to April the general direction at Disa is north of
west. At other periods of the year the winds are light, and during the
months of January, February, and March, when I was in the desert, light
breezes from the north or south prevailed alternately, but with the excep-
tion of the south-west winds already mentioned, they were quite insuffi-
cient to move the sands.

I do not think that further evidence is needed to prove that the forma-
tion of sand-hills throughout the eastern part of the desert is due to the
south-west winds of the hot season, but there is a much greater difficulty
as regards the long north-east to south-west ridges of the Thar. That they
are also due to the prevailing winds is apparent from the circumstance
(already mentioned) of their frequently terminating in a high bluff with a
steep slope to the north-east, but still their general direction, identical with
that of the prevailing wind, is rather difficult of explanation, because ridges

* The formation of sand-dunes will be found discussed in any elementary treatise
on Physical Geography or Geology. The following works contain excellent descrip-
tions of the phenomena exhibited by blown sand:—Liyell, Principles, Vol. I, p. 516;
De la Beche, Geological Observer, p. 59 ; Jukes, Manual, p. 154; Naumann, Geognosie,
TI, p. 1170; Ansted, Physical Geography, p. 467 ; and especially Marsh, ‘Man and Na-
ture,’ pp. 471-483, and Reclus, ‘The Ocean’ (English translation), I, pp. 198-214. I
am indebted to my brother Mr. H. F. Blanford for the latter references,

i00 W. T. Blanford—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

are usually produced at right angles to the wind’s direction.* Parallel rows
of sand-dunes along a coast are frequently due to the regular sea-breeze, and,
as may be seen on the east coast of India, there are often several such rows
one behind the other, but they exhibit the usual evidence of their origin by
having a long slope towards the sea and a short steep slope landwards. I
think it quite possible that the sand-hills of Umarkot and Eastern Sind
generally may be of such antiquity as to date from a period when the rela-
tive distribution of sea and land in the region was different from what it
now is, and that to so great an extent as to completely modify the pre-
vailing winds, and I have even been induced to speculate on the possibility
of the existent parallel ridges of sand-hills marking successive coast-lines as
the sea receded from the face of the country. This hypothesis, however,
would render it necessary to suppose that the Indus valley was a land area
whilst the present desert was part of the sea, and that the western coast-
line of the sea with a general north-east to south-west direction gradually
receded towards the south-east ; or, vice versa, that the Indus valley was sea,
and the country to the south-east dry land. But I can hardly conceive
that such gigantic changes as this would involve could have taken place
without completely changing the original form of the sand-hills, and it is
evident that the ridges in the region of the salt ‘dhandhs’ must be posterior
in date to the time when their present site was part of an inlet of the sea,
and not anterior to it. Moreover, had the sand-hills been formed along a
coast-line, or even inland at right angles to the prevailing wind, they would,
here and there at all events, have preserved some traces of their original
slopes shewing the direction of the wind which produced them. But there
is nothing of the kind to be found. I looked most carefully for some evi-
dence of a steeper slope on one side than on the other, but without success,
and I found double ridges having a trough-like hollow along the crest,
with the slopes on both sides of the hollow, as well as those on both sides of
the main ridge, equally steep. For such ridges I am quite unable to
account by the effect of a wind blowing at right angles to their direc-
tion. If they were formed by one great sand-wave overtaking another,
one side of the depression between the crests of the two waves must
be much steeper than the other, and although this would be slightly modi-
fied by time, it could not be entirely obliterated and yet leave the general
form of the waves so little altered as they now appear.

I am obliged therefore to reject the theory that these parallel ridges
are due to a wind acting at right angles to their direction. I cannot accept
Sir Bartle Frere’s view that they are due to earthquake-action. The ridges

* Naumann, however, in his ‘ Geognosie’ (edition of 1854, Vol. 11, p. 1171), says—
“The sand-hills themselves are in every country extended in length in one direction
which agrees with the direction of the prevailing wind.”

1876.] of the Great Indian Desert. 101

consist of the characteristic blown sand ; the Allah Bund, to which Sir Bartle
compares them, is only 20 feet high and of great breadth, and consists of
the silt which forms the Ran*, whilst even the fact of the elevation being
due to the earthquake appears not clearly established. The only alter-
native conclusion as to the origin of the Thar sand-ridges is that they
were due to the wind blowing in the same direction as that in which they lie.
Sir B. Frere objects to their origin by the wind that they are higher than
any known ridges of blown sand, but I find it recorded that in the Landes
of Gascony many dunes exceed the elevation of 225 feet and one attains the
height of 391 feet, whilst on the west coast of Africa hills of blown sand
are said to be found in the neighbourhood of Cape Verde no less than 600
feet high.+

This view of the sand-ridges having been produced by winds blowing
in the same direction is supported by the frequent occurrence (already men-
tioned) of abrupt terminations of the ridges at their north-eastern extremi-
ties. It should be borne in mind that the ridges, although extending for
considerable distances, often for some miles, do end or coalesce every here
and there, and that there is not any regularity in the size of the valleys
that intervene ; some of these valleys being of considerable breadth, others
narrow. Asa rule, the intervening valleys do not exceed half a mile in
breadth where the ridges are tolerably regular, and in many places the hol-
lows are, as arule, much narrower. Not unfrequently a tract is found where
ridge and valley succeed each other with the greatest regularity for a few
miles, the valleys being from twice to three times as broad as the ridges.

T am not able to explain the mode of formation of these parallel ridges
satisfactorily to myself. I can suggest three modes in which they may
have been formed, aud I think it possible that all may have acted at times.

The first is the mode of formation from a ridge transverse to the diree-
- tion of the wind. When such a ridge is driven forward, the ends advance
more rapidly than the centre, and a crescent is formed, the convex side to
windward. This on a small scale is a common and familiar phenomenon,
and is mentioned and explained in all text-books. I can conceive it proba-
ble that, with constant supplies of sand, the ends of the crescent may con-
tinue to be produced until they form parallel ridges. But I must say I
have not seen this change in progress in the sand-hills of the desert.

The second suggestion is that the sand is carried along in lines by the
wind. J once came across a tract in which a sand-ridge appeared to be in
process of formation. This was about 50 miles W. N. W. of Jaysalmir, at
the spot where the Thar or sand-hill country was entered from the undula-

* See Wynne, Geology of Kutch, Memoirs Geological Survey of India, CX, p. 40.

+ Naumann, Geognosie ; Reclus, L ’Ocean, ll. c, &e, The latter writer gives Ritter
as his authority.

102 W. T. Blanford—On the Physical Geography [No. 2,

ting sandy plain. Over a breadth of about a quarter of a mile, and right
and left, in the direction of the wind, as far as the eye could distinguish, the
surface was covered with sand in small newly formed hillocks, mostly of
erescentic form and about 5 to 10 feet high. The direction of the wind
was shewn to be from S. 35 E., this being at right angles to the lines of
ripples, and to the chords of the crescentic ares formed by the hillocks ; and
the general direction of the sand-ridges immediately to the westward was
the same. Many of these sand-ridges were so regular that it was difficult
to conceive that they could have been formed otherwise than in long lines,
But I do not quite understand how the wind can thus form them. There
is a great difference between forming a line of hillocks and uniting them
into one continuous ridge.

The third suggestion is that the tract of country along the edge of the
Indus alluvium was originally covered at least as deep as the height of the
present sand-hills by sand arranged more or less in ridges at right angles
to the prevailing south-west wind, and that the valleys between the present
sand-hills are the result of wind-denudation, their contents having been
swept away and the intervening ridges left. The abrupt terminations of
the ridges mark the former leeward slope of the sand-hills. On the whole,
J think this last theory is the most probable of the three.

The sand, it is true, accumulates in long ridges behind any obstacle, and,
when a ridge is once found, it will tend to be prolonged to leeward. But
no obstacle exists of sufficient size to account for the commencement of a
ridge 100 to 200 feet high.

§ 12. Source of the Sand.—There is yet one point which demands notice
and that is the source of the sand. Rounded sand-grains are rarely pro-
duced in any quantity by simple subaérial disintegration, except in the case
of the degradation of a sandstone, and in the present instance there is no
sandstone area to windward. All the sand may safely be assumed to be
derived from river-channels or the sea coast.

Part of the sand may be derived from the bed of the Indus, and pro-
bably a large portion of the sand-hills of Rohri are supplied from this
source. But it is difficult to conceive that all the sand-hills of Thar and
Parkar, Mallani, Jaysalmir, &c., can have derived their sand from the Indus,
to say nothing of those of Jodhpur, Bikanir, &c.

Some of the sand also may be derived from the present coast-line. But
all the sand-hills are at a distance from the coast, and it is difficult to con-
ceive that all the sand has been blown across the delta of the Indus and
the Ran of Kachh to reach the region where it so greatly abounds. Had
all the sand which is spread over the plains of western Rajptitana been
blown across the Ran, the latter would surely have been converted into a
sandy desert long since.

1876.] of the Great Indian Desert. 103

The only remaining conclusion is that the sands are derived from a for-
mer coast-line, which no longer exists. The greatest accumulations of
sand are found in the lowest portions of the desert, along the edge of the
Indus alluvium, and in the basin of the Ltini, and it has already been
pointed out that, precisely in these localities, the presence of salt in con-
siderable quantities renders the inference probable that arms of the sea ex-
tended into them at a comparatively recent date. Thus both the distribu-
tion of salt and the prevalence of sand-hills point to the same conclusions, and
it is reasonable to infer that the sea, which, at no remote period, covered the
Ran of Kachh, extended for a considerable distance both to the north up
the Indus valley and to the north-east up the basin of the Liini.

In most countries in which sand is blown from river-beds or the sea-
coast, it is either blown into other river-channels or it is swept into them
by rain. Once in the river-channels it is again carried onward to the sea.
There are small sand-hills in abundance in the Indus alluvial plain,
but they attain no great size because the sand is always swept sooner or
later into some stream. The peculiarity of the desert is the absence of any
streams—a want due primarily to the small rainfall, but intensified of
course by the accumulation of sand and the consequently porous nature of
the soil. To the eastward in Rajpttana, as the rainfall increases, streams
become more numerous and sand-hills diminish in number. In short, the
sands of the Indian desert appear to have been blown from an old coast-line
in the Indus valley, along the northern edge of the Ran of Kachh, and
probably in the Liini valley, by the strong south-west wind, and they remain
spread over the country for the want of streams to carry them back
to the sea.

§ 13. Conclusions.—The conclusions to which I have been led by the
facts narrated in the previous paper may be thus briefly recapitulated.

1. Within very recent geological times the Ran of Kachh was part
of an inlet of the sea, which certainly extended for a considerable distance
up the eastern edge of the area now occupied by the Indus alluvium,
and perhaps occupied the whole alluvial area of the Indus valley: it also in
all probability covered a considerable tract in the Luni basin.

2. The central portion of the desert about Jaysalmir and Balmir was
not covered by the sea, but formed either an island or a promontory. As
the northern part of the desert, towards Bahawalptr and Bikanir, has not
been examined, it is uncertain whether there is any evidence of its having
been covered by the sea or not.

3. The sand of the desert is mainly derived from the old sea-coast,
and its transport into the interior of the country is due to the south-west
wind.

QQ LOO OOOO OOOO

The accompanying pages (87—40) are to be substituted in binding
for those already issued, the author having detected some serious errors
in the Tables since No, 1 was issued.

PAS :
ie ye a
ORI ie
: ; Poa
ei hte ae,

1876. ] Barometric Anomalies. 37

the N. W. Provinces, the rainfall of this year was deficient. I may here
point to a parallelism between this case and that of the rainfall in cyclones,
in which it appears, by the common consent of observers, that the greatest
rainfall occurs in advance of the cyclone-centre.

Now something similar to the above relation seems to be traceable in
other cases when the depression is less intense and the effect more extensive.
Tn 1873, although the fall was deficient in Bengal and the N. W. Provinces,
it was not so in the Punjab nor about Roorkee and Agra, which lay to the
west or north-west of the abnormal depression in Oude ; that is to say, be-
yond the depression, in the course followed by the vapour-bearing winds. It
was very copious also in Burmah, which lay beyond (to the north and north-
east of) the Nicobar depression, the monsoon-current here being from the
south-west. In 1871, when there was an abnormal depression in the east
of the Bay, in Orissa, and about Jubbulpore ; (how far this last may have
extended east and west we do not know, in the absence of stations) ; the
rainfall was abundant in the Gangetic valley and Bengal, as well as the
Central Provinces. But on the other hand, we must not lose sight of the
fact, that in 1872 and 1873, when the depression was as great or greater in
the Bay of Bengal and Orissa, the rainfall in Bengal as in Northern India
generally was light or very deficient. This fact warns us that we must not
push too far the conclusions drawn from our present imperfect data.

The mean or normal values adopted as standards in the following tables
are those of all registers up to the end of 1874. The number of years in
each case is from 5 to 8. The table of these values is given at page 15 of
the Meteorological Report for Bengal for the year 1874.

1868. Tuble of total barometric Anomalies.

Calcutta. Sagar Id. False Pt.| Cuttack. ee ’ Akyab.
to) o°

JADUALY, cessseveseseoees| + 024] + °016) — +036} — -018) — 004] — °032
February, soiaravaliel ean obars see} + 011) — °039]} — *048) — :001) — -011) — :007
WigRRON. “4 geo ceo BOD an seoe| + *026} — 7010) — *085{| + :004} — :009} — ‘001
April, ..... Renae sh avoel <> COOG|| = MRI NK) — Or) Ae qpe oré
LLB 6 on. aG Oey ae seeesee| +. °102] + °054 0; + :0638; + :045| + :072
June, oo ao00a6 coo0000 ; 0| — :048| — -044) — -002} — -035) + -047
Jwby, conooDe : ooo 9000 + °085| — °020; — ‘044| + :004) — -001] + °049
PANU S Ds chetatetere; Ver o's ors seeeee| — °020; — *128) — *085| — :088| — :067| — :018
NOPbEMDEr Teli ne sls. cucee 0; — :072} —. 072} — :004) — :016) + :011
October, oes e008 se ee ooo + "034 —— 021 7 ‘0138 + °046 ar °016 + “009
November, ..............| — °014/ — °049] — :059] — -010] — -084| — -068
December, .....00 veoce| + 027) + °012} — °021) + :020} + 004) + :002

38 H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative [No. 1,

1868. Table of relative barometric Anomalies.

Sagar Id./False Pt.) Cuttack |False Pt./False Pt.|Akyab to

to Cal- | to Cal- | to Cal- | to Cut- to Chitta-

cutta. | cutta. | cutta. tack. | Akyab. | gong.

January, eorees seen eeeoo0e <——— 008 i °060 —— 037 = "023 a "004 ee "028
February, ...+ esssseee sees] — 000) — *054| — :012) — -042| — 036] + -004
March, ...006 evsseere veee| — 086] — 2061} — 022) — -039}| — -034| + -008
April, ..2.00 cvcveeee ceveee| — 040] — °067| — °019) — :048} — ‘077|} + -043
May, see ccevcceecesseees| — 048} — °102} — °039| — 063} — 072] + -027
JUNE, .eccee seve evccevesss| —— 048/ — °044) — -002| — :042} — °091| + °082
JULY, cecees cove veeveveees| — 055} — 079) — *031; — °048} — *093| + -050
AUIBUSE, oc see cece sons cese| — 1108 |= 4065|— -068| +--003| — -072;)| es ad
September, ....0+ eeesseve| — 072] — *072| — :004| — 068} — -083| + °027
October, ....eeeceeeeeees| — 055] — 047) + °012) — -033} — -022| — -007
November, .ccovccesssee+| — 0385] — *045| + 004) — 049} + -009) — *034
December,....seeeseeeeeee| — O15} — 048) — 7007} — °041} — °023| — °002

1869. Tuble of total barometric Anomalies.

Port Chitta-

Blair, | Akvab. | “song, | Madras. [False Pt.
JADUATY, ++ 00 cecvessecseevesssseves| + LOL] + '053) + :0387| + :038| + 060
IND ERR~ Go50000000 0000 U0GD0000cc|| 4p OLE iP + ‘001} + :007| + :040
March, ee eevee eoceereer ee ee ee eoeeee ee + "020 + 010 — °020 Toe 006 + 052
Agri eg yee sere ees eee occ eel meeOol +: 008 |-— °026)| 1-00 51 mermanees
Wier ee tote te eres cc che ee MERERO2 IN| 014) —= -015 | 5010) eee
June, e@cee ceeeoe ee ceee cese oe oo oe Oe — ‘011 — *039 — °054 = 034 = 003
July, eeee ee sees Coes oe oe oo ee Oe Oe Oe + 002 + 004 eae 020 a 019 a 019
August, ee eres coeeves Coe 608 e O09 88 Oe + °010 + 041 + 033 aren 013 + 058
September, ....sssvsevcccceevecever| + O06] + *029| — -020) — -008| + :021
OCtObEr, cece secs cscs ors cece ver spiie—eO0s| + *006| — :037|.—-0L2) |e paewier
November, essseccvssessssevscvoeee| + O15} + *025| + :012| — -009| + 7048
December, seece eseeo ee econo es ©8900 2008 ap 004 P — :034 — °056 + 008

Cuttack. oe ate Nagpore. ee
VTA; < foi foro lete ‘er el'e/ah/evsltaYoie0~e ol bravels oferete + 052 + 056 + "039 — ‘001 + 046
February, ....-ceevserceveccceseee! + 088] + *016| + 001) — :045) + 008
March,. ....¢.00ccecessevesseecves| + °039!-— °018]. +. -018} — :0491.—. -020
April, eevee veece es ereeee coeeee CooHeS + “021 — ‘050 P — :034 — ‘007
WAYS tis lol eiwiele cates is (nln ols nvs7o wln/e oie oi sterol MEE OLD)| <— “O05 iy — *049|-— *025
JUNC, cesses ce ceee wees senses veovve| — 041] — °151/-—. :080} — .049}.— "002
Taal ose2) a) 20 sole ¢ gisiaie. s'ere ole oat » Sut ROMS | ——'-058 |. 4.13006: —= 20101 ena
August, eeeeee cesses ee ooervece couse + "055 + "038 + 014 — -010 + 046
September,........ ooeresee eoeeevee oe — °005 — ‘008 — ‘022 — *052 — ‘036
OCtODEL, 6. 006s ones iccceee eves vecsee| + 006) — -011]. +. -004! — -0361-— 7058
November, oc. 05 ccesicscees aves ewe} te 0387| +7011]. +, 034), +. 2018)/—Seong
December, eeereooee ceeeeeee C808 cooe + "025 — ‘046 — ‘016 — ‘046 — ‘032

1876. | Barometric Anomalies. 30

1869. Table of relative barometric Anomalies.

Akyab to|Akyab to/False Pt.|False Pt.|False Pt.| Cuttack

Port | Chitta- | to Mad-| to Cut- | to Ber- to
Blair. gong. ras. tack. |hampore.| Jubbul-

pore
Seiya) sicimies oes |) —— OG) + 016 | F022 F008, 4. 7004,), e006
February, ..... 5 bo00aC boo P iF + °033| + °002| + °024] + -030
Mita clasietsterevaiess 016006 6006 — -010} + °0380) + -058} + :013|) + :070) + -059
Lt, ee — -013] + :034| + -045] + -019| + -090| + -028
WER Ohgood-o¢oude : ..| — °007] + :029) + 052] + :023) + 047) + -044
SUIEETVC. fore) -ofei leis SUO ODOUDOOU — °028) + °015} + :081) + °0388) + °148) — -039
pues ato: cjeraratere) <ia's. c ..| + 7002) + °024|) + :038! + 004] + 077} + -004
August, ...... veccereecees| + ‘OSL, + °008} + 1045] + :003) + 020] + -009
September, ...... seveeeee| + 028) + °049) + :013} + °026) + °029) + -0381
WEHOHEE, aise vie eee + °009) + °043} + :026] + :008| + :025] + -064
November, ..............| + °010) + °013] + ‘057| + -011| + -037| + +054
Dewi o656 Goce onoDo P P + °064) — 017} + °054| + -057

Cuttack | Jubbul- | Berham-|Berham- |False Pt.
to Mon-| pore to | pore to | pore to to

ghyr. |Nagpore.| Mon- | Chitta- | Akyab.

- | ghyr. | gong.

January, Sseeneee8 cee7ee8 8 6298 OO + °013 + °047 + ‘017 -- "019 + ‘007
EDUUALYS Giese es cles see creer ete «| + O37) + 3000). +) Ola) -Fo-0L5 P

March, ..ccceec cecees cess sees voces] + 026) + +029) — 031} + 2002) + 042
a Be RE A Maer ne « ? + 027 Berle A024 e082
IMA ioe asteneieie 5 0000 6009 6U06 duOODD OH P| + 7024 ? + 010] + :028
plgntte. c...s soos onececeonet eso bone|| EEN s O47 | — ON) = nai aR
JULY, 6. cc we seee cove ceeees cree ceee| + O09} + 030) — -064) — :038) + 015
AMBUSH, ccc ccee cree cocene seo esee| + O41) + 056) + 3024) + -005) + “017
September, 1.00.02. ceccse ceevsees| + O17) + O16) + 014) +. 7012) — -008
October, ose eecveeee cove cess eens) + 002} — *022| — :015] + °036) + °008
November, esses sere cceecccersee| + ‘008) — *085) — *023| — :001] + °023
December, ...c00 cseseecreceeoveves| + O41) + *014) — -080] — °012 P

1870. Zable of total barometric Anomalies.

Port Chitta- Vizaga-

Blair, | A&yab gong Madras. ouace False Pt.
SANUATY, sescovee cees Gee) —— “159 ? — 072) — :083| —:098 | — :010
Pebruary, .....0.5.+05++6+| — *042| — 015) — °042) — -034| — 052 | + -029
March, 2... cseses oes0eev.| — °0382| — °017) — °050) — -022; —-021 | + -017
Popes vires ee o>) — °024| — +014 | — 038) — -031| —-007 |. +--019
BY, oe tweens ee eee ves} — 082] — “041! — 7014) — -057| —-045 | — -044
MUNE, avers os sp eceveccesesees| — 004) + 064} + *063| + 005) + 037 | + :068
Sly, os lte dees ees --.- |) — 023| + -007| — 020) — -008| —.-019 | — -007
August, ...ceeeecees eeveee| — °087; — °021) — °023|) — 007} —:009 | + -008
September, ...eeeee veeeee| — 019] + °026} + *014) + -001| —:007 | + ‘08
October, ...ssee0 seeeeeee| — 006] + 028} — 7004] + '007]) + :004 | + *028
November, ..seee ceereeve| — ‘012] + °005| — 028] + :008) —-‘O17 | + -O001
December, .scsevee sees seve) — “069}] + 002} — ‘009|) + '020) + 013 | + °036

_

40

H. F. Blanford—On protracted Relative

[No. 1,

: 1870. Tuble of total barometric Anomalies.

a

January,

Bebruary, crseee cesvee sevece

eeoeoe oo oeead

March,

eevee

Ao) so c00000 @oeeeosee C0 0e Coe ees oe
May, eeeeeoeoe Gceteeee eee o aeeoeees

SN, Goooo0 eectoneo ceenee cectee ve

July, ..
August, ce eo ee CORRE eee Coo
September,
October,

November,

ecoo c8e LOCH e aoe eee Oe ew edeeed

@eveen ceeo ve ve

ID eee Nery on ono DOOD DOU UD OU0U 00

033
015
019
020
052
038
021
016
022
006
013
‘060

J, t+t] +] 444]

Cuttack. Berham-

pore.

Mon-
ghyr.

063
034
027
003
065
064
"028
019
‘001
‘O11
‘018
007

Pie bse

‘028
004
0038
017
066
"024
0382
— ‘003
+ ‘001
— °015
024
006

Jubbul- Nase
pore. BPOtEs
— *085| — °055
+ :008} + -001
+ 039) + -004
+ °009|} — :023
+ ‘013|} — ‘027
+ *036] + *037
+ °007| — :015
— °037] + +006
+ *005|) + 024
— *034} — -003
— 034] + :010
— 003} + -072

1870. Zuble of total barometric Anomalies.

January,
Ide oenAe) Aono ddo Od
March,
April,

eaeerevee ove
eeereVe cov eee eeeves

eevee

AUBUSE, occ viene cree ens
September,
October,

November,
December,

eecne eese ceovege
eeoe eee

Akyab to}Akyab to

Port
Blair.

+ °027
+ °015
+ :010
‘009
‘068
+ :030
+ ‘016
+ 046
+ ‘034
+ ‘017
+ ‘071

False Pt.|False Pt.
to Cut- | to Ber-
tack. |hampore.
+ 0238] + -053
+ °014|) + ‘063
— 002) + :044
— ‘001| + -016
+ 008} + :021
+ 030} + -004
+ 014) + :O021
— ‘008| + :027
+ 014) + :037
+ 022) + -039
+ °014} + -019
“+ 096) + :048

SSS SS

es eS = Se

January,
February,
Whivda, adob0
Apel o06
WE hy goa000 b060 pO00
JUNE, sarees oe
JUlby, 590940000000 9900 0000
August,.....
September,
October,

November,
December,....

eeeo oeeeee

eee ceee
eeecee

.
seers ceoee
seeeo eee
cece se cee
coetocee

Cuttack
to Jub-
bulpore.

052
‘007
‘020
‘O11
065
002
028
053
017
"040
021
063

Jr+++]+]4+] 44+

Vizaga- |False Pt.
Chitta- /patam to|to Viza-
gong. | Madras. |gapatam.
fF — 015} + :088
+ :027/ — -018| + ‘081
+ 033} + °001} + :038
+ 024 0; + °0384
— 027} + °012) + :001
+ ‘001; + °0382] + ‘081
+ °027; — :011| + :011
+ :002} — :002| + :017
+ -012] — -008| + -043
+ 012| — -003| + -024
+ -033| — :025| + -018
+ O11] — -007| + -023
Cuttack ore to | pore to
al Mon- | Chitta-
* | ghyr. gong.
— 005} — :035] + -009
+ °019} — :030) +» :008
+ °022) — :024/ + :023
+ :003} — 014) + :035
+ :014} + :001) — :051
+ '014} + :040} + :001
+ ‘O11} + :004) — :008
+ 019) — :016/ + -:004
+ :021) — :002} — -015
+ :021} + 004] — :007
+ ‘O11) + :006|) + :010}.
— ‘054; — :001} + :002

Jubbul- |False Pt.
pore to to
Nagpore.| Akyab.

— ‘030 Pp
+ ‘O07| + :044
+ 035] + -034
+ °0382] + ‘0383
+. :040]/ — :003
— ‘001} + :004
+ .°023| — -014
— 043} + -029
019} + ‘010
— ‘031 0
— 044} — :004
— 075} + :034

a

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

—)—
Part I1.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

No. III.—1876.

X.—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands.
By 8S. Kurz.
(Received July 27th ;—Read August 2nd, 1876.)
(With Plates XII and XIII.)

The Nicobars form a link in the chain of islands that stretches up from
Sumatra to the Arracan Yomah, and they are in all probability the remnants
of a mountain-range that connected Sumatra (and more especially the Nias
islands, where the same sandstone prevails as that of the Andamans and
Arracan) and Arracan at a time when the sea covered the vast alluvial
plains of the Ganges and the Indus, thus rendering Hindustan an island
subsequently to its probable connection with Africa.

Geologically, the Nicobars are divisible into two groups, the southern and
the northern. The former comprises Great and Little Nicobar with the adja-
centislets and Katchall. It is characterised by the predominance of calcareous
sandstones (Brown-coal formation). The northern group includes Nankowry,
Kamorta, Trinkut,* Teressa, Tillangchong, Karnicobar, and the small islands
nearthem. Alluvial deposits and plutonic rocks are the conspicuous feature
here. This geological division admirably coincides with the general botant-
cal appearance of the respective islands.f While the islands of the southern

* Trinkut is not entirely composed of raised coral-reefs as Dr. Hochstetter has
stated, but has grass-heaths in the centre, the presence of polycistina-clay being thus
indicated. It is a very flat island, barely 50 feet. above sea-level in the interior.

t+ This sketch relates to the islands of Katchall and Kamorta only, sickness
having prevented me from extending my explorations to the other islands. A review
of the more interesting peculiarities of the Nicobar vegetation is to be found in
Trimen’s Journal of Botany, 1875, p. 321 sqq.

14

106 S. Kurz—<A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. {| No. 3,

group are forest-clad from the bottom to the top, the forests on the north-
ern group are restricted to the plutonic rocks and to the slopes and
dells of the older alluvium, while the hilly plateaux and ridges are covered
with park-like grass-heaths.

Botanically, we have to consider the following rocks and soils as influ-
ential :—

1. Plutonic and metamorphic rocks, which crop out only in a few
localities and are very subordinate.

2. Calcareous sandstones, which cover by far the greater part of the
southern group.

3. Raised coral-reefs much broken up and intermingled with calca-
reous sand and vegetable mould.

4. Caleareous sea-sand, or blown sand, consisting of minute rounded
fragments of shells and corals.

5. Polycistina-clay, which covers the greater part of the area on the
northern group. It is very light and siliceous, and remarkable for the
absence of alkalies. Locally it is ferruginous and of a red colour, and in this
case usually accompanied by fossil sea-weeds.

6. Marine silty clay at the debouchures of rivers, more especially in
sheltered bays and shoals.

Dr. Rink and Dr. Hochstetter have already been struck by the close
coincidence of the vegetation with the underlying rocks on these islands;
and although a close examination of this relation revealed to me many im-
portant exceptions, we must be guided in all phytogeographical matters not
only by the consideration of climatic influence but as much also by that of
the influence of soil. |

As the climate is a tropical moist one, identical with that of most
Malay islands, and the elevation of the hills too small to affect vegetation,
the influence of the soil naturally becomes more conspicuous and marked.
Owing to the uniformly damp climate deciduous forests have ceased at this
latitude, although deciduous trees are not unfrequently interspersed, especi-
ally in sunny localities. Evergreen trees thus form the bulk of the forests,
and even the beach-forests, sunny forests growing on calcareous sand, are
studded with evergreens, so that the deciduous trees become quite subordi-
nate. I have distinguished the following kinds of vegetative combinations
on these islands :—1. Mangrove Forzsts. 2. BEacH Forests. 38. TROPI-
cau Forests. 4. Grass-Heatus. 5. MARriInE VEGETATION.

Cultivation is little represented, being restricted to small patches of
cleared land usually at some distance inland from the villages.

1. Manerove Forests.

The mangrove-forests of all tropical Asia are so uniform, not only in

external aspect but also in their botanical character, that it is hardly

1876.] S. Kurz—d Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 107

necessary to enumerate their constituents. They occupy, as already indicated,
chiefly the silty debouchures of the rivers, and are most fully developed
in the quiet bays, and more especially along the channel that separates
Kamortafrom Nankowry. Rhizophora mucronata and Bruguiera mucronata
form usually the bulk of these forests on the Nicobars. Owing to the
smallness of the rivers, and to the consequent narrowness of river-alluvium,
the variety of these forests distinguished by me as ‘tidal forests’ is not
developed, although localities are met with, on the banks raised above tidal
mark, which partake of the same character.

2. Beracu Forests.

The beach-forests, or dune-forests, as Dr. Junghuhn, in his excellent
account of the vegetation of Java, has more appropriately called them,
are restricted to the beaches of fine calcareous sand which stretch along
the shores where the hills do not interfere. The islands being in a rising
condition, the formation of beaches is favoured to a greater degree than at
the Andamans and elsewhere, and some of them extend as far as half a mile
inwards. They necessarily form narrow, often crescent-shaped strips, and
abruptly terminate where the raised coral-reefs commence. The trees here
stand apart and are light-loving ones, and of these the cocoa-nut-palm forms
the principal constituent, no doubt much encouraged in its dense growth by
cultivation. The outskirts of these dunes are usually marked by a few long-
ereeping plants, such as Ipomoea pes-caprae, Vigna lutea, Ischaemum muti-
cum, Thowarea sarmentosa locally on Katchall, Ipomoea littoralis, ete.
To these succeed a number of small trees or shrubs, which appear from the
sea like a dense hedge; these are chiefly the glaucous-looking Scaevola
Koenigii, Pandanus odoratissimus, Tournefortia argentea (especially on the
southern group), Paritiwm tiliaceum, Sophora tomentosa locally, Crinum
Asiaticum with a plantain-like trunk up to 3 feet high by nearly a foot in
thickness, and others. Then follow Calophyllum inophyllum, Hernandia
peltata, Glochidion calocarpum, Eugenia Javanica, Sterculia mollis, Premna
integrifolia, Hrythrina Indica, Pongamia glabra, Desmodium umbellatum,
Macaranga Tanarius, Heritiera littoralis, Cynometra bijuga, Ficus retusa,
Thespesia populnea, Peltophorum ferrugineum scantily, Cycas Rumphii,
Vitex negundo, Atalantia macrophylla, Claoxylon molle and C. longifolium,
Afzelia bijuga, Barringtonia speciosa, Odina wodier, Ficus hispida, Termi-
nalia catappa, Guettarda speciosa, Dracaena linearifolia in abundance,
Excoecaria Agallocha, Semecarpus heterophyllus, Barringtonia racemosa,
Ochrosia salubris, Cerbera Odallam, Briedelia glauca, and others. 'The
shrubby vegetation consists chiefly of Morinda bracteata, Callicarpa lon-
gfolia, Cordia subcordata, Breynia racemosa, Securinega obovata, Allo-
phylus Cobbe, Tabernaemontana Nicobarica, Leea sambucina and, locally,

108 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

L. grandifolia, Pluchea Indica, Clerodendrum imerme, imtermingled with
a young growth of trees and climbers, such as Cyclea peltata, Canavalia
virosa, Caesalpinia nuga and C. Bonduc, Wedelia scandens, Ipomoea
Turpethum, Entada scandens, Anodendron, Ipomoea campanulata, here and
there a rattan, Colubrina Asiatica, Derris scandens and D. uliginosa, several
species of Vitis, Flagellaria Indica, Stenochlaena scandens, Modecca Nico-
barica, ete. On the ground chiefly grow Ischaemum muticum in abundance,
Centotheca lappacea, Oplismenus compositus, Remirea maritima locally,
Euphorbia atoto, Aerva lanata, Hranthemum succifolium very commonly,
Ophiorrhiza mungos chiefly from the base of the cocoa-nut-palm, Kyllingia
monocephala, the white-spiked variety of Cyperus umbellatus, and a number
of widely distributed weeds. Cuassytha filiformis often quite covers the shrub-
bery, while the trunks of the trees are seen to be clothed with Dischidia
Bengalensis or D. nummularia, Pothos scandens, or with some Hoya.
Orchids are here numerous on the branches of the higher trees, Dendrobium
erumenatum and Luista particularly so. The stems of the trees are covered
with lichens, especially those of the cocoa-nut-palms, which are literally
clothed by them and by a few acrocarpous mosses (chiefly Octoblepharum,
Macromitrium), while a few ferns (amongst them Davallia parallela and
D. heterophylla, Polypodium phymatodes, P. quercifolium, and P. adnascens)
also find a favourable station between the rugged scars of this same palm.

As these dunes are the principal seat of the villages, there spring up, around
the huts of the natives and often far away from them, a number of trees,
shrubs, and weeds, which are with difficulty distinguished from the surround-
ing indigenous vegetation. Most of them can hardly be said to have been
planted but rather to have sprung up of themselves. Suchare Citrus Hystriz
and C. nobilis, Bixa Orellana, Carica papaya, Ricinus communis, Psidium
guava, Triphasia trifoliolata, Capsicum frutescens, Solanum melongena,
Lagenaria vulgaris, ete. ; also such weeds as Ageratum conyzoides, Vernonia
cimerea, Digitaria, Eragrostis, Solanum nigrum, Datura, Amarantus
viridis ; and sometimes A. Guangetieus, Sida acuta, Urena lobata, Scoparia
dulcis, Cassia occidentalis, Blumea lacera, Ocymum sanctum, Huphor-
bia pilulifera, Paspalum conjugatum, Eleusine Indica,- Gynandropsis
pentaphylla, etc., ete.

3. Tropical Forests.

The tropical forests occupy a large (say, about one-third of the whole) area
of the islands of the northern group, while they are so greatly developed in
the southern group as to leave only a small fraction for the other forests
(mangrove- and beach-forests). I am obliged to divide them into two groups,

namely, (1). Coral-reef Forests, and (ii). True Tropical For Hee growing
on elevated ground.

-

1876.] S. Kurz—a Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 109

G). Coral-reef Forests.—These forests occupy, as the name indicates,
the raised coral-reefs which usually stretch out behind the dunes, and are
sometimes of comparatively large extent. The substratum being calcareous
and of a very permeable nature, these differ greatly in their constituents
from the true tropical forests. They form masses of pretty low ever-
green trees overshadowed only by a few species of lofty trees up to 120 feet
high, which, however, are pretty numerous in individuals. Such big trees are
Eugenia occlusa, Alstonia spectabilis, Ficus Indica and FP. retusa, Artocar-
pus pomiformis, Saccopetalum Horsfieldii, Garcinia speciosa, and a few
others not recognised by me. The smaller trees comprise chiefly Orophea
Katschallica in abundance, Glycosmis insularis, Aglaia argentea and A.
Andamanica, Amoora ganggo, Cupania Jackiana, Olax imbricata, Apodytes
Andamanica, Ixora Pavetta, I. weberefoliain abundance, and L. brunnescens,
Webera densiflora, Petunga Roxburghii, Morinda bracteata, Alchornea,
Alsophila albo-setacea here and there (usually clothed with mosses and
Trichomanes Filiculaand T. muscoides), Mallotus acuminatus and ML. mu-
ricatus in abundance, and several others. Of the shrubs are especially
conspicuous Psychotria Nicobarica, P. tylophora, and P. Andamanica, Ixora
Kurziana.. Areca Catechw is here so plentiful as to appear wild, but is, I
believe, only planted or self-sown. Pandanus Leram usually accompanies
the betel-nut palm. Of climbers, I observed chiefly Griffithia curvata,
Dinochloa Andamanica, Antitaxis calocarpa, Vitis lanceolaria and other
species, Alangium Sundanum, Stenochlena scandens, Freycinetia in abun-
dance, often accompanied by the fleshy Pellionia procridifolia. The soil-
cover is scanty and chiefly consists of Adenostema viscosum, Aglaonema

_ simplex, Cyperus moestus ; and a number of ferns, suchas Davallia speluncae,

Vittaria elongata, Antrophium callaefolium, Asplenium macrophyllum, and
Nephrolepis acuta are observed as epiphytes, together with a number of
orchids, especially Saccolabium obliquum. ‘The coral-rocks are densely
covered with a tamariscine Hypnum, and long garlands of Neckera Lepi-
neana and of Hepaticae depend from the branches and trunks where
the jungle is not too dark.

Where depressions occur in these upheaved coral-lands, fresh water
collects and forms pools and swamps,* which dry up more or less during
the driest months on these islands (March and April). These are filled
then to several feet in depth with black vegetable mould, which is so soft
that one sinks into it up to the knees. They cause a sort of swamp-forest

* Dr. Rink has proposed a theory to explain the origin of these swamps in the
raised coral-reefs. Similar jungle-swamps, often of large extent, occur in all Malay
tropical forests on metamorphic as well as on alluvial formations, and are in my opinion
only the result of rains, which drain into the depressions and carry quantities of vegeta
ble mould into them until they silt up.

110 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

represented by Ficus Indica and F. retusa, the plank-like compressed roots
of which often extend far into it and afford the only firm footing ; while on
other islands Pandanus Leram takes possession of them. Little else grows
on this black marshy ground except here and there a Polygonum or a
Helminthostachys. Lemna paucicostata is often frequent here, and a
Najas too was observed. These jungle-swamps are the natural reservoirs
of drinking water for the Nicobarese, who simply dig a hole into the
mould, wherein the water collects.

Gi). True Tropical Forests.—These forests grow on different substrata,
and those growing on the calcareous sandstone of Katchall and of the other
islands of the southern group will have to be distinguished from those
which grow on polycistina-clay and on plutonic rocks. Having, however, for
several reasons been prevented from exploring these forests on Katchall, I can
only testify to the truth of Dr. Rink’s statement that those of them which
grow on the shady side of the ridges are, like those that grow on plutonic
rocks, the loftiest forests on the islands and hence most difficult to explore ;
the south-west exposures, however, of these ridges on Katchall are covered
by a stunted forest wherein the treesare not crowded, and which, to judge
from the colour of rounded crowns, must be very poor in species.

The Andamanese bullet-wood tree (Alimusops littoralis) is frequent
along the coast of Katchall, and I met with fallen trunks of it which
measured 80 feet clear stem by 10 to 12 ft. in girth.

I will, therefore, restrict my remarks solely to the tropical forests as
they are represented on the polycistina-clay of Kamorta. This island is
formed chiefly of this clay, while only the extreme S. W. part (hills
about 1,000 feet high) consists of plutonic rocks. ‘The forests, however,
do not cover the whole of this formation, but abruptly terminate just
below the top of the hilly plateaux, although two broad strips of tropical
forest cross the whole island. The trees at the upper limit rather suddenly
become stunted, as if unfavourable exposure had checked their growth
and given them the appearance of having reached the limit of tree-
growth. The cause of the abrupt demarcation of these tropical forests and
the grass-heaths on the very same substratum remains a mystery to
me. Above all the trees, however high, a palm towers majestically, and in
such quantity as to form, as it were, a palm-forest above the other trees, This
is Areca augusta. The lofty or large trees (many of which, however, be-
come quite stunted at the outskirts of the forest bordering the grass-heaths)
are chiefly the following :—Artocarpus peduncularis and A. pomiformis,
Radermachera Lobbii, Hugenia occlusa, Sterculia campanulata, Symplocos
leiostachya, Ternstroemia macrocarpa, Trichospermum Javanicum, Garcinia
cornea, Orania Nicobarica in abundance, Ficus Indica, F. chrysocarpa, and F.
retusa, Gonystylus Miquelianus, Sapindus montanus, Terminalia sp. near

1876.] S. Kurz—A ‘Sheteh of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 111

TL. catappa, Dillenia pilosa, Calophyllum spectabile, Eleocarpus, Albizzia
stipulata plentifully, Gardenia resinifera, Nauclea excelsa, Alstonia macro-
phylla, Cryptocarya ferrea, Litsaea foliosa. Amongst the smaller trees the
following are conspicuous :—Arthrophyllum Blumeanum, I[xora weberaefolia,
Polyphragmon flavescens, Maesa ramentacea, Cinnamomum obtusifolium,
Barringtonia racemosa, Sideroxylon attenuatum, Fagraea racemosa, Myris-
trea corticosa, Antidesma puncticulatum and A. persimile, Apborosa muicro-
stachya, Briedelia tomentosa, Artocarpus integrifolia locally, Villebrunea
sylvatica, Macaranga gigantea, Croton argyratum, Ryparia caesia, Pittos-
‘porum ferrugineum, Sterculia hyposticta, Hvodia Roxburghii, Dracaena
Griffith, Parastemon urophyllus, Buchanania platyneura, Albizzia buba-
lina and A. fasciculata, Rhodamnia trinervis, Mussaenda macrophylla, Huge-
nia claviflora, Garcinia calycina, Dracaena linearifolia, Glycosmis
insularis, Anacolosa puberula, Apodytes Andamanica, Ochna Andamanica,
Leea sambucina, Erioglossum rubiginosum, Gnetum gnemon, Champereya
gnetocarpa, and, locally, Pandanus Leram. Areca Catechu here grows quite
wild, especially in the lower and more marshy localities. Alsophila albo-
setacea is often met with, but always in few individuals only. The most
frequent climbers are Dinochloa Andamanica, Zizyphus subquinquenervis,
Vitis lanceolata, V. pedata, and V. repens, Derris thyrsiflora, Heptapleurum
ellipticwm, Dioscorea glabra, Smilax polyacantha, Uncaria pilosa, Jasminum
acuminatissimum, Anodendron paniculatwm, Hrycibe paniculata, Hlaeagnus
arborea, Gnetwm macropodum, Calamus Andamanicus and several other
rattans, Freycinetia insignis and another species ; besides, Uvaria micrantha,
Salacia and Hippocratea, Griffithia curvata, Blumea riparia, Embelia
microcalyx, Parsonsia spiralis, Ipomoea vitifolia and I. Nicobarica,
Stenochlaena scandens and Lygodium circinatum. Pothos scandens and
Gymnopetalum heterophyllum often creep up the trunks of the trees.
Shrubbery is little developed, and as everywhere else, represented by the
slender treelets already enumerated, young tree-growth, and rattans, especi-
ally a Zalacca(?) Of herbs are chiefly seen Lasianthus laevicaulis,
Hedyotis rigida and H. costata, Homalonema aromaticum plentifully, Agla-
onema simplex, Amomum Fenzlii plentifully, and some other Scctamineae
which were in leaf only, Waranta dichotoma, Adenostemma viscosum, Blumea
myriocephala, Amaracarpus pubescens (restricted to the plutonic rocks),
Corymbis disticha here and there, and several grasses and sedges, like Cyperus
moestus, Hypolytrum latifolium, Sclerialithospermaand S. Sumatrensis, Oplis-
menus compositus, Panicum filipes, Kyllingia monocephala, Centotheca
lappacea, and, in more open localities, Thysanolaena acarifera. Ferns are
plentiful but apparently not much varied as regard species ; those observed
most frequently are Vephrodium molle and other species, Nephrolepis acuta,
Lindsaea tenera, Davallia speluncae, and Selaginella caudata. On stems

112 8. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

and branches of trees grow chiefly Asplenium nidus and A. macrophyllum,
Vittaria elongata, and a number of orchids, like Oberonia, Trichoglottis
guadricornuta frequently, Phalaenopsis cornu-cervi, Pholidota imbricata,
and Saccolabiwm obliquum. Parasites were not observed, but Henslowia
erythrocarpa was once met with. Owing to the darkness, mosses and
liver-mosses are not well-developed here, but along the rocky courses of
rivulets patches of Fissidens and Hypna occur.

Where clearings take place in these forests, Scleriae chiefly occupy
the terrain, with other grasses, amongst which Hibiscus Abelmoschus is
often observed,

4. GRASS-HEATHS.

The grass-heaths, as they have been called by Dr. Diedrichsen, occupy
the hillocky plateaux of most of the islands of the northern group, and are
physiologically equivalent to the “low forests” of Pegu, more especially
with that variety of them in which the trees are more scattered. They form
park-like grass-lands,* which are made up chiefly of Scleriae, Hragrostis
Zeylanica, Eriachne Chinensis, Rhynchospora Wallichit, Heteropogon con-
tortus, several species of Fimbristylis, Imperata arundinacea, Spodiopogon
(very hairy) and the hairy Sorghum muticum (these two grasses grow chiefly
on the outskirts of the tropical forests and at the bottom of the dells, where
they attain a height of 5 to 6 feet), Dimeria locally, Chrysopogon acicula-
tus, Eragrostis unioloides, Digitaria, and Cyperus polystachyus. Of other
plants associate chiefly Gleichenia dichotoma, Lycopodium curvatum,
Pachystoma senile, which here has always rose-coloured flowers often colour-
ing whole tracts red, Hulophia graminea, Urena lobata, Triumfetta rhom-
boidea, Desmodium polycarpum scantily and D. heterophyllum, Pycnospora
nervosa, Uraria lagopodioides, Lindsaea lanceolata, Hedyotis approximata,
HI. Wallichii, and H. graminicola, Evolvulus linifolius scantily, Euphorbia
parviflora, and some others. At the bottom of the numerous dells where
rivulets not more than from 2 to 3 feet in breadth have cut courses from4 to 5
ft. deep, the grassesnaturally grow more luxuriantly and entirely hide the water.
Such places are usually more or less swampy and in this case a great
number of other grasses and plants appear, such as Cyperus vulgaris,
C. Haspan, C. Iria, C. pilosus, and C. dilutus, Fimbristylis miliacea, F. com-
planata, F. diphylla, Fuirena umbellata, Rhynchospora aurea, Scleria laevis,
S. Sumatrensis, and a white-fruited form of the last (these prevailing), Pas-

* The northern parts of Karnicobar are for a great part covered by Saccharum
spontaneum, and it seems that part of the grass-heaths of the northern part of _Kamorta
(where the wild buffaloes occur) is also covered by this grass. At least I am informed
that coarse grass, cutting like a knife, occurs between Tring and Enaka. Those grass-
lands which I visited above Tring and of the northernmost part of Kamorta are all
the same as those of the southern part.

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 113

palum scrobiculatum and P. flecuosum, Panicum colonwn, Isachne miliacea
var. humilis, Arundo Roxburghit (usually occupying whole tracts where
it occurs), Ceratopteris thalictroides, Acrostichum aureum here and. there,
Blechnum orientale, Eriocaulon longifolium, Smithia sensitiva, Jussiea
villosa, Adenostema viscosum var. elatum, Hygrophila salicifolia, Limno-
phila hirsuta, Gonostegia hirta, Pouzolzia Indica, and several others.
Lygodium scandens and L. pinnatifidum are occasionally met with in the long
grass. Small as these valleys are and often separated only by a low rounded
ridge, they have often certain species entirely peculiar to themselves and
recurring nowhere else. Such plants as I found only once or twice (but then
often in quantity) are Polygala leptalea, Crotalaria calycina and C. sericea,
Blumea flava, Utricularia diandra, Dysophylla auricularia, Colocasia virosa
in large quantity, along with Nephrodium propinguum, Isachne myosotis and.
another species (of the habit of Panicum miliare), Polypodiwm longissimum,
Helminthostachys Zeylanica, Fimbristylis diphylla var. villosa, F. nutans, and.
F. globulosa, Rhynchospora filicaulis, Scleria lateriflora, Cyrtopera fusca,
Thriespermum amplexicaule, Blyxa Roxburghii, and Aneilema ensifolium.

The shrubbery, more developed at the outskirts of the tropical forests.
is scanty on these heaths and very poor in species, consisting chiefly of
Pitiosporum ferrugimeum, Polyphragmon flavescens, and Hugenia clavifiora
(these three reduced to mere shrubs), Melastoma Malabathricum and a small
procumbent form of it, Helicteres obtusa, Rubus Moluccanus, Blumea
balsamifera (locally), Vitex negundo (rare), and an impoverished condition
of Gmelina asiatica.

The trees are very scattered, and none of them exceed 30 feet in height.
The bulk consists of Fugraea racemosa, Aporosa glabrifolia, Antidesma
Ghaesembilla, and Pandanus odoratissimus, the last more along the swampy
valleys and in them. Casuarina equisetifoliais seen, especially on the north-
ern part of Kamorta. A stiff Dendrobium, a few ferns, as Polypodiwn
adnascens, Davallia solida, D. purallela, etc.,asalso Dischidia nummularia and
D. Bengalensis, are the chief, if not the only, epiphytes. Here and there one
meets with small patches which have evidently been under cultivation at
some time, as is indicated by the cucurbits (Benincasa cerifera, Lagenaria
vulgaris, Cucumis utilissima, Momordica and Citrullus) that are still to
be seen growing on them.

5. Marine VEGETATION.

Katchall and Kamorta, the two islands which I had an opportunity of
exploring, though separated from one another only by a narrow but deep
channel about 8 miles broad, present very different shores: the former is
encircled by fringing coral-reefs, while the latter is nearly free from them ;
the large amount of muddy deposit formed by the action of the sea upon

15

114 §. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

the soft polycistina-clay of which the island is formed, being unfavourable to
the growth of corals. As a consequence the marine vegetation of Kamorta
is very poor, and the alge chiefly found on its shores are Zonaria (small),
Hypoglossum, Bostrychia, Gongroceras, and such like forms ; the numerous
seaweeds found washed ashore having possibly all been brought from the sub-
marine coral-reefs of Katchall and other islands. Of phanerogams, Enhalus
acoroides is the only representative: this is a plant which grows chiefly in
shallow waters at the debouchures of rivers, where it often forms whole sub-
marine meadows, apparently little caring for the mud which is carried into
the sea, and which often encrusts the whole plant. If we turn to Katchall,
the marine vegetation assumes quite a different aspect ; not only are small
Sargassa, Zonaria in large specimens, and other melanosperms richly
represented, but some of the coral-reefs are so densely covered with
numerous olive-brown, green (Ulva), and red seaweeds, that it is often dif-
ficult to disentangle the different species. Such is especially the case along
the western shores of the island. On the submerged coral-reefs are found
also the marine phanerogams Halophila ovalis and a Cymodocea, together with
another plant having a very close resemblance to Hnhalus but much smaller.
Fragments of the Cymodocea can be seen floating in quantities ; which
indicates the presence of turtles.

In drawing up the appended enumeration of the plants hitherto found
on these islands, I have to express my sincere thanks to Hofrath Dr. Fenzl,
Director of the Vienna Museum, who with rare liberality has not only
forwarded to me the collections made by Mr. Jelinek during the
stay of the Austrian frigate ‘Novara’ at these islands, but also pre-
sented to me a complete set of the duplicates. He has also entrusted
to me Mr. Jelinek’s MS. Journal, by means of which I have been enabled
to note the localities and native names. ‘These vernacular names I have given
in the German mode of spelling adopted by Jelinek, as I thought it not
advisable to alter them. During Mr. A.O. Hume’s cruise round the Nicobars
in 1873, a small collection of plants (chiefly leaf-specimens) was made by
two native garden-collectors. Some of these proved new to the flora of the
Nicobars or furnished additional localities; they are all marked in the
following list with “g. ¢.”’ (garden-collectors).

A number of the plants included in the following list are taken from
Dr. Diedrichsen’s list. These are marked “ teste D.” between brackets.

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 115

ENUMERATION OF THE PLANTS oF THE NICOBAR ISLANDS.
DILLENIACHA.

1. Drrtenta prnosa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 292 and
1874, 46, vix Roxburgh.—Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of
Kamorta.

N. B. The leaves of the Nicobar tree are 1 to 14, in saplings up
to 2, feet long, more broadly decurrent to the very base, and while young
half-stem-clasping. I formerly identified this tree with Roxburgh’s, but I
now entertain great doubts as to the correctness of my identification,
having ascertained that the insular species is a southern form, which is un-
likely to extend so far north as Assam.

ANONACEHA. ;

2. Uvaria micrantua, Hf. and Th.—Not unfrequent in the tropi-
cal forests of Kamorta.

N. B. Uvariacordata, Wall. Cat. 6486, is still retained as a synonym
of U. macrophylla in the Ind. Flora, although Miquel and I have pointed
out that it is the typical Blumean U. ovalifolia. Hf. and Th. now refer
some Bornean and Phillipine specimens to U. ovalifolia, Bl. I have not
seen the Kew U. ovalifolia.—Goniothalamus Malayanus, Hf. and Th. is
certainly identical with G. Slingerlandtiz, Scheff. (aot G. Stingelandtii as
the authors of the Indian Flora call it)—Welodorum prismaticum Hf.
and Th. and WZ. rufum (Pyramidanthe rufa, Mig.) are two very different
species ; the former has the leaves and the simply minutely granular carpels
quite glabrous, the stalk very short, and the peduncles longer; while the
latter has the leaves more or less tawny pubescent beneath, the carpels
strongly rugose-verrucose, minutely tawny puberulous, and the stalk about
two-thirds of an inch long.

3. Unona pESMos, Dun.—Katchall (g. ¢.).

4, POLYALTHIA LATERIFLORA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874,
52.—In the forests of the Nicobars (Stoliczka).

5. P. sp.—Not rare in the tropical forests of Kamorta. It is a
small tree, with leaves similar to those of P. Swmatrana but broader and
otherwise different. Flowers and fruits unknown.

6. Porowra PaRyrrouia, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 324.—
Kamorta, in tropical forests ; also Karnicobar (Novara 153; Jelinek 42—
tabelerot, inc.) and Trice and Track (g. c).

N. B. The leaves of the Novara specimens are much larger than in
mine and the berries 8—1-seeded.

7. Awyona muRicata, L.—Cultivated near the villages of Kamorta and
Nankowry, and. probably elsewhere.

116 §S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. |No. 3,

8. OROPHEA KATSCHALLICA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 323.—
A common shrub or small tree, forming the chief undergrowth in the coral-
reef-forests of the eastern parts of Katchall—It comes nearest to O.
Brandisit.

9. Saccoprratum HorsFrenpt, Benn.—Scarce in the coral-reef-
forests of the western coast (Modsha tapoo) of Katchall.

N. B. Bergsmia Sumatrana, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 389, = Kings-
tonia nervosa, Hf. and Th.

MENISPERMACE ZL.

10. Anamirta coccuLus, W. A.—Common in the tropical forests of
Kamorta.

11. CocctLts mncanus, Coleb.—Frequent in cleared lands, shrub-
beries, and along the borders of jungles, ete., of Kamorta and Katchall ;
Nankowry (Novara 151; Jelinek 180—mungdrum, inc.) Trice and Track
(Novara 152; Jelinek 176—+thé, ine.)

12. Cycina petrava, Hf. and Th., var. penputina (C. pendulina,
Miers Contr. III. 248).—Frequent in the beach-forests of Kamorta and
Katchall ; entering also the coral-reef-forests.

N. B. Dr. Diedrichsen also enumerates Stephania as a Nicobarese
plant.

13. ANTITAXIS caLocaRPA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 324.—
Not unfrequent in the swamp-forests of Katchall.

NYUMUPHAACEA.
14. Nympuxa sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

CRUCIFERAE.

*15. Brassica suNcEA, L.—Apparently cultivated at Malacca, Nan-
kowry.

N. B. Chetranthus parryoides, Hf. and T. And. Ind. Fl. I. 182, =
Parrya nudicaulis, Regel in Radde Ost. Sibir. 176 (P. macrocarpa, R.
Boeri. ind bl 1 Lal),

CAPPARIDEA.

16. CLEoME viscosa, L.—Nicobars (feste D.).

17. GYNANDROPSIS PENTAPHYLLA, DC.—A weed around the huts of
the natives in the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

18. Cratmva MAacrocaRrpa, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1874, 195
and 1875, 324.—Rare in the coral-reef-forests of the western coast of
Katchall.

N. B. Capparis Hasseltii in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 70 is not
Miquel’s plant. It differs from it by the short (2—8 lin. long) gynophore

of the one-seeded berry. My earlier name (C. ambigua) must therefore
be restored.

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 117

VIOLACE A.

19. AtsopEIA BENGALENSIS, Wall—Rare in the tropical forests of
Kamorta.

20. AtsopEtra sp. Leaves only.—Katchall (g. ¢.).

N. B. Viola Hookeri, Thoms. in Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 183, is apparently
the same as V. glaucescens, Oudem. in Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. ILI.
74.—All the localities (except the Kakhyen-hills) of V. serpens in my
Contr. Burm. Flora in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 72 must be referred to
V. Thomsoni, Oudem. in Miq,, 1. c.

BIXINE!.

21. Brxa Orentana, L.—Like wild in the beach-forests of Katchall
and Kamorta ; entering also the coral-reef-forests ; Karnicobar (Jelinek—
oak, inc.)

22. Ryparia cHsi14, Bl.—Rather frequent in the tropical forests of
Kamorta.

~The trees while young but already fruiting freely, have the leaves
very large (up to one and a half feet long) and proportionally of a thinner
texture and a laxer net-venation, which gives them a very different
appearance. .

N. B. Roydsia floribunda, HE. Ind. FI. I. 409, in note, = FR. Philli-
pinensis, Turez. in Bull. Nat. Mose. 1854. 829 (Cuming 541).

PITTOSPOREA.

23. PrITTOosSPORUM FERRUGINEUM, Ait. (P. Javanicum, Bl. ?).—
Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta; freely entering the grass-heaths,
where it becomes reduced to a mere shrub.

POLYGALEZL.

24. PoLyGALA TELEPHIOIDES, Willd.—Rather frequent on the grass-
heaths of Kamorta but easily overlooked. Having now more carefully
examined this species in nature, I consider it a good one. The flowers
are whitish, but the keel upwards and the crest are of a beautiful lazuli-blue.

25. Potyeéaua LeEPTALEA, DC.—Here and there amongst the grass
along rivulets in the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

N. B. Xanthophyllum paniculatum, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sum. I. 393,
must be cut out from the synonyms to YX. flavescens in Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 209
and in my Contr. Burm. Flora in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 79 ; it differs
greatly in the tomentose ovary.

118 8S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. {No. 3,

PORTULACACE.

26. PorRTULACA OLERACEA, L.—A weed around the huts of the natives
on the beaches of Kamorta and Katchall.

GUTTIFERZZ.

27. Garcrnta sPpectosa, Wall.—Not unfrequent in the coral-reef-
forests of Katchall; also Nankowry (Novara 167; Jelinek 138—pajua,
inc.)

28. Garcrnta corNEA, Linn—Common in the tropical forests of
Kamorta ; also Nankowry (Novara 168; Jelinek 131—pajua, inc.)

29. GaRCcINIA cALycrna, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 324.—
Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

N. B. Dr. Hooker (Journ. Linn. Soc. XIV. 485) wishes to goucen a
supposed error of mine in regard to No. 155 of Maingay’s Collections,
which I declared (én “itteris) to be identical with G. rostrata (Discostigma
vostratum, Hassk.). He points out, iter alia, a different androecium.
Both the specimens of the above Maingayan No. in H. B. C. are females,
and hence an androeciwm is here out of the question. The male flowers of
G. rostrata are up to date still unknown,* and I cannot understand how
Teysmann could have sent male specimens to Dr. Hooker, as it is a fact
that the only tree in the Buitenzorg garden, upon which Hasskarl based
his species, is a female one. Hence I must suspect that Dr. Hooker
received G. Merguiensis from 'Teysmann, a male tree of which is culti-
vated in those gardens. Under these circumstances and after re-examination
of the Maingayan specimens I hold to opinion expressed.

30. Garcrnta (XANTHOCHYMUS) JELINEKII, nov. sp.

Arborea, glabra; folia oblonga ad elliptico-oblonga, basi acuminata,
petiolo gracili circiter semipollicari suffulta, apiculata, 5—7 poll. longa,
tenuiter coriacea, glabra, nervis lateralibus tenuibus subconfertis intra
marginem anastomozantibus percursa; panicule fructigeree cymiformes,
glabre, breviter pedunculatze, petiolo circiter duplo longiores, terminales
et laterales ; sepala sub fructu 5, semilineam circiter longa, ovata, acuta,
glabra ; baccee obovate v. sub-globoso-obovoidew, cerasi majoris magnitudine,
apice cum stigmate minuto impressx, leves, 2—l-sperme ; semina 6—7
lin. longa, compressooblonga, levia. Tillangchong (Novara 169 ;
Jelinek 106).

31. CanopHyittum Inopnyiium, L.—Frequent in the beach-forests
all along the coast of Kamorta and Katchall ; also Karnicobar (Novara 166 ;

* Miquel, however, seems to have known the male flowers of it, although all he
says about them is that they are panicled.

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 119

Jelinek 39—eheang or pi-jang, inc.) ; puyan, inc. Katch.—Mr. Jelinek re-
marks that the Nicobarese build their canoes of this tree.*

32. CALOPHYLLUM SPECTABILE, Willd.—Not unfrequent in the
tropical forests of Kamorta.

33. CALOPHYLLUM WALLICHIANUM, Planch. and Trian.—Not rare
in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

TERNSTRG@UIACH A.

34. TERNSTREMIA PENANGIANA, Chois—Not unfrequent in the
tropical-forests of Kamorta. A tree 70 to 80 feet high, of which I once
met with a stunted individual in the grass-heaths.

N. B. Gordonia excelsa, Dyer in Hf. Ind. FI. I. 291 (not of Blume)
var. a. pubescens, Dyer, |. c., = G. dipterosperma (Dipterosperme sp.
Griff. Not. IV. 564). Blume’s tree differs so much from the above in the long
peduncles, large hirsute capsules, and in the texture and pubescence of the
leaves, that it is difficult to understand how it could have come to be identified
with the Khasi and Sikkim tree. G. Singaporeana, Wall., = G. anomala,
Spreng. Syst. III. 126; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1. ce. 292 (Camellia axillaris, Roxb.
in Bot. Reg. 349). This species again is certainly different from Blume’s G.
excelsa, and greatly resembles Laplacea integerrima, Miq. It occurs also
in Penang, where the late Dr. Stoliczka collected it. Dyer seems not to
have read the description in the Bot. Register, but to have relied solely upon
the reduced figure when he recognised in ita. China species. G. Maingay?,
Dyer, is the same as Miquel’s Laplacea subintegerrima, which again hardly
differs from LZ. aromatica. As Miquel has already pointed out, the distinguish-
ing characters of Gordonia and Laplaceca are not reliable, and in Eurya, for
forexample, the free or united styles are not even regarded as of specific value.
Kadsura pubescens, Miq., is a very distinct species of Actinidia, allied to
A. callosa, L. Dilleniacea? nervosa, Wall. Cat. 6635, from Singapore, =
Shorea sublacunosa, Scheff. ; Shorea macroptera, Dyer, = Sh. lepidota, Bl. ;
Aopea micrantha, Ht. = H. Mengarawan, Miq.

MALVACH A.

35. SIDA CARPINIFOLIA, L., var. acura (S. acuta, Burm.).—A com-
mon weed in the beach-forests and in cultivated spots. (Novara 160;
Jelinek).

N. B. Sida amoena, Wall. Cat. 1848 from Ava, which Masters doubt-
fully refers to Abutilon fruticosum, Guill. and Perr., has 12 carpels and is
simply a small form of A. Indicwm, Don.

* I doubt this, for the Nicobarese cut the trees for their canoes far in the interior,
while Ouloph. Inophyllum is a shore tree. The timber of their boats more resembles
that of Artocarpus.

120 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 8,

36. Urena Lopata, L.—A common weed in the beach-forests and
in the grass-heaths of Kamorta and Katchall; also Karnicobar (Novara
162; Jelinek 46—Aassiny?, inc.) and Pulu Milu (Novara, 161; Jelinek
188—utschu, inc.).

37. Hipiscus ABELMoscHus, L.—Frequent in clearings and open
shrubby spots in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

88. Hisiscus tTrn1acEeus, L.—Common in the beach-forests of Ka-
morta and Katchall; on the first-named island it occurs also exceptionally
in a few patches on the hills along the margin of the tropical forests ; also
Karnicobar (Novara 158 and 159; Jelinek 3—tad kowa, inc.) ; imbon,
ine. Katch.

39. 'THESPESIA POPULNEA, Corr.—Common in the beach-forests, and
generally along the whole coast of Kamorta and Katchall; also Karnicobar
(Novara 125; Jelinek 75.—matka, ine.) and Tillangchong (Novara 126;
Jelinek 89).

*40. GOSSYPIUM HERBACEUM, L.—Cultivated at Kamorta, and occa-
sionally around habitations. Its growth on Kamorta (polycistina-clay) is
very inferior ; it should be tried on the coral-grounds of Katchall, ete.,
where it will thrive better.

STH ROULIACEA.

41. Srercuria mMotuis, Walk—Rather frequent in the beach-forests
of Katchall ; also Nankowry (Novara 165; Jelinek 145—/¢, inc.).

N. B. I have now had an opportunity of ascertaining that the speci-
mens of the Sterculia referred to S. parviflora in my Contrib. Burm. FI.
(Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 117, sub 10) are a variety of the above. The
true St. parviflora, Roxb., occurs in the Ava and Sylhet hills, but Masters’
Malayan specimens have nothing to do with Roxburgh’s species.

42. STERCULIA HypostictTa, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 399.—Com-
mon in the tropical forests of Kamorta. It is a treelet up to 20 ft. high,
with stems of about an inch in thickness.

43. STERCULIA LoNGIFoLIA, Vent. ?—In the tropical forests of Ka-
morta. Only leaves, hence the doubtful identification.

44. SPERCULIA CAMPANULATA, Wall. var. GLABRIFOLIA, leaves quite
glabrous, cordate-rotundate. Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta
and Katchall, and there one of the loftiest trees.

45. Herrrera Toruita, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 118
(ZZ. littoralis, Dry.). Common in the beach-forests of all the islands ;
Karnicobar (Novara 214; Jelinek 84—kamtrad, inc.).

46. Heticreres oprusa, Wall.—A most common meagre shrub on
the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

1876.] S. Kurz—aA Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 121

47. Asroma aveusta, L.—Nankowry (Novara 154; Jelinek 172—
Komopoang, inc.).

48. Visenta Inpica, Houtt.—Rather frequent in the tropical forests
of Kamorta ; also Nankowry (Novara 168 ; Jelinek 168—diam, inc.).

N. B. Péerospermum diversifolium, Bl. (Hf. Ind. FI. I, 367) is
reduced by Miquel (Ill. Fl. Arch. Ind. 84) to a synonym of P. acerifolium,
and he ineludes in this species P. fuscum, Korth also.— Pt. Blumeanum,
Korth., (Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 120) is identified by Miquel
(Cl. ¢.) with P. Javanicum, Jungh. in Tydsch. Natuurk. Gesch. en Physiol.
VIL. 306 (Mig. fll. Arch. Ind. 88). In Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 122, I
have placed Buettneria crenulata, Wall.in Hf. Ind. Fl., amongst the doubt-
ful species. I have since come across the specimens of Wallich’s B. crenu-
lata, which I see have been correctly placed by me in B. aspera, Coleb., from
which it differs in no respect. But B. echinata, Wall. Cat. 1150, of
which I have seen nothing but fragments, is a different plant, and I now
believe that Masters drew up his description chiefly from this species, the
name of which must be restored.

TILIACE A.

49. GREWIA CALOPHYLLA, Kurz.—Not unfrequent in the tropical
forests of Kamorta.

N. B. Grewia Miqueliana, Kurz in Flora 1872, 398 (with which
Maingay’s No. 244. is identical), is really a distinct species from the above,
differmg not only in the characters already mentioned by me but also in
having fruits only half the size.

50. TRIUMFETTA RHOMBOIDEA, Jacq.—A narrow-leaved variety of
this occurs here and there in the dry grass-heaths and around the huts of
Kamorta. ,

N. B. ZF humifusa, Hassk., = T. procumbens, Forst. T. trilocularis,
Roxb., is more likely a form of 7. semitriloba, L.

51. TricHosPERMUM JAvanicum, Bl.; Clos. in Ann. sc. nat. 4 ser.
VILL, 265 (Bizagrewia Nicobarica, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875. 325.
t. 169).—Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

N. B. If Loureiro’s Thrixspermum (Orchidez), in a corrected form,
obtains acceptance amongst botanists, as indeed Reichenbach fil. has already
proposed, Asa Gray’s Diclidocarpus will also supersede Blume’s generic name.
Chartacalyx accrescens, Mast. in Hf. Ind. FI. I. 382, is in my opinion only a
species of Actinophora. The difference in the calyx is not of generic value,
and as regards the stalked ovary, we should bear in mind, that the ovary
of Actinophora is globose and constricted at base, and hence that the character
of the stalk is one of development only. Pentace triptera, Mast. is only a
3- or rarely 4-celled and -winged variety of P. polyantha, Hassk.

16

122 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

52. EnLmocarpus FLORIBUNDUS, Bl.—Here and there in the tropi-
cal forests of Kamorta.

53. Enmocarpus (Monoceras) sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

N. B. Elaeco. paniculatus, Wall., = EH. leucobotryus, Miq. Elaeo.
obovatus, G. Don. (1831) (Bth. Fl. Austr. I. 281, from Australia), has
priority over #. obovatus, Ayn. (in Act. Acat. Nat. Car. XVIII (1836),
323, from Ceylon), and the latter name has consequently to be changed into
LE. Arnotte.

LINEAL.
54. Huaonta sp. P—Nicobars (¢este D.).
N. B. Dr. Hooker states im his Ind. Fl. I. 414 that there can be
very little doubt but that Rouwcheria is Sarcotheca of Blume; but a re-
ference to Miquel’s Llustr. Arch. Ind. 69. t. 30 does not confirm his

conclusion.

MAL PIGHTIA CEL.
55. Hiprace Sumarrana, Miq.—Nankowry (Novara 177 ; Jelinek
158— Kadoa, inc.).

I believe not distinct from AH. Javanica.

RUTACH A.

56. Evopra Roxpureutana, Bth.—Common in the tropical forests
of Kamorta.

57. Acronycuta Cyminosma, F. Muell.—Tropical forests of Ka-
morta.

58. GLYCOSMIS ARBOREA, Corr., var. 8. INSULARIS, Kurz in Trim.
Journ. Bot. 1876, 38.—Common in the tropical and coral-reef-forests of
Katchall and Kamorta ; Kondil (g. ¢.) and Karnicobar (Novara 172).

59. GLYCOSMIS TRIFOLIATA, Spreng., var. LATIFOLIA, Kurz in Trim.
Journ. Bot. 1876, 37.—In the coral-reef-forests of Katchall. ;

60. TRipHAstA TRIFOoLIOLATA, DC.—In the beach-forests of Kat-
chall, entering the coral-reef-forests; Nankowry (Novara 173; Jelinek
111—arei kene, inc.) ; kalatine, ine. Katch.

61. AvALANTIA MAcROPHYLLA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1875,
136.—Frequent in the beach-forests of all the islands ; Nankowry (Novara
144 and 174; Jelinek 186—Zkarofje, inc.).

62. Paramienya crrrironta, Hf.—Kondil (g. ec.)

63. Cirrus Hysrrix, DC.—Rather frequent around the huts on
the beaches of Katchall.

64. Crrrus nopiiis, Lour., var. 8. Limonenius, Kurz in Journ. As.
Soc. Beng. 1875, 187.—Frequent and lke wild in the beach-forests of
Kamorta, Katchall, and other islands; entering the coral-reef-forests.

1876.] S. Kurz—d Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 123

65. Cirrus pEcUMANA, L.—Cultivated on Karnicobar and elsewhere.
N. B. Dr. Diedrichsen records Feronia elephantwm, Corr., as grow-
ing frequently on the Nicobars, but this seems to be an error.

OCHNACEA.
66. Ocuna AnDAMANICA, Kurz.—Frequent in the tropical forests
of Kamorta; also Nankowry (Novara 170; Jelinek 125—klang-hong,
ine.).

BURSERACEA.

67. Canarium sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.)

MELIACEA.

68. AgGrAIA ARGENTEA, Bl.—Not unfrequent in the coral-reef-forests
of the eastern coast of Katchall.

69. Agrata ANDAMANICA, Hiern.—Frequent in the coral-reef-forests
of the eastern coast of Katchall.

70. Amoora GANGGo (Aglaia Ganggo, Mig. in Ann. Mus. Iued.
Bat. IV. 47).—Not unfrequent in the coral-reef-forests of Katchall ; also.
Great Nicobar (Novara 175 ; Jelinek 247—kahengq, inc.).

80. Carapa Monuccensis, Lamk.—Katchall (g. c.).

OLACINEA.

81. Ximenta Amertcana, Willd.—Karnicobar and Katchall (g. c.)
(Novara 171).

82. Onax Impricata, Roxb., var. MEMBRANIFOLIA, folia 5—6 poll.
longa, 23—3 poll. lata, ovata ad elliptico-ovata, brevissime et obtusiuscule
acuminata v. apiculata, succulento-membranacea, in sicco tenuiter mem-
branacea, viridissima, laxe reticulata ; cetera ut in specie.—Rather rare in
the coral-reef-forests of the eastern coast of Katchall.

83. ANAcoLosa PUBERULA, Kurz.—Common in the tropical forests
of Kamorta and Katchall.

84. Avopytes ANDAMANICA, Kurz.—Frequent in the tropical and
coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; also Great Nicobar (Novara
123; Jelinek 277).

85. CanssERA RHEEDII, Gmel.—Kondil (g. ¢.).

86. CHAMPEREYA GNETOCARPA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,
325.—Dispersed in the tropical forests of Kamorta; also Karnicobar
(Novara 184; Jelinek 85—tongé, inc.). fies

CELASTRINEM,
87. Evonymus Javanicus, Bl.—In the tropical forests of Katchall;

124 §. Kurz—d Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

Kondil (g. c.) ; Great Nicobar (Novara 188; Jelinek 245—onlolahame,
inc.).

88. SALACTA PLATYPHYLLA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1875,
203.—In the tropical forests of the eastern coast of Katchall; also Nan-
kowry (Novara 187 and 188; Jelinek 169—tanglaschi, inc.) and Great
Nicobar (Novara 186 ; Jelinek 258—tenfaia, inc.).

Very near to S. macrophylla, Bl. The specimens brought home by
the Novara have all one-seeded berries, and thus the one I described appears
only exceptionally 2-seeded.

89. Hippocratea Nicoparica, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1875,
203.—In the tropical forests of the eastern coast of Katchall.

RHAMNEZ.
90. ZIzYPHUS SUBQUINQUENERVIA, Miq.—Common in the tropical
forests of Kamorta and Katchall.
91. Cotupriya Astatica, Brongn.—Frequent in the beach-forests
of Kamorta and Katchall ; also Karnicobar (g. c.) ; putjang, ine. Katch.
92. Govuanta sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

AMPELIDE.

93. VITIS LANCEOLARIA, Roxb.—Common in the tropical and coral-
reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

94. Vitis pepATA, Vhl.—Common in the tropical-forests of Kamorta ;
also Nankowry (Novara 189; Jelinek, 146—zaje, inc.).

95. Viris TRIFoLIA, L. (the glabrous variety).—Not unfrequent in
the coral-reef-forests of Katchall.

96. Viris Linna1, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1875, 176 (the
variety called V. riparia, Wall.).—Karnicobar (g. c.).

97. Vitis REPENS, WA.—Frequent in the tropical forests of Ka-
morta.

98. PreRIsANTHES sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

99. LeEa GRAaNDIFoLIA, Kurz nm Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 325.—
Very common in the beach-forests of the western coast of Katchall, enter-
ing also some of the coral-reef-forests ; also Trice and Track (Novara 190 ;
Jelinek 186—Aanod, inc.).

100. Lera sampuctna, L.—Frequent in the beach, coral-reef-, and
tropical forests of Kamorta and Katchall; also Nankowry (Novara 76;
Jelinek 171) ; taku, inc. Katch.

101. Lexza actrEata, Bl.—Katchall (g. ¢.).

SA PINDACE.
102. CarpiospermuM Haricacasum, L.—Frequent in the beach-
forests of Kamorta, Nankowry, and Katchall, especially around huts.

1876.] S. Kurz—<A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 125

103. ArLopHyius Copes, Bl., not of Hiern (A. littoralis, Bl. ; Kurz
Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1875. 185). B Commotlt in the beach-forests of Ka-
morta and Katchall ; also Trice and Track (g. ¢.) ; Great Nicobar (Novara
180 ; Jelinek 265—nongamuje, inc.).

104. Cupanta Jacktana, Hiern.—Rather rare in the coral-reef-forests
of the eastern coast of Katchall ; also Karnicobar (Jack).

105. CUPANIA ADENOPHYLLA, Planch.—Nankowry (Novara 187;
Jelinek 129—muyu, inc.).

106. ERtogLossumM RUBIGINOSUM, Brand. For. Fl. 108 (#. edule,
Bl.)—Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta and Katchall; also
Nankowry (Novara 179 ; Jelinek 153—petal,* ine.) ; ahaya, inc. Katch.

107. Saprypus Danura, Voigt.—Kondil (g. c.).

108. Saprnpus montanus, Bl.—Frequent in the tropical forests of
Kamorta, entering the beach-forests ; also Nankowry (Novara 182 ; Jelinek
141—~we, inc.).

109. Pometra ToMENTOSA, Bth. and Hf.—Only one young tree met
with in the coral-reef-forests of the eastern coast of Katchall, but very likely
more frequent in the tropical forests of that island.

N. B. Dodonaea? Lamponga, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 511, = Pée-
leocarpa Malaccensis, Oliv.

ANACARDIACEHA.

110. Ruuvs sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

111. Manerrera sp.—Wild in the coral-reef-forests of Kadbell, but
I have seen only saplings.

112. BUCHANANIA PLATYNEURA, DOV. Sp.

Arbor 40—60-pedalis, glabra, gemmis fulvo-v. ochraceo-sericeis ; folia
crasse coriacea, lanceolata, in petiolum latum crassum 2—6 lin. longum
attenuata et basi seepius subinequalia, obtuse acuminata, vulgo 4—6 (ammo
11) poll. longa, integra, utrinque lucidula, glaberrima, costa lata pland parum
prominula venisque tenuibus utraque pagina prominulis percursa; flores parvi,
albi, pedicellis gracilibus fugaciter pilosulis vix lin. longis suffulti, cymulosi
et in paniculas numerosas glabras foliis vix longiores terminales dispositi ;
sepala ovalia, obtusa, cire. + lin. longa, glabra ; drupe oblique ovoidee, pisi
majoris magnitudine, obtuse, atropurpuree, glabre ; putamen globosum,
durissimum, leve.— B. splendenti, Miq., et B. lucide, Bl., affinis—Frequent
in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

113. Optya WopteR, Roxb.—Frequent in the beach-forests of Ka-

* “ Petal” occurs as a name for several different plants in Jelinek’s journal; I
fear it is meant for ‘bétul’ (‘just so’, ‘right so’), a very usual reply of a Malay toa
question regarding the pronunciation of a word.

126 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. |No. 3,

morta and Katchall; on the first-named island here and there also on the
hills along the outskirts of the tropical forests. Giantédl, inc. Katch.

114. SEMECARPUS HETEROPHYLLUS, B].—Frequent in the beach-
forests of Katchall, entering the coral-reef-forests ; also Karnicobar (Nova-
ra 210; Jelinek 830—pep or boab, inc.)

Var. 8. PUBESCENS, panicule magis fulvo-tomentose, folia subtus
puberula, reticulatione densiore.—Great Nicobar (Novara 209; Jelinek
251).

N. B. I have not seen authentic specimens of Blume’s species, but the
Nicobar (and Andaman) plant agrees with Sumatran specimens thus named
by Miquel. The leaves vary much in size, and in saplings they are up to 24
ft. long and of proportionally thinner texture and looser net-venation. The
pubescent form, collected by Jelinek, stands in the same relation to the
original form as my S. albescens to the glabrous form which I incor-
rectly named S. heterophyllus inmy Pegu Report. This tendency to become
pubescent is peculiar to a great number of tropical trees, and is not attri-
butable, as some may suggest, to a drier or sunny station, but seems to be
rather idiosyneracy. For we often find the two states growing side
by side in the densest shade of the tropical forests. This is the case,
for example, with Micromelum pubescens, while the perfectly glabrous
and the almost villous-pubescent form (which I formerly distinguished as
V. pubescens) of Vanqueria spinosa grow similarly associated in the dry hot
forests of Prome. Other examples of the same phenomenon are afforded by
Garuga pinnata and G. mollis, Chickrassia tabularis and Ch. velutina,
Schrebera Swietenia and Sch. pubescens, Holarrhena Codaga and H.
antidysenterica, Trewia nudiflora and the glabrous form, Berrya Amonilla
and B. mollis, Grewia loevigata and its pubescent form, Walswra_ trijuga and
W. pubescens, Amoora Rohituka and A. Aphanomyxis, Terminalia catappa
and its pubescent form, and numerous others. In two only of these, viz., in
Berrya and Micromelum, have I observed real intermediate and therefore
connecting states. In most of these cases not only are the vegetative parts
affected but the calyx and the corolla also.

CONNARACE ZL.

115. RovrEa FLlorrpunpDA, Miq.—In the tropical forests of Kat-
chall ; also Nankowry (Novara 211; Jelinek 140—majing, inc.) A tree
3—4 feet in girth.

115-6. Rourna Waxtticutana, Planch. ? (Connarus mimosoides, Vhl.
Symb. III. 87).—Nicobars (teste Vahl.)

116. Connarus Maryesyi, Hf.—Great Nicobar (Novara 237 ; Jeli-
nek 260—e/, inc.).

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 127

LEGUMINOS A.

117. CROTALARIA CALYycorna, Schrank.—Kamorta, rare along a rivu-
let in the grass-heaths.

118. CrRoTALARIA SERICEA, Retz.—Kamorta, rare along a rivulet in
the grass-heaths east of Hnaca.

119. Smirrura sEnsrriva, Ait.—Kamorta, locally common along
rivulets in the grass-heaths.

120. DrsmopIuM UMBELLATUM, DC.—Common in the beach-forests
all along the coast of all the islands; Nankowry (Novara 231; Jelinek
80—fenjap).

121. Dersmoprum (DicERMA) sp.—Nicobars (teste D.)

122. DESMODIUM RECURVATUM, Grah.—Kondil (g. ¢.).

123. Dersmoprum GaneETIcUM, DC.—Nicobars, no precise locality
given (Novara 233 ; Jelinek.).

124. DrsmMopium PpotycarpumM, DC.—Not unfrequent in the shrub-
beries along the margins of the tropical forests of Kamorta ; Great Nicobar
(Novara 234; Jelinek 234—ptealam, inc.).

125. DesmMopIUM HETEROPHYLLUM, DC.—Not unfrequent in the
erass-heaths and also amongst shrubbery of the beach-forests of Ka-
morta.

126. Pycyospora NERVOSA, WA.—Rather frequent in the grass-
heaths of Kamorta.

127. Urarta picta, Desv.—Here and there in the grass-heaths of
Kamorta.

128. URarta LacoropiorpEs, DC.—Frequent in the grass-heaths of
Kamorta.

129. ALysicarpus sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

N. B. Pisum sativum, L., var. arvense is cultivated by the convicts
on Kamorta, but succeeds very badly. Along with it come up (in a similar
starved condition) Vicia sativa, L. and Lathyrus Aphaca, L., which have
no doubt been introduced from Bengal.

130. ApBrus PRECATORIUS, L.—Karnicobar (Novara 226; Jelinek
—tanjam, me.) ; Nankowry (Novara 226 ; Jelinek 110—azpi, inc.).

131. CurrrorEA TERNATEA, L.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

132. Eryrurina Inpica, L.—Not unfrequent in the beach-forests
of Kamorta and the eastern coast of Katchall; also Karnicobar (Jelinek
—bamillo, inc.).

133. Mucuna atgantea, DC.—Nankowry (Novara 285 and 2386;
Jelinek 166 and 155—ipué).

134. Canavanta vrrosa, WA.—Not unfrequent amongst shrubbery
along the outskirts of the tropical forests and in the beach-forests of Ka-
morta and Katchall; Nankowry (Novara 230; Jelinek 142—omipué) ;
banyu, inc. Katch,

128 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. {No. 3,

N. B. Some species of Phaseolus and also Dolichos Lablab, L., are
cultivated by the convicts on Kamorta, but do badly.

135. Viena LuTEA, A. Gray.—Common along the sand-beaches and
in the beach-forests along the coast of all the islands (Novara 229; Jelinek
103) deimo-opo, inc. Katch.

*136. Casanus Inpicus, L.—Nicobars, cultivated (teste D.).

137. FLEMINGIA STROBILIFERA, Ait—Along the outskirts and in
open bushy parts of the tropical forests of Kamorta, frequent ; Nankowry
(Novara 232; Jelinek—82—karan kofot, inc.).

138. DatBERera sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

139. Derrris uLietnosa, Bth—Frequent in the beach-forests and
in the drier parts of the mangrove-swamps of all the islands ; Great Nicobar
(Novara 238 ; Jelinek 24.8—7/onja, inc.).

140. Derrris scaAnpENS, Bth.—Kamorta, not unfrequent along the
coast, especially in the beach-forests and around mangrove-swamps.

141. Derris THyRSIFLORA, Bth. (D. polythyrsa, Mig. Suppl. FI.
Sumatr. 297).—Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

142. Poneamia MiITIS (Robinia mitis, L.; P. glabra, Vt.).—Com-
mon in the beach-forests of all the islands ; (Novara 181).

143. SopHora tomentosa, L.—Rather frequent in the beach-forests
of Kamorta and Katchall; Karnicobar (Novara 239; Jelinek 56—ature,
inc.).

144. PELTOPHORUM FERRUGINEUM, Vog.—Here and there in the
beach-forests and coral-reef-forests of Kamorta ; Nankowry (Novara 240;
Jelinek 1384—Alarenje, inc.).

N. B. Cesalpinia dasyrhachis, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 292, is a new
species of Peltophorum.

145. CmsaLprIntA NUGA, Ait.—Frequent in shrubbery of the beach-
forests and around mangrove-swamps, entering also the tropical forests of
Kamorta and Katchall.

146. Cmsatprnta Bonpuc, L.—Not unfrequent amongst shrubbery
of the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

*147. CSALPINIA PULCHERRIMA, Sw.—Nankowry, at the village of
Malacca.

148. CASSIA OCCIDENTALIS, L.—A weed in the beach-forests around
the huts of Kamorta.

149. Bavuinta rerRucinea, Wall.—Great Nicobar (Novara 241;
Jelinek 222—nonong toak, inc.).

150. AFzELIA BIsUGA, A. Gray.—Frequent in the beach-forests of
Kamorta and Katchall.

*151. ‘Tamarinpus Inpica, L.—Nicobars (teste D.).

1876.] S. Kurz—aA Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 129

152. CyYNoMETRA BIJUGA, Spanogh.—Not unfrequent in the beach-
and coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

153. - CYNOMETRA RAMIFLORA, L.—Nicobars (Novara 145), probably
only cultivated.

154, Entapa ScaNnDENS, Bth. (the typical form with retuse leaflets).
Frequent in the forests, especially the beach-forests, of Kamorta; Nan-
kowry (Novara 228 ; Jelinek—ofoaka, inc.).

155. ADENANTHERA Pavontina, L.—Great Nicobar (Novara 227 ;
Jelinek 278).

N. B. Mimosa and Acacia are given as Nicobarese plants in
Diedrichsen’s list.

156. ALBIzzZIA STIPULATA, Boiv.—Common in the tropical forests
of Kamorta.

157. ALBizzia LITTORALIS, T. et B.—Nankowry (Novara 248 ; Jeli-
nek 134) ; Great Nicober (Novara 244; Jelinek 239—wztha, inc.).

158. ALBizzIa BUBALINA (Pithecolobium bubalinum, Bth.; Pi-
theco. oppositum, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 283).—Not unfrequent in the tro-
pical forests of Kamorta; Nankowry (Novara 242; Jelinek 1383—kawas,
inc.).

N. B. Pithecolobium confertum, Bth., = Albizzia splendens, Miq.
Suppl. Fl. Sum. 280. Bentham is correct in his identification of Pithec.
acutangulum, Miq., with P. angulatum, Bth. Mastersia cleistocarpa,
Bak. in Hf. Ind. FI. II. 195, = JL. Assamica, Bth. in Linn. Trans. xxv. 300.
t. 34.

159. ALBizzIa CLYPEARIA (P2thecolobium elypearia, Bth.).—Only
once met with in the coral-reef-forests of the eastern coast of Katchall.

160. Axpizzia FascicuLaTa (Pithecolobium fasciculatum, Bth.),
the form called Pithec. macrophyllum, 'T. et B.—Here and there in the
tropical forests of Kamorta.

N. B. I follow v. Mueller and Scheffer in throwing together A/biz-
zia and Pithecolobium, the differences pointed out by Bentham appearing
to me not to be of generic value.

ROSACEZ.

161. PaRrasTEMON UROPHYLLUS, DC., var.? B. MacRocaRPA, folia
latiora et rigidiora; drupe pollicem longe, pulcherrime roseze.—A_ beauti-
ful tree 30 to 40 feet in height, with a dense round crown, not unfrequent
in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

162. Rusus Monvccanus, L.—Not unfrequent in the shrubberies
along the outskirts of the tropical forests (and often entering them) of
Kamorta ; Nankowry (Novara 225 ; Jelinek 170—Alintwwm, inc.).

17

130 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

N. B. The rose is cultivated at the penal station of Kamorta and
thrives beautifully.

RHIZOPHORACEM.

163. RuizopHorRa MUcRONATA, Lamk.—Common in the mangrove-
swamps of all the islands. (Novara 215).

164. Crrtops CanpoLtnEANA, Arn.—Karnicobar.

165. Bruaurera GyMNoRHIzA, Lam.—Common along the coast of
all islands in the mangrove-forests where these come in contact with fresh-
water ; Karnicobar (Novara 216 ; Jelinek—tafata or lintji, inc.).

166. CARALLIA INTEGERRIMA, DC.—Rare in the tropical forests of
Kamorta.

COMBRETACEZ.

167. TERMINALIA cATAPPA, L.—Common in the beach-forests all
along the coasts of the islands ; gwmlan, inc. Katch.

168. TERMINALIA sp. nov.—Frequent in the tropical forests of
Kamorta.—One of the highest trees, much resembling the preceding in
habit, but the leaves are much narrower and more cuneate and altogether of
a different appearance. Fruits and flowers unknown.

169. TERMINALIA crTRINA, Roxb., var. Matayana, petioles longer
and slender, leaves more acuminate, drupes little more than half the size.—
Nankowry (Novara 75 ; Jelinek 182—ohangq, inc.).

170. Lu yirzera LittorEA, Voigt.—A single tree found along one
of the rivulets on the grass-heaths west of Enaca, Kamorta. It is a beach-
forest-tree, the occurrence of which on polycistina-clay is abnormal.

171. Luyirzera racemosa, Willd.—Great Nicobar (g. c¢.).

172. ComBretuM squaMosuM, Roxb.—Not unfrequent in the tropi-
cal forests of Katchall.

173. CoMBRETUM EXTENSUM, Roxb.—Karnicobar (g. c.).

174. Gyrocarpus Jacqursi, Roxb.—Coast-forests of the Nicobars.

MYRTACEAE.
*175. Psrprum Guyava L.—In the beach-forests, around the huts of
the natives, like wild on Kamorta and Katchall.

176. RuopaMnta TRINERVIA, BL, var. concotor (#. concolor, Miq.).
Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

177. Evuernta Javantca, Lamk.—Frequent in the beach-forests, and
generally in the jungles bordering the sea, of Katchall ; Pooloo Milu (No-
vara 223; Jelinek 206—ipo, inc.).

178. EvaGEyta occiusa (Syzygium occlusum, Miq.).—A lofty tree
common in the coral-reef- and tropical forests of Katchall.

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 131

179. Eva@enta cLavirtora, Roxb.—A tree (40 + 10 + 3— 4)
rather scarce in the tropical forests of Kamorta, but a shrubby variety of
it is common on the grass-heaths of Kamorta ; Great Nicobar (Novara 224;
Jelinek 261—antanyschumna, inc.).

180. Evernta (AcMENA ?) sp., in leaf only.—Frequent in the tropical
forests of Kamorta.

181. Barrineronta RACEMOSA, DC.—Frequent in the tropical and
coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; Karnicobar (Novara 220;
Jelinek 64—~pisseon, inc.) ; Great Nicobar (Novara 231; Jelinek 220—
sura, ine.).

182. Barriveronra Asratica, Kurz in Pegu Rep. A. 65 (B. spe-
ciosa, L. f., non Forst.)—Common in the beach-forests all along the
coasts of the islands ; Karnicobar (Novara, Jelinek—kenjao or hoa, inc.) ;
howa, inc. Katch.

MELASTOMACEA.

183. OspEcKIa sp.—Nicobars (teste D.)

184. Mrnastoma Matapaturicum, L. and a small procumbent form of
it not higher than $—1 foot.—Common as shrubbery along the outskirts of
the tropical forests and on the grass-heaths of Kamorta, the procumbent
form restricted to the latter.

185. Mertastoma PoLyantuvum, BI., var. ?—Nicobars (Novara 217 ;
Jelinek).

186. OTANTHERA NIcoBARENSIS, T. et B. in Naturk. Tydschr. Ned.
Ind. XXIV. 333.—Tropical forests of Katchall; Great Nicobar (Novara
219; Jelinek 172).

187. Dissocumta, sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

188. PrERNANDRA C@RULESCENS, Jack.—Rare in the tropical for-
ests of Kamorta.

189. MEMECYLON SUBTRINERVIUM,Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 322.

Var. GRANDIFOLIA, folia 8—10 poll. longa, magis coriacea et nitidiora,
nervis minus distinctis ; petioli crassiores ; pedicelli solitarii v. bini, 2—3 lin.
longi, subgraciles, pedunculum 1—2 lin. longum articulatum supra foliorum
cicatrices erumpentem terminantes ; bacce submaturz obovoideo-oblongz,
ec. 7—6& lin. longe, leves, glabree, calycis limbo speciei coronate.—Rare in
the tropical forests of Kamorta. A small tree, which I identify with
Migquel’s IZ. subtrinerviwm, on the supposition that the berries in Miquel’s
plant would, when full grown, reach a similar size. As a species it is a very
distinct one, being one of the few that have the berry not globular.

N. B. Memecylon paucifilorum, Wall. Cat. 4114 (Triana in Trans,
Linn. Soc. XXVIII. 159), = Canthium glomerulatum, Miq.

132 S. Kurz—A Shetch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

ONAGRARIEA.
190. Jusstma vittosa, Lamk.—Locally frequent along marshy rivu-
lets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

SAMYVDACE.

191. CASEARIA GLABRATA, BI., var. leaves larger and broader at the
base, which is more rounded or almost cordate on the one side, in this
respect more resembling those of C. angustata, T. et B., which may turn out
to be only a form of it. Capsules fleshy, elliptical, nearly an inch long,
smooth and glabrous. A tree (80 — 50 feet + 15 —20 + 3—4) rare in
the tropical forests of Kamorta.

PASSIFLORACEA.

192. Moprcca corprror1a, Bl.—Great Nicobar (Novara 155; Je-
linek 229—wnaha, inc.). To this should be referred IL heterophylla of
my Andam. Rep. App. A. 89 (not of Blume).

193. Moprcca Nicoparica, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 326.
Frequent in the beach-forests of Katchall; Nankowry (Novara 156;
Jelinek 148—tenjam, inc.).

*194. Carica PAPAYA, L.—Cultivated and occasionally like wild in
the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall. (Novara 157; Jelinek) ;
lapu, inc. Katch.

CUCURBITACEZ.

195. GYMNOPETALUM HETEROPHYLLUM, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot.
1875, 326.—Not unfrequent in the tropical forests and locally in recently
cultivated parts of the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

N. B. The difference between Trichosanthes and Gymnopetalum is
very slight indeed. The corolla in Trich. integrifolia (Cucumis integri-
folia, Roxb.) is as often entire as it is irregularly and more or less deeply
cut ; the colour of the corolla thus alone remains as a distinguishing mark
between the two genera !

196. LaGENARIA VULGARIS, Savi, var. P—Wild or like wild along
the beach-forests of Katchall. The petioles and leaves are covered with
bristles arising from calcareous inerassate tubercles ; the fruits are of the
shape and size of large billiard-balls.

197. Lurra cyitInprica, Roem.—Along the outskirts of the tropi-
cal forests of Kamorta.

*198. BENINCASA CERIFERA, Savi.—Cultivated and as wild in the
neglected “ gardens” on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

*199. CucuMIS MELO, L., var. UTILISSIMA, Naud.—Kamorta, as wild
in neglected “ gardens’’ on the grass-heaths,

1876.] S. Kurz—A Shetch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 133

N. B. Besides these Momordica and Citrullus were observed as cul-
tivated plants.
UMBELLIFERA.

200. HypRrocotyLe sp.—Nicobars, (teste D.).

ARALIACEA.

201. HePraPLEURUM ELLIPTICUM, Seem.—Not an unfrequent clim-
ber in the tropical forests of Kamorta and Katchall ; Great Nicobar (Nova-
ra 170; Jelinek 263—kenankun, inc.).

202. ArtTHRoPpHYLLUM BuiumeEanum, Zoll. and Mor.—A_ palm-like
tree up to 30 feet high and higher, frequent in the tropical forests of
Kamorta.

CORNACEA.
203. Aranerum SunpaNuM, Miq.—A large climber of the coral-
reef-forests of Katchall, more frequent in the tropical forests.

CAPRIFOLIACEAE.
204. ScYPHIPHORA HYDROPHYLLACEA, Gertn.—Rare in the man-
grove-swamps of Kamorta.
N. B. This genus is generally ascribed to Rubiacee, but the struc-
ture of the ovary and the position of the ovules are tell-tale marks of its
caprifoliaceous descent.

RUBIACE.

205. Psycnorria Nicoparica, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,
328.—Frequent in the coral-reef-forests of the eastern coast of Katchall.

206. Psycnorria tTyLopHoRA, Kurz, 1. c—Not unfrequent in the
tropical and coral-reef-forests of Katchall.

207. Psycnorria Anpamanica, Kurz, |. e.—Rather frequent in the
coral-reef- and tropical forests of Katchall and Kamorta.

208. PsycHorria connata, Wall.—Karnicobar (g. c.).

209. AMARACARPUS PUBESCENS, Bl.—Frequent in the tropical for-
ests of Ho-Ho or Ulala Bay, on plutonic rocks.

N. B. Diedrichsen gives Serissa as a Nicobarese plant.

210. Ixora Paverra, Roxb.—Not unfrequent in the beach- and
coral-reef-forests of Katchall.

211. Jxora WEBERmFOLIA (Pavetta weberefolia, Wall. Cat. 6182 ;
Don. Gen. System III. 575).—Frequent in the tropical and coral-reef-
forests of Katchall and Kamorta; Great Nicobar (Novara 92; Jelinek
264—henjuan, inc.) ; Karnicobar (Novara 98; Jelinek 55—Jodjonkuo,
inc.).—Resembles Webera Asiatica, Bedd., to such a degree that it is fre-
quently mistaken for it. My Stylocoryne Webera in And, Rep. also be-
longs here.

134 S. Kurz—A Shetch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 8,

212. IxoRA CUNEIFOLIA, Roxb., var. MACROCARPA, berries the size
of a large pea.—Pulu Milu (Novara 91; Jelinek 203—/iloga, inc.).

213. Ixora Kurzrana, T. et B. in Natuurk. Tydsch. v. Ned. Ind.
XXVII. 100 (sub Pavetta).—Rare in the tropical, more frequent in the
coral-reef-forests of Katchall.

214. Ixora BARBATA, Roxb.—Great Nicobar (g. ¢.).

215. Ixora macrosrpHon, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 327.—
Great Nicobar (Novara 89 ; Jelinek 254—hilogo, inc.).

216. Ixora BRUNNESCENS, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872,
317.—Frequent in the coral-reef-forests of Katchall; Karnicobar (Novara
87 and 88; Jelinek—/wnge, inc.).

217. Ixora vintosa, Roxb.—Kondil (g. c¢.)

218. LasIaANTHUS LHviIcauLis, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,
327.—Rather frequent in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

219. GYNOCHTODES MACROPHYLLA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soe. Beng.
1872, 314 and Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 326.—In the beach-forests of
Katchall ; Nankowry, near Malacca.

220. GuETTARDA SPECIOSA, L.—Common in the beach-forests of all
the islands ; Trice and Track (Novara 97 ; Jelinek 185—towal€, inc.).

221. PoLYPHRAGMON FLAVESCENS (Helospora flavescens, Jack).—
Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Kamorta, where it grows to be a
tree up to 80 feet high, but very frequent on the grass-heaths of the
same island, where it is reduced toa mere shrub; Karnicobar (Novara 99
and 100; Jelinek—kointwel, inc.).

N. B. What authors (except Miquel) take to be cells are in reality
the ovules, which are attached usually in two rows to the inner angles of the
4.—7 cells of which the ovary consists. The seeds have a crustaceous testa.
The berries of the Nicobar tree are larger and usually 6-celled and may
form a distinct species.

N. B. Bobea hirsuta, T. et B., = Polyphragmon trichocaulon, Mid. ;
Greenia latifolia, T. et B., = Polyphr. Amboinicum, Miq.

222. GARDENIA RESINIFERA, Korth. (the form called G. glutinosa,
T. et B.). A tree (40—50 + 20 —25 + 4— 5) not unfrequent in the tro-
pical forests of Kamorta.

223. GRIFFITHIA cuRVATA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 326.—
Frequent in the tropical and the coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Kat-
chall.

224. WHEBERA DENSIFLORA, Wall.—Frequent in the coral-reef-forests
of Katchall.

224. Hypoparurum racemosum (Randia racemosa, Roxb.; Pe-
tunga Roxburghii, DC.).—Not unfrequent in the coral-reef-forests of Kat-
chall, especially near marshes ; Great Nicobar (Novara 102; Jelinek 252—
pebel, inc.).

1876.| S. Kurz—<a Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 185

225. Muss®NDA MACROPHYLLA, Wall.—Not unfrequent along the
outskirts of the tropical forests of Kamorta ; Nankowry (Novara 95 ; Jeli-
nek 160).

226. Mussmnpa JELINEKII, nov. sp.

Fruticosa, subglabra ; folia lineari-lanceolata ad elongato-obovato-lance-
olata, basi cuneata acuminata et in petiolum longum v. longiuseulum (3—2
pollicarem) attenuata, breviuscule acuminata, membranacea, 9—4 poll. longa,
integra, glabra v. subtus pallidiora et sub lente minute pubera; flores
parviusculi, aurantiaci, pedicellis 1—1} lin. longis suffulti et in corymbum
brachiatum glabrum foliis multo breviorem terminalem disgesti; calycis
glabri tubus cylindraceo-oblongus, 1% lin. longus, dentibus % lin. longis,
omnibus lineari-subulatis v. uno alterove florum 1—2 tantum in laminam
foliaceam albam longissime (c. 1. poll.) petiolatam excrescente ; corolle
tubus 7—8 lin. longus, glaber, intus fauce villosus, lobi vix 2 lin. longi,
oblongi, obtusiusculi, supra pulverulento-tomentelli.

Allied (possibly too closely ?) to IL. longifolia. The opposite leaves are
alternately much smaller and shorter petioled. Great Nicobar (Novara 90 ;
Jelinek 250—tajhuqe, inc.).

227. ADENOSACME LONGIFOLIA, Wall.—Great Nicobar (Novara 222 ;
Jelinek 224).

228. Morinpa crrrironi, L., var. BRAcTEATA (J. bracteata, Roxb.).
—Common in the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall, entering also the
coral-reef-forests ; Karnicobar (Novara 101; Jelinek 183—dwron, inc.).

229. Navucnna Excensa, Bl.—A tree (60 + 20—80 + 4—5) fre-
quent in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

230. Uncaria Pinosa, Bth.—Frequent in the tropical forests of
Kamorta.

231. OpntorrHizaA Muneos, L.—Common in the beach- and coral-
reet-forests of all the islands, especially frequent at the base of the catechu-
palms ; Pulu Milu (Novara 96; Jelinek 193—Awju, inc.).

232. Hepyorts riarpa, Miq.—Frequent in the tropical forests of

- Kamorta.

233. HLEDYOTIS PARADOXA, nov. Sp.

HI. hispide, Retz., arcte affinis, attamen corolla duplo major, fauce
pubescens ; capsula globosa uti in speciebus Oldenlandie, calycis lobis bre-
vibus coronata ; caules hispiduli ; folia supra glabra, subtus minute puberula.
Great Nicobar (Novara. 94; Jelinek 225—sanunkun, inc.). (Common on
the Andamans).

234. Hepyotrs approxtmata, WA., var. (Spermacoce tubularis,
R. Rr. in Wall. Cat.).—Pretty frequent on the grass-heaths of Kamorta,
especially along rivulets.

235. HeEpyoris costata (Spermacoce costata, Roxb.; H. coerulea,

136 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

Korth., non WA.)—Not unfrequent in open spots and along the outskirts
of the tropical forests of _Kamorta.

N. B. Hedyotis cerulea, WA. (non L., nec Korth.), has to be chang-
ed into H. cyanantha.

236. Herpyotis Watuicai (H. galioides, Wall. Cat. 866, non F.
Muell.).

Herba annua, erecta, 1—2-pedalis, parce pilosa; stipule longe fim-
briate, hispido-pilose; folia magis minusve ovato-lanceolata ad ovalia,
basi acuta, petiolo 1—1% lin. longo parce piloso suffulta, acuta v. acuminata,
> poll. longa, integra, membranacea, utrinque plus minusve pilis longis
adspersa ; flores minuti, pallide cerulei, pedicellis capillaribus 3—4 lin.
longis suffulti, cymas glabras dichotomas in paniculas axillares et termina-
les dispositas formantes ; calyx glaber, vix semilineam longus, dentibus
lanceolatis acutis ; capsula hemispherica, glabra, lineam fere in diametro,
calycis dentibus brevibus coronata.

Common amongst grass in the grass-heaths, especially in those of the
northern parts of Kamorta.

237. Hepyotis eRamrinicona, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,
326.—Common amongst grass in the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

238. Hepyotis racemosa, Lamk.—Great Nicobar (g. c.).

239. Hepyorrs Anpamanica, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872,
311.—Rather rare in somewhat open places in the tropical forests of Ka-
morta.

240. Kyoxta corymbosa, Willd.—Trice and Track (g. ¢.).

COMPOSITA.

241. VERNONIA CINEREA, Less.—A weed in cultivated lands and
around the huts of the natives in the beach-forests of Kamorta ; Tillang-
chong (Novara 85; Jelinek 102).

242. Vernonta (CYANOPSIs) sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

243. ADENOSTEMMA viscosuM, Forst.—One variety (var. latifolia,
Don) frequent in the coral-reef- and tropical forests of Kamorta and Kat-
chall; the other (var. elatwm, Don), with succulent thick leaves, rather
frequent in swampy rivulets of the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

244. AGERATUM COoNYzOIDES, L.—A common weed around the huts
of the natives and in the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

245. Brumea Fiava, DC.—Locally along rivulets of the grass-
heaths of Kamorta.

246. Brumea LaceraA, DC.—Frequent in the beach-forests and
around the penal settlement of Kamorta.

247. Buvmea MYRIocEPHALA, DC.—Here and there in shady ra-
vines and in tropical forests of Kamorta; Trice and Track (g. c.) ; Great
Nicobar (Novara 83: Jelinek 218—kongé, inc.).

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 187

248. BuumeEa rrparta, DC.—Large scandent shrub, frequent in the
tropical forests of Kamorta.

249. BLUMEA BALSAMIFERA, DC.—Springing up freely in cleared
jungle-land and not unfrequent along the outskirts of the forests and
amongst shrubbery of Kamorta.

250. PrucuEa Inpica, Less.—Frequent along the coast of Kamorta
and Katchall; Trice and Track (g. c.).

251. SPHERANTHUS MICROCEPHALUS, Willd.—Here and there on the
grass-heaths of Kamorta, also springing up in cleared jungle-land.

252. Ecripta sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

253. SYNEDRELLA NODIFLORA, Gertn.—A weed near the convict-
gardens of Kamorta and most probably introduced from the Andamans,
where it has now become a common weed.

254. WrEDELIA scaANDENS, C. B. Clarke-—Common in the tidal for-
ests and the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; Karnicobar (g. ¢.) ;
Nankowry (Novara 84; Jelinek 112—katei?, ine.) ; kathai, inc. Katch.

255. “ SPILANTHES sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

256. Bipens sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

CAMPANULACEHA.

257. Lopetia sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

258. Scmyvora Kanter, Vhl—Common in the beach-forests, but
also on rocky (chiefly calcareous) ground near the sea along the coasts of
all the islands ; Karnicobar (Novara 36; Jelinek 58—tufuwl, inc.).

N. B. Stylidiwm tenellum, Kurz in Flora 1872, 304, non Sw., is a
new species, which I now propose to call St. rosewm.

MY RSINEA.

259. Masa RAMENTACEA, Roxb.—Frequent in the tropical forests
of Kamorta.

260. Emprnia microcanyx, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 328.
Frequent in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

Alhed to Himb. canescens, Jack.

261. Myrstve capirencata, Wall. var.? (the form which goes un-
der the name JZ. avenis, DC.).—Rare in the tropical forests of Kamorta.
A small bushy tree about 30 feet high.

262. Appista LiTrorantis, Andr. (Climacandra obovata, Miq.).—
Common in the beach-forests of all the islands; Karnicobar (Novara 142;
Jelinek 18—mekron, inc.).

263. AUGIcERAS coRNIcULATA, Blanco.—Nankowry (Novara 148 ;
Jelinek 157—kadoa, inc.).

is)

138 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

SAPOTACEZA.

264. SIDEROXYLON ATTENUATUM, DC.—Frequent in the tropical for-
ests of Kamorta; Great Nicobar (g. ¢.); Karnicobar (Novara 146; Jeli-
nek 11—makelinioko, inc.).

265. SIDEROXYLON GRANDIFOLIUM, Wall.—A lofty tree, rare in the
tropical forests of Kamorta.

266. Mimusops Exener, L.—A lofty tree, not unfrequent in the
tropical forests of Katchall.

267. Mimusops LirTorRALis, Kurz in Peg. Rep. 1875. H. 34. in
erratis.

Arbor vasta, sempervirens, glabra; folia obovata ad obovato-oblonga,
petiolo gracili 3—1 poll. suffulta, basi acuta, 23—4 poll. longa, obtusa
et vulgo retusa, coriacea, glabra, supra nitentia; flores parvi, pedicellis
robustis subglabris 3—% (sub fructu usque ad 13) poll. longis suffulti, solitarii,
axillares ; calyx cire. 2 lin. longus, adpresse fulvo-puberulus et glabrescens,
6-lobus (an semper ?), lobis ovatis obtusiusculis ; corollee lobi sepalis triplo
numerosiores: lobi exteriores 12, lineari-lanceolati; interiores 6, erecti,
breviores et angustiores, basi attenuati et filamentorum basibus subadnati ;
stamina 12, glabra, cum squamis minutis totidem denticulatis alternantia ;
antheree acuminate ; ovarium fulvo-pubescens ; baccz depresso-globose et
fere pomiformes, 1—14 poll. circiterin diametro, leves, vulgo 5-v. 6-locula-
res et -sperme; semina compresso-oblonga, semipollicem circiter longa,
hilo conspicuo subbasali obliquo.

Frequent in the forests of the rocky coast of Katchall, especially
along the northern and eastern sides.

The bullet-wood grows here as luxuriantly as on the Andamans, where
at Ross-island itself seven trees, survivors of the former forests, are
still standing.

EBENACEL.

268. Drospyros Kurz, Hiern.—Rare in the coral-reef-forests of
Katchall ; said to occur also in the tropical forests of Kamorta ; Nankowry
(Novara 147 ; Jelinek 146).

269. Drosprros unpunata, Wall.—Nankowry (Novara 149; Jeli-
nek 126—oka ohe, inc.).

270. Masa Anpamantca, (Marcreightia Andamanica, Kurz in And.
Rep. 2nd ed. A. p. 42).

Frutex sempervirens, 83—5-pedalis, novellis ochraceo-hirsutis v. pubes-
centibus ; folia elliptico- ad ovato-oblonga, petiolo brevissimo brunneo-
tomentello suffulta, basi subcordata, abrupte acuminata y. apiculata,
integra, 4—6 poll. longa, chartacea, supra glabra, subtus secus costam

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 139

nervosque adpresse fulvo-puberula, laxe reticulata; flores feminei tantum
noti, 3-meri, axillares, sessiles, solitarii; calyx profunde 3-lobus, lobis
acutis, parce pilosis ; bacce subsicce, elliptico-oblonge v. oblonge, plus quam
pollice longz, styloso-mucronatz, leves, seepius 3-sperme ; semina lineari-
oblonga.—Tillangchong (Novara 148 ; Jelinek 105).

STV RACACHA.

271. Symptocos LErostacHya, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873,
89 and in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 329.—A lofty tree, common in the tro-
pical forests of Kamorta, remaining low along the outskirts of the forests.

JASMINACHAL.

272. JASMINUM ACUMINATISSIMUM, Bl—Frequent in the tropical
forests of Kamorta, and along their outskirts ; Nankowry (Novara 103
and 104; Jelinek 121 and 162—n7od, inc.).

273. CuHronantuus PatemBantcus, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 558.—
Great Nicobar (Novara 73 ; Jelinek 255—wtenya, inc.) ; Nankowry (No-
vara 74; Jelinek 125—klanghong, inc.).

N. B. Fruiting specimens from the Vienna Museum prove the species
to be quite distinct from Ch. ramiflorus, Roxb., with which I identified the
flowering specimens from the Andamans in my And. Rep. App. A. 42.
The drupes are 1—14 inches long, ovoid to oblong, slightly curved, the
putamen smooth or, more usually, slightly and longitudinally furrowed.
Neither do I believe that Roxburgh’s Moluccan species is correctly identified
with the Indian plant of the same name and with Ch. macrophyllus
(Linociera—Wall.).

274. CHIONANTHUS sp. ? (leaves only). Not unfrequent in the coral-
reef-forests of Katchall ; (Novara 57; Jelinek).

APOCY NACE.

275. CARISSA DIFFUSA, Roxb.—Karnicobar (g. c¢.).

276. STRYCHNOS AcUMINATA, Wall.—Nankowry (Novara 105; Je-
linek 159—schong, inc.).

277. FaGrara RAcEMOSA, Jack.—Frequent in the tropical forests of
Kamorta, but still more common as a small tree on the grass-heaths of the
same island ; Great Nicobar (Novara 106; Jelinek 241—7/oko, inc.).

278. GYNOPOGON sTELLATUM, Labill—Nankowry, at Malacca.

279. CERBERA OpaLtuM, Ham.—Not unfrequent in the beach-forests,
and along the outskirts of the mangrove-swamps, of Kamorta and Kat-
chall.

280. OcHRosta satuBRis, Miq.—Rather frequent in the beach-forests
of Kamorta ; Trice and Track (Novara 106/a ; Jelinek 184—bata, inc.).

140 S. Kurz—ad Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 8,

281. TABERNEMONTANA CRISPA, Roxb., var. Nicoparica (ZL. Wico-
barica, Liebm. Ind. sem. Hort. Hanniensis et Linnea XXVIII. 363),
calycis lobis angustis subspathulatis tantum differt—Common in the beach-
forests of all the islands ; Karnicobar (Kamphcevener ; Novara 108 & 110;
Jelinek 33 & 45—togarata or takorota, inc.) ; Trice and Track (Novara
109 ; Jelinek 182—hlangnjei, ine.) ; galic naik, inc. Katch.

282. AGaANosMA acumMINATA, Don. (A. euloba, Miq.).—Karnicobar
(Ge):

283. ALSTONIA SPECTABILIS, R. Br.—Frequent in the coral-reef-
forests of Katchall ; (Jelinek—twlano, inc.).

284. ALSTONIA MACROPHYLLA, Roxb. and var. f£. acuminata (4,
acuminata, Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 140), folia glaberrima, petiol
breviores.—Both varieties with intermediate forms frequent in the tropical
forests of Kamorta ; Karnicobar (Novara 107 ; Jelinek 14).

285. PaRSONSTA SPIRALIS, R. Br. (Heligme Javanica, Bl.).—Fre-
quent in the tropical forests of Katchall; Karnicobar (Novara 111; Jelinek
82—tehen, inc.).

286. ANODENDRON PANICULATUM, DC.—Frequent in the beach and
tropical forests of Kamorta.

N. B. This, as Mr. Homfray of Port Blair has pointed out to me,

is the plant which furnishes the strong fibre used by the Andamanese
for their bow-strings.

ASCLEPIADEA.

287. SaRcoLoBus eLoposus, Wall.—Great Nicobar, in mangrove-
swamps (Novara 112; Jelinek 249—zntzjok, inc.).

288. Cynocronum Watuicuit, Dene.—Kamorta, in shrubbery near
the old cattle-shed on the grass-heaths.

289. Brparia sp.? Fruiting specimens only.—Great Nicobar (No-
vara 114; Jelinek 232—ekowische, inc.).—Much resembles B. tingens,
Dene., but has the leaves much larger and the pods 6—8 in. long and
narrowed into a stalk.

290. WatTTAKAKA VIRIDIFLORA, Hassk.—Nicobars (teste D.).

291. DiscHipia NumMMULARIA, R. Br.—Rather frequent on trees,
chiefly in the beach-forests, but also on the grass-heaths of Kamorta
and Katchall.

292. Discuip1a Brencatensts, Coleb—Common on trees, especially
cocoa-nut trees, of the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; (Novara 115,
Jelinek).

293. Hoya Hooxerr, Wight.—Frequent on trees of the beach and
tidal forests of Kamorta and Katchall; (Novara 113 ; Jelinek).

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 141

CONVOLVULACEHA.

294. JIpomma vittronr1a, Sw.—Common in the tropical forests of
Kamorta ; Nankowry (Novara 127 ; Jelinek 168) ; Great Nicobar (Novara
128 ; Jelinek 230—nekatal, inc.).

295. Ieoma@a NICOBARICA, nov. sp.

Alte volubilis, perennis, glabra, ramulis subangulatis; folia e basi
profunde sinuato-cordata lato-ovata, petiolo 1—83 pollicari suffulta, obtusa et
seepius cum mucrone, integra, 13—38 poll. lata et longa v. paullo longiora,
membranacea, glabra, subtus pallidioraet obscurius venosa ; flores majusculi,
candidi, pedicellis strictis sursum subcrassioribus glabris suffulti et 2—3-
ni, rarius solitarii, pedunculum brevissimum (vix 8—4 lin. longum)
axillarem terminantes ; calycis lobi 83;—4 lin. longi, lato-elliptici, obtusis-
simi, mucronati, scariosi, glabri, interiores latiores et obtusiores ; corolla
infundibuliformis, glabra, 13 poll. longa, lobis lato-subcordatis mucronatis ;
capsulz chartacez, depresso-globos, glabree, pedicello elongato 3—1-pollicari
et parum incrassato suffulte; semina subglobosa, 13 lin. crassa, atra,
levia.—Ex affinitate I. cymose.

The leaves much resemble those of £ obsewra or I. denticulata, but
are much larger. Rather frequent in the more open parts of the tropical
forests of Kamorta.

296. JIrom@a sEptarta, Koen.—Karnicobar (Novara 183; Jelinek
26—many?, inc.).—A form with narrower, almost sagittate and angular
leaves.

297. Irom@a pENTICULATA, Choisy—Common in the beach-forests
and along the sandy shores of Kamorta and Katchall ; Great Nicobar (g. c.).

298. Irom@a campanuLats, L.—Not unfrequent amongst shrub-
bery in the beach-jungles of Kamorta; Pulu Milu (Novara 132; Jelinek
212—minjab, inc.).

299. Iromea TurperHum, R. Br.—Not unfrequent in shrubbery
of the beach-forests of Katchall; (Novara 129 ; Jelinek).

300. Ipoma@a PES-cAaPRH, Sw.—Common along the beaches and in
the beach-forests of all the islands; Karnicobar (Novara 131; Jelinek
37—lanankap, inc.).

301. Jroma@a tinironia, Bl—Frequent amongst grass, along
rivulets, on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

N.-B. Dr. Diedrichsen enumerates also Lepistemon, Calonyction, and
Aniseia in his list of Nicobarese plants.

302. EvonvuLus tiniroxius, L. (with white flowers).—Locally on
the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

303. ERycrBe panicunata, Roxb. var.—A large climber, frequent
in the tropical forests of Kamorta ; Karnicobar (g. ¢.).

142 §S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 8,

BIGNONTACE ZL.

304. RaDERMACHERA Lopsit, Miq.—A large tree up to 80 feet
high, common in the tropical forests of Kamorta.
305. SPATHODEA RHEEDII, Wall.—Katchall (g. ¢.).

ACANTHACEZL.

306. THUNBERGIA sp.—Nicobars (este D.).

307. AcAaNTHUS ILIcIFoLIUS, L.—Along tidal marshes, Kamorta.

308. HBERMAYERA LANCEOLATA, Hassk.—Great Nicobar (g. ¢.).

309. HEMIAGRAPHIS GLANDULOSA, T. And.—In open or cleared spots
in the coral-reef-forests of Katchall; Karnicobar (Novara 1389; Jelinek
31—samtarod, inc.).

310. HyGRoPHILA SALiciroLia, NE.—Not unfrequent along rivu-
lets in the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

311. PrERIstTROoPHE aAcuMINATA, NE.—Here and there in the coral-
reef-forests of Katchall ; Great Nicobar (g. c.).

312. D#DALACANTHUS SUFFRUTICOSUS, T. And.—Karnicobar (g. c.).

313. HRANTHEMUM SUCCIFOLIUM, nov. sp.

Herba annua, succulenta, glabra, 1—23-pedalis, caule viridi v. fusces-
cente (nunquam albo) ; folia lanceolata ad elliptico-lanceolata, basi acuta,
petiolo usque pollicari crasso suffulta, obtuse v. acutiuscule acuminata,
4—8 poll. longa, succulento-coriacea, glaberrima, nitida, in sicco fusces-
centia ; flores speciosi, candidi, pedicellis 1—2 lin. longis puberulis suffulti,
2—8-ni v. raro per plures fasciculati et secundi, bracteis linearibus
pedicellos¢equantibus v. brevioribus sustenti et paniculam vulgo amplam
rarius contractam brachiatam minute puberulam terminalem efformantes ;
calycis laciniz subulatz, 3 lin. long; corolla tubus 1—i} poll. longus,
limbus subbilabiatus, lobi inferiores 3 lato-obovati subacuti, basi usque ad
quartam partem longitudinis connati, lobi superiores 2 oblongi, acutiuseuli,
basi usque ad 4 partem connati; capsule clavate in partem sterilem fere
semipollicarem attenuate, normaliter 4-spermz ; semina compressa, orbicu-
lari-reniformia, glabra, rugosissima.—EHx affinitate #. Blumet.

Common in the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; Great
(Nicobar (g. c.) ; Karnicobar (Novara 141 ; Jelinek 78—okpakue inc.).

314. ERranrtHemMum atpum, T. And. ?—Karnicobar and Katchall
(enc):

315. Justicia vascutosa, Wall.—Katchall ; Trice and Track, and
Great Nicobar (g. c.).

316. Justicia Sumatrana (Gendarussa ? Sumatrana, Miq. FI. Ind.
Bat. II. 832.)—Frequent in the tropical forests (calcareous) of the eastern
coast of Katchall. ‘The corolla is uniformly white.

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 148

PEDALINEAL.
*317. Srsamum Inpicum, DC.—Nankowry, at Malacca ; cultivated ?
CYRTANDRACEZ.

318. EprrHeMaA carnosum, DC. var.—On shady coral-rocks in the
tropical forests of the eastern coast of Katchall, rare.

319. CyRTANDRA sp. ? (leaves only).—Katchall (g. ¢.).

N. B. Cyrtandra acuminata, Wall. in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 329,
requires comparison with Oyrtandromea decurrens, Zoll. Syst. Verz. part
3. 58—a species unknown to me.

LENTIBULARIEA.

320. UTRICULARIA DIANTHA, Roem. and Schult.—In a rivulet on
the grass-heaths east of Enaca, Kamorta.

SCROPHULARINEZ.

321. Scoparta putcis, L.—A common weed in the beach-forests
and on cleared lands, around the huts of the natives, ete., in Kamorta’ and
Katchall.

322. 'TORENIA CoRDIFOLIA, Roxb.—In shrubberies in cleared or open
places, especially along road-sides, in the tropical forests near the penal
settlement at Kamorta.

323. Bonnaya sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

324. LimMNnopHina HIRsuTA, Bth., var. scABERRIMA. Folia rugosa,
supra tuberculis hyalino-albidis calcareis et setulis boragineo-scaberrima,
subtus punctata et hirsuta.

Rather frequent along swampy rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta:

325. ADENOSMA HirsuTUM (Pterostigma hirsutum, Bth.), var. brac-
teis longioribus.—Rare and but local on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

326. SrRiga HirsuTA, Bth. (with yellow flowers).—Rare and spora-
dic on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

3827. CENTRANTHERA HISPIDA, R. Br.—Only one specimen met with
on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

VERBENACEZE.

328. Vitex Nrecaunpo, L.—Rather frequent in the beach-forests of
Kamorta and Katchall, also found occasionally on the grass-heaths of
Kamorta ; Pulu Milu (Novara 121; Jelinek—Azéa, inc.).

329. SrachyTarPHa Inpica, Vhl.—Frequent in grass-land and
shrubbery around the penal settlement on Kamorta.

330. PREMNA INTEGRIFOLIA, L.—Frequent in the beach-forests of
Kamorta and Katchall; Karnicobar (g. c.) ; tanydl, ine. Katch.

144 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. |No. 8,

N. B. Sphenodesma eryciboides, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871,
76, = Symphorema grossa (Premna? grossa, Wall. Cat. 1874; DC. Prodr.
XI. 638). Sphenodesma and Symphorema are in my opinion not generically
distinct.

331. CLERODENDRON INERME, L.—TIn the beach and tidal forests of
Kamorta; Karnicobar (Novara 118 ; Jelinek 25—manjudjon, inc.).

332. CLERODENDRON PANICULATUM, L.—Nicobars (Novara 117;
Jelinek).

333. CALLICARPA LONGIFOLIA, Lamk.—Common in the beach-jungles
of all the islands ; Karnicobar (Novara 119 ; Jelinek 51—Aimvidang, inc.) ;
Nankowry (Novara 120 ; Jelinek 117—kalafat, inc.).

334. GmeLiIna Astatica, L.—Rather frequent near the old cattle-
shed on the grass-heaths north of the penal settlement of Kamorta ; pro-
bably only an intruder from the tropical forests, where it ought to be found.

BORAGINE AL.

335. HHRETIA sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

336. CorpDIA suBCcORDATA, Lamk.—A large shrub along the sea-shore,
especially along beaches, of the eastern coast of Kamorta; Nankowry,
(Novara 122 ; Jelinek 122—~zod, inc.).

337. ToURNEFORTIA ARGENTEA, L.—Common in the beach-forests,
especially along the sea-border itself, of Katchall ; Trice and Track (g. ¢.) ;
(Novara 124; Jelinek).

338. 'TOURNEFORTIA GLABRA (Letrandra glabra, Miq.).—Scandent,
in patches of low jungle along one of the rivulets in the grass-heaths of
Kamorta ; Katchall (g. c.).

LABIATA.

339. Ocymum sanctum, L.—Frequent around the hutsof the natives in
the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; Nankowry (Novara 116;
Jelinek 110—¢schamenga, inc.).

340. DysopHyYLLA auRIcuLARIA, Bth.—In a swampy rivulet on the
grass-heaths west of Enaca, Kamorta.

*341. HHypris sUAVEOLENS, Poir.—As wild around the huts of the

natives at Malacca, Nankowry.

Diedrichsen mentions Orthosiphon also as a Nicobarese plant.

342. Lxucas sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

NYCTAGINEAL.
343. BorrHaavia Guurinosa, Vhl.—Nicobars (¢este Vahl.).

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 145

AMARANTACEZ.

344. AMARANTUS viRIDIS, L.—Not unfrequent around the huts of
the natives in the beach-forests of Katchall and Kamorta ; aygobd, inc. Katch.

345. AmaRrantus GanceEricus, L.—Around the huts of the natives
in the beach-forests of Katchall.

346. AERVA LANATA, Juss.—Frequent in the beach-forests of Kat-
ehall ; dyu-al, inc. Katch.

347. ALTERNANTHERA sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

348. ACHYRANTHES ASPERA, L.—Nicobars (Novara 67 ; Jelinek).

349. CYATHULA PRosTRATA, Bl.—Great Nicobar (Novara 68 ; Jelinek
215—tewnji, inc.).

350. DrsmocHaEta sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

POLYGONEAL.

351. PoLyconumM FLACCIDUM, Roxb.—In a jungle-marsh in the coral-
reef-forests behind Katjui, on the western coast of Katchall.

MONIMIACEA.

352. Krpara cortacea, Hf. & Th.—Great Nicobar (Novara 69 ;
Jelinek 270).

LAURINELE.

353. CINNAMOMUM oBTuUsIFoLIUM, N. E.—Not unfrequent in the
tropical forests of Kamorta; Nankowry (Novara 71; Jelinek 144—mon-
tam, ine.).

354. CRYPTOCARYA FERREA, Bl.—Rather rare in the tropical forests
of Kamorta.

N. B. Diedrichsen gives Polyadenia also as Nicobarese.

355. 'TETRANTHERA LAURIFOLIA, Jacq.—Pulu Milu (Novara 70;
Jelinek 210—bogiak, inc.) ; Great Nicobar (g. ¢.).

356. 'TETRANTHERA AMARA NE., var. y. ANDAMANICA (Vv. sp. pro-
pria?), folia multo majora et tenuiora ; umbellz numerosz, pedunculis gra-
eilibus usque ad 4 lin. longis suffulte.—Karnicobar (Novara 72; Jelinek
35—takawoka, inc.).

357. Lirsma Forrosa, NE.—Common in the tropical forests of
Kamorta ; Nankowry (Novara 76; Jelinek 187—wlenja, inc.).

358. CassyTHA FILIFORMIS, L.—Common in the beach-forests of
Kamorta and Katchall; Karnicobar (Novara 79; Jelinek 60—kumbraga,
inc.).

359. HeRNANDIA PELTATA, Meissn.—Common in the beach-forests
of Kamorta and Katchall ; Karnicobar (Novara 80; Jelinek 40—minhwd).

19

146 8S. Kurz—A Shetch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

LORANTHACEZL.
360. Loranruvus sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

SANTALACEA.

361. HeEnsLOwIA ERYTHROCARPA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,
329.—Rare in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

ELAAGNACEAA.
362. ELMAGNUS ARBOREA, Roxb.—In shrubbery along the tropical
forests of Kamorta; Nankowry (Novara 81; Jelinek 164—A/umhanq,
inc.).

THY MELAACELA.

363. Gonystytus MigvEnianus, T. et B.—Rare in the tropical
forests of Kamorta.

ARISTOLOCHIACE.

364. BRraGANTIA TOMENTOSA, R. Br.—Katchall and Trice and Track
(g. c.) ; Great Nicobar (Novara 82; Jelinek 223—taman, inc.).
N. B. Diedrichsen mentions Aristolochia also.

MY RISTICACEA.

365. Myristica corticosa, Hf. and Th—Not unfrequent in the
tropical forests of Kamorta.

HUPHORBIACEA.

366. AcTEPHILA JAvanitca, Miq.—Katchall (g. ¢.).

367. ACTEPHILA PUBERULA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873,
236.—Common in the tropical and the coral-reef-forests of Katchall ; Til-
langchong (Novara 199 and 192; Jelinek 100).

368. GLOCHIDION cALocARPUM, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,
330.—Common in the beach and coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Kat-
chall ; Karnicobar (Novara 204; Jelinek 50—hinjidn, inc.) ; Great Nico-
bar (g. ¢.).

369. Puyi~iantuus Nrirvri, L.—A weed around the huts of the
natives in the beach-forests of Katchall.

370. Breynia optonetronta, Muell. Arg. (var. foliis majoribus).
A small tree in the coral-reef-forests of Katchall.

371. Breyyta racemosa, Muell. Arg.—Not unfrequent in the beach-
and coral-reef-forests of Katchall; Great Nicobar (Novara 196; Jelinek
228—henonquiwe, inc.).

372. Breynta RHAMNorDES, Muell. Arg.—Nankowry (Novara 205 ;
Jelinek 161—matmezjong, inc.).

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 147

N. B. Diedrichsen enumerates Cicca in his list of Nicobarese genera.

373. SECURINEGA OBOVATA, Muell. Are.—Not unfrequent in the
beach and coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall, rarely entering the
tropical forests ; Karnicobar (Novara 193 ; Jelinek 43—hengot, inc.).

374. AntTrpEsMA Merwasv, Muell. Arg.—Karnicobar (Novara 66 ;
Jelinek 54—senepkomo, inc.).

375. ANTIDESMA PUNCTICULATUM, Miq.—Not unfrequent in the
tropical forests of Kamorta.

376. ANTIDESMA PERSIMILIS, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,
330.—Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

377. ANTIDESMA GHESEMBILLA, Gertn.—Common on the grass-
heaths of Kamorta.

378. APOROSA GLABRIFOLIA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 330.
Common on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

3879. Aporosa MicRosTacHyA, Muell. Arg.—Rather frequent in the
tropical forests of Kamorta; Great Nicobar (Novara 212; Jelinek 262—
lamacha, inc.).

380. BaccavrEa Javantca, Muell. Arg. (B. acuminata, Muell.
Arg.).—A tree 60 feet high by 8—10 feet in girth, on Nankowry (Novara
213 ; Jelinek 167—anol, inc.).

N. B. Adenocrepis Javanica, Bl., and Microsepata acuminata, Miq.,
are in my opinion the same plant, but Miquel named some specimens from
the Lampongs (Herb. Bog. No. 4581) also by the latter name. These
differ greatly by the very short racemes and by the leaves drying yellow
like those of a Symplocos.

381. CyYcLOsTEMON LEIOCARPUM, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,
330.—Here and there in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

382. BRIEDELIA @tAuca, Bl.—Not unfrequent in the beach-forests
of Kamorta and Katchall; (Novara 195, Jelinék).

383. BRIEDELIA TOMENTOSA, Bl.i—Rather frequent along the out-
skirts of the tropical forests of Kamorta ; Katchall (g. c.).

384. Croton ardyRratum, Bl.—Not unfrequent in the tropical
forests of Kamorta.

385. Marnotus acuminatus, Muell. Arg.—Common in the coral-
reef-forests of Katchall ; Great Nicobar (Novara 200 ; Jelinek 221 & 217—
ungakab, 1ne¢.).

386. Maxtztotus Hetrert, Muell. Arg.—tTrice, Track, or Meroe (g. ¢.).

387. Matiotus muricarus, Muell. Arg.—Frequent in the coral-reef-
forests of Katchall ; Kamorta (g. c.).

388. Macaranga TANARIUS, Muell. Arg. (QZ. molliuscula, Kurz in
Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 245).—Frequent in the beach-forests of
Kamorta and Katchall; Nankowry (Novara 197; Jelinek 150—kendub,
inc.) ; kdngyua, inc. Katch.

148 §. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. (No. 3,

389. Macarancga @IGANTEA, Muell. Arg—Common in the tropical
forests of Kamorta.

390. ALCHORNEA JAVENSIS, Muell. Arg.—Common in the coral-reef-
forests of Katchall; Karnicobar (Novara 202; Jelinek 52—hamfata, inc.).
391. ALCHORNEA TILIMFOLIA, Muell. Arg.—Karnicobar (g. ¢.).

N. B. Diedrichsen gives Acalypha as a Nicobarese plant.

392. CHEILOSA MONTANA, Bl. var.—Nankowry (Novara 164; Jelinek
175—majab).

393. Ricryus communis, L.—Frequent and like wild in the beach-
forests of Kamorta and Katchall, entering also the coral-reef-forests ; Great
Nicobar (Jelinek—ma, inc.) ; mah, ince. Katch.

*394. Mantuor uTinisstma, Pohl.—Nicobars (teste D.).

395. GELONIUM LANCEOLATUM, Willd.—In the coral-reef-forests of
Katchall ; Karnicobar (Novara 207 ; Jelinek 12—Iliussoldova, inc.).

396. GELONIUM BIFARIUM, Roxb.—Karnicobar (Novara 206 & 208 ;
Jelinek 12—liussoldova, inc.).

397. CLAOXYLON LONGIFOLIUM, Muell. Arg.—A small tree not unfre-
quent in the tropical and beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall ; lanu an,
ine. Katch.

398. CLAOXYLON MOLLE, Endl.—Frequent in the beach-forests of
Kamorta and Katchall, entering the tropical forests; Nankowry (Novara
203 ; Jelinek 149—enghoye, inc.).

399. Excamcarta AcattocHa, L.—Frequent in the tidal and beach-
forests of Kamorta.

400. EXc@CARIA OPPOSITIFOLIA, Jacq.—Great Nicobar (Novara 194 ;
Jelinek 246—fugh, inc.).

401. Excm@caRria RECTINERVIS (Actephila rectinervis, Kurz in Trim.
Journ. Bot. 1875. 329).

Descriptioni (1. ce.) adde: folia integerrima, obtusissima v. retusa,
rarius apiculata; flores masculi sessiles, diandri, solitarii im axillis
bractearum obcordatarum et in spicam sessilem glabram petiolo brevi-
orem aggregati; spice omnino mascule v. basi 2—3 floribus feminibus
brevissime pedicellatis auctz ; ovarium trigono-ovatum, glabrum, stylis 3
crassis reflexis coronatum ; capsule mature pedunculo glabro ec. semipolli-
cari suffultz, globoso-trigone, cerasi magni magnitudine, crustacex, leves;
semina subglobosa, pisi minoris magnitudine, pallida, ferrugineo-tigrina et
maculata.—Speciei preeedenti affinis.

Common on coral-rocks in the tropical forests of Katchall ; Tilangehong
(Novara 192 & 199 ; Jelinek 100).

402. EUPHORBIA PARVIFLORA, L., var. LINEARIFOLIA.—Here and
there on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

403. Evpnorsia Arora, Forst——Common on the beaches and in the

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 149

beach-forests of the western coast of Katchall; Great Nicobar (g. c¢.) ;
Karnicobar (Novara 191 ; Jelinek 86—mupee).

404. HUPHORBIA PILULIFERA, L.—A weed around habitations in the
beach-forests and uncultivated parts of Kamorta and Katchall.

405. EUPHORBIA EPIPHYLLOIES, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng.
1873, 247.—Karnicobar and Great Nicobar (g. c.).

URTICACHZ.

406. HE.atosteMA NovaR&, nov. sp.

Fruticulosa, ramosa, glabra; folia alterna, oblique lanceolata v. ovato-
lanceolata, basi inezquilaterali acuta, triplinervia, subsessilia, subulato-
acuminata, repando-serrata, membranacea, nigrescentia, 8—6 poll. longa,
glabra, striis linearibus sparsis adpressis obducta, nervis lateralibus non
procul a margine ipso confluentibus ; stipule subulate, 2—3 lin. longa,
deciduz ; flores subglabri, iis H. lineolate similes, in axillis foliorum
glomeratiNankowry (Noyara 63 ; Jelinek 169).

Near L. lineolatum, but differs at once by the nigrescent leaves, differ-
ent nervation, and smaller flowers and flower-clusters.

407. ELATOSTEMA INTEGRIFOLIUM, Wedd.—Katchall (g. c.).

408. PELLIONIA PROCRIDIFOLIA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,
330.—Rather frequent in the coral-reef-forests of Katchall—Very near to
P. frutescens, which is a hill-species and has serrate leaves.

409. VILLEBRUNNEA syLvaTica, Bl—Not unfrequent in the tropi-
cal forests of Kamorta.

410. Pirerurvus vELuTINus, Wedd.—Trice and Track (Novara 65 ;
Jelinek 183—jtha, inc.) ; Nankowry (Novara 64; Jelinek 154—fenpei-
hriné, inc.).

N. B. Diedrichsen enumerates Boehmeria also.

411. Gonostrcta HIRTA, Miq.—Rather frequent along swampy rivu-
lets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

412. Povzotzta Inpica, Gaud—Not unfrequent along swampy
rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

N. B. Parietaria of Diedrichsen’s list will probably be the above.

413. ConocEPHALUS sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

*414, ARTOCARPUS INCISA, L.—Cultivated on Karnicobar.

415. ARTOCARPUS INTEGRIFOLIA, L.—Cultivated ; and I met with a
batch of really wild trees in the tropical forest north of the settlement on
Kamorta.

416. AnRrTocaRPus PomiFormis, T. et B. in Nat. Tydschr. Ned. Ind.
XXIV. 306.—Rather frequent in the coral-reef- and tropical forests of
Kamorta and Katchall.

417. ARTOCARPUS PEDUNCULARIS, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875,
331.—Rather frequent but dispersed in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

150 8. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 8,

418. ARTOCARPUS CHAPLASHA, Roxb.—Nankowry (Novara 60; Je-
linek 165—pajal, inc.).

419. Ficus retusa, L.—Common in the coral-reef- and tropical for-
ests of Kamorta and Katchall; Trice and Track (g. c.) ; Karnicobar (No-
vara 52; Jelinek 21—Zeljue, inc.) ; Nankowry and Pulu Milu (Novara
62 and 51; Jelinek 124 and 205—pong, inc.) ; bong, inc. Katch.

420. Ficus Inpitca, L.—Not unfrequent in the tropical and coral-
reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

421. Ficus mFrectoria, L.—Katchall (g. ¢.).

422. Ficus Rumputt, Bl—In the tropical forests (calcareous) of
the eastern coast of Katchall ; Great Nicobar (Novara 59; Jelinek 268).

423. Ficus erpposa, Bl—Frequent in the tropical forests of Ka-
morta; Karnicobar (Novara 61; Jelinek 58—tajimiyi, inc.).

424. Ficus cHRYSOCARPA, Rwdt.—In the tropical forests of Ka-
morta, rather rare.

425. Ficus HIsprpA, L. £—Common in the beach-forests, rare in
the coral-reef-forests, of Katchall and Kamorta; Karnicobar (Novara 58 ;
Jelinek 44—hambam, inc.).

426. Ficus PEDUNCULATA, Rwdt.—A large tree on Nankowry (No-
vara 58 ; Jelinek 167—Janol, inc.).

427. Ficus macropopa, Kurz in Pegu Rep. A. 123 and B. 86.—
Karnicobar (Novara 54; Jelinek 68—tessamoa, inc.) ; Nankowry (Novara
56; Jelinek 142—komipué, inc.) ; Great Nicobar, very common (Novara
55; Jelinek 227—7nqué, inc.).

428. STREBLUS ASPER, Lour., var. foliis magis minusve scabris.—
Katchall (g. ¢.), Karnicobar (Novara 201; Jelinek 34—alangq, inc.).

429. 'TREMA ORTENTALIS, BL. var. VELUTINA (Sponia velutina,Planch.).
Not unfrequent in the forests of Kamorta.

430. GIRONNIERA SUBZQUALIS, Planch.—Rather rare in the tropical
forests of Kamorta.

PIPHRACE LL.

431. CHavica MAcrostacuya, Mig. var. ?—On shady coral-rocks,
frequent in the tropical forests of Katchall ; (Novara 49; Jelinek).

432. Cuavica Brriz, Mig.—Cultivated and as wild in the beach-
forests of all the islands ; (Novara 48; Jelinek).

CASUARINEZ..

433. CASUARINA EQUISETIFOLIA, Forst.—Frequent along the coast
and on the beaches of Kamorta and the western side of Katchall ; enters the

grass-heaths of Kamorta and Karnicobar (Novara 50; Jelinek 6—mahard,
inc.).

a

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 151

GNETACEA.

434. GNETUM GNEMON, L., var. MacROPHYLLA, folia 5—7 poll. lon-
ga, 33—4¢ poll. lata, carnoso-membranacea, laxius reticulata ; spice andro-
gyn, simplices, robustiores.—A tree (85—40 + 10—15 + 23—383) rather
frequent in the tropical forests of Kamorta; Trice and Track (Novara
46—47 ; Jelinek 190—Aitoz, inc.).—Very distinct in appearance from the
true gnemon, but hardly specifically different.

435. GNETUM MACROPODUM, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 331.
Very common in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

CYCADEA.

436. Cycas Rumpxui, Miq.—Common in the beach-forests of Ka-
morta and Katchall; on Kamorta the tree is found on the very ridges in
open places of the tropical forests; Karnicobar (Jelinek—turile or tewtle,
inc.).

PALMA.

437. Nripa FRUTICANS, Wurmb.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

438. Cocos NUCIFERA, L.—Common in the beach-forests of all the
islands, locally ascending calcareous ridges up to 200 feet elevation ; ujdu,
inc. Katch.

439. Areca Carecuu, L.—Wild in the tropical forests of Kamorta,
and apparently also in the coral-reef-forests of Katchall ; otherwise every-
where cultivated and like wild; (Novara 43; Jelinek).

440, ArEcA AuUGUSTA, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 170.—Com-
mon in the tropical forests of Kamorta, Trinkut, and Nankowry,

44). Opnanta Nicoparica, Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875. 331. +.
171.—Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

442. Zauacca sp. sterile only—An erect rattan, apparently of this
genus, is frequent in the tropical forests of Katchall.

443, KORTHALSIA SCAPHIGERA, Mart.—Great Nicobar (Novara 40 ;
Jelinek 244—schamoa, inc.).

444, Catamus ANDAMANICUS, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874,
211, t. 27—28.

Drupe mature globoso-ovoidee, cerasi minoris magnitudine, acu-
mine brenneo-squamato terminate; squame tyrapezoidex, crustacee,
straminez, nitide, anguste brunneo-marginate, convexiuscule, medio
vix impresse, in appendicem pallidam membranaceam ciliatam squamze
longitudine v. breviorem prolongatz ; semen ovoideo-semiteres, dorso parce
at grosse lacunosum ; albumen homogeneum.

The drupes described and figured by me (1. c.) turn out not to
have been quite ripe, and hence it is that the seed is represented with the

152 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. |No. 3,

markings of the scales. Fully ripe drupes present a very different appear-
ance from the figures given, the scales being much exserted and developed
and of a straw-colour, and the appendages turning quite pale-coloured.—
Common in the tropical forests of Kamorta; Karnicobar (Novara 41—42 ;
Jelinek—maiitje, inc.).

445. Catamus sp.—Rare in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

It is a small species with green prickly sheaths and broad pinne.
I possess only the female flowers and am therefore unwilling to describe
it as a new species. There are several other species of Calamus on these
islands, but they were out of flower or fruit.

PANDANEZL.

446. Panpanus Leram, Jones.—Common in the tropical and coral-
reef-forests of all the islands, delighting chiefly in and along jungle-marsh-
es ; ladong, inc. Katch.

N. B. Habit and affinity of P. dubius, Spreng., but shorter stemmed
and more branched ; the stigmas are auricular-orbicular, as large as in P.
dubius, sessile, and somewhat waved on the margins.

447. PanpDaNuSs oporatisstmus, L. f£.—Frequent on the beaches
and in the beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall ; on Kamorta it forms
a principal feature on the grass-heaths.

N. B. Junghuhn (Java. I. 2nd germ. ed. 109 sqq.) has already re-
marked upon and illustrated the great variability in habit of the screw-
pines. The form which grows along the beaches forms arboreous ascending
shrubs, much branched and sending down quite a labyrinth of straight
aerial roots; but the one which grows on the heaths is entirely different,
being a small tree from 20 to 25 feet in height with a stout grey simple
stem, which sends down short and thick aerial roots from the lowermost
part only, while the crown is small, sparingly and shortly branched, and very
dense. There are, besides, two varieties of these trees on the heaths, the
one having the stigmas normal as in the littoral form and the drupes connate
high up so as to effect a tesselated appearance, while the other variety has the
drupes free for about one-fourth of their length from the top terminating in
short erect points, on the inner face of which the linear-lanceolate stigmas
are situated. The foliage in the one is darker green, but the male
flowers of both varieties are exactly the same. Dr. Hance (in Trfm. Journ.
Bot. 1875, 68.) has remarked upon the variability of the stigmas in screw-
pines, but overlooked that I had myself pointed out this fact (Journ.
Bot. 1867. 99.) with the qualification that they vary without therefore
giving up their essential value. The stigmas ought to be described from the
ovaries or the young drupes but it is difficult to collect such ; it is usually
only after the syncarps have attained some size that they catch the eye.

1876.] S. Kurz—d Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 153

The male organs appear to me to be of much higher value in grouping the
species of Pandanus, but the time has not yet arrived when these organs
shall be available of all or even of most of the species. Pandanus helicopus
was correctly placed by me in the section Ryckia, as I find on re-examina-
tion of my material, and I have also since obtained the male spadices of it,
which shew racemose anthers.

448, FREYCINETIA tNste@Nts, Bl.—In the tropical forests of Katchall
and Kamorta (also Andamans).

449. FREYCINETIA SCANDENS, Gaud. ?—Common in the tropical and
coral-reef-forests of Katchall and Kamorta; Pulu Milu (Novara 39; Jeli-
nek 197—77, ine.). It is very doubtful whether this is really the same as
Gaudichaud’s plant, and it is possible that it may be only the young state
of the preceding species, although I met with no intermediate states.

AROIDEZ.

450. HOMALONEMA AROMATICUM, Schott.—Common in the tropical
forests of Kamorta ; Pulu Milu (Novara 34; Jelinek 201—lamany, inc.).

451. CHAMAZCLADON OvatuM, Schott P—Great Nicobar (Novara 33 ;
Jelinek 280).—Schott’s description agrees with the Nicobar plant except
in some minor points. I have seen no authentic specimens of the Singa-
pore plant.

452. AGLAONEMA SIMPLEX, Bl.—Not unfrequent in the coral-reef-
and tropical forests of Katchall and Kamorta; Pulu Milu (Novara 32 ;
Jelinek 196—lakoa, inc.).

N. B. <Aglaonema palustris, T. et B. in Tydsch. Nat. Ver. Ned. Ind.
XXIV. 305, = Aglaodorum Griffithii, Schott.

453. CoLocasta virosa, Kth.—Very plentiful, in company with
Nephrodium propinguum, along a swampy rivulet on the grass-heaths of
Kamorta.

*454, COLOCASIA ANTIQUORUM, Schott.—Frequently cultivated by
the Nicobarese.

455. PotHos scanpENs, L.—Common in all forests of all the islands ;
Great Nicobar (Novara 37 & 38 ; Jelinek 233—tamab, inc.).

456. ScrInDaPsus PTEROPODUS, T. et B. in Nat. Tydsch. Ned. Ind.
XXV. 407.—Great Nicobar (Novara 35 ; Jelinek 276).
LEMNACEAL.
457. LEMNA PAUcIcosTata, Hegelm.—Western side of Katchall, in
a jungle-marsh behind Katjui.
NAJADACEHA.

458. CymopocEa sp. ’—Common around Katchall and forming
submarine meadows on the coral-reefs at a depth of 2—4 fathoms.
20

154 8S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. [No. 3,

N. B. Diedrichsen has Zostera in his list of Nicobar plants.

459. Hatopuina ovalis, Hf.—Rather frequent, along with other
pelagic phanerogams, on the submarine coral-reefs around Katchall.

460. HNHALUS ACOROIDES, Stend.—Forming submarine meadows and

attaining a length of 4 feet in the shallows around all the islands. Prefers ~

especially debouchures of freshwater-rivers. On the coral-reefs of Katchall
there occurs in masses what appears to be.a small form of this species
which has the leaves never above 6 inches long.

461. Nazas sp.—In water-holes of the jungle-marshes behind Kat-
jui, on the western coast of Katchall. (The specimens had been too much
ransacked by pigs from the village to enable me to procure more than the
tips of the plants).

462. Buyxa RoxpureHit, Rich.—Here and there in the rivulets on
the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

SCITAMINE A.

463. ALPINIA PHENICEA, Kamphcevener MS.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

464. AmomUM (DYMCZEWICzEIA) Frnz.it, nov. sp., Plate XII.

Herba perennis, sobolifera, elata, 5—7 ped. alta, glaberrima ; folia 2—8-
pedalia, lineari-oblonga, subabrupte acuminata, basi inzequali in petiolum 3—4
lin. longum attenuata, glaberrima, subcoriacea ; vagine ore valde product ;
flores pro genere minusculi, inter squamas et squamulas glabras villoso-
marginatas sessiles et capitulum magnum lato-involucratum hemisphericum
formantes ; pedunculus usque semipedalis laxe et ample bracteatus ; bracteze
oblong ad ovato-oblongxe, 13—2 poll. longe, glabre, rosellz v. albide,
vulgo villoso-ciliate ; bracteee involucrantes lato-ovales, obtusissime, 1—1}
poll. longe, pallide rosez, glabree, marginibus lanato-villose ; calyx tubulo-
sus, apice 3-fidus v. 2-fidus cum lobo altero latiori et bilobulato, extus
parce adpresse sericeo-pilosus; corolla 13 poll. longa, tubo semipollicari
intus usque ad medium villoso extus parce piloso ; perigonii lobi pallide
rosei, concavo-lineares, pollicem cireiter longi, marginibus parcissime pilosi,
rectiusculi, apice cucullato sepius penicillati ; labellum equilongum, extus
basin versus parce sericeum, trapezoideo-ovatum, concavum et genitalia
omnino includens, basi attenuatum, subtiliter radiato-nervosum, coccineum,
marginibus niveum; anthera imappendiculata, apice emarginata, basi
marginibus barbata; filamentum planum, intus villosum; stylus sursum
parce pilosus et leviter incrassatus; stigma oblique capitatum ; stami-
nodia 2, oblique oblonga, carnosa, apice ciliolata et passim biloba;
baccze obovoidee, pollicem circiter long, perigonii tubo coronate, hirsutule ;
semina obovoidea, atra, albo-arillata—Frequent in the tropical forests of
Kamorta.

WES ecw aes

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands, 155

MARANTACE ZA,

465. Maranta picnotoma, Wall (IZ. grandis, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sum.
616).—Frequent in the shade of the tropical forests of Kamorta; Katchall
(g. ec.) ; Nankowry (Novara 30; Jelinek 152—ofw, inc.).

- 466. Canna sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

MUSACEA.

*467. Musa saprientum, L.—Cultivated at the Penal Settlement of
Kamorta. Whether the variety of the plantain cultivated by the Nico-
barese belong to this species or to IZ. simiarwm I am unable to say.

468. Musa Stmiarum, Rumph. ?—The plants growing in the forests
of Kamorta were out of flowers and hence are doubtfully referred to this
species.

ORCHIDEZ.

469. OBERONIA sp.—On trees of the tropical forests of Kamorta, not
rare (specimens lost). :

470. DENDROBIUM ANCEPS, Sw.—Common on trees in the mangrove-
and beach-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

471. DENDROBIUM CRUMENATUM, Sw.—Frequent on trees in the
beach- and mangrove-forests.

472. DENDROBIUM sp.—On trees on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.—
Flowers exactly like those of D. crumenatum, but the leaves short, rigidly
coriaceous, horizontal or half-erect, and distichous. Probably only an erect
variety produced by abundance of light.

473. PHOLIDOTA ImBRICcATA, Sm.—Rare on trees in the tropical
forests of Kamorta.

474, PacHYSTOMA SENILE, Reichb. f.—Very common on the grass-
heaths of Kamorta and sometimes producing quite a rose-coloured tint over
large tracts of them. The flowers are here all rose-coloured, while in Bengal
they are as constantly white.

475. EuLopHi1a ANDAMANENSIS, Rehb. f. in Flora 1872. 276.—Rare
on dry places near the mangrove-swamps and also in the drier parts of the
swamps themselves, along the western coast of Katchall.

476. HuLopHia GRamtnea, Ldl.—In patches dispersed over the grass-
heaths of Kamorta.

. 477. ULOPHIA DECIPIENS, nov. sp., Pl. XIII, Figs. 8—12. Her-
be erectze, tuberose, glaberrime, 2—3 ped. alte; folia ignota, hyster-
anthia ; scapus erectus, simplex, albidus, squamis parvis lanceolatis interno-
diis multoties brevioribus vestitus, glaberrimus; flores majusculi, albi,
glaberrimi, pedicellis gracilibus 83—4 lin. longis glabris suffulti et secundi,
bracteis minutis 2 lin. circiter longis sustenti; perigonii phyla exteriora et
interiora 2 superiora linearia, vix falcata, 5-nervia, $ poll. longa, acuta, gla-

156 S. Kurz—A Shetch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. \No. 3,

bra ; labellum concavo-obovatum, basi in calcar lineam fere longum gracili-
ter saccatum desinens, supra medio 3-lobatum, lobo medio multo ma-
jore obtuso et sxpius mucronulato, marginibus crispulum, nervis basi 5,
sursum circiter 10—12, longitudinalibus percursum quarum 4—5 in lobum
majorem excurrunt et in fibrillas carnosas numerosas excrescunt ; columna
gracilis, recta, latiuscula, sepalorum dimidium vix attinens.—Here and there
socially on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

The plant, and indeed the structure of the flowers themselves, so closely
resembles Pachystoma senile that I considered it for a while to be
a perfectly glabrous form of it (P. senile having the flowers and pedicels
all minutely puberulous), but it has short bracts, and the pollinia assign it
to Hulophia.

478. CyRTOPERA FUSCA, Wight ?—A few plants only among long
grass along a swampy rivulet west of Enaca, Kamorta.

479. PHALZNOPSIS CORNU-cERVI, Bl. et Reichb. £—Here and there
on trees in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

480. TRICHOGLOTTIS QUADRICORNUTA, nov. sp., Pl. XIII, Figs. 1—7.

Multicaulis, epiphytica, glabra, caulibus pendulis vaginis sulcato-striatis
obductis ; folia alterna, disticha, lineari-lanceolata, basi torta attenuata,
subsessilia, acuminata, coriacea, in sicco 18—14-nervia, 2—38} poll. longa ;
flores majusculi, oppositifolii, flavi P, 2-ni v. raro 83—4-ni fasciculati, pedi-
cellis arcuatis 4 poll. fere longis sustenti; perigonii phylla exteriora obovato-
-oblonga, obtusa, cire. 4 poll. longa, lateralia subfalcata ; phylla interiora
2 superiora conformia sed angustiora; labellum valde arcuatim inflexum,
supra basi inzqualiter 4-cornutum, cornubus 2 posticis loborum locum
tenentibus lineam fere longis acutiusculis, 2 basilaribus duplo brevioribus,
intra cornua callo concavo hirsutissimo auctum et in lobum reflexo-arcuatum
crassum linearem subtus apicem versus unicallosum apice breviter bifido
levem excurrens ; calcar rectiusculum, obtusiusculum, lobo medio paullo
longius; columna brevissima; pollinia 2, globosa, apice in semipollen
parvum ellipsoideum in cavitate pollinis insidens separabilia.

Frequent in the tropical forests of Kamorta; (Novara 28; Jelinek).

481. Lista sp.—Frequent on trees in the beach-forests of Kamor-
ta and Katchall. Leaves only.

482. Vanpa TERES, Ldl. P—Karnicobar (g. c.). Leaves only.

483. SaccoLaBiIumM oBLIguuM, Ldl.—Common in the coral-reef and
tropical forests of Katchall and Kamorta; (Novara 29; Jelinek). Flow-
ers small, yellow, the lip whitish.

484. 'THRIXSPERMUM AMPLEXICAULE, Rchb. f. in Flora 1868. 53.
(Aérides amplexicaule, Ldl.).—Only a single plant met with amongst long
grass and shrubbery along a swampy rivulet west of Enaca, Kamorta. (In
Java it grows amongst shrubbery on dry grounds).

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 157

485. CoryMBIS DISsTIcHA, Ldl.—Rare in the tropical forests on the
plutonic hills of Ho Ho, Kamorta. ‘Trice and Track (g. c.).

N. B. Living specimens of from 15 to 18 other species of orchids
were collected by me, but most of these were lost or otherwise made away
with.

BROMELIACEA.

486. ANANAS sativus, Schult.—Cultivated on the islands and pro-
ducing superior fruits.

AMARYL LIDEA.

487. Crinum Astaticum, L.—Common in the beach-forests of Ka-
morta and Katchall ; Karnicobar (Novara 27 ; Jelinek 87—-faa, inc.).

488. HyYPpoxis ORCHIOIDES, Kurz in Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat.
IV. 177.—(Curculigo ensifolia, R. Br. Prod. 290; Bth. Fl. Austr. VI.
44.8).—Only a single specimen seen on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

489. Mo.ryerta capiruLtata, Herb. Amaryll. 84 (Leucojum capi-
tulatum, Lour. Fl. Coch. 246 ; Molineria recurvata, Herb. Amar. 84; Kurz
in Mig. An. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 175).—Nankowry (Novara 31; Jelinek
171—tetokom, inc.).

DIOSCOREACEZ.

490. DioscorEA GLABRA, Roxb.—Frequent in the tropical forests
of Kamorta; Great Nicobar (Novara 26; Jelinek 2831—wwén, inc.).

LILIACEHHA.

491. DRACHNA ANGUSTIFOLIA, Roxb.—Great Nicobar and Trice and
Track (g. ¢.).

492. DRac@Na LINEARIFOLIA, Miq. (D. Finlaysoni, Baker in Journ.
Linn. Soc. XIV. 525).—Very common in all the forests, but more so in
the beach- and coral-reef-forests, of Kamorta and Katchall; (Novara 25 ;
Jelinek) ; na-el, inc. Katch.

493. Dracmna GrirritHit, Reg.—A tree 20 ft. high, rather rare in
the tropical forests of Kamorta.

494, DRacmNna spicata, Roxb.—Kondil and Karnicobar (g. c.).

495. SMi~ax PotyacantHa, Wall.—Common in the tropical forests
of Kamorta.

496. FLAGELLARIA Inpica, L.—Common in the beach- and tidal
forests of all the islands; Great Nicobar (Novara 24; Jelinek 242—paldi,
inc.).

MELANTHACHA.
497. Sremona sp. (Roxpur@His).—Nicobars (teste D.).

158 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. |No. 3,

COMMELYNACE A.

498. ANEILEMA ENSIFOLIUM, Wight.—Here and there, especially
along swampy rivulets, on the grass-heaths of Kamorta, more frequent in
the northern parts.

499. ANEILEMA NUDIFLORUM, R. Br.—Amongst grass 28S a rivu-
let on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

500. ComMMELYNA communis, L.—Frequent in the beach-forests of
Kamorta, also in shrubbery near the old cattle-shed of the settlement on
Kamorta.

N. B. Dr. Diedrichsen enumerates Tradescantia.

RESTIACE Zi.
501. ErRtocavLon Lone@irorium, NE.—Not unfrequent along-swam-
py rivulets of the grass-heaths of Kamorta.
502. HriocavLon TRUuNCATUM, Ham.—Along a- marshy rivulet on
the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

CYPERACEZ.

503. KYLLINGIA MONOCEPHALA, Rottb.—Frequent everywhere, in
the forests as well as in cultivated lands, around habitations, ete. ; Great
Nicobar (Novara 18; Jelinek 216—Zons (ch) ea, inc.).

504. RemrrEa maritima, Aubl.—Locally on the beaches of Ka-
morta.

505. CYPERUS POLYSTACHYUS, Roxb. and the variety C. strictus,
Roxb.—Both pretty frequent on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

506. CypERUS vuLGaris, Kth.—Here and there along the swampy
rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

507. Cypurus Haspan, L.—Not unfrequent along marshy rivulets
on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

508. Cyprrus Iria, L.—Locally along swampy rivulets on the grass-
heaths of Kamorta.

509. CypErus mastus, NE.—Not unfrequent in the tropical and
coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

510. Cyprrus pinosus, Vhl.—Here and there along swampy rivulets
on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

511. Cyperus canrscens, Vhl.—Nicobars (Novara 22 and 28 ;
Jelinek and Hochstetter).

512. Cyprrus pinurus, Vhl—Rather frequent on the grass-heaths
of Kamorta, and more especially in swampy grounds of the valleys.

513. CYPERUS UMBELLATUS, Bth. and var. LEUCOSTACHYA, spiculis
niveis, erectiusculis, radiis brevibus satis congestis—The white-spiked
variety rather frequent in the beach- and coral-reef forests of Katchall ; the
typical form on Tillangchong (Novara 21 ; Jelinek 98).

.

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 159

514. Scirpus suspuLatus, Vhl. (8. pectinatus, N. E.).—Nicobars
(teste Vahl).

515. IsonEp1s sp.—Locally but socially on barren ground of the
grass-heaths of Kamorta.

516. FIMBRISTYLIS MILIACEA, Vh].—Frequent along swampy rivulets
on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

517. FIOeRIsTYLIs coMPLANATA, Lk.—Not unfrequent along swam-
py rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

518. FIMBRISTYLIS DIPHYLLA, Vhl.—Frequent in the grass-heaths
of Kamorta especially along rivulets.

519. FIMBRISTYLIS ovaLis, NH. and a densely villous variety of it.
The glabrous form common on the grass-heaths of Kamorta, the villous
form only along one of the numerous rivulets, growing almost in the water.

520. FIMBRISTYLIS NUTANS, Vhl.—Not rare along a rivulet on the
grass-heaths of Enaca, Kamorta.

521. FIMBRISTYLIS GLOBULOSA, Wall.—Locally along swampy rivu-
lets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

522. EUIRENA UMBELLATA, Rottb.—Locally along marshy rivulets on
the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

523. ANOSPORUM CEPHALOTES (Cyperus cephalotes, Vahl.).—Nicobars
(teste Vahl).

524. HYPoLYTHRUM LATIFOLIUM, Rich.—Not unfrequent in the
tropical forests of Kamorta.

525. HyPoLYTHRUM TRINERVIUM, Kth.—Great Nicobar (Novara
16; Jelinek 226—timinjhai inc.).

526. RuyNcHospoRA GRAcILLIMA, Thw. Ceyl. Pl. 435.—Common
along a swampy rivulet on the grass-heaths west of Enaca, Kamorta.

527. Ruyncnospora aurEA, Vhl—Not unfrequent along swampy
rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

528. Ruyncnospora Watticuiana, Kth.—Common on the dry
grass-heaths of Kamorta.

NB. Diedrichsen gives the genus Diplacrum as a Nicobar plant, but
to judge from some of his remarks thereon, this cannot be correct.

529. ScLERIA LATERIFLORA, Boeck., var. GLABRA.—In a swampy dell
on the grass-heaths west of Enaca, Kamorta.

530. ScLERIA LiTHOSPERMA, Willd.—Here and there in open places
of the tropical forests of Kamorta ; Katchall (g. c.).

531. Scrierria SuMaTRENSIS, Retz.—Common on the grass-heaths, but
also in open places, along paths, etc., in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

532. ScLERIA sp. nov. allied to the preceding. Frequent in the
grass-heaths of Kamorta.

160 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. {No. 3,

NB. Unfortunately, I have only brought away a single incomplete
specimen of this interesting form, having mistaken it at the time for a
variety only of the preceding.

533. ScLERIA LEVIS, Retz. Not unfrequent along swampy rivulets
on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

534. CAREX LONGIARISTATA, Boott.—Tillangchong (Novara 20;
Jelinek 90).

GRAMINEZ.

535. PAasPaALUM scROBICULATUM, L.—Frequent in cultivated and
uncultivated places around the penal settlement of Kamorta, often also
along rivulets in the grass-heaths.

536. PasPALUM FLEXUOSUM, Klein.—Here and there in moist grassy
spots along rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

537. PasPaLUM consuGATUM, Retz.—Frequent in grass-lands around
the settlement and around habitations in the beach-forests of _Kamorta.

538. Dierrarta sp. (Panicum filiforme, Roxb., vix L.), with a quite
glabrous variety.—Common on the grass-heaths and in the beach-forests of
Kamorta ; the pilose form around the huts of the natives on Katchall.

539. OPLISMENUS compositTus, L.—Frequent in the tropical forests,
but found also in the coral-reef- and beach-forests of Kamorta and Kat-
chall; (Novara 3; Jelinek).

540. Panicum eLavcum, L.—Here and there on the grass-heaths of
Kamorta.

N. B. Dr. Diedrichsen enumerates Pennisetum as Nicobarese.

541. Panicum cotonum, L.—Here and there along swampy rivulets
on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

542. Panicum Javanicum, Poir.—Karnicobar (Novara 1; Jelinek
70—kwjop, inc.).

543. Panicum FiLipEs, NE.—Locally in the tropical forests of Ka-
morta; Pulu Milu (Novara 2; Jelinek 199—objuab, inc.).

544. Panicum HuMILE, NE.—Locally frequent in the dry grass-
heaths of Kamorta.

545. 'THYSSANOLHNA ACARIFERA, NE.—Not unfrequent im open or
cleared spots in the tropical forests of Kamorta; Nankowry (Novara 5;
Jelinek 185—petal, inc.) ; Karnicobar (Novara 4; Jelinek 28).

546. IsacuNnE myosotis, NE.—Rare along a rivulet on the grass-
heaths west of Enaca, Kamorta.

547. IsacHNE sp. (near Panicum miliare, L. but certainly differ-
ent).—In a swampy rivulet on the grass-heaths west of Enaca, Kamorta.

548. IsaAcHNE MILIACEA, Roth., var. ? HUMILIS, more slender, usual-
ly 6—8 in. high, the spikelets nearly half the size—Frequent in swampy
rivulets of the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

1876.] S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 161

549. THOUAREA SARMENTOSA, Pers. (Ornithocephalochloa arenicola,
Kurz in Trim. Journ. Bot. 1875, 332, t. 171, fig. 1—18, teste Oliver).—
Creeping on the sand of the beaches of the western coast of Katchall ;
tsigal, inc. Katch.

550. CENTOTHECA LAPPACEA, P. B.—Frequent in the beach-, coral-
reef, and tropical forests of Kamorta and Katchall; Trice and Track
(Novara 9; Jelinek 187—wpjuab, inc.).

551. SporogBotus sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

552. Arunpo Roxspureuu, Kth—Frequent along marshy rivulets
of the grass-heaths of Kamorta; Karnicobar, on a swampy grass plain on the
northern coast (Novara 6 and 7; Hochstetter and Jelinek 16—tap, inc.).

553. Exeusrve Inpica, Gertn.—Frequent in the beach-forests, and
around habitations, of Kamorta and Katchall ; also here and there on the
grass-heaths.

554. Dacrytoctentum Aléyprracum, Willd.—Here and there on
the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

555. Cynopon Dacryton, Pers.—Frequent in the grass-heaths of
Kamorta, and very common around the penal settlement, where it has been
sown.

556. HRiacHNe Curvensis, Hance.—A conspicuous constituent of
the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

557. HRAGROSTIS UNIOLOIDES, P. B.—Here and there on the grass-
heaths of Kamorta.

558. Eragrostis ZEYLANICA, NE.—Common on the grass-heaths of
Kamorta.

559. ERaGrostis pruMosA, Lk.—Around the huts of the natives in
the beach-forests of the eastern coast of Katchall; Great Nicobar (Novara 8 ;
‘Jelinek 237).

560. Manisuris sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

561. SoreHum muticum, NE.—Common on the grass-heaths of
Kamorta, growing especially luxuriantly along the outskirts of the forests.

562. CHRYSOPOGON AcICcULATUS, Trin.—Not unfrequent on the dry
grass-heaths of Kamorta.

563. HETEROPOGON contTorTUS, L.—Common on the dry gyrass-
heaths of Kamorta.

564. Spopropocon sp. (villous).—Frequent along swampy rivulets
on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

565. SpopropoGgon sp. (quite glabrous).—Karnicobar (Novara 14;
Jelinek 76—vi0, inc.).

566. ScHIZACHYRIUM BREVIFOLIUM, NE.—Here and there along
steep slopes on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

567. IscHh=muM muricum, L.—Common on the beaches and in the

beach-forests of all the islands ; north coast of Karnicobar (Novara 12 and
21

162 S. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. (No. 5

183; Hochstetter and Jelinek 29 and 61—Zijop, keljit, or tschelji, inc.) ;
auk yu ap, inc. Katch.

568. IMPERATA ARUNDINACEA, Cyr.—Locally common on the dry
grass-heaths of _Kamorta. .

*569. SACCHARUM OFFICINARUM, L.—Only cultivated by the natives.

570. SaccHaRUM sPponTANEUM, L.—Karnicobar, covering large tracts
on the northern side (Novara 11; Hochstetter).

571. Drvzerta sp.—Here and there on the dry grass-heaths of Ka-
morta, but the specimens were too old and withered for identification.

572. BamMBusa VULGARIS, Reusch.—Malacca on Nankowry, probably
cultivated.

573. Drtvocutoa ANDAMANTCA, Kurz.—Common in the tropical and
coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; Great Nicobar (Novara 10;
Jelinek 259—komeha, inc.).

LYOCOPODIACEHA.

574. LycoPoDIUM PHLEGMARIA, L.—On trees of the tropical forests
of Kamorta.

575. Lycopopium taxum, Prsl—Rare in the tropical forests of
Kamorta.

576. Lycopopium crrnuum, L. (the variety Z. curvatum, Sw.).
Frequent on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

577. SELAGINELLA CAUDATA, Spring.—Common in the tropical
forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

578. SELAGINELLA FLABELLATA, Sprg.—Nicobars (feste Sprengel).

579. SELAGINELLA TENELLA, Spring. (S. imbricata, John Scott in
Journ. Agri. Hort. Soc. Ind. 1868, 260, non Spring.).—Not unfrequent
along shady slopes on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

FILICES.

580. GLEICHENIA DIcHoTomMa, Willd.—Common on the grass-heaths
of Kamorta.

581. ATSOPHILA ALBO-SETACEA, Bedd. in ltt. (A. Mertensiana, Met-
ten. in Fenzl Reis. Novar. Bot. I. 221, non Kunze).—Here and there in
the tropical and coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall; P. Milu
(Novara—Jelinek—(atong, inc.).

582. TrichomManes JavanicuM, Bl.—Here and there along rocky
rivulets in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

583. TRICHOMANES HUMILE, Forst.—Nicobars (Novara).

584. TRIcHoMANES Frnicuta, Bory.—On mossy trees, not unfrequent
in the coral-reef-forests of Katchall.

585. TRICHOMANES MUSCOIDES, Sw.—On mossy tree-stems, rare in
the coral-reef-forests of the eastern coast of Katchall.

1876.] S. Kurz—d Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. 163

586. Davarria Seetunen, Bak.—Not unfrequent in the tropical
and coral-reef-forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

587. DavaLnia sonmpa, Sw.—Frequent on trees of Kamorta and
Katchall.

588. DaAvVALLIA ELEGANS, Sw.—Nicobars (Novara).

589. DavALLIA HETEROPHYLLA, Sm.—Not rare on the trunks of the
serew-pines and cocoa-nut-palms in the beach-forests and on the grass-
heaths of Kamorta.

590. DavaLLIA PARALLELA, Wall.—Not unfrequent, and especially
on cocoa-nut-palms, along the coast of Kamorta and Katchall; also found
but scantily on screw-pines of the grass-heaths.

591. Liypsma pancEontatTa, Lab.—Here and there on the grass-
heaths of Kamorta.

592. LixypsmA TENERA, Dry.—Not unfrequent along rocky rivulets
in the tropical forests of Kamorta.

593. Aprantum sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

594. DicKksonra sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

595. Preris Loneiroiia, L.—Nicobars (Novara).

596. PreRis REPANDULA, Lk.—Nicobars (Novara).

597. Preris PELLUCENS, Hook.—Amongst coral-rocks in the tropical
forests of Katchall.

598. BiLECHNUM ORIENTALE, L.—Here and there along rivulets on
the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

599. CERATOPTERIS THALICTROIDES, Brongn.—Here and there along
swampy rivulets of the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

600. ViITTARIA ELONGATA, Sw. (and the var. V. zosterefolia, Bory).
Rather frequent in the coral-reef and tropical, rarely in the beach-forests, of
Katchall and Kamorta.

601. ANTROPHIUM CALLm=FoLIUM, Bl.—Not unfrequent in the coral-
reef-forests of Katchall.

602. Asprentum Ninvus, L.—Common in the tropical and coral-reef-
forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

603. ASPLENIUM MACROPHYLLUM, Sw.—Frequent in the tropical and
coral-reef-forests of Katchall and Kamorta.

604. AspLEeNium (Drenazium) sp.—Nicobars (¢este D.).

605. Potyroprum pHymMatopEs, L.—Common in the beach-forests
of Kamorta and Katchall.

606. Ponyropium quveERciIroriuM, L.—Frequent on trees of the
beach- and tidal forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

607. Potypropium Loneissimum, Bl.—A few specimens only in
bushes along a swampy rivulet in the grass-heaths west of Enaca, Kamorta.

608. Ponyropium rRiorEs, Poir.—Nicobars (Novara).

609. PoLypopium apNnascens, Sw.—Common everywhere in all the
forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

164 §. Kurz—A Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands. | No. 3,

610. NEPHROLEPIS AcUTA, Prsl.—Frequent in the coral-reef- and
tropical forests of Kamorta and Katchall.

611. NrrpHropIuM DECURRENS, Bak.—Nicobars (Novara).

612. NeprHRopIuM PROPINQUUM, R. Br.—In large quantities along
one of the swampy rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

613. NeEpHRODIUM MOLLE, Desv.—Frequent in the tropical forests of
Kamorta. ;

614. NEpHRopIUM PROLIXxUM, Bak.—Not rare in the tropical forests
of Kamorta.

615. NEPHRODIUM TRUNCATUM, Bak.—In the tropical forests of
Kamorta.

616. GyMNOGRAMME sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

617. SrENocHLENA SCANDENS, J. Sm.—Common in all forests of
Kamorta and Katchall.

618. AcRostIcHUM AUREUM, L.—Frequent in salt-marshes and tidal
and mangrove swamps of all the islands ; on Kamorta it frequently recurs
along the marshy fresh water rivulets on the grass-heaths.

619. Lygopium cIRCINNATUM, Sw.—Common in the tropical forests
of Kamorta and Katchall.

620. LyYGODIUM sCANDENS, Sw.—Here and there amongst long grass
and shrubbery along rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

621. Lycoprum PINNATIFIDUM, Sw.—Not unfrequent amongst long
grass and shrubbery along rivulets on the grass-heaths of Kamorta.

622. OPpHIoGLossuM PENDULUM, L.—Nicobars (Novara).

623. HetmintHostacnys ZeEynanica, Hook.—Along a swampy
rivulet below the old cattle-shed on the grass-heaths near the settlement on
Kamorta ; also in the swamp on the island Milu (Diedrichsen).

624. ANGIOPTERIS sp.—Nicobars (teste D.).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate XII. Amomum Fenzlii. Fig. 1, flowering scape, nat. size (the bracts are re-
presented by mistake as hirsute: they are glabrous except on the margins); fig. 2, a
portion of the stem and leaf, shewing petiole and produced sheath, nat. size; fig. 3,
flower, nat. size; fig. 4, ditto, expanded; fig. 5, labellum, slightly enlarged; fig. 6,
genitalia and staminodes; fig. 7, anther, from the side; fig. 8, ditto, from behind
fig. 9, staminodes; fig. 10, fruit, nat. size; fig. 11, seeds, nat. size; fig. 12, ditto,
slightly enlarged.

Plate XIII, Fies. 1—7. Trichoglottis quadricornuta. Fig. 1, flowering branch,
nat. size; fig. 2, flower from the front; fig. 3, ditto, from behind; fig. 4, dissection of
the same; fig. 5, the column and labellum, from the side; fig. 6, labellum; fig. 7,
transverse section of the same made between the two pairs of horns.

Figs. 8—12. Eulophia decipiens. Fig. 8, flowering plant, nat. size; fig. 9, flower
from the front; fig. 10, column and labellum, from the side; fig. 11, labellum;
fig. 12, pollinia, (All the figures except figs. 1 and 8 more or less enlarged.)

1876.] 165

XIL—Description of Golunda Ellioti from Sind.
By W. T. Buanrorp, &. &. 8.
(Recd. June 28th ;—Read August 2nd, 1876).
(With Plate X.)

Amongst a few mammals and reptiles in spirit, collected and given to
me by Mr. H. HE. Watson of the Sind Commission, are two specimens, one
adult, the other young, of a mouse or small rat with very coarse, flat, grooved
hairs and the upper incisors suleated. These mice were obtained on the
southern extremity of the Khirthar, a range of mountains which forms the
western boundary of Upper Sind, but which enters the province nearly west of
Sehwan, and running thence south-south-east, terminates about 40 miles south
of Sehwan and rather more than 50 north-west of Kotri. At their southern
extremity these hills are 2300 feet high, to the north they are from 4000
to 6000, some peaks being even higher.

The skull of the larger specimen, on being extracted, proves to be of
the ordinary murine type, and the only peculiarity is in the characters of the
teeth. ‘The upper incisors are grooved, and the molars, instead of being
simply tuberculate, as in Mus, appear to be formed of deep folds of enamel,
as in Gerbillus or Nesokia, but the form of the folds is widely different
from what it is in those genera; each fold consisting of a number of deep
lobes or pillars with a nearly semicircular section. Thus the upper surface
of the crown of the tooth has a most peculiar reticulated appearance.
The semicircular lobes are arranged throughout the teeth in three longitudi-
nal series in the upper, and two in the lower jaw. In older specimens the
lobes may run more into each other, but the skull examined is fully adult.

No description or figure, so far as I am aware, of the teeth of any Indian
mouse has ever been published exhibiting the peculiarities above described.
The published descriptions of the molar teeth in Leggada and Golunda
appear to me to differ materially from those of the specimen from Sind.
The incisors in Leggada are nowhere said to be grooved, and no mention is
made in any of the descriptions of Golunda by Gray,* Elliot, or Jerdon,*:
of flattened or grooved hairs. I unfortunately did not at first examine the
specimens of Golunda Hiliot: in the Indian Museum sufficiently carefully,
as the description both of the fur and dentition appeared to me to refer to

* Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. I, 1837, p. 586.
+ Mad. Jour. Lit. and Science, X, 1839, p. 213.
{ Mammals of India, p. 212.

22

166 W. T. Blanford—On Golunda Ellioti. [No. 3,

a very different form. The only murine genus of which I could find a
description with dentition resembling that in the Sind species was Pelo-
mys* of Peters, founded on an African rat from Mozambique. I conclud-
ed that the Sind rat was a new species of Pelomys, and I proposed to call it
P. Watsoni. This name was unfortunately published in the Proceedings
of the Society for August before I had ciscovered my mistake.

For this discovery I am indebted to Professor Peters, to whom I sent
a sketch of the molars of the Sind rat, which I asked him to compare with
those of Pelomys. This he did and told me that they agreed. He also
called my attention to the circumstance that the coffee-rat of Ceylon, of
which he had received a specimen, closely resembled Pe/omys in its denti-
tion and even in its external characters, and he suggested that the genera
Golunda and Pelomys were identical. Upon this I re-examined the speci-
mens marked Golunda Elliot? in the Museum, and to my surprise found
that they coincided with mine from Sind; and the skull of one specimen
which Dr. Anderson very obligingly allowed to be extracted for me proved
identical with that of the Sind rat. I, however, noticed that in these speci-
mens, perhaps because they have been exposed for years, the grooved hairs
have split at the ends, and present the appearance of ordinary round or near-
ly round hairs, so that it is necessary to examine the fur closely in order to
detect its peculiarity. I also find thatthe Sind rat agrees excellently
in characters and dimensions with Kelaart’s original description,? and that
Mr. Blytht has already called attention to the differences between the
coffee-rat of Ceylon and the description of the Gulandi (Mus hirsutus,
Elliot, said to be identical with Golunda Ellioti, Gray) given by Mr. (mow
Sir Walter) Elliot.§ I ought not to have overlooked these facts, but I must
say in apology that I do not think any one could have identified the Sind
rat from the published descriptions of Golunda Ellioti.

Before discussing the synonymy of this rat, I will give a description
of the Sind specimen.

Description taken from an adult female specimen preserved in spirit.
General colour brown above, the colour not being uniform but a mixture of
black and fulvous, dirty white (isabelline) below. The hairs are very flat
with a broad groove down one side. The fur is harsh, dusky grey at the
base, then darker, tawny towards the extremities on the back, pale tawny
on the abdomen; numerous longer hairs, either blackish throughout, or

* Reise nach Mossambique, Saugethiere, p. 157, Pl. XXXIII, Fig. 3, XXXYV,
Fig. 9.

+ Prodromus Faunze Zeylanice, p. 67.

{ J. A.S. B., 1863, p. 351, and Catalogue Mam. Mus, As. Soc. p. 121, foot-note.

§ Mad. Jour. Lit. Sci. 1, c.

1876. ] W. T. Blanford—On Golunda Ellioti. 167

with a pale tip, being scattered over the back, and producing the brown
colour, which resembles that of a hare (Lepus europeus v. L. ruficaudatus).
The average length of the hairs in the middle of the back is rather less than
half an inch; the longer hairs measure 0°6 to 0°7 of an inch. The whiskers
are black near the base, brown towards the ends, the longest being about
the same length as the head. Muzzle thickly clad with short hair.

The ears are rounded, nearly naked, having only very short scattered
hairs outside, but thinly clad with brown hair inside. The feet are pale
brown above, the soles naked. The tubercles on the soles are well develop-
ed; on the fore-foot there are five, three arranged in a triangle at the
base of the three middle toes, and two rather larger, close together, and
nearly parallel, behind. ‘The rudimentary hallux is behind the former
tubercles and in front of the latter; it is furnished with a small flat nail ;
the other claws are compressed. In the hind-feet all five toes are furnished
with compressed claws, much longer than those on the fore-toes. The
second, third, and fourth hind-toes are nearly equal in length, the middle
toe being scarcely longer than the others, and the fourth a little shorter
than the second; the first and fifth toes also are subequal, the first being 7
mm. (0°27 inch) shorter than the second. The tubercles on the sole are in
three pairs, each pair being nearly parallel, and the middle pair rather
farther apart than the other two. The claws are pale horny in colour.
The tail is stout at the base and tapers gradually to a fine point; it is
rather shorter than the head and body, finely ringed, and thinly clad with
short bristly hairs, which are black above, tawny on the sides and below.
There are 2 pectoral and 2 inguinal pairs of mamme.

The skull is typically murine, the deep fissure running downwards from
the large infraorbital foramen being open as in ordinary rats; there is a
well marked crest which runs along the edge of the frontal bones above the
orbit, and is continued back over the parietal bones. The interparietal is
convex behind and nearly straight in front; it is about half the breadth of
the skull. The zygomatic arch is strong. The anterior palatine foramina
(foramina incisiva) are very long and extend fully two-thirds the distance
from the incisors to the molars, but their hinder termination is in front of
the molar teeth. The incisors in both jaws are deep orange externally ; those
of the upper jaw are flat in front and have a rather deep longitudinal
groove near the external edge; those of the lower Jaw are flattened in front
and smooth. The upper molars are broad with low crowns; the bony palate
narrow. The surface of the upper molars consists of nearly semicircular
lobes arranged in three longitudinal series, each lobe having its convex
margin directed forwards. The anterior upper molar contains 7 lobes, three
in the middle which are rather longer than the others, two inside which are
rather less, and two outside which are the smallest of all. The two outer

168 W. T. Blanford—On Golunda Ellioti. [No. 3,

lobes are parallel to the inner pair, but intermediate in position to those of
the middle row. The second upper molar consists of 6 lobes, one of which,
however, which is external and anterior, is very minute; of the other five
two belong to the middle row, two to the inner, one to the outer, the pos-
terior middle lobe having a spur on the outer side ; the hinder upper molar
has but 4: lobes, two belonging to the middle, and two to the inner row ; the
hindmost lobe belonging to the middle row is very small. ‘The lower molars
are nearly uniform in breadth, the first being a little narrower in front
and consisting of seven lobes, 3 on each side, and a minute additional lobe in
the middle behind ; the second contains 5 lobes, two on each side, and a
minute supplementary lobe in the middle behind ; the last molar contaims
4 lobes, two internal, one external, and a minute additional lobe in the
middle at the back of the tooth ; all these lobes in the lower molars, except
the small supplementary talons and the hinder inner lobe of the last molar,
are arranged in pairs, and the inner lobes are a little larger than the outer.

The following are dimensions in inches and parts of a metre, taken
from the specimen preserved in spirit and from the skull extracted from it.

inches. metre.

Total length from nose to end of tail, ............ 8°65 219
Hensth from mose to arlusseemereens 6... 06-5 .coss. 4°55 ‘116
se SOL tail, 00... SY SMe ae ans es Ac] "105
ok ear from) Oriticesmeeemeree. esse. ds. Leese: 0-57 014
Breadthvof ears.) 2 9500. eee ne eee lhe 0:57 “014
Length of fore-foot (not including claws), ...... 0-42 ‘O11
5 ob hind-foot) (ditto) aaeerereres cso. 65. <=. en OR "0225
5 ot longest avhiskertpeneerere 2605. <di csc .. 13 032
» of skull from occipital plane to end of
MAsaly Hones, s50...0, Ween ee AS 1:22 0305
Greatest breadth of skull across hinder part of
Zy eS OMatie ATCHES, U. teRMPPRERPE esse o lots .. cas 0:62 ‘015
Length of suture between nasal bones, ............ 0-42 “0105
Breadth of frontal bones between orbits, ......... 0:19 "005
Length of anterior palatine foramina,............... 0:22 0055
» Mot row of upper miolansmesr ss: 22/220.. 20% 0:26 00355
Breadth of bony palate between anterior upper
MOMATS. .052)..18.c8 2 ee eee ser Re 0:05 "0015
Length of lower jaw from angle to symphysial
extremity (incisors excluded),.................. 0-68 ‘O17
Height of do. to coronoid process,.................. 0°42 "0105
Length of row of lower molars, ..................... 0:23 006

I have already mentioned that this rat 1s identical with specimens in
the Indian Museum, Calcutta. The two skins which I have compared are

1876. ] W. T. Blanford—On Golunda Ellioti. 169

from the Asiatic Society’s collection, and one of them is Golunda Elliote
No. 297 D. of Mr. Blyth’s Catalogue from Southern India, presented by
Mr. Elliot. The other, of which the label has been lost, is doubtless
No. 297 E from Ceylon. These specimens, as already stated, agree very
well with Kelaart’s description of his Golunda Eillioti (Mus coffeus),* but,
as was remarked by Mr. Blyth, they do not agree with Mus hirsutus,
Elliot,+ although the specimens from Southern India appear to have been
sent as representing that species, or at least Goluwnda Elliot, with which
Mus hirsutus was identified by Dr. Gray.

Mus hirsutus, the Gulandi of the Canarese, is described by Hlliot as
being 103 inches long, of which the head and body measure 6%, and the
tail 4.3,, whilst the head is only 1,4, in. It is of course possible that these
measurements were taken from a stretched skin, and that of the tail agrees
fairly with the form above described, though its proportion to the body
appears very different. But there are other distinctions: the ears are said
to be villose, and although the fur is not described, a preliminary list of the
species of rats and micet in the South Mahratta country is given, in
which the following are classed as having tuberculated molars and soft
hairs—Ius decumanus, rattus, mettade (lanuginosus), golundee (hirsutus),
oleraceus, rufus, and musculus—and opposed to I. platythrix and MW. Boo-
daga said to have tuberculated molars and to be covered with hair and
spines.

The original description of Golunda Ellioti, Gray,§ like too many of that
author’s descriptions, is quite insufficient for determination. Not a word
is said of flat hairs: the fur is described as “ pale brown, with minute very
slender, hair pointed black tips.” The ears are said to be “ covered with
short hairs.’”” No dimensions are given. The description is included in a
paper entitled “Description of some new or little-known Mammalia, prin-
cipally in the British Museum Collection.” Inthe list of Mammalia in
the British Museum, p. 118, the only specimen of Glolunda Ellioti men-
tioned is stated to be from Madras and to have been presented by Walter
Elliot, Esq. In this list Mus hirsutus, Elliot, is identified with Golunda
Lilliott. tis to be noted that in the original description of Golunda
Hllioti the habitat was said to be Bombay. Without consulting the
British Museum specimens it is impossible to say whether the specimen
presented by Mr. Elhot was the original type or not, but to judge from the
name it probably was, so that there can be very little doubt of the

* Prod. Faun. Zeyl., 1. c.

+ Mad. Jour. Lit. and Sci. X, p. 213.

t Ib., p. 208.

§ Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist. I, p. 586.

170 W. T. Blanford—On Golunda Ellioti. [No. 3,

identification of Mus hirsutus with Golunda EHilioti; and as the skin sent
from Madras by Mr. Elliot as a specimen of the Gulandi is identical in
species with the Ceylon coffee-rat, as well as with the specimen from Sind,
there is no choice but to follow Mr. Blyth and consider all as belonging
to one species, until the types can be compared.

Judging by the description alone, I should have thought the coffee-
rat agreed much better with the description of Mus platythrixz, Bennett,
which is described as having flattened spines, naked ears, and the tail nearly
as long asthe body. The dimensionsare smaller: head and body 32 inches,
tail 8; but the proportions and colouration agree, and the type may not
have been full grown. This form, however, is, by Elliot, identified with the
Leggyade, an animal of very different habits from the Gulandi.

The question of synonymy must, therefore, be deferred. Meantime,
the identification of an Indian rat with the African genus Pelomys is of
some importance as adding another tothe number of generic forms com-
mon to India and Africa, but not known to be represented to the eastward.

Pelomys fallax resembles Golunda LHilioti in colouration, general
form, and dentition, but it differs widely from it in its other characters
and in its habits. It is a much larger animal, the adult being about 300
millemetres [12 inches] long from nose to end of tail. It has a differently
shaped head,* with the ears much smaller in proportion; the fur of
Pelomys fallax is simply described as harsh and finely bristly (hart und
feinborstig), so that it probably presents none of the remarkable characters
found in Golunda Ellioti. P. fallax is said to be found in marshy places,
whilst Golwnda Ellioti inhabits bushes on hill-sides.+

P. S.—Since the above was in print, I have received from Mr. Fair-
bank a specimen of the true Guwlandi, brought to him at Ahmednagar by
men of the Wadari or tank-diggar caste, the very people from whom Sir
W. Elliot appears to have procured his specimens. These people hunt and
eat rats and necessarily know all the species. The animal sent, an adult
female, is specifically identical with the Sind rats and with those from
Southern India and Ceylon, so there can no longer be a doubt as to the
propriety of referring all to Golwnda Hilioti. The face is not so convex
as in the figure attached to this paper. ‘The measurements are :—

* In the accompanying figure taken from the specimen in spirit after the skull
had been extracted, the convexity of the face is much exaggerated. This is the
form of the young animal only, I think. The head in the adult is very slightly convex.

+ Whilst this paper was passing through the press, I also received from Mr.
Fairbank specimens of the mettad, Golunda meltada, Gray, obtained at Ahmedna-
gar. They differ so much from G. E/lioti that I doubt if the two forms are con-
generic. In G. meltada (potius mettada) the incisors are not sulcated, the molars differ
but little from those of Mus, and the palate is much broader than in G. Hilioti.

1876. ] Godwin-Austen—On the Operculated Landshells. 171

in.
Length from nose to insertion of tail, .................0005 475
woes OVEN TENG Gest eRe 2 2) TE a 4°
sae OYE ATI. THOUS at a IP ooo ne a tae 0:92
Pome Olea cOni OLIN... y... 1. ee ok. 0-6

A specimen of a rat obtained by Mr. V. Ball in the SAtpura Hills and
presented by him to the Indian Museum, also belongs to this species.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Head of Golunda EHllioti, Gray, from Sind (the face is represented much too
convex). 2. Right hind-foot. 3. Right fore-foot (the intermediate tubercle
should have been drawn further away from the posterior (proximal) pair). 4.
Under view of the skull. 5. The skull and mandible, seen from the side. 6.
Upper view of the skull. 7. Incisors, seen from the front. 8, Molars of upper
jaw, right side. 9. Do. of lower jaw, right side.

XII.—On the Cyclostomacea of the Dafla Hills, Assam.— By Major H. FH.
Gopwin-Austen, / kk. G. S., & Z. S., Deputy Superintendent
Topographical Survey of India.

(Received June 24th ;—Read August 2nd, 1876.)
(With Plates VII & VIII, A, Figs. 1—6.)

The expedition into the Dafla Hills in the winter of 1874—75 has added
very largely to our knowledge of the land-shells of that part of India. The
line of the Himalayas has been very well worked up to the neighbourhood
of Darjiling, and the researches of the Messrs. Blanford and the late Dr. Sto-
liezka have left I suspect very few forms undiscovered in that quarter, but
from thence to the Dafla Hills, a distance of 270 miles, we had received
nothing, so that when JI found myself deputed for survey duty in these
more eastern hills, I anticipated a goodly haul of molluscan forms, and am
glad to say I have not been disappointed. ‘The present list is confined to
the operculated group, numbering some 33 species; of which 11 are new; 5
had been originally described from Darjiling and have their range thus
extended far to the eastward; 13 are well-known forms in the Khasi and
Naga hill-ranges south of the Brahmaputra River ; and 3 or 4 are known
to extend thence to the Shan States in the Irrawaddy drainage-system.
The list of Helicide will be given in a second paper, in the prepa-

172 Godwin-Austen—On the Operculated Landshells [No. 3,

ration of which I hope to be joined by Mr. G. Nevill of the Indian Museum,
Calcutta; and will comprise some 45 species, many of which are new. I
had ample opportunities for collecting, especially while forest-clad peaks
were being cleared for the triangulation. The weather, which during the
whole of January was so very wet as to render the taking of observations
for days together an impossibility, was just the kind that was wanted to
tempt the smaller forms forth from their hiding places in the decaying
leaves and old tree-stumps. In some of the Khasi and Goorkha men of
the Survey party I found most energetic and excellent collectors, who soon
were as sharp with their eyes in detecting the minute little shells as I
myself was. It caused them at first infinite amusement and still greater
curiosity as to what possible use they could be put to: ‘ Caleutta jadi
ghur ke waste,’ however, generally satisfied all queries on the subject, and
a general impression prevailed that we made medicine of them.

Abstract of Genera.

—

ap
Mice os | a
3 & oI $ Remarks,
El zi A a
A
1. Cyclophorus, ...ceceeacsseses 1 3 3 q
2. Lagocherlus, ...0++ vee seesee 00 1 we 1
SB. Pierocyelos, sss cercecee secs 1 D0 1
AL, IS PRUPYIPUD, 5005 50000000 0006 1 1 2
By AUR PRB, 50000000 500000 0000 3 6 9 |3 being varieties of
Khasi species.
6. Diplommatina, ..seve eereve A, il 2 3 6 /|1 being a variety of
a Khasi species.
1 LENPLUTD BA OO K00 590009000 0000 90 1 50 1
82 SERCDEQULUS, cesses science 1 50 . 1
9. Megalomastoma, .ssserecesees 1 O04 1 2
VO: Pomaiias, veacce v000+0 verses 1 1 1 5}
Total,.... 5 13 15 33

No specimens of either of the genera, Cyathopoma, Gleorissa, or Hydro-
cena, which come in on the hill-ranges south of the Brahmaputra, were
found: they are apparently absent.

1876.] collected during the Dafla Eupedition. 173

CYCLOPHORUS AURORA, Bs.
Agrees with the specimens from Dalingkote, Western Bhutan Duars.

CyctopHortus PxEARSONI, Bs.
Outer Range.

CYCLOPHORUS FUSCICOLOR, n. sp., Pl. VIII, A, Fig. 1.

Shell umbilicated, globosely turbinate, covered with a greyish umber-
brown epidermis, with radiating longitudinal lines of ornamentation, the
bands of colour rather broader towards the apex, but throughout very
close together, in some specimens coalescing on the last whorl into a
uniform dark shade of brown. Spire conical, apex sharp. Whorls 6, well
rounded, with a single slightly raised ridge upon the keel. Aperture cir-
cular, sub-oblique, peristome continuous, double, very slightly reflected.
Within the aperture grey.

Alt. 1:24, major diam. 2°30 inches.

Hazs.—Dafla Hills.

This is a very distinct form allied to C. Bensoni from the southern
face of the Khasi Hills, shewing towards the apex in some specimens a
tendency to the zigzag painting of that shell, but the uniform, striate, and
sober colouring of the rest of the whorls is a very marked character. ‘Two
specimens have a moderately broad white band on the periphery, owing
to the abrasion of the epidermis upon the raised ridge of the keel.

CYCLOPHORUS EXPANSUS, Pfr.
Hazs.—Outer sandstone range.

CYCLOPHORUS ZEBRINUS, Bs.
Has.—Outer range,—very abundant.

CYCLOPHORUS (MYXOSTOMA) NIVICOLA, n. sp., Pl. VII, Figs. 1 & Ia.

Shell flatly discoidal, openly umbilicated. Whorls 5, with distinct
longitudinal striation, the last well rounded on the periphery, large, the
rest rapidly decreasing, covered with a thick epidermis, colour dark brown-
umber. At half the circumference from the apex fine zigzag pale ochreous
markings ornament the upper surface ; these widen and are arranged closer
towards the apex, which is pale; a black band on the periphery is bounded
by a pale narrow one. Spire slightly raised. Suture deep. Aperture
oblique, very slightly descending, circular. Peristome thickened, double,
reflected, with a small re-entering notch near the suture. Operculum cor-
neous, flat. “

Major diam. 1:0, alt. 0°45 in.

23

174 Godwin-Austen—On the Operculated Landshells [No. 3,

Hazs.—Dafla Hills.

This form is a representative here of the Ceylonese C. Baird. A
variety of the same size but plain, with pale band on the periphery, on
Tortipitti Peak. Small (major diam. 0°65 in.) varieties also occur, both
ornamented and plain; the latter are very similar in size and light ochreous
colouration to C. ravidus of the Nilgiri Hills, but the former have fine
zigzag markings and a single black band on the periphery.

LAGOCHEILUS TOMOTREMA, Bs.
Hazs.—The Tanir ridge and Toriputi Peak,—not common.

PTEROCYCLOS PARVUS, Pearson.
Hazs.—Shengorh, Tanir ridge, and Tortipiitt.

PTEROCYCLOS MAGNUS, n. sp., PL. VII, Figs. 3, 3a, & 30.

This shell is similar in form to P. parvus, only that the winged por-
tion of the peristome is far more fully developed and folded round into a
perfect, largely developed tube with its internal orifice just within the
aperture, the inner lip being deeply notched to give room for it. The shell
is ornamented with a single black peripheral band and with minute trans-
verse brown zigzag markings. Apex very flat. Whorls 5, rounded.

The largest example measures—alt. 0:26, major diam. 0°95, minor diam.
0°75, apertural tube 0-20 in.

Haz.—Very common in the outer sandstone range, Dafla Hills. It
is also found on the northern side of the Naga Hills, but has hitherto never
been separated from P. parvus of the Khasi Hills, of which it may be said to
be a more developed form, with stronger affinities to the genus Spiraculum.

SPIRACULUM HISPIDUM, Pearson, var. MINOR.

Has.—tThe outer ranges near Dihiri Parbat. Agrees precisely with
specimens from Teria Ghat. It is curious, however, to note that the large
variety does not occur here, but that its place is occupied by another new
form equally large, which I next describe.

Sprracutum Nevitti, n. sp., Pl. VII, Figs. 2 & 2a.

Shell discoidal, convexly depressed, widely umbilicated, covered with
a dark brown epidermis which soon becomes eroded, and with an incipient
dark band on the keel in perfect specimens. Spire very slightly raised,
suture deep, whorls 5, much rounded, the last descending slightly towards the
aperture. The sutural tube is only 0-10” in length, 0:3” behind the aper-
ture, turns back, and is situated close to the suture., Aperture oblique, cireu.
lar. Peristome double, inner lip continuous, having at the suture a re-enter-

1876.] collected during the Dafla Expedition. 175

ing angular notch, the outer is similarly notched and then expanded and
folded into a spout-shaped form. Operculum not seen, probably as in 8.
hispidum. :

Alt. 0°36, major diam. 1:05, minor diam. 0°92, diam. apert. 0°45 in.

Has.—Two specimens only were obtained near Dihiri Parbat, on the
outer sandstone range.

This Spzraculum is quite distinct from 8. hispidum, for which I
mistook it when found, and consequently omitted to seareh for more
examples. In the form of the sutural tube it most nearly resembles
S. Avanum, W. Blf., thus differing very considerably from S. hispidum,
in which that part is broad and curves quite over and across the suture in
well-grown shells (pl. vii, fig. 4). The most notable point of difference,
however, is the expansion of the outer lip into a tube-like process, in which
respect the species shews its very close affinity to the genus Pterocyclos.

Atyczus Knastacvs, G-A.
Has.—One specimen of the true typical form was found in the Yétay
ravine, Dikrang Dhin.

Atycmus KHASIACUS, var.

The rest of this type from other parts of the hills, however, differ from
the Khasi form, in the ridge in front of the constriction being single,
and the peristome more thickened and reflected. But in size, sculpture,
and the short thickened sutural tube, as well as in the operculum, no change
is to be detected.

Hazs.—Valley of the Dikrang and Borpani.

ALYCEHUS cRISPATUS, G-A.
Hazs.—A conical form of this shell was obtained in the Burroi gorge.

Atycazus THEopatpt, Bs., var., Pl. VII, Fig. 10.

Is of the same form as A. Theobaldi from Cherra Poonjee and the Garo
Hills, only that while the operculum in the latter is exceedingly closely wound,
quite smooth in front, and black (and I have examined some dozens of shells),
in the former the concentric whorls are wider apart, have a central
cireular hollow space, and are white. The ribbing of the swollen portion
in the Dafla shell is exceedingly minute, and this, I note, is a common
character, holding good almost without exception, of all the species in
the Dafla Hills. There is, moreover, a slight difference in the contraction
of the whorl near the umbilicus, but I hesitate to separate two such
close forms, notwithstanding that if dozens of each variety were thrown
together, they might all be resorted without a mistake, and I have

176 Godwin-Austen—On the Operculated Landshells [No. 3,

a large series. It has yet to be decided what points are to be considered
of sufficient weight im separating these forms from one another. We
must wait until the whole area has been worked, and the points of
difference, however small, all noted, when we shall then be in a position
to reduce species or to arrange slightly divergent forms around their
nearest and most abundant and widely spread ally. As far as my
experience goes, they never remain constant over very large areas.
Haxs.—tThe above shell was obtained on the slopes of Toripati.

Anycauus Burtt, G-A.

Hazs.—This shell, of which I previously possessed a single specimen
only, found by Mr. J. Burt in the gorge of the Barowli river a short
distance to the west, proved to be abundant on the outer sandstone range
about Dihiri Parbat, the Burroi gorge, &c.

A variety of it, which is much larger and more depressed in form, but
which in the crenate peristome and in form of constriction is the same,
occurred in the valley of the Dikrang and in the Yetay ravine. This
variety measures in alt. 0°18, major diam. 0°25. in.

ALYCHUS NOTATUS, n. sp., Pl. VII, Figs. 9, 9a, & 96.

Shell globosely turbinate, narrowly umbilicated, of solid form, white,
distant strong costulation on the upper whorls, close and fine ribbing on
swollen portion of the last. Spire conoid, suture fairly impressed. Whorls
45, closely wound, the last swollen, then sharply constricted, and agai
enlarged and descending, the expanded portion being marked with deep
fold-like furrows. Sutural tube moderate, aperture oblique. Peristome
very thick, distinctly treble in full-grown shells, outer layer terminating
just behind the aperture, the inner continuous, the two outer much reflected
near the umbilicus. Operculum smooth in front.

Alt. 0°14, major diam. 0:17. in.

Haz.—On the slopes of Toripiti Peak at 3000 feet, about 15 speci-
mens collected.

This is one of the most distinet and curious species I have yet dis-
covered, the fold-like indentations upon the expanded portion near the
aperture having nocounterpart in any other form with which I am acquaint-
ed. In other respects it is somewhat similar to d. diagonius, in the strong
thick peristome and closely wound whorls.

Atycaus Dariarnsis, n. sp., Pl. VII, Figs. 12, 12a, & 126.

Shell turbinate, moderately umbilicated, pale whitish or dull ochreous
according to the state of the epidermis, finely ribbed throughout, rather more
coarsely near the commencement of the swell of the last whorl, on this por-

1876.] collected during the Dafla Bupedition. 177

tion the ribbing is very fine and close. Spire conoid, apex blunt, suture
impressed, the sutural tube moderate. Whorls 4, the last swollen, then
constricted, and enlarging again into a well-raised ridge, which terminates
below on margin of the peristome, it then descends and expands considera-
bly with four deep longitudinal plications. Peristome single (no sign of
the usual outer margin), continuous, with five plications on the outer mar-
gin, the lower margin recurved. Aperture oblique. Operculum multispiral,
horny, with a large disc-like boss in the centre front side.

Has.—Tortiputti Peak, 7000 feet.

The nearest form to the above is A. digitatus, H. Blf., described
and figured in J. A. S. B., Vol. XL, 1871, from Darjeeling, but the
duplicate peristome in that shell is conspicuous and forms a well-defined
‘sharp edge where the expansion and plication of the inner lip commences.
By the operculum alone it can be at once distinguished, and it is besides
a much smaller shell.

A dwarf variety occurs on Shengorh peak only 0:09 in alt., not so ex-
panded near the aperture, and with the plication less developed. On the
Tanir ridge at 4000 feet, the same shell, of ordinary size and with the same
character of the aperture, occurs, shewing an interesting and gradual change
in form; the operculum is also different, being pale coloured, multispiral,
and flatly concave in front. This form is in this respect much nearer to
A. digitatus and might be separated under the title swb-digitatus.

ALYcxUS MuTATUS, n. sp., Pl. VII, Figs. 11 & 11a.

Shell sub-turbinately depressed, openly umbilicated, fragile, covered
with a scabrous dull ochreous epidermis, which peels off in old shells, very
regularly and strongly striated throughout, the ribbing on the last whorl
very fine. Spire sub-conoid, apex rather blunt, suture deeply impressed.
Whorls 4, rounded, the last swollen, moderately constricted, then again
expanded and crossed by two ridges, the last of these not extending all
round the whorl. The constriction very regularly ribbed. Sutural tube
short, thickened at the base. Aperture oblique, circular. Peristome double
but closely united, very slightly reflected. Operculum multispiral, the
edges of the outer whorls in high relief so as to form a deep cup-like
hollow in the centre.

Alt. 0°10, major diam. 0°20, sutural tube 0-055 in.

Haz.—On Tortipiiti, Taénir, and Shengorh Peaks, at 6—7000 feet
elevation, in the dead leaves and moss about the roots of the forest trees,
I found about a dozen. The ground at the time was covered with snow,
so that it was very cold work hunting for them.

This shell is an interesting ally of A. Khasiacus, from which it differs
in its thick well-ribbed epidermis, but more especially in the very different

178 Godwin-Austen—On the Operculated Landshells [No. 3,

form of the operculum, which in Khasiacus is quite smooth and concave in
front. It is also a smaller and more delicately formed shell.

Atycmzus (Dioryx) erapuicus, BIf., var.
Has.—Both in the Dikrang Dhtn and on Tortipttti Peak.

Atycmus (Droryx) uRNuLA, Bs., var.

Higher in the spire, aperture proportionally larger ; whorls more
rounded, sutural tube only one-fourth the length, and the ribbing much
less fine on the swell of the whorl—differences which by some would
be considered quite sufficient to warrant another name being given to this
Dafla form. Five specimens were found all possessing the above character,
so it would appear to be quite constant.

DIPLOMMATINA POLYPLEURIS, Bs., var.
Has.—Borpani, Sajuhi, and Dihiri Parbat on outermost range.

DIPLOMMATINA POLYPLEURIS, var. MINUTA.
Has.—Shengorh and Tortputi Peaks.

DIPLOMMATINA SEMISCULPTA, W. BIf.
Has.—Borpani and Dikrank valley,—a good many specimens obtained.

Drerommatina AvstEnt, W. BIf., large var., Pl. VII, Figs. 8 & 8a.

Shell dextral, ovate fusiform, moderately thick, pale horny. Sceulp-
ture very fine, almost disappearing on the two last whorls. Sides of spire
moderately flat. Whorls 7, penultimate and antepenultimate the largest,
the last ascending slightly. Constriction in middle of aperture, which is
circular and vertical ; columellar margin rounded, tooth moderate. Peris-
tome simple, double, rather strongly formed, the inner lip continuous.

Alt. 0-15, diam. 0°70 in.

Haxz.—Low down on the left bank of the Dikrang river;—about a
dozen were found.

This shell is very similar in form to D. Austeni, W. Blf. from the
Khasi Hills, but it is much larger, that shell only being 0-90" in length, and
the two last whorls are not so smooth and shew slight traces of sculpture,
but the two are too close to be separated.

DietommMatina Homett, n. sp., Pl. VII, Fig. 6.

Shell dextral, ovate, tumidly fusiform, strong, dull ochreous, very fresh
shells often ruddy orange-coloured, sculpture very fine and filiform on the
upper whorls, rather coarser on the last approaching the aperture. Spire

1876. ] collected during the Dafla Expedition. 179

with sides rather flat, penultimate and antepenultimate whorls about equal,
the last whorl has the constriction in the middle of the aperture, and ascends
to it. Aperture vertical, columellar margin angular below, the tooth well
developed and placed low down ; outer margin rounded. Peristome thick,
double, both lips continuous and well reflected on outer margin.

Alt. 0:24, diam. 0°14, diam. apert. 0-08 in.

Hazs.—In forest on the peaks of Tortpiti and Shengorh, very
abundant.

This species is conspicuous from its large size and tumid flat-sided
form. I have named it after Lieut. H. Home, R. E., who, with his company
of Sappers, rendered so much assistance in clearing the peak on which
I first found this shell; and it is with feelings of extreme regret that I
have to record the death by sun-stroke a few months after of this able,
zealous, fine young officer.

DIPLOMMATINA LEVIGATUS, n. sp., Pl. VII, Fig. 7.

Shell dextral, tumidly fusiform, colour pale horny, very smooth through-
out, slight close colouration on the four apical whorls. Spire rather rapid-
ly diminishing towards the apex, this is rather sharp in some specimens.
Suture moderately impressed. Whorls 7, antepenultimate the largest and
swollen, the penultimate constricted in front of the aperture, the last
ascends but slightly and is puckered on the posterior margin, corresponding
with the angular projections of the outer lip. Aperture vertical; peristome
solid, double, the inner lip continuous, circular, the columellar process or
tooth moderate, the outer lip with an undulating margin, square below,
with angular projections, two below and one on the upper outer margin.

Alt. 0°15 in. ,

Has.—tThe Dikrang valley, Dafla Hills.

This is a very distinct form from any I am acquainted with: the waved
margin and angular expansions on the outer lip are its most peculiar cha-
racters, and mark at once its distinctness.

PUPINA IMBRICIFERA, Bs., var.
Has.—Dafla Hills. The small variety like that of the Naga Hills.
Only two obtained, the shell appearing to be rare on this side.

SrreprauLtus Bianrorpi, Bs., Pl. VIII, A, Figs. 2, 3, & 4.

Haz.—Harmutti, the Tanir ridge, and Dikrang valley; one only from
7000 feet,—an abundant shell in the low ground.

The true typical form ranges from 1000 to 4000 feet as arule. There
are, however, two other forms, one of which has been alluded to by Mr. W. T.
Blanford in his paper on the ‘Classification of the Cyclostomacea of

180 Godwin-Austen—On the Operculated Landshells [No. 3,

Eastern Asia’ (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., June 1864), and considered by
him to be perhaps worthy of specific distinction ; in this (which I distinguish
as var. a) the internal tube opens in the peristome outwards, with no
tendency to form an external sutural tube: of it I obtained three fine
specimens on Shengorh Peak, where it was associated with the other
forms. In the other (var. £, or var. tubulus), which was only obtaimed
in one locality at 5000 feet on the flanks of Tortpttti, there is a still
wider departure from S. Blanfordi, Bs.; the internal tube passes out just
behind the peristome, almost in the same way as in Ahaphaulus chrysallis,
Bs., and is directed upwards for about 0:05” of an inch. These differences
are very remarkable, occurring as they do in distinct species from Malayana,
and I should be inclined to consider them worthy of specific titles were the
habitats of the two forms wider apart, but both occur together, and im no
other point of structure can I detect any constant difference. I at first
thought that var 8. was more tumid and depressed and that it had a more
developed aperture, but similar continuous, thickened, circular peristomes are
to be found among the normal forms, when a large series is examined; and
the same holds good of the external shape. Iam sorry that I had no oppor-
tunity of examining the animals of these three forms: some considerable
modification of parts must surely be required to produce the very great differ-
ences in the length and direction of this tube-like process near the aperture.

Particularly fine examples of S. Blanfordi were found, as much as
0:43 in length and 0:28 in. in diameter.

MEGALOMASTOMA PAUPERCULUM, Bs.

Haz.—Shengorh Peak and Tortpitu. This form was found at all the
higher elevations, whereas I did not obtain a single example that will assim1-
late with IL. funiculatum from Darjeeling, either in form or colouration.

MEGALOMASTOMA TANYCHEILUS, n. sp., Pl. VII, Fig. 5.

Shell cylindrical, turreted, solid, pale ochreous, sometimes with a tinge
of green, rather strongly and diagonally striated. Spire straight, sides
nearly parallel, apex conoidal, suture shallow. Whorls 9, with very slight
convexity of side. Aperture vertical, large, and circular, the peristome
continuous, very largely developed, thickened, and expanded ; at base of the
last whorl is a strong keel which terminates above near the centre of aperture.
Operculum composed of several horny layers, which appear to be formed
slowly and concentrically on a line radiating from the centre to the cireum-
ference.

Length. 1-20, diam. 0°35, diam. apert. (peristome included) 0°32 in.

Has.—Dikrang valley, low down, ranging up to about 2,500 feet and
very abundant.

id

1876.] collected during the Dafla Expedition. 181

This shell is a much wider departure from the Darjeeling form first
described by Benson, IZ. funiculatum, which is so much more tumid, shorter
in spire, of a dark purplish brown colour, and never has the peristome so
broad and thickened as in this species. JL. pauperculwm is intermediate
between the two.

Pomattas HIMALAyanm, Bs.
Haz.—Tortiputu and Shengorh Peaks.

PoMATIAS PLEUROPHORUS, Bs.
Has.—Very fine specimens were obtained at the village of Pachitah
(Camp 7) ; it was also got at Harmatti. Alt. 0°32, diam. 0-17 in.

POMATIAS GRANDIS, n. sp., Pl. VII, Fig. 13.

Shell dextral, perforate, turreted, rather swollen below, solid, with
moderately strong close costulation throughout, smooth on the penultimate
whorl above the aperture, very close fine ribbing behind the aperture ; covered
with a thin epidermis ; grey corneous or pale ochreous. Spire rapidly decreas-
ing to apex. Whorls 9, slightly convex, the last rounded below. Aperture
vertical, circular. Peristome double, thickened, reflected, continuous, slightly
angular at upper outer margin. Operculum thin, horny, indistinctly spiral
in some specimens.

Alt. 0°55, diam. 0°20, diam. ap. 0°17 in.

Hazs.—Shengorh Peak, rather abundant in moss on rocks.

Its very large size distinguishes it at once from P. himalayane and P.
pleurophorus, but it also differs in its more tumid form, the greater num-
ber of its whorls, its rounder aperture without the distinct small notch, and
in not being so strongly costulated.

The three following species were found as far back as 1866-67,
while the survey of the Khasi and Garo hill-ranges was in progress. I was
in hopes that Mr. W. T. Blanford, who has described so many species of
the same genus, would have been able to publish these also, but his hands
have been so full since then with the large and very important collections
from Abyssinia and Persia made by himself, and more recently with those
from Yarkand, together with the ordinary work of the Geological Survey,
that they have been laid aside. Of two of them years ago I prepared
figures, which are now introduced to complete Plate VIII, A. All three
are referred to Cyathopoma—a genus which has not before been recorded
from this part of India. In form these eastern species assimilate with

24

182 _ Godwin-Austen—On the Operculated Landshells [No. 3,

some from Southern India; but it is interesting and important to note
that as regards the operculum there is a distinct departure, the former
having this appendage very similar to some A/yca@i of the same province.
I, however, consider them nearer to Cyathopoma than to any other genus,
and it is not desirable to separate them until something more is known
of the animals.

1. CyatHoroma JAWAIENSIS, n. sp., Plate VIII, A, Fig. 6.

Shell narrowly umbilicated, turbinate, covered with a dark umber epi-
dermis. Whorls 43, well rounded, with four well raised longitudinal ribs
on the last, three shewing on the whorls above. Spire conical, apex
papillate. Peristome simple, lip thin ; aperture circular, the hrate ribbing
extending up to the peristome so as to give it on the exterior margin an
angular outline. Operculum pure white, situated close to the margin of
the aperture, deeply concave in front, many whorled, with a small dark spot
in the centre.

Alt. 0:07, major diam. 0:06 in.

The animal has long pointed pale tentacles, with the eyes on the upper
outer basal margin (fig. 6 ¢ having been drawn from a dead specimen, the
tentacles are represented in a contracted condition). The labial ribbon
(fig. 6 6) is very similar to that of Diplommatina, all the teeth being five-
cuspid in the usual arrangement 83—1—3, with the central rather broad.

Haz.—tThis little shell is very abundant in the woods close to Jawai
among dead leaves, and I found the first specimen close under the Dak
bungalow at that place. The very white operculum with the dark central
spot contrasting with the dark colour of the shell is a very conspicuous
character.

In the Nagé Hills I afterwards obtained a slightly larger form to
which the above description would apply, only that the operculum is not so
deeply concave and is situated well within the aperture, whereas in several
dozen specimens of Jawaiensis examined the position of the operculum is
external.

2. CyatHopoma NevIittit, n. sp., Plate VIII, A, Fig. 5.

Shell elongately turbinate, very closely umbilicated, covered with an
olivaceous epidermis. Whorls 53, rounded, with four well marked spiral ribs
and one basal near the umbilicus. Apex blunt. Aperture rounded, peris-
tome simple, continuous, very slightly thickened and reflected, operculum
well within the aperture, slightly concave, minutely multispiral, with a
large central plain area.

A very large specimen measures alt. 1:1, major diam. 0-08, but some
are only 0:07 in. in alt. Animal not observed.

1876. ] collected during the Dafla Expedition. 183

Haz.—Khasi and Nagd Hills, in damp situations among decaying
vegetation at about 4000—5000 feet, not by any means abundant. J at first
considered it to be a Jerdonia, from its remarkable similarity in external form
to J. trochlea, Bs., from Southern India, but on comparison of the opercula
I found a considerable difference. It is a smaller shell than J. trochlea.

3. CyYAaTHOPOMA GAROENSE, 0. sp.

Shell openly umbilicated, turbinate, white, multilirate. Whorls 5, well
rounded ; there are six well marked longitudinal ribs on the last whorl,
the interval between the 4th, 5th, and 6th being wider than that between
the ribs above. Succeeding these below near the umbilicus can be counted
eight very close lines of ribbing; the whole surface between this ribbing is
sharply and regularly striate, giving it rather a lace-like appearance. Spire
conoid, apex high and papillate. Peristome simple, quite circular, single.
Operculum exposed in front close to the margin of the aperture, multispiral,
flat in front, thick and shelly in appearance. Animal not observed.

Alt. 0°08, major diam. 0-09 in.

Haz.—It was first taken on limestone rocks in the South Garo Hills,
and was particularly abundant at Rywuk on the Sumessary river in the
limestone cliff on the left bank of the river; it must extend all along the
southern face of the hills with the run of the Nummulitic rocks, for I have
two specimens in my collection from the South Jaintia Hills. C. Giaroense
is very like the South Indian C. Deccanense, W. Blf., in the sculpture and
position of the operculum.

No species of Cyathopoma have as yet been obtained anywhere to
the north of this line of hills, not one occurred among the large collection
of shells made in the Dafla Hills, the most eastern part of the Himalayan
range that has as yet been explored.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Plate VII.

Cyclophorus nivicola, 0. sp., nat. size.

Spiracuhum Nevill, n. sp., nat. size.

Pterocyclos magnus, D. sp., nat. size.

Spiraculum hispidum, Bs., sutural tube, nat. size.
Megalomastoma tanycheilus, n. sp., nat. size.
Diplommatina Homeii, n. sp., enlarged.

levigatus, n. sp., enlarged.

Austeni, Bif., large var., enlarged.
Alyceus notatus, nD. sp., enlarged.

Theobald, Bs., var., the operculum, enlarged.

S
pl
5&2 SSP GN Ges a

ra, ALAS mutatus, D. sp., enlarged.
» «=—«12. Daflaensis, n. sp., enlarged.
» 13. Pomatias grandis, n. sp., slightly enlarged.

184 W. Theobald—Deseriptions of new Land and [No. 3,

Plate VIII, A.

Fig. 1. Cyclophorus fuscicolor, n. sp.
Be 2. Streptaulus Blanfordi, Bs. (the shorter line shews the height of the aper-
ture, the longer, the length of shell).
. 3. == var. a.
Sha acke var. B. (tubulus.)
5 5. Cyathopoma Nevilli, n. sp.
. 6, 6a. Jawmiensis, D. Sp.

3 65. ——_ —_——— labial ribbon.
——_—__. head of animal shewing position of the eyes
(the sketch was taken from a specimen after removal from its
shell, the tentacles are therefore much contracted).
5 7. Carychium Indicwn, Bs.
» 8 ————- Khasianum, G-A.

XIII.— Descriptions of some new Land and Preshwater Shells from India
and Burmah.—By W. 'THEOBALD.

(Recd. June 4th ;—Read July 7th, 1875.)
(With Plate XIV.)

SrsaRaA HUNGERFORDIANA, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 1.

Testa lenticulart, imperforata, cornea, confertim transverse striata, ad
apicem obtuswm et wmbilicum cirea levigata. Anfractibus sex lente cres-
centibus, ultimo acute sive filiforme carinato, et ad aperturam (per anfrac-
tus wltimi dimidiwm) descendente. Apertura fere verticali, marginibus callo
tenuissimo junctis. Labio incrassato, dentibus tribus equidistantibus mstruc-
to, dente interiori libero, ceteris callo brevi gunctis.

Lat. major 11-00, lat. minor (2) 11:00, alt. 5°50 mm.

Habitat ad ‘ Mizan-touny prope ripas ‘Salwiw fluminis provincia
‘ Martabav’ haud procul a Maulmei.

This interesting addition to the Sesara group was forwarded to me by
Dr. Hungerford from near Maulmeim. It recalls 7. Attaranensis, Th., but
differs in its descending last whorl, and in its teeth, which are larger and
more equal, whilst the callus uniting the two outer ones is less developed
than in that species, in which it constitutes a horse-shoe-shaped fillet. In
some specimens the shell may be perforate, as it is a thin callus only which
seems spread across the narrow umbilical opening.

SESARA INERMIS, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 2.
Testa sublenticulari, angustissime wmbilicata, depressa, cornea, subpoli-
ta, sed supra exilissime transverse striata. Anfractibus septem, ultimo

1876.] Freshwater Shells from India and Burmah. 185

Jiliforme carinato, non descendente. Apertura fere verticali. Labio sub-
inerassato, sinuato, dentibus nullis instructo.

Lat. maj. 11-60, lat. minor. 10°80, alt. 4°80 mm.

Habitat in valle fluminis ‘ Salwin’ haud procul a Maulmein provincia
Martaban.

The exact locality where I procured this species I do not know, beyond
that it was near the Salween. It is interesting as the simplest form of the
group to which it belongs, having no teeth and rather feeble striation. Its
habit, however, is quite that of a Sesara, and it comes from what is almost
the headquarters of the group in Burmah.

Corasta BovuRDILLONI, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 3.

Testa conoidea, obtecto-perforata, carinata, temn, polita, albida, trans-
lucente, sub epidermide pallide straminea et decidua lineis exilissimis flex-
uosis spiraliter ornata. Anfractibus 45, celeriter crescentibus, ad apicem
manmmillatum paullo convexis, sed ultimo supra planato et circa wnbilicum
paullo inflato.- Apertura magna subquadrata ; marginibus simplicibus
callo tenuissimo junctis.

Diam. maj. 25°4, diam. min. 19:5, alt. 148, aperture alt. 16:0, ejusdem
lat. 14:0 mm.

_ Habitat montibus in umbrosis provincia Travankor haud procul a Tre-
vandrum India Australi, teste F. Bourdillon.

A few dead examples of this handsome and evidently arboreal species
have reached me through the kindness of Mr. Bourdillon, after whom I
have named it, and to whom I am indebted for a small collection of shells
from the same locality. Among these were Oyclophorus Niliqgiricus, Catau-
lus Calcadensis, Myxostoma deplanatum, Micraulax seabra un. sp., Ditropis
planorbis, Mychopoma hirsutum, the recently described Hemiplecta Beddomet,
Rotula indica (a large form of 28 mills and a small stout form of 17
mills), &. Shiplayi, Sitala apicata, a single reversed arboreal Helix of the
albizonata type (Geotrochus Calcadensis), a Glessula which seems a mere
variety of G. parabilis, a stouter form with more arcuate columella (pro-
bably G. Deshayesiana), and a small species not determined, a Streptasis,
and Hapalus Travankoricus, n. sp.

MIcRAULAX, subgenus novum.
Cyclophori habitu planorbulari, testa sulco brevi intus instructa,
operculo ?

MIcRAULAX SCABRA, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 4.
Testa late et profunde wmbilicata, et sulco haud profundo et valde
meonspicuo mtus instructa, linea parwm elevata externe notato. Anfractibus

186 W. Theobald—Descriptions of new Land and [No. 3,

4—4+ convexis, ultimo subinflato, celeriter crescente, et ad aperturam non
descendente. Epidermide scabra, juata aperturam corrugata. Apertura
parum obliqua, subcirculari, breviter adnata. Operculo?

Lat. major 14°20, lat. minor 12:00, alt 6:20, aperture lat. 6:00 mm.

Habitat montibus in unbrosis provincie Travankor India Australi,
éeste F. Bourdillon.

This is a very interesting section of the planorbular Cyclophori, unit-
ing the Myzxostoma type with the turbinate Lagocheilus. The canal of
Cataulus is merely, it would seem, a more highly developed and specialised
representation of the shallow groove in this species.

Hapatus Travanxoricus, Th., Pl. XIV, Fig. 5.

Testa turrita, anguste umbilicata, tenui, translucenti-cornea ; epidermt-
de sericea. Anfractibus 5 valde convexis. Apertura verticali, quadrato-
ovata, marginibus simplicibus, aliquando callo tenui junctis; labio ad
wmbilicum paullo reflexo.

Alt. 65, lat. 3°9, aperture alt. 2:2, ejusdem lat. 1:5 mm.

Habitat montibus in wnbrosis provincie Travankor Indié Austral,
teste F. Bourdillon.

It has been suggested that this is nothing more than the young of
Cataulus Calcadensis, numerous specimens of which were forwarded to me
at the same time, but it differs from the young of that species when of the
same size, as was seen from numerous examples. Two specimens only of
the present form were found, both dead shells, but in fair condition. The
form of the mouth is peculiar and the silky lustre of the epidermis also.

SPIRACULUM BHAMOENSE, Nn. sp.

Testa depressa, aperto-umbilicata. Apice elevatiusculo, sutura profun-
da, anfract. 45 convexts, ultimo juata aperturam parum descendente. Epi-
dermide tenut, leviter striata, vie scabriuscula. Colore corneo-albescente,
fascia mediana cincto, strigisque castaneis fulgquratis picto, superioribus
latis, inferioribus autem (sive subfascialibus) angustis. Aliquando unico-
lore, corneo-stramineo. Apertura obliqua magna. Peristomate dupliet,
intus ad suturam angulato-inciso ; extra alam linguiformem subtubularem
horizontalen adnatam formante. Tubulo suturali recurvato ab apertura
3 mm. distante.

Diam. max. 11:00, diam. min. 8°50, alt. 5:50 (oris diam.) apertura
5°20 mim.

. Habitat prope Bhamo valle Iravadi Regno Burmanico.

The nearest ally of this interesting form is 8S. Avanwn, W. BI., which
it approaches in the recurved form of its sutural tube, but it differs im size
and mode of colouration. In §. Avanum, too, the linguiform projection of

1876.] Freshwater Shells from India and Burmah. 187

the peristome is vertical, not as in the present species horizontal. The
colouration, too, is peculiar, the fulgurate stripes above the peripheral band
being much more open or more obtusely bent than in the narrow or more
acutely angled bands below it.

SPIRACULUM BITUBIFERUM, 0. Sp.

Testa depressa, late wmbilicata, apice depresso, sutura profunda, an-
Sract. 5 convexis, ultimo prope tubulum paullo ascendente, inde descendente.
Epidermide scabriuscula spiraliter striata; colore albido, transverse vie
subfulgurate castaneo strigato. Perist. simplici, expansiusculo, recurvato,
prope suturan alam formante, tubulo brevissimo sursum spectante instructo.
Tubulo sutwrali recurvato ab apertura 8 mm. distante. Apertura obliqua.

Diam. max. (peristomate incluso) 18°30, diam. min. 14:00, alt. 7:00,
apert. 7°30 mun.

Habitat prope Bhamo cum precedente.

This remarkable species differs from most others in possessing a dis-
tinct tubular wing at the mouth which somewhat recalls the same feature in
Pt. Albersi, only the tube is more free and open. The only other species
possessing a second tube is 8. Aastersi figured in the Conch. Indica, PI. V,
Fig. 1, but not described. In that species, however, the last whorl towards
the mouth is free and the peristomial tube less complete though longer
than in the present form.

STREPTAXIS BOMBAX, Bs., Pl. XIV, Fig. 6.
I give an excellent drawing of this species kindly furnished to me by
Mr. W. T. Blanford. ‘The species was originally described as Helix bombax
from an immature specimen. ‘The adult now figured was from the vicinity
of Maulmein.

AmPuipromus THEOBALDIANUS, Bs., Pl. XIV, Fig. 8.
A figure is here given of a perfect example of this rare shell, which
was described by Benson from an imperfect example.

GEOoTROcHUS CaLcapENSIS, Beddome, Pl. XIV, Fig. 7.
I also figure a specimen of this species (Beddome, J. A. S. B. 1870,
p- 18) forwarded to me by Mr. Bourdillon from Travankor. It is slightly
smaller than the type, measuring alt. 20, diam. major 14°80, minor 12°80,
aperture alt. 11-00, ejusdem lat. 8:00 mm.

Unto Foornt, n. sp., Pl. XIV, Fig. 9.
Testa elongata, rotundato-quadrata, valde inequilaterali ab umbonibus
angulata, et infra et antice valde compressa, concentrice striata et postice

188 W. Theobald—Deseriptions of new Land and [No. 3,

radiatin striata. Dentibus cardinalibus fortibus, in callo costiformi positis,
in valva dextra duobus alteraque singulis, subverticalibus. Cicatricibus
valde depressis. Palliat impressione valde conspicua.

Dian. ma. 97, minor 40, crass. 25 mm.

Habitat in Kistna flumine prope ‘ Gutparba falls,’ teste A. B. Foote.

This shell has its valves divided into two subequal areas by a strong
ridge running back and down from the beaks. The lower and anterior por-
tion is strongly compressed, simulating the appearance of Arca subtorta,
though there is no true ‘ version’ in the valves. The strong cardinal rib
which supports the cardinal teeth is also a marked feature of this species,
as well as its radiating striz intersecting the concentric lines of growth.
Unfortunately the beaks are much decayed in my two specimens and their
sculpture wholly effaced.

I am indebted to my colleague Mr. Foote for both shells collected by
him at the ‘ Gutparba’ falls.

PistpiIuM BoMBAYANUM, 0. sp.

Testa subovali, twmida, tenui, mequilaterali, postice rotundata, viz
truncata ; antice rotundata elongata; exilissime et confertim concentrice
striata ; dente cardinali minutissimo ; dentibus lateralibus in valva deztra
geminis, in sinistra autem singulis.

Lat. 4°30, alt. 3°70, crass. 2°70 mm.

Habitat in Indie occidentalis regione “ Western Ghats” dicta, teste
W. T. Blanford.

I have long had specimens of this shell from Western India, and it is
the same as that mentioned by Mr. Nevill when describing his P. Clarkea-
num (J. A. S. B., 1871, Part II, p. 9, Pl. I, Fig. 4.). The subangulation
mentioned by Nevill is more discernible in young shells than in adults,
which are symmetrically rounded. ‘This species is extremely closely allied
to P. Clarkeanwm, but is more convex posteriorly. By an inadvertence of
the describer the posterior side of P. Clarkeanum is described as the
longer instead of the anterior as correctly shown in the figure.

Pisriprum NEVILLIANUM, n. sp.

Testa trigona, tumidiuseula, tenui, mequilaterali, postice modice con-
vexa, untice elongata, subacuminata, exilissime concentrice striata ; wnboni-
bus levigatis.

Lat. 3°60, alt. 3°50, crass. 2°20 mm.

Habitat prope Rurki.

A single specimen only of this species was communicated to me by Mr.
G. Nevill. Its trigonal form most readily distinguishes it from its
allies.

1876.] J. Wood-Mason—Deseriptions of new Species of Panesthia. 189

PISIDIUM ATKINSONIANUM, 0. sp.

Testa subovali, vie tumida, inequilaterali, antice elongata, utringue
rotundata, tenut, pallide cornea, concentrice striatula, et lineis paucis (4—5)
enerementi fortioribus signata.

Lat. 3:30, alt. 2°70, crass. 1°80 mm.

Habitat ad Tonglu in Sikkim ad 10000 ped. alt., teste W.S. Atkinson.

Compared with P. Bombayanum this is a smaller, flatter, and less
inzequilateral shell. My specimens were given me by Mr. H. F. Blanford,
who received them direct from the discoverer.

~~

XIV.—Descriptions of new Species of Blattide belonging to the Genus
Panesthia.— By Jamus Woop-Masov.

PANESTHIA MONSTRUOSA, 0. Sp.

Ingens, aptera, aterrima, nitida. Corpore crassissimo. Tegumento
valde indurato. Pronoto in maribus valdissime, in foeminis modice, ineequali
et impresso ; bituberculato ; incisura profunda, lata, medio recta et linea
elevata marginata, lateribus cornigera, cornubus in mare magnis, in femina
modicis, reflexis, apice plicatis. Abdominis segmentis basalibus infraque
supraque sparsim minute punctatis, ultimo laminaque supraanali punctis
crebrioribus necnon grandioribus conspersis hac postice 5-dentata. Pedibus
validis, spinis tibialibus fortibus armatis; femoribus anticis trispinosis.
Long. corporis maris 58 mm. ; pronoti 143, pronoti lat. 194, incisure lat. 6 ;
mesonoti long. 9, mesonoti lat. 213; metanoti long. 8, metanoti lat. 23;
abdom. long. 30, abd. lat. (ad medium) 23. Long. corp. fem. 52.

Hazp.—A male and a female from Southern India (R. C. Beddome).

This fine insect offers a curious resemblance to the Gromphadorhina
portentosa, Schaum, from Madagascar.

PANESTHIA WALLACEI, n. sp.

Aterrima, nitidissima. Pronoto ut in P. morione sed nitidiore et dis-
tinctius crebriusque punctato. Abdomine sparsim punctulato, punctis
apicem versus sensim frequentioribus ac paullo majoribus ; segmento ultimo
marginibus integro angulisque posticis vix producto; lamina supraanali
disco parce fulvo-pilosa, postice rotundata, tota integra, dentibus lateralibus
nullis; lamina subgenitali confertim grosse punctata. Cercis tumidis,
fulvo-pilosis. Tegminibus alisque pene ut in P. morione; abdominis
apicem longe superantibus ; venarum omnium parte apicali perspicua utrin-
que pallida, subhyalina ; illorum vena anali recta impressa hyalina. Femo-
ribus anticis basin versus bidentatis. Long. corporis maris, 386; mm.,
pronoti 9%, pronoti lat. 14, long. tegminum 40, alarum 35, abdom. 18,
abd, lat. (ad medium) 16.

190 J. Wood-Mason—Deseriptions of new Species of Panesthia.

Has.—A single male from Sinkep Island, near Singapore.

PANESTHIA FLAVIPENNIS, N. Sp.

Aterrima, nitidissima, pulcherrima. Pronoto antice granulato, postice
medio sparsim, ad latera confertissime, punctato ; aliter ut in P. Javanico.
Oculis maculisque ocelliformibus flavidis. Tegminibus letissime flavis,
singulis maculis duabus nigris, una parva ad basin, alteraque magna orbicu-
lari pone medium posita, notatis ; vena anali elevata potius quam impressa,
fortiter arcuata ; abdominis segmenti ultimi apicem vix attingentibus. Allis
apice flavo-marginatis. Antennis apicem versus flavido-annulatis. Abdo-
minis segmentis dorsalibus punctatissimis ; ultimo laminaque supraanali
punctis grossissimis: hac margine postico 5-dentata, angulis lateralibus
latis ; illo angulis posticis acutissime producto ; segmentis ventralibus latere
punctatis, medio vix punctatis ; lamina subgenitali conspicua, levi, politis-
sima, convexa. Femoribus anticis muticis. Larvis totis aterrimis. Long.
corporis @ 87—45, ¢ 43 mm.; pronoti g 10—13, @ 10%; pronoti lat.
g 144—173, 9 164; long. tegminum ¢ 29—53, 9 295.

Hazs.—Numerous adult and immature specimens of both sexes from
the Naga Hills (J. Butler and Godwin-Austen), Brahmaputra Valley
(A. W. Chennell), and Dikrang Valley (Godwin-Austen).

PANESTHIA SAUSSURII, n. sp.

@ P. mandarinea, Saussure, Mélanges Orthopt., p. 100, Pl. 3, Fig. 23, non p. 40,
Pl. 1, Fig. 25.

I have recently received from Johore in the Malay Peninsula a fine
series of specimens of P. mandarinea, none of which exhibit the least
approach to the remarkable structure of the abdomen seen in the insect
described and figured by De Saussure as the supposed female of it. The
larvee of P. mandarinea, moreover, are jet-black throughout, while those of
P. Saussurii are deep black-brown symmetrically variegated with pale test-
aceous on every part of the body, including the legs, which are ringed, the
antennee, which are tipped, and the head, which is triply banded, with the
same colour. A further reason for refusing to accept the insect figured by
De Saussure on Pl. 3 (op. supra cit.) as the female of the one represented on
Pl. I is, that the latter is itself also a female, the sides of the pronotum in
the true males of which are produced into huge curved horns each separated
from the broad semioval median lobe covering the head by a deep rounded
emargination.

Haz.—A single specimen of the male from Sikkim (L. Mandelli).
This insect having been captured just prior to the last moult, the organs
of flight are still in rudiment, and the pronotum is still non-emarginate.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

—}—
Part II.—PHYSICAL SCIENCE.

=

No. [V.—1876.

XV.— fifth List of Birds from the Hill Ranges of the North-East Fron-
tier of India. By Major H. H. Gopwiy-Austien, & R. G. S.,
F. Z. 8&., Deputy Superintendent Topographical Survey of India.

(Recd. September ;—Read Dec. 6th, 1876.)
(With Plates V, VI, & IX.)

The present list includes birds principally from the Munipur Hills,
obtained by Messrs. Ogle and Robert in the field season of 1873—74, by Mr.
A. W. Chennell in the Hastern Naga Hills, and by myself in the Khasi Hills
in 1875. The above-named members of No. 6 Topographical Survey Party
deserve not only my best thanks but those of all interested in ornitho-
logy for devoting so much of their spare time to this branch of natural
history. Mr. Robert in particular has added a number of new species by
his zeal in collecting, and I am glad his name is now associated with one of
the most interesting of the birds discovered, viz., a Sphenocichla. All
the new forms were described in a joint paper by Viscount Walden (now
Marquis of Tweeddale) and myself, published in ‘ The Ibis’ in 1875, but I
have given the descriptions again in full. During the past winter (1875—
76), Messrs. Ogle and Chennell have made another collection in the Naga
Hills, and we may therefore expect a few more novelties, as new country on
the eastward has been penetrated and surveyed, and for this purpose many
of the higher peaks were ascended and cleared. The people (Nagas) have
been most hostile throughout the season, and as it must have been almost
impossible for the shikaris to be much about by themselves in the jungle, I
do not anticipate a very large collection.

25

192 H. H. Godwin-Austen—Fifth List of Birds from the (No. 4,

The addition of the following 36 species brings up the record from the
eastern districts and hill-frontier to 528 species, a number which, with so
many zealous collectors in the party, I trust will be still further augmented
before the survey is completed.

16. HyporriorcHis cHicquEeRA, Daud.
From Sylhet.

18. Eryruropus (CERcHNEIS) PExKINENSIS, Swinhoe. .

This specimen was submitted for identification to Mr. Gurney, who
says it is too immature in plumage to enable him to decide whether it is
really the above or the European species, and who, moreover, doubts the
validity of #. Pekinensis. But as birds from the Naga Hills are far more
likely to be similar to those from China, I have given it Swinhoe’s title,
following Jerdon in his ‘Supplemental Notes to the ‘Birds of India”
in ‘ The Ibis’ for 1871.

25. AccIPITER virGatus, Temm.
Obtained by Mr. Chennell near Debrughur.

41a. PottoaETus PLUMBEUS, Hodgson.

T have a fine specimen, evidently a female, from the Naga Hills, agree-
ing with Dr. Jerdon’s description in his Supplementary Notes (op. supra
cit. p. 836). This was sent for identification to Mr. Gurney, who in reply
says—“ The one marked humilis is plumbeus of Hodgson, which I think
must be admitted as a good species.” Mr. Sharpe, in his ‘ Catalogue of the
Accipitres’, does not recognize P. plumbeus, but places it as a synonym of
P. ichthyaetus, considering Hodgson’s drawing an unfinished picture of the
large species; but Hodgson surely would not have omitted, even in an un-
finished drawing, the broad white bar on the tail, the colouration of the tail
being the most important character both in P. humilis and P. plumbeus.

The description of the bird now recorded will run as follows:

On back and shoulder of wing pale umber-brown, with ash-coloured
feathers coming in on the centre of back ; the tail is of the same colour but
darker, increasing in intensity to the end, with no white save at the very
roots of the rectrices. Head hoary grey, passing into ashy brown on the nape,
with an admixture of some pure plumbeous feathers. The primaries are
very dark umber-brown, some of the larger coverts splashed with a more
rufous paler brown, the traces of the previous phase of colouration ; the first

1876. ] Hill Ranges of the N. HE. Frontier. 193

and second are inside slightly mottled with white on the inner web. Side
of head and the chin ashy, passing into hair-brown on the breast. Thighs,
abdomen, and under tail-coverts pure white. The lower back has vinous
reflections in certain lights.

I have been able to compare this fish-eagle with a male of P. humilis
from Malacea, and although the plumage is almost identical, save for the
greyer tint of the latter, the difference in size is more remarkable. The Naga
bird is in point of size of wing and tail nearly equal to P. ichthyaetus but
with far feebler bill and talons. P. pluwmbeus would appear to be the more
robust Indian representative of the smaller Malayan P. humilis.

94. CurLIpon Nipaensis, Hodgson.
From Konchungbum.

1358. AtcEDO Bravant, Walden.

Comparing a very large series of 4. Asiatica (= Meninting, Horsfd.),
A. Moluccensis, and A. Beavani, the distinctly rich lazuline tint of the
upper surface in A. Asiatica is most apparent. In A. Moluccensis and
A. Beavani this blue has a greenish tinge of torquoise, while beneath
A. Beavani has the rich sienna-brown of A. Asiatica. Such slight
differences of colour as those mentioned above are very subtle, but, though
in many forms they are very constant when a number of birds are placed
side by side, it is quite impossible to settle such fine points of divergence
by comparison with coloured plates, as, I notice, is occasionally done. My
specimen was obtained on the Sussa river, near Debrughur.

We 267 mehes: 1-2, W035, BE. 1-7.

It agrees exactly with specimens from Cochin China in Lord Walden’s
collection.

I have examined 23 skins of A. Asiatica from the following places,
Eastern (Soerabaya) and Western Java, Sarawak, Malacca, Lombok, Togian
Islands, Marip, Penang, Labuan, and Macassa; 6 specimens of A.
Moluecensis, from Cebebes, N. Ceram, Jololo, and Amboyna (type) ; and
6 examples of A. Beavani from Sadya, Debrughur, the Andamans, Manbaum,

Burmah, and Cochin China.

160a. Picus arratus, Blyth.
A specimen of this woodpecker obtained at Thingra in the Munipur
Hills agrees with Burmese examples. It has been lately figured by Lord
Walden in the ‘Ibis’ for July 1876, in his interesting notes on the late
Colonel Tickell’s fine series of excellent and truthful drawings of Indian
a birds, which, with the MSS., have been presented to the Zoological Society
of London.

194 H. H. Godwin-Austen—Fifth List of Birds from the [No. A,

1606. Picts MANDERINUS, Gould, var.

This species has for its nearest ally in these districts P. majoroides,
but the outer tail-feathers are white with narrow black bars, in contradis-
tinction to P. majorotdes, in which they are black with broad white ones.

Above it is the counterpart of P. majoroides : the back, wing, and tail
rich velvety black; spots on the wing-feathers moderate ; a very large and
conspicuous white wing-patch formed by the secondary coverts; a scarlet
band on the nape; a white frontal band extends through the eye to the
ear-coverts and side of the neck, the portion near base of bill and the ear-
coverts being pale flaxen. Beneath: the chin white; throat and upper
breast earth-brown, with a pale scarlet gorget bordering a black patch,
which, commencing at the gape, widens and extends down the side of the
neck, a few pure white feathers separating this from the earth-brown of
the throat; flanks white; the tail has the two outer feathers white,
barred with black on inner web, the outermost has two spots on the white
outer web, and in the penultimate this web is entirely white; tips of the
four outer tail-feathers ferruginous; the abdomen and under tail-coverts
are crimson. Jill dark plumbeous, rather stouter and blunter than that of
P. majoroides ; legs equal in size.

L. about 8 inches, W. 5:0, T. 3°68, t. 0°85, Bf. 1°17.

Haps.—Was obtained by Mr. Wm. Robert at Gonglong, Munipur Hills.

It differs from P. manderinus, Gld., in being smaller, in the white on
the wings being more conspicuous, in being browner on the throat and
breast, and in its whiter tail. Inthe specimen of P. manderinus in the
British Museum with which I compared it, the outer web of the penultimate
tail-feather has a black spot.

238a. DicmUM OLIVACEUM, Walden.

A specimen from Samaguting turns out to be identical with those
from Tonghu, Burmah. Blyth must have been mistaken when he says he
saw D. minimum in abundance at Moulmein: the species he saw must
have been either D. virescens or D. olivacewm, probably the former.

245. CERTHIA DISCOLOR, Blyth.
L. about 5°75 inches, W. 2°54, T. 2°9, t. 0°60, Bf. 0.58.
Naga Hills.

248. Srrra Himanayensis, Jard. and Selby.
Aimul, Munipur Hills.
There are several skins in the collection. Interesting as being the first
record of this nut-hatch so far to the eastward.
W. 38:0 inches, T. 1:70, t. 0°65, BE. 0°60.

1876. ] Hill Ranges of the N. HE. Frontier. 195

303. CyYoRNIS UNICOLOR, Blyth.

This bird, hitherto only obtained in Sikkim, I have from the Khasi
Hills. Among Col. Tickell’s drawings there is one of this species under the
title Humyias melanops (vide Lord Walden in op. supra. cit., p. 353),
shewing that it extends southwards into Akyab.

317. ANTHTPES MONILIGER, Hodgson.
Gonglong, Munipur Hills.

332a. PNorpyGA Roperti, Wald. and Aust.

The following is the original description of this species published in
‘The Ibis’ for 1875, p. 252.

“ Above olive-brown, each feather pale-centred and fringed or tipped
with dark brown. Loresalbescent. Between the eyes and the rictus black.
A well-defined streak extending from above the eye down each side of the
head, fulvous. LEar-coverts cinereous at base, brown towards the tips.
Chin and throat pure white, each throat-feather being terminated by a
small black triangular drop; asthe tips of the feathers overlap, these
drops from continuous black lines, the two principal ones descending from
the angles of the under mandible. Cheeks ferruginous, each feather with
a black terminal drop. Pectoral and abdominal feathers pale brown, with
broad pure white or fulvous-white centres. Under tail-coverts bright
ferruginous yellow. Plumage on the rump loose, soft, and dense, com-
pletely concealing the short tail, and being of an almost uniform ferrugi-
nous brown colour. Wings when closed, dark chocolate-brown, most
intense on the secondaries. Most of the wing-coverts distinctly tipped
with almost pure white, so also the inner tertiary quills. Rectrices chocolate-
brown.”

“ Bill from nostril 0:37 inch, wing 2°15, tarsus 0°75, tail 1:15.”

This bird was found at Asalé and also at Chakha in the Munipur hills.
In my first list it is recorded under the name of Pnoepyga caudata, Blyth.
It closely resembles Turdinus brevicaudatus, especially in the upper plumage,
but may be at once distinguished by its smaller size and diminutive tail.

3326. PNoEPYGA CHOCOLATINA, Wald. and G-Aust.

Described in ‘ The Ibis,’ Vol. V, 1875, p. 252, as follows :—

“ Above olive brown, each feather fringed with a somewhat fainter
tint, thus imparting a subdued scaly aspect to the back. Wings and _ tail
chocolate-brown. Upper and under tail-coverts ferruginous brown, bright-
est on the under coverts. Lower surface generally ferruginous brown, many
of the abdominal feathers being largely centred with white or fulvous white.
Pectoral feathers with minute terminal white drops, or some with narrow

196 H. H. Godwin-Austen—Fifth List of Birds from the [No. 4,

white or fulvous white centres. A few almost white feathers on the middle
of the breast. Chin white; gular feathers white, with pale fulvous or
ferruginous edges. Bill dark brown. Legs pale flesh-colour.”

“ Bill from nostrils 0°25 inch, wing 1°87, tarsus 0°75, tail 1°75.”

“ Described from a specimen obtained at Kedimai in the Munipur
Hills.”

Having obtained specimens of this bird at Shillong in June 1875, I
can add a few additional notes from birds in the flesh. The specimen first
described is evidently in an immature stage of plumage. In the adult, the
lores are pale over the eye also, the border of lower mandible is white, the
under surface is more rufous, there is no sign of white tippings to the breast
or abdominal feathers, the irides are red-brown, and the legs pale horny.

In the Jardin des Plantes at Paris, where Mr. Oustalet very kindly got
out for my inspection the fine series of birds collected by Pére Armand
David in Moupin, Setchuan, &c., there is a Pnoepyga very close to this form,
the P. Halsneti of A. David, which is speckled all over with whitish on a pale
umber-brown, has a pale rufous moustachial streak, a white throat, and
a finely barred tail.

335. Rurator MALACOPTILUS, Blyth.
Munipur Hills.

362. MeERULA saLBocincTa, Royle.
Remta, Munipur Hills.
W. 5:65 inches, T. 4:1, t. 1:5, BE. 0:78.

367a. TURDUS PALLIDUS, Gmelin.

375. PARADOXORNIS RUFICEPS, Blyth.
Hemeo Peak, North Cachar.

377. CHLENASICUS RUFICEPS, Blyth.
Baladhan, Cachar.

378a. SuTHoRA Munrpurensis, G-Austen and Walden.

Described in ‘ The Ibis’ for 1875, p. 250 as follows :—

“ Crown of head cinnamon-brown, becoming more olivaceous or fulvous
green on back; shoulder of wing greenish umber. Primaries black, the
first four edged white, the rest crossed with a bright fulvous bar on the
outer webs; the secondaries edged broadly with fulvous, and a few of the
last tipped white on inner web. Tail ruddy fulvous at base, paling towards
the end, which is dusky and indistinctly barred, a broad supercilium

1876. ] Hill Ranges of the N. HE. Frontier. 197

black, lores and narrow circle round the eye pure white. Ear-coverts and
side of neck grey; chin and throat black, merging into pearly grey and
white on the breast ; under tail-coverts pure white.”

“ Length 4°5 inches, wing 1'8, tail 2:4, tarsus ‘77, bill at front 0-28.”

This is another fine species discovered by Mr. Wm. Robert, near Kara-
Khul, in the Munipur Hills. Several more specimens were shot in the
following field-season by Mr. Chennell, in the Eastern Nagd Hills. A
second species very close to it was discovered by myself in the Dafla Hills,
and named 8. Daflaensis. This may be known by its smaller size, far brighter
crown, and grey chin instead of the jet black one of 8. Munipurensis.

386a. PYcTORHIS ALTIROSTRIS, Jerdon. Plate IX.

T have alluded to this species in my ‘List of Birds from the Dafla
Hills.’ There is J find a specimen among the birds collected the same
season by Mr. A. Chennell in the neighbourhood of Sibsagar. For some
time I failed to discover what had become of the type, but, Mr. Sharpe
having since found it in the British Museum and very kindly called my
attention to it, I have been enabled to compare my specimen. I do not
hesitate to pronounce the two the same, although Dr. Jerdon’s specimen is
somewhat different in colouration, being whiter on the chin and upper breast ;
it is, however, paler throughout and appears to me to have faded con-
siderably, having all the appearance of having been packed in a damp
state, with perhaps some carbolic powder. Some skins of mine that got
damp in transit to Calcutta, I noticed, lost much of their brilliancy.
The dimensions are the same.

This bird ought to be found again in the high grass of upper Burmah,
and no doubt would be found, if zealously looked for.

3888a. ALCIPPE FUSCA, 0. sp.

Above—head and nape dull grey ; back olivaceous ochre, richér and
more ochraceous on the rump. ‘Tail umber-brown edged with the same
colour as the back. Wing rich ochry brown, fulvescent ochre inside as well
as on the flanks and thighs. LEar-coverts dull brown, chin sullied white.
Bill and legs horny. Irides?

L. about 5°75 inches, W. 2°85, T. 2°7, t. 0°87, BE. 0-47.

The above dimensions taken from skin.

Hazs.—Four specimens were obtained by Mr. A. W. Chennell in the
Naga Hills.

Having remembered to have seen a very similar bird in the Jardin des
Plantes, I forwarded a specimen to M. Oustalet, who very kindly
examined it and gave me the following particulars :—It has a strong like-
ness to an Alcippe from Fokien named by M. A. David, Alcippe Huet ;

198 H. H. Godwin-Austen—Ifth List of Birds from the [No. 4,

the tint of the head, back, and abdomen are nearly the same, but there are
differences worthy of notice. Ist, A. Huweti has the bill decidedly shorter
than A. fusca, 11 millims. instead of 13, taking the measurement along the
culmen, and 14 instead of 18, from the gape; the tarsus having the same
dimensions in the two birds. 2ndly, the chin and the upper part of thie
breast are pure grey, and not pale fulvescent (/awve clair), as in A. fusca.
3rdly, the tint of the flanks is less fulvescent ochre, more mixed with
green. 4thly, the internal webs of the tail-feathers are scarcely darker
than the external, instead of being blackish as in A. fusca. Lastly, the
wing is shorter, 0°65 mill. against 0°72 mill. M. Oustalet is of opinion
that the two are quite distinct though closely allied, A. Huet: beg nearer
to A. Nipalensis. Another close form is A. Morrisonia from Formosa,
which differs in being more rufous above, grey-cheeked, and smaller.

39la. SPpHENOCICHLA Roperti, Wald. and G-Aust. Plate VI.

The original description in ‘ The Ibis’ for 1875, p. 251, is as follows :—

“ General colouration throughout dark umber-brown, richer on the
wings and tail, which are closely barred with black; feathers of the nape
and back edged with darker brown, and with an inconspicuous pale spot
near tip; these spots are more defined on the side of the neck. The
feathers of the throat, neck, and breast are lanceolate, with a white edging
showing as V-shaped markings; towards the abdomen these become less
conspicuous, and only a few white spots dot the flanks. Bill grey, pale
beneath and at tip.

“Length about 6°5 inches, wing 2°8, tail 3:0, tarsus 0°93, bill at front
0:87, depth at base 0°40.

“Shot on Hemeo* Peak, North Cachar hills, and also in the Munipur
Hills.”

A second species of this new genus from the Naga hills was a highly
interesting prize, and it is one of the finest things for which we are indebted
to Mr. Wm. Robert. The form from the Darjeeling hills is quite distinct :
is a much smaller bird, without any V-shaped markings on the side of the
neck and breast, and of a different tint of brown ; the bill, moreover, is
not so compressed and wedge-shaped above—a character that links it to
Stachyris nigriceps, which in its dark coloured head approaches the same
kind of colouration.

406. XIPHORHAMPHUS SUPERCILIARIS, Blyth.
Konchungbum Peak, Munipur Hills. Similar in every respect to the

Darjeeling bird.

* Hemes by mistake in the ‘ Ibis.’

1876.] Hill Ranges of the N. E. Frontier. 199

498. Ruticirta Honesont, Moore.

From the Eastern Naga Hills.

$ L. about 6 inches, W. 3:28, T. 2°85, t. 0:90, Bf. 0°40.

A young female is thus described in my note-book :—

Olive brown above, upper tail-coverts and tail pale rufous, central
feathers brown. Wing umber-brown, the primary coverts faintly tipped
dusky ; the outer and basal half of the secondaries white. Throat and
upper breast dusky brown ; whitish on the middle of the abdomen ; under
tail-coverts very pale rufous.

W. 2°85 inches, T. (frayed) 2°3, t. 0°9, Bf. 0°45.

541. Crsticota TytrErti, Blyth.
Sengmai, Munipur valley. .
Compared with the type from Dacca in the Indian Museum, Calcutta.
This is a very distinct species, with very pale ochre head and breast,
and tail black both above and below.

5526. NIORNIS ALBIVENTRIS, n. sp.

Above—dark rich umber-brown, paler on the shoulder of the wing;
tail and wing of same colour. Chin sullied white, each feather slightly
tipped dusky ; the throat greyish white ; upper breast crossed by a band of
pale rufous; lower breast and abdomen white; flanks rufescent brown ;
under tail-coverts rusty ; pale rusty inside the wing. A palish circle round
the eye. Bill horny brown above, pale beneath. Irides ?

L. about 4°75 inches, W. 2°1, T. 2:2, t. 0°87, Bf. 0°45, bind toe and claw
0°58, mid toe and claw 0°80.

Has.—Sengmai, Munipur valley. Obtained by Mr. W. Robert.

It is very close to Miornis assimilis, Hodgson, but is larger and more
strongly built, and of darker plumage throughout, for whereas the latter
is of a greenish hue generally, the above form is rufescent. The tarsi and
feet are particularly strong and the mid-toe very long. The bill is identi-
cal as regards the nostrils, but is rather deeper and stronger.

610. PreryruRivs RUFIVENTER, Blyth.

619¢. Minna Rurrautaris, Mandelli, S. F., p. 416, July 1873.
MM. collaris, Walden, August 1874.
Tele d: in ‘ List of Dafla Birds.’
Until our bird is compared with Mr. Mandelli’s from Darjeeling we do
not know for certain that they are identical.
26

200 H. H. Godwin-Austen— Fifth List of Birds from the [No. 4,

6196. Minta Manperniim, Godwin-Austen.

Was described in the Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. January 1876, and
included in the ‘List of Birds of the Dafla Hills’, with full description. It
is a very common bird in the Naga hill-ranges. I noticed a bird in the col-
lection at the Jardin des Plantes from Western China very closely allied
to these two species, named by A. David Lvulus superciliaris: the head
above brown; back greyish olivaceous; tail dull rufous brown; a black super-
cilium from behind the eye to the nape ; lores pale; throat and breast dull
white ; flanks greyish.

686a. ACRIDOTHERES aLBoctncTa, Wald. and Aust. Plate V.

Ts thus described in ‘ The Ibis’ for 1875, p. 251 :—

“Top of head glossy black, feathers rather elongated, and a white
collar on back of neck; back dull grey-black, with a slight green tinge,
and with a tendency to purple on the shoulders and wing-coverts. Tail
black with green reflections. Primaries black, white at base, forming a
wing-band ; secondaries warm sepia-brown. Beneath dull but dark green-
ish grey. Upper tail-coverts black, tipped white, and arranged in bars. All
the tail-feathers tipped with white, except the two centre ones. Bill
and legs yellow.

“ Length about 9 inches, wing 5, tail 3°5, tarsus 1°4, bill at front 0°91.”

Appears numerous in the Munipur valley, where it was obtained by
Mr. Wm. Robert, another important discovery by that indefatigable collec-
tor.

727. Mycrropus MELANOXANTHUS, Hodgson.
From Konchungbum, Munipur, obtained by Mr. Wm. Robert.
3 W. 4:9 inches, Ae oe. t. 0°82, Bf. 0°85.
) 46 ,, 2°8, 0°80, 0°83.

736. PRoPYRRHULA SUBHEMACHALA, Hodgson.
Remta, Munipur.

750. CHRYSOMITRIS SPINOIDES, Vigors.
From Khajinghon, Munipur.

867. ScoLOPAX RUSTICOLA, Lin.
The woodcock was now and then flushed in the woods of the Naga
Hills, but was not common.

1876. ] p Hill Ranges of the N. EB. Frontier. 201

Additional notes on the Birds of previous Lasts.

Mrcronists BApIus, Gmelin.

There are in the collection two specimens, one an adult and one in
immature plumage, from the Hastern Nagaé Hills. Jerdon remarks that
there is a dusky reddish nape, only conspicuous when the head is bent for-
wards: in my specimen this is far more pronounced and forms a dull rusty
band quite half an inch wide. In the young bird this rusty band is also
to be seen coming in on the sides of the neck but not quite meeting in.
the middle, agreeing with a description of an adult by Mr. A. O. Hume in
his ‘Scrap Book,’ p. 121.

205. HiERococcyx VARIUS.
Of ‘ Fourth List’ should be H. sparverioides, Vigors.

SIPHIA SUPERCILIARIS, @.

I refer a specimen from the Naga Hills to the female of the above,
and give a description of it, as none is to be found in Jerdon, among whose
collection of drawings is a figure of the same sex with dimensions.

Above—head and back dullish olivaceous green ; wing umber-brown with
rather strong rufous edgings; tail the same colour, with only the faintest
rufous tinge. Chin dull pale ferruginous ; breast darker, with a sordid green
tinge on the flanks ; under tail-coverts white, as also the extreme base of both
webs of the outer tail-feathers, which in this respect assimilate with those of
the male, where we find a greater extent of white.

L. W. es Ur Bf.
Naga Bird: about 4 inches, 2:2, 1°65, 0:67, 0:37.
Dr. Jerdon’s 4a 98 15 ae a
measurements. Sane LG: 8? 16> 4°

Musctcarunta msTia¢MA, Hodgson. ¢

I am indebted to Mr. A. W. Chennell of the Topographical Survey
for this specimen. I had previously obtained several males at Shillong
Peak and in the forest near Mairang, but had never secured a female.
Dr. Jerdon had apparently seen the male only, for no description of the
female is given by him.

Above ashy, with an olivaceous tinge, rather rusty near base of bill;
wings and tail plain umber-brown. Beneath sordid white.

W. 2°22 inches, T. 1°6, t. 0°61, Bf. 0°35.

202 H. H. Godwin-Austen—Iifth List of Birds from the (No. 4,

VOLVOCIVORA MELASCHISTOS, Hodgson.

As the description of immature forms is of great interest, and as none
is given in the ‘ Birds of India,’ I append ‘one of a young male of this
species obtained at Shillong.

Above—pale ochraceous mottled with black on the head, barred with the
same on lower part of back, each feather having a subterminal black band,
grey at base; primaries and secondaries, especially the latter, are all tipped
cream colour, as well as the primary and lesser coverts, forming two distinct
bands; tail-feathers all tipped white, the outermost broadly so. Beneath—
greyish white tinged with pale rusty and barred pale grey.

This young bird was shot about the middle of June.

PaRADOXORNIS AUSTENT, Gould.
Extends into the mountain region of Western China. Examples were
obtained by Pére Armand David, and are in the collection at the Jardin
des Plantes.

LAYARDIA RUBIGINOSUS, G-Austen.
In the dimensions given of this bird, in ‘ Fourth List’ (J. A. 8. B.
Pt. Il. 1874 p. 164), the tarsus should be 1:16 not 1°6 inches.

532. PRINIA FLAVIVENTRIS.

Lord Walden, in his Supplemental Notes to Blyth’s Catalogue of the
Birds of Burmah (J. A. S. B., 1875, p. 118), alludes to the presence of a
well-marked white supercilium in examples of this species from Munipur ; it
is not, however, a constant character even there. Among the specimens last
obtained near Tezpur, Assam valley, some have the whole side of the head dark
grey even to the lores, and noticing the variation I made a drawing of it at
the time from a fresh bird. We thus have an interesting gradation from
this state of plumage into one with pale lores and yet another where
this is developed into a well marked supercilium.

IxuLvs striatus, Blyth.
Of “ First List,” p. 109, is Ivulus castaniceps, Moore.

IXULUS CASTANICEPS.

Of ‘ Fourth List,’ p. 169, is a new species. Dr. Jerdon, who had never
seen true Jxulus castaniceps described by Moore, when looking over my first
collection at Cherra Poonjee, gave it the above title. I have since described
it under the name of Winla Mandellit in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Jan. 1876,
and the description has been repeated in full in the ‘ List of Birds from the
Dafla Hills’. It may after all be Mr. Hume’s Proparus dubius.

1876. ] Hill Ranges of the N. E. Frontier. 203

SPHENOCERCUS SPHENURUS, Vigors.

In the collection under review, specimens of this bird have red feet
and legs, as described in Jerdon ; curiously enough, however, Khasi Hill
birds, obtained near Shillong in May, have them yellow, and hence it was
that when recording the specimens in my field-note-book, I entered
them under the genus Crocopus : in no other point can I detect the slightest
difference.

795. Turtur SuRAtEensis, Gmelin, white var.

This very pretty albinoid variety is rather smaller in size than ordinary
specimens. It is white throughout, the black of the nuchal patch with
the white spots being replaced by pale ash-grey, as well as the darker
portions of the wing and base of the tail-feathers. This interesting
variety was shot at Lakhipur in Kachar.

82. ARBORICOLA TORQUEOLA, var.

In my last list I recorded a female of 4. rufogularis from the Naga
Hills, no male having been seen. Among Mr. Robert’s birds there are several
fine wood-partridges with red heads, and from the same locality another
female similar to the one I got under Japvo Peak in 1872—73. This I now
refer to A. torgueola, instead of to A. rufogulare, the place of which in the
list must be taken by the former name. Compared with A. torqueola from
the Simla Hills, N. W. Himalaya, there are several small but well-marked
variations, entitling the Naga bird to be considered a variety. The legs of
the above-mentioned female are, I find, recorded in my field-book as pale
fleshy violet, and if Jerdon is right in giving red as the colour of those of
A. torgueola (which I find is the colour noted of a specimen of A. intermedia
from the Naga Hills obtained at the same time and place), the Naga bird
would be worthy of anew title. Do the legs of the males and females differ P

347. Hypropata ASIATICA, Swainson.

This bird is pretty numerous in the streams that flow from the peak
of Shillong. Jerdon does not mention the remarkable white circle round
the eyes. The adult plumage is as follows :—

Above—dark dull umber-brown ; beneath and sides of head sooty black.
A lunular white patch both above and below the eye, the lower being the
larger ; this is its most characteristic point, and it 1s very conspicuous in
the living bird, but in a badly skinned specimen is not to be made out.
Trides dark brown. Legs dark brown; the scutz in front of tarsus pale
leadgrey. Bill black.

Length about 8 inches, W. 3°8, T. 2°4, t. 1:3, BE. 0°87.

During the months of May and June, great numbers of different
species of Drymoecinae are to be found breeding on the high grass-lands of

204 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

the Khasi Hills, and I came upon a large number of their prettily con-
structed nests, and secured the eggs of 9. fuliginosa, Oisticola schenicola,
Prinia Hodgsoni, &c., the old birds of which I shot at the time. These
nests were generally about two feet above the ground, and constructed of
fine grasses, the leaves and stems of which were all drawn in together and
the leaves often threaded through with the finer fibres.

XVI.— Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Burmese Flora.
By 8S. Kurz.

(Continued from Vol. XLIV, p. 190).

SABIACHA.
Conspectus of Genera.
1, Sapra. Stamens 4—4, all perfect. Ovary 2—3-lobed. Drupes usually com-
pressed.
2. Metiosma. Stamens 5, very unequal. Ovary 2—3-celled. Drupes more or
less globose.
Sabia, Coleb.
Conspectus of Species.
* Glabrous. Flowers panicled.
Flowers about a line across, the pedicels short and thick ; leaves coriaceous, S. imoniacea.
Flowers nearly 4 lin. in diameter, the pedicels capillary and long; leaves membras
MOU, 65059990 905900 900050 0000 000000590 900900 000000 4060 00000000 S. viridissima.
* * Branchlets and leaf-nerves beneath tomentose ; panicles glabrous, S. tomentosa.

1. S. nrmontacea, Wall. Cat. 1000; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 3.—(S. sp.
Griff. Not. Dicot. 423. t. 568. f. 2).

Has. Chittagong.

2. S. virnipisstma, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 304; Hf.
Ind. Fl. IT. 3.

Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of South Andaman, espe-
cially along the western coast.—Fl. May.

Meliosma, Bl.
1. M. smwprictrori, Bl. in Rumph. III. 197 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat.
J/2 6138; Hf. Ind. Fl Il. 5 Ghillingtonia simplicifolia, Roxb. Corom.
Pl. III. t. 254 and Fl. Ind. I. 108; Griff. Not. Dicot. 162. t. 442 ; Sabza ?
floribunda, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 521).
Haz. ‘Tropical forests of Tenasserim, from Moulmein southwards ; Ava
hills ; also Chittagong.—Fl. March, Apr.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 205

Dr. Hooker is in error with regard to the geographical distribution
of this species. It occurs not only in Malaya, but also in Hindustan
(No. 544 of Wight’s Distr. being in my opinion the typical plant).

ANACARDIACHEA.

Conspectus of Genera.

Trib. I. ANACARDIEZ. Ovary 1- very rarely 2-celled.
* Leaves ternately or pinnately compound (in a very few species not Burmese also
simple).
x Calyx in no way enlarging after flowering.

+ Ovule suspended from near the summit of the cell.

1. Oprtna. Petals 4—5, imbricate in bud. Stamens 8—10. Styles 3—4 in
the male flowers, the ovary 4—5-parted.

+ + Ovule suspended from a free erect basilar funicle.

2. Ruus. Petals 4—6, imbricate in bud. Stamens 4—10. Styles 3. Leaves
compound, very rarely simple. ‘Trees or shrubs.
3. Tarreia. Petals 5, imbricate in bud. Stamens 10. Styles in female flowers
singly and short, in the males 4—5, Climbers.
x x Calyx-lobes much enlarging and becoming leafy and wing-like.
4, Parisuta. Flowers 4-, rarely 3-merous. Stamens 4, rarely 3. Style 3-cleft
at the summit.
* * Leaves simple.
x Petals variously enlarged under the fruit.
5. Swryronta. Sepals 5. Stamens 5. MDrupe sessile and subtended by the
wing-like spreading petals.
6. Mernanorraa@ma. Calyx spathaceous, 5-parted. Stamens numerous. Drupe
stalked and subtended by the wing-like spreading petals.
x x Petals not enlarging after flowering.

+ Calyx-tube much enlarging and becoming fleshy, either bearing
the superior nut or more or less enclosing the same and forming
an inferior drupe.

+ Nut more or less enclosed in the fleshy calyx. Ovary inferior.
7. Drimycarpus. Petals imbricate in bud. Stamens 6. Style 1, with a capi-
tate stigma.
8. Hoticarna. Petals valvate in bud. Stamens 5. Styles 3. Disk annular or
obsolete. Petiole furnished with 2—4 tubercles or barb-like excrescences.
+ + Nut seated on the much enlarged fleshy calyx-base. Ovary
superior.
9. Semucarpus. Petals imbricate or valyate in the bud. Stamens 5. Styles 3.
Disk rather broadly annular. Petiole without excrescences.
10. Awacarpium. Petals imbricate in bud. Stamens 8 to 10, all or few of them
anther-bearing. Style filiform. Torus stalk-like.

+ + Calyx unchanged in fruit. (Ovules pendulous from a basal
funicle).

11. Bucwananta. Calyx 8- to 5-toothed. Stamens 10. Carpels 5 or 6, of which
one only fertile. Styles as many, short.

206 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

12. Giuta. Calyx spathaceous. Stamens inserted on the stalk-like torus. Style

filiform.

13. Bovra. Calyx 3- to 5-parted, valvate in bud. Stamens 3—8, all anther-
bearing. Style short. Leaves opposite.

14. Manoirera. Calyx 4—5-parted. Petals 4—5, the nerve usually thickened.
Anther-bearing stamens 1—5. Style filiform. Leaves alternate.

Trib. IT. SPONDIEA. Ovary 2—5-celled. Ovules pendulous. Leaves pinnate.

15. Sponpras. Flowers polygamous. Stamens 8 or 10. Styles 4 or 5, free at

the summit.
16. DracontromeLtuM. Flowers hermaphrodite. Stamens 10. Styles 5, thick,

connate at their summits and resembling ovaries.

Odina, Roxb.

1. O. Woprer, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 293; Royle Ill. Him. Pl. t. 31.
f.2; Wight Icon. t. 60; Bedd. FI. Sylv. t. 123; Hé£. Ind. Fl. IL. 29.

Haz. Common all over Burma and adjacent islands, especially in the
leaf-shedding forests of all kinds.—FIl. Febr. March; Fr. Sept. Octob.

Rhus, L.
Conspectus of Species.

* Leaves 3-foliolate.
Glabrous, the leaflets entire, .........+. 9.90000 610000 9000.000 veseseess. Le paniculata.
* * Leaves unpaired-pinnate.
Tomentose, the leaflets serrate-toothed, in 4—6 pairs; endocarp smooth and bony,
. LR. Javanicte

Petiole very slender and glabrous, the leaflets in 8—12 pairs, incised-serrate ; endocarp
ANITLOUS, aetsi stele» «/< 5550000 0688 Gu0dvdd+ HDD GOGHUO OGUUNOOD U srecceel. Khastand.

1. R. panicuLaTa, Wall. Cat. 993; Hi. Ind. Fl. If. 10.

Haz. Not uncommon in the eng-forests of Prome ; also Ava.—Fl.
Sept. ; Fr. Jan.

2. R. Javanica, L. sp. pl. 380; Brand. For. Fl.119. (&. semialata,
Murr. Comm. Goett. VI. 27. t. 83; Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 10; 2. Bucki-amela,
Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 99 ; Wight Icon. t. 561).

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests and the hill-eng-forests
of Martaban, east of Tounghoo, up to 3000 ft. elevation; also Ava.—Fl.
Sept., Oct. ; Fr. Apr.

3. KR. Kaasrawa, Ht Indeenieal: £0.

Haz. Chittagong (teste Hook. f.).

Tapiria, Juss.
1. TT. uresura, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870, 75 ; Hf. Ind.
Fl. IL. 28. (&. hirsuta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IL. 455 ; Kurz in Journ. As. Soe.

Beng. 1870, 75).
Has. Chittagong, Ava, Khakyen hills (J. Anderson).

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 207

Dr. Hooker claims authority for the name, citing the Genera Planta-
rum, where nothing of the kind occurs.

Parishia, Hf.
1. P. rsrents, Hf. in Linn. Trans. XXIII. 169. t. 26 and Ind. FI.

II. 30.
Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans; also in
Southern Tenasserim.—Fr. May.

Swintonia, Griff.
Conspectus of Species.
x Leaves opaque and glaucous beneath.
Pedicels 3—1 lin. long ; petals hardly a line long; drupes oblong, ...... S. Schwenckit.
x x Leaves one-coloured and glossy.
Leaves greyish green, the nerves and net-venation conspicuous ; pedicels 3—5 lin. long ;

DENIS Site, eins Cs vae ony GOOD OM EEOC Eom ooo nbot Herneoco nS S. Grifithi.
Similar to the above, but leaves dark-brown, the net-venation obsolete; drupes
PON OL aamctee ase faierateoMal Seavey ofol ees. stove va ic sti cva'e: sieseres Naval oy peeceenrsy Spepeunteneevore tarerore S. Helferi.

1. S. Scowencxu, Teysm. and Binnend. Cat. Hort. Bog. 230 (line
13 from below) ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 26 (Astropetalum sp. 2 Griff. Not. Dicot.
412 teste Hf.).

Haz. Common in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of the
Pegu Yomah and from Martaban down to Tenasserim ; also Chittagong.—
Fl. Feb.—Apr. ; Fr. May.

2. S. Grirrirni, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870, 75; Hf.
Ind. Fl. I]. 26. (Astropetalum sp. 1. Griff. Not. Dicot. 411 t. 565. £. 2.
b—d, teste Hf.).

Has. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff. 1124).

3. S. Hutreri, Hf. Ind. FI. II. 26.

Has. Tenasserim (Helf. 1122).

Melanorrhoea, Wall.
Conspectus of Species.
Leaves glabrous ; panicles usually minutely puberulous ; fruit-stalk nearly 14 in. long,

SIGUE, Godadu da pooGbeseb dn CH OCR ane EER ONO DONO cbmn ose one rms M. glabra.
Leaves beneath and panicles pubescent or villous; fruit-stalk short and thick,

.. WL. usittata.

1. M. etapra, Wall. Pl. As. rar. III. 50. t. 288; Hf. Ind. Fl. II.
25.

Has. Tenasserim, in forests from Tavoy southwards.—Fl. Decb.

2. MM. ustrara, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. 9. t. 11-12 and im Journ. As.
Soc. Beng. VIII. 70. c. tab. ; Sering. in Bull. Bot. I. 88. t. 4; Hf. Ind. Fl.
II. 25. CL sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 409 ?).

27

208 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Has. Common in the open, especially the eng- and hill-eng-forests,
but rare in the dry forests, from Prome and Martaban down to Tenasserim,
up to 2000 ft. elevation ; also Ava.—Fl. March ; Fr. Apr., May.

Drimyecarpus, Hf.

1. D. RnacEemosus, Bth. and Hf. Gen. pl. I. 424; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL
86. (Holigarna racemosa, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 82).

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of
the Pegu Yomah ; also Chittagong.—Fl. Febr., March ; Fr. Jun., July.

N. B.—The genus hardly differs from Wothopegia except in the free
ovary and in the attachment of the ovules, and stands much in the same
relationship to it as Holigarna albicans does to Semecarpus.

Holigarna, Ham.
Conspectus of Species.
Leaves glabrous or rarely pubescent beneath ; nut entirely enclosed in the obliquely
ellipsoid or elliptical perfectly glabrous calyx of an inch length, ....H. longifolia.
Leaves usually pubescent beneath and glabrescent, rarely glabrous; male flowers
nearly twice as large as those of the preceding ; drupe obovoid, tomentose while
young, the apex of the nut exposed and forming a convex disk, .... #. Grahamii.

2. H. Granamit, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 205 ; Hf.
ind El t37.

Var. a. GENUINA. (Semecarpus Grahanii, Wight, Icon. t. 235).

Var. £. HELFERI. (H. Helferi, Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 87; H. longifolia,
Hf. Ind. Fl. IJ. 37 and Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. 76 t. 282. the male plant
and Fl. Ind. II. 80 quoad plant. mase. e Chittagong).

Hap. Var. 6. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah
and the Martaban hills east of Tounghoo.—Fl. March ; Fl. Apr., May.

The Hindustani tree has the nut much more exserted and broader.
But those of my Burmese plants, though not yet ripe, already shew the obovoid
development. H. Helferi, Hf. Ind. Fl. 1. c. from Mergui (Helf. 1133)
is in my eyes only a glabrous form of the above. Dr. Hooker assumes that
I have mixed up this species and his Holigarna albicans. On reference to
a list of Burmese plants sent to me by him, I find that, of the numbers 2014,
2016, and 3328, the first, marked by myself as Holigarna Grahamit, as
also the remaining two, have been referred at Kew to H. Grahamii, but of
these No. 2016 is my Semecarpus albescens, while No. 3328 (marked at
Kew as fruits of HZ. Grahamiz) is presently not at hand, and the high number
would bring it amongst monocotyledons.

Roxburgh carefully separated his two trees (the Chittagong one and the
Hindustani one), describing them separately, and remarked that Hamil-
ton had given the generic name to the Hindustani tree. Wight and
Arnott are, therefore, quite correct in identifying with Roxburgh’s their
tree, which Hooker now rechristens A. Arnottiana. I possess flowering

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese fora. 209

and fruiting specimens of Roxburgh’s trees in the H. B. C., collected before
the destructive cyclone of 1864, which shew that the Chittagong tree of
Roxburgh is H. He/feri, and that the Hindustani one is the same as Wight’s
Herb. No. 569 and consequently H. Arnottiana, Hf. The fruits are
described and figured as much too ovate. If the ripe fruits and the
stigmas of the Burmese species should turn out to be different, Hooker’s
name (S. Helferz) would have to be restored.

Semecarpus, L. f.
Conspectus of Species.
A. Nut adnate to the hypocarp, barely exserted. Ovary superior.
Leaves glabrous or pubescent and whitish beneath ; nut velvety, the hypocarp sappy,
veined, and puberulous, ...ce0 ce cceees vee O.00008G Oo0d malele)is/s els) e(0 «Se 2LVESCENS-
B. Nut seated on the hypocarp.
* Ovary tomentose or pubescent.
x Hypocarp (enlarged base of the calyx) as large or nearly as large as
the nut.
Leayes coriaceous, blunt, densely pubescent or tomentose and strongly net-veined be-
neath ; nut not or scarcely oblique,.........+ gECvO CoCCODOL S. Anacardium.
Leaves as chartaceous, sharply touninae softly Se ee beneath, the net-
venation faint ; nut very oblique, ..... BE eGigsete G BESOODOOIOC NOOO .S. panduratus,
x x Hypocarp very small.
Leayes coriaceous, acuminate, quite glabrous or pubescent and very glaucous beneath,
the net-venation strong ; nut very oblique, 1$—1 in. across,.....0S. heterophyllus.
= * Ovary quite glabrous.
A tree; leaves chartaceous, acuminate, glabrous; panicles quite glabrous; nut an
TMM IIRC Godaobos nopeoodo case Onommadeod bdoGG cdamotd S. subpanduriformis.
A simple-stemmed shrub with a large subterranean trunk; leaves chartaceous,
minutely pubescent beneath and glabrescent; panicles densely puberulous; nut
only 3—4 lin. long, ....... 6 acpo000M BHdO00 DaCOUG jioboU DOES tO S. subracemosus.

1. S. aupescens, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1871, 51; Hf. Ind.
Fl. I. 35. (Z@. albicans, Hf. Ind. FI. IIL. 88 excl. syn; Semecarpus hetero-
phyllus, Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 35, non B1.).

Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the Pet, and the
Martaban hills, east of Tounghoo, down to Tenasserim (Helf. 1131)—FI.
Jan. Febr. ; Fr. March, Apr.

2. §. Anacarprum, L. f. Mant. 182; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 83 and
Corom. Pl. I. t. 12; Wight Icon. t. 558? ; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 166; Hf.
Ind. Fl II. 31. (SS. ewneifolia, Roxb. FI. nl II. 86).

Has. Chittagong ; said to grow also in Burmah, possibly in Ava.—
AES: oir CS:

3. S.-panpuRaTus, (S. cuneifolius, Kurz in Pegu Rep. A. 42, non
Roxb.).

Haz. Frequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah and
Martaban, up to 2000 ft. elevation ; also Chittagong.—Fr. CS.

210 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

I formerly identified this species with Roxburgh’s 8. cuneifolia, but
Hooker reduces this to 8S. Anacardium, and, I think, correctly so, as it is a
Hindustani tree.

4, S. HETEROPHYLLUS, Bl. Mus. Bot. I. 187; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat.
1/2. 625.

Has. Rare in the beach-forests of the Andamans (common on the
Nicobars).—Fr. Febr. March.

I (ike Hooker) identified flowering male specimens of Holigarna
albicans with this, but S. heterophyllus has flowers more than twice the
size and very stout panicles.

5. S. SUBPANDURIFORMIS, Wall. Cat. 987; Fl. Ind. Fl. II. 35. (.
acuminatus, Wall. ap. Voigt. Cat. Suburb. Cale. 171; Kurz in Journ. As.
Soc. Beng. 1870, 75, non Thwait.).

Has. Frequent in the upper mixed forests of the lower sandstone hills
of Arracan; also Chittagong.—Fr. Octob.

6. S. suBRacEMosus, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 304; Hf.
Ind. Fl. II. 35. (S. microcarpus, Wall. Cat. 989? ; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1. c. 31 ?).

Has. Prome District (Col. Eyre).

Anacardium, Roxb.

1. A. occmpenTALE, L. sp. pl. 548; Roxb. Fl. Ind. Il. 312; Griff.
Not. Dicot. 408, t. 565, fig. e. f.; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 163; Hf. Ind. FL. If.
20.

Has. In the beach-forests of Chittagong, Tenasserim, and the Anda-
mans ; often cultivated in villages.—Fl. Decb.

Gluta, L
Conspectus of Species.
Leaves coriaceous, the petiole not above 6 Iin, long, stout and marginate; panicles and

Gallyre Wels, Fano 000000060000 0000 000000 b000nO UUeRODD0 000 G. Tavoyana.
Leaves chartaceous, the petiole long and slender, not or only at the apex marginate;
panicles and flowers perfectly glabrous, .........se.eeceeeeeee secves Ge ELEGANS.

1. G. Tavoyana, Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 22 (Syndesmis Tavoyana, Wall.
Cat. 1004; G. Renghas, Kurz in Pegu Rep. A. 41.)

Has. Tenasserim, from Tavoy southwards.

I fear nothing but a variety of Linné’s G. Renghas.

2. G. ELEGANS, Kurz in Pegu Rep. A. 41; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 22 (Syn-
desmis elegans, Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 315). var. Hetreri, Hf. 1. ¢.

Has. Tenasserim. (Helf. 1118. 1117.)

As pointed out by Hooker, more probably a distinct ge but the
material at hand is STOVE ocr.

G. longipetiolata, Kurz in Pegu Rep. 1. c. is a tree, common on the
shores of the Andamans, with large green long-petioled leaves unlike those
of any other species. Flowers and fruits unknown.

1876. } Knowledge of the Burmese Hlora. 211

Buchanania, Roxb.
Conspectus of Species.
* Leaves and panicles tomentose or pubescent.
O Leaves tomentose or pubescent on both sides, large.
Panicles stout and stiff; flowers 2 lin. across, sessile and crowded,........ B. latifolia.
Panicles slender, grey pubescent ; flowers barely a line in diameter, pedicelled and lax,
. B. laxiflora.
O O Leaves small, puberulous beneath, glossy above, retuse, the petiole
27" hte, "Grae ees ning HR EMCEIROIRLG od b acon do HODOOUG B. Siamensis.
* * Leaves glabrous and more or less glossy, usually fuscescent in drying ; pani-
cles glabrous or puberulous,
x Panicles rusty puberulous.
Petiole } in. long ; flowers a line across; flowers very shortly pedicelled, crowded,
. B. glabra.
x x Panicles etc. quite glabrous; flowers pedicelled.
Leaves equally decurrent at the base; pedicels very slender; petals a line long, re-
flexed ; panicles longer than the leaves, ....... 0 booed O0Ge DOEOKE .. B. arborescens.
Leaves equally decurrent at the base ; pedicels short and stout; petals 2—3 lin. long,
erect ; panicles as long or longer than the leaves,........ esessees B. acuminata.
Leaves very unequally decurrent at the base, large; pedicels very slender; petals a
line long, reflexed ; panicles crowded, shorter than the leaves,...... B. lancifolia.

1. 3B. warrrouta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 885; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 165;
ee Ind: WIT. 23.

Has. Common in the open and dry forests, especially the eng-forests,
all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. March ;
Fr. Apr.

2. B. taxtrrora, Kurzin Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 304; Hf.
Ind. Fl. IT. 24.

Has. Martaban hills, along limestone rocks along the Beeling river
(Dr. Brandis) ; Pegu, above Rangoon (Cleghorn).—Fl. Jan. Febr.

Habit of the preceding species.

3. B. @papra, Wall. Cat. 984; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 23.

Has. Upper-Tenasserim, Moulmein (Wall.), teste HE.

4. B. arporescens, Bl. Mus. Bot. I. 183; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/2.
636 (Coniogeton arborescens, Bl. Bydr. 1156; B. petiolaris, Migq. 1. e.
637; B. lucida, Bl. Mus. Bot. I. 184; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 28; Mig. in Ann.
Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 117; B. subobovata, Griff. Not. IV. 418; B. Ban-
cana, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 205 and 523).

Has. Tenasserim (feste Hf.).

5. B. acuminata, Turez. in Bull. Mose. 1858. 472.; Hf. Ind. FI.
Il. 24 excl. syn. Bl. (Sorindeia acuminata, Wall. in Voigt. Cat. Hort.
Cale. 150).

Haz. In the moister forests of the Andaman islands (a large-leaved
form) ; Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein (Lobb.) teste He.

6. B. wanciFouta, Roxb. FI. Ind. IT. 386; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 24.

Pio S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Has. Chittagong; Arracan (Dr..Schlich) ; Tenasserim (Helf. 1115,
a bad specimen).—FI. CS.
7. 3B. Stamensrs, Mig. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IV. 118.
Has. Adjoining Siamese province of Radbooree (‘Teysmann).—Fr.
Apr. May.
Bouea, Meisn.
Conspectus of Species.

Panicles small, sessile or nearly so, quite glabrous; petals } lin. long; drupes orange

ox) oranee=yellow,) 2.) 16. 1> vets 2999509000 0000 000000 ceceseee LD. oppositifolia.
Panicles large, long-peduncled, puberulous ; petals a line long or oe ; drupes bluish
DIAC 5090000090000 40050000 9005 00060 950 900009000 Gadac 2s . B. Burmanica.

1. B. oppostrrroi1a, Meisn. MS. ap. Walp. Rep. L 556 : Mig. FI.
Ind. Bat. 1/2. 685 (Mangifera oppositifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 640).

Has. Not uncommon in the tropical forests of Martaban down to
Tenasserim and the Andamans ; also much cultivated in villages.—Fl. Jan.
Febr.; Fr. Apr. May.

9. B. Burmanica, Griff. in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1854. 634 (B.
Brandisiana, Kurz in Journ. As. Soe. Beng. 1871. 50 and 1873. 66.)

Has. Upper Tenasserim, Thounggyeen (Dr. Brandis).—Fl. March.

Mangifera, L.

Conspectus of Species.
* Petals and stamens free, the former inserted at the base of the cushion-like or

cupular disk.
x Panicles and calyx more or less puberulous or pubescent, rarely almost
glabrous. Fertile stamen 1.

Panicles and the 3—6 lin. long pedicels very slender, glabrescent or almost glabrous ;
petals linear-subulate ; the lateral nerves very thin, ................ IU. longipes.
Panicles stout; pedicels short and thick; petals yellow, cheonikoal nae hardly 2 lin.

long; disk fleshy, 5-lobed; drupes obtuse, 3—4 in. long; net-venation lax and
UOT, 556555 piaeoretelenets 3'0.d 60 d0a00000 vodunDDO DU dGdD0D cODDCE ocDO Nh LAH:

Panicles stout ; petals hardly 2 if Tone ; disk 5-lobed ; drupes 1—2 in. long, blunt;
net-venation minute and strongly prominent on both sides,........../. caloneura.

x ™x Panicles and calyx perfectly glabrous.
Panicles stout; pedicels 3—4 lin. long, thick; petals white, about 3 lin. long; disk

cup-shaped ; drupes acuminate,.........- 0600 0000 00000¢ i. slain
* * Petals and stamens connate with We Base of the Halle Be torus, rarely the

latter wanting altogether.
Leaves very coriaceous and shining, almost polished beneath ; flesh of drupe soapy,
. Ll. fetida.

1. M. tonerres, Griff. Not. Dicot. 419 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 15.
Has. Frequent in the swamp forests and around jungle-swamps of

the Irrawaddi alluvium ; also Tenasserim.—Fl. CS.
2. M. Inpica, L. sp. pl. 290; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 641 ; Bot. Mag. t.

4510 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 138.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 213

Haz. Not unfrequent in the tropical and lower mixed forests, from
Arracan and Pegu down to Tenasserim and the Andamans; generally
cultivated in several varieties.in all villages.—Fl. Febr., March ; Fr. May
to July.

3. M. catoneura, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 66 ; Hf. Ind.
Fl. II. 14.

Has. Frequent in the low and lower mixed forests of the eastern
and southern slopes of the Pegu Yomah.—Fl. Decb. Jan. ; Fr. May.

4. M. smvartca, Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 644; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 15.

Has. Rare in the tropical forests of the Martaban hills.

Most of the wild mangoes I collected in Burmah having been taken
from saplings only, I cannot say whether they belong to this or to the
preceding species. The species is frequent in the Sikkim Himalaya and
the Khasi hills.

5. M. rerma, Lour. Fl. Coch. 199; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ed. Wall. IT.
440 ; Griff. Not. Dicot. 419 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 18.

Haz. Cultivated in South Tenasserim (teste Rev. Mason).

N. B. No. 2020 and 2021 referred at Kew (not by me) to Mangi-
fera (Ind. Fl. II. 20) are both referable to Swintonia Schwenckit.

Spondias, L.

J. S. manerrera, Willd. sp. pl. IT. 751; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 451 ;
Wight Ill. t. 76; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 169; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 42. (SS. pin-
nata, Kurz in Pegu Rep. A. 44).

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones, all
over Burmah, from Chittagong, Prome, and Martaban down to Tenasserim,
up to 3000 ft. elevation ; also Ava.—F 1. March, Apr. ; Fr. CS.

There are two varieties of this, the one with large leaflets and drupes
as big as a duck’s egg, the other with these parts only half the size, but
differing in no other respects.

Doubtful Species.

S. ? macrophylla, Wall. Cat. 8480 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 48.
Has. Ava, Taong-tong (teste Hf.)

Dracontomelum, Bl.

1. D. maneirerum, BI. Mus. Bot. I. 231. t. 42; Hf. Ind. FL IT.
43.—(D. sylvestre, Bl. Mus. Bot. I. 231; Kurz in Pegu Rep. A. 44; D.
puberulum, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 524).

Haz. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans.—Fr. Apr.
May.

214 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [ No. 4,

CONNARACE ZA.
Conspectus of Genera.

Trib. I. CONNAREZ. Calyx imbricate. Seeds without albumen.
Rovurea. Sepals enlarged in fruit, imbricately-cupular. Follicle sessile. Seeds
arillate.
Rovureorsts. Sepals enlarging, more or less spreading in fruit; follicle sessile.
Connarus. Sepals not enlarging or deciduous. Follicle stalked. Seeds arillate.
Trib. II. CNESTIDEZ. Calyx valvate, 5-parted. Seeds with or without albu-
men.
x Seeds with albumen.
Cnestis. Carpels 5—7, sessile, pilose or hispid within. Leaves unpaired pinnate.
x x Seeds without albumen.
TmniocHtm@na. Sepals reflexed in fruit. Carpels 5, sessile, glabrous within.
Leaves unpaired pinnate.
Exireantuus. Sepals erect. Carpels solitary, tomentose or velvety within.
Leaves 1-foliolate.

Rourea, Aubl.
Conspectus of Species.

* All parts quite glabrous. Leaflets in few (not above 6) pairs, acuminate.
Leaflets 1[—2 in. long, the rachis and petiolules very slender, .......... R. pulchella.
Leaflets 5—38 in. long, the rachis and petiolules stout, .......000 eeeees RL. commutata.
* * Inflorescence, leaf-rachis, and often the leaflets beneath puberulous or shortly
pilose. Leaflets in numerous pairs, small, usually retuse or rounded.
x Sepals erect and cupular-closing.

Leaflets pubescent or pilose beneath, ...... 90.0000 00000600 00000000 000800 R. villosa.

Leaflets glabrous on both sides, ...... .« p00 00000000 00000000 0000 din IWalllanionrnt-
x x Sepals spreading.

Leaflets obliquely ovate or obovate, 2-lobed at the summit, .......... R. stenopetala.

1. R. puncueEtta, Planch. in Linn. XXIII. 419 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bot.
1/2. 658 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 48.

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.).

2. KR. commurata, Planch. in Linn. XXIIT. 420; Hf. Ind. Fl. II
47 (Cnestis monadelpha, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 454).

Var. B. PLURIJUGA, leaves not rarely abruptly pinnate, leaflets in 4—6
rarely in 3 pairs.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban and Tenas-
serim down to the Andamans; also Chittagong; var. 8. Andamans.—FI.
May, June.

3. R. vintosa, Planch. in Linn. XXIII. 422; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 48.

Haz. Apparently frequent in Tenasserim, from Moulmein southwards.
—Fr. March.

4. R. Wautticutana, Planch. in Linn. XXIII. 421; Hf. Ind. Fl.
II. 49.

Haz. Tenasserim (teste Hf.).

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 215

Unknown to me. Hooker points out no structural differences from the
preceding, of which it seems to be a glabrescent form only.

5. R. stenoperata, Hf. Ind. Fl. If. 49. (Cnestis steriopetala, Griff.
Not. Dicot. 483. t. 611 f. 2).

Has. Tenasserim, Meregui (Griff.) teste Hf.

Unknown to me; the narrow petals and spreading sepals point to
Roureopsis.

Connarus, L.
Conspectus of Species.
* Follicles perfectly glabrous and smooth on the walls inside.

Rachis of leaves and midrib beneath pubescent, or almost glabrous, the nervation thin,
much net-veined especially while young, conspicuously bullate-dotted on the areoles;
follicles sessile, 4 in. long, .....ceeceeeee cece cocccrceccevceee Cn Stictophyllis.

* * Follicles more or less pubescent or velvety within.
x Petioles and leaflets beneath, or the nerves only, pubescent.

Leaflets pubescent on the midrib beneath, nerves very slender, in 5 pairs, follicles
TOMDSMIEE, 00 00.0006 0000 09000000 0000 0000 000p 0000 DDH GOOD +0 C. semidecandrus.

Leaflets finely rusty pubescent Dneath the nerves very asm: seve ee Oe Griffithii.

x x Leaflets perfectly glabrous. Follicles stalked.
+ Follicles chartaceous or thin coriaceous, deeply striate.

A large tree; follicles about an in. long or somewhat longer,.. sss... 0. paniculatus.

Climber ; follicles about an in. long or somewhat longer, ......se0e sevens C. gibbosus.

Apparently as preceding, but the follicles nearly cylindrical, ............0. datifolius.

+ + Follicles woody.

Leaflets thick coriaceous, large; follicles about 2 in. long,...... seco ssreee G. grandis.

1. C. sricropHyiius, Kurz MS.

Haz. ‘Tenasserim; also adjoining Siamese province of Radbooree
(Teysmann).—Fl. HS.

2. ©. sEMIDECANDRUS, Jack in Mal. Mise. 2. VII. 39; Hf. Ind. FI.
IT. 52.

Haz. ‘Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.) teste Hf. —Fl. HS.

8. C. Grirrirai, Hf. Ind. FI. IT. 52.

Has. Tenasserim, Mergui (Griff.) teste Hf.

4. (©. pantcuLatus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 189; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 52?

Has. Chittagong (Roxb.).

Hooker calls this a climber, while Roxburgh states that it is a large
timber-tree.

5. OC. erpposus, Wall. Cat. 8541; Hf. Ind. FI. IT. 52.

Has. Common along the outskirts of tropical forests, deserted toung-
yas, along river-banks, ete., all over Burma, from Chittagong, Pegu, and Mar-
taban to Tenasserim, up to 2000 feet elevation.—FIl. Apr. May ; Fr. May,
June.

6. OC. natrronius, Wall. Cat. 8537 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 53.

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Moulmein and Tavoy (teste Hf.).

28

216 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Unknown to me, and apparently not sharply distinguished from the
preceding.

7. ©. @Ranpis, Jackin Mal. Misc. II. 7. 40; Planch. m Lin.
XXIII. 429; HE. Ind. Fl. II. 53.

Has. ‘Tenasserim or Andamans (Helf.) teste Hf.

Cnestis, Juss.
Conspectus of Species.
A scandent shrub ; sepals a line long; leaflets usually opposite,........€. platantha.

Erect small tree or shrub; sepals 2 lim. long; flowers long-pedicelled ; leaflets often
alternate, eoreeo Fee F Tee Coe OES Coe esovee ee . Moa OF AL LL

1. ©. pratantHa, Griff. Not. Oihcot. 434 (C. Gallina. Planch. MS.
C. flaminea, Griff. 1. c. 438. t. 608. f. 2).

Haz. Frequent in all forests, especially the tropical and moister
upper-mixed ones, all over the Pegu Yomah, and from Martaban down to
Tenasserim, up to 8000 feet elevation.—Fl. RS.; Fr. HS.

2. C. Ramrriora, Griff. Not. IV. 4382 (fowrea dasyphylla, Maiq.
Suppl. Fl. Sum. 528; C.-zgnea, Planch. MS.).

Has. Rather frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans.

Ellipanthus, Hf.
Conspectus of Species.
* Leaves glabrous or nearly so. Follicles glabrous within.
Leaves and petiole glabrous, the former 4—6 in. long, nerves beneath very slender,

. L. calophyllus.
Petiole aud midrib beneath puberulous; leaves 2—3 in. long, nerves strong beneath,
H. Helferi.
* * Leaves pubescent or tomentose beneath. Follicles glabrous within.
Nerves beneath very slender ; follicles 1}—2 in. long,................ E. tomentosus.

1. KE. catopuyziius, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 305 ; Hf.
Ind. Fl. II. 55

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans.—Fl. May ;
Fr. June, July.

2. KH. Henrert, Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 55.

Haz. ‘Tenasserim or Andamans (Helf.).

3. EH. TomeNntosus, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1870, 305 ; Hf.
Ind. Fl. IT. 56.

Has. In the tropical forests of the southern slopes of the Pegu
Yomah above Rangoon ; Tenasserim.—Fl. Jan. ; Fr. March, Apr.

LEGUMINOS Ah.
Oonspectus of Genera.

Subord. I. Tu-Leguminose. Flowers more or less irregular,
rarely almost regular and in this case the standard-petal slightly larger and

*

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 217

innermost in bud. Petals imbricate in bud. Stamens definite, variously

connate or rarely free.
Trib. 1. PAPILIONACEHA. Uppermost petal (standard) outside
in bud.
* Stamens free from the base or slightly connate at the very base
only.
Subtr. 1. SOPHOREA. Leaves pinnately 1—many-foliolate. Pods indchiscent
or dehiscent.
* Leaves simple.
Datnovusiza. Bracts, and bractlets large, opposite, persistent. Calyx-tecth very
short. Pods compressed.
* * Leaves pinnate. Bracts and bractlets small, deciduous.
SopHora. Pods moniliform, terete or winged, usually indehiscent. Arillus none.
Leaves without stipulets,
OrmostA. Pods more or less woody, turgid, dehiscent. Arillus none, but the
seeds usually bright red-coloured, with a black hilum. Leaves without stipulets.
ArraRiA. Pods fleshy-coriaceous, short, dehiscent; arillus crimson, enveloping
the whole seeds. Leaves with stipulets.
Subtr. 2. PODALYRIEZ. Leaves simple or digitately compound. Otherwise
asin preceding. (Chiefly Australian plants).
* * Stamens variously united into a tube, or into a slit sheath or
ito two separate sheaths with the vexillar stamen free or adnate.

+ Pods jointed, dehiscent or not, very rarely obsoletely or not
jointed, in which case the valves are usually marked with transverse veins
or lines (in a few genera the pods consist of a single joint).

Subtr. 83. HEDVYSAREZ. Characters as above. Leaves often pinnately 3—1-
foliolate, rarely pinnate.
* Stamens united into a single slit sheath, the vexillary 10th one free.
x Ovules solitary. Pods 1-jointed.
Lepropesmia. Pods dehiscent. Flowers in terminal, head-like racemes.
LzspEpEzA. Pods indchiscent. Flowers clustered or in racemes, usually axillary.
x x Ovules 2 ormore. Pods 2- or more-, rarely( by abortion) 1-jointed,
O Pods not jointed, compressed or inflated.
+ Pod inflated like that of Crotolaria.
Pycnospora. Herbs with pinnately 3-foliolate leaves ; flowers in racemes,
+ + Pod compressed.
Oveerm1A. Pod constricted between the joints. Flowers fascicled from the old
wood. Stamens dimorphous, the alternate ones gland-bearing. Trees.
PsrvparTuRiaA. Pods flat with straight sutures., Flowers in terminal racemes,
Herbs.
O O Pods distinctly jointed.
+ Pod-joints in a line, not folded up.
Desmopium. Pod-joints flat or slightly convex, dehiscent or indehiscent. Ras
cemes terminal or axillary and terminal. Leaves 3- rarely 1-foliolate.
AtysicarPus. Pod-joints more or less turgid. Calyx deeply divided and almost
glumaceous. Leaves often 1-foliolate.

218 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 4,

Mecorts. Pod 2-jointed, between uncinnate-subulate bracts, the pedicels abrupt-
ly deflexed from the tips. Leaves simple.
+ t Pod-joints folded one upon the other.
Louvres. Calyx enlarged in fruit. Flowers in racemes. Leaves 1—3-foliolate.
Urania. Calyx not changed in fruit. Flowersin racemes. Leaves 3—1-foliolate,
or pinnate.
* * Stamens 10, all united into a single tube or into 2 separate sheaths of 5 each.
x Stamens all united into a single complete tube. Anthers dimorphous.
Aracuis. Calyx-tube filiform, the 4 upper-lobes united, the lowermost thin and
free. Petals and stamens inserted at the mouth of the calyx-tube. Pod ripening
under the soil. Leaves abruptly pinnate.
Zornta. Calyx-tube short. Pod 2—6-jointed, muricate. Herbs, the leaves digi-
tately 2—4-foliolate.
x x Stamens united into 2 separate sheaths of 5 each,
+ Pod twisted within the calyx.
Smiru1a. Calyx 2-parted. Herbs with abruptly pinnate leaves, the rachis
ending in a bristle.
+ + Pod straight,
Gxissaspis. Calyx deeply 2-lipped, the upper lip entire. Herbs with abruptly
pinnate leaves. Pods 1—2-joined, indehiscent.
ZSCHYNOMENE. Calyx 2-lipped. Herbs, rarely undershrubs, with unpaired-
pinnate leaves. Pods many-jointed.
OrmocarpuMm. Calyx 5-toothed. Pod-joints longitudinally striate or ribbed.
Shrubs with unpaired-pinnate leaves.
+ + Pods not jointed, very rarely 1-seeded.
Subtr. 4. VICIEA. Petiole terminating in a bristle or tendril. Leaves ab-
ruptly pinnate.
* Stamens 10, wnited into a single slit sheath with the tenth vewvillary one free.
x Leaflets toothed. Wings free from the staminal tube.
Cicrr. Wings free. Style not bearded at the apex. Pod inflated. Funicle fili-
form. rect herbs.
x x Leaflets entire. Wings more or less adhering to the staminal tube.
VictA. Staminal tube oblique at the mouth. Style pubescent, or bearded at the
apex. Ovules usually numerous. Erect or twining herbs.
Lens. Staminal tube oblique at the mouth. Style filiform. Ovules usually 2.
Erect herbs.
Latuyrvus. Staminal tube truncate at the mouth. Style flat, or dilated at the
apex. Pods more or less compressed. rect herbs.
Pisum. As preceding but style triquetrous and dilated upwards. Pods turgid.
* * Stamens only 9, all united into a single slit sheath.
Agrus. Style not bearded. Pods compressed, chambered within. Climbing un-
dershrubs.
Subtr. 5. PHASEOLEZ. Petiole without tendril. Leaves usually pinnately
8-foliolate, very rarely unpaired pinnate.
* Leaflets not resinous-dotted beneath.
x Stamens united into a slit sheath with the 10th vexillary one free (or
rarely shortly adnate.)
+ Nodes of the inflorescence not tumid. Stipules and bracts con-
spicuous, persistent.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 219

CurrortA. Petals very unequal in length, the standard narrowed at the base, nude
at the apex. Calyx-tube cylindrical, longer than the lobes. Erect or climbing herbs
or undershrubs.

SuuTer1A. Style filiform. Calyx-teeth distinct, the 2 upper ones connate. An-
thers conform. Bracts persistent, striate.

Dumasta. Style dilated at the middle. Calyx-tube cylindrical, obliquely truncate
at the mouth.

+ + Nodes of the inflorescence tumid.
+ Stigma terminal, capitate. Style beardless.
O Anthers all conform.
§ Twining or creeping herbs. Petals equally lone.

Gazactia. Calyx 4-toothed (the 2 upper teeth being united into one). Pod 2-
valved. Z

Grona. Calyx 5-toothed, the 2 upper teeth free. Pod linear, 2-valved. Secds
strophiolate.

§ § Trees or woody climbers or shrubs.

Butea. Petals equally long. The 2 upper calyx-teeth free. Pod imdehiscent,
1-seeded at the apex, the sterile basal part much dilated and flat.

Eryturina. Petals very unequal, the standard exceeding the keel.

O O Anthers dimorphous.
Mucuna. Petals very unequal, the keel exceeding the standard. Woody climbers
or twining undershrubs.
t t+ Style bearded.
O Stigma oblique.
§ Free part of filaments straight, alternately shorter.
Twining herbs.

Pacnuyrruizus. Keel not spirally twisted. Style flat upwards, the stigma almost
globose on the inner face. Pod transversely lined between the seeds.

Viena. Keel not spirally twisted, blunt or arcuate-beaked. Style filiform.

§ § Free part of filaments once or rarely twice spirally
twisted.

Puaszotus. Keel spiral. Style filiform. The 2 upper calyx-tecth, or all, shorter
than the tube. Hilum oblong or shortly orbicular. Twining or rarely almost erect
herbs.

O O Stigma terminal. Free part of filaments straight.

Dottcnos. Keel not spirally twisted. Style filiform, minutely penicillate around
the minute stigma. ‘Twining or rarely suberect herbs.

Lasias. As preceding, but style thickened upwards, bearded down the inner.
edge. ‘Twining or suberect herbs.

x ™x Stamens all united into a complete tube.
+ Nodes of inflorescence tumid.

Canavania. Upper-lip of calyx projecting. Style beardless or rarely bearded.
Pod indehiscent or late-dehiscing, the upper suture thickened or narrowly 2-winged.

PsopHocarpus. Pod 4-cornered, longitudinally 4-winged. Stigma almost globose,
densely penicellate-villous.

Droctza. Upper teeth of calyx not projecting. Pod oblong, turgid, indchiscent,
the upper suture thickened or 2-winged. Anthers dimorphous.

220 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

PurrariA. Upper teeth of calyx not projecting. Pod linear, flattish, readily de-
hiscing, many-seeded.
+ + Nodes ofinflorescence not tumid. Stipules and bracts minute,
deciduous.
Treramnus. Calyx-teeth free. Alternate anthers abortive.
Guyctye. Calyx-teeth free, the 2 upper ones more or less connate. Anthers all
fertile and conform.
* * Leaflets more or less conspicuously resinose-dotted beneath.
+ Ovyules 3 or more.
DunpariA. Pods plain or slightly turgid, often faleate, not depressed between the
obsoletely strophioled seeds.
AtytostA. Pod transversely depressed or lined between the seeds, Arillus rather
large, grooved.
Cagsanus. Pod transversely depressed between the seeds. Arillus or strophiole
none.
+ + Ovules 1 or 2.
x Funicle arising from the centre of the hilum.
Cyzista. Calyx accrescent and leafy, scarious-emembranous, the lowermost lobe
largest.
Ruynenosta. Calyx not accrescent in fruit. Pods compressed. Leaves pinnate-
ly 3-foliolate.
Fremineia. Calyx not accrescent in fruit. Pod turgid. Leaves digitately 3-
foliolate.
x x Funicle arising from the extremity of the linear hilum.
Ertosema. Pod transversely depressed. Erect herbs with axillary flowers.
Leaves (in Ind. sp.) simple.
Subtrib. 6. GENISTEA. Stamens usually monadelphous, the filaments not di-
lated upwards; anthers usually alternately longer and basifix or nearly so, the others
smaller and versatile. Leaves digitate. Pod often inflated.
* Anthers dimorphous. Keel-petals firmly cohering. é
CroranartA. Keel beaked. Pod turgid or inflated. Flowers in terminal or
leaf-opposite racemes. Herbs or undershrubs with simple or digitately 3—7-foliolate
leaves.
Priorropis. As preceding, but pods much compressed. Leaves digitately 3-
foliolate.
* * Anthers uniform. Keel-petal hardly cohering.
Rornta. Anthers small. Pods follicle-like dehiscing. Herbs.
Subtrib. 7. LOTE®. Stamens usually diadelphous (9 + 1), the filaments dilated
upwards. Leaves digitately or pinnately compound.
* Leaflets quite entire (Lotee).
Lotus. Petals adnate to the staminal tube. Keel beaked. Pod 2-valved.
Leaves pinnately 5-foliolate.
Parocuetus. Petals deciduous, free from the staminal tube, the keel rather acute.
Pod 2-valved. Flowers solitary or in poor umbels. Leaves digitately 3-foliolate.
* * Veins of leaflets usually produced into marginal toothlets. Leaves pinnately
3-foliolate. Keel-petal blunt.
x Pod spirally falcate or circinate.
Mepicaco.
x x Pod straight or nearly so.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 221

TRIGONELLA. Pod elongate, straight, erect or recurved, indchiscent or dehiscing
along one or both sutures.

Metmortvs. Pod small, rotundate or oblong, more or less indehiscent.

Subtridb. 8. GALEGE#. Stamens 10, variously connate, the filaments filiform
_ upwards; anthers usually versatile. Pods dehiscent or indehiscent. Leaves unpaired
pinnate, rarely simple.

* Pods dehiscent (very rarely indehiscent and in this case small and 1-seeded)
(Eu-Galegez).
x Pods distinctly transversely chambered within, dehiscent, or 1-seeded
and indehiscent. ©
+ Pods 1-seeded and indehiscent. Hairs basifix.

PsoratEA. Anthers blunt. Leaves simple or 3-foliolate, the leaflets gland-dotted.

Seed adhering to the pericarp.
+ + Pods several-seeded and dehiscent.
O Anthers apiculate. Hairs fixed by the centre.

Cyamopsts. Stamens monadelphously united into a tube. Leaflets entire or
toothed.

Iypicorera. Stamens diadelphous (9 + 1). Leaves pinnately many—1-foliolate.

O O Anthers blunt. Hairs basifix.

Suspanra. Style not bearded, the stigma minute. Flowers in axillary racemes.
Leaves pinnate. Herbs or undershrubs, rarely trees.

x x Pods not chambered within, many-seeded.

TrPHRosIA. Vexillary stamen only at the middle adnate to the staminal tube,
free at the base. Pods thin coriaceous. Herbs, undershrubs or rarely shrubs. Leaves
pinnately many—1-foliolate.

Mnierr1a. Filaments diadelphous (9 + 1), filiform. Pod woody or coriaceous.
Trees or woody climbers. Leaves pinnate.

* * Pods indehiscent, usually many or several-seeded. (Dalbergicz).
x Pods wingless.
* Poncamra. Filaments usually long. Pod more or less flattish, firmly fleshy
coriaceous. Trees. Leaflets opposite.

Drepanocarrus. Filaments alternately shorter. Pods reniform or crescent-
shaped, coriaceous or drupaceous, 1—8-seeded. ‘Trees or woody climbers. Fl. white
or purple. Leaflets alternate.

x x Pods winged along the one or both sutures.

Datpercia. Filaments ‘alternately shorter. Pods oblong to linear, all round
extended into a chartaceous or coriaceous wing. ‘Trees or woody climbers. Flowers
from white to rose and purple. Leaflets alternate. :

Prerocarrus. Filaments equally long. Pods almost orbicular or broadly oblong,
seed-bearing in the centre and surrounded by a broad complete wing. Trees. Flow-
ers yellow. Leaflets alternate.

Derris. Filaments alternately shorter. Pod flat, thin or coriaceous, winged
along one or both sutures." Trees or woody climbers. Leaflets opposite.

Trib. 2. CHAS ALPINIEZ. Of the imbricate or valvate petals the
uppermost one (standard) innermost in bud. Stamens free or connate.
* Anthers erect and basifix, rarely almost versatile, usually opening

by 2, apical pores, rarely opening in longitudinal slits.

222 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Subtrib. 1. CASSTEZ. Weaves unpairedly or abruptly pinnate. Sepals free to
the disk, usually imbricate, Ovary or ovary-stalk free.
* Petals all developed.
Cassta. Sepals imbricate. Stamens 5—10. Leaves abruptly pinnate. Trees,
shrubs or herbs.
* *€ Petals none, or 1—2 and minute.
Diatium, Stamens 2; anthers 2-rimose. Sepals imbricate. Pod turgid or
globose. Leaves unpaired pinnate. Trees. —
* * Anthers versatile, opening by longitudinal slits.

Subtrib. 2. BAUHINIEZ. leaves simple, 2-foliolate or simply pinnate. Calyx
gamosepalous, or the sepals free to the disk, imbricate or valvate. Ovary-stalk adnate
to the calyx-tube or rarely free.

* Leaves simple and more or less 2-lobed, or 2-foliolate. (Ku-Bauhineze).

Bavuimia. Petals unequal. Calyx gamosepalous or valvate. Pods dehiscent.
Leaves palmately 5—many-nerved.

* * Leaves abruptly pinnate. (Amherstieze).
x Calyx-tube short, the disk basal or nearly so. (Cynometree.)
+ Petals none.

Harpwickia. Sepals 5, much imbricate. Stamens 10, all perfect or 1—3 reduced
to staminodes. Pod flat-compressed, 2-valved at the apex. Leaflets in 1 to several
pairs.

+ + Petals 5 or fewer.

Cynometra. Sepals 4—5. Petals 5, imbricate. Stamens 10 or many. Pod
fleshy, indehiscent or tardily dehiscing. Leaflets in 1 to many pairs.

x x Disk at the top of a prolonged calyx-tube. (Hu-Amherstiee).
+ Petal 1—5. Trees.
O Calyx-tube rather short. Petal 1.

Srmypora. Calyx valvate or nearly so, often echinate. Petal sessile. Stamens
shortly monadelphous, 2 of them perfect, the rest castrate or reduced to filaments.
Leaflets in 2—8 pairs. Seeds arillate. Pods woody, echinate. ~

O O Calyx-tube elongate.
t+ Petal one.

Panvpia. Calyx-segments 4, much imbricated. Petal shortly clawed. Stamens
10, 7 of them high-up connate, the rest entirely reduced or 2 of them represented by
minute staminodes. Leaflets in 2 or more pairs. Seeds arillate. Pods firmly woody,
smooth.

ArzzttA. Calyx-segments 4, much imbricated. Petal clawed. Stamens 3—8,
free, with or without a few minute staminodes. Pod large, woody or coriaceous.
Seeds not arillate. Leaves abruptly pinnate.

+ + Petals 3—6,

Tamarinpus. Petals 3, with the rudiments of 2 others. Staminodes teeth-like.
Stamens monadelphous, only 8 of them developed. Pod turgid, indehiscent, the acid
mesocarp pulpy. i

AmuerstiA. Petals 5, 3 of them nearly equally long, and like the lowermost
one, very broad, the 2 others minute or rudimentary. Stamens diadelphous (9 + 1).

+ + Petals none.

Saraca. Sepals 4. Stamens 8—9. Pods coriaceous, 2-valved. Trees.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 223

Subtrib. 3. HUCABSALPINIEZ. Leaves usually abruptly bipinnate. Sepals free

to the disk, valvate or imbricate. Ovary or ovary-stalk free.
x Sepals valvate or nearly so. Trees.

PornerAnA. Pod 2-valved, flat, coriaceous. Leaves bipinnate, the leaflets all
developed. Unarmed.

Parxnysonia. Pod turgid-moniliform, indehiscent. Petiole very short, spine-like,
with 2—4 much elongate pinnz of minute and often quite reduced leaflets. Armed.

x x Sepalsimbricate. Trees or woody climbers.
+ Climbers, usually armed.

CasaLPIniA. Pods not winged, indehiscent or 2-valved, several-seeded. Stigma
small.

Prerotopium. Pods samaroid, indehiscent, the upper end produced into a con-
spicuous wing-like appendage, l-seeded. Ovary 1-ovuled.

Mzzonevron. Pod flat, several-seeded, indehiscent, the upper suture extended
into a wing. Stigma small.

+ + Erect trees, not armed.

PrttopHortM. Pods flat, several-seeded, indehiscent, both sutures extended into
awing. Stigma peltate. Stamens 10, free.

Acrocarrus. Pods as in preceding, but indehiscent and winged along the upper
suture only. Stigma minute. Petals narrow, almost equal. Stamens 54, free.

Subord. II. Mimosez. Flowers regular, the petals valvate in bud,
free or more usually united into a shorter or longer tube. Stamens

definite or indefinite, free or connate.
Trib. 1. MIMOSHA. Stamens definite, usually 10 or 5, or twice as

many as the petals.
Subtrib. 1. MIMOSEZ VERZ. Anthers gland-tipped or not. Stamens free.
Calyx valvate in bud. :
* Anthers gland-tipped.
x Flowers in spikes or racemes.
ADENANTHERA. Pods 2-valved, often falcate or circinate, transversely chambered
between the seeds. Flowers in spikes or racemes. Erect trees. Leaves bipinnate.
Entapa. Pods large, the indehiscent joints separating from the persistent
thickened sutures. Flowers in spikes. Tendril-bearing woody climbers. Leaves
bipinnate
x x Flowers in oblong or globose heads.
Neprunta. Pods flat, 2-valved, thin coriaceous. Flowers in dense heads. Erect
herbs. Leaves bipinnate.
* * Anthers not gland-tipped.
x Pods more or less jointed, the joints receding from the persistent
sutures.
Mimosa. Flowers in dense spikes or heads. Shrubs or herbs, with bipinnate
leaves.
x x Pods continuous, not jointed.
+ Valves of pod chartaccous or thin coriaceous.
DesmantHus. Pod flat, narrow, 2-valved. Stigma clavate. Herbs with bipin-
nate leaves. Flowers in heads.
Levcamna.. Pods flat, rather broad, 2-valved. Stigma capitate. Shrubs or small
trees with bipinnate leaves. Flowers in globose heads.

29

224 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

+ + Valves of pod thick and woody, falcate.

Xyu1a. Pods woody, tardily dehiscing. Flowers in globose heads. Trees with
bipinnate leaves.

Subtrib. 2. PARKIEZ. Calyx imbricate in bud. Stamens monadelphous,

Parxia. Stamens 10, in neuters reduced to long filaments. Flowers in large
long-peduncled heads, the lower ones neuter, the upper ones fertile. Trees with
bipinnate leaves.

Trib. 2. ACACTH 4. Stamens indefinite, free or connate.

Subtrib. 3. ACACIEH VERZ. Stamens free.

Acacta. Pods various, dehiscent or not. Flowers in heads or dense spikes. Trees
or shrubs, sometimes climbing, with bipinnate leaves or the leaves reduced to phyllodia,
armed or unarmed.

Subtrib. 4. INGE. Stamens connate. Flowers in heads or dense spikes.

* Seeds without en arillus, but on longer or shorter funicles.

Apizz1a. Pods straight. ‘Trees with bipinnate leaves.

Piruecotopium. Pods more or less circinnate or cochleate. Trees or shrubs,
rarely climbing, with bipinnate leaves.

CatiianpDRA. Pods more or less falcate, with much thickened sutures. Trees or
shrubs, with bipinnate leaves.

* * Seeds conspicuously arillate.

Iyea. Pods variously circimnate or cochleate. Trees or shrubs with simply

pinnate leaves.

Arillaria, Kurz.

1. A. Ropusta, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 71. (Sophora
robusta, Roxb. Hort. Bengh. 81. ; Wight Icon. t. 245).

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the southern slopes
of the Pegu Yomah (above and about Rangoon) and in Upper Tenasserim.—
Fl. Apr. June.

Sophora, L.

1. S. romentosa, L. sp. pl. 583; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 316; Mig. FL.
Ind. I. 124; Bth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. Papil. 314, t. 124. (iS. occidentalis,
L. 1. c.; Bot. Mag. t. 3390).

Haz. Not unfrequent in the beach-forests of the Andamans ; also
Pegu (Brandis).

Lespedeza, Mich.
Conspectus of Species.

* Flowers in axillary almost sessile clusters.

Appressed silvery silk-hairy ; leaflets linear-cuneate, 6.1... sees cess cvee vee. DL. sericen.
* * Flowers in axillary and terminal racemes often collected into terminal panicles.

x All parts densely and softly pubescent ; bracts deciduous.
Softly tomentose; racemes robust and sessile; calyx-teeth almost filiform and
FLCKUOBC, eo eurccce saccncee ease raviiescs sree bocce aveseues cvcieen Lal MNEOIMen
x x Branchlets and underside of leaves appressedly greyish puberulous.
Racemes glandular-pubescent ; bracts persistent, 111. sees veveessueves vvneLs ACO.
Racemes tawny pubescent, not glandular; bracts deciduous, .........+..L. parviflora.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Fora, 225

1. LL. sericea, Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. III. 49; Maxim. Syn.
Lesped. 42 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 142 (Hedysarwm sericewm, Thbg. Fl. Japon.
289; L. cuneata, Don. Gen. Syst. Il. 3807; Hedysarwm juncewm, Roxb.
Fl. Ind. Bat. IIT. 362, non L. f£.).

Has. Ava, Khakyen hills, east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl. May.

2. LL. PINETORUM, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 230 and 1. ¢.
1874. 184 sub. 13.

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests of Martaban, at 4000
to 6000 ft. elevation.—FI. Fr. March.

Allied to Z. tomentosa, Sieb.

3. L. pEcorA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 231 ; Hf. Ind.
Fl. If. 144.

Has. Frequent in the drier, especially the pine-forests of Martaban,
at 4000 to 6000 ft. elevation.—Fl. March ; Fr. Apr.

Allied to Z. eriocarpa, DC.

4, UL parvirtora, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 231 ; Hf.
Ind. Fl. IT. 144.

Has. Martaban hills (Nattoung), east of Tounghoo (Revd. F. Mason).

Allied to Z. elliptica, Bth., from which it differs by its much smaller
flowers, its subulate calyx-teeth, the different vestiture of its inflorescence,
and its deciduous bracts.

Pycnospora, R. Br.
1. P. HEDYsAROIDES, RBr. in WA. Prod. I. 197; Bth. Fl. Hongk.
91 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1]. 1538. (P. nervosa, WA. Prod. I. 197).
Has. ‘Tenasserim (Helf. 1813).

Pseudarthria, WA.
1. P. viscrpa, WA. Prod. I. 209; Wight Icon. t. 286 ; Hf. Ind. FI.
TI. 154. (Hedysarum viscidum, L. Syst. 11. 506; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III.
356 ; Desmodium viscidum, DC. Prod. II. 316).
Has. Upper Tenasserim (Falconer, Griff.).

Desmodium, Desv.
Conspectus of Species.

A. DEHISCENTIA. Pod-joints dehiscing along the ventral suture.

Subg. 1. Pleurolobium, DC. Pod-joints dehiscing along the more or less indented
suture, distinctly separated or continuous and the separation indicated by a transverse
line only. Inflorescence in a young state conspicuously imbricate-bracted.

* All bracts deciduous. Pods continuous, the joints marked only by transverse

Zines. Erect shrubs or herbs.
Shrub, the leaflets one-coloured; flowers purple; pod-joints about 23 lin. long by 3

broad, densely and shortly hirsute, ...... sssses JO conboode oc ve veces De gyrowdes,

226 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Annual or biennial, the leaves as often 1- as 3-foliolate,; with the 2 lateral leaflets much
reduced, leaflets white-variegated ; flowers pale yellow, turning pale brick-coloured ;
pod-joints about 23 lin. long and broad, shortly and sparingly hirsute, .. D. gyrans.

* * Lowermost bracts of young inflorescences more or less persistent. Pods dis-
tinctly jointed.

Leaves 38-foliolate, the leaflets elliptical to oblong; fruiting pedicels erect ; racemes
CLONE ALG ee hes icicic «a siateece ssnoeislo eee nerTe oat SiMe fel ober arate te ABboUn oO: D. heterocurpum.

Leaves 1—8-foliolate, the leaflets more or less Bvoalay: fruiting pedicels refracted ;
racemes shorter, than the leaves meyptieveie neisieislsle aloln eo ol-\elel eee riers D. retro
Subg. 2. Sagotia, Walp. Pod-joints dehiscing along the lower more or less indented

suture. Young inflorescence not conspicuously bracted.

* Flowers in many-flowered terminal and axillary racemes which often form termi-
nal panicles. Erect annual herbs.

Stems and underside of leaves sparingly and appressedly greyish pubescent ; panicle
elandular-puberulous ; pods glabrescent, ...... ..060- wees aes wees D. oblongum.

Stems and peduncles spreadingly tawny pilose ; pods tawny pilose, ...... D. auricans.

* * Hlowers few, axillary or in leaf-opposed racemes. Prostrate or diffuse herbs.

Flowers in leaf-opposed and spuriously terminal simple or branched racemes ; leaflets

WEP MILL Soon Gaoo boss ODo0N0 006 amcratNs ives 6 5909 950000 G000 .o D. microphyllum.
Flowers usually yellowish, by 1—4 ona longer or shorter axillary peduncle which is
longer than the leaves, ........... 6 os0a06 59000900 90900010005 .-» D. reptans.

Flowers usually purple or rose-coloured, by 1—6 in the leaf-axils, ...... D. triflorum.
B. IypEeniscentia. Pod-joints not dehiscing in any way-
* Flowers in terminal and axillary racemes often collected into

panicles. Bracts small, deciduous or rarely persistent.

Subg. 3. Eu-desmodium, DC. Shrubs, undershrubs or herbs, the leaves 1—8-
foliolate ; petiole not winged. Pods various, many-jointed, the joimts variously shaped,
but never quite square.

* Pods and ovary quite glabrous, the joints more or less deeply indented on the
lower suture, the basal one very shortly stalked.
x Leaves simple, broader than long, oblate to reniform.
Flowers 8 lin. long, sky-blue, on capillary glandular pedicels —4 in. long ; pod-joints
deeply indented at the lower suture, ...... 90. 000000 96600000 00000000 Js BML TIE -
Flowers small, white, on pedicels 14—2 lin. long ; pod-joints slightly teniaa at the
Noy i7210 IWUNSEYE) 4550 Goonso00 Udo 4955 noOD000 9 6009 doc B20 ODno DC ODOR D. reniforme.
x x Leaves oblong ‘to oblong-lanceolate.
Leaves simple, or the lower ones 3-foliolate ; racemes slender, in diffuse terminal pani-
cles ; pod-joints elliptical, 2 lin. long by 14 broad, ............ D. substipulaceum.
* * Pods and ovary variously clothed with glandular or glandless, straight or
hooked hairs.
x Pod-jomts 4—5 times longer than broad, or if shorter stalk-like
narrowed at the base.
+ Pod-joints pedicel-like narrowed or abruptly constricted at the
base, securiform or crescent-shaped, puberulous.
O Pod-joints crescent-shaped, abruptly constricted at both ends.
Leaves oblong, acute or blunt, strongly parallel-nerved ; pod-joints broadly Iunate,
tumid and only 2 lin. long, coriaceous, the basal one refracted on a stalk 2 lin.
long thickened club-like at the apex, “sees cere cere eeenes cavers ve De CONCINRUM.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 22/7

Leayes divaricately obcordate; pod-joints membranous, broadly lunate, acute and
divaricate at both ends, very flat ; spreading or trailing herb, .... D. obcordatwn.

O O Pod-joints securiform, the basal one long-stalked.
Calyx about a line, the corolla 5 lines long ; stalk of basal pod-joint about 1—4 lin.
long.) cca. eaeorcs BIO LO C IONCICIE. GRE IER EC URE IANS. 05 WEA sare sans . D, scalpe.
Calyx and corolla half the size; stalk of basal poe eit, aienden) 1 in. long,
. D. podocarpum.
+ + Pod-joints truncate at both ends, oblong to neat oblOne and,

sessile.
O Leaves Eeauately 3-foliolate.
Pod-joints only 13—2 lin. long by $—# lin. broad, densely hooked puberulous, not
marrowed. at the ends, ......60 s.s0 0s BRIN c ARO So.cicio icici seve eee De recurvatam.

O O Leaves simple, the petiole short.
Pod-joints 6—8, # in. long, slightly narrowed at both ends, irregularly striate, shortly

elandular-pubescent ; petioles longer or shorter, ...... .660 eee D. ormocarpoides.
Very near the preceding, the petiole very short ; pod-joints 10—12, about 3 lin. long
and hardly a line broad, shortly glandular-pubescent, ......00 vseeee ss ee De COMES.

x x Pod-joints narrow, as long or only twice as long as broad.

+ Shrubs or more usually erect or spreading perennials. Pod-
jomts usually as long as broad, more or less rotundate with
truncate ends.

O Leaves simple. Pod-joints indented at the lower suture,

about a line long.
Perennial, erect, slightly appressed-pubescent ; racemes elongate and very slender ;
pod-joints sparingly and shortly hispid; leaves acute, ............D. Gangeticum.

As preceding, but diffuse, the leaflets broader and usually blunt, ........ D. flexuosum.
Shrub, densely pubescent; racemes tomentose, rather short and robust; pod-joints
densely and shortly grey hirsute ; leaves blunt, .......... B00 DoodO D, latifolium.

O O Leaves 8-foliolate. Pod-joints about a line long and broad.
Erect shrubby perennial; leaflets somewhat repand, glaucescent beneath, acute or
acuminate; branchlets almost terete; pod-jomts densely covered with hooked

Mbit MMS. “Gadooaoann00.0 000500 OOM OIE e ob 164 BO OBS OOOO ORD Oe ae D. sequak.
Diffuse perennial, the branches sharply 5—6-angular ; leaflets entire, blunt; pod-joints
sparingly covered with white hooked stiff hairs, .................... D, diffusum.

+ + Shrubs or woody undershrubs. Pod-joints usually about
twice as long as broad, more or less indented on one or
both sutures.

O Bracts of the young inflorescence scarious and large, forming
imbricate cones, very deciduous, but the basal ones usually
remaining persistent.

+ Basal pod-joint sessile.

Racemes sessile or peduncled, rather short; pod-joints 14—2 lin. long and nearly as
broad, indented on the lower suture, ee hirsute ; branchlets sharply angu-
lar, often villous om the corners, ........ .seteveeees 5 ab0008 D. floribundum.

+ + Basal pod-joint hone ie aietintiy stalked.

Racemes slender, long~peduncled, forming spreading terminal panicles; pod-joints

z in. long and 3 ln. broad, puberulous, slightly indented; branchlets terete or

nearly so, Orr eo OHH Heer HHH Dee e POH OHH Oe EHH PeHP cere” onviee 2h tiliefolium.

228 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Racemes very slender and usually shorter than the leaves, sessile or branched from the
base ; pod-joints 4 lin. long by 2% broad, more or less indented at the lower suture,
sparingly and shortly hirsute; branches angular, ..... d novo aa009¢ D. karensium.

Racemes sessile or nearly so, robust, usually axillary or panicled by the fall of the
leaves ; pod-joints 4 lin. long by 24 broad, grey-villous, much indented at the
lower suture; branchlets rather terete, .................- seseeeseD. confertum.

O O Bracts of the young inflorescence narrow, herbaceous, not
conspicuous and imbricating (Catenaria, Bth.).

Flowers 3 in. long, often in axillary slender racemes ; pod-joints oblong, nearly 4 lin.
long, densely and shortly hooked-hairy, the basal one stalked,....D. daburnifolium.
Subgen. 4. Pteroloma, Desy. Shrubs. Leaves 1-foliolate, the petiole winged.

Bracts minute. Pods very flat, many-jomted, the joints not or hardly indented

and almost square.

Branchlets sharply triquetrous; pods glabrous or pubescent along the sutures or all
OVEL, ...- eee § 90000600 00000900 400000 900000 see) sles 5 815) sls)e)s D. triquetrum.

* %& Flowers clustered or in sessile or peduncled umbels in the axils
of the leaves or in the axils of bract-like floral leaves.

Subgen. 5. Dendrolobium, WA. Flowers in dense sessile or peduncled axillary
umbels or clusters. Bracts minute or deciduous. Leaves pinnately 3-foliolate. Pods
5—1-jointed, appressed pubescent.

* Pods normally 2—1-jointed. Undershrubs. (Dicerma).
Flowers by 2—4 or fewer clustered in the leaf-axils and passing into terminal leafy

TACEMES, sees e ee cee ceeeee ve cece cena 990900000600 weceee ee D. biarticulatum.
* * Pods 2—5-(only Sasi y 1-) jointed. Shrubs or trees (Dendrolobium
proper).
Flowers in sessile clusters ; pod-joints only 2 lin. long,.............. ....D. cephalotes.
Flowers in peduncled umbels ; pod-joints about 4 lin. long,....... soeee LD. wnbellatum.

Subgen. 6. Phyllodium, Desv. Flowers clustered or umbellate, in the axils of
bract-like large floral leaves which are complicately 2-foliolate, persistent, and placed
distichously. Leaves pinnately 3- or rarely 1-foliolate. Pods 2—4-jointed.

* Pods pubescent or villous-pubescent.
Leaflets 3—5 in. long, acuminate ; pods villously pubescent, .......... +s. .D. grande.
Leaflets 1—2 in. long, rounded or almost retuse,...... 6000 0000000 da60002)). DANII.
* * Pods glabrous except on the margin.
Leaves pinnately 3- or occasionally 1-foliolate, the petiole only 2—38 lin. long; pods
glabrous, net-veined, 1... see cece ee eee ee cette nee eee wees D. pulchellun.

1. D. creomnrs, DC) Prodygigs265 Hi. Ind. El Adee:
pseudo-gyroides, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 244).

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones,
chiefly in the stony bed of streams, all over Burma, from Arracan, Pegu, and
Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. CS.

9. D. ayvrans, DC. Prod. IL. 336; Wael Tcon. t. 294; Hf. Ind.
Fl. Il. 174 (Hedysarum gyrams, Lamk. Suppl. 332; Jacq. Icon. rar. t.
562; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 317).

Haz. Common in all leaf-shedding forests, but more especially in the
savannahs, in grassland and amongst shrubbery of the plains, ascending into
the drier hill-forests and hill-pastures up to 4000 ft. elevation, all over
Burmah, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—F. Fr. CS.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 229

3. D. HETEROcARPUM, DC. Prod. II. 337 (Hedysarum heterocarpum,
L. sp. pl. 1054; Burm. Fl. Zeyl. 117, t. 58, f. 1.; D. polycarpum, DC.
l. ec. 384; Wight Icon. t. 406; Bak. in Fl. trop. Afr. II. 165; Hf. Ind.
Fl. If. 171; Hedysarum purpurewn, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 858; D. patens,
Wight Icon. t. 407 ; Hedysarum patens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 362).

Var. a. GENUINUM, branches and leaves beneath only thinly appressed-
pubescent ; pods glabrous with fringed edges, or sparingly and minutely
stiff-hairy.

Var. 8. TRIcHOCAULON, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 172 (D. tricho-
caulon, DC. Prod. II. 336; Hassk. Pl. Jav. rar. 367; Bth. Fl. Austr. IT.
235), branches densely and spreadingly pilose, the leaves beneath appressed
pilose ; the rest as in var. a.

Var. y. capitatuM, (D. capitatum, DC. Prod. II. 225 ; Miq. FI. Ind.
Bat. I. 241; Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 170; Hedysarwm capitatum, Burm. F1. 167,
t. 54, f. 1), branches and leaves beneath more or less silvery pubescent, the
leaflets smaller ; pods puberulous.

Has. Var. a. common in all leaf-shedding forests, especially the mixed
ones, entering also the savannahs and cultivated lands, all over Burma and
the adjacent islands; var. 6. Ava hills; var. y. Arracan.—Fl. Close of
RS. gohr: CS:

_4, DD. RpEerRroriExum, DC. Prod. II. 386; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 170.
(Hedysarum retroflecum, Linn. Mant. 108).

Haz. Tenasserim (Helf. 1692).

5. D. optoneum, Wall. Cat. 5714; Bth. Pl. Jungh. I. 994. j in adn.

Has. Rather frequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu
Yomah ; Ava, Taong Dong (Wall.).—F1. Nov. ; Fr. CS.

This agrees so far with Hasskarl’s description of D. Aparines (Miq.
Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 252), but I have no specimens to compare with.

6. D. avricans, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5704; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 223
in adn.; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 23 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 172.

Has. Frequent amongst shrubbery in sandy grounds in the neigh-
bourhood of the sea in Arracan; Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall.).—Fl. Close
erukiss: Er: CS.

7. D. micropuytium, DC. Prod. II. 336; Migq. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 239.
(Hedysarum microphyllum, Thbg. Fl. Japan. 284; D. parvifolium, DC.
1. c. 384; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 174).

Has. Martaban, Yoonzeleen, at 2500 ft. elevation (Brandis) ; Ava
(teste Baker).—Fl. Fr. March.

8. D. Reprans (Hedysarum reptans, Burm. Fl. Zeyl. t. 54. f. 1;
Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 354; D. heterophyllum, DC. Prod. IL. 384; Hf. Ind.
Fl. II. 173 ; D. triflorum var. WA. Prod. I. 229; Wight Neate tae2oi ;
Hedysarwm heterophyllum, Willd. sp. pl. III. 1201).

230 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 4,

Has. More in woody lands and amongst shrubbery of Pegu and
Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. RS.

9. D. trirtorum, DC. Prod. IL. 334; Wight Icon. t. 292; Bth. mm
Mart. Fl. Bras. XV. 95. t. 26; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 173. (Hedysarwm triflo-
yum, L. sp. pl. 1057; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ILI. 353 ; Hedysarum stipulacewm,
Burm. Fl. Ind. t. 54. £. 2.).

Has. Frequent in short-grassed pastures and in cultivated lands,
rubbishy places, along river-banks, &c., all over Burma, from Chittagong
and Ava down to Tenasserim ; on the Andamans introduced only.—FIl. Fr.
RS. chiefly.

10. D. opiatum, Bak. in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 230; Hf. Ind.
Fl. II. 166.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests, especially along rocky
choungs, of the Pegu Yomah and the Martaban hills; also Prome hills;
Ava, on Taong-Dong.—Fl. Fr. C. and HS.

11. D. renrrorme, DC. Prod. II. 327 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. 178. (Hedysa-
rum reniforme, L. sp. pl. 1051; Burm. Fl. Ind. t. 52. f. 1.).

Has. Prome; Ava, on the banks of the Irrawaddi (according to
Baker).

All Burmese specimens seen by me belong to the preceding species. I
myself gathered the true Burmannian plant only in the Terai-lands of
Sikkim.

12. D. supstreutaceum, Bl. MS. (D. stipulacewm, Miq. FI. Ind.
Pat. I. 252, non. DC. ; Hedysarwm mucronatum, Bl. Buitenz. Cat. 92).

Has. Martaban, Nattoung Hills. (Revd. F. Mason).

This species greatly resembles the American D. stipulacewm, DC.
(which I suppose to be the same as D. cajanifoliwm, DC., referred to by
Baker in Fl. Ind. II. 161). It differs in its stouter stature and its
broad ovate (not linear-subulate) calyx-lobes. The pod-joints are glabrous
and net-veined, not hooked-pilose like those of Hasskarl’s D. Aparines,
which Miquel combines with D. stipulacewm, while Baker would make it
synonymous with D. spirale.

13. D. concrynum, DC. Prod. IT. 335; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 245;
Hf. Ind. FL IL. 170. (D. pendulum, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. t. 94.).

Has. Not unfrequent in grass-lands of the drier hill-forests (especially
the pine-forests) of Martaban, at 4000 to 6000 ft. elevation.—Fr. March.

14. D. opcorpatum, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878, 229 ; Hf.
Ind. Fl. IT. 166. (Uraria obcordata, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 114 and
305).

Haz. Tenasserim, Moulmein District (Falconer).—Fr. Febr.

15. D. Scanpr, DC. Prod. II. 334; Bak. in Fl. trop. Afr. TI. 164;
Hf. Ind. Fl IL. 165. (D. strangulatum, WA. Prod. I. 228; Wight Icon.
t. 985).

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 231

Has. In the moister hill-forests of Martaban, east of Tounghoo, at
4000 to 5000 ft. elevation.

Baker identifies the D. trichocaulon of Hasskarl’s Pl. Jay. rar. 367 with
the above, but this he could only do by simply guessing, for the description
does not in the least agree and the dehiscent pods at once indicate its true
affinity.

16. D. popnocarrum, DC. Prod. II. 3386; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 165.

Has. Ava Hills.

N. B. Lf D. laxum, DC. 1. ¢. (Hedysarum laxum, Spreng. Syst.
app. 292) is correctly referred to the above species (as to which I entertain
grave doubts), this name has precedence.

17. D. Recurvatum, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5717; WA. Prod. 226;
Wight Icon. t. 8374; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 250. (Hedysarum recurvatum,
Roxb. Hort. Bengh. 57. and Fl. Ind. III. 358 ; Wight Icon. t. 409 ; Hedy-
sarum diffusum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IL]. 357, non Willd; D. laxiflorum, DC.
Prod. II. 385; Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 164; D. diffusum, DC. 1. c. 335, not
336).

Has. Common in the dry and upper mixed forests of Chittagong,
Arracan, and Pegu.—FIl. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

18. D. reres, Wall. Cat. 5694; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 225 in adn. ;
Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 164.

Has. Ava, Taong Dong (Wall).

19. D. Gancericum, DC. Prod. II. 327; Wight Icon. t. 271; Hf.
Ind. Fl. 11.168. (Hedysarum Gangeticum, L. sp. pl. 1052; Roxb, Fl. Ind.
Ill. 349; Hedysarum collinum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 348; D. latifolium,
Wight Icon. t. 272).

Has. Frequent in all deciduous forests, especially the mixed ones, .
also entering the savannahs and cultivated lands, all over Burma, from

Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—Fl. RS. ; Fr. CS.

20. D. Fiexvosum, Wall. Cat. 5691; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 224, in
adie etre ind. Hi 1h. 168.

Has. Prome Hills.

This, as already suggested by Bentham, is hardly more than a diffuse
variety of D. Gangeticwm, with broader leaves and spreadingly hirsute
branches.

21. D. narirotrum, DC. Prodr. II. 328; Wight Icon. t. 370; Hf.
Ind. Fl. IL. 168. (Hedysarwm latifoliwm, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 57 and FI.
Ind. III. 350; Bot. Reg. t. 355; D. lasiocarpum, DC. Prod. II. 328;
Bak. in Fl. trop. Afr. II. 162).

Has. Frequent in the dry and open forests of Ava, Prome, Pegu, and
Martaban.—F 1. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

22, |). sequax, Wall. Pl. As. rar. IL. t. 15%; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 170

30

232 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

(D. sinuatum, Bl. MS. ap. Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 255; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 166;
D. dusylobum, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 1138 and 305).

Has. In the drier hill-forests of Martaban, east of Tounghoo, at
4000 to 5000 ft. elevation.

23. D. pirrusum, DC. Prod. II. 336; Wight Icon. t. 298; Hf. Ind.
Fl. Il. 169. (Hedysarum diffusum, Willd. Sp. pl. III. 1180; Hedysarum
auriculatum, and H. quingueangulatum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II1. 355; D. quinm-
quangulare, Wight Icon. t. 293).

Has. Prome Hills (Wall. Cat. 5716, D.).—FI Sept. -O0taE

24. D. FLoRIBUNDUM, Don. Gen. Syst. II. 297; Hf. Ind. FL If.
167. (Hedysarum floribundum, Don. Prod. Nep. 244; D. multiflorum,
DC. Prod. If. 335; D. dubiwm, Lidl. Bot. Reg. t. 967 ; Bot. Mag. t. 2960).

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests of Martaban and Up-
per Tenasserim, at 4000 to 5000 ft. elevation—Fl. Close of RS.; Fr.
March.

25. D. TIL1HFoLIUM, Don. Gen. Syst. If. 297 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 168.

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Tavoy (according to Baker).

26. D. Karenstum, Kurz, MS.

Has. Martaban, rare in the pine-forests east of Tounghoo, at 4000
to 5000 ft. elevation ; Ava, Khakyen Hills east of Bhamo.—Fr. March.

27. D. LasuRnirotium, DC. Prod. II. 337; Hf. Ind. Fl. 11. 168.
(Hedysarum laburnifoliwm, Poir. Dict. VI. 422; Catenaria laburmfolia
Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 220).

Haz. Ava Hills.

28. D. tRiguEtrRuM, DC. Prod. II. 326; Hf. Ind. Fl. If. 168.
(Hedysarum triquetrum, L. sp. pl. 1050; Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 847 ; Ptero-
loma triquetrum, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 220).

VaR. a. GENUINUM, pods more or less greyish hirsute or villous, larger
and usually somewhat curved ; flowers larger.

Var. B. PSEUDO-TRIQUETRUM, (D. pseudo-triquetrum and D. alatun,

DC. Prod. II. 326; Hedysarwm alatum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 348), pods
glabrous or pubescent only on the edges, shorter and straight; flowers
smaller.

Has. Common in all leaf-shedding forests, especially the mixed ones,
but also ascending into the drier hill-forests up to 5000 ft. elevation ; all
over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim and the Anda-
mans ; var. 6. equally common, but restricted to low levels.—FI. Fr. Close
of RS., and CS.

29. D. BrartTicuLatuM, F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. I]. 121; Bth. FL
Austr. IT. 231; Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 163. (Dicerma biarticulatum, DC. Prod.
I. 389; Wight Icon. t. 419; Hedysarum biarticulatum, L. sp. pl. 1054;
Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 359).

a

ex

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 233

Has. Ava, Irrawaddi valley at Mengoon (J. Anderson) and Pagha-
myo (Wall.).—Fr. Jan.

30. D. cepHaLoTEs, Wall. Cat. 5721; Wight Icon. t. 373; Bedd.
Fl. Sylv. 87. Anal. t. 12. f. 4; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 162. (Dendrolobium
cephalotes, Bth. Pl. Jungh. I. 218 ; Hedysarum cephalotes, Roxb. Fl. Ind.
Til. 860; Hedysarwm umbellatum, Roxb. 1. ¢.; D. congestum, Wall. Cat.
5723 ; Wight Icon. t. 209).

Has. Common in the mixed forests, especially the lower ones,
entering also the savannahs ; all over Chittagong and Ava, down to Pegu
and Arracan.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. CS.

dl. D. umpBetLatum, DC. Prod. II. 325; Bth. Fl. Austr. IT. 230;
Hf. Ind. Fl. If. 161. (Dendrolobium wmbellatum, WA. Prod. I. 224;
Hedysarwm umbellatum, L. sp. pl. 1053).

Has. Frequent in the beach-forests all along the coasts of the Anda-
mans and Tenasserim ; re-appears on the limestone hills of Segain, Ava.—
Fl. Fr. CS.

32. D. @ranpE, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 184; Hf. Ind.
Fil. II. 162.

Has. Ava, Irrawaddi valley near Tagoung (J. Anderson).—FI. RS.

33. D. vestitum, Bth. MS.; Hf. Ind. FL II. 162. (Phyliodium
eestitum, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 217).

Haz. ‘Tenasserim, from Moulmein down to Mergui.—Fr. CS,

34. D. pULcHELLuM, Bth. in Hongk. Fl. 83; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 162.
(Dicerma pulchellum, DC. Prod. II. 839 ; Wight Icon. t. 418 ; Hedysarim
pulchellum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 361).

Has. Frequent in all deciduous but chiefly in the open and dry
forests, all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim ;

also Andamans.—Fl. RS. ; Fr. CS.

Alysicarpus, Neck.
Conspectus of Species.

* Calyx shorter than the first pod-joint.

Pod-joints inflated-globular, without wrinkles or veins, .... 6... seeeeeee A. monilifer.
Pod-joints slightly compressed, thickened at the truncate ends, obsoletely wrinkled-
met-veined, ......... Jono dO COOOUUOBOOOGOINODCOUOC GoDOCODD CoO A. vaginalis.

* * Calyx much longer than the first pod-joint, the teeth much imbricate in fruit.
Calyx-lobes lanceolate, acuminate; pods as long or twice as long as the calyx, the

joints (fully ripe) almost smooth, obliquely 4-angular, ........ A. bupleurifolius.
Glabrous ; calyx-lobes broader and acute; pod enclosed in the scarious calyx, the
joints broader than long, strongly and transversely wrimkled, ...... A. rugosis.

As preceding, but stems silk-hairy, the calyx-lobes and bracts fringed with long silly

hairs ; pod-joints twice the Size,.. 2.6.5 esses nowsonoO Gea aD OK A. styracifolius.

234 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

J. A. montiiFER, DC. Prod. TI. 353; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 157. (Hedy-
sarum moniliferum, L. Mant. 102; Burm. Fl. Ind. t. 52, f. 3; Roxb. FL
Ind. III. 345).

Has. Ava; Tenasserim, near Moulmein (Wall.).

2. A. vaervatis, DC. Prod. Il. 353; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 158. (Hedy-
sarum vaginale, L. sp. pl. 1051; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITT. 345).

Var. a. GENUINA, leaves all, or only the cauline ones, narrow.

Var. 8. NUMMULARIFOLIUS, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 232; Hf. Ind. FL
II. 158. (Alysicarpus nummularifolius, DC. Prod. Il. 353; Hedysarum
nummularifolium, L. sp. pl. 1051), leaves all more or less oval or almost
orbicular, usually small and sometimes very small or minute.

Has. Frequent in grassy places of all leaf-shedding forests and in
cultivated lands, all over Chittagong, Pegu, and Martaban, down to Tenas-
serim ; var. 8. more in the drier forests, in sandy pastures, ete.——Fl. Close
of RS.; Fr. CS.

3. A. BUPLEURIFOoLIUS, DC. Prod. II. 352; Hf. Ind. FL ID. 158.
(Hedysarum bupleurifolium, li. sp. pl. 1081, non Roxb.; Hedysarum
gramineum, Retz. Obs. v. 26; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 646).

Has. Frequent in long-grassed jungle-pastures of the dry and open
(especially the low) forests, from Ava and Prome down to Pegu.—Fl. RS. ;
Fr. CS.

4. -A,. nugosus, DC. Prod. II. 353; Bth. Fl. Austr. Hi. 239; Hf.
Ind. Fl. IL. 159. (Hedysarum rugosus, Willd. sp. pl. III. 11738; Hedy-
sarum buplewrifolium, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 646, non L. ; A. Wallichit, WA.
Prod. I. 234).

Has. Frequent in all leaf-shedding forests, especially in the savannahs
and savannah-forests, and in grassy cultivated lands of the alluvial plains
of Pegu.—Fl. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

5. A. sryractrorius, DC. Prod. II. 353. (Hedysarum glumaceum,
Koen. ap. Roxb. Fl. Ind. Ill. 247; A. rugosus var. styractfoliws, Bak. in
Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 159).

Has. Ava (according to Baker).

N. B. Hedysarum procumbens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. TT. 346, is ie same
as Alys. hamosus, Edg., and Roxburgh’s name has precedence.

IWecopus, Benn.

1. M. nrputans, Benn. in Horsf. Pl. Jav. rar. 154, t. 32; Mig. Fl.
Ind. Bat. 1. 266; Ht. Ind. Fl. 1L 160:
Has. Very common in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah,

less frequent in similar forests of Martaban and Tenasserim.—FI. Close
of RS.; Fr. CS.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 235

Lourea, Neck.
Conspectus of Species.

* Glabrous herbs. Calyx glabrous.
Terminal leaflet several times broader than long, transversely divaricate-lunate,
....L. vespertilionis.

Terminal leaflet barely twice as broad as long, obversely reniform, ...... LL. poniculata.
* * More or less puberulous or pilose herbs. Calyx pubescent or villous.
Leaflets obversely reniform to oblate ; racemes simple, terminal, ...... .. L. reniformis.

J. L. pantcunara, Wall. Cat. 56738; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. J. 215 in
adn.; Hf. Fl. IT. 154.

Haz. Ava, Taong dong (Wall.).

2. LU. rentrormis, DC. Prod. II. 824. (Hedysarum reniforme,
Lour. Fl. Coch. II. 345; ZL. obovata, Desv. Journ. Bot. III. 122; Hf.
Ind. Fl. IT. 154).

Has. Ava, on the limestone hills of Segain and Pagha myo (Wall.).—
Fl. Oct.

Uraria, Desv.
Conspectus of Species.
* Flowers in elongate slender lax racemes, the upper ones collected into terminal
panicles.
x Bracts subulate, persisting at the flowering. Pedicels in fruit straight,
but reflexed,
Calyx-lobes 14 lin. long, long-tawny-pilose; stipules lanceolate, $ in. long; pods
dameeliy In@olkecllamsyonGl, ooc6 5660855000 5000 b00006 5000 000b00 Oo00D6 U. cordifolia.
x x Bracts very deciduous long before opening of the flowers. Pods
minutely puberulous. Pedicels in fruit arcuate.
Pods glossy ; calyx about 2 lin. long, in fruit rather ample and almost enclosing the
EGE, coocoosd 000d boDKT 6 00600000 GoooUD BUONO 0O0000 00 0nD000 U. campanulata.
Pods opaque ; calyx 14—2 lin. long, very much shorter than the pod,...... U. hamosa.
* * Flowers in dense thick simple or almost simple racemes.
x Bracts all very deciduous and fallen long before opening of the
flowers.
O Upper leaves pinnately 5—9-foliolate.
+ Leaflets narrow.
Leaflets white-variegated, blunt or bluntish, the net-venation beneath strong and close ;

pod-joints leaden-coloured, polished ; seeds pale-coloured, ........ 56 coon Uo (manic
Leaflets glaucous-green, one-coloured, long and very sharply acuminate, the net-vena-
tion very thin and lax; pod-joints glossy; seeds brown, .......... U. acuminata.

+ ft Leaflets broad.
Leaflets with prominent and close net-venation ; pod-joints opaque, ........ U. erinita.
O O Leaves 1- and 3-foliolate (often on the same plant).
Rather stout plant, usually tawny pilose ; pods opaque, net-veined, ...... U. Lagopus.
x x Bracts all persistent at flowering time and conspicuous.
Robust, the racemes elongate and brown-pilose ; pods glossy black, .... U. alopecwrotdes.
Slender, the racemes short and greyish pilose ; pods pale-coloured, opaque, U. dagopotdes.

S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

i)
ivy)
(or)

1. U. campanunatTa, Wall. Cat. 5685; Voigt Hort. Cale. 221.
(Lourea campanulata, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 215 in adn.; Hf. Ind. FL.
II. 155).

Has. Ava, Taong Dong (Wall.).—FIl. R. and CS.; Fr. CS.

This species connects Uraria and Lowrea, two genera rather too
artificially separated.

2. U. wanosa, Wall. Cat. 5681 ; Wight Icon. t. 284; Hf. Ind. Fl IL
156. (Doodia hamosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 3867; Desmodium Horsfieldiz,
Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 251; Desmodium dasyphyllum, Miq. 1. ¢. 253, teste
Baker).

Haz. Frequent in all leaf-shedding forests, especially the mixed ones
and the eng-forests, entering also the savannahs, from Chittagong and Ava
down to Pegu and Arracan.—Fl. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

Doodia simplicifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 366, seems to be only the
simple-leaved form of this species, which Wallich distributed under the
name of U. leptostachya.

3. UW; corpmorrd; Wall) (eA |. 33, t. 37 ; Et indies
157.

Haz. Not unfrequent in the dry forests of Ava and Prome, occa-
sionally seen in the drier upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah.—FI. Fr.
Close of RS.

4. U. prota, Desv. Journ. d. Bot. III. 122; Wight Icon. t. 411;
Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 155 (Hedysarum pictum, Jacq. Icon. rar. ILI. t. 567;
Doodia picta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 868).

Haz. Not rare along river-banks and in grass-lands of Chittagong
and Arracan ; also Ava.—F]. Fr. RS.

5. U. acuminata, Kurz MS.

Haz. Not unfrequent in the eng-forests of Pegu and Martaban.—Fl.
CS.

Very near to the preceding, but it has altogether a different look and
differs in the characters given above.

6. U. criunita, Desv. Journ. d. Bot. ITI. 122; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL 155
excl. syn. Icon. Wight. (Hedysarum erimitum, L. Mant. 102; Burm. FI.
Ind. 169. t. 56; Doodia crinita, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 369).

Var. £8. Macrostacuya, Wall. Pl. As. rar. II. 8. t. 110; more robust,
the leaves larger ; racemes 1—14 feet long.

Haz. Frequent in the mixed forests all over Burma, from Chittagong,
Ava, Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. Close of RS; Fr. CS.

7. U. Lacorus, DC. Prod. Il. 324; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 156 (excl. syn.
Wight and Roxb.) (U. lagopoides, Royle Ul. Him. Pl. 201 t. 33. £. 1.).

Has. Chittagong.—Fl. Close of RS.

8. U. anopEcurorpES, Wight Icon. t. 290. (Doodia alopecuroides,

Tus

e

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 237

cies Fl. Ind. III. 3868; U. repanda, Wall. Cat. 5677 ; Bth. in Pl. Jungh.
I. 269; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 156).
Has. Along the banks of the Irrawaddi in Prome and Ava.—Fl. RS.
9. U. nagoromes, DC. Prod. II. 324; Wight Icon. t. 289; Hf.
Ind. Fl. If. 156 (Hedysarwm lagopoides, L. sp. pl. 1057; Burm. Fl. Ind.
68. t. 53. f. 2.; Doodia lagopodioides, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 366).
Has. Gide cone ; most probably in other parts of Burma.—Fl. RS.

Zornia, Gmel.

1. Z. DieHyupa, Pers. Syn. II. 318; Bth. Fl. Austr. IT. 228 and in
Mart. FI. Bras. XV. 80. t. 21-22; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 147 (Hedysarum diphyl-
lum, L. sp. pl. 560; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 353.)

Has. Not unfrequent on sandy or gravelly pastures and in grassy
places of the eng and dry forests, all over Arracan, Pegu, and Prome ; also
Avya.—Fl. Fr. RS.

Arachis, L
*]. A. Hypogma, L. sp. pl. 1040; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 280; WA.

Prod. J. 280; Mig. FI. Ind. I. 281.
Has. Cultivated all over Burma.—Fl. Fr. R. and CS.

Smithia, Ait.
Conspectus of Species.
* Fruiting calyx simply striate, not reticulate, the lobes more or less acute ; joints

of pod more or less globular.
Calyx-lobes quite glabrous and nude; flowers in slenderly peduncled naked heads or

© -SUNorar TEN COUN) Aescinis ois ge Go oe tO Oe eRe Coco do 6 Hoo SOOO GE 5 don so S. sensitiva.
Calyx-lobes more or less hairy-fringed on the keel beneath; flowers in dense sessile
heads involucred by the uppermost leaves, ...... piedereetetreetel S COM {CIGe
Calyx-lobes minutely toothed, the teeth all excurrent fate one stiff Eales: flowers
in dense slenderly peduncled naked heads,..........6..cseeveere cece S. ciliata.

* * Fruiting calyx wrceolate-bell-shaped, striate and net-veined, the lobes more or
less truncate ; pod-joints (and also the seeds) much compressed.
Leaflets in 4 to 2 pairs; upper part of stipule about 3 lin. long; pod-joints 10—12,

aout a) lmavey Wormer, Fopyonillloses 4 oobpuododn sooo bccn 0000 bo CO OD aoOUnC S. dichotoma.
Leaflets in 10—15 pairs; upper part of stipule nearly an in. long; pod-joints 20—25,
® lita, hose: Ore Movarere Syeasol 5 poo oDUodOdoE Ob Oooo CONS oocdcoGo Do Kone S. grandis.

1. S. sensrriva, Ait. Hort. Kew. III. 496 t. 18; Roxb. Fl. Ind.
III. 342 ; Salisb. Parad. Lond. t. 92; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 148. (8S. Javanica,
Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 211; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 271).

Has. Very frequent in moist pasture-land, along grassy borders and
in fallow fields, especially in diluvial lands, all over Burma, from Chitta-
gong, Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. RS.

238 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

2. S. conrerTA, Sm. in Rees Cyclop. XXXIII. No. 2; Miq. Fl Ind.
Bat. I. 272. (S. geminiflora, var. conferta, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. IL 149;
S. hispidissima, Zoll. in Geneesk. Arch. III. 55).

Has. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall. Cat. 5668 I).—Fl. Octob.

3. S. crutara, Royle Ill. Him. Pl. 201. t. 35. f.2; Hf. Ind. FL IF
150.

Has. Not unfrequent in the hill-pastures and in grassy spots of the
drier hill-, especially the pine-forests of Martaban, at 3500 to 5000 feet
elevation ; also largely entering the deserted hill-toungyas.—Fl. Fr. RS.

4A, §. picHotoma, Dalz. MS.; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 150.

Has. Arracan, in long-grassed pastures on sandstone banks near the
sea opposite Akyab.—Fl. Fr. Octob.

5. S. eranpis, Bth. MS.; Hf. Ind. Fl. TT. 151.

Has. Pegu, in diluvial lands bordering the southern and western base
of the Pegu Yomah, rather rare in temporarily inundated long-grassed jungle-
pastures.—Fl. Fr. RS. :

Geissaspis, WA.
1. G. cristata, WA. Prod. I. 218; Bedd. Icon. t. 293; Hf. Ind.
AT: AA 2
Has. Common in wet pastures, rice-fields, etc., especially of the allu-
vial plains, all over Arracan, Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim ; also
Ava.—Fl. RS.; Fr. Close of R. and begin of HS.

faschynomene, L.
Conspectus of Species.
Calyx and corolla glabrous, the latter only 4 lin. long; pod-joints only 2 limes long,
.. 44. Indiea.
Calyx and outside of keel of corolla sparingly hairy, the corolla about an in. long ; pod-
FON AMG Se wl, MeN S65 o50bo055000000009nG HD oa DDO DG DD G0 D0DN DOMED MRT.

1. A. Inpica, L. sp. pl. 1061; Wight Icon. t. 405; Hf. Ind. Fl.
Il. 151. (4. Cachemiriana, Camb. in Jacq. Voy. 40. t. 48; Ae. sensitiwa,
P. d. B. Fl. d’Owar. 89. t. 53, non Sw.; Hedysarum Neli-tali, Roxb. FI.
Ind. III. 365; Smithia aspera, Roxb. 1. ¢. 343).

Has. Frequent in swamps and along swampy river-sides, in wet pas-
tures, ete., all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—
Fl. Fr. RS.

2. AM. aspera, L. sp. pl. 1060; Wight Icon. t. 299; Hf. Ind. FL.
II. 152. (Hedysarum lagenarium, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 865; 44. trachy-
loba, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 276).

Has. Chittagong and Arracan, along borders of tanks and in swampy
grass-lands ; probably also in Pegu and elsewhere.—F'l. Fr. RS.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 239

Ormocarpum, P. d. B.

1. O. sennorpeEs, DC. Prod. II. 315; Wight Icon. t. 297; Hf. Ind.
Fl. IT. 152. (Hedysarum sennoides, Willd. sp. pl. III. 1207; Roxb. FI.
Ind. III. 364; O. ochroleucum, Zoll. and Mor. Syst. Verz. 6.; Miq. Fl. Ind.
Bat. I. 1083).

Has. Siam; most probably also in Tenasserim.

Cicer, L.

*1. C. arrerinum, L. sp. pl. 1040; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 824; Bot.
Mag. t. 2274; Wight Icon. t. 20; Schrank Handb. t. 202; Sibth. FI.
Graec. t. 703 ; DC. Legum. t. 54; Hf. Ind. Fl. 1. 176.

Haz. Generally cultivated in the plains all over Burma.—Fl. Fr. CS.

Vicia, L.
Conspectus of Species.

Flowers solitary, almost sessile, nearly 4 in. long; pods glabrous, 6—18-seeded,
..V. sativa.

Flowers hardly 2 in. long, several (2—8) forming a peduncled raceme; pods shortly
ineriny, Dase@GleGl, 05000 6000 000000 640000 nob00004 0000 DUDCN0 4000 DONC V. hirsute.
=i -V. sAmnya, iy sp. pl. 1037; Roxb. Blivand 323, IM t. 522).
Engl. Bot. t. 334; Schrank Fl. Monac. III. t. 264; Sturm Deutschl. FI.
ebMieie se Ale im Bonpl 1861, 71; Hit Inds hl Me 078:
Has. Ava, Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl. Febr.

Lens, Gren. and Godr.

*1. UL. escurenta, Moench Meth. 131; Alef. in Bonpl. 1861, 1380.
(Zroum Lens, lL. sp. pl. 1039; Koch Syn. Fl. Germ. 172; WA. Prod. I.
235; Schrank Handb. t. 102 ; Sturm Deutschl. Fl. VIII. t. 82; Cicer Lens,
Willd. sp. pl. IIT. 1114; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 324).

Has. Chittagong, cultivated by natives.—Fl. Fr. CS.

Lathyrus, L.
Conspectus of Species.

Leaves reduced to tendril-like petioles; stipules #—1 in. long, sagittately ovate ;

flowers yellow, .see cere eens cecenene cnc ene teeenee 0 dOna00 D0ddDDOR? LI. Aphaca.
Leaves pinnate, with 1—2 pairs of leaflets; stipules half-sagittate, small; flowers
Skryblue Or WhItC,.. 1. cece severe cece rere cn cree rece eres ee weeesnne ns LL, sativus.

*1. L. sativus, L. sp. pl. 1030; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 322; Sibth.
Fl. Gree. t. 695; Bot. Mag. t. 115; Koch Syn. Fl. Germ. 174; Hf. FI.
ind Bie 179:
Has. Chittagong, cultivated only.—Fl. Fr. CS.
31

240 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Pisum, L.

*1. P. sarrvum, L. sp. pl. 1026; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 321; Koch
Syn. Fl. Germ. 172; Schrank. Fl. Monac. ITI. t. 261.

Var. a. sativum, flowers larger, white; seeds globular or nearly so,
pale coloured or green.

Var. 8. aRVENSE. (P. arvense, L. sp. pl. 1027; Koch. Syn. FL
Germ. 172; Sturm. Deutschl. Fl. II. t. 4; Sibth. Fl. Gree. t. 687 ; flowers
white or pale violet, the wings and keel purple ; seeds somewhat depressed
angular, greyish, brown- or purple-mottled.

Has. Var. a. Cultivated in Ava, Prome, Pegu, ete. ; var. 2. cultivated
in Chittagong.—Fl. Fr. CS.

Abrus, L
Conspectus of Species.
Pods }—+ as broad as long, somewhat crumpled ; seeds terete, .....+.. A. precatorius.
Pods flat and straight, 4 to 5 times as long as broud ; seeds compressed, ..A. levigatus.

1. A. precatorius, L. Syst. 5383; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIE. 257; oe
Fl. Hongk. 92; Hf. Ind. Fl. I. 175.

Has. eequene in the mixed forests, especially the lower and upper
ones, but also in hedges, ete., of cultivated lands, all over Burma, from
Chittagong and Ava down to Tenassertm.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. CS.

2. A. LmvieaTus, H. Mey. Comm. Pl. Afr. 263; Harv. Fl. Cap. IL.
263.—(A. pulchellus, Wall. Cat. 5819; Baker in Fl. trop. Afr. IL. 175
and Fl. Ind. II. 875; A. melanospermus, Hassk. Cat. Bog. 282 ; Mig. Fl.
Ind. Bat. I. 159).

Has. Pegu, Rangoon (Cleghorn) ; Upper Tenasserim, between
Chappedong and Amherst (Wall.).—FIl. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

N. B. Thwaites’ A. pulchellus differs by its much larger and broader
seeds.

Clitoria, L.
Conspectus of Species.
x Corolla quite glabrous,
Leaflets in 2 or rarely in a single pair; bractlets roundish, ...... sssseees C. Ternatea.

x ~ Standard more or less pilose outside ; leaves pinnately 3-foliolate.
Calyx glabrous, the teeth much shorter than the ‘rae bractlets only 2—3 lin. long,

linear, subulate-acuminate ; flowers by twos, peduncled, ............C. Mariana.
Calyx puberulous, the teeth as long as the tube; bractlets broader and larger, nearly $
as long as the calyx ; flowers by 3—6 clustered in the leaf-axils, ....C. Grahamii.

1. C. Ternatea, L. sp. pl. 1086; Bot. Mag. t. 1542; Roxb. Fl. Ind.
Ill. 321; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 208.

Haz. Not unfrequent in the mixed forests, more especially the
savannah-forests, all over Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim ; also

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 241

in hedges, in shrubbery, along river-sides, ete., of cultivated lands.—Fl. Fr.
chiefly RS.

2. C. Granamtit, Steud. Nomencl. Bot. 2nd ed. ; Bth. in Pl. Jungh.
TI. 232 in adn.

Var. a. GRanHAMIT (C. Grahamii, Steud. 1. c.) elongate, twining, ap-
pressed pubescent ; bractlets broader and larger, nearly half as long as the
calyx; leaflets acuminate or sharply acuminate ; calyx-lobes narrower, subu-
late-acuminate ; pedicels very short, the raceme almost reduced ; standard
more pilose outside.

Var. 8. MACROPHYLLA (C. macrophylla, Wall. Cat. 5345; Bth. in
Linn. Proce. IJ. 38; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 209), more robust in all parts, the
shoots and petioles spreadingly tawny pubescent, glabrescent ; leaves larger,
acute or nearly so; raceme short, often branched ; the rest as in preceding.

Has. Tenasserim (Helf. 1727), Tavoy (Wall. Cat. 5346) ; Bithoko
range, at 3000 ft. elevation (Brandis); var. 6. Ava, Taongdong; and
Prome hills (Wall.)—FI. Fr. RS.

Shuteria, WA.
Conspectus of Species.
More or less hairy; racemes sessile, naked ; pods hairy,......esssseeess eS, VEStita.
All parts (also the pods) quite glabrous ; racemes filiform, furnished with 1 or 2 distant
Wines) Gi lool silore li IGERVES, GcooooeG ob0G 00.0000000000000000000000 Sh. suffulta.

1. S. vestita, WA. Prod. I. 207; Wight Icon. t. 165; Hf. Ind.
Fl. I. 181. .

Has. Common in grassy places and amongst sunny shrubbery of the
drier hill-forests of Ava and Martaban, at 3000 to 5000 ft. elevation, in
places descending to 2000 ft.—Fr. HS.

9. S. surruntTa, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 2382 inadn.; Hf. Ind. FI.
IT. 182.

Has. Frequent in the drier upper mixed and the dry forests, ascend-
ing into the drier hill-forest up to 4000 ft. elevation, all over Burma, from
Ava and Martaban down to Pegu.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. DS.

Dumasia, DC.
Conspectus of Species.

Young parts, ovary, and pods more or less pubescent,....sssesseseereees D. villosa
All parts, also the ovary, glabrous, 1... see se cence een ee eee se cenees D. leiocarpa.

1. D. perocarra, Bth.in Pl. Jungh. L. 281. (D. villosa var. leio-
carpa, Baker in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 183).

Has. Not unfrequent in grasslands and amongst shrubbery of the
drier hill- (especially the pine-) forests of the Martaban hills, east of
Tounghoo, at 4000 to 5000 ft. elevation—Fr. March.

242 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Differs from the glabrous Ceylon plant chiefly in the smaller leaves,
and in the pods, which are not torulose.

Galactia, P. Br.
Conspectus of Species.
All parts scantily and minutely appressed-pubescent; leaves glabrous above,
.. G. tenuiflora.

All parts, also the upper side of the leaves, softly but shortly pubescent, .. G. villosa.

1. G. renurFiors, WA. Prod. I 206; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 220;
Hf. Ind. Fl. If. 192. (Glycine tenuiflora, Willd. sp. pl. III. 1057 ; Roxb.
igh Iback 100 Subs)

Has. Ava, Ivrawaddi, on the hills opposite the island Loongyi (Wall.
Cat. 5520).—F I. Sept.

2. G. vin~osa, WA. Prod. I. 207; Migq. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 220. (G.
tenuiflora var. 3. villosa, Bak. in Hf. Ind. FL. II. 192).

Haz. Ava, Segain, on the limestone hills—Fr. Nov.

Grona, Bth., vix Lour.
Conspectus of Species.
Leaves 8-nerved at the base, glabrous above; flowers 4 in. long, in lax racemes,
». G. Grahamii.
Leaves palmately 5-nerved, sparingly hirsute on both sides ; flowers 2 lin. long, yellow,
solitary on filiform axillary peduncles, .. 0. ...6....cecsccverseese G. filicaulis.
1. G. Granamtt, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 238; Hf. Ind. FI. IL. 191.
Has. Prome hills (Wall.).—Fl. Sept., Octob.
2. G. Finicaunis, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878, 232 ; Hf.
iil, IME IO IES)
Has. Frequent in the low and the savannah-forests of the Irrawaddi
plains of Pegu—Fl. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

Butea, Roxb.
(eizotropis, Voigt Cat. Hort. Cale. 239 ; Megalotropis, Griff. Not.
Dicot. 441.)
Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Butea, Roxb. Corolla very large, orange-scarlet, appressed silk-hairy
outside, the keel and standard more or less acute.
x Pods stalked.

Ase 3 jasebvosly S—ll stds Worry, 45550000 000000 0000 b90000,0000D000 00000006 B. frondosa.

Wootky Gliese 5 jneotieelly als, rin, Weave, 455 .00900000 0000400000 40000086 B. superba.
x x Pods sessile.

Hrect shrub ; corolla only am imch lomey jee. eccece ocee voce cee vee wees B. minor.

Subg. 2. Spatholobus, Hassk. Corolla small, white or purple, glabrous keel and

standard more or less blunt. Woody climbers.
Leaves large, beneath appressed silvery pubescent; pods stalked; flowers white,
«« B. parviflora.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 243

Leaves small, glabrous to the naked eye; pods sessile ; flowers white, ....B. acuminata.

1 B. Fronnosa, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 21 and Fl. Ind. III. 244;
Hook. Bot. Mise. III. 102, and Wight Ill. Ind. Bot. Suppl. 57. t. 32;
Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 176; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 194.

Has. Frequent in the lower mixed and the dry forests, more especial-
ly however in the savannah-forests and entering even the tidal savannahs ;
all over Burmah, from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—F 1. March,
Apr. ; Fr. Apr., May.

2. B. supeRBA, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 22. and Fl. Ind. ITT. 247 ;
eeind. Fl Lit 195.

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones, all
over Burmah, from Arracan, Prome, and Martaban down to Upper Tenas-
serim.—Fl. March, Apr. ; Fr. May, June.

3. B. PARVIFLORA, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IMT. 248; WA. Prod. I. 261;
Wight Icon. t. 210. (Spatholobus Roxburghit, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 238
amc. Ete. Ind. W)) 11. 193),

Haz. Frequent in all mixed forests, especially the upper ones, enter-
ing also occasionally the tropical and open forests ; all over Chittagong,
Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. Febr.—Apr.; Fr. DS.

4. B. acuminata, Wall. Cat. 5443. (Spatholobus acuminatus, Bth.
in Pl. Jungh. I. 238 in adn. ; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 194).

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests all over Pegu and Martaban
down to Tenasserim ; also Chittagong.—F 1. Fr. HS.

Erythrina, L.
Conspectus of Species.

* Wings of corolla much longer than the spathaceous calyx.
x Pod bearing the few seeds at or towards the narrowed
end only, the lower sterile part greatly dilated as in Butea.
Subg. 1. Hypaphorus, Hassk. Pods dehiscing at both sutures, the pilated sterile
part contracted into a stalk 1—2 in. long. Seeds 1—3, free. Flowers almost sessile.
Standard glabrous; keel-petals wholly connate, obcordate and shortly acuminate in

Hn SNE, Joso Godondoede NOW boo UGONmUBEE DOO oGUUd dudD coool aS LE. lithosperma.
Standard minutely velvety ; keel consisting of 2 obliquely oblong rather acute petals
mais! By Woe sO CUs Crlby, Goenoo 6ouoOU G0 d000 000000 ono0G0cU oC Ei. holosericea.

x x Pod many-seeded, seed-bearing from the base.

Subg. 2. Duchassaingia, Walp. Pods flat, torulose, opening only along the sinuate
outer suture, the dorsal suture prominent and straight. Seeds free, but usually
separated by spurious spongy septa.

Glabrous, glaucous; standard broad, notched; pods minutely greyish-velvety,
.. L. ovalifolia.

Subg. 3. Stenotropis, Hassk. Pods torulose and almost moniliform, the valves
opening at both sutures and exposing the continuous pithy-chartaceous indehiscent
endocarp enclosing the seeds,

244 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Glabrous ; leaves membranous or chartaceous ; pods glabrous, ..s++ seeees E. Indica.
* * Wings of corolla minute, as long as or shorter than the
spathaceous calyx.

Subg. 4. Micropteryz, Walp. Pods follicle-like opening along the ventral suture,
continuous. Seeds free.

Leaves rigidly chartaceous or almost coriaceous, more or less shortly tomentose or

puberulous beneath ; calyx spathaceously 2-lobed, ......00 cesses sere LE. suberosa.

Leaves chartaceous, glabrous, acuminate ; calyx spathaceous, .........++ LE. stricta.

1. E. tirHosprrmMa. Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 209, vix BI. ; Hf. Ind.
Fl. II. 190. (#. Sumatrana, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 304).

Has. Frequent on the small savannahs along hill-streams, river-sides,
etc., in the vicinity of tropical forests, all over the Pegu Yomah and the
Martaban hills.—Fl. Jan., Febr.; Fr. March, Apr.

The subgenera of Hrythrina are better marked than many of the other
Leguminous genera generally adopted by botanists. But here, like in
Sterculia, the great uniformity of habit seems to be in favour of their
reduction.

2. E. monosericEa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 69.

Has. Pegu, Tharrawaddi District (Dr. Adamson).

A curious species, the flowers of which much resemble those of Z.
ovalifolia, while the leaves (if they really belong to the flowers) are those
of H. lithosperma. :

3. HH. ovatrronta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 254; Wight Icon. t. 247;
Hf. Ind. Fl. I]. 189. (Duchassaingia ovalifolia, Walp. in Linn. XXIII.
742).

Has. Frequent in the tidal forests and the tidal savannahs of Lower
Pegu ; often also cultivated in villages.—Fl. Febr., March.

4, EH. Inpica, Lamk. Eneycl. Meth. II. 391; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III.
249 ; Wight Icon. t. 58; Hf. Ind. Fl. I]. 188. (H. bisetosa, Griff. Not.
Dicot. 441).

Has. Frequent in the beach-forests all along the coasts of Burmah
and the adjacent islands ; recurs in the dry Prome District but there very
rare ; often planted in villages.—Fl. March, Fr. June, Sept.

5. E. superosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 253; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 189.
(Micropteryx suberosa, Walp. in Linn. XXIII. 744).

Has. Not unfrequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah.
—Fl. March, Apr.

6. EH. stricta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 251; WA. Prod. I. 260; Bedd.
Fl, Sylv. t. 175; Hf. Ind. Fl IL. 189. (Micropteryx stricta, Walp. im
Linnaea XXIII. 740).

Haz. Frequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah and
the Martaban hills, east of Tounghoo.—Fl. March, Apr. ; Fr. May, June.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 245

Mucuna, Adans.
Conspectus of Species.

* Pods winged along the sutures, or lamellate, or both.
Subg. 1. Citta, Lour. Pods transversely and obliquely lamellate on the valves,
but not winged on the sutures. Seeds orbicular.
Racemes corymb-like, short-peduncled ; pods 1-seeded, ...... Géeodno0 M. monosperma.
Subg. 2. Carpopogon, Roxb. Sutures of pod dilated into broad wings, the valves
smooth on the faces. Seeds orbicular.
Flowers yellowish or white ; pod 3—4 in. long, appressed tawny setose, .. IL. gigantea.
* * Pods without sutural wings, the valves either quite plain, or
longitudinally ribbed only on the faces.
Subg. 8. Stizolobiwm, Pers. Characters as above. Pods often longitudinally ribbed
on the sutures.
x Pods stalked, glabrescent, torose. Seeds orbicular.
Arboreous climber; flowers variegated dark-purple; pod 1—3 ft. long, plain,
. WI. macrocarpa.
x x Pods sessile, plain or longitudinally ribbed. Seeds transversely
oblong.
+ Pods densely setose, not glabrescent. Flowers purple.
Peduncle naked ; flowers arising from a knob; pods with two longitudinal ribs alone

the upper suture ; leaves pubescent beneath, ........ 0.60. see vecees M. pruriens.
Peduncle bracted ; flowers from a secondary peduncle about 2 lin. long; pod without
_ THINS LeRHES AlN: SIAOKOWI, o600 deeo00d0 00000000 o00b 4060 GOOG oO MM. bracteata.

+ + Pods velvety, glabrescent. Flowers white. j
PodsMoneiiudinally ribbed yetus LOMO sci... ««\eie) opeveteeiter eee clenaieterttieeae IM. nivea.

1. M. monosperma, DC. Prod. II. 406 ; Wight in Hook. Bot. Mise.
IT. 346. suppl. t. 12, and Icon. t. 85; Hf. Ind. FL II. 185. (Carpopo-
gon monospermum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 288 ; JL anguina, Wall. Pl. As. rar.
ITT. t. 236).

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the lower ones, all
over Pegu, Chittagong, and Arracan ; also Tenasserim, Tavoy.—Fl. Close of
RS. ; Fr. DS.

2. M. ete@antEeA, DC. Prod. II. 405 ; Wight in Toe Bot. Mise. II.
257 ; Suppl. t. 14; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 186. (Dolichos giganteus, Willd. sp.
pl. III. 287 ; Carpopogon gigantewm, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 287).

Has. Frequent along the sea-coast, especially in the beach-jungles,
of the Andaman islands ; also Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. DS.

3. M. macrocarpa, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. 41. t. 47; Hf. Ind. Fl. II.
186.

Has. Not unfrequent in the hill-forests, especially the drier ones,
and in the pine forests of Martaban east of Tounghoo, at 4000 to 6000 ft.
elevation ; also Ava hills— Fl. March; Fr. HS.

4, M. prouriens, DC. Prod. II. 405; Hf. Ind. Fl. 11.187. Gi
prurita, Hook. Bot. Misc. II. 257. Suppl. t. 18; Bot. Mag. t. 4945 ;

246 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Carpopogon pruriens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 283 ; Dolichos pruriens, L. sp.
pl. 1020, quoad plant. Asiat.; M. utilis, Wall. ; Wight Icon. t. 280).

Haz. Frequent in all leaf-shedding forests, especially the lower ones,
in hedges, shrubbery, etc., around villages, and along river-sides of the
plains, all over Pegu and Prome; also Ava.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. C. and
HS.

5. M. spracreata, DC. Prod. II. 406; Kurz in Journ. As. Soe.
Beng. 1873, 231; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 186. (Carpopogon bracteatum, Roxb.
Hort. Beng. 54).

Has. Frequent in shrubbery along choungs in the tropical forests of
Pegu and Martaban, ascending into the pine forests up to 4000 ft. eleva-
tion ; also Ava and Chittagong.—Fl. CS. ; Fr. HS.

N. B. A probably new species has been collected by Dr. Brandis
somewhere in Pegu which is very near to JZ. atropurpwrea, DC., and, indeed,
has the same flowers. It differs in the long cuspidate leaflets, slender and
short racemes, the lower persistent bracts, which are concave-ovate, long-
acuminate, and about an inch long ; and the lanceolate, acuminate calyx-lobes.

6. M. nrvea, DC. Prod. II. 406; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 188. (Carpopo-
gon niveum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 285).

Has. Ava (¢este Baker).

Pachyrrhizus, Rich.

1. P. Burzosts, (Dolichos bulbosus, L. sp. pl. 1020; Roxb. Fl. Ind.
Il. 309; P. angulatus, Rich. ap. DC. Mem. Leg. [X 379; DC. Prod. I.
402; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 207).

Has. Frequently cultivated all over Burma.—Fl. Close of R. 8. and
CSc Cs:

Vigna, Savi.
Conspectus of Species.
* Stipules not peltately attached. Keel prolonged into a distinct beak.

x Ovary and pods (at least while young) more or less pubescent to

tomentose. lowers purple or blue.

O Seeds velvety.

Habit of the following; pods 2—3 in. long by $ broad, densely silky villous,
.. V. dolichoides.

O O Seeds glabrous.
Flowers about 4 in. long, forming short-peduncled many-flowered racemes ; pods dense-

ly brown hirsute, 25—3 lin. broad by 4—d im. long,.................. V. pilosa.
Flowers about an inch long or longer, by 2—4 terminating the long peduncles; pod
A HSC, 5500000000 00000000 200000 009000 0000 onDDDG DOO BOOK OS V. vexillata.

x ™ Ovary and pods glabrous. Flowers yellow.
O Leaflets obovate, blunt or almost retuse.
Quite glabrous ; corolla about + in. long; pods 1—1} im. long, ...... woee V. lutea.
O O Leaflets from ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acuminate to acute.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 247

Flowers by 1—2 on very short paired peduncles, ...... ssseee aces core ceee Vo LEPENS.
Racemes many-flowered, long-peduncled ; stipules small, almost peltately falcate-ovate,
.. V. tuteola.

* * Stipules peltately attached, the lower end produced.
x Keel not prolonged into a beak. Flowers yellow.

Pods 1—2 in. long by 14—2 lin. broad, minutely puberulous, soon glabrous; seeds
glossy ; stipules oblong, the produced basal part falcate-ovate,...... V. calcarata.
Pods rather blunt at both ends, up to an in. long by 23 lin. broad, sparingly but long-

hirsute ; seeds opaque ; stipules peltately linear-oblong, 8—4 lin. long,
.. V. brachycarpa.
x x Keel prolonged into a distinct beak. Flowers blue or white, or

variegated in these colours.

Pods 2—3, or 4—12 in. long by 2—4 lin. broad, glabrous; stipules shortly peltate,
Rear COOL LE MeR tree cininkele erect rea aa o'G slo la o's view’ Lae MNES TRUE Deere the eat ats V. Sinensis.

1. V. ponicHorpes, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 206. (Phaseolus doli-
choides, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 290; Canavalia dolichoides, Kurz in Journ.
As. Soc. Beng. 1874. 185. sub No. 14).

Has. Not unfrequent in the upper mixed forests of Chittagong and
Arracan, especially along choungs.—F 1. Close of RS.; Fr. DS. |

2. V. prnosa, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 207. (Dolichos pilosus,
Klein in Willd. sp. pl. III. 1043 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 312).

Has. Prome (Wall. Cat. 5599 C.); Pegu, above Rangoon (Cleg-
horn).—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. CS.

8. V. VEXIRLATA, Bth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. XXTV. 194. t. 50. £. 1.;
Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 206. (Phaseolus vexillatus, L. sp. pl. 1017; Jacq. Hort.
Vindob. t. 102; V. hirta, Hook. Icon. plant. t. 687; Phaseolus Pulniensis,
Wight Icon. t. 202).

Has. Rather scarce in savannahs along the choungs in the upper
mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah.—Fl. CS.

4. V. tures, A. Gray in Bot. Amer. Expl. I. 454; Bth. Fl. Austr.
259) HE Ind. Fl. 117205.

Haz. Frequent on the sand-beaches and in the beach-forests all along
the coast of Tenasserim and the Andamans.—FI. C. and HS.; Fr. HS.

5. V. REPENS, Bak. in Hf. Ind. FI. II. 205.

Has. Prome (Wall.). Not seen by me.

6. V. LurEoLA, Bth. in Mart. Fl. Bras. Pap. 194. t. 50. f. 2 and Fl.
Austr. IT. 260. (Dolichos luteolus, Jacq. Hort. Vindob. I. 39. t. 90; Do-
lichos Gangeticus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 310).

Has, Ava, Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl. Febr.

Baker refers my Burmese specimens (No. 2526) to this species, but
they differ greatly in the stipules, and are referred by me to the following
species.

7. V. catcarata, (Phaseolus calcaratus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 289 ;
Were Erode 245 > st Ind: Fl; 11, 203 ?).

32

248 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Has. Common in the savannahs and in grass-land, also amongst sun-
ny shrubbery and in cultivated lands, all over Pegu, Arracan, and Marta--
ban.—Fl. Fr, DS.

8. V. BRAcHYcARPA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874. 185; Hf.
Ind. Fl. II. 206.

Haz. Arracan, upper mixed forests in the Akyab District.—Fl. Fr.
Close of RS.

*9. V. Srvensis, Savi Dissert.; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 187. (Dol-
chos Sinensis, L. Amen. Acad. IV. 326; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 302; WA.
Prod. I. 251; Bot. Mag. t. 2282; Dolichos Tranquebaricus, Jacq. Hort.
Vindob. III. t. 70; Dolichos Catjang, L. Mart. 259; Roxb. FI. Ind. IIT.
303 ; V. Catjang, Endl. ap. Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 188; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL.
205).

Has. Generally cultivated all 6ver Burma and adjacent islands.—
Mehr DS:

Phaseolus, L
Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Eu-phaseolus. Stipules small, basifix and not or hardly produced down-
wards.
* Pods dimidiate, oblong or linear, 2—many-sceded. Flowers purple to lilae and
white.
Flowers small, greenish white, on filiform puberulous pedicels ; calyx shallow, 2 lin. wide
and barely a line deep; pods falcate, 2—3 in. long by 4 broad, glabrous, P. lamatus.
Flowers purplish, middling sized, on slender glabrous pedicels ; calyx about 2 lin. deep
and nearly as wide, ribbed ; pods 15—2 in. long by 3—4 lin. broad, P. tenuicaulis.
* * Pods neither dimnanaes nor uae linear to narrow-linear, 4—many-seeded.
Flowers purple to white.
x Bractlets oval, persistent, as long as or longer than the calyx.
Racemes few-flowered; pedicels longer than the calyx; pods linear, 4—6-seeded,
» LP. vulgaris.
x x Bractlets deciduous, shorter than the calyx. Hlowers shortly pedi-
celled.
Corolla nearly an inch long; calyx plain ; pods many-seeded, 4 in. broad,
..P. adenanthus.
Corolla about 4 in. long ; calyx almost 5-ribbed; pods many-seeded, 2 lin. broad or
MMA On00 0000000000 00C0 Go0n00 Hone SeKe coda COD oe ee eicis ole) eee SCMULCREC HITE
Subg. 2. Strophostyles, Ellis, Sines peltately attached and produced down-
wards. Flowers yellow or greenish yellow. Bracts very deciduous.
* Ovary and pods glabrous.
Prostrate or half-twining ; stipules large and leafy, about 4 in. long; leaflets more
or less deeply lobed, ...... 9000000000 0000 Gg0000 G00D0G DOCOOOdC sooKdes BRIM IM.
* * Ovary pubescent to hirsute.
Twining, the stems spreadingly hirsute; pedicels 1—1} lin. long; pods thinly and
PHOT y; NITHULE, <0, os «alsa esis ciel enateteleheleleel sieve leis e elellsis/sialere)ie etek eiioiee le aaRGnke aaa

1876.] - Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. ; 249

Erect or nearly so, hirsute to almost glabrous; flowers almost sessile; pods sparingly

(i) LOSERS S6Gboic cate edie OnUL po CUOUIOan bre ace Soaceue P. radiatus.

*]. P. nunatus, L. sp. pl. 1016; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 286; Wight
Teon. t. 755; Bak. in Fl. trop. Afr. 193 and Ind. FI. II. 200.

Has. Ava, apparently cultivated.—Fl. Febr.

2. P. renvicautis, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 201. (Dolichos tenu-
caulis, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5598 D.) :

Has. Prome (Wall.) ; Ava, hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson.)—FI.
Aug.

*s. P. yuucgaris, L. sp. pl. 1016; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 287; Bth.
in Mart. Fl. Bras. Papil. 182; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 200.

Var. £. nanus, Koch. Syn. Fl. Germ. I. 178. (P. nanus, L. sp. pl.
1017 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. I. 291; WA. Prod. I. 243), dwarf and erect.

Has. Here and there cultivated in gardens, chiefly in Chittagong.

4. P. apenantuous, E. Mey. Prim. Flor. Esseq. 2389; Bak. in FI.
trop. Afr. II. 192 and Ind. Fl. II. 200. (P. rostratus, Wall. Pl. As. rar.
I. t. 63; Wight Icon. t. 34; P. alatus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 288, non L.).

Haz. Ava and Prome, on the hills bordering the Irawaddi (Wall.) ;
Tenasserim (Helf.).—Fl. Close of RS. and CS.; Fr. HS.

5. P. semrerectus, L. sp. pl. 1016; Jacq. Icon. t. 558; Bot. Reg.
t. 743 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 201. (P. psoraleoides, WA. Prod. I. 246 ; Wight
Icon. t. 249).

Has. Chittagong, in grass-land—FI]. CS.; Fr. C. and HS.

6. P. retmozus, Ait. Hort. Kew. III. 30; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 298 ;
Wight Icon. t. 94; Hf. Ind. FL IL. 201. (Glycine triloba, L. Mant.
516; Dolichos trilobatus, L. Mant. 516; Burm. FI]. Ind. t. 50. f. 1).

Has. Burma (according to Revd. F. Mason).

7. QP. TRineRviIuS, Heyne ap. WA. Prod. I. 245; Bak. in Fl. trop.
Afr. II. 193 and in Ind. Fl. II. 203.

Has. Not unfrequent in the savannahs of Martaban, east of Toung-
hoo, and elsewhere ; also Upper Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. March, Apr.

*8. P. Rapiatus, L. sp. pl. 1017; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 296; Mig.
Hreind bat: f. 197.

Var. a. RapIaTUS, (Z. radiatus, L. 1. ¢.; P. Mungo, L. var. radia-
tus, Bak. in Hf. Ind. FI. II. 203), more or less spreading and twining ;
pods shorter and more blunt.

Var. £. Muneo, (P. Mungo, lL. Mant. 101; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III.
292; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 203; P. max, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 295), dwarf and
erect ; pods longer, narrower, and acuminate; seeds green or black. Of
this there is also an almost glabrous form.

Has. Var. @. generally cultivated all over Burma.—FI. CS.; Fr.
Begin of HS.

250 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Dolichos, L.

Conspectus of Species.
Flowers by 1—8 clustered in the leaf-axils ; calyx-teeth about so long as the tube;

corolla yellow, ...... cscessse sees in agg mudgIado: doua-ooe0 00'0000000- D. biflorus.
Flowers by 1 or 2 on a short axillary peduncle ; calyx-teeth shorter than the tube;
Corolla, waclebsn f5545.0000 G0000000 0000 000000 on0nd000 0000 onOnODIC D. lanceolotus.

1. D. srrtorvs, L. sp. pl. 1028; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIL 3138; HE.
Ind. Fl. IT. 210. (Glycine uniflora, Dalz. in Journ. Linn. Soc. XIII. 146
cum icon.).

Has. Ava (teste Baker).

2. D. uancrouatus, Grah. m Wall. Cat. 5547; Hf. Ind. FL If.
210.

Has. Prome Hills (Wall.).—Fl. Sept. Octob.

Lablab, Savi.

*]. L. vurearts, Savi Dissert. 19. f. 8. a—e.; Wight Icon. t. 57.
and 208. (Dolichos Lablab, lL. sp. pl. 1019; Roxb. FI. Ind. IIT. 805 ;
Bot. Mag. t. 896; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 209.; Dolichos purpureus, L. sp. pl.
1021; Smith Exot. Fl. t. 74; Bot. Reg. t. 830; Dolichos Bengalensis,
Jacq. Hort. Vindob. II. t. 124; Dolichos lignosus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III.
307 ; Bot. Mag. t. 380).

Has. Generally cultivated in several varieties all over Burma and the
adjacent islands.—Fl. Fr. CS.

Psophocarpus, Neck.
Conspectus of Species.

Bractlets shorter than the calyx ; pods up to a foot long, 12—16 seeded,

.. PL. tetragonolobus.
Bractlets as long or longer than the calyx ; pods 2—8 in. long, often only 5—6-seeded,

.. P. palustris.

*], P. TETRAGONOLOBUS, DC. Prod. II. 403; Hf. Ind. Fl. EL 211,
(Dolichos tetragonolobus, L. sp. pl. 1021 ?).

Has. Prome and Martaban ; cultivated accord. Revd. F. Mason.

*2, P. PauusTRIS, Desv. in Ann. d. se. nat. IX. 420; Hf. Ind. FI.
IL. 212. (Diesingia scandens, Endl. Atakt. I. t. 1—2; P. longepeduncu-
latus, Hassk. Pl. Jay. rar. 388; Bak. in Fl. trop. Afr. II. 208; Dolichos
tetragonolobus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 305, non Linn. ?).

Has. Frequently cultivated all over Burma; growing also like wild
in the savannahs around villages along the Irrawaddi river.—Fl. Oct. Jan. ;
Fr. C. and HS.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 251

Canavalia, Adans.
Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Eu-canavalia. Pods more or less dimidiate, with 2 parallel wings along
the upper suture, glabrous or glabrescent,
* Seeds an inch long or slightly longer.
Pods 4—2 feet long, linear-oblong ; seeds red or white, .....se0essseees C. ensiformis.
* * Seeds only + in. long.
Leaflets shortly acuminate or apiculate; standard an inch long; seeds light grey,
..C. virosa.
Leaflets apiculate ; standard 2 in. long or shorter; seeds dark brown, ...... C. turgida.
Leaflets oboval, retuse or rounded ; standard an inch long; seeds grey, ..C. obtusifolia.
Subg. 2. Dysolobium, Bth. Pods terete, straight or slightly curved, obtusely
2-keeled along both sutures, but not winged, densely hirsute to velvety.
Shortly pubescent; corolla an inch long or longer; style bearded; pods velvety, C. grandis.
Glabrescent ; corolla hardly 3 im. long ; pod as in preceding, but more densely velvety,
sins yalllous momacl WN® SWINE, 6506 cooood oa0Hdnd0 007000 6006 GooKGdEO OL C. lucens.

*1. (C. enstrormis, DC. Prod. II. 404; Bot. Mag. t. 4027; Bak.
in Fl. trop. Afr. IT. 190 and Ind. Fl. II. 195. (Dolichos ensiformis, L.
sp. pl. 1022; C. gladiata, DC. 1. c.; Wight Icon. t. 753; Dolichos gla-
diatus, Jacq. Icon. rar. IIT. t. 560; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 300).

Var. a. ERYTHROSPERMA, Voigt Hort. Calc. 234, seeds red; flowers
red. or white.

Var. £8. LEUCOSPERMA, Voigt Hort. Cale. 234, seeds and flowers
white ; pods about 2 feet long.

Has. Generally cultivated all over Burma, especially in the plains ;
often springing up in poonzohs and neglected gardens.— Fl. RS.; Fr. CS.

2. ©. virosa, WA. Prod. I. 253; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 216. (Do-
lichos virosus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 3801; C. enszformis, var. 1. virosa, Bak.
poke Ind. 1. 11. 196).

Has. Amongst shrubbery along the outskirts of the upper mixed for-
ests along the Arracan coast, and most probably elsewhere.—Fl]. Close of
RS.; Fr. Jan.

3. C. TURGIDA, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5534; Mig. Fl Ind. Bat. I.
215. (C. ensiformis, var. 2. turgida, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 196).

Has. Frequent in the leaf-shedding forests, and more especially in
shrubbery along streamlets, in hedges, etc., all over Burma, from Chitta-
gong and Prome down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—FI. Close of
RSs bie Cs. ;

4. C. optrustron1a, DC. Prod. II. 404; Clegh. in Madr. Journ. new
ser. I. t. 4; Hf. Ind. Fl. IJ. 196. (Dolichos rotund¢folius, Vhl. Symb.
IL 81; Roxb: FI. Ind. III. 302).

Has. Common on the sand-beaches all along the coasts of Arracan
and the Andamans.—FI. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

252 S. Kurz—COontributions towards a [No. 4,

5. C. @ranpis, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874. 185 sub No.
14. (Phaseolus grandis, Wall. Cat. 5602; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 239 in
adn. ; Phaseolus velutinus, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. III. 204).

Teles Chittagong; Ava, Taong-dong and Khakyen hills; Tenasse-
rim, Moulmein; Pegu (teste Baker).—FI. Close of RS. ; Fr. HS.

6. ©. tucENS, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874. 185 sub No. 14.
(Phaseolus lucens, Wall. Cat. 5601; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 239 in adn. ;
Vigna lucens, Bak. in Hf. Ind. FI. II. 207).

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones, enter-
ing also the tropical forests, from Chittagong, Pegu, and Martaban down to
Tenasserim.—Fl. Close of RS.; Fr. HS.

Dioclea, HBK.

1. D. rertexa, Hook. Fl. Nigr. 306; Bak. in FI. trop. Afr. II.
189; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 196. (Dolichos hexandrus, Roxb. Hort. Bengh. 55.
and MS. Icon. XX. t. 184).

Haz. Tenasserim (Helf. 1752).

Pueraria, DC.
Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Eu-pueraria. Woody leaf-shedding climbers. Pods constricted between
the seeds. Roots large, tuberous. Flowers pale blue.
Calyx densely silky; bractlets minute ; pods tawny hirsute while young, ..P. tuberosa.
Calyx minutely appressed pubescent ; bractlets as long as the buds; pods minutely ap-
pressed pubescent, soon glabrous, .. 0. ce cceese cece ees cree ence ones P. Candollei.
Subg. 2. Neustanthus, Bth. Undershrubs or hms erect or twining. Pods not
constricted between the seeds.
* Hrect shrubs or undershrubs, the branchlets terete or nearly so.
x Bracts deciduous.
Tomentum of young parts, inflorescence, and calyx tawny ; pods 2—38 in. long,
.. 2. composita.
All parts nearly glabrous ; calyx minutely velvety ; pods 1}—2 in. long ; flowers white,
. 2. Wallichiz.
x »™ Bracts persistent.
Leayes sparingly appressed hirsute ; fruitimg pedicels 2 lin. long ; pods 1—13 in. long,
glabrous, ...... Seer eee eee cette eee tees ween tees tere es wees cones P. stricta.
* * Twining or prostrate herbs or undershrubs. Flowers purplish blue.
x Pods narrowly linear, 1[—3 in. long by 2 lin. broad, many-seeded.
O Bracts deciduous. Branchlets terete or nearly so. Leaflets often
lobed. Extensive twiners (Schizophyllon, Baker.)
Calyx about 23 lin. long, the lobes acuminate ; corolla about 5 lin.long, P. phaseoloides.
Calyx about 4 lin. long, the lobes subulate-acuminate ; corolla ? in. long,
.. 2. subspicata.
O O Bracts persistent. Branchlets somewhat angular, Prostrate
or twining perennial herbs.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 253

Pods long but thinly hirsute,......... Bidtefetore’s) sfeloreere OUIOUOLOo bacco bO P. anabaptista.
x x Pods oblong to linear-oblong, $—1 in. long by 24—34 lin. broad,
flat or torose. Branchlets sharply angular, retrorsely pubescent on

the angles.
Pods flat or nearly so, sparingly but long and spr ee hirsute, 2—4-seeded; calyx
errals Sbeeaane 6:0 0 Bee ie Sut.
Pods torose, cee Si parinel: Griptened ‘aientel 5 G- mandied'e Sains neath a line
LOE se 0G8 400.086.2000 COCHDOMO OOO GOCDOOOIES SO-botod.o compe Ho OS P. brachycarpa.

1. P. rusErosa, DC. Prod. IT. 240; Wight Icon. t. 412; HF. Ind.
Fl. If. 197. (Hedysarum tuberosum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 363).

Has. Chittagong.—Fl. March, Apr.; Fr. May, June.

2. P. Cannonner, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5355; HE. Ind. Fl. ID. 197.

Has. Common in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones, all
over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. March.
Apr.; Fr. May, June.

Stands in a similar relationship to the preceding species as Ji/lettia
extensa does to IZ. macrophylla, and is barely more than a glabrous variety
of it.

3. P. Watuicui, DC. Prod. II. 240, and Mém. Legum. t. 48: Hf.
Ind. Fl. IT. 198.

Var. a. GENUINA, all parts nearly glabrous ; calyx minutely velvety ;
pods 13—2 in. long; flowers white.

Wars > 3: Sumas, Bth. in Linn. Proc. IX. 124. (P. composita,
Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5570), tomentum of the young parts, and of the inflo-
rescence and calyx, of a tawny colour; pods 2—8 in. long ; flowers appa-
rently purple.

Has. Var. a. Burma (¢este Benth.) ; var. @. frequent in the drier
hill-forests, especially the pine-forests, of Martaban, east of Tounghoo, at
3500 to 5000 feet. elevation ; Ava, Taong-dong (Wall).—Fr. March.

I think that var. £. will have to be separated specifically.

4, P. stricta, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878, 254; Hf. Ind.
BLE. 198.

Has. Rather frequent in the hill-eng and the upper dry-forests, rare
in the drier upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah and the Martaban hills,
at 1000—8000 feet elevation.—Fr. DS.

5. P. PHasEoLormeEs, Bth. in Proc. Linn. Soc. IX. 125; Hf. Ind.
FI. II. 199 excl. syn. Bth. (Dolichos phascoloides, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 316).

Has. In hedges and light woods of Pegu (Maclelland) ; Prome
(Wall.) ; probably all over the country.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. DS.

6. P. supspicata, Bth. in Proc. Linn. Soe. IX. 125.

Haz. Frequent in the mixed, especially the savannah-forests, of Arra-
can and Pegu; also Tenasserim, Tavoy.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. CS.

7. P. anaparrista (Shuteria hirsuta, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 182 ?).

254 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Var. a. GENUINA, branches, petioles, etc., spreadingly tawny hirsute ;
pods similarly hirsute while unripe ; flowers purple.

Var. £. GLABRESCENS, branches, petioles, and also the pods thinly
appressed hirsute, the last shorter and almost glabrescent ; flowers pale
lilac, violet at the tips.

Has. Both varieties rather frequent in the upper mixed forests, along
choungs, also in hill-toungyas, of the Pegu Yomah; also Ava, Khakyen
Hills.— Fl. begin of CS.; Fr. HS.

Var. . may be distinct and stands in a similar relation to the nor-
mal form as P. Candollei does to P. tuberosa. 'The species is also com-
mon in the Sikkim Himalaya.

8. P. uresura, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 254; Hf. Ind.
e199:

Has. Not rare in the drier upper mixed forests of the western slopes
of the Pegu Yomah, up to 8000 feet elevation.—Fr. Jan.

9. P. BracHycarpa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 232 and
isa sor tit. dnd. Hy tel 99!

Has. Rare in the drier upper mixed forests of the central parts of
the Pegu Yomah.—Fr. Jan.

Teramnus, Spreng.
Conspectus of Species.

* Pods more or less torose, tawny hirsute.
Seeds opaque ; inflorescence and young branches spreadingly tawny pilose; calyx-
Hasyn ateears) Movavemravsy Hae) THD eho Gon Oidlo. D0 oo 050000 0000 GOOOUUOO OF 0000 000000 T. mollis.
* * Pods glabrous to the naked eye.
x Flowers in racemes.
Racemes appressed silk-hairy ; calyx-teeth as long as the tube; seeds glossy; leaflets

io) ino) Isp bats Wopaler, Favor EVO UNNMUEENIE, 55 4000007000060700000000000500 5000 0h Unhinies.
Racemes long-peduncled, almost glabrous ; leaflets obovate, retuse, ...... T. Wallichii.
Racemes appressed silk-hairy ; calyx-teeth shorter than the calyx-tube; seeds quite
opaque ; leaves 2—4 in. long, acuminate, 2... ....00 00 wecees weve ++ oo le fCLUS.

x x Flowers by 2—4, axillary.
Habit of 7. flexilis ; corolla } in. long; unripe pods 13 in. long, flat, glabrous.
.. DL. oxyphylia.

1. T. moruis, Bth. in Linn. Proc. VIII. 265. (Glycine mollis,
WA. Prod. I. 208; Glycine debilis, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 317, via Aiton).

Hap. Frequent in the drier upper mixed forests all over the Pegu
Yomah.—Fl. RS.; Fr. CS.

2. T. LABIALIS, Spreng. Syst. veget. II. 235; Bth. in Linn. Proe.
VIII. 265; Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 184, in part. (Glycine labialis, L. suppl.
825 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 315 ; Wight Icon. t. 168).

Has. Frequent in savannahs and savannab-forests, also in hedges,

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 255

shrubbery and neglected culture-land, of Chittagong and Arracan ; proba-
bly also elsewhere.—Fl. Fr. RS.

3. T. Watticut, (Desmodium Rottleri, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II.
174 quoad plant. e Prome).

Has. Prome Hills (Wall. Cat. 5974).

The few specimens seen by me are imperfect, but the terete stems, and
more especially the large peculiar peltately adnate stipules, at once remove
it from Desmodium Rottleri, with which Baker identifies the plant.

4. T. Fuexriis, Bth. in Linn. Proc. VIII. 265; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 185.

Has. Not unfrequent in the moister upper mixed and in the tropical
forests of Chittagong, Arracan, and Southern Pegu to Tenasserim.—F].
Close of RS. ; Fr. CS.

5. T. oxypnynna. (Galactia? oxyphylla, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I.
253 im adn. ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 192).

Har. ‘Tenasserim, Amherst (Parish) ; Tavoy (Gomez).

Glycine, L.
Conspectus of Species.

Erect; flowers in small axillary clusters; pods 1—14 in. long, almost falcate ; seeds 3

Im® lons; slishtly compressed, pale coloured, ;.,-...0scce cess sens cere le G. Soja.
Twining ; flowers in peduncled axillary racemes ; pods 4—1 in. long, straight; seeds a
Tins Joie, CoumpResssech lta) Gooogaumonedooad ducddu-d0c0 ocd ocad G. Javanica.

1. G. Sosa, Sieb. and Zuce. Fam. Nat. Fl. Jap. 11; Bth. in Linn.
Proc. VIII. 266; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 184. (Dolichos Soja, L. sp. pl. 1621 ;
Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 3814; Jacq. Icon. rar. t. 145; Soya hispida, Moench
Meth. 153; DC. Prod. III. 396; Alef. in Bot Ztg. 1867. 290).

Has. Ava, cultivated.

Dunbaria, WA.
Conspectus of Species.
* Ovary and pods sessile.
Leaflets large, acuminate, sparingly but distinctly resinous-dotted beneath; flowers in
DRGBINES, cong pod de oc dg ance DG DDUDKUDbOKODUOOUUOONUO gov000000a00000 D, fusca.
~Leafiets small, bluntish ; flowers usually by pairs, ...sseeveececscerese De CONSPEISH.
* * Ovary and pods conspicuously stalked.
Leaflets acuminate; flowers usually by pairs or few on a very short peduncle; pods
pubescent, 1—2 in. long, 10—12-seeded, long-stalked, ...........5. D. podocarpa.
Leaflets acute; flowers in racemes; pods spreadingly viscose-hairy, 1—1+ in. long,
o—o-secded, shortly stalkedy 50k cee sees canes sis sete cece «tn COnCINGUS:
1. D. Fuses, Kurz in Journ. As. Soe. Beng. 1874, 186. (Phaseolus
Suscus, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. 6. +. 6 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 204).
Has. Prome Hills (Wall.).—Fl. Febr., March.
2. D. conspErsa, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 241; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 218.
‘(Dolichos ? rhynchosioides, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 177).
33

256 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 4,

Haz. Prome Hills (Wall.).—Fl. Sept. Octob.

3. D. vopocarpa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 185; Hf.
Ind. FI. II. 218.

Haz. Upper Tenasserim, Moulmein (Falconer; Helf. 1709).—FL
Fr. Febr. March.

4. D. crecryauis, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 219. (Atylosia circina-
lis, Bth. Pl. Jungh. I. 244 in adn.).

Has. ‘Tenasserim, Moulmein, etc., (Griff., Helf.) teste Baker.

I have seen no Burmese specimens of this species, which greatly re-
sembles the preceding.

Atylosia, WA.
Conspectus of Species.
* Twining undershrubs or herbs.
x Prostrate herb with twining branches. Flowers 3—4 lin. long, almost
fascicled by 2—8.

Puberulous ; pods }—1 in. long, tawny puberulous and hirsute, ........4. scarabeoides.

x x Corolla 3—#in. long. Extensive twiners. Flowers racemose.
Leaflets shortly pubescent on both sides; racemes and pods long-pilose, the latter trans~

versely torose, long-acuminate, .. ccssse veecce cers evcresccrs sevens A. barbata.
Leaflets beneath softly (often yellowish) puberulous; pods oblong, transversely impress-
ed between the seeds, yellowish or tawny velvety, .....+. Sidcon cObcGodC A. mollis.

* * Erect shrubs or herds.
Stiff annual, little-branched ; leaflets beneath closely white or yellowish tomentose ;
calyx slightly puberulous or almost glabrous ; corolla § in. long,........ A. nived.

1. A. scARABHOIDES, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 242; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL.
215. (Dolichos scarabeoides, L. sp. pl. 1020; Dolichos medicagineus,
Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 315, non Willd.).

Haz. Ava, Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fr. Jan.

2. A. BaRBaTa, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 216. (Dunbaria barbata,
Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 242 in adn. ; Dunbaria calycina, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat.
I. 180).

Haz. Frequent in all leaf shedding forests and in the savannahs, also
in hedges, etc., all over Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim ; also Ava
and Prome.—FI. Fr. C. and HS.

3. A. Moxuis, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 248 inadn.; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL
213. (Dunbaria Horsfieldii, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. II. 179).

Haz. Not unfrequent in the savannah forests, also in the open and
the mixed forests, of Martaban and Ava; also Andamans.—Fl. CS.; Fr.
HS.

4, A. NIvEA, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 243 in adn.; Hf. Ind. Fl. II.
214. ;
Haz. Not unfrequent in the eng-forests of the Prome district ; Ava,
Yenang-choung (Wall.).

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 257

Cajanus, DC.

* 1. C. Invicus, Spreng. Syst. III. 248; Alef. in Bot. Zeitg. 1867.
289; Hf. Ind. Fl. IJ. 217. (Cytisus eajan, L. sp. pl. 1041; Roxb. FI.
Ind. IIT. 325; Cytisus pseudo-cajau, Jacq. Hort. Vindob. t. 119; C. flavus,
WE. Prod. Ll, 402: Jacq. Obs. I. t. 1.).

Has. Generally cultivated in several varieties all over Burma and the
adjacent islands, up to 3000 feet elevation.—Fl. Fr. C. S.

Cylista, Ait.
1. C. scartosa, Ait. Hort. Kew. IV. 518; Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 92

and Fl. Ind. III. 320 ; Wight Icon. t. 1597 ; Hf. Ind. FI. IT. 219.

Has. Frequent in the leaf-shedding forests, especially the mixed ones,
also in deserted toungyas, savannahs, etc., all over Pegu and Martaban
—Fl]. Close of RS; Fr. HS.

Rhynchosia, Lour.
Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Hu-Rhynchosia, Seeds without arillus.
* Pods very much longer than the calyx.
x Twining herbs.
Leaflets more or less acute; racemes elongate, longer than the leaves, almost glabrous,
- fh. minima.
Leaflets obtuse or rounded ; racemes filiform, shorter than the leaves, pilose; calyx-
TRASH TUNBLONUTO 66 gog5g0.0d0000 000000 DO0000 o0000 eee e cece cee cecveses Le MUl0Se
x »™ Erect shrubs or undershrubs.
Greyish velvety ; racemes longer than the leaves, panicled at the end of the branches,

joo! Glemseliy WEIAYGING® cooo0nd0 Gd0000 Gd00 0000 NCG0 DoDDUK0N C vesseeede. bracteata.
* * Calyx as long as the corolla, in fruit nearly as long as the pod. Twiners.
Flowers in dense short axillary racemes ; pods long-pilose, short, ........ R. densifiora.

Subg. 2. Phyllomatia, WA. (incl. Nomismia, WA. and Ptychocentrum, WA.).

Seeds with a waxy arillus.
* Calyu-teeth broad, enlarging and leafy in fruit.

Half-twining, thinly pubescent; flowers singly on the filiform viscid-pubescent racemes,
ods Iogsetleal, co00 500000 gong 0000 00000000 00000000 400000 God coC Rk. rufescens.
* * Calyx-teeth lanceolate, acuminate, not enlarging.
Erect ; stems, racemes, and undersurface of leaflets white-tomentose ; pods 2-seeded,
.... candicans.
1. R. mintma, DC. Prod. IJ. 385; Bth. in Fl. Austr. II. 267; Hf.
Ind. Fl. I]. 223. (Dolichos minimus, L. sp. pl. 1020; Dolichos scarabeoi-
des, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 315, non Willd.).
Has. In the dry and open forests, also in savannahs, of Prome and
Ava.—Fl. Fr. Close of RS.
2. R. Prosa, Wall. Cat. 5499; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 224.
Has. Ava, banks of the Irrawaddi near Segain (Wall.).

258 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

The foliage resembles that of Atylosia scarabaoides, the flowers those
of Atylosia elongata, Bth.

3. R. BRactTEATA, Bth. in Hf. Ind. Fl II. 225.

Has. Not unfrequent in the dry and eng-forests of the Prome dis-
trict ; Ava, Yenang-choung and Taong-dong (Wall.).—Fl. Fr. DS.

4, KR. DENSIFLORA, DC. Prod. II. 386; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 226. (Do-
lichos aurantiacus, Wall. Cat. 5492 H.).

Has. Ava, limestone hills near Segain ; Taong-dong (Wall.).—FL Noy.

5. R. rurescens, DC. Prod. II. 387 ; Hook. Icon. t. 189 ; Hf. Ind.
Fl. II. 220. (Cyanospermum Javanicum, Miq: Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 167).

Has. Ava, Irrawaddi valley near Katha (J. Anderson).—Fl. Jan.

6. R. canpicans, (Cajanus ? candicans, Wall. Cat. 5576; Atylosia
candicans, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 186. (2. Avensis, Bth.
MS. ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 222; Dolichos candicans, Wall. Cat. 5567; He.
Ind. Fl. II. 226, forma Pots acutis v. obtusiusculis).

Haz. Ava, banks of the Irrawaddi below Yenang-choung; also
Taong-dong (Wall.).—Fl. Nov.

Flemingia, Roxb.

Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Eu-Flemingia. Erect shrubs or herbs. Flowers in racemes, panicles
or head-like spikes.

§ 1. Ostryodium, DC, Racemes one-sidedly flowered, the upper ones collect-
ed into a terminal panicle. Floral bracts large, leafy, complicate, persis-
tent. Leavés 1-foliolate. Pods 2-seeded.

x Floral bracts quite glabrous.
Corolla yellowish, + in. long ; leaves cordate-ovate,.. 1... sevens vsovne Le Chappar.
x «x Floral bracts puberulous or pubescent.
Stipules not above 3 lin. long, rather deciduous; bracts rotundate and obsoletely
pointed, not ciliate ; corolla about 3 lin. long, white or yellowish, ../. strobilifera,
Stipules stiff-subulate, up to$ in. long; bracts more or less retuse, ciliate; corolla
purplish, about 2 lin. long,............+9. oe 900.000 .F. bracteata,

§ 2. Flemingiastrum. DC. Gal Ohana td, WA). Rage Spies. solitary
or clustered in the leaf-axils, or in panicles, rarely reduced to axillary or
terminal more or less involucred heads.

x Flowers in racemes or panicles. Pods usually few-seeded.
+ Leaves 1—3-foliolate, Bracts small, persistent or deciduous (Cha-
laria, WA.).
Leaves 1-foliolate ; racemes filiform, shorter than the leaves,............L. paniculata.
Leaves 8-foliolate ; racemes slender, as long or usually longer than the leaves,
..L. lineata.
+ + Leaves digitately 3-foliolate. Spikes, while young, densely
imbricate-bracted, the bracts deciduous long [nekerts opening of
the flowers, or rarely persistent.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 259

O Bracts not scarious, shorter than, or about as long as the
buds. Low shrubs, the branches more or less terete or an-
gular.

+ Bracts persistent during flowering time.

Racemes dense, sessile ; corolla 3 lin. long; calyx-lobes subulate, the lower one 2% lin.
long ; petioles Tees than an inch long, ..... BOO00 doOd00dO dadod Lf. Grahamianda-

Racemes dense, villous, the broad bracts much shorter than the pilose calyx; calyx-
teeth 3—3} lin. long, linear, subulate-acuminate ; corolla shightly longer than the
calyx; petiole 1—2 in. long, not winged,........... Meielele anleroiele oA. 5 HAMULCNibe

t+ t+ Bracts deciduous before opening of the flowers.
{| Low shrubs with a woody subterranean trunk.

Racemes small, silvery silk-hairy ; calyx-teeth falcately subulate, a line long, the lower-

most one 1$ lin. long ; corolla 2 lin. long; petiole winged, about an inch long,
ool, Sericans.

As preceding, but flowers somewhat larger and not silvery silk-hairy ; Cae 3—6 in.
long and longer, winged, .......... : bcc 9.9000 0000 otondt GONE:

Racemes rather slender and lax ; flowers aliiost PG re 2 lin. jonett or a little
longer; calyx-teeth feos: lanceolate, the lomerniost one barely longer than the
Hes mpeOleawimoedsy N—— 2 amy) Tomes’... < «\s-c.etete ub srueticimemate reer LE. ferruginea.

{1 “| Well-developed undershrubs. §

Petiole usually not winged ; racemes dense, usually clustered and shorter than the
petiole, greyish silk-hairy ; bracts linear-lanceolate, subulate-acuminate, about 4
lin. long; calyx 34 lin. long, the lobes linear, subulate-acuminate, the lowermost
much longer; corolla 34 lin. long, purplish, with a flesh-coloured purplish-streaked
Remand secret sles sia, asjere 30 C 00000000 00000000 0000 0000 F. congestas

As preceding ; racemes appressed eee Pahoa much shorter than the narrowly
winged Ne ; pods densely resinose-glandular and puberulous, ....2. prostrata.

Petiole narrowly winged ; racemes rather lax, greyish silk-hairy ; calyx 3 lin. long, the
lobes subulate ; bracts ovate-lanceolate, cuspidate ; corolla 3 lin. long, rose-coloured

with greenish keel; pods puberulous, ....... 5900000 oo G006 LH. semialata.

Petiole narrowly winged ; bracts and calyx Pe eccilly pee own or golden silk-hairy, the
latter 5 in. long, the ones subulate with the lowermost one twice as long; corolla
4 in. long, white with rose-coloured wings,...... 00 0000 cD0000 .£. latifolia.

O O Bracts scarious and stiff, very eh ignee er dina the flower
buds. Branches and branchlets more or less triquetrous.

Tall undershrub; petiole narrowly winged; lower sheathing bracts up to 2 in. long;
calyx about 4 lin. long, silvery silk-hairy, the lobes linear, acuminate, the lower-
most one twice as joniges ; corolla nearly $ in. long; pods minutely appressed
PMINHOOS, poocoso do acco 0g ob0d a0 n0d000 08 O00 NGO 000 « HOGG nGOOKO EF. stricta.

x x Spikes short and condensed Paty heads. Brees all persistent, the
outer ones large and involucre-like. Pod enclosed in the calyx,
1-seeded. (Zepidocoma, Jungh.)

Erect undershrub ; bracts silky-pilose ; calyx } in. long, the lobes subulate; corolla 3
in. long, minutely appressed silk-hairy ; pods silky-pilose,..... ifestantae F. capitata.
Subg. 2 Rhynchosioides, Bak. wining herbs or perennials. . Flowers in long

peduncled heads or dichotomous corymbs. Calyx-teeth almost equal. Pods 1- rarely

2-seeded, usually included in the calyx. Bracts minute, deciduous.

Flowers by 4—10 in long-peduncled heads; calyx fulvous-pilose, } in. long; corolla

_ appressed pilose, nearly 5 in. long, secseeee cece cree wveeeves cove vvreLe Vestittt.

260 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 4,

1. F. coappar, Ham. in Wall. Cat. 5757 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 227.

Has. Frequent in the eng- and dry forests of Ava, Prome, Pegu, and
Martaban.— Fl. CS.; Fr. HS.

2. F. svropitirera, RBr. in Ait. Hort. Kew. ed. 2. IV. 350;
Wight Icon. t. 267; Bot. Reg. t. 617; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 227. (Hedysa-
rum strobiliferum, L. sp. pl. 1053; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 350).

Haz. Common in all leaf-shedding forests and in the savannahs, all
over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim and the Anda-
mans.—Fl. R. and CS.; Fr. HS.

- 3. FEF. Bracreata, Wight Icon. t. 268; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 162.
(Ff. strobilifera var. 1. bracteata, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 227; Hedysa-
rum bracteatum, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 351).

Has. Frequent in all leaf-shedding forests, especially the lower mixed.
and savannah forests, all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to
Pegu.—Fl. Close of RS. and CS.; Fr. HS. -

4. F. pantcurata, Wall. Cat. 5759; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 245 in
adn. ; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 227.

Has. Upper Tenasserim, Attaran river (Wall., Helf.).—Fl. CS.

5. F. mryeata, Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 841; Wight Icon. t. 327; Hf.
Ind. Fl. IL. 228. (Hedysarum lineatum, L. sp. pl. 1054; Burm. Fl. Ind.
AGW: Oa. td).

Has. Common in the savannahs and the lower mixed forests, also in
grass-lands, etc., all over Ava, Prome, and Pegu; also Martaban.—F I. CS. ;
Pir, ELS;

6. F. sertcans, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 186.

Haz. Frequent in the eng-forests of Prome district and of Martaban,
east of Tounghoo.—Fl. Fr. HS.

7. F. rerrvernna, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5750; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I.
245 in adn.

Has. Prome, frequent in the eng-forests; Ava, Taong-dong (Wall.). .
— Fl. Fr. March.

Habit of #. Wightiana, but the flowers very small and the calyx per-
fectly different.

8. F. concesta, Roxb. Hort. Bengh. 56 and Fl. Ind. III. 340;
Wight Icon. t. 390; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 164; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 228.

Has. Frequent in alluvial grass-lands, especially in the savannah-
forests, all over Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim; also Ava.—Fl.
Close of RS.; and CS.; Fr. C. and HS.

9. F. prostrata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 338; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. L
245 in adn.

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill- (especially the pine-) forests
of the Martaban Hills, east of Tounghoo, at 4000 to 5000 feet elevation.—
Fr. March.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 261

The Burmese variety differs from Khasi specimens chiefly in the long-
acuminate not wrinkled leaflets and the black-glandular pods.

10. F. semranata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 340; Wight Icon. t. 726;
WA. Prod. I. 241. (& congesta, var. 1. semialata, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl
II. 229 in part).

Var. a. GENUINA, racemes elongate, more robust.

Var. #. VIRIDIS, racemes simple, more lax and slender, more silk-
- hairy, always clustered in the axils of the leaves, and much shorter than the
petiole ; leaves. of a thinner texture or less pubescent; flowers and pods
usually smaller.

Has. Var. £. only, but this common enough, in the leaf-shedding
forests and in grassy or shrubby places, more especially in the savannahs,
all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—Fl. CS. ;
Pr Es.

11. F. natirori, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 246; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I.
168. (£ congesta, var. 2.. latifolia, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 229).

Var. a. GENUINA, racemes more lax and more slender, branched ;
flowers smaller.

Var. £8. GRANDIFLORA, racemes simple, shorter and more dense ;
flowers about 4 larger.

Has. Var. £. rather frequent in the hill-eng-forests and the drier
hill- (chiefly the pine-) forests of the Martaban Hills, east of Tounghoo, at
2000—4.000 feet elevation.—FI. March.

12. F. srricta, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. t. 248 and Fl. Ind. IIT. 342 ;
Wight Icon. t. 329; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 228.

Haz. Not unfrequent in the open forests, especially the low and
eng-forests, of Pegu; also Chittagong, Ava, and Tenasserim.—FI. CS.

13. F. caprrata, Zoll. in Natuurk. en Geneesk. Arch. III. 64;
Migq. Fl. Ind. Bat. 1/2. 166. (& ivolucrata, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 246;
Hf. Ind. Fl. I]. 229; Lepidocoma trifoliatum, Jungh. in Topogr. Naturw.
Reise, Java, 338 and in Flora 1847. 508.)

Has. Frequent in the open, especially the low forests, all over Pegu ;
also in Martaban, where it ascends into the drier hill-forests ; Upper Tenas-
serim.—F]. Fr. CS.

F. procumbens of the Kew Herbarium, from Concan (Stocks ; Wight
No. 806), has nothing to do with Roxburgh’s plant and appears to me to
be a new species of Lepidocoma, probably connecting that genus with
Ethynchosioides.

*14, KE. vestrta, Bth. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 280. (Dolichos vestitus,
Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5545 ; Rhynchosia vestita, Bth. MS.).

Haz. Sometimes cultivated by the Karens of the Martaban Hills, at
3000 to 5000 feet elevation.

262 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 4,

Eriosema, DC.

1. E. tusprrosum, (Crotalaria tuberosa, Ham. in Don Prod. Nap.
241; DC. Prod. II. 129; H. Chinense, Vog. in Pl. Meyen. 31; Bth. FL
Austr. IT. 268; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 219).

Has. Frequent in the open, especially the eng-forests, all over Prome
and Pegu; also Martaban, here ascending into the drier hill-forests up to
4.000 feet pion —Fl. Close of RS.; Fr. CS.

Gib a Go L.
Conspectus of Species.

A. Srmpniciromrz. Leaves simple.
* Ovary and pods glabrous.
+ Racemes lateral and leaf-opposed.
x Stipules none or small, not decurrent.
O Almost glabrous. Slender erect annuals.
Stipulesthalf-lunate, persistent; V..h lesele mee Cee oes og 4a vc ad ot cole cats dane Jiliformis.
Sipulessvery minutes GCecid wows) cr eletpelonereilelsrerets eieiels oo)! cielo evi eielersieieieiet Com SZOE Tastee
O O Silk-hairy or pilose.
t Prostrate or ascending small herbs; flowers not above
23 lin. lone.
Bracts subulate, very minute ; stipules none; pods 15—80-seeded,........@. prostrata.
Bracts subulate, minute ; stipules minute, subulate ; pods 6—8-seeded, ..0. humifusa.
Bracts lanceolate, a line long ; stipules subulate, minute ; pods 12—15-seeded,
..C. acicularis.
+ + Flowers $—#? in. long. Erect branched annuals.
Tawny pilose; stipules lanceolate, spreading ; pod 20—30-seeded, ......C. ferrugined.
x x Stipules decurrent and forming leafy wings to the branches.
Erect annual; flowers middling-sized, yellow; pods stalked,.......... +++» C. alata.
+ + Racemes terminal or terminating axillary branchings. More or
less hairy, hirsute or appressed silk-hairy, rarely glabrous.
O Calyx divided to the base into lobes, of which especially the
2 upper ones much enlarge in fruit.
t+ Pod exserted from the calyx.
Flowers + in. long, pale ae racemose; bracts linear, very minute ; pods 14—2 times
longer than the calyx, +—3 in. long, ............. Hololts/o)ole] vlolelohclohokenstehetel CO mtaL Onc
+ is Pod more or less irolnded! aul shorter than the calyx,
(Calycine.)
§| Pod small, globular or ovoid-globose, sessile.
Small herb ; racemes shortened and head-like 1. cceeee cece vscceesssesecees Os MMMNMe
Erect annual of several feet; racemes elongate, ....cssseceecreccece sess 0. Uinifolia.
| S| Pods linear-oblong to oblong.
A Flowers yellow or pale yellow.
Flowers few, in short lax racemes; fruiting calyx covered with long coppery brown
soft hairs; pods an inch long’; bracts and bractlets large, lanceolate, ..C. calycind. ©

Flowers in dense heads; calyx and pod in. long; bracts and bractlets large, ovate,
ACUMUINMALC) «-sherete ei6verev eels voi daha syaaeeeetetaciele revel oie) e(e\leleie eis se\.e'e stelalercVele Tench Ne Gente aaita
Flowers? yellow, capitate; calyx and pods ;— 3 in. long; bracts and bractlets linea,
C. Chinensis.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 263

A A Flowers blue.
Flowers in long racemes ; bracts and bractlets oe setaceous ; calyx +—% in. long;
pods 4 in. long, ...... 5% G00 cooO Dd Ud ODE 2.0. sessiliflora.
O O Pods very ranch iS asited fre om the calyx. Gaipercte obliquely
bell-shaped, the teeth rather short, barely enlarging in fruit.
{| Bracts subulate, very minute. Flowers yellow.
A Branches and branchlets woody, with medullary
pith, terete.
Almost glabrous; leaves acute; racemes terminating axillary branchlets or reduced to
geallbiay UO Wi ae-ClURWEES, C500 00 ab00 6o00 Gd0000 4000 5000 100000 000 00 40Gb MU
A A Branches herbaceous, fistulose, stout.
Calyx and underside of the blunt or acute leaves densely appressed silky ; racemes all
terminal, ..... SSS SSO Ge See En Reo ho Cbs OS OOOO He C. Assamica.
Thinly appressed silk-hairy ; leaves retuse to blunt ; racemes all terminal,....C. retusa.
{ (1 Bracts ovate to ovate-lanceolate, up to 4 lin. long,
reflexed.
Glabrous ; leaves blunt to acute, almost sessile, glaucous-green ; pods stalked ; branches
THOU, HIAMOSES. Go0g0ndctMado boUU Goma ebon ono do oooo ab 54:65 b0-000006.0.0 C. sericea.
* * Ovary variously clothed, from villose to tomentose and appressed silk-hairy.
Pods similarly clothed, rarely minutely pubescent and appearing glabrous to
the naked eye. (Flowers racemose.)
+ Stipules none, or small and subulate, Flowers yellow.
x Pods minutely appressed-pubescent, appearing glabrous to the
naked eye. Calyx glabrous. Leaves narrow.
Glabrous ; bracts linear, very minute ; leaves narrow-linear, ..........+. C. neriifolia.
x » Pods and calyx brown or dark brown tomentose or pubescent,
leaves narrow.
Stems sulcate, but not angular ; pods sessile, 1—1} in. long, .............. CG. junced.

Stems sharply 4-angular ; pods shortly stalked, 15—2 in. long, ..... ..... OC. tetragona.
+ + Stipules large, leafy, half-lunate. Flowers blue or rarely greenish
white.

Stems angular, more or less puberulous to glabrous ; leaves rhomboid ; pods pubescent,
o. C. verrucosa.
B. Fontontars. Leaves 3—7-foliolate.

* Leaves digitately 5 (occasionally 3) —7-foliolate.
Leaves 5-foliolate ; flowers rather large, yellow, racemose ; bracts 83—4 lin. long, linear,
acuminate, reflexed ; pods glabrous, stalked, 1;—1} in. long, .... @. qguinquefolia.

* * Leaves digitately 3-foliolate.
x Pods inflated.
+ Pods short, globular or obliquely ovoid, 1-2-4-seeded.

Stipules and bracts minute, subulate ; flowers small, by 1—2 (rarely 3—4) terminating
slender leaf- es peduncles; pods acuminate, Dae appressed pubescent,

1—2-seeded, iene Vice cesene OC. medieaguned.
+ + Pods anions i linea: plane many-seeded.
Pods indistinctly appressed-pubescent, linear-oblong, 1—1{ in. long, ........@. striata.

Pods densely tawny-villous, boat-shaped-oblong, somewhat carved 4—? in. long,
«» C. bracteata.
x »x Pods much compressed (Priotvopis, WA.).
34

264 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Habit of C. striata; flowers yellow, racemose ; pods 1 in. long by 4 broad, acuminate
at both ends, on a filiform stalk, glabrous, ......eesssscssssscerese C. cytisoides.

1. C. Frirormis, Wall. Cat. 5389 ; Hf. [tel Fl. II. 66.

Has. Frequent in the mixed fone especially the upper ones, of
the Pegu Yomah, and along choungs in the lower mixed forests of the
plains ; also Prome district.—Fl. Fr. Nov. to Jan.

9. ©. Srocxsi, Bth. MS. ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 67.

Haz. Tenasserim (or Andamans?) (Helf.).

Unknown to me and included on Baker’s authority.

3. C. prostRavTaA, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 270 ; Mart. Muench. Denkschr.
‘By 10} 2 IEEE, Iboels JMOL Gr.

Has. Martaban, Nattoung hills, east of Tounghoo (Revd. F. Mason).

4. C. actcuLaris, Ham. ap. Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. IT.
476; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 68.

Has. Common, chiefly in the dry and open forests, preferring stiff
diluvial soils, all over Chittagong and Prome to Pegu and Martaban.—F1L
Fr. C. and HS. ~

5. ©. Frerruaeines, Grah. m Wall. Cat. 5398 ; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 68.

Var. a. GENUINA (C. ferruginea, var. B. pilosissima, Bth. in Hf. Ind.
Fl. II. 68), more or less spreading ; leaves narrower and more or less acute ;
all parts more densely rusty pilose.

Var. f. Prnostsstma (C. pilostssima, Miq. Fi. Ind. Bat. I 327),
erect and often less pilose ; leaves broader and rounded or blunt at the apex.

Has. Var. a. frequent in the drier hill- and the pine-forests of
Martaban and Ava, at 4000 to 5000 ft. elevation ; var. 8. frequent along
rocky river-beds in the tropical forests, from Ava and Martaban down to
Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. HS.

6. C. atata, Roxb. Hort. Bengh. 98. and FI. Ind. III. 274; HE
Ind. Fl. II. 69. (C. bialata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 274).

Haz. Common in the long-grassed jungle-pastures of the open and
dry forests, but also in the mixed forests, etc., all over Burmah, from Chit-
tagong and Ava down to Pegu and Martaban.—Fl. Fr. Closeof RS, and
CS.

7. C. aupipa, Heyne in Roth. Nov. sp. 333; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 71.
(C. montana, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 265).

Has. Frequent in the open and dry forests, all over Burma, from
Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—F I. Fr. CS.

8. C. nintroria, L. f. Suppl. 322; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 266; HE.
Ind. Fl. II. 72. (C. cespitosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 269; C. melanocarpa,
Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. II. 569).

Haz. Not unfrequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper
ones, from Ava and Prome down to Pegu and Martaban ; also found in

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 265

grass-lands and along grassy borders of the fields in the Pegu plains.—FI.
Fr. CS.

N. B. ©. patula, Grab. (in Wall. Cat. 5371; Bth. in Hook. Lond.
Journ. II. 568, from Ava), is reduced by Baker to a variety of ©, nana,
Burm. [am unacquainted with the species.

9. ©. canycrna, Schrank. Pl. rar. Monae. t. 12; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 72.
(C. stricta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 265, non Roth.).

Has. Ava, Irrawaddi-valley near Tagoung (J. Anderson) ; Taong-
dong (Wall.).— Fl. Fr. Jan.

10. ©. puBra, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5404; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 73.

Has. Frequent in the upper mixed forests, but chiefly in poonzohs,
of Chittagong, Pegu, and Martaban, up to 3000 feet elevation.—Fl. Fr. CS.

11. C. Cunvensis, L. sp. pl. 1003, non Roxb. ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 73.
(0. barbata, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 338, non Grah.).

Haz. Peguand Tenasserim (teste Baker).

12. ©. sessmirtora, L. sp. pl. 1004; Hf. Ind. FL. IT. 73.

Has. Common in jungle-pastures and in open places of the open and
dry forests, all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.

FI. Fr. Close of R. and CS.
13. C. Kurzit, Bak. in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 229; Hf. Ind.

Pi IT. 75.

Var. o. GENUINA, Leaves longer and of a thinner texture; flowers
usually axillary and gradually passing into terminal or axillary racemes with
all intermediate conditions on the same plant; pods an inch long.
Low-level form.

Var. £8. MoNTANA, leaves of a firmer texture and half the size;
flowers in true leafless elongate axillary and terminal racemes; pods
only 3. an inch long. High-level form.

Has. Var. a. common in the upper, rare inthe lower mixed forests,
all over the Pegu Yomah and Martaban ; var. 6. pretty frequent in the
drier hill- (especially the pine-) forests of Martaban, up to 5000 feet eleva-
tion.— Fl. CS.; Fr. HS.

C. Peguana, Bth. MS. (Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 77, from Rangoon), is un-

known to me. It seems to me to differ in no respect from the axillary-

flowered form of the above.
14. ©. Assamica, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. II. 481; HE.

Ind. Fl. II. 75.
Haz. Ava, in the Khakyen hills, east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl.

Fr. March.
In Ava specimens the flowers sometimes grow indifferently in the place
of the leaves from the leaf-branches, so that the flowers are either mixed

up with the leaves (reduced flowering branchlets) or form incomplete ra-

266 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a _ £No. 4,

cemes below the leafy summit. The species itself, however, may be nothing
but a more pubescent hill-form of C. retusa.

14. C. MacropuHytia, Kurz MS. (C. Kurz, var. luzwrians, Kurz
in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 229).

Has. Rare in the moister upper mixed forests of the Southern Pegu
Yomah.—Fr. CS.

I have referred this form erroneously to C. Kurzii, but the stout hol-
low stems bring it nearer to C. Assamica, from which it differs not only in
its much larger petioled leaves and in the calyx, but alsoin the pods, which
are sessile and 13—2 in. long. MHabitually it may be called a very luxuriant
terminal-racemed form of C. Kurzit.

15. C. retusa, L. sp. pl. 1004; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 272; Bot.
Mag. t. 2561; Bot. Reg. t. 253; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 75.

Has. Chiefly in grassy sandy places near the sea in Arracan and Pe-
gu, but also found along the banks of the Irrawaddi in the Prome district ;
it has become a weed on Ross Island ete., on the Andamans, but there very
likely only introduced.—Fl. Fr. Close of RS. and DS.

16. C. sericea, Retz. Obs. III. 26; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 2738; Hf.
Ind. FI. II. 75.

Has. Frequent along rocky choungs in the hills of Chittagong, Arra-
ean, and the Pegu Yomah; rarely seen along the banks of the larger rivers
in the plains of Pegu—FIl. Fr. CS.

17. ©. neRirronia, Wall. Cat. 5362; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 74.

Has. Not unfrequent in the hill-eng-forests of Martaban, east of
Tounghoo ; Ava, Taong-dong (Wall.).—Fl. Nov.; Fr. March, Apr.

18. C. suncEa, L. sp. pl. 1004; Bot. Mag. t. 490; Roxb. Corom.
Pl. II. t. 193 and Fl. Ind. TIL. 259; Hi. Ind. Fl. IL 79. (C. fenestrata,
Sims. Bot. Mag. t. 1933; C. tenwifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 263).

Has. Frequently cultivated m fields all over Burma, especially in
Prome and Pegu, but also like wild along the banks of the larger rivers,
especially the Irrawaddi.—Fl. Fr. H. and RS.

19. ©. Terracona, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 263; Andr. Bot. Repos. t.
593; Hf. Ind. Fl. 11.78. (C. grandiflora, Zoll. im Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I.
339, teste Baker).

Has. Frequent, especially along rocky choungs in hilly tracts, all
over Ava and Chittagong to Pegu and Arracan ; ascending to 3000 feet
elevation ; less frequent along rivers in the alluvium of the plains.—Fl. Fr.
CS.

20. C. veRRUcOosA, L. sp. pl. 1005 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 273 ; Bot.
Mag. t. 3034 ; Bot. Reg. t. 1134 ; Wight Icon. t. 200; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT.
77. (C. angulosa, Lamk. Ene. II. 196? ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 274; &
coerulea, Jacq. Icon. t. 144).

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 267

Has. Frequent in open grassy places, along river-banks and road-
sides, especially in Ava and Prome, less frequent in Pegu and Martaban.
—Fl. Fr. C. and H. S.

21. C. qguimveuerott, L. sp. pl. 1006 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 279 ; Hf.
Ind. Fl. II. 84 (C-. sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 437).

Haz. Not unfrequent in wet pastures, marshy grass-lands and along
borders of rice-fields, from Arracan and Pegu down to Tenasserim.—F. Fr.
RS.

22. C. meEpIcAGINEA, Lamk. Dict. II. 201; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 81
_ (CG. procumbens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. 278).

Has. Not unfrequent in the dry forests of Ava and Prome ; rare in
the mixed forests of Pegu.—Fl. Close of RS; Fr. CS.

23. C. pRractEata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 278 ; Wight Icon. t. 273;
Griff. Not. Dicot. 436; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 83.

Has. Not unfrequent in the mixed forests, especially the upper ones,
and in dry pastures and rubbishy places adjoining them, all over Burma,
from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim.—F I. Fr. Close of RS. and
CS.

24. C. striata, DC. Prod. II. 181; Bot. Mag. t. 3200; Hf. Ind. FI.
Tl. 85. (C. Brownez Rehb. Icon. Exot. t. 282; C. Saltiana, Andr. Bot.
Repos. t. 648).

Has. ~ Frequent in grass and cleared lands, rubbishy places, along road-
sides, etc., all over Pegu and Chittagong to Arracan; most probably
throughout the country.—Fl. Fr. R. and CS.

25. ©. cyrisorpes, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 276 (Priotropis cytisoides,
WA. Prod. I. 180 in adn. ; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 65).

Haz. Ava, Taong-dong, Khakhyen hills, east of Bhamo ; also Tenas-
serim (Griff.)—Fl. F. R. and CS.

Parochetus, Ham.

1. P. communis, Ham. in Don. Prod. Fl. Nep. 240; Royle III.
Him. Pl. t. 35; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 86. (P. major, Don. Fl. Nep. 241; Wight
Icon. t. 483 ; P. maculatus, R. Br. in Benn. Pl. Jay. rar. 162. t. 34; Cos-
miusa repens, Alef. in Bot. Ztg. 1866. 145. t. 6. B. f. 1—6).

Haz. Ava and Tenasserim (teste Baker).

Melilotus, Juss.
1. M. aupa, Desr. in Lamk. Dict. IV. 64; Koch Syn. Fl. Germ. ed.
3. L. 144; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 89. CAL. leucantha, Koch in DC. Fl. France. V.
564; Engl. Bot. Suppl. t. 2689; Zrifolium Indicwm, Willd. sp. pl. III.
1353 ; Roxb.—Fl. Ind. ITI. 388).
Haz. Prome district, a weed in the fields of the Irrawadi valley.
—Fl. Fr. CS.

268 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 4,

Psoralea, L.

1. P. corynironia, L. sp. pl. 1075; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 387; Bot.
Mag. t. 665 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 108. (Alelilotus sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 437. t.
578).

Has. Occasionally in neglected fields, near hedges and along road-
sides in the Prome district ; apparently more frequent in Ava.—Fl. Fr.
CS.

Cyamopsis, DC.

*1. C. psoraLiompEs, DC. Prod. II. 216; Wight Icon. t. 248 ; Hf.
Ind. Fl. IL. 92. (Dolichos fabeformis, L’ Her. Stirp. t. 78; Roxb. Fl. Ind.
Ill. 316 ; Lupinus trifoliatus, Cav. Icon. t. 59).

Has. Burma, cultivated (according to Revd. F. Mason).—FI. Fr. CS.

Indigofera, L.
Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Spheridiophora, Desy. Ovary 1-ovuled. Pods very short, 1-seeded.

All parts, also the pods, appressed silk-hairy ; leaves simple, small; pods almost
globular, .... 0000 dees wees cece tee e ee cone 000000 6y00000 <1 shale elfelameletetee gO pOLUMe
Subg. 2. Eu-Indigofera, Bth. Ovary 2—more-ovuled; pods usually elongate,

rarely short.

* Calyx deeply cleft, the lobes subulate-acuminate. Corolla about twice so long as
the calyx. Annuals or perennials.
+ Pods short, 2- rarely 3-seeded.

Appressed pubescent; leaves pinnate; pods almost 4-angular, shortly hairy; seeds

FUME sa00000000 pooDpeaDDeOoOOC CODD AD GOROUOUamODS seceee eel, exnenphylla.
+ + Pods many- or several-seeded, elongate.
O Seeds cylindrical.

Leafiets usually in 4 to 5 pairs ; racemes shorter than the leaves, ........ J. tinctoria.
Leaflets in 1 or 2 pairs; racemes very slender, much longer than the leaves,
..L. endecaphylla.
Leaves 3-foliolate ; racemes very short or reduced to clusters, ............1. trifoliata.

O O Seeds cubical or 4-angular-oblong.

All parts (also the pods) viscose-pubescent ; leaflets in 4—7 pairs, .... «2.00. L. ViSCOSH.

All parts appressed greyish or silvery pubescent; leaves 8-foliolate; pods thinly
appressed pubescent, 1. cecsceeacsreeesecsvecscecceecccece sesssesens Le brittle

All parts hirsute-pubescent ; leaflets usually in 3 or 4 pairs ; pods hirsute,....L. hirsuta.

* * Calyx toothed, the teeth short, more or less acute. Corolla at least 3 times as
long as the calyx and usually much longer, More or less woody shrubs.
x Leaves simple or 3-foliolate (often on the same plant).

Whole plant greyish from minute appressed stiff hairs; leaves 1—38-foliolate on the
same plant; stipules very minute, 1.1.45 sees veveee se eesveeee L. Brunoniana.

Softly tawny pubescent ; leaves 1-foliolate ; stipules about 2 lin. long, ....Z. caloneura.

x x Leaves unpaired pinnate.
O Pods 14—2 in. long, more or less 4-gonous; seeds cubical or
4-cornered.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 269

Stipules 2—3 lin. long ; pods minutely appressed pubescent, ........ sss I. galegoides.

SHEE MMe S OUTS RIO, Sono00 voodoo odendd oduudD ObooGuo0 oo I. pulchella.
O O Pods about an inch long, terete. Seeds cylindrical.

en eMNLOUS SHNULES MINUTE) vcieeces es cawie 6 ong saceweciols se ccvee cre T. elliptica.

1. I. nrytronta, Retz. Obs. IV. 29. and VI. 33. t. 2; Roxb. Corom.
Pl. Tf. ¢. 196 and FI. Ind. III. 370; Wight Icon. t. 318 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II.
92.

Has. Not unfrequent in short-grassed rather dry pastures of Chit-
tagong, Pegu, and Arracan ; probably all over the country.—Fl. Fr. chiefly
C. and HS.
fee2)) bo ennearavina, b. Mant. 272; Roxb: El Ind. III. 376;
Wight Icon. t. 403 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 94.

Has. Ava, on limestone hills about Segain ; in the dry forests of the
Prome district.—Fl. Fr. Nov.

3. I. rryctoria, L. sp. pl. 1061; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 379 ; Wight
Icon. t. 365 ; Royle Ill. Him. Pl. t. 195; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 99.

Var. a. GENUINA, pods about an inch long and more slender, usually
straight or only slightly curved, 7—10-seeded, the seeds about a line long,
pale coloured.

Var. £. Antu (J. Anil, L. Mant. 272; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 307;
J. coerulea, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 377 ; Wight Icon. t. 366 ; Z. argentea, var.
coerulea, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 99), pods more curved and reflexed,
shorter, about 4 in. long but sometimes longer, 3—4, but as often 4-—6
and even up to 7-seeded, the seeds smaller, olive-coloured.

Has. Var. a. frequently cultivated in the Irrawaddi alluvium of
Prome and Pegu, and most probably elsewhere ; var. @. frequent in the
open forests, especially the low ones, in jungle-pastures and along river-
banks, all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—F.
Fr. Close of RS., and CS.

I cannot find any sufficient grounds for specifically separating the
above two forms ; the pod differs greatly on the same plant.

4, J. ENDECAPHYLLA, Jacq. Icon. t. 570; Bot, Reg. t. 789 ; HE.
Ind. Fl. II. 98. (JZ. debtlis, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5466 ; Kurz in Journ. As.
Soc. Beng. 1874, 184).

Haz. Ava, Irrawaddi valley (Wall. ; Mrs. Burney).—FI. Sept.

The pods of the Burmese plant are more slender and more persistently
pubescent.

5. I. rrrrorata, L. Amoen. IV. 327; Wight Icon. t. 814; Hf.
Ind FI. II. 96.

Har. ‘Tenasserim (Helf.) teste Baker.

6. I. viscosa, Lamk. Encycl. Meth. III. 247 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III,
377 ; Wight Icon. t. 404; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 95.

Has. Ava, near Mandalay (J. Anderson).—Fl. Fr. Sept.

270 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

7. J. rria, L. £. Suppl. 335; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 371; Wight.
Icon. t. 315 and t. 386 ; Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. I t. 16; Hf. Ind. FL. II.
96. (ZZ. cinerea, Willd. sp. pl. IIL. 1225 ; Roxb. 1. ec. 372).

Has. Ava, Taong dong (Wall.).—Fr. Octob.

8. I. uirsura, L. sp. pl. 1862; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 376; Jacq.
Icon. t. 569; P. d. B. Fl. d’ Ovar. t. 119 ; Hook. Comp. Bot. Mag. t. 24;
Hi indy Fi TM. 98.

Has. Ava (Wall.) ; Tenasserim (teste Baker).—FI. Octob.

9. I. Brounonitana, Grah. m Wall. Cat. 5491 ; Wall. Pl. As. rar. IIT.
48. t. 279 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 93.

Has. Not unfrequent in the eng-forests of the Prome district and
of Pegu.—Fl. Close of RS. ; Fr. CS.

10. JI. catonEuRA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 219; Hf.
Ind. Fl. II. 93.

Has. Pegu (Brandis), probably a laterite plant.

11. J. g@atEecorpes, DC. Prod. II. 225; Migq. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 310;
Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 100. (LZ. wneinata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 382; £ Zollin-
geriana, Miq. Fl. Ind. I. 810? teste Baker).

Has. Not unfrequent in the open, and more especially in the hill-eng-
forests, of Martaban down to Tenasserim, up to 4000 feet elevation ; also
Pegu, Rangoon (Wall.).—Fl. RS. ; Fr. CS.

12. I. putcHetta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 382; Wight Icon. t. 367;
Bedd. Fl. Sylv. 85. Anal. t. 12. f. 1.; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 101, in part only.
(Z. purpurascens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 383? JL. arborea, Roxb. 1. ¢. 318;
Wight Icon. t. 368.)

Has. Not unfrequent in the dry and open (chiefly the eng-) forests
from Ava and Prome down to Pegu and Martaban.—F Il. Fr. C. and HS.

N. B. I. vronacea, Roxb. 1. ec. 380, differs from the above in the
pod and the cylindrically oblong pale-coloured seeds. It is in my eyes near-
er akin to L. elliptica, from which it deviates only in the size and colour
of the seeds.

18. I. exurerica, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 380.

Haz. Pegu, Rangoon (Cleghorn) ; Karen country (O’Riley) ; Tenas-
serim, Salween (Wall.).—Fr. CS.

Sesbania, Pers.
Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Agati, Desv. Flowers 2—3 in. long, falcately recurved in bud, the
standard acute or bluntish.
Small glabrous tree ; flowers showy, white or scarlet, .........s..002.8. grandijiora.

Subg. 2. Eu-Sesbania, Bth. Flowers less than an inch long, straight in bud,
yellow or brown-purple, the standard broad, more or less notched.

* Racemes drooping from the base. Small trees.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 271

Glabrous ; pods 1}—2 lin. broad, somewhat angular from the prominent sutures,
. SS. Aoyptiaca.

* * Racemes erect from the base, but often overhanging. Shrubby annuals.
Pods rather convex on both sides, 11—2 lin. broad ; standard 4in, long; seeds cylindri-

ome per P ete NiO aera eleeict e cidies'e ata avsie's aleve aratnebar stale thera slate AR HEREC S. aculeata.
Pods rather flat, 2—8 lin. broad, Sony. ecdorcde standard 2 in. long, seeds more
or less compressed-rhomboid, ....... coe ccccos og doce conecedc S. Cochinchinensis.

*]. §. GRanprrLoRa, Pers. Syn. II. 316; Bth. Fl Austr. II. 212;
Hf. Ind. Fl. 11.115. (Agati grandiflora, Desv. in Journ. Bot. III. 120;
Griff. Not. Dicot. 488; Aschynomene grandiflora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III.
331).

Haz. Only planted, but generally found in villages all over Burma.—
Fl. RS.

*2. SS. Aleypriaca, Pers. Ench. II. 316; Wight Icon. t. 42; Bedd.
Fl. Sylv. 86. Anal. t. 12. f.3; Hf. Ind. Fl. IJ. 114. (schynomene ses-
ban, Li. sp. pl. 1061 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 332; S. picta, Pers., Bot. Mag.

873).

Haz. Generally planted in villages all over Burma.—FI. Fr. Jan.
—May.

3. S. acunEaTA, Pers. Enchir. IJ. 316; Hf. Ind. Fl. 115. (4#s-
chynomene spinulosa, Roxb. FI. Ind. III. 333; 8. polyphylla, Miq. in FI.
Ind. Bat. I. 288 ; Aschynomene cannabina, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 335, non
Pers. )

Has. Rather frequent in long-grassed pastures and savannahs of the
Kolodyne valley, Arracan.—Fl. Octob.

4. §S. CocHincHINEenstIs, DC. Prod. II. 266; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I.
287 ? (Aischynomene paludosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 333 ; Sesbania canna-
bina, Pers. Enchir. II. 316; WA. Prod. I. 215; S. aculeata, var. cannabi-
na, Bak. m Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 115).

Has. Not unfrequent in swamps and swampy pastures all over the
plains of Pegu; also Chittagong.—F 1. Octob. ; Fr. CS.

The Pegu plant is much smaller, and has the broad flat pod of this spe-
cies and the habit and seeds of S. aculeata, but much fewer leaflets.

Tephrosia, Pers.
Conspectus of Species.
* Flowers in axillary or leaf-opposed racemes, rarely reduced to 2 or a few only.
Leaves unpaired-pinnate, rarely simple,
x Calyx-teeth short, deltoid. (Brissonia, Neck.)
Shrub, silky pubescent ; corolla 3—1 in. long, white; racemes terminal and lateral ;
pod appressed silk-hairy, .......0 csccce arcsec vevees cseseene eres T. candida.
x x Calyx-teeth narrow, cuspidate, as long as the calyx-tube. Annuals
or undershrubs. (Reineria, Moench.)
+ Flowers in racemes.

35

972 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

O Racemes peduncled, leaf-opposed (and terminal).
Almost glabrous or very thinly appressed silk-hairy ; pods glabrous or nearly so,

.. 1. purpuren.
O O Racemes axillary (and terminal), sometimes reduced.
Apparently similar to the preceding, but racemes short or reduced to a few (2) flowers

OME 5560000 d 9000000 Sonos ancnsoo Dodad0K AGGRADRID aboo DDS 0005 T. paucifiora.
Racemes long-peduncled, many-flowered ; leaves pinnate, leaflets in 3—6 pairs, appress-
ed silvery silk-hairy ; pods glabrescent, ......2. 2-000 c0++ occe ecoees T. tinctoria
Racemes long-peduncled, many-flowered ; leaves pinnate, leaflets in 6—9 pairs, thinly
appressed silk-hairy ; pods densely brownish silk-hairy, ..........2. Hookeriana.
Racemes long-peduncled, few-flowered at the apex; leaves simple, or with a pair of
diminutive basal leaflets; rest as in J. tinctoriad, 1. .sseee serves oes .L. Grahani.
+ + Flowers solitary or by pairs in the leaf-axils.
Silvery silk-hairy ; leaflets in 2—3 pairs; pods appressed silvery pubescent,

..L. senticosa.
* * Flowers solitary or paired in the leaf-axils, very small. Leaves simple. (Mac-
ronyx, Dalz.).
All parts thinly silk-hairy ; leaves lmear; peduncle capillary, ......... 0 ocee Lt COMES

1. TT. canprpa, DC. Prod. IL. 249; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 111. (Kzesera
sericea, Rwdt. in Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 291).

Haz. Chittagong, Martaban and Tenasserim (feste Baker).

2. T. purPpuUREA, Pers. Knch. Il. 329; Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 112) m park
(Galega purpurea, Li. sp. pl. 1063 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 386; Galega lan-
ceefolia, Roxb. |. e.).

Haz. Common in grassy lands, in shrubbery, along river- and road-
sides, ete., also in savannahs, all over Burma, from Chittagong and Ava
down to Tenasserim.—F. RS., Fr. CS.

2. 'T. PAUCIFLORA, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5635 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 114,

Has. Ava, Paghamyo (Wall.)—Unknown to me.

3. ‘T. rIncrorta, Pers. Enchir. II, 329; Wight Icon. t. 388; Hf
Ind. Fl. II. 111. (Galega tinctoria, L. sp. pl. 1063; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIE
386 ; Galega Heyneana, Roxb. 1. ¢. 384).

Var. a. GENUINA, the indument more or less tawny ; leaflets oblong
to elliptically oblong.

Var. #. coccinna, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. Il. 112. (2% coccinea, Wall.
Pl. As. rar. t. 60), the indument silvery white ; leaflets short and more or
less obovate, the base usually cuneate.

Has. Var. f. only, Ava, along the banks of the Irawaddi, apparently
common.—Fl. Fr. RS.

4. T. Granamit, Wall. Cat. 5652 (2. tinctoria, var. Grahamit, WA.
leak ib ALL),

Has. Rather frequent in the eng-forests of the Prome District.—Fl.
its 3 ie, GS:

5. T. senticosa, Pers. Syr. II. 380 ; Wight Icon. t. 870 ; Hf. Ind.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 273

Fl. II. 112. (Galega senticosa, L. Amoen III. 19 ; Galega pentaphylla,
Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 384).
Has. Ava, Yenang-choung (Wall.) feste Baker.
6. T. renuis, Wall. Cat. 5970 ; Hook. in Journ. Bot. II. 35 in adn. ;
te fod. HY. 1. 111,
Has. Ava, Segain, limestone-hills (Wall.).—Fr. Nov.

Millettia, WA.
Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Notho-Millettia, Miq. Stamens diadelphous (9 + land 7 + 1). Seeds
usually not compressed.—Trees.

Glabrous ; corolla purple, glabrous; stamens 9 + 1; pods coriaceous, the valves very
convex and smooth, ....... 6 00060000I00000000 0000000 9 00000 ... WL. atropurpurea.
Subg. 2. Hu-WMillettia, Bak. Stamens sonadelnteus the 10th vexillary stamen

more or less free at the base only. Seeds much compressed.

* Standard not auricled at the base.
x Trees.
x Valves of pod without prominent ledges or wings on the margins,
flat or slightly convex, glabrous or nearly so.
O Podevalves not rough from warts or lentils.

Young parts and leaves beneath slightly pubescent; corolla glabrous, lilac; pods
appressed puberulous, .... 2.2.00 ceevec cence Lcyarcistarcnostem ine iM, (HO:

Young parts slightly pubescent ; corolla pubeacann ii ; pods Hapione a Brandisiana,

Leaves beneath sparingly appressed grey-hairy ; corolla Hlatieous ; pod obscurely “ grey-
CRMATCMIS™ 15660 00000000 do00000 oy ateianSave decal ree 9 900000 00000 soe eeee LM, CONG.

O O Pod-valves rough from et or lentils, Statens

Young shoots silky pubescent; corolla glabrous, white; pods thick, lenticellate-
IROWIAN Gaaooo GooUt 5 o90006 doD0Dd00 bODKNE Do00000 ce cccccccerscsccee UM. leucantha.

Glabrous ; corolla glabrous, blue ; pod thick, warted, .................. UM. ovalifolia,

x x Walves of pod extended into prominent ledges or wings.

Young shoots slightly pubescent ; leaflets bluntish acuminate ; racemes almost gla-
brous ; corolla steel-blue, glabrous ; pods sharply edged,........«+.+Z. glawcescens.

As preceding, but racemes pubescent; corolla white, glabrous ; pods unknown,

. LM. pubinervis.

Shortly tomentose, especially while young ; leaflets rounded at the apex ; corolla pale

blue, glabrous ; pods with 4 waved marginal wings,................W. tetraptera.
+ + Woody climbers.
x Corolla glabrous. Ovary more or less pubescent. Pod glabrous.

Young shoots and leaves beneath pubescent ; calyx broader than deep ; corolla white ;
pods fleshy coriaceous, torose, .......... go DUODdO CDeCaDOaCOOODOSC MM. pachycarpa.

As preceding, but glabrescent ; flowers much smaller, Flac ; calyx longer than wide ;
pod unknown, ....... 500000 dapnnddD Boocd OD DOnGOD OOCOO OMIA TRAIAN:

ae Garay at least ane standard, velvety or silky pubescent
outside.

Leaves glabrous ; flowers racemose, in terminal panicles; pods torose, tawny vel-
WINS code doco ne oo00c000c0 DUDHOD DODOOd DODO DODO DG OO ND OOdL oG0OS¢ .. W. cinerea.

Leaves appressed silvery or coppery silk- haley beneath ; flowers in lateral racemes ; pods
flat, not torose, brown-velvety, ....scee cesses veees Wypiele oo vie ces clvie eal COMCEE

274 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Leaves glabrous ; flowers in axillary short peduncled racemes ; pods brown velvety,
. LL. coerulea.
* * Standard auricled at the base on both sides of the claw.
x Corolla glabrous.
Young shoots rusty tomentose ; corolla violet ; ovary quite glabrous, ...... I, leiogyna.
x x Corolla, at least the standard, velvety or silky pubescent outside.
O Leaflets blunt or apiculate, rarely shortly acuminate. Branches

brown.
Flowers purple ; racemes elongate, longer than the petiole ; pods glabrous when fully
THD) 4900 99000000 000000 0905 9000 500680 9000000080000000000 0079 002 M.extensa.
Flowers white ; racemes elongate, much longer than the petiole ; pods tawny or brown
HOMMEIMTUROSIS Chern wanern aqui Tay, 555500 0000000 5000 DNDDODGO DOne M. macrophylla.
Flowers rose-coloured ; racemes much shorter than the petiole ; leaflets obtuse; pods
ARTY OL [ROAD WOUNEMUNOSE 56 .06500000 000000 490000 00000000 d000 0006 IM. fruticosa.

O O Leaflets glaucous beneath, long- and caudate-acuminate. Bran-
ches grey.
Low scandent shrub, almost glabrous; flowers,....... 0.50900000000000 o00° I. caudata.

1. M. arropurpurea, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 249 in adn. ; Hf. Ind.
Fl. II. 108. (Longamia atropurpurea, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. 70. t. 78; Pon-
gamie sp. Griff. Not. Dicot. 444).

Haz. Rather frequent in the tropical *forests along the eastern and
southern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and from Martaban down to Tenas-
serim.—Fl. Jan.— March; Fr. May, June.

IM. paniculata, Mig. Fl. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 301, differs only in its
larger and more flattened pods; the seeds in my specimens are not
developed. Miquel ascribes to this species a very abnormal diadelphism,
viz. 7 + 1. MAL sp. No. 1. from Malacea in Hf. Ind. Fl. HH. 110 is
apparently the same. Pongamia glandulosa, Griff. Not. Dicot. 443, from
Mergui, remains doubtful to me, the more so as Griffith says nothing of
the stamens, while he describes 10 hypogynous glands (abortive stamens ?)
surrounding the ovary ; he compares the tree to I. atropurpurea.

2. M. putcura, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 69. sub 138
and Pegu Report A. 45; Hf. Ind. FL Il. 104. (Mlundulea pulchra, Bth.
in Pl. Jungh. I. 248 in adn.).

Has. Ava Hills (Griffith). 4

3. M. Branpistana, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 18738, 69; Hf.
Ind. FI. II. 108.

Has. Frequent in the upper mixed forests of the Pegu Yomah.—FI.
March—Apr. ; Fr. Jan. Febr.

Closely allied to the preceding species.

4. M. cana, Bth. in Hf. Ind. Fl. I]. 105. (Pongamia cana, Grah.
in Wall. Cat. 5903 ; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 250 in adn.).

Has. Ava, banks of the Irrawaddi at Yenang choung (Wall.).

I do not know what authority Baker has for calling this species a
climber.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 275

5. M. tevoanrua, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 68. (IL
pendula, Bak. in Hf. Ind. FI. II. 105 ; Pongamia pendula, Grah. in Wall.
Cat. 5902 ; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 250 in adn., nomen enigmaticum).

Has. Frequent in the dry and open forests, less so in the upper
mixed forests, all over Prome and the Pegu Yomah, up to 2000 ft.
elevation — F]. March, Apr; Fr. Apr., May.

6. M. ovatrroria, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 68, excl.
syn. ¢este Baker ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 107.

Has. Not unfrequent in the dry forests of the Prome district, where
it occasionally enters the savannah forests.—Fl. Fr. March, Apr.

7. M. e@taucescens, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 18738, 67 ; HE.
Ind. Fl. II. 107.

Has. Frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed forests of
the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah and of Martaban.—Fl. Apr., May ;
Fr. May, June.

8. M. puBrinervis, Kurz in Journ. As. Soe. Beng. 1873, 68; Hf.
Ind. Fl. IL. 106.

Has. Martaban, rather rare in the upper mixed forests of Toukye-
ghat, east of Tounghoo.—F 1. Apr.

Very nearly allied to the preceding species, chiefly differing in its
smaller and longer acuminate leaflets, and in the colour of the flowers and
pubescence. The pods are still unknown.

9. M. rerraptera, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 69; Hf.
Ind. Fl. IT. 106.

Has. Not unfrequent in the dry forests of Prome and Ava.—FI.
Apr.

10. M. pacnycarpa, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 250; Hf. Ind. FI. IT.
106.

Haz. Ava, Khakyen Hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. Apr.

11. M. monttcona, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1878, 67; Hf.
Ind. FI. II. 106.

Has. Martaban, in the stunted hill- and the pine-forests of the
Nattoung hills, at 6500—7100 ft. elevation.—F 1. March.

N. B. Occurs also at Darjeeling, Sikkim, at 7000 ft. elevation
(S. Gamble).

12. M. crnerea, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 249 im adn.; HE. Ind. FI.
Il. 106. (Robinia paniculata, Roxb. MS. Icon. XX. t. 151, No. 2543;
Pongamia heterocarpa, Wall. ap. Voigt. Cat. Hort. Cale. 240).

Has. Ava (Wall.) ; Chittagong—Fl. May.

18. M. sericea, WA. Prod. I. 263 in adn.; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 104.
(Pongamia sericea, Vent. Malm. No. 28; DC. Prod. II. 416 ; Dalbergia
angustifolia, Hassk. Pl. Jay. rar. 899, teste Baker).

276 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Haz. Along choungs in the tropical forests of Martaban, east of
Tounghoo.—Fl. May.

14. M. ca@RuieEa, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 107.

Has. Upper Tenasserim, at Phanoe (Wall.).—Unknown to me.

15. M. terogyna, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 67 ; Hf.
Ind etal” 109)

Has. Martaban, in an upper mixed forest at Nakawa choung,
Toukyeghat east of Tounghoo.—Fl. Apr.

16. M. exrensa, Bth. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 109. (Otosema extensa,
Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 249 ; Walp. Ann. IV. 580).

Has. Frequent in the leaf-shedding forests up to 2000—3000 feet
elevation, all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Upper Tenas-
serim.—Fl. March, Apr. ; Fr. CS.

A species not clearly distinct from JL macrophylla (Otosema macro-
phylla, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 249; Robinia macrophylla, Roxb. Fl. Ind,
Jil. 329; MM. auriculata, Baker in Hf. Ind. FI. II. 108), and probably
only an Indo-Chinese form of it.

17. M. rruricosa, Bth. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 109. (Otosema fruticosa,
Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 249; Robinia fruticosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 328).

Has. Pegu (teste Baker).

18. M. cavpatra, Bak. in Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 109. (Ofosema caudata.
Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 249; Tephrosia urophylla, Wall. ap. Voigt. Hort,
Cale. 216).

Has. Martaban, creeping and twining in the rocky bed of the Touk-
yeghat river, east of Tounghoo.

I have leaf-specimens only. These have the leaflets broader than in
the normal form, but in other respects they perfectly agree with the
Assam plant.

Pongamia, Vent.

1. P. miris, (Robinia mitis, L. sp. pl. 1044 ; P. glabra, Vent. Hort.
Malmais. I. t. 28; Wight Icon. t. 59; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. Madr. t. 177 ; Hf.
Ind. Fl. II, 240; Galedupa Indica, Lamk. Encycl. Méth. II. 594; Roxb.
Fl. Ind. IIT. 239).

Has. Frequent in the tidal and beach-forests all along the coasts,
from Chittagong down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. Febr.
March ; Fr. RS.

Derris, Lour.
Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Brachypterum, WA. (Eu-Derris, Bth.). Standard equally tapering
at the base, with or without 2 basal callosities. Stamens monadelphous. Pods nar-
rowly winged along the vexillary suture only.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 204

* Standard without basal callosities.
x Flowers in simple or almost simple racemes.
+ Pods lanceolate, acuminate or acute at both ends.
Erect tree ; leaflets almost acute, mucronate, .......0 veseee cevvee wees ..»»D. robusta,
Hema eng hE sw leatletsemOUCMeds: (eis c7o0 ere s-eje.c 00:00) alslele/sle) siecsie #) +e eleleis sie) D scandens.
+ + Pods oblong or orbicular, with rounded ends. Scandent shrubs.
ull TEI, QS) WAS jock, Sikora, “Gooooo aabboGlUoDUUU cocdcdn vobo og oD UDOT D. uliginosa.
ISSIAy [DUlNaAGeis 5 TOOTS) UINESWCi, 65 oo G0 G000 00000000 v0 D000 00000K0000 . LD. elegans.
x x Flowers racemose, collected into panicles.
Scandent, glabrous ; pods sinuately constricted between the seeds ; corolla 3 in long,

< ..D. sinuata.
* * Standard with 2 basal callosities (Paraderris, Miq.)
Scandent, young shoots densely silk-hairy ; flowers 10 lin. long ; ovary villous, D. elliptica.
Subg. 2. Aganope, Mig. (Dipteroderris, Bth.) Standard equally narrowed at
the base and without callosities. Stamens monadelphous, or the vexillary one free.
Pods more or less distinctly winged at both sutures.

Scandent, glabrous ; lateral nerves beneath very faint, immersed, .......... D. amoena.

1. D. rnosusta, Bth. in Linn. Proc. IV. Suppl. 104. (Dalbergia
robusta, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 53 ; DC. Prod. II. 417; Wight Icon. t. 244;
Dalbergia Krowee, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 229).

Has. Not unfrequent in the upper and lower mixed forests of Pegu ;
Ava ; also Andamans.—FI. Apr.

2. D. scanpEns, Bth. in Linn. Proc. IV. Suppl. 103 ; Hf. Ind. Fl.
Ii. 240. (Dalbergia scandens, Roxb. Corom. PI. II. t. 192 and Fl. Ind
ILL. 232; Brachypterum scandens, WA. in Wight Icon. t. 275).

Has. Frequent in the tidal and swamp-forests, but also entering the
savannah-forests, of the alluvial lands, all over Burma, from Chittagong,
Prome, and Martaban down to Tenasserim aud the Andamans.—Fl. Jun.
Jul. ; Fr. CS.

3. D. unternosa, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 252. and in Linn. Proce. FEV.
Suppl. 107. (Pongamia uliginosa, DC. Prod. II. 416 ; Hook. Bot. Mise. IIT.
301. suppl. t.41 sub P. religiosa and P. triphylla ; Galedupa uliginosa,
Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 243).

Has. Frequent in the tidal forests and in low littoral lands, from
Arracan down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. March, May; Fr.
RS.

4. D. EvEGANS, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 252 in adn. and in Linn. Proce.
IV. Suppl. 109.

Has. In the swamp-forests of the Irrawadi in Pegu, and along mar-
shy streams in Tenasserim as far south as Mergui.—Fl. Febr. March.

5. D. smnvata, Thw. Ceyl. Pl. 93; Bth. in Linn. Proc. IV. Suppl.
1138. (D. polyarthra, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 298).

Has. Not unfrequent in the tidal forests and in the beach-jungles of
Pegu and Tenasserim.—F r. Nov. Decb.

278 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

6. D. evurprica, Bth. in Linn. Proc. IV. Suppl. IIL (Pongamia
elliptica, Wall. Pl. As. rar. III. 20. t. 287 ; Wight Icon. t. 420 ; Galedupa
elliptica, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 242; Pongamia volubilis, Zoll. and Mor.
Syst. Verz. 3; Pongamia Horsfieldii, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 149).

Has. Upper Tenasserim, Attaran and Moulmein (Wall.).

7. D. amorna, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 252 in adn. and in Linn. Proe.
IV. Suppl. 110.

Has. Tenasserim, Moulmein to Mergui.—Fr. March.

Pterocarpus, L.
Conspectus of Species.

Pods about an inch across, almost glabrous (even while young), the stylose point far

above the base; calyx more glabrous,..... 900 950000c g.00600400000007 P. Indicus.
Pods almost 14—2 in. in diameter, when young densely velvety-pubescent, the stylose
point at the basal corner ; calyx rusty pubescent, ...... ..++ eeseee P. macrocarpus.

1. P. Invicus, Willd. sp. pl. IIL. 904 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. ITI. 238 ; Bedd.
Fl. Sylv. t. 23; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL 238. (P. flavus, Lour. Fl. Cochineh. II.
525; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 186; P dalbergioides, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 286;
Wight Icon. t. 246).

Has. Frequent in the tropical and the moister upper mixed forests,
from Martaban down to Tenasserim and the Andamans; rare along the
eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah.—Fl. May, Jun. ; Fr. Jul., Aug.

2. P. macrocarrus, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1874, 187 ; HE.
Ind. Fl. II. 239.

Has. Frequent in the eng- and the upper mixed forests, from Mar-
taban down to Tenasserim ; very rare in the dry forests of the Prome Dis-
trict.—Fl. Apr. May; Fr. RS.

There are, as the Rev. Dr. Mason remarks (Journ. As. Soe. Beng.
1848, 223 sqq.), two kinds of padouk in Burma, the “padouk nee’’ (red
padouk) and the “ padouk pyoo” (white padouk). I do not know whether
these two varieties correspond to the two species here adopted.

Dalbergia, L.f.
Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Dalbergaria, Bth. Stamens united into 2 separate sheaths of 5 each.
* Erect trees.
x Pods velvety.
Leaves bluntish acuminate ; panicles lax, puberulous ; flowers purple, ........ D. cana.
x x Pods quite glabrous.
+ Leaflets rather large, apiculate, acute or acuminate.
Leaflets retuse-apiculate ; panicles lax, puberulous ; flowers white or purplish,

..D. purpurea.
Leaflets acute or shortly acuminate; panicles short and compact ; calyx glabrous;
flowers white, ....... A ondeaon00000 000000 s60uGK0 sane0s weceeceee De glomerifiord.

+ + Leaflets blunt or retuse, rather small.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora.’ 279

Panicle rather compact ; pedicels short og very short ; leaves nigrescent, . D. nigrescens.
Panicle lax; pedicels slender; flowers white or purplish outside ; leaves not nigres-
BEET ctavete aleveveiareralcvasis ehecviaie. sia wise e hides nicie aicioiccvalelstelolelelelereleiielselselD se GQ MLCC ULC La
* * Woody climbers. (Leaflets blunt or A
Leaflets 11—13 ; panicles densely pubescent ; bractlets minute,.......+000.D. volubilis.
Leaflets 17—21 ; panicles glabrous ; bractlets small but conspicuous,......D. stipulacea.
Subg. 2. Sissoa, Bth. Stamens united into a single slit sheath.
* Erect trees. Flowers white.
x Bractlets fallen long before expansion of the flowers.
Leaflets 83—7, almost orbicular to obovate, notched or blunt ; all parts glabrous,
. D. latifolia.
Young shoots appressed silky puberulous ; leaflets 7—11, more or less oblong, notched,
Gr NGM, cocboo op00 DoDdadT 0.0000 00000000 00000 D000 KKe 0000 .D. cultrata.
So Bees black, short and broad, deGaiions Te still present
at flowering time.
Leaflets blunt, more or less notched and mucronate, .... ess ceccccsc ss sees. Jliucls
Leaflets acuminate, smaller or more COrIaC€OUS, 6... see cove cece areees sees. WUthe
* * Woody climbers.
x Leaflets in 5—7 pairs ; inflorescence, etc., glabrous.
Flowers blue ; panicle ample, terminal ; leaflets more or less oblong,........D. foliacea.
Flowers white ; panicles small, axillary ; leaflets more or less obovate, D. rubiginosa.
x x Leaflets in 11—41 pairs; inflorescence and young branchlets
rusty pubescent.
Leaflets 1—4 in. long ; panicles or cymes very ee oo ceresccee ese. LD. tamarindifolia.
Leaflets 12 in. long ; panicle ample, ....... oversee D. veluting.

i) Ds CANA, (Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5859 ; Rage in Ghent As. Soe.
Beng. 1873. 70 ; Hf. Ind. FI. II. 237.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests, especially along choungs,
all along the eastern slopes of the Pegu Yomah, and from Martaban down
to Upper Tenasserim.—Fl. March ; Fr. CS.

2. D. purpuREA, Wall. Cat. 5869; Bth. in Linn. Proc. IV. Suppl.
46 in part only; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 235.

Has. Frequent in all mixed forests from Pegu and Martaban down
to Upper Tenasserim.—F 1. Febr. March; Fr. CS.

3. D. GLOMERIFLORA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 70; Hf.
Ind. Fl. IT. 236.

Has. Rare in the upper mixed forests of the Yomah in the Prome
District, at 1000—2000 feet elevation —FI. March, Apr.

4. D. nigrescens, Kurz in Pegu Rep. App. A. 48 and 5B. 45.

Has. Frequent in the dry forests, especially the mixed ones, of Prome
and Ava.

N. B. Occurs also in Hindustan, where (according to Dr. Brandis) it
is a sacred tree. It is very near allied to the following, and in leaf and
flowerless at the time when D. paniculata is leafless and in full bloom.

5. D. PpantcuLara, Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. 8. t. 114 and FI. Ind. ITI.
227; Hf. Ind. FI. ITI. 236.

36

280 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Haz. Rather frequent in the mjxed dry forests of Ava and Prome,
occasionally found also in the drier upper mixed forests of the Pegu
Yomah.—Fl. March ; Fr. May, June.

6. D. votupirtis, Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. 48. t. 191. and Fl. Ind. TIL
231; Hf. Ind. Fl. If. 235.

Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, especially the lower ones,
occasionally also in the savannahs, all over Chittagong, Ava, and Martaban
down to Upper Tenasserim.—Fl. Febr., March ; Fr. Apr., May.

7. D. strputacea, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 233; Wight Icon. t. 243;
Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 287. (D. ferruginea, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 228, teste
Baker).

Has. Common, not only in the mixed and tropical forests, but also
ascending into the drier hill-forests, all over Pegu and Martaban down to
Tenasserim, up to 3500 ft. elevation ; also Chittagong.—Fl. Jan., Febr. ;
Fr. CS.

8. D. ptatirorra, Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. 7. t. 113, and Fl. Ind. IL
221; Wight Icon. t. 1156; Bedd. FI. Sylv. t. 24; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL 281.
(D. emarginata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIL. 224; D. Javanica, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat.
I. 182; Bth. in Linn. Proc. IV. Suppl. 38).

Haz. Andaman Islands (Roxburgh).

9. D. cuLTRATA, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5861 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. IL. 233.

Has. Common in all leaf-shedding forests, especially in the savannah-
and eng-forests, all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down to Upper
Tenasserum.—F 1. March, Apr. ; Fr. CS.

10. D. etauca, Wall. Cat. 5862. (D. ovata, var. obtusifolia, Bak.
in Hf. Ind. FI. II. 281).

Has. Not unfrequent in the upper mixed forests, from the Pegu
Yomah and Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim ; also Ava.—Fl. Jan.,
Febr.; Fr. March, May.

11. D. ovata, Grab. in Wall. Cat. 5854; Bth. in Linn. Proe. IV.
Suppl. 39 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 281.

Var. a. GENUINA, quite glabrous. ;

Var. 8. PUBERULA, leaflets beneath and panicles puberulous. |

Haz. Not unfrequent in the upper mixed forests, especially along
chounes, from the Pegu Yomah and the Martaban Hills down to Upper
Tenasserim ; var. 8. Pegu, Irrawaddi district (Dr. Brandis) —Fl. Jan.
Febr. ; Fr. Apr, May.

12. D. Fottacka, Wall. Cat. 5856; Bth. in Linn. Proc. LV. Suppl.
41; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 232.

Haz. Not unfrequent along choungs, in the upper mixed forests of
the Pegu Yomah, and from Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim ; also Ava.
—Fl. Jan. Febr. ; Fr. CS.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 281

13. D. RuBrermNosA, Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. 9. t. 115 and Pl. Ind. IIT.
231; Ht. Ind. IT. 232.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests around the Kambala
toung, Pegu Yomah, probably on calcareous sandstone.

14. D. ramartnprronra, Roxb. Hort. Bengh. 53 and Fl. Ind. III.
233 ; Wight Icon. t. 242; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 234. (Derris pinnata, Lour.
Fl. Coch. 432).

Hab. Not unfrequent in the forests of the Andamans ; also Tenas-
serim.—F]. May, June.

The pods of the Burmese species (=D. rufa and multijuga, Grah.) differ
a good deal from those figured by Roxburgh, and they are much narrower.
The pods of the Assam plant are unknown to me, but Mr. Simons calls
it “a large tree 30 to 40 feet high.”” The matter requires further inquiry.

15. D. venurtya, Bth. in Pl Jungh. J. 255 in adn. and in Linn.
Proc. IV. Suppl. 43 ; Hf. Ind. Fl. IT. 233.

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests, ascending into the hill-forests
up to 4000 feet elevation, from Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim.
—Fl. March.

Drepanocarpus, EH. Mey.
Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Hu-Drepanocarpus. Stamens united into a single sheath:
x Corolla glabrous. Pods usually 1-seeded. (Selenolobiwm, Bth.)

Leaflets 4 in. long ; calyx a line long, ...D. spinosus.
Leaflets about an in. long ; calyx 14 lin. deep, ..D. monospermus.

x x Corolla pubescent outside. Pods usually 1-seeded. (American.)
Subg. 2. Pongamiopsis. Stamens united into 2 separate sheaths. Corolla glabrous.
Pods 1—3-seeded, moniliform-constricted between the seeds.
Tree; panicles rusty villous; pod-joints smoothish, dimorphous, some flat and thick

coriaceous, others very thick and fleshy, . D. reniformis.
Arboreous climber; panicles almost glabrous; pod-joints flat and thick-coriaceous,
wrinkled-veined, ..D. Cumingti.

1. D. sprvosus, (Dalbergia spinosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. III. 233 ; Hf.
Ind. FI. II. 238)

Has. Frequent in the tidal forests along the coasts from Chittagong
down to Tenasserim.—Fl. May, June; Fr. CS.

This and the following are referred by Bentham to Dalbergia, but the
pods are not winged and the cell-cavity extends from suture to suture.
Strictly speaking the pods of Dalbergia cannot be called winged, for
the broad thin margins of the pod are simply consolidated so as to leave
(as in Péerocarpus) only a central cavity for the seed.

2. D. monospermus, (Dalbergia monosperma, Dalz. in Kew. Journ.
Bot. II. 86; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 132. t. 3. £. D. ; Hf. Ind. Fl. II. 287).

Haz. Tidal forests of Upper Tenasserim (Halconer).—Fl. March.

282 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

3. D. RENIFORMIS, Kurz in Pegu Rep. App. A. 49. and B. 45.
(Dalbergia reniformis, Roxb. Fl. Ind.*III. 226; Wight Icon. t. 261; Hf.
Ind. Fl. IL. 238; Dalbergia flecwosa, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5875 ; Bth. in
Linn. Proc. IV. Suppl. 48).

Has. Frequent in the swamp-forests and around Jakes and marshy
grounds, especially in the alluvial lands, all over Pegu and Martaban down
to Upper Tenasserim.—Fl. Febr. March; Fr. Apr.—June.

Curious on account of the joints being dimorphous on the same or
on different pods. They are either normally thick-coriaceous and as flat as
those of the following species, and have the seeds much compressed ; or
they are firmly fleshy and up to half inch thick, in which case the seeds are
larger and scarcely compressed. This latter state is not attributable to the
agency of insects, but seems to be normal deyelopment. The full-grown
foliage so much resembles that of Dep. inundatus, Mart., that I should
experience some difficulty in distinguishing between the two species when
out of flower or fruit.

4. D. Cuminet, (Dalbergia Cumingii, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 255 in
adn. and in Proce. Linu, Soc. IV. Suppl. 32; D. Zollingeriana, Mig. FI,
Ind. Bat. I. 180). m

Haz. Tenasserim (or Andamans?) (Helf. 1808.)

My plant is Miquel’s D. Zollingeriana, which Bentham connects
with the Philippine plant.

Cassia, L.
Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Fistula, DC. Filaments of the 3 lower stamens very long and arcuate
the others short or imperfect. Pod terete, elongate, indehiscent. Seeds horizontal.
* Racemes slender and elongate, drooping, destitute of bracts. Flowers yellow.
All adult parts glabrous ; calyx very deciduous, velvety ; petals about an inch long, j
.. C. Fistula.
* * Racemes often corymb-like, more or less erect, with persistent bracts. Flowers
pale or intensely pink-coloured. (Longer filaments thickened node-like at
middle).
Leaflets shortly acuminate, on petiolules 1—2 lin. long ; bracts narrowly lanceolate,
.-C. nodosa.
Leaflets retuse or blunt, pubescent, almost sessile ; bracts cordate-ovate,....C. renigera.
Subg. 2. Senna. Perfect anthers 7 or 10, opening by terminal pores or short
slits. Pods opening along one or both sutures. Seeds transverse or oblique.
* Pods usually not elastically opening. Funicle of seed filiform. (Senna genuina.}
x Pods compressed and often flat, sometimes winged. (Chamesenna).
+ Perfect stamens 10 (Psilorhegma).
Leaflets bluntish or rounded, more or less glaucous beneath ; flowers yellow, in corymb-
like racemes ; bracts small, persistent ; pods black, very flat, shortly stalked,
..C. glauca.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 283

+ + Perfect stamens 7. Pods much compressed. Flowers yellow.
O Pods not winged.
t+ Pods straight and acute. Trees or shrubs.
A Stipules none or very deciduous. Trees. Petals
% In. long.
Adult parts glabrous ; bracts small, persistent, obovate with a subulate point longer than

the blade ; leaflets in 6—10 pairs, 14—2 in. long; pods velvety,........ C. Siamed.
All parts pubescent; bracts leafy, broad-ovate, about 4 in. long ; leaflets in 10—20
pairs, 1—1{ in. long; pods glabrous, ........ ...s00- U 0d00 Goovo00e C. Timoriensis.

A. A Stipules large, cordate-semilunate, persistent.
More or less pubescent ; leaflets in 8—10 pairs, }—# in. long ; bracts ovate to obovate
lanceolate, 3—4 lin. long; petals nearly an in. long ; pods shortly and rather thinly
[DUISORRETINNS Goody au exnloneoc us Brinn aes 56000000 00000000 000000 Gh CHT
+ t+ Pods lunate.
Glabrous perennial ; calyx glabrous; petals 3—4 lin. long; pods shortly stalked,
Abo wURE “Sosuou bead cote o00oGOd 5 G00000 0000 00 0000 DODO ODNC covgouus C. obovata.
O O Pods broadly 4-winged. Flowers large, orange-yellow.
Shrubby herb, almost glabrous; leaves abruptly pinnate, the rachis almost winged-
angular; bracts yellow, obovate-oblong, about an in. long, deciduous; pods
HIRO, pooado 060000 0900 6000 godo0dd0 000000 ap 0O000000 oDOo00 o2 12 CO, litte
x x Pods more or less terete to 4-gonous. Seeds transverse, oblique or
rarely parallel with the valves. (Herbs; flowers yellow).
+ Seeds transverse or oblique.
Leaves abruptly 4 pinnate, glabrous, leaflets in 4—12 pairs, acuminate ; calyx glabrous ;
petals about 4 in. long ; ovary glabrous, ...... wt ccccewes vevccree Up OCCIMENTAIS.
+ + Seeds parallel with the valves.
Leaves abruptly pinnate, leaflets in 3—2 pairs, blunt; petals nearly 4 in. long ; ovary
slagiiliy [MOSSE o6o5000 dabca0d 6 pa0000 do0CCO do0d000 6060006 codH0000 C. Tora.
* * Pods opening elastically at both sutures. Funicle very short. Perfect an-
thers 10 or fewer by abortion, opening by slits. Herbs ; flowers yellow, smalt

(Lasiorhegma).
More or less prostrate; leaflets in 8—15 pairs, 24—34 lin. long ; basal gland of rachis
long-stalked ; pedicels 1—2 lin. long, ................. jieevaooeo cous C. pumila.
Erect, branched ; leaflets in 15—30 pairs, 1—38 lin. long ; basal glands of rachis sessile ;
5 pedicels up to 5—# im. long, .. 2. 1... cece wees 9 600000 60000 c0GU Ih MMOS As

1. ©. Fisruna, L. sp. pl. 440; WA. Prod. I. 285 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II.
333; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXVII. 514. (Cathartocarpus Fistula, Pers.
Syn. I. 459 ; Wight Icon. t. 269 ; C. rhombifolia, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIL. 334).

Has. Frequent in the leaf-shedding forests, especially in the savan-
nah and mixed ones, all over Burma and adjacent provinces.—Fl. Apr. ;
Fr. CS.

2. C. noposa, Ham. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 336 ; Wight Icon. t. 410;
Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXVII. 517. (Cathartocarpus nodosus, Voigt Hort.
Suburb. Cale. 248.)

Has. Rather rare in the tropical forests of Martaban down to Upper
Tenasserim ; also Chittagong.—Fl. Apr. ; Fr. CS.

o

284 8. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

3. C. REeNIGERA, Wall. Cat. 5307; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXVIL.
518 ; Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873. 71.

Has. Not unfrequent in the dry forests of Prome and Ava; also
Martaban P (Poungloung hills above 2000 feet, Dr. Brandis).—Fl. Apr.
Fr. Nov. )

4. (©. guauca, Lamk. Dict. I. 647; Bth. in Linn, Trans. XXVIL
555. (Senna arborescens, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 345; Senna speciosa, Roxb. 1.
ce. 847 ; C. suffruticosa, Koen. in Roth. Noy. sp. pl. 213).

Var. o. GENUINA, all parts more glabrous ; leaflets larger, bluntish or
acute, more glaucous beneath.

Var. 8. K@ntar, (C. fruticosa, Koen. 1. c. ; C. speciosa, Roxb. 1. ¢.).
the young parts more pubescent ; leaflets 3—1 in. oa long, retuse or roun-
ded, less glaucous beneath.

Has. Var. a. not unfrequent in the He forests of Ava and Prome,
especially along the courses of rivers, var. 8. only seen cultivated around
khyoungs, etc., in Pegu.—Fl. Fr. «0.

5. C. Sramea, Lamk. Dict. I. 648; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXVITI.
549. (C. florida, Vil. Symb. HI. 57; C. Sumatrana, Roxb. Hort. Beng,
31; DC. Prod. II. 506 ; Senna Sumatrana, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 347). C.

Var. oa. GENUINA, Nees glabrous, the leaflets more elaice beneath ;
a large tree.

Var. 8. PUBERULA, rachis of leaves puberulous, leaflets puberulous
(especially while young) but less glaucescent beneath ; a low rather stunted
tree.

Haz. Var. a. rather frequent in the mixed forests (chiefly the upper
ones) from Chittagong and Ava down to Tenasserim ; var. f. restricted to
the forests of Ava and Prome.—Fl. Nov. Jan. ; Fr. March, Apr.

6. (C. Timmormyxsts, DC 2 Prod stk 499" - Mig. El. Inde tbat alesore
Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXVII. 550. (C. saellmntre Wall, Cat. 5306 ; ‘Walp.
Rep. I. 827).

Has. Frequent in the mixed and dry forests, but more especially
along choungs in the upper mixed forests, all over Burma, from Ava down
to Tenasserim.—Fl. Sept. Oct.; Fr. CS.

7, ©. aupicuLata, L. sp. pl. 542; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXVIE-
547. (Senna auvriculata, Roxb. FI. Ind. Il. 349).

Has. Apparently frequent in the Irrawaddi valley of Ava.—Fl. Sept.
—Febr.

8. C. opovata, Collad. Hist. Cass. 92. t. 15; Bth. in Linn. Trans.
XXVII. 553. (Senna obtusa, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 344; Gnsea obtusa, Roxb.
Hort. Bengh. 31 ; Wight Icon. t. 757).

Haz. Ava, Yenang-choung in the Irrawaddi valley (Wall.).

9. C.atata, L. sp. pl. 541; Wight Icon. t. 253; Bth. in Linn.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 285

Trans. XXVII. 550 ; Griff. Not. Dicot. 448. (Senna alata, Roxb. Fl. Ind.
IT. 349).

Has. Generally cultivated all over Burma, and often springing up
in waste places and poonzohs; apparently wild in Tenasserim.—Fl. Nov,
—Decb. ; Fr. Febr.

10. C. occrmEnTatis, L. sp. pl. 589; Bot. Reg. t. 88; Bth. in Linn.
Trans. XX VII. 5382. (Senna occidentalis, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 348; C. So-
phera, L. sp. pl. 542; Bth. 1. c. ; Senna Sophera, Roxb. 1. ¢. 347).

Has. Common in rubbishy places, along banks of rivers, in fallow
fields and poonzohs, all over Burma and adjacent provinces.—Fl. Fr. ».

hee Lorn le sp: pl. 538; (Bths mime rans, MMVI 535:
(Senna Tora, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IL. 840 ; Senna toroides, Roxb. 1. ¢. 341).

Var. a. GLABRA, all parts glabrous or nearly so.

Var. £. PUBESCENS, all parts appressedly (often greyish) pubescent.

Haz. Common, not only in the leaf-shedding forests, but also in
waste places, along river-sides, on neglected culture-land, ete., all over Bur-
ma and the adjacent provinces ; var. f. in similar places in the dry Prome
district.—Fl. Fr. a.

12. ©. pumma, Lamk. Dict. J. 651; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXVIL.
570. (Senna prostrata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 352).

Has. Prome district, in the dry forests.—Fl. Fr. Close of RS.

13. C.mimosorpes, L. sp. pl. 543 ; Voge. in Linn. XI. 714; Bth. in
Jinn. Trans. XX VII. 579.

Var. a. Typica, Bth. |. ce. (C. angustissima, Lamk. Dict. I. 650 ;
C. mimosoides, var. Telfairiana, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 5874; Senna sen-
sitiva and WS. tenella, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 353 and 354), leaves almost
sessile, the rachis often marginate ; leaflets only about a line long, very
narrow ; pods nearly glabrous. All parts more or less glabrous.

Var. £. AscHyNomENE, Bth. 1. c. (C. myriophylla, Wall. Cat. 5326 ;
C. mimosoides, B. myriophylla and auricoma, Bth.1l. c.; Senna dimidiata,
Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIL. 352), leaves on a short pubescent petiole ; leaflets 2—3
lin. long, broader or narrower oblong to linear, the rachis marginate or
not ; pods more copiously appressed pubescent, while young usually pilose
from yellow soft spreading hairs.

Has. Var. a. common amongst long grassin the jungle-pastures and
savannahs, also entering the open and dry forests, all over Burma; var. f.
a shade-loving form in similar localities in Tenasserim.—Fl. Fr. R. and
begin. of CS.

286 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Bauhinia, L.
Conspectus of Genera.

* Trees or erect shrubs, without tendrils.
Subg. 1. Pileostigma, Hochst. Stamens 10, all fertile. Style very short or wan-
ting, the stigma peltate. Flowers small.
Calyx valvate, the segments all free ; glabrous trees, «1.16000 .02+++++D. Malabarica,

Calyx spathaceous ; young shoots and underside of leaves pubescent, ....B. racemosa.
Subg. 2. Lu-Bauhinia. Stamens 10, of which 5—9 sterile or reduced to sta-
minodes, very rarely all 10 fertile.
x Calyx spathaceous.
+ Pods sessile or acuminate and barely stalked.

Pods minutely tomentose, ......+6 seeee 6 00000000 0410000 Gb000000 cnanlty WUBIN MUTI

Pods glabrous, ..... 9 00900000000000 090040 000900 9000900000 000000 00000¢ B. polycarpa.
+ + Pods long-stalked.

Fertile stamen one only ; leaves shortly pubescent beneath,...... yO. OUD00C B. monandra.

Fertile stamens 5 ; young shoots puberulous ; leaves glabrous,............B. variegata.

x x Calyx-lobes valvate, reflexed and free to the base, or only slightly
cohering. Pods long-stalked.
+ Pods glabrous. Petals white or purple.
A shrub, the leaves minutely puberulous beneath ; calyx in bud terete, ..B. acuminata.
A tree, the leaves glabrous ; calyx angular in bud, irregularly bursting, ..B. purpurea.
+ + Pods brown-pubescent. Flowers yellow, turning orange-
coloured.
teens Welhveinys eh sane WHR, 50000000 0500 000000 60000000-00000900 doncoDdis HG TiT
* Scandent shrubs, with hook-tendrils.

Subg. 3. Phanera. Lour. Calyx-tube more or less elongate, Calyx-lobes valvate,
all expanding or becoming reflected, rarely the one or other cohering. Style more or
less elongate.

x Ovary and pod glabrous.
O Pod stalked. Flowers racemose, large.

Leaves 2-foliolate, the leaflets free to the base ; bracts or bractlets none,....B. diphylla.
Leaflets united into a 2-cleft leaf; bractlets very large, almost leafy,....B. involucellata.
O O Pod sessile. Flowers rather small, corymbese.

Lobes of the leaves rounded ; pedicels and calyx glabrous, ......... wceee ee De Glaucds
Lobes of the leaves acuminate ; pedicels and calyx appressed silk-hairy, ..B. piperifolia,

x x Ovary, and usually also the pod, villous, pubescent or puberulous.
O Pod and ovary sessile.
+ Adult leaves glabrous, the lobes acuminate to acute and blun-
tish.
Racemes elongate, appressed silk-hairy ; pedicels stout, ...... ......+.B. macrostachya-
Racemes corymb-like contracted, sparingly puberulous ; pedicels slender,....B. ornata.
t+ + Leaves tomentose or pubescent, the lobes rounded. _
All parts brown-tomentose or pubescent ; petals an inch long ; racemes elongate,
. B. Vahilii.
O O Pod and ovary stalled.
Flowers rose-coloured, in corymb-like racemes ; style shorter than the ovary, villous,
ULE une oer ea AT eC OPAC CHT COO anoadd DOCOOO mOOtnG doOnoG pocccCds BURR:

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 287

Flowers yellowish white to yellow, in short racemes ; style elongate, slender,
..B. ferrugined.

Subg. 4. Lasiobema, Korth. Calyx-tube almost none, the lobes tooth-like. Style
very short. Pods 1—2-seeded.

Glabrous or nearly so; ovary and pods glabrous, ....+5 seseee vee SHEN cscersie B. anguina.

1 cial 3 Matapantca, Roxb, Fl. Ind. II. 321; WA. Prod. I. 294.
(Pileostigma Malabaricum, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 261, in adn.; Mig. FI. Ind.
Bat. I. 73).

Has. Frequent in the upper mixed forests, rarely descending into the
lower and the savannah forests, of Pegu; and probably elsewhere.—FI.
Fr. CS.

2. 5B. Racemosa, Lamk. Encycl. Meth. I. 390, non Vhl.; WA. Prod.
I. 295; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 182. (B. parviflora, Vhl. Symb. IIT. 55 ; Roxb.
Fl. Td: Il. 323 ; Prleostigma racemosum, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 262, in adu.;
Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 73).

Has. Common in the dry forests of the Prome district ; most pro-
bably also in Ava.—Fl. Fr. March, Apr.

3. B. Bprachycarpa, Wall. Cat. 5786; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 261 in
adn.

Has. Ava, Taong-dong (Wall.).

Unknown to me. The brief and incomplete description does not allow
even of a guess as to its affinities.

4. 5B. potycarpa, Wall. Cat. 5785 ; Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 261 in adn.

Has. Frequent in the upper mixed forests, from Pegu and Martaban
down to Upper Tenasserim.—F 1. Apr. May; Fr. CS.

5. B. Monanpra, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 73.

Has. Burma, “Soeh doh” probably in Martaban or Upper Tenasserim
(Brandis).

6. B. variueara, L. sp. pl. 5385 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 319; WA. Prod.
I. 296.—(Phanera variegata, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 262 in adn.; Mig. FI.
Ind. Bat. I. 60).

Var. ao. PURPURASCENS, Voigt Cat. Hort. Cale. 253 (B. variegata,
L. 1. c. ; Roxb. 1. ¢.), the 4 narrower petals purple, the fifth broader one
tinged with cream and red.

Var. 8. canpipA, Voigt 1. ec. (B. candida, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 318, non
Ait.), the 4 narrower petals white or very pale purple, the fifth lower one
somewhat sulphur-coloured in the centre, or purple towards the borders and
yellow in the centre.

Has. Var. £. chiefly, common in the dry forests and ascending into
the upper dry forests of Ava and Prome ; Martaban, in the Yoonzeleen
valley (Parish).—Fl. Febr. March ; Fr. CS.

7. 3B. purpurna, L. sp. pl. 586; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 320—(Phanera
purpurea, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. in adn. ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 60).

37

288 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Var. a. GENUINA, flowers purple.

Var. £8. TRIANDRA (B. triandra, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 320), flowers
white, often with a yellowish blotch on the lower petal.

Has. Var. a. sometimes planted in Burmese villages, as for example
near Henzadah etc. ; var. 8. Ava, banks of the Irrawaddi (Wall. Cat. 5797
L.)—Fl. CS.

8. B. acuminata, L. sp. pl. 586; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 324; WA. Prod.
I. 295 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 74, (B. csopetala, Griff. Not. Dicot. 451).

Has. Frequent in the open forests, especially the eng-forests, all over
Burma.—Fl. March—May ; Fr. CS.

9. B. Etoncata, Korth in Nat. Verh. Bot. 89. t. 24. (Phanera elon-
gata, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 262, in adn. ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 61; B. mol-
lissima, Wall. Cat. 5782 ; Phanera velutina, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. I. 262, in
adn. ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 63 ; Bawhinie sp., Griff. Not. Dicot. 451).

Has. Pegu, in the tropical forests above Rangoon (Cleghorn) ;
Tenasserim from Moulmein to Tavoy (Helf. 1872; Wall. etc.)—Fl. Dech.
Jan.

10. B. pipHynia, Symes Trav. to Ava t. 7.—(Phanera diphylla,
Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 264, in adn. ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 70).

Haz. Frequent in the dry forests of Ava and Prome.—Fl. RS. ; Fr.

11. B. mvorvcentara, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1S7as We

Haz. Martaban (Dr. Brandis).

12. B. @tauca, Wall. Cat. 5785 (Phanera glauca, Bth. in Pl. Jungh.
265 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. I. 68. t. 2).

Has. ‘Tenasserim, apparently frequent ; also tropical forests above
Rangoon (Cleghorn).—Fl. March, Jan. ; Fr. Febr.

13. B. preerironta, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 827. (Phanera glabrifolia,
Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 263, in adn.).

Hap. ‘Tenasserim (Helf. 1879 and 1880).

NB. 8B. tvcrpa, Wall. (Phanera lucida, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 262,
in adn. = B. cordifolia, Roxb.).

14. B. macrostacuya, Wall. Cat. 5774.—(B. scandens, Roxb. FI.
Ind. II. 326, non L. ; Wight Icon. t. 264).

Has. Ava, Khakyen hills, east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).

15. B. ornata, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 72.

Has. Frequent in the tropical forests, along choungs of the eastern
slopes of the Pegu Yomah.—Fl. Febr.

16. B. Vanuir, WA. Prod. I. 297. (Phanera Vahlii, Bth. in Pl.
Jungh. 263, in adn. ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 65; Phanera rufa, Bth. in Pl.
Jungh. 263, in adn. ? ; B. racemosa, Vhl. Symb. III. 56. t. 62, non Lamk. ;
Roxb. Fl. Ind, II. 325).

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 289

Haz. Tenasserim, near Moulmein (J. Anderson, 1866).

17. B. nosEa. Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 72.

Has. Martaban, in the eng-forests of Kaymapyoo choung (Dr.
Brandis).—Fl. May.

18. B. rerrueinea, Roxb. Fl. Ind. 381; Korthin Nat. Verh. Bot.
93. t. 23 (Phanera ferruginea, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 262, in adn.; Mig. FI.
Ind. Bat. I. 62; Phanera excelsa, Bl. ap. Migq. |. ¢. ; Phanera albolutea,
Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sum. 285 ; Phanera Griffithiana, Bth. in Pl. Jungh. 263,
in adn.).

Has. ‘Tropical forests of the Martaban Hills, east of Tounghoo, at
2000 to 3000 feet elevation.

19. B. aneurna, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. t. 285 and FI. Ind. II. 728.
—(Lasiobema anguinum, Korth. in Verh. Nat. Gesch. 84; Mig. FI. Ind.
Bat. I. 71; Lasiobema Horsfieldii, Miq. 1. ¢.).

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban, east of
Tounghoo ; also Chittagong.— Fl. RS.

Cynometra, L.
Conspectus of Species.

x Racemes short and umbel-like, puberulous.
Leaves and rachis glabrous; leaflets larger, usually in a single pair ; 14—2 in. long,

CLAD Gopeteretederetei ete cared eh eile chevelle lateiislss ole’ acarane. argue/enle eee aRtvateiteierd leneme uegareels C. ramifiora.
Rachis of leaves puberulous, slenderer ; leaflets smaller, usually in 2, very rarely in
SPPAILSPOCS) AOUL TIM PLOMSMIMSTPIG) ves say a) cle siuejelelereie ool a siele oleley C. bijuga.

x x Racemes longer or shorter, bracted.
Pedicels glabrous or puberulous ; leaflets in a single pair,....... 6 ooouacoe C. cauliflora.

1. C. Ramrrrora, L. sp. pl. 547; Migq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 78; Bth. Fl.
Austr. IT. 296.

Has. Rarely planted im villages of Tenasserim.

2. C. Bisuea, Spanoghe in Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 78.

Haz. Frequent in the tidal and the beach-forests along the coasts,
from Arracan down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—FI. Octob. ; Fr. CS.

3. C. cauLiFrnorA, L. sp. pl. 547 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 77?

Has. Burma, planted (according to the Revd. I’. Mason).

Sindora, Liq.
1. §. Stamensis, Teysm. in Miq. Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. IIT. 86.
(S. Wallichiz, Bth. in Hook. Icon. t. 1017—18).
Has. Adjoining Siamese provinces.—Fl. Begin of RS. ; Fr. HS.

Pahudia, Miq.
Conspectus of Species.

Leaflets in 5 pairs, thin coriaceous, rounded or apiculate, the rachis and petiolules stout ;
Seals aloo GB Iowa, Oe, 55 Gonooo babe GddodN dcdohuDd yodudt oo vreree Ll, Javanica,

290 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Leaflets in 2 pairs, blunt or emarginate, thin chartaceous, glaucescent beneath, the
rachis and petiolules very slender ; sepals 2 lin. long ; pods woody, 3—4 in. long,
very thick and plump, ...... wssvea ceesees PUD UU TERS C0000 D00d46 P. xylocarpa.

1. P. xytocarpa, Kurz MS.

Has. Adjoining provinces of Siam (Teysmann).

P. Hasskarlit, Miq., has also only two pairs of leaflets, but Hasskarl’s
description of Jonesia monopetala (Retzia I. 199), and more especially of
the pod, clearly points to Macrolobiwm.

Afzelia, Sm.
Conspectus of Species.
Inflorescence and calyx puberulous ; pods 4—1 foot long, woody ; leaflets usually blun-
HSN) 5600000 a00000 60000000 660000 000000 0000 0000 4000 av00 000 aNODDGOC A. bijuga.
Inflorescence and calyx glabrous ; pods 8—4 in. long, thin coriaceous ; leaflets notched,
. A. 7etUshe

1. A. Bisuda, A. Gray Unit. Stat. Expl. 467. t. 51; Walp. Ann. TV.
594.—(Macrolobium bijugum, Coleby. in. Linn. Trans. XII. t. ae Sonesta
triandra, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 220).

Has. Not unfrequent in the coast-forésts and beach-jungles of the
Andamans.—F 1. May, June; Fr. Apr.

2. <A. RETUSA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 73.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tidal forests along the coasts of the
Andaman islands.—Fl. May.

Tamarindus, L
*]. T. Inpica, L. sp. pl. 48; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IIT. 215 ; Heyne Arznei
Gew. t. 221; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 82; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 184. (2 offie7-
nalis, Hook. Bot. Mag. t. 4563).
Haz. Generally cultivated in villages all over Burma, more especially
in the drier parts, but apparently nowhere wild—Fl. HS.; Fr. CS.

Ambherstia, Wall.
1. A. noprnis, Wall. Pl. As. rar. I. t. 1 and 2; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat.
I. 87 ; Bot. Mag. t. 4453.
Has. Planted around kyouks, chiefly in the southern parts of Bur-
ma; wild along streams in Martaban (Parish) ; Tenasserim.—Fl. Jan.
—Apr.

Saraca, L.
1. S. Inptca, L. Mant. 98; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 83; Bedd. FI. Sylv.
t. 57. (Jonesia Asoca, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 218; Bot. Mag. t. 3018 ; Wight
Icon. t. 206 ; Jonesia Zollingeriana, Miq. 1. ¢. 84).
Haz. Wild in the tropical forests of Arracan (Boronga Isiand, at
1000 feet elevation) ; also Tenasserim ; much planted around monasteries all
over the country.—Fl. Octob.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 291

Poinciana, L.
Conspectus of Species.
Calyx greyish velvety ; petals crispate-fimbriate, yellow,.... cesseees sesvreee tl» Clitts
Calyx quite glabrous ; petals very large, waved, usually crimson or orange-crimson,
LP. regia,

*]. P. RE@rA, Boj. in Bot. Mag. t. 2884.

Has. Frequently cultivated in the European stations all over Pegu.
—Fl. H. and RS. ; Fr. R. and CS.

Parkinsonia, L.

*]. P. acuneatTa, L. Hort. Cliff. 157. t. 13; WA. Prod. I. 288 ;
Griff. Not. Dicot. 447.

Has. Frequently planted in Ava and Prome, and in the last-named
district often like wild in woods and neglected lands.—F1. nearly a.

Ceesalpinia, L.
Conspectus of Species.

Subg. I. Cesalpinaria. Albumen none. Pods coriaceous, 2-valved.
Filaments very long and slender, quite glabrous. Erect shrubs or trees,
unarmed.

A glabrous shrub, the branchlets more or less pruimous, ...+0. «essen. OC. pulcherrimd.

Subg. IL. EHu-Cesalpina. Seeds albuminous. Pods various. Fila-
ments as long as, or somewhat longer than, the petals. Usually scandent
shrubs more or less armed with prickles.

A. Valves of pod dry, coriaceous or almost chartaceous.

Trib. 1. Nugaria, DC.—Scandent thorny shrubs, rarely trees. Pods rigidly or
thinly coriaceous, 2-valved or indehiscent, smooth. Seeds compressed or not. Stamens
as long as, or a little longer than, the petals.

* Seeds flat and compressed. Pods 2-valved. Leaflets large.
All OETAS CUE ARV ROWSY 5 oo550000 on000000 nb60 60000000 cad00000 HoDDOn Dodoo0 Co MUI
* * Seeds hardly compressed. Pods 2-valved or indehiscent or nearly so, the
sutures usually thickened. Leaflets smalt.
Small tree ; leaflets unequally oblong, retuse ; pods tardily dehiscing, ......C. sappan.
Scandent shrubs ; leaflets ovate, acute ; pods 2-valved, ..seee seceee sevens Ge Sepiaria.

Trib. 2. Guilandina, L.—Scandent thorny shrubs. Pods coriaceous or thin coria-
ceous, 2-valved, the valves echinate or glandular-hirsute. Seeds not compressed.
Stamens as long as, or somewhat longer than, the petals.

* Pods echinate. Seeds almost globose.
Branchlets etc. more or less brown or tawny-pubescent ; stipules large, cut into large
segments ; bracts at apex spreading or reflexcd, 1... wssveeve eeeeee De Bonducella,
As preceding, but leaves more glabrescent ; stipules none; bracts straight and erect,
..C. Bondhue,
* * Pods glandular-hirsute when fully ripe. Seeds oblong.
All parts more or less glandular-puberulous and prickly, 1.0. vs0e eeevee O. mimosoides.
B. Pods fleshy-coriaceous, torose.

292 S. Kurz—Oontributions towards a [No. 4,

Trib. 3. Cinelidocarpus, Zoll—Thorny scandent shrubs. Pods indehiscent, the
sutures thickened. Seeds not compressed. Stamens as long as, or somewhat longer
than, the petals.

Panicle shortly tomentose and prickly, ...... Sieh, si lesecy wiohe elon’ be x eiskatpew ta esshe C. tortuosa.
Panicle glabrous and unarmed, ......... aitel bi svs\(eie/eleiie o}s\o)\ view! ojvateleie te eV epee C. digyna.

*1. C. PULCHERRIMA, Sw. Obs. 165; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 112.
(Poinciana pulcherrima, L. sp. pl. 554; DC. Prod. II. 484; Roxb. Fl. Ind.
II. 355 ; Bot. Mag. t. 995).

Has. Generally cultivated in villages, especially around monasteries
etc., all over the country.— Fl. Fr. o.

2. C. Nuea, Ait. Hort. Kew III. 32; DC. Prod. II. 481 ; Migq.
Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 108.—(C. paniculata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 364; Wight
Icon. t. 86; Griff. Not. Dicot. 446; C. Chinensis, Roxb. 1. c. 361).

Hap. Rather frequent along the coasts, especially in the beach-
forests, from Arracan down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. May—
Octob. 3
3. C. sappan, L. sp. pl. 544; Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 16; Mig. FI.
Ind. Bat. I. 101.

Has. Frequent in the Tenasserim Provinces ; Pegu, Rangoon (Wall).
—Fl. Aug.

4. CC. sEPraARTA, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 360; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 109;
Wight Icon. t. 37.—(Reichardia ? decapetalum, Roth. Nov. Spec. 210;
DC. Prod. II. 484).

Has. Burma (according to the Revd. F. Mason).

5. C. Bonpuuc, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 362. (Gudlandina Bondhuc, L.
sp. pl. 545; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 118).

Has. Not unfrequent in the leaf-shedding forests of Burma, from
Prome and Martaban down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. RS. ;
Frio.

6. C. mrmosorpes, Lamk. Encyél. Meth. I. 457 and Ill. t. 835. f.
2; WA. Prod. I. 281; Wight Icon. t. 892.—(C. Simora, Ham. in Roxb.
Fl. Ind. 359).

Haz. Frequent in the low forests of the Sittang zone of Pegu,
especially about Tounghoo.—Fl. Fr. March, Apr.

7. C.vtortuosa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 865 ; Miq. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 109.
(CO. acanthobotrya, Miq. Suppl. Fl. Fl. Sum. 108 and 293).

Haz. Tenasserim, Tavoy (Wall. Cat. 5827. C.).—Fl. Octob.

8. C. piagyna, Roth. in Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. Berol. 1803. 198. t. 3 ;
WA. Prod. I. 281.—(C. oleosperma, Roxb. Fl. Ind. Il. 857; C. gracilis,
Mig. in. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 110).

Has. Frequent along choungs in the open forests, but more so in
shrubberies around villages, all over Burma, from Ava and Martaban down
to Tenasserim.—Fl. Jul.—Octob. ; Fr. Jan.—Apr.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 293

Pterolobium, R.Br.
1. P. wacroptmrum, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 71.
Has. Frequent in the mixed forests, from Pegu and Martaban down
to Tenasserim.—Fr. Jan.

Mezoneurum, Desf.
Conspectus of Species.
Leaflets in 10 to 8 pairs, } in long, blunt or retuse,....... 0.000000 CDOG CooOLLL GUMiitii:
Leaflets in 8—4 pairs, 14—2 in. long, bluntish acuminate, ..........06 MM. cucullatum.

1. M. erasrum, Desf. Mém. Mus. IV. 245. t. 10; Mig. Fl. Ind.
Bat. I. 1038.

Var. a. GENUINUM, glabrous or nearly so; leaflets usually alternate.

Var. ££. ENNEAPHYLLUM (JL. enneaphyllum, WA. Prod. I. 283, in
adn. ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 104. t. 2; Cesalpinia enneaphylla, Roxb. FI.
Ind. II. 363), glabrous or the secondary rachises and young shoots slightly
puberulous ; leaflets glabrous or nearly so, usually opposite.

Var. y. PUBESCENS (IZ. pubescens, Desf. in Mém. Mus. IV. 245. t.
2; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 104), the young parts more or less velvety pubes-
cent or puberulous ; leaflets opposite or nearly so, at least beneath more or
less shortly pubescent.

Has. Var. 8. frequent in the lower and upper mixed forests, more
especially around villages and along shrubby banks of rivers, in the Irra-
waddi zone of Pegu ; var. y. not unfrequent in the dry forests of the Prome
district.—Fr. CS.

2. M. cucuttatum, WA. Prod. I. 283. (Cesalpinia cucullata, Roxb.
Fl. Ind. II. 358; AZ macrophyllum, Bl. ap. Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 104).

Has. Frequent in the mixed and the dry forests, all over Burma,
from Ava and Chittagong to Pegu and Martaban.—Fl. Febr. March; Fr.
Nov.

Peltophorum, Vog,
Conspectus of Species.

Pedicels only 2—8 lin. long ; pods with coriaceous Wings, «2 .+0. eee.» LP. ferrugineum.
Pedicels 1—1} in. long ; pods with thin chartaceous Wings, 1.1... wesees P. dasyrachis.
J. P. FeRRUGINEUM, Bth. in FI. Austr. IL. 279. (Cesalpinia ferru-
ginea, Dene. in Nouy. Ann. d. Mus. II. 462 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 111).
Haz. Not unfrequent in the coast-forests, chiefly the beach-forests,
of the Andaman islands.—Fl. May.

Acrocarpus, Wight,
Conspectus of Species.

Flowers dirty purple or brown, small; petals 2 lin. long or somewhat longer ; pods
8—12-seeded, oo re oe ce7eeoe7 oe oe ee Foe e eee cee eree vee e veeveen ccveerd. grandis.

294. S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Flowers green, twice the size ; petals 3 lin. long or longer; pods 17—18-seeded,
. A. frocinifolius-
1. A. FRAXINIFOLIUS, Wight Icon. t. 254; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 44.
Haz. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah.—Fl. Jan.
Febr. ; Fr. Apr. May.

Adenanthera, L.

1. A. pavontna, L. sp. pl. 550; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 370; Wight I.
t. 80; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 46; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXX. 375; Bedd.
Fl. Syly. t. 46.—(Entada arborea, Griff. Not. Dicot. 452; A. Gersenii,
Scheffer in Nat. Tydsch. Ned. Ind. 1868. 16 ?).

Var. a. GENUINA, seeds about 4 in. in diameter.

Var. 8. MicRosPpERMA (A. microsperma, T. and B. in Nat. Tydsch.
v. Ned. Ind. XXVII. 58; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXX. 375), seeds half
the size.

Har. Var. £. frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed
forests, all over Burma and the adjacent islands, up to 3000 feet elevation.
Fl. Apr. May ; Fr. CS.

Entada, Adams.

1. E. scanpens, Bth. nm Hook. Journ. Bot. IV. 332 and Linn. Trans.
XXX. 363.—(Mimosa scandens, i. sp. pl. 1501 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 554;
E. Purshaeta, DC. Prod. II. 425; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 45 ; Scheff. in
Nat. Tydsch. Ned. Ind. XXXII. 90. t. 16 and 18 A; Hntada sp., Griit. Not.
Dicot. 452; HL. Rumphii, Scheff. in Nat. Tydschr. Ned. Ind. XXXII. t.
17. and 18. B.).

Has. Frequent in all mixed forests, all over Burma and the adjacent
islands.—Fl. March, Apr. ; Fr. CS.

Neptunia, Lour.
1. N. overacea, Lour. Fl. Cochinch. II. 840 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I.
50; Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXX. 383.—(Desmanthus natans, Willd. sp.
pl. IV. 1044; Griff. Not. Dicot. 453 ; Iimosa natans, Roxb. Corom. PL.
II. t. 119 and Fl. Ind. II. 553; WV. plena, Ldl. Bot. Neg. t. 3, now Bth.).
Haz. Not unfrequent in stagnant waters and swamps of the alluvial
plains of Pegu, Martaban, and Tenasserim.—Fl. RS. ; Fr. CS.

Mimosa, L.
1. M. pupica, L. sp. pl. 1501; Bth. in Hook. Journ. Bot. IV. 367 ;.
and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 397 ; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 43.
Has. An introduced weed, but now very common on dry grassy
places, along road-sides, etc., of the more cultivated parts of Pegu, especially
around Rangoon ; also in Martaban, Ava, ete.—Fl. RS, ; Fr. Sept.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 295

Xylia, Bth.

1. X. portasrirormis, Bth. in Hook. Journ. Bot. IV. 417; and in °

Linn. Trans. XXX. 373 ; Bedd. FI. Sylv. t. 186 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 42.
—(fimosa xylocarpa, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. t. 100 and FI. Ind. II. 543).

Has. Common in the mixed and dry forests, all over Burma and the
adjacent provinces, up to 8000 feet elevation.—F Il. March, Apr. ; Fr. CS.

Parkia, RBr.
Conspectus of Species.
* Calyx-lobes obovate-cuneate.
Leaflets an inch long, pubescent beneath, penninerved ; receptacle regular,..P. insignis.

* * Calyx-lobes short, rotundate (not cuneate-narrowed.)
Leaflets $ in. long, quite glabrous, 1-nerved with a lateral basal nerve; receptacle

HTMES UAT eetatatelcfaia, <icis\e s 5 op000000 0000 6e000K 00 06000000 006600 00 co node Uy MIi
Leaflets 3—+ in. long, very narrow, sparingly rae beneath, 1-nerved without
lateral nerves ; receptacle regular, ........ 00005 9.6000 coDD duCDnC P, Roxburghii.

1. P. mystents, Kurz. in Journ. As. Soe. Bone, 1873, 74; Bth. in
Linn. Trans. XXX. 361.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of Martaban, east of
Tounghoo.—Fl. Apr. May.

2. P. LEIOPHYLLA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 73; Bth. in
Linn. Trans. XXX. 361.

- Has. Frequent in the tropical forests of the Pegu Yomah, especially

along its eastern slopes.—F 1. HS. ? ; Fr. Febr. March.

Acacia, Willd.
Conspectus of Species.

* Trees or erect shrubs, the branchlets armed only with paired diverging stipulary
or infra-stipulary prickles.
x Flowers in spikes.
+ Pod-valves chartaceous, transversely reticulate-veined, the sutures
nerve-like or almost keeled.
Glaucous-green, glabrous; leaflets oblong-linear, blunt, 8—d lin. long; flowers
Weller, <otccn 9000 2000 cannc 000 090000 Oca0G0 DeDOd vneee coceeeee A. ferruUgined.
+ + Pod-valves coriaceous, the margins not or hardly prominent.
Spikes glabrous or pubescent, yellow ; leaves glabrous or slightly pubescent ; bark much

cracked and rough, dark brown,....... oo0000 Oo p60dC ne cevees ceeeee A. Cutechu.
Spikes tomentose, white; leaves while young greyish pubescent; bark rather even
and smooth, white, ..........0. 50000 GOoDUC te were ees we weennne e-An NWMle

x x Flowersin lobular ond yellow.
+ Pods dry-coriaceous, flat, dehiscent.
Bark whitish ; flower-heads arranged in ample terminal panicles, ....... leucophioea,
+ + Pod thick, torose, fleshy-coriaccous, indehiscent.

38

296 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Glabrous or nearly so ; leaves 13—-3 in. long, leaflets 2—3 lin. long, ..... 4. Harnesiana.
* * Woody climbers, without stipulary spines, but the branchlets armed along thew
whole length with sharp recurved prickles. Flower-heads globular.
x Pods fleshy-coriaceous, often somewhat constricted between the seeds.
Leaflets in 10—20 pairs, up to 4 in. long ; flower-heads small, yellowish,....A. rugata.
x x Pods dry, chartaceous or thin coriaceous, flat.
O Ovary and pods pubescent.
Leaflets in 15—40 pairs, 83—6 lin. long; flower-heads small, white, in panicles,

--A. CHesid.
O O Ovary and pods glabrous.

Leaflets in 8—20 pairs, $ in. long; peduncles tawny tomentose, ....+scseees A. Intsia.
Leaflets in 30—40 pairs, 2—3 lin. long; flower-heads the size of a large pea; panicles
and young branchlets puberulous or tomentose, not pruinous, ........ A. pennata
As preceding, but branchlets and panicles pruinous; leaflets up to 4 in. long; flower-
heads twice the size,...... 00 .90009000 a00000000C dO D0g00g DO0006 A. pruinescens.

1. A. FeRRuGINEA, DC. II. 458 ; Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot.
I. 508. and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 518; WA. Prod. 1.273; Bedd. Fl. Sylv.
t. 51.— (Mimosa ferruginea, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 561).

Has. Burma (according to Beddome).

2. A. Catrecuu, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 1079; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 9;
Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXX. 519. (Mimosa Catechu, L. £. Suppl. 495 ; Roxb.
Fl. Ind. Il. 563 and Corom. Pl. IL. 40. t. 174).

Var. a. GENUINA (A. catechuoides, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. I.
510; Mimosa catechuoides, Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. t. 175 and Fl. Ind. IT.
562), young parts all slightly appressed pubescent but soon glabrescent ;
full-grown leaves glabrous or the leaflets ciliate, the rachis slightly pubes-
cent ; spikes shorter and thicker, like the calyces more or less appressed
pubescent ; corolla about twice the length of the calyx.

Var. £. Sunpra (A. Sundra, DC. Prod. Il. 458; Bth. in Hook.
Lond. Journ. I. 510; Mimosa Sundra, Roxb. Corom. Pl. III. t. 225 and
Fl. Ind. Il. 562; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 50), all parts glabrous or the very
young shoots slightly pubescent ; full-grown leaves and rachis quite gla-
brous ; spikes elongate and slender, quite glabrous; corolla glabrous,
about % longer than the glabrous calyx.

Haz. Var. a. common in the dry forests, rarely in the lower mixed
and savannah forests of Ava and Prome, extending into the. Irrawaddi zone
of Pegu; var. B. apparently in Ava.—Fl. Begin of RS; Fr. CS.

3. A. Suma, Buch. m Voigt Hort. Cale. 260; Brand. For. Fl. 187;
Bth. in Linn. Trans. XXX. 519.—(Mimosa Suma, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 563 ;
A. Catechu, Bth. in Hook. Lond.; Journ. Bot. I. 510, non Willd. ; Bedd.
Fl. Sylv. t. 49.

Haz. Ava?

4. A. LEUCOPHLOEA, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 1063 ; Bth. in Hook. Lond.
Journ. Bot. I. 103 and in Linn. Proc. XXX. 513; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Fiora. 297

9; Brand. For. Fl. t. 27 ; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 48 (Mimosa leucophloea, Roxb.
Corom. Pl. II. 27. t. 150).

Var. a. GENUINA, flower-heads the size of a pea, the stout peduncles,
and also the pods, shortly tomentose; leaves slightly, the rachis more or
less, pubescent.

Var. £6. MicRocEPHALA (4. mécrocephala, Grah. in Wall. Cat.
5263), flower-heads half the size, the slender peduncles and the inflorescence
puberulous; pods when fully ripe quite glabrous; leaves and their rachis
glabrous.

Has. Var. a. Ava, along the Irrawaddi (Wall. Cat. 5262) ; var.
8. not unfrequent in the dry forests of the Prome district, up to 1000
feet elevation.—Fr. March.

The two varieties here adopted are very likely different species.

*5. A. Farnestana, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 1083; Bth. in Hook. Lond.
Journ. Bot. I. 494 and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 502; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 52.
(Vachellia Furnesiana, WA. Prod. I. 272 ; Wight Icon. t. 300).

Has. Frequently planted in villages all over Burma, more especially
in Ava and Prome, where it is often found half-spontaneous.—FI. Jan.

6. <A. RugATA, Ham. Wall. Cat. 5251; Bth in Hook. Lond. Journ.
Bot. I. 514; Mimosa rugata, Lamk. Dict. I. 20. (1786). |

Var. a. GENUINA, ovary villous ; softer parts more pubescent.

Var. £. conctnna (4. concinna, DC. Prod. II. 464; Bth in Hook.
Lond. Journ, Bot. I. 514 and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 531; Mimosa concinna,
Willd. sp. pl. (1805) IV. 1089 ; Roxb. FJ. Ind. II. 565), ovary glabrous or
nearly so ; all softer parts more glabrous.

Has. Var. £. frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed
forests, all over Burma down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—F1]. March,
Apr.; Fr. CS. :

7. A. cmsta, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 1090; WA. Prod. I. 278; Bth. in
Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. I. 515 and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 530 in part.
(Mimosa caesia, L. sp. pl. 1507, non Roxb. ; Mimosa torta, Roxb. Fl. Ind.
II. 566).

Var. a. GENUINA, leaflets only about 3 lin. long, more rigid, blun-
tish with or without a mucro ; branches terete.

Var. . ELEGANS, leaflets about 3} in. long, bristly acute, less rigid ;
branches 5-angular, retorsely prickly along the corners.

Has. Var. £8. not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the eastern
slopes of the Pegu Yomah and in Martaban.—Fr. CS.

8. <A. Insta, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 1091; Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ.
Bot. I. 515; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 11. (Mimosa Intsia, L. sp. pl. 1508;
Roxb. Fl. Ind. IL. 565; A. oxyphylla, Grah. in Wall. Cat. 5252; Bth. 1. e.
514; Mimosa caesia, Roxb. FI. Ind. II. 565 ?).

298 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Has. Chittagong Hills; Ava, Khakyen Hills, east of Bhamo.

9. A. peNNATA, Willd. sp. pl. 1090; Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ.
I. 516, excl. syn. Roxb. and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 531 in part only ; Mig.
Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 12.—(dLimosa pennata, L. sp. pl. 1507 ; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II.
565 ; A. prensans, Lowe in Bot. Mag. t. 3408).

Var. a. GENUINA, panicles puberulous ; flower-heads the size of a
large pea ; young branchlets shortly puberulous; leaflets glabrous; rachis
glabrous or slightly pubescent ; pods linear-lanceolate, acuminate at both
ends.

2. Var. B. caANESCENS (A. canescens, Grah. in (Wall. Cat. 5256),
panicles and young branchlets tomentose ; leaflets ciliate ; rachis tomentose ;
pods linear-oblong, rounded at both ends, smooth, pale-coloured.

Has. Var. a. common in all leaf-shedding forests, all over Burma
and the adjacent provinces ; var. 8. Ava.—Fr. CS.

The two varieties here adopted offer differences which are rather of
specific value.

10. A. PRUINESCENS, Kurz MS.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the southern Pegu
Yomah ; also Ava, Khakyen Hills, east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).

This species has flower-heads twice the size of those of the preceding ;
and the branchlets, inflorescence, and peduncles are more or less pruinous,
with or without an admixture of tomentum. It is a powerful climber, with
somewhat compressed dark-coloured stems up to 3 feet girth. The tough
reddish bark and fibre are used for poisoning fish.

Albizzia, Durazz.
Conspectus of Species.

Subg. 1. Hu-Albizzia. Pods straight very flat, the sutures slightly
thickened. Flowers white.

* Pinnae numerous (10—18) ; leaflets linear, 1—6 lin. long, in very numerous
puirs.
x Leaflets bluntish, the nerve central or nearly so.
Leaflets very narrow, glabrous ; flower-heads small, in terminal panicles,
.. A. myriophylla.
x x Leaflets more or less acute, the nerve marginal or nearly so. Trees.
Stipules very large, obliquely ovate, acuminate ; all parts more or less shortly pubes-

cent ; corolla nearly 4 times as long as the calyx, ........... o ceves. A. stipulata.
Stipules none or obsolete ; full-grown parts glabrous or nearly 80,.... ....0 A. elegans.
* * Pinnae in 2—6 pairs ; leaflets ovate to oblong, s—1% in. long, in several

pairs.

x Leaflets sessile.
Flowers small; calyx minute ; corolla 1} lin. long; pods blackish or brownish black,
.. A, odoratissima.

-

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 299

Flowers rather conspicuous ; calyx 13 lin. long’; corolla 4 lin. long; pods yellowish,
..A, Lebbek.
x x Leaflets shortly petioluled. Pinne in 4—3 pairs.
Leaflets blunt or somewhat acute, 4—1 in. long, glaucescent beneath ; pods tapering

ibe uHAScrelUMeATy SUTOOLM LOW, ais s/elsye.ecie)s) cislelet cere sailors selene cot A. procera.
Leaflets very like those of Cassia Fistula, usually emarginate-bluntish, 24—4 in. long ;
pods stalked, oblong, veined, black, ..........0+ Wletetsenne te A. Teysmanni.

* * * Pinnaein a single pair ; leaflets few only, large, acwminate.
Glabrous ; pods broad, very flat,..... 6000005000000 050000 600.4000 6b00 KOKC A. lucida.

Subg. 2. Pithecolobiwm, Mart. Pods twisted circinately or screw-like
or curved. Flowers white.
* Flowers pedicelled, in head-like umbels or racemes. Trees.
+ Branchlets terete.
Leaves with a single pair of pinne ; leaflets in 2—3 pairs, smooth and glossy ; seed-
bearing lobes of pod about an inch long and broad, ....0. ssevseee eves A. SJiringa.
+ + Branchlets sharply angular.
Leaves with about 12 pairs of pinne ; leaflets in 4—8 pairs, while young shortly and
softly pubescent like all younger parts, acuminate, ..... a enscceee A. heterophylla.
* * Flowers sessile, in small heads.
Erect shrub ; leaves with a single pair of pinnew ; leaflets in 4—8 pairs, almost glabrous,

SilamCOUs OMEN, 5054 G00 600000 9000 Go0D0d cond, 400000 00 noG000 A. glomerifiora.

1. A. myrropHyita, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 90 and
in Linn. Trans. XXX. 567.—(Mimosa microphylla, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 549,
non Willd.).

Has. ‘Tenasserim (Falconer).—Fl. Apr.

2. A. stipuLaTA, Boiv. Encycl. XIX. siécl. II. 83; Bth. in Hook.
Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 92 and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 568 ; Miq. Fl. Ind.
Bat. I. 28; Bedd. FI. Sylv. t. 55.—(Mimosa stipulata, Roxb. Hort. Beng.
40 ; Mimosa stipulacea, Roxb. FI. Ind. Il. 549 ; Mimosa Smithiana, Roxb.
1. e. 550).

Has. Frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed forests,
ascending into the hill-forests up to 4000 feet elevation, from Chittagong
and Ava down to Tenasserim and the Andamans.—Fl. Apr. May ; Fr. CS.

3. A. ELEGANS, Kurz in Pegu Rep. App. B. 47.

Has. Not unfrequent in the tropical forests of the eastern slopes of
the Pegu Yomah, especially along the feeders of the Swa choung, ete.

Very similar to the preceding, but a much more elegant tree ; flowers
and fruits unknown. I have the very same plant from the island af Banka
(Sumatra).

4. A. oporatisstma, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 88
and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 565.; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 54.—(MWimosa odora-
tissima, Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. 12. t. 120 and Fl. Ind. II. 546; 4. mieran-
tha, Boiv. Encycl. XIX. siécl. II. 33 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 24).

Has. Frequent in the mixed aad dry forests, all over Prome, Pegu,
and Martaban down to Tenasserim.—Fl. HS. ; Fr. CS.

300 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

5. A. Lesser, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 87 and in Linn.
Trans. XXX. 562 ; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 53 ?—(Mimosa Lebbek, L. sp. pl.
1503 ; Mimosa Strissa, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 544; A. latifolia, Boiv. Encyel.
XIX. siécl. II. 33; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 22; Mimosa speciosa. Jacq.
Icon. rar. 1, 19. t. 198).

Haz. Frequent in the tropical and moister upper mixed forests, from
Pegu and Martaban down to Tenasserim and the Andamans ; a pubescent
variety rare along choungs in the Prome district.—Fl. Apr. May; Fr. CS,

6. A. PRocERA, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 89 and in
Linn. Trans. XXX. 564; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 21; Brand. For. FI. 6. 26.
(Mimosa procera, Roxb. Corom. Pl. II. 12. t. 121 and Fl. Ind. II. 548;
Mimosa elata, Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 546). .

Has. Frequent in the mixed and the dry forests, entering also the
tidal savannahs, all over Prome, Pegu, and Martaban down to Tenasserim.
—Fl. May, June; Fr. CS.

7. A. Trysmannt, Kurz MS.

Haz. Adjoining Siamese province of Radbooree.—Fr. HS. (ton-sak
of the Siamese).

8. <A. tucma, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 86 and in Linn.
Trans. XXX. 560; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 18.—(Mimosa lucida, Roxb. FI.
Ind. IT. 544).

Has. Common in the dry forests of Ava and Prome ; rather rare in
the lower mixed forests of Pegu.—Fl. Apr. ; Fr. CS.

9. A. Jrrinca (Mimosa Jiringa, Jack. in Mal. Mise. I. 14; Mimosa
Djiringa and Keringa, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 40; and Fl. Ind. If. 543 ;
Pithecolobium lobatum, Bth. in. Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 208 and in
Linn. Trans. XXX. 575; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 38).

Has. Rather frequent in the tropical forests, and along choungs in
the moister upper mixed forests, of the Pegu Yomah ; and from Martaban
down to Tenasserim; also much planted in villages.—FI. Apr. May ; Fr.
March. Apr.

10. A. HETEROPHYLLA (Mimosa heterophylla, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II.
545; Pithecolobium angulatum, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III.
208 and in Linn. Trans. XXX. 580; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 34; Pzthecolo-
bium acutangulum, Mig. Suppl. Fl. Sumatr. 282).

Has. Frequent in the drier hill-forests, also in the pine-forests, from
the Martaban Hills down to Tenasserim, at 4000 to 6000 feet elevation.
—Fl. March, Apr. ; Fr. Apr. May.

11. A. GLOMERIFLORA, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1873, 74; Bth.
in Linn. Trans. XXX. 560.

Haz. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests of the Martaban Hills,
east of Tonnghoo, at 4000 to 7000 feet elevation.—Fl. March.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 301

Inga, Willd.

*], I. puncts, Willd. sp. pl. IV. 1005 ; Wight. Icon. t. 198. (Ahimosa
dulcis, Roxb. Corom. Pl. I. 67. t. 99 and Fl. Ind. II. 556; Pithecolobium
dulce, Bth. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. III. 199 and in Linn. Trans. XXX.
572; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I. 40, Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 188; Albczeza dulcis, F.
Muell.).

Has. Only planted in the larger stations where Europeans reside.—F.
es. ; Er. HS.

ROSACEA.
Conspectus of Genera.
A. Carpels solitary or united into a solid 2- or more-celled ovary. Fruit
indehiscent.
* Ovary superior. Fruit a drupe. Calyx or its lobes usually
deciduous.

Trib. 1. Chrysobalanee. Flowers usually irregular. Style basilar. Ovules 2,
ascending. MRadicle inferior.

Parinarium.—Petals 5 or 4. Stamens perigynous; filaments filiform; anthers small.
Ovary and drupe 2-celled.

Trib. 2. Prunee. Flowers regular. Style almost terminal. Ovules 2, suspended.
Radicle superior.

Prunus.—Calyx 5-lobed. Petals 5, usually conspicuous. Drupe with a bony putamen,
straight.

Pycrum.—Calyx 5—15-toothed. Petals 5—10, minute or none. Drupe often trans-
versely didymous, coriaceous.
* * Ovary inferior. Fruit an apple or a 1—5-pyrenous drupe.

Trib. 3. Pomee.*—Ovary-cells 1—5, with 2 ovules in each cell. Leaves simple to
lobed and pinnate. Flowers regular.

Pirus.—Calyx-limb deciduous or persistent. Ovary and apple 2—5-celled, the endo-
carp often cartilaginous. Leaf-shedding trees or shrubs.

Errosorrya.—Calyx-limb persistent. Ovary and berry 1—5-celled, the endocarp
and septa thin. Evergreen trees.

B. Carpels usually numerous, rarely few, connate or more usually distinct
and inserted on a torus or enclosed in the calyx-tube. Fruit-carpels
indehiscent, or rarely dehiscent (in Spireae, etc.)

* Carpels distinct, within the persistent calyx-tube, which forms a
compound spuriously inferior fruit.
Trib. 4. Rosacee.—Calyx without bractlets. Petals usually 5. Carpels many,
1-ovuled. Achenes dry, enclosed in the fleshy calyx-tube.
Rosa.—Shrubs, often prickly, with unpaired pinnate leaves and showy flowers.
* * Carpels distinct, on a conspicuous torus, when ripe forming a
superior compound dry or sappy fruit.
Trib. 5. Rubee.—Stamens and carpels numerous. Ovules 2, suspended. Calyx

without bractlets.—Shrubs or undershrubs, often prickly, with compound, rarely simple,
leaves.

* Decaisne’s treatise on this group has not yet reached me.

302 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Rusus.—Characters of the Tribe.

Trib. 6. Potentiilee.—Stamens and carpels 4 or more, the latter with a solitary
ovule ; style usually ventral, marcescent or caducous. Calyx usually with bractlets.
Unarmed herbs or undershrubs, with compound or simple leaves.

Fracaria.—Calyx with 5 bractlets. Stamens numerous. Ripe carpels crustaceous,
seated on a fleshy sappy torus ; styles ventral. Herbs with 3-foliolate leaves.
Portentitta.—Calyx with 4 or 5 bractlets; torus in fruit dry, rest as in preceding.

Herbs or undershrubs with variously compound leaves.

Parinarium, Juss.
1. P. Sumarranum, Bth. in FI. Nigrit. 334; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat.
I. 1. 353.—(Pterocarya Sumatrana, W. Jack in Maccl. Cale. Journ,
IV. 165).
Has. Burma, without locality, probably Upper Tenasserim (Bran-
dis) ; frequent in the adjoining provinces of Siam, where the fruit is called
‘makloke.’

Prunus, L.
Conspectus of Species.

* Leaf-shedding trees or shrubs. Flowers appearing before or
along with the young foliage. Vernation of leaves conduplicate
or convolute.
Subg. 1. -Amygdalus, L.—(Armeniaca, Juss.) Flowers solitary or clustered.
Drupes densely velvety or tomentose.
Leaves narrow, 2-glandular at the base; stone wrinkled, .........+.++ see+Le Persicd.
Subg. 2. Prunus.—¥F lowers solitary, fascicled or racemose.. Drupes glabrous.
* Drupes usually pruinous. Vernation of leaves convolute.
Glabrous ; flowers rather small, usually by threes; petals 3 in. long; calyx-tube 1—14
lin. long, lobes usually somewhat longer,........ 00 .e.e00 ceeee 9 g0000¢ P. triflora.
Almost glabrous ; flowers rather large, by 2 or 3 from bracted buds; petals nearly 4
in. long; calyx-tube 3% lin. long, the lobes nearly as long,.......... P. Puddum.
* * Drupes smooth, not pruinous. Vernation of leaves conduplicate. (Cerasus,
Juss).
* * Hvergreen trees. Flowers racemose. (Pygeopsis).
Drupes an in. long ; lateral nerves very faint or almost obsolete, ......P. Martabanica.
Drupes 3 in. long ; lateral nerves thin but prominent, anastomosing along the margins,
. LP. Javanica.

*1. P. Persica, Brand. For. Fl. 191. (Persica vulgaris, Mill. Dict.
No. 1; DC. Prod. II. 581; Spach Suit. t. 5; Boiss. Fl. Orient. I]. 640;
Amygdalus Persica, lu. sp. pl. 677; Heyne Arzney Gew. IV. t. 38 ; Bot.
Reg. t. 1586 ; Journ. Hort. Soc. Lond. III. t. 3138 ; Houtte Fl. d. serr. X.
t. 969. XIII. t. 1299. 1800 and 1319; Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 500).

Has. Much cultivated in Ava, as for example in the Khakyen Hills
and about Bhamo.—Fl. Febr. March; Fr. June, July.

2. P. rrrriora, Roxb. Hort. Beng. 38 and FI. Ind. II. 501, “ trifolia”
errore typogr.—(Cerasus triftora. Lindl. in Wall. Cat. 720).

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 303

Has. Ava, Khakhyen Hills (J. Anderson).—Fl. Octob., Nov.

NB. There isaleaf-specimen of another Prunus from the Khakhyen
hills in HBC. which differs from P. pseudo-cerasus, Ldl., only very slightly
in the smaller size and in the serrature of its leaves.

3. P. Puppum, Roxb. ap. Voigt Cat. Hort. Cale. 200 (Cerasus
Puddum, Wall. Pl. As. rar. II. t. 146; DC. Prod. II. 5387; P. sylvatica,
Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 501).

Has. Ava, Khakyen Hills.

4. P. Marrapanica, Kurz in And. Rep. ed. 2. 37. (Cerasus Marta-

banica, Wall. Cat. 4902).
Haz. Rather frequent in the tropical forests of the Andamans ;

Tenasserim.—Fr. May.

Pygeum, Gertn.
Conspectus of Species.
* Ovary tawny villous.
Leaves beneath more or less tawny villous, ...... 00 ve ccceee cece voccveeele ALOFEUM.
* * Ovary glabrous or sparingly hirsute.
Glabrous; nerves and veins conspicuous and deeply immersed so as to render the sur-
face of the leaves almost wrinkled, ...... ...c05 seceence seenves . LP. acuminatum.
Young branchlets, petioles, and nerves beneath pubescent ; nerves and veins thin, little
WHMIS, nogsoooagbon dounooog Hono GbOse Odbd5o Goo, conado sod. maos P. persimile.

1. P. arsorEuM, Endl. Gen. plant. 1250 in part. (P. parviflorum,
T. and B. in Nat. Tydsch. Neerl. Ind. II. 309 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1, 361 ;
Polydontia arborea, Bl. Bydr. 1105 in part).

Has. Tenasserim (Helfer 2053); Taipo mountains, at 4000 feet
elevation (Dr. Brandis).

2. P. acumryatum, Colebr. in Trans. Linn. Soc. XII. 360. t. 18, non
Wight Icon. ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat, 1/1. 162).

Has. Chittagong (Hf. and T. Th.).

3. P prERstmite, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, 806.

Haz. Tenasserim (Helfer 2056).

Allied to P. latifoliwm ; general appearance exactly that of P. Zam-
pongum, Miq.

The genus Pygeum is so closely allied to the section Pygeopsis of
Prunus with evergreen foliage as to make it difficult to keep it distinct.
' Indeed, Pygewm and Pygeopsis, combined, stand pretty much in the same

relation to Prunus as Hriobotrya does to Purus.

Pirus, L.
Conspectus of Species.
* Flowers usually by pairs from the axils of the leaves, or spuriously racemose
from the non-developement of young foliage. Ovary-cells many-ovuled. (Cy-
donia, Tourn.)

39

304 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Young parts, pedicels, and calyx densely white-woolly ; petals an inch long ; fruits pear-
shaped, 1—1} in. long, crowned by the calyx-limb, ........++ «+s coceel. Inmica.
* * Flowers corymbose or panicled at the end of the branchlets or in the axils of
the upper leaves. Ovary-cells 2-ovuled.
Flowers corymbose, on slender pedicels 1—2 in. long; fruits globose, the size of a

LOUIS, do 000.900 000005060000 00000000 ox00 0000 00000000 DN0D dG0000 HuKS P. Pashia
Flowers panicled, very shortly and statis: pedicelled ; fruits as in ae

.P. granulosa.

J. P. Inprea, Roxb. Fl. Ind: I. 511; Wall) Pl. Asi rar aaeeealiee
(Cydonia Indica, Spach Hist. nat. veg. II. 158; Wenzig in Linnea 1874.
12)

Has, Ava. Taong dong (Wall). ; Ponsee, Khakhyen Hills (J. Ander-
son).—Fl. March ; Fr. Sept.

2. P. Pasuta, Don. Fl. Nep. 236; Wenzig in Linn. 1874. 48. (P.
variolosa, Wall. Cat. 680; G. Don. Dichlam. Pl. II. 622).

Haz. Ava, Khakhyen Hills, east of Bhamo (J. Anderson).—Fl.
March ; Fr. Aug.

3. P. e@ranutosa, Bertol. in. Mem. d’Accad. d. se. d. istit. d. Bolog-
na Ser. 2. IV. 10. t. 3. sub nom. P. granulata.—(P. Karensiwm, Kurz in
Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 306).

Has. Not unfrequent in the drier hill-forests, especially the stunted

ones, of the Martaban Hills, east of Tounghoo, at about 7000 feet elevation.
Fr. March. Apr.

Eriobotrya, Ldl.
(Photinia, Ldl.)
Conspectus of Species.

x Leaves entire.
Calyx and panicle puberulous ; berries the size of a pea, sssseeveee cece L. ntegrifolia.
Quite glabrous ; fruit an apple of the size of a bullet, ........... o eee. Ly. MACOCAr pa.
x x Leaves coarsely crenate, at least towards the apex ; inflorescence rusty
or tawny woolly-tomentose.
Leaves glabrous ; calyx about a line long,........... SONIC OUIOHOOOCNG ssa e a7
Leaves woolly-tomentose beneath ; calyx 3—4 lin. long, .......... cesar LE. Japonica.

1. E. wreeriroria (Photima mtegrifolia, Ldl. in Trans. Linn. Soe
XIII. 103; Bot. Reg. t. 1956 ; DC. Prod. II. 631; Wenzig in Linn. 1874, -
88; Photinia Notoniana, WA. Prod. I. 3802; Wight Icon. t. 991 and
Spicil Neilgh. t. 64, Ilustr. Ind. pl. t. 86; Bedd. Fl. Sylv. t. 192. ; Photinia
eugenifolia, Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1956).

Haz. Frequent in the stunted forests of the Nattoung mountains in
Martaban, east of Tounghoo, at an elevation above 7000 feet.—Fr. March,
Apr.

2. HE. macrocarpa, Kurz in Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872. 306.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 805

Has. Rare in the tropical forests on the Kambala toung of the Pegu
Yomah, at about 2000 feet elevation—Fr. March, Apr.

The fruits look more like apples, but the tree is evergreen. The
very same tree occurs also in the outer hills of the Sikkim Himalaya.

3. E. pusta (Photinia dubia, Lindl. in Trans. Linn. Soc. XIII. 104.
t. 10; DC. Prod. II. 631; Wenzig in Linn. 1874. 94; Mespilus Bengalen-
sis, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 510; Photinia Bengalensis, Wall. ap. Voigt Hort.
Cale. 198 excl. syn. Ldl.).

Has. Frequent in the damp hill-forests of the Martaban Hills, east
of Tounghoo, at 6000 to 7000 feet elevation; Ava Hills, east of Bhamo
(J. Anderson) ; Chittagong (Roxb.).—Fl. March.

*4. EK. Japonica, Lindl. in Trans. Linn. Soc. XIII. 103; WA.
Prod. I. 302; Wight Icon. t. 226; Sieb. and Zuce. Fl. Jap. I. 182. t. 97 ;
Wenzig in Linn. 1874. 97.—(Mespilus Japonica Thbg. Fl. Jap. 205 ;
Vent. Jard. Malm. I. t. 19; Bot. Reg. t. 365; Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 510).

Has. The ‘loquat’ is but rarely cultivated in the larger towns of
Pegu, such as Rangoon.

Rosa, L.
Conspectus of Species.

Sect. 1. Systyle. Styles connate into a column. Flowers in corymbs.
Flowers small, pink ; calyx glabrous or pubescent, the lobes short and entire; leaflets

small, pubescent beneath ; stipules pinnatifid, ....... 0 5000 0OCKO cook. multiflora.
Flowers large, white; calyx glandular-tomentose, one or more of the lobes usually
lobed ; leaflets glabrous ; stipules entire, ........ oe toes cece soon see ette MOSChALM.

Sect. 2. Eleuterostyle.—Styles all free.
* Calyz-throat pervious and not closed by the disk.
Flowers large, usually corymbose; calyx glabrous or sparingly glandular; leaflets
glabrous, glaucous beneath ; carpels about 40 to 50, 1... sees eeceseree ssh» Indica.
As preceding, but leaves solitary ; carpels abont 15, .......... eeseveee hs damascena.
Leaflets small ; flowers solitary ; calyx-tube and the globular fruits densely echinate,
. 2. microphylla.
* * Calyz-throat completely closed by the disk.
Calyx, younger branchlets, and the globular fruits densely tomentose ; flowers white,
- Le. tnvolucrata.

Leaflets wrinkled, opaque ; calyx and peduncles hispid, ......+..0.sss00 Lh. rubiginosa.
1. RK. ryvotucrata, Roxb. ap. Lind]. Monogr. Ros. 8; Roxb. Fl. -
Ind. II. 518 ; DC. Prod. IT. 602 ; Bot. Reg. t. 739; Wight Icon. t. 234.
Has. Ava, Irrawaddi plains from Mandalay northwards, in savan-
nahs.—F 1. Jan. Febr.
NB. Several species of roses (especially 2. Indica and R. damascena)
are found planted, around khyoungs chiefly, in almost every one of the larger
villages of Pegu.

306 S. Kurz—Contributions towards a [No. 4,

Rubus, L.
Oonspectus of Species.

* Carpels few, only 3—6. Leaves simple.
Petioles very short ; flowers in large terminal panicles, sscevsce coves ssessess Les PYTfOlUS.
* * Carpels numerous, forming a sort of sappy berry.
x Leaves entire or lobed.
+ All softer parts and the uuderside of the lobed leaves covered
with a dense tomentum usually intermixed with longer
hairs. Calyx-lobes entire.
Bracts and stipules entire or subulate-toothed, sometimes very deeply so and im this case the
L023 SWF 00000 n0c000 gou000 Coos Jo Soo00N0C 5 doDLCOODDGTO OUDCO" KR. rugosus.
Bracts and stipules pinnately cut, the segments long, thin, and often filiform,..R. Moluccanus.
+ + All parts, except the inflorescence, without tomentum, rather
glabrous or pubescent.
Calyx-lobes pectinate-toothed, cs.» veve seer seve vevee t ccccccee wrne cece sesenn Ls fOF0Ln
x x Leaves digitately 3—5-foliolate.
Branehlets almost terete ; leaflets green, shortly puberulous ; stipules and bracts linear, entire,
shortly glandular-pubescent ; flowers White, wserecvesserveee coos sees Lt. PEntagonus.
Branchlets terete; leaflets glabrous or pubescent; stipules and bracts usually cut into
1—2 linear segments, glabrous or only very sparingly and shortly glandular-
hairy ; flowers red,.....+- 6 0009 00000000 0900 bb0000 dud 0000 aod da0e Lf. alpestris.
x x x Leaves pinnately 3-foliolate or unpaired-pinnate.
O Fruits tomentose.
Leaves unpaired pinnate, the leaflets beneath white or yellowish tomentose; flowers
THEMED, 50 600000 000000000000000000 00000000000000 900000 cC0D BOOS R. lasiocarpus.
O O Fruits glabrous.
Leaves pinnately 3-foliolate, the leaflets white or yellowish tomentose beneath ; petals
WANE, Hd00 GO00 6000000000 000000400000 040000000 6.0000 0000 Da0000 osc R. flavus.
Leaves unpaired-pinnate, uniformly green ; petals white, ...........60. LR. rosaefolius.

1. R. pyrirorius, Sm. Icon. Ined. fase. III. 61; DC. Prod. II,
567 ; Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat I/1. 384. (2. hewagynus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 516;
WA. Prod. I. 299 ; R. Indicus, Lesch. in DC. Prod. II. 568).

Haz. Hills of Ava.—Fl. March.

2. R. Motvccanus, L. sp. pl. 707 ; DC. Prod. II. 566 ; Mig. Fl. Ind.
T/l. 882; Bth. Fl. Austr. II. 489.—(2. Moluccus latifolius, Rumph.
Herb. Amb. V. 78. t. 47. f. 2.)

VaR. a. GENUINUS, leaves beneath clothed with a short tomentum
intermixed with a few longer hairs only, the basal lobes usually diverging ;
calyx velvety and at the same time densely tawny and appressedly hirsute,
the lobes acuminate.

Var. £. atcEmfrotius (&. alceefolius, Poir. Encycl. Suppl. V1.
247; DC. Prod. II. 567 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1 379), leaves softly pubes-
cent beneath, the basal lobes usually much converging ; calyx densely tawny
or yellowish appressed hirsute, the lobes acuminate.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 307

? Var. y. ABNORMALIS, stems covered with spreading tawny hairs ;
leaves of var. a. ; calyx shortly and densely greyish or whitish tomentose
without any admixture of longer hairs, the lobes acute or almost blunt.

Has. Var. a., often passing into @., frequent on the Martaban Hills,
as well in the drier hill-forests as in hill-toungyas and deserted cultivated
lands, from 2500 to 7000 feet elevation ; var. y. Burma probably Ava
(Griff. 2147).—Fl. Febr. March.

8. R. FERox, Wall. Cat. 724; Focke in Abhandl. Nat. Ver. Bremen
IV. 196. (2. Moluccanus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 518 et ejusd. Icon. MS. IX.
t. 32. f. 1858).

Haz. Burma, probably Ava (Griff. 2145).

4. R. pentagonus, Wall. Cat. 731; Focke in Abh. Nat. Ver. Brem.
TV. 192).

Has. Not uncommon in the damp hill-forests along hill-streams, on
the Nattoung mountain, east of Tounghoo, at 6000—7000 feet eleva-
tion.— Fl. March.

I formerly combined #. alpestris and this species, but Mr. O. Kuntze
of Leipzic, who revised the species of Rubus in HBC., has pointed out to
me the differences between the two.

5. R. LAstocaRPus, Sm. in Rees. Cycl. XXX. ; DC. Prod. IT. 558;
WA. Prod. I. 699 ; Wight Icon. t. 232. (#. albescens and R. racemosus,
Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 519; &. Mysorensis, Heyne in Roth Nov. sp. 235 ; DC.
l.c. 557 ; BR. Horsfieldii, Mig. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 375. t. 7).

Haz. Ava, hills east of Bhamo (J. Anderson) ; Karenee country
(O’Riley).

6. R. Fuavus, Ham. ap. Don. Prod. Nep. 234; DC. Prod. IT. 559.
—(R. Gowreephul, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 517; WA. Prod. I. 298; Wight
Icon. t. 231).

Haz. Hills of Ava, Taong dong (Wall.) ; Kakhyen Hills (J. Ander-
son) ; Martaban Hills, east of Tounghoo (Rev. F. Mason).—Fl. Febr.
March.

7. KR. Ros#roxttus, Sm. Icon. in ed. III. 60. t. 60; DC. Prod. II.
556 ; Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/1. 375; Bot. Mag. t. 1788 ec. fl. plen.; Hook.
Icon. Pl. t. 349; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 158; Bth. Fl. Austr. I]. 431. (2.
rosaeflorus, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 519).

Var. o. ASPER (f. asper, Don. Prod. Nep. 284) , stem, branches, and
petioles more prickly and covered with long stiff blackish gland-hairs ;
calyx and peduncle tomentose-pubescent, with long spreading gland-bristles ;
leaves more or less appressed hairy ; flowers usually in poor corymbs.

Var. £. GLABRIUSCULUS, stems, branches, and petioles glabrous or
with few short gland-hairs only ; peduncles and pedicels usually shortly
glandular-pubescent, rarely almost glabrous ; calyx glabrous or sprinkled

308 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a [No. 4,

with few short gland-hairs, velvety-tomentose inside ; leaves more glabrous ;
flowers much larger, usually solitary on leaf-opposed long pedicels.

Has. Var. a. Rather frequent in the hill-forests of Martaban, at
3000—4000 feet elevation, freely springing up in hill-toungyas; var. B.
Ava Hills, especially those east of Bhamo.—Fl. Apr.

The above two forms are probably better treated as separate species,
The branches are more or less terete or angular.

Fragaria, L.

1. F. Inprca, Andr. Bot. Rep. t. 475 ; Bot. Reg. t. 61; DC. Prod.
II. 571; WA. Prod. I. 800; Wight Icon. t. 989. (Fragaria Malayana,
Roxb. Fl. Ind. IT. 520 ; Duchesnea fragarioides, Sm. in Trans. Linn. Soe.
X. 373 ; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. I. 372).

Has. Ava, Bhamo and Tapeng valley (J. Anderson) ; Chittagong,
Comilla (C. B. Clarke).—FIl. Fr. Febr. March.

Potentilla, L.
1. P. Kierrana, WA. Prod. I. 300; Wight Ill. t. 85. (Duchesnea
Sundaica, Miq. Fl. Ind. Bat. I/2. 372. t. 6).
Haz. Ava, Khakyen Hills, Ponsee (J. Anderson).—Fl. Fr. March.

SAXIFRAGEH AE.

Conspectus of Genera.

Trib. 1. Saxifragee.—Herbs, often scapigerous. Leaves alternate. Stipules none.
Flowers 5-merous. Ovary 1—3-celled.

AstitpeE.—Petals 5 or none. Stamens 8 or 10. Carpels nearly free. Herbs with
ternatisect leaves. Flowers panicled.

Trib, 2. Hydrangee.—Trees or shrubs. Leaves opposite. Stipules none. Petals
often valvate. Stamens usually epigynous. Ovary usually 3—6-celled.
Dicuroa.—Petals 5 or 6, valvate. Styles 3—4, club-shaped. Fruit a berry.

Trib. 3. Escalloniee.—Trees or shrubs. Leaves alternate. Stipules none. Sta-
mens usually as many as petals.
Irza.—Ovary half-superior, 2-celled. Style separable into two. Capsule superior,

2-beaked.

Potyosma.—Ovary inferior, 1-celled. Style simple. Fruit a 1-seeded berry.

Polyosma, Bl.
1. P. Watticuit, Benn. Pl. Jay. rar. 196; Hf. and Th. in Linn.
Proc: VTi
Has. Tropical forests of the Andamans, not rare.—FI. RS.
Very near to P. ilicifolia, Bl., but the flowers are smaller and the fruits
different.

1876.] Knowledge of the Burmese Flora. 309

CRASSULACEH A.
Conspectus of Genera.
BryopuyiiumM.—Calyx large, inflated, shortly 4-cleft.
Karancuor.—Calyx 4-parted.
Bryophyllum, Salisb.

1. B. prynatum (Kalanchoe pinnata, Pers. Ench. I. 446; Miq. FI.
Ind. Bat. I/1. 728; B. calycinum, Salish. Parad. Lond. t. 3; DC. Prod.
III. 396; WA. Prod. I. 360; Wight. Ill. Ind. Bot. Suppl. 55. t. 31 ; Bot.
Mag. t. 1409; Ootyledon pinnata, Lam. Encycl. Meth. II. 141 (1786) ;
Cotyledon rhizophylla, Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 456; Oolydedon calycina, Roth
Nov. sp. 217).

Has. Frequent in rubbishy or waste places, ruins, etc., chiefly around
villages, all over Burma and the adjacent provinces. Fl. Jan. Febr.

Kalanchoe, Adans.
Conspectus of Species.

x Panicles glandular-puberulous.

e

Leaves pinnatifid, the lobes flattened, lobed or cut, seers ssrvvvcereeres K. laciniata.
x x Panicles quite glabrous.

Leaves simple or pinnately 3-foliolate, crenate, .....0 ss. seeeeeese eK. acutifiora.

Leaves pedately 3-pinnatisect, the segments almost terete, sees Aesop K. teretifolia.

1. K. racrntata, DC. Pl. grass. t. 100 and Prod. III. 395; WA.
Prod. I. 360; Wight Icon. t. 1158.—(Cotyledon laciniata, L. sp. pl. 615 ;
Roxb. Fl. Ind. II. 456).

Has. Ava, Irrawaddi valley (J. Anderson).

2. K. acutrrnora, Haw. Syn. 109; Bot. Rep. t. 560; Miq. Fl. Ind.
Bat. I. 728. (K. varians, Wall. Pl. As. Soe. rar. II. 58. t. 167 sub. nom.
K. subamplectens, non Haw.; Hf. and Thoms. in Linn. Proceed. II. 91, quoad
specim. Birmanica).

Has. Not unfrequent in uncultivated places along the Irrawaddi in
Ava.— Fl. Jan.

3. K. TERETIFOLIA, Haw. in Wall. Pl. As. rar. II. 58. t. 166; Hf.
and Th. in Linn. Proce. II. 91.

Has. Pegu, near Rangoon? (teste Wallich) ; Ava, Taong dong
(Wall.).—FIl. Jan.

DROSERACEA.
Conspectus of Genera.
DrosEra.—Stamens 4—8. Styles 2—5, simple, 2-parted, or many-cleft. Ovary 1-
celled. Glandular-pilose herbs, scapiferous or not.
ALDROovANDA.—Stamens 5. Styles 5, filiform. Ovary 1-celled. Glabrous, floating
herbs with whorled leaves.

Drosera, L.
Conspectus of Species.
x leaves radical or nearly so, rosulate. Scapes leafless.
Leaves obovate-spathulate ; flowers white or pale rose, se veevceeveessD. Burmannt.

310 S. Kurz— Contributions towards a Knowledge of the Bur. Flora. (No. 4,

x x Leaves scattered. Scapes leafy.
Leaves linear ; flowers purple, ........ a elsvaig ele lele (0 e/e\slole/siele visiolictereiegl > eI AEE TE
Leaves peltate, half-orbicular or crescent- miapede flowers ahitas cers coos D. peltata.

1. D. Burmannt, Vhl. Symb. ITI. 50; Wight Il. t. 20, excl. stigma ;
Wight Icon. t. 944; Planch. in Ann. d. sc. nat. ser. 8. IX. 190; Hf. and
Th. in Linn. Proe. II. 82.

Has. Chittagong (Hf. and Th.); very rare in grass-lands in the
eng-forests of the Prome district.—Fl. March.

2. D. Innica, L. FL Zeyl. 51; Wight Ill. t. 20; Planch. in Ann. d.
se. nat. 8 ser. IX. 204; Hf. and Th. in Linn. Proc. II. 82.

Has. Not unfrequent in wet short-grassed pastures and swamps of
of the diluvial lands of Southern Pegu, chiefly about Rangoon, etc. ; Tenas-
serim, Tavoy (Wall).—Fl. Aug.—Decemb.

3. D. preutata, Sm. Exot. Bot. I. 79. t. 41; Planch. in Ann. d. se.
nat. 3 ser. [X. 296; DC. Prod. I. 319; Bth. Fl. Austr. II. 465; WA.
Prod. I. 34; Wight Illust. t. 20.—(D. lunata, Ham. in DC. Prod. I. 319;
Hook. Icon. t. 54; Planch. in Ann. d. se. nat. 3 ser. 1X. 296; Hf. and Th.
in Linn. Proce. II. 82 ; D. Lobbiana, Turez. in Bull. d. Nat. Mose. 1854. 343).

Has. Not unfrequent on laterite grounds in the hill-eng-forests, from
Martaban down to Upper Tenasserim, at 1500 to 3000 feet elevation ; also
in boggy places on the top of the Nattoung, east of Tounghoo, at about
7100 feet elevation —Fr. March Ap.

HAMAMELIDEA.
Conspectus of Genera.
BuckKLANnDIA.—F lowers in heads, polygamous. Petals of male flowers linear. Filaments
elongate. Evergreen trees, the stipules large, deciduous.
Autimye1a.—F lowers in 1-bracted heads, unisexual. Stamens in male flowers head-
like clustered. Petals none. Leaf-shedding trees. Stipules small.
Bucklandia, R.Br.

1. B. poputnes, R.Br. in Wall. Cat. 7414; Griff. in Asiat. Research.
XIX. 94. t. 18 and 14; Mig. FI. Ind. Bat. I/1. 886.—(Liquidambar tricus-
pis, Miq. 1. ec. 1097 and Suppl. Fl. Sum. 346. t. 4.)

Has. Frequent in the damp hill and the stunted forests of the Mar-
taban Hills, east of Tounghoo, at 4000 to 7200 feet elevation —FI. March.
Altingia, Noronh.

1. A. excrnsa, Noronh. Verh. Bat. Genootsch. V. 1-20. (Liguidam-
bar Altingia, Bl. Fl. Jay, Balsamifl. 8. t. 1—2; Mig. Ind. Bat. I/1. 836;
Sedqwickia cerastfolia, Griff. in Asiat. Research. XIX. 98. t. 15—16).

Has. Ava, Khakyen Hills, east of Bhamo (J. Anderson) ; Tenas-
serim, locally (as along the Nanta-yoke choung) quite abundant (Rey.

F. Mason).—Fr. March.
(To be continued.)

1876.] 311

XVII.—On the Helicide collected during the Expedition into the Dafla
Hills, Assam— By Maor H. H. Gopwiy-Avsruy, & R. G. &.,
FF. Z. 8, §c., Deputy Superintendent Topographical Survey of India.

This list contains nearly all the species of Helicide that were obtained
during the Expedition of 1874—75.

There are still a few that have not yet been determined: they will be
worked out and those of them that prove to be new described by Mr. G.
Nevill, from the series presented by me to the Indian Museum.

I was in hopes that Mr. Nevill would have been able to join me in
completing the list ; but his many other duties and late unavoidable absence
from Calcutta have prevented this, and as the plate must appear now, I am
compelled to give it thus incomplete.

Hetrx tuprica, Bs.? Plate VIII, Fig. 9.

Until I had examined the animal I should have supposed it to possess
the usual truneate glandular form at the extremity of the foot. It shews
how carefully we should examine the living animals before grouping these
very similar forms of Helicid@, and how much has to be done in this direc-
tion. I give a description and drawing of this species.

Animal—fore part of foot and head, as well as the tentacles, dark slate,
extremity of foot pointed (no gland visible), pale grey, edged light fleshy,
sole of foot dark orange, mantle very slightly reflected in front, with no
- tongue-shaped process,—it is, in fact, very similar to that of Vitrina.
Length, 2:0’, tentacles 0°5”. Shell-major diam. 0-95’.
Haz.—Shengorh Peak, 7000 ft.

Hetrx (NantIna) BILINEATA, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 8.

Shell globose, very thin, transparent, greenish yellow. Whorls 5, spire
conoid. The living shell appears mottled on the upper surface with black
and white from the body of the animal shining through its thin and trans-
parent walls.

Animal—the foot pale ochraceous ; tentacles black, the black extending
on to the neck as two very conspicuous well-defined parallel lines ; the upper
part of the foot has also two parallel black lines. From the right anterior
margin a long tongue-like process is given off, which reaches, when fully
extended, up to the apex of the shell, as in the large form, Nanina decussata.

Hazs.—Tanir Lampa ridge, 4000 ft. Very abundant in the forest
among the fallen leaves.

40

‘

312 H. H. Godwin-Austen—On the Helicide collected [No. 4,

Hetix (NAnIvA) GLOBOSA, n. sp.

Shell very globose, thin and glassy, pale ochre, whorls 4, the last large
and expanded below. Aperture broadly lunate. Apex rounded.

Alt. 0:28", major diam. 0°40".

Animal, dark grey, becoming pale fleshy on extremity of foot, which
is broad behind, with the lobe over the gland much hooked. ‘Tentacles
rather thick at base. Length 1:2”, tentacles 0:2”.

Hazs.—Summit of Toruputu Peak.

This shell is of the form of AH. salius, but is much larger; and the
animal differs considerably.

Helix (Rotula) vidua, W. Bi.

Both at Shengorh 7000 ft. and at the base of the hills at the Burroi
gorge, and in the woods skirting the Pichola nulla, far out into the plains,
a small globose form was found everywhere very abundant.

Alt. 0°28”, major diam. 0°50”.

Helix (Rotula) climacterica, Bs. Toriputi Peak.

Helix remicola, Bs. Burroi Gorge.

Helix (Trochomorpha) acris, Bs. At low elevations.

Helix (Plectopylis) macromphalus, Bs. On Shengorh the form is
very small, very dark coloured, and with a tendency to be hirsute. It does
not differ in other respects, and was found generally distributed.

Helix (Nanina) oxytes, Bs. Of the usual typical form. General up
to 7000 ft. ae

Helix (Trachea) cestus, Bs. Pichola nulla, in plains of Durrang.

Helix (Macrochlamys) honesta, Gould. Toruputu Peak.

Helix (TLrochomorpha) diplodon, Bs. Outer hills, at low elevations.

Helix (Trochomorpha) castra, Bs. Burroi Gorge and banks of
upper Dikrang River.

Helix (Plectopylis) plectostoma, Bs. Pichola nulla and Burroi
Gorge,—common.

Helix Huttoni, var. tapeina, Bs. Burroi Gorge.

Helix (Nanina) bascauda, Bs. About 3000 ft. in Dikrang valley,—
not common.

HeEticaRrion ovatus, H. BIE.

This species, originally described from Darjiling, I was glad to find in
this new locality so as to be able to add a description of the animal. It
was tolerably abundant.

Animal dark slate colour on head, extremity of foot pale, with a rosy
tint in middle of body. Length 1-1’, tentacles (rather short) 0°20’.

Haxs.—Found on Shengorh peak, at 6000 feet.

J

1876.] during the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 313

HEeELIcARION (HOPLITES) VERRUCOSUS, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 5.

The shell with animal was placed in spirit, but has been unfortunately
lost : it was thin and glassy, with about 4 whorls. I, however, made a
eareful drawing of the animal at the time it was taken, and described it
thus :—

Animal dull purplish grey; mantle lobes, which can cover the entire
shell, are very minutely mottled, and have a finely papillate surface. On
the posterior margin are six blunt and larger wart-like processes, arranged
3 on the right and 3 on the left side. Posterior part of the foot well
ribbed diagonally, in parallel lines ; there is a distinct marginal line to the
edge of the foot. The mucous gland is larger and the upper lobe well
pointed. Tentacles moderate. ‘The mantle is divided into three lobes, one
of rectangular outline is on the anterior left margin. The shell when the
animal is in motion is very slightly exposed.

Total length 1:25”, mantle 0°60", mantle to extremity of foot 0°50’,
tentacles 0°20".

Hazs.—Under Tortiputti Peak, at 4,600 feet. Found on decaying wood
during damp weather.

Among some very excellent drawings of the late Dr. Ferd. Stoliczka is
one of a Helicarion very similar to this in form and in the papillate surface
of the mantle, only that the papille are more generally distributed, and
the animal is of a dull brown colour.

HELICARION MINUTUS, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 1.

Shell ovate, depressed, rather solid, brown with an olive tinge, and
with a glazed polished surface. Whorls 3, very rapidly enlarging. Aper-
ture oblique, elongately lunular.

Major diam. 0:22”, minor diam. 0:18”.

Animal pale horny, tentacles and a line from them to the mantle dark
coloured, with a dark line down the upper surface of the extremity of the foot,
which last is mottled on the side. The mantle just covers the edge of the shell
and the right posterior lobe is moderately developed. ‘The portion of the
body anterior to the shell is very short in comparison to the posterior part.

It may be known from H. sa/ius by its much flatter form.

The animal of A. salius from a living specimen taken at Mairang in the
Khasi Hills is as follows :—

Pale yellowish, with a tinge of orange on foot; tentacles pale, short,
a dusky line on upper surface of the posterior portion of foot. Mantle
slightly reflected over the edge of the shell. Jumps about actively when
handled. Shell (pale green) 0:30". Length of animal 0-6’.

I have a form exactly similar from the west Khasi Hills, but none of
the shells are so rich in their coloration.

314 H. H. Godwin-Austen—On the Helicide collected [No. 4,

Henicarion (HopritEs) RADHA, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 4.

Shell similar to that of H. Shillongensis. Animal rich ochre, sparsely
dappled with grey-black on the mantle and tail.

Length 3:0”, head to mantle 0:50”, mantle 1:3’, mantle to end of foot
1:0”, tentacles 0°38”.

Has.—Banks of Radha Pokri (tank) near Narainpur, Darrang Dis-
trict,—only one specimen was found. This is a close ally of A. brumnea
and H. Shillongensis of the Khasi Hills, but differs in coloration and in
the markings ef the mantle.

HeELicarion (HOPLITES) CINEREUS, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 2.

The shell was not described when taken and it has since been mislaid.
The description of the animal, which is of more importance, I can give.

Animal, when fully extended, long and narrow, colour dusky grey, man-
tle with a papillated surface slightly spotted, the spotting being coarser on
the body and tail. Tentacles short and blunt, with the oral ones very close
below them.

Length 0°75”, mantle 0°40”.

Haz.—On the Darpang river, foot of the Dafla Hills, under old logs
in the forest.

Heticarion (Hopuires) Buri, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 6.

Shell dull white, very horny in texture, the apex scarcely developed,
outline rounded above.

Major diam. 0°30”.

Animal grey-brown in colour, the largest measuring as follows :—

Mantle to head 0°40” ; mantle 0°80”, mantle to extremity of foot 0°50”,
or total length when moving about 1:5”.

Has.—tThe Borelli Tea Garden near Tezpur, Assam, discovered by Mr.
J. Burt, after whom I name it, and who found it abundant on the bark of
trees during the rains (July). It is of the true typical form of Hoplites,
but in its very rudimentary white, horny shell it is quite distinct from any
of the other species I am acquainted with. =

These molluses are abundant during the rainy season in this part of
India, but are hard to discover in the cold weather, and only then under
stones and logs in damp low situations. In July I found H. croceus very
plentiful just above Teria Ghat, and I observed them, when I was hunting for
butterflies, crawling about over the tall grasses 12 feet from the ground.

TESTACELLA P DIKRANGENSIS, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 7.

Shell dextral, ovate, very flat, solid, the lines of growth well marked,
with a dark brown epidermis, the apex cap-shaped, rather produced, and
much curved.

1876.] + during the Expedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 315

Major diameter 0°50”, minor diam. 0°25”.

Animal not seen. -

Two dead shells were found in a damp low piece of forest near the
Dikrang river close under the village of Pachitah, or Camp 7.

The shell is a peculiar form, the body whorl spreading out and over-
lapping in front, giving the shell a limpet-like shape. Without a know-
ledge of the animal it is very difficult to say in what genus it should be placed,
but it is probably a Helicarion form. ‘The shell, however, so much resem-
bles Zestacella that I have placed it temporarily in that group.

_Putmomycus (INCIDEARIA) CAMPESTRIs, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 3.

No shell.

Animal pale ochre, with a longitudinal dark stripe on the side of body.
Tentacles very short, only 0:13”. Total length 1°65”.

Has.—Found on the damp grass early in morning at Kholabari in the
Darrang District,—only one specimen seen.

I must here allude to a similar form of slug which I have recorded in
my note-book as Philomycus monticolus, and which I sketched at the time it
was taken in the hills bordering the Kopili river, North Cachar Hills. Animal
white, tinged with pale lilac, having intensely black spots scattered over
body, with one longitudinal band of same colour along the side, and one
central down middle of back; foot white below; tentacles very short,
brown, the two lower ones wide apart and very short indeed. Extremity
of foot pointed. Total length one inch.

Opras NEVILII, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 12.

Shell turreted, very elongate, pale, silky with a green tinge, older speci-
mens of a pale straw-colour, covered with a thin epidermis, beautifully striate
under lens. Whorls 11—12, moderately rounded and very gradually
diminishing in size to the apex, which is blunt; suture impressed ; aperture
angular above, outer lip thin.

Alt. 0°55”, major diam. 0:10”. Largest specimens, 0:90’.

Has. This very delicate elongate shell was common on Toruputu
Peak, but far finer specimens, equal in size to the figure, were obtained
on the banks of the Pichola Nulla out in the plains. I am not satisfied
with this figure; the whorls being rather too flat and the apex too sharp.

I have named this shell after my friend Mr. G. Nevill, with whom I
have now so long been associated in the study and collection of Indian land-
shells.

Achatina (Glessula) hebes.

Glessula crassilabris, Bs. Shengorh and Tortpitu.

Glessula illustris, G.-Austen. Tortipiti Peak. Found at the same
altitude as the original typical form from the Naga Hills. In forest.

316 H. H. Godwin-Austen—On the Helicide collected ~ [No. 4,

Glessula orthoceras, G.-Austen. Splendid specimens of this shell were
obtained at Harmutti and in the Burroi Gorge, where it was very common.
The largest measure as much as 2°85 in length by 0'5” in major diameter.

Glessula Cassiaca, Bs. Tortpiti.

GLESSULA DaFLAENSIS, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 10.

Shell elongately turreted, thick, obliquely striate, covered with a thick
olive-green epidermis with a few dark streaks. Spire turreted, slightly
convex in outline, apex blunt; whorls 11, rather flat, specimens with
apex preserved shewing erosion of the surface. Suture well marked.
Aperture oblique, suboval, pale grey. Peristome acute, columellar margin
slightly curved and but little thickened.

Alt. 1:9”, major diam. 0°41”, alt. ap. 0°42”.

Hazs.—Shengorh Peak, rather abundant. This shell would appear to
have a close connection with G. erosa, H. BIf., from Darjiling, but its much
longer form, greater number of whorls, and the different colour of its
epidermis (which is uniform throughout), at once distinguish it. As in
G. erosa the position of former apertures is distinctly indicated on the whorls.

Butimus Masont, n. sp.

Shell sinistral, acuminately oblong, thick, side of spire rather flat,
whorls 7, smooth and shiny, under lens finely and spirally striate, colour sea-
ereen, intenser below the keel, paling towards the apex, the columella dark
purple, a narrow fillet of same colour borders the suture closely below,
commencing at the upper and outer angle of the aperture. Aperture oval,
angular above, lip slightly reflected. The last whorl slightly keeled.

Alt. 1:2”, major diam. 0:5”.

Has. Dihiri Parbat, 2000 feet. Only two specimens were found.

This handsome Bulimus is very similar inform to B. Sylheticus, Reeve,
but this latter shell is smaller, exhibits no trace of spiral striation, has its
surface more polished, while the columellar margin and outer lip is pure
white ; and in dozens J have collected no trace of a band is ever seen. In
colour too B. Sylheticus differs from the new form in being lemon-yellow with
a greenish tinge on the body whorl. Reeve, I notice, erroneously describes it
in the Conchol. Icon. Bul. 564 as bright yellow, and makes a great blunder
about its habitat, which is given as “ Sylhet, Hastern Himalayah,” Sylhet
being a district south of the Khasi Hills in the plains of Lower Bengal.
The true home of B. Sylheticus is the southern slopes of the Khasi and
Garo Hills; the title is therefore unfortunately misleading.

I have named this species after Mr. J. Wood-Mason, to whom J am
indebted for much valuable aid both in securing collectors and preparing
equipments for the field.

1876. ] during the Bxpedition into the Dafla Hills, Assam. 317

Bulimus gracilis, Hutton.

Bulimus Nilagiricus, Pfr. var. The form is more elongate than those
I have from the Khasi Hills. It is always very local in its distribution.
Found under Tortiptiti Peak at 3000 feet.

Alt. 0°66’.

One of the forms so curiously like those of Southern India that crop
up in this province now and then, Oyclophorus nivicola being another
so like is it to C. Bairdit.

Bulimus (Harpalus) Khastacus, G.-Austen. Dikrang valley at 2500 ft.

Streptaxis Theobaldi, Bs. Low down in the Dikrang valley. Similar
to the Khasi type. I figure the aperture of this shell (pl. vii, fig.
15) to shew the difference between it and the following.

STREPTAXIS DAFLAENSIS, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 14.

Shell obliquely perforate, flatly ovate, minutely striated, white ; spire
much depressed, suture well marked, apex flattened, in one specimen
quite flat. Whorls 63, regular to the 4th, the 5th rapidly descending, the
last compressed below near the umbilicus so as to form a fold running up to
a second and shorter fold on the outer margin. Aperture oblique, sub-
quadrate, peristome slightly reflected. Parietal lamella one, strongly
developed and connected with the parietal callus. The palatal teeth are
disposed, 2 on the upper and 2 on the lowers margin, with a single inter-
mediate one, which extends further within the aperture than those above
and below it.

Major diam. 0°32”, minor diam. 0°21”, alt. 0-15”.

Has.—Near Tanir Peak, Dafla Hills, 4000 ft.

It is a much larger, more lengthened, and flatter shell than S. Theobaldi,
and has a greater number of whorls. In the form of the aperture it is
similar to that shell, but the parietal lamella is more developed and the
central palatal tooth is not so remote from the peristome but rises close
on the margin. The umbilicus also is more open.

Enea stenopylis, Shengorh Peak, not a common shell.

ENNEA MILIUM, n. sp., Plate VIII, Fig. 11.

Shell cylindrical, dull glassy, diaphanous. Spire with flattish sides, very
slightly tapering below, suture shallow. Whorls 6, the last 3 smooth, the
apical sub-vertically ribbed, but slightly so. Aperture oval, vertical, last
whorl ascending shghtly to it. Peristome thickened, a little reflected, a
single tooth-like thickening on the outer margin, with another single one
on the parietal side.

Alt. 0:10”, major diam. 0:04”.

318 H. H. Godwin-Austen—On the Helicide Se. [No. 4,

Haz.—Shengorh Peak, 7000 ft. A single specimen only was found
on tearing off the thick growth of moss covering rocks.

This very distinct but minute Himea bears somewhat the character of
E. Blanfordiana, but in its minute size and differently formed aperture it is
separable. It is the smallest species of the genus from this part of India.

Clausilia 16s, Benson, Plate VIII, Fig. 13.

Compared with Darjeeling specimens in the Imperial Museum, Cal-
cutta. Extending the range considerably to the eastward.

CarycHium KHaAstiacum, n. sp., Plate VIII, A, Fig. 8.

This form, which has not been noted before, occurs very abundantly in
the Khasi Hills, particularly in the large wood near the village otf Nongba
on the Jaintia side. I obtained specimens of it on Shengorh Peak which
are rather larger than those from the above quarter. It is quite distinct
from C. Indicum, Bs. and may be thus known from it :—

Beautifully minutely and regularly costulate throughout under lens.
Whorls 6, more rounded, apex more acute ; the aperture circular and larger,
peristome continuous forming a callus on the antepenultimate whorl, and
the columellar tooth stronger. Alt. 0:09".

I also give a drawing of C. Indicwm (pl. viii. A, figs. 7a, 6), which
I do not think has been before figured; the shell fig. 7 is like C. Boystanum,
but the three shells here depicted were all found at Mussoorie, and
C. Boysianum was originally obtained on the banks of the river Jumna
near Agra.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

Helicarion minutus, D. sp.

(Hoplites) cinereus, D. sp.
Philomycus (Incillaria) campestris, D. sp.
Helicarion (Hoplites) radha, 0. sp.
—_—_ veErrucosus, D. Sp.
———— Burtii, DB. sp.
Testacella 2 Dikrangensis, D. sp.

Helix (Nanina) bilineata, n. sp., nat. size.

» 9. Helix lubrica ? Benson.

» 10. Glessula Daflaensis, 0. sp.

» Ll. Enea milium, n. sp.

», 12. Opeas Nevilli, n. sp.

» 18. Clausilia 16s, Benson.

» 14. Streptaxis Daflaensis, n. sp.

» 1d. ——— Theobaldi, Bs. the aperture, enlarged.

OO IR oo hp

1876.] Big

XVIII.—On the Physical Euplanation of the Inequality of the two Semi-
diurnal Oscillations of Barometric Pressure.—By Hunry F. Buay-
FORD, Meteorologist to the Government of India.

(Received June 22 ;—Read August 2, 1876.)

There are, perhaps, few phenomena in the domain of terrestrial physics
which have received more attention than the diurnal variation of baro-
metric pressure ; and on the causes and explanation of which, nevertheless,
there is more diversity of opinion even at the present day. Dove, Sabine,
Herschell, Espy, Lamont, Kreil, Broun, and many others have in turn
engaged in the discussion of this vexed problem; and, at the present time,
Mr. Alexander Buchan is publishing an elaborate and most valuable reswmé
of the existing data in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh,
as a preliminary to a renewed investigation.

The general features of the diurnal variation of pressure are familiar
enough to every one who has ever observed the rise and fall of the baro-
meter for a few days in India, and most other tropical countries. From about
3 or 4 in the morning the pressure increases gradually towards sunrise, then
more rapidly,—and culminates generally between 9 and 10 a. m. A fall
then sets in, which becomes rapid during the hottest hours of the day, and
the pressure reaches its minimum generally between 4 and5p.m. The
pressure then increases till about 10 Pp. m. ; but in general does not attain
the same height as at the corresponding morning hour. Lastly, a second
fall brings it to a second minimum between 3 and 4 a. m., which, except
on mountain peaks and at such stations as Simla and Darjiling, is never
quite so low as the afternoon minimum.*

Thus, then, the pressure rises and falls twice in the 24 hours, attain-
ing, in general, its absolute maximum about 9 or 9. 80 a. M., and its absolute

minimum between 4 and 5 P. M.
This may be taken as a general description of the phenomenon as exhi-
bited in the tropics ; but it presents many striking variations at different

* T must correct this statement. I find, on examining the ship’s observations for
the month of January recorded in the Bay of Bengal, between N. Latitude 20° and the
B. C. Light Ship, 7. ¢., between 60 and 100 miles from the coast, that the form of the
diurnal barometric curve afforded by them, in this respect, resembles that of hill
stations; the early morning minimum being considerably lower than the afternoon.
The relation of this peculiarity to the phenomenon of the diurnal sea-breeze, and the
confirmation it affords of the transfer of air from the land to the sea during the daytime,
in the strata above that in which the sea-breeze prevails, which is the main topic of
this paper, are obvious. I have not as yet obtained the data for other months,—Vote

added January 20th, 1877.
41

320 | H. F. Blanford—On the Physical Explanation of the [No. 4,

places, and at one and the same place at different times of the year. These

variations affect the hour at which the pressure attains its maximum and

minimum values, the absolute amplitude of the oscillations, and lastly,

their relative amplitude. It is this phenomenon—the variation in the
relative amplitude of the day and night oscillations—the probable physical

explanation of which I have now to bring to notice.

It was observed by Arago, apparently some years prior to 1841, that

in Europe “the proximity of the sea has the effect of diminishing the

amplitude of the interval during which the diurnal fall lasts, viz., that

which occurs between 9 A. M. and 3 P. M.;” and considering the whole

phenomenon as made up of a single and double oscillation, it may easily be

shewn that this interval is determined mainly by the relative amplitude of

these two elements. The latest notice on the subject is given in the follow-

ing extract from Mr. Buchan’s Memoir, a copy of the first part of which,

(for which I am indebted to the author,) has reached me only within the
last week.* In summing up the characteristics of the midday fall of

pressure, he says :—“ Whatever be the cause or causes on which the diurnal

oscillations of the barometer depend, the influence of the relative distribu-

tion of land and water in determining the absolute amount of the oscillation
in particular localities as well as over extended regions, is very great.
From the facts detailed, (in Mr. Buchan’s paper), it will be seen that

this influence gives a strong local colouring to the results, particularly

along the coasts ; and that the same influence is extensively felt over the

Channel, the Mediterranean, the Atlantic, and other sheets of water on the

one hand; and on the other over the inland portions of Great Britain,
Europe, and the other continents ;” and, further on, he adds :—“ While, as
has been pointed out, numerous illustrations can be adduced, shewing a
larger oscillation over the same region with a high temperature and a dry
atmosphere than with a low temperature and a moist atmosphere ; the small
summer oscillation on the coasts of the Mediterranean and those of the

Atlantic adjoining, is in direct opposition to the idea that any such conclu-

sion is general. For over those parts of the Mediterranean and Atlantic,

the temperature is hottest in summer, and the air is driest—so dry, indeed,
that no rain, or next to none, falls; and yet there, the amplitude of the
oscillation now contracts to its annual minimum. On the western coasts of

the Atlantic, from the Bahamas northwards to Newfoundland, the tem-
perature is at the annual maximum, but the air is not dry, being liberally

supplied with moisture, and the rainfall is generous. But with these very

different meteorological conditions, there occurs, equally as in Southern

Europe, a diminished oscillation during the summer months in the islands

and near the coasts of North America; and, in the south of Kurope, the

* Written in the beginning of March, 1876.

1876.] Inequality of the two Semidiurnal Oscillations. 321

oscillation reaches its annual maximum, just at the season when the annual
minimum occurs near the sea coasts, even although the general characteris-
ties of the atmosphere be substantially the same in both cases.”

IT am notat present aware whether Mr. Buchan has been led by these
observations to any definite conclusions as to the physical cause of the
variation he so clearly summarizes in the passages above quoted. In the
part of his memoir which has reached me, all theoretical discussion is
deferred. But these passages afford such remarkable confirmation of an
explanation at which I arrived some weeks since, on approaching the subject
from an entirely different quarter, that I do not think it necessary to
withhold longer the publication of my view. If Mr. Buchan’s conclusions
are the same as mine, the facts that I have to bring forward will serve to
aiford independent confirmation of that view.

Any person glancing over a series of curves illustrating the diurnal rise
and fall of the barometer, cannot fail to be struck with the characteristic
différenece of those places with a continental and those with an insular
climate. The case of the Mediterranean, described by Mr. Buchan, seems
perhaps to be an exception ; but, as I shall presently shew, it is an exception
of such a kind as most strongly to confirm the rule. The accompanying
curves are striking, perhaps extreme, examples of this characteristic differ-
_ence. The first is that of Leh in Ladakh,* situated in the Indus valley

(the observatory being 11,538 feet above the sea), and is for the month of
September. The climate is characteristically dry, and the summer heat
excessive, notwithstanding the elevation. The curve for Yarkand and
-Kashghar still further north and only 4,000 feet above the sea, is of similar
character but smaller amplitude.t The second curve figured is that for the

* This is computed from the hourly observations recorded during six days by
Captain E. Trotter, R. E., and of one day by Dr. J. Scully together with six days’
observations by the latter at the hours of 4 and 10 a. m. and Pp. Mm.

+ With respect to these curves however, see the final paragraph, page 328.

322 H. F. Blanford—On the Physical Explanation of the [No. 4,

northern half of square 3 of the North Atlantic, published by the London
Meteorological Office. In the former, the double oscillation has almost
disappeared, the nocturnal fall of pressure being represented by little more
than a halt for some hours between two periods of rising pressure; and
nearly the whole fall of the day takes place between 9 a. M. and 5 P. M.
In the case of the Atlantic curve, the day and night oscillations are almost
exactly alike ; the night oscillation being only slightly less than that of the’
day. These characteristic differences are perhaps best expressed by the
ratio of the constant co-efficients U’ and U” in Bessel’s interpolation
formula :—
e=M+4+ U’sn(764+w) U" sin (1264 uw") + &e.

since the magnitude of U’ determines the inequality ; and that of U”, though
variable under different conditions of climate, is so to a much less extent
than the former term, and chiefly depends on the latitude. The following
are the values of U’ and U” in English inches, and their ratios, for the mean
diurnal curves of a few stations (chiefly Asiatic). The arcs uw’ wu” corre-
sponding thereto are also given.

C U’ w i uw’ Wye
Yarkand (9months) +0348 4° 33’ -0215 161°59' 16 :1
Leh (September) “0517 348°9' -0254 143°19’ 2 :1
Lucknow (Year.) 0265 341° 80’ «0855 =—-168° 53’ 0-75: 1
Hazaribagh 3 70193 849° 46’ §=-03843 «145° 45’ 0°56: 1
Calcutta = 0265 «8=03841° 24" “0391 151°7’ O68: 1
Bombay i” O179" ea7e i “0385 "157213. Oar
Batavia “) 70240 24° 7’ ‘0369 159° 84’ 0°65: 1
Square 3. Atlantic 10055, dp4e751" 0319) 159? 26)> JONG eee

As a general rule, the more humid the station and the smaller the
range of temperature, the smaller is the value of U’ ; and hence it has some-
times been spoken of as the temperature element of the oscillation ; the
double oscillation which is superimposed on it, being referred by Dove,
Sabine, and Herschel to the varying tension of water vapour, by Lamont
and Broun to some solar influence other than heat, and by Espy and Kreil
to the oscillation of pressure produced by heat in an elastic fluid expanding
and contracting under the influence of gravity. To me it seems that
there can hardly be a doubt that the last explanation is the true one,* and

* True, that is to say, as thus stated in general terms. I do not however fully
accept the detailed explanation afforded by any of these authors; and I am disposed
to think that a more probable explanation of the morning oscillation is to be found
in the retardation which the transmission of the exalted pressure of the lower to the
higher strata must meet with, in the great thickness of highly attenuated but exceed-
ingly cold air which constitutes these strata, This pressure cannot be transmitted

PasG| Inequality of the two Semidiurnal Oscillations. 323

that this has not been generally recognized, I attribute to the fact that the
consequences of the theory, as a purely physical problem, have never yet
been traced out and verified by such a mass of facts as Mr. Buchan is now
bringing together. So long as the whole phenomenon is not satisfactorily
accounted for, some doubt may reasonably attach to the explanation offered
of one only of its elements.

My own attention was first drawn to the subject of the explanation
which Iam about to give, by a paper of Mr. F. Chambers in the Philosophi-
cal Transactions for 1873, in which that gentleman showed as the result of
an analysis of the diurnal variation of the winds at Bombay, that one
element of this variation is a double rotation of the wind direction ; of such
a character, that the southerly components attain their maximum value at
the epoch of the most rapid semi-diurnal rise of pressure, the easterly
components at the epoch of maximum, the northerly with the most rapid
fall, and the westerly with the epoch of minimum. On these facts Mr.
Chambers based a suggested explanation of the barometric tides, regarding
them as a phenomenon of static pressure ; and assumed (as now appears, on
insufficient grounds) that the phenomenon in the northern hemisphere is
generally of the same type as at Bombay. There was indeed one feature
in his explanation, which it seems difficult to reconcile with mechanical
laws ; since he supposed air to flow from both east and west towards a region
where the pressure has already risen above the mean, and by its accumulation
to produce a maximum of static pressure. But apart from this, the disco-
very was an important one ; and, since it clearly shewed that a regular hori-
zontal transfer of air corresponded to the oscillations of pressure, it held out
a promise that further steps in the same path might clear up what appeared
to be anomalous, and possibly lead to a complete explanation of the diurnal
oscillation.

Some time before this paper reached me, the Rev. M. Lafont had
placed in my hands four years’ traces of a Secchi anemograph, erected on
St. Xavier’s College, Calcutta; and these having been measured off, tabu-

with a greater velocity than the sound wave, and it is probably much less; since the
action being slow and prolonged, the heat developed by the compression must be in
part dissipated. ‘To explain the observed phenomenon on this hypothesis, the retar-
dation must however be such, that the unrelieved excess of pressure at the ground
surface, must be equal to that generated by from half to three quarters of an hour’s
action of the sun.

This would require us to assume a much lower average temperature for the higher
strata than results from Pouillet’s calculation, and also that a certaim diurnal oscilla-
tion of temperature affects the atmosphere to a greater height then has been usually
assumed. But this hypothesis is free from most of the objections to be urged against
those of the authors quoted.— Note added January 20th, 1877.

324 H. F. Blanford—On the Physical Explanation of the [No. 4,

lated, and reduced, I was interested to find that the diurnal wind variation
at Calcutta showed the double diurnal oscillation quite as distinctly, and
relatively even more prominently than that of Bombay. But one important
difference presented itself. The north and south elements of the oscillation,
while agreeing in epoch with those of Bombay, were reversed in direction ;
and, taken together with the latter, showed a tendency to a cyclonic circula-
tion of the atmosphere around the peninsula during falling pressure, and
an anticyclonic circulation with rising pressure. Moreover, the east and
west components agreed almost exactly, in epoch, with the north and south
components ; the result being a movement of air from the north-west with
falling pressure, and from the south-east with rising pressure. These facts,
taken in conjunction with the positions of Bombay and Calcutta on opposite
sides of the peninsula, seemed to point to the differential conditions of land
and water as being probably concerned in the phenomenon. Another and not
less important fact connecting the winds with the diurnal oscillation of the
barometer appeared at the same time. When the wind variation was
anakysed by Bessel’s method, there appeared an east and west oscillation of
considerable magnitude, corresponding in epoch with the barometric
inequality expressed by the first periodical term of the barometric formula.
This was easily distinguished from the oscillation of the sea and land winds,
since the latter are nearly north and south at Calcutta. At Bombay where
the sea and land breezes are pearly east and west, such an oscillation would
be undistinguishable, even if it really existed.

The east and west oscillation of diurnal period indicates an outflow
of air to the eastward during the day time, an inflow from the east during
the night; and the former phase of it evidently corresponds to the hot
winds of the Gangetic plain and Northern India and, indeed, to the day
winds of the dry months of the greater part of India. They blow towards
the sea from the eastward, only in the western portion of the Dekhan,
Mysore, &c. This system of day winds consists of an outflow of air from
the peninsular towards the sea on both coasts, the westerly direction greatly
predominating.

The next step in the enquiry was to ascertain what general cause would
operate to produce this efflux and influx of air; and the obvious suggestion
was that it must consist in the differential action of the sun’s heat on dry
air and water. :

Let V be any volume of dry air at pressure P and absolute temperature
T and let 7 units of heat be communicated to it, raising its temperature
from 7 to 7+¢, while the volume remains constant. The pressure will
be increased thereby from P to P+p wherein— -

| Le ig eee ,
De al ii —1)=P Tt teens ()

1876. ] Inequality of the two Semidiurnal Oscillations. 325

And 7 = Vp P pte DNs gust clases een (2)

Wherein p is the density of air at the standard pressure P and absolute
temperature To and c its specific heat at constant volume, compared with
water as unity.

Tf now the same quantity of heat t be employed in evaporating water
at temperature 7, (the whole being consumed as latent heat) and filling the
volume of air V with vapour at pressure p’, the total pressure will become

P + p’and es io

when s is the hypothetical density of water vapour at P and Tv, and A its

latent heat at temperature 7. Substituting for s its approximate equivalent
5

3 Pp

gto
Tees > Be A Pec tocanCoocenonee (3)
and equating (2) and (8) and eliminating common factors,
Pte
paz ee (4)
8
From (1) and (4).

=p'2- )

Pp is S Te 900000000000000 006000000

which gives the ratio of the increase of pressure produced by the same quan-
tity of heat, employed in the one case simply in heating dry air, and in
the other in charging it with vapour. Ata temperature of 80° Fahr. = 7
== 541,
= TBO i

that is to say, when a given quantity of heat is employed in heating dry
air at the temperature of 80° it raises its pressure more than seven times as
much as when it simply charges it with vapour without altering the tem-
perature. With lower values of 7 the difference will be still greater.*

This great difference is no doubt much reduced in nature by the effects
of radiation ; and while some evaporation is effected on the land surface, there
is some increase of temperature over the sea: but it may be expected that
some part of this difference will manifest itself in the greater intensity of
the forenoon pressure in the lower strata of the atmosphere on the land as
compared with the sea, and in fine clear weather as compared with cloudy
weather, when banks of clouds present an evaporating surface. With

* Substituting for A the general value determined by Regnault 1091°7 — ‘690
(Z — 493-2) the general expression for the ratio becomes
5400°87
ua uk 2°61) y
2b ii BP

326 H. F. Blanford—On the Physical Explanation oF the [No. 4,

regard to this latter point, it has been shewn by Lamont and Kreil’s in-
vestigations, that between clear and cloudy days there is a difference of this
kind; and that it is manifested, not only in the greater magnitude of the
diurnal coefficient w’, but also, although to a much less degree, in that of the
semidiurnal coefficient «w’ of the barometric formula. Further evidence of
the same kind is afforded by the values of these coefficients for the several
months at Calcutta.

UW’ aw Uv" ie
SUENOWD ERA oro gacanoe 0287 330° 18’ "0415 151° 34/
February, ......... ‘0319 327° 19’ 0423 146° 48’
IVE C lineaments 0343 3292 Qi 0437 146° 44/
April Rd eb 0361 336° 53’ 0425 146° 39’
Iii mame tee rc "0325 344° 43’ "0385 148° 13’
1 VO ee a ae eee ‘0218 Bos? Disy 0336 146° 23’
Stulliyg ieee Ae eee “0192 Di 6’ "0396 15027305
PATUSUUSL; Ueee seats ‘0218 0° 5’ ‘0372 144° 29’
September, ......... 0232 354° 4:1’ ‘0400 151o Os
Wciober ices see "0234: 343° 12’ "0393 160° 59’
November, ......... "0250 337° 387 0399 164° 29’
Wecember spas 0270 830° 18’ “0411 Le Se 55:

The driest months in Northern India being March and April, while
July is the wettest and most cloudy.

On Espy and Kreil’s hypothesis of the cause of the double oscillation,
there is no apparent reason why the evening maximum, arising from con-
traction and dynamic pressure, should be equal to the morning maximum ;
which seems unquestionably due to the increased tension of the lower at-
mosphere, in consequence of heating and the introduction of vapour; and
any inequality will of course appear in the value of w/ or of the coefficients
of other terms of odd periodicity. But the fact established by the anemo-
meter, that an outflow of air from a heated land area takes place during
the day time, at once assigns a cause for the greater part of the equality,
viz. an alteration of the static pressure. ‘This is not an overflow in the
upper regions of the atmosphere, but an outflow of the lower strata* or a
tendency in that direction. It does not, of course, follow that, to produce
a reduction in the mass of air over a contiment, there should be an actual
motion of the air outwards in all directions. The very small forces in
action will be manifested even more in retarding inflowing currents than
in accelerating efflux; and it is only in very dry and highly heated region
such as India, that they produce well marked diurnal surface winds blowing
outwards towards the sea; winds of elastic expansion, such as are the hot

* Excepting of course in the immediate neighbourhood of the coast, when the sea
breeze of the lowest stratum is a secondary effect of the outflow.

1876. ] Inequality of the two Semidiurnal Oscillations. 327

winds of India and Australia, winds which are distinct from convection
eurrents, though, it may be, coexisting with and accelerating them. The
relation of these winds to the barometric tides is very marked, but it
does not seem that the differences of tidal pressure would suffice to generate
them, were there not a movement of the air in the same direction, arising
from more persistent differences of pressure. They probably also depend
much on local and irregular differences of pressure.

The air thus removed in the day time from continental areas must
collect over the nearest areas of evaporation, with the effect of diminishing
the midday fall of pressure over those tracts; and thus seem to be ex-
plained those apparent anomalies in the magnitude of the midday semi-
oscillation of the barometer, to which, in the passages quoted from Mr.
Buchan’s memoir, he has drawn attention; vzz. in the case of the Medi-
terranean area and the Atlantic coast of North America.

The direction in which this movement of the air takes place will of
course vary with the locality ; but there will always be, on an average, a
greater diurnal movement towards east coasts than towards those facing to
the west. This may be illustrated by the case of Calcutta and Bombay,
and it is more extensively illustrated by the predominant westerly direction
of the land winds of India, and the cold westerly diurnal winds* that blow
across the high plains (17,000 to 19,000 feet) of the Changchenmo and
Rupshu in Western Tibet. The reason is sufficiently obvious. As the
great semi-diurnal waves of pressure advance from Hast to West, the local
barometric gradient of any place (in so far as it is determined by the
diurnal oscillation) will be expressed by a tangent to the existing phase of
the wave. During the hottest part of the day, viz., from 9 or half-past 9
to half-past 4 or 5, this gradient (which is the steepest and most prolonged
of the four) inclines to the eastward and increases the deelivity towards
east coasts arising from the excess of pressure over the land. In the oppo-
site direction, viz., towards west coasts, it goes to diminish that declivity.
At night the case is reversed. The west to east barometric gradient, from
10 pv. m. to half-past 3 or 4.4. M. is in the same direction at that tending
to produce an influx of air from the sea towards the land on west coasts ;
this however is opposed to the land wind of the coast line, which is a true
convection current and arises from quite different causes ; and although
traceable in the wind variation at Bombay, it there manifests itself only by
decreasing the velocity of the former. There are moreover independent
grounds for the influence that this compensating inflow chiefly affects the
higher strata of the atmosphere, while the day wind is felt in the lower and
more heated strata. At Calcutta the easterly (or negative westerly)

* This I state on the authority of Dr. Cayley who assures me that on the high
plains these afternoon winds are always from the West.

42

328 H. F. Blanford—On the Physical Explanation, &e. [No. 4,

tendency of the wind at night is very prominently exhibited in the curve of
diurnal variation ; but, although of longer duration, it is at no time so in-
tense as the westerly tendency in the early afternoon hours.

In like manner may be explained the difference of epoch of the corre-
sponding phases of the semi-diurnal East and West variation at Calcutta and
Bombay. The gradient of pressure, in so far as it depends on the semi-
diurnal oscillation, will of course be to the West with a rising pressure and
to the Hast with a falling pressure, and this normal tidal gradient is affected
by the small difference of amplitude over land and sea, in such manner, that
its changes will be accelerated as affecting East coasts and retarded as
affecting West coasts. Now if we suppose that the acceleration in the one
case and the retardation in the other amount to an hour or an hour and a
half, and that the interval between the change in the direction of the
gradients, and their effects on the wind as manifested by the anemometer,
is also about an hour and a half, we should roughly reproduce the conditions
shewn to exist at Calcutta and Bombay respectively.

According to this view, the local static pressure of the atmosphere,
except in so far as it is affected by irregular movements, is shewn by the
height of the barometer at the hours of minimum pressure, and the difference
of these expresses the weight of the atmosphere removed and restored by
the oscillatory movements between land and sea.

There is much reason to believe that an oscillation of a similar charac-
ter takes place between low plains and deep valleys on the one hand and
mountain masses on the other, the air being transferred from the low plains
and valleys to the hill masses and high plains (such as those of Tibet) in the
day time and returned during the night. Thus, it seems to me, are to be
explained the very great diurnal oscillations of the Leh barometric curve, the
great amplitude of the midday tide at stations in the Assam valley, and the
diminished tide at places such as Roorkee and Lahore which le near the
hills on the margin of broad plas. Also the stormy afternoon winds of
the Dipsang, Changchenmo and Rupshu plains, and the fact that at hill
stations such as Simla and Darjiling, the night barometric tide exceeds in
amplitude that of the day.

1876.] 329

XIX.— Contributions towards the Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India.

I. On some Fossil Plants from the Damuda Series in the Raniganj
Coalfield, collected by Mr. J. Woov-Mason.— By OrroKaR
FerstManteL, IZ D., Paleontologist, Geological Survey of
India.

(Received December 1 ;—Read December 6, 1876.)

(With Plates XV—XXI.)

The present paper is the result of the examination of a fine suite of
fossil plants which has lately been brought down from Raniganj by Mr. J.
Wood-Mason.* The collections in the museum of the Geological Survey
contain it is true also a good many specimens from the same coalfield and
from all other localities, which on a future occasion shall all be worked out
together ; but Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection contributes so much to our
knowledge of this very important flora—containing as it does not only
some perfectly new forms but also good and better specimens of some of the
species already found—as to be of suflicient interest to merit separate
description, and this I have undertaken at the special request of Mr. Wood-
Mason.

The Raniganj coalfield belongs to that portion of the Indian sedimen-
tary rocks which constitute the Damuda Series of the survey classification.
These together with the overlying Panchet group form the lower portion
of a whole system, which at first was designated the “ Plant-bearing
Series,’ but which may more appropriately be termed the “Gondwana
System,’ the upper portion of which is formed by the Kach-Jabalpur and
the Rajmahal group.

As the Damuda Series contains scarcely anything but plant-remains
as relies of the life that existed during the period of its deposition, of course
every contribution to the knowledge of that life is of high importance.

For although several papers have been written on this lower portion
of the “Gondwana System,” yet till lately no sufficient evidence as to its
age has been given.

We have several excellent papers on the geology of this series.
But the paleontological papers are ephemeral only and mostly of old
date ; and the plants described therein were far from sufficient to enable
one to form a proper idea of the horizon. Later on, when the officers of the
Geological Survey began their field-work, a great many specimens from the

* See a short note on this subject in Ree. G. 8. Ind. IX. 4.
+ Mostly in the Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India.

330 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,

Raniganj coalfield, and altogether from the Damudas, were collected ; but
until recently they remained unexamined and undescribed, so that all this
excellent evidence could not be used to contradict the incorrect opinions
that have prevailed as to the age of the Damudas.

I think it necessary first to mention some previous papers on the
paleontology and geology of the formation under discussion, to show what
is the state of our knowledge of the fossils of this series.

The first mention of fossil plants from Raniganj is to be found in Ad.
Brongniart’s papers, ‘Prodrome d’une histoire des végétaux fossils’
(1828) and ‘ Histoire des végét. foss.’ (1828), wherein is described the
genus Glossopteris. In the ‘ Prodrome’ we find only one species of
Glossopteris as Glossopt. Browniana, Bgt., from Australia and India.
In the other work* we find a thorough description of this genus and
two varieties of the species distinguished as Glossopt. Browniana, Bet.
var. a. australasica and Glossopt. Browniana, Bgt. var. B. imdica, the
former from Australia, the latter from Raniganj, India.f Besides this
is described Glossopteris angustifolia, Bgt., from the same locality (Rani-
ganj), which Mr. Wood-Mason has rediscovered. This distinction of two
varieties of Glossopt. Browniana according to locality was repeatedly
adopted until Mr. Schimper{ at last decided upon distinguishing them
as different species; in which I go along with him. This author de-
scribed the Indian Glossopteris as Glossopt. indica, Schimp., restricting
the name Gilossopt. Browniana, Bgt., to the Australian species. I myself
could prove it again and will discuss it further.

These forms of Gilossopteris, as Brongniart described them, were
afterwards quoted again by subsequent authors, until Schimper made the
above-mentioned division.

There are also some special papers on the plants of the Burdwan
(Ranigan}) field.

First we have Royle’s paper,§ wherein four species of plants are
figured ; these were :—Vertebraria indica, Royle. (Vertebraria radiata,
Royle), Lrizygia speciosa, R., Pecopteris Lindleyana, R., Glossopteris
danaeotdes, R.

Of these Vertebraria has to remain ; Trizygia speciosa is a Spheno-
phyllum with the specific name Trizygia|| ; Pecopt. Lindleyana, R., is an
Alethopteris with the same specific name; Glossopteris danaeoides, R.

* Hist. des végét. foss. 1828, p. 222, seq.

+ Brongniart writes Rana-gunge,

+ Schimper Traité de Pal. vegét, I. p. 644, 645.

§ Royle, Ulustrat. of the Botan. etc. in the Himalayan Mountains, 1839. Atlas,
IP UE

|| Unger, Genera et species plant. foss. 1850, p. 71.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 331

is, as everybody knows, a true Zuaeniopteris, Bgt., the veins being all
quite free and parallel, and nowhere exhibiting any anastomosis.

What induced Mr. Unger* to range this fossil with Pecopteris, I
cannot understand, and I am the more astonished that Dr. Oldham+ should
have adopted his determination. But this Glossopteris danacoides, Royle,
is identical with what later McClelland{ described as Zueniopteris danaeoides,
also from the Burdwan coalfield. On Plate XV. fig. 1, la of McClelland’s
report two specimens are figured, which are however certainly incorrectly
represented (as regards the distance of the veins apart), but which are
without doubt typical TLeniopteris, Bgt. Mr. Oldham did not mention
these figures of McClelland.

The rest of the figures in McClelland’s report are of no use, as they are
so badly drawn as to give no idea of the original specimens, Sphenophyllum
trizygia, Ung. (Sphenoph. speciosum, McClell.) and Vertebraria alone being
approximately correct; of Glossopteris acaulis (Pl. XIV. fig. 3) I have
the original specimens, which in outline resemble McClelland’s figures,
but the venation is totally different.

The most exhaustive paper on the geology of the Raniganj coalfield is
by Mr. W. T. Blanford.§ The author establishes in his report the following
subdivisions of this coalfield :—

: I. Upper Panchet group.

Il. Panchet group.
Ill. Damuda group.
a. Raniganj Series.
b. Iron Shales.
ce. Lower Damudas.
IV. Talchir group.

Mr. Blanford has given (op. cit. p. 31) a comparative table of these
groups with their fossils; but from this it can be seen that the separation
from a paleontological point of view is not quite so strict, especially if we
consider that in the lower Damudas|| occur the same Zrizygia, viz.,
Sphenoph. trizygia, and Sphenopteris as in the Ranigan} group ;§ and
should it hereafter be proved that Schizonewra, Schimp. also occurs in the
lower beds, then it would be completely evident that these subgroups
are not far apart in age. And as I will show further on, I also think the
Talchir group is to be considered as belonging to the lower Damudas and

22 IE Gry, Woe Le

+ Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind., Vol. Il. p. 329.

{ Rep. Geol. Surv. of India, 1848—49.

§ Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind. 1865, Vol. III.

|| From Talchir in Orissa.

§] Of course besides Phyllotheca, Vertebraria, and all the species of Glossopteris,

332 . O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

that all these subdivisions are from a paleontological point of view to be
joined into one series, to which the name Damuda Series may be applied.

This view has been most distinctly expressed by Mr. Oldham in a
paper* adjoining Mr. W. T. Blanford’s.

In the same paper Mr. T. Oldham proposes to replace the term “ Low-
er Damuda” by the name “ Barakur group”, as this term “lower Damu-
das”? would involve a group, which should be called “ upper Damuda group ;”
which was originally described from the Nerbudda valley, but which was
afterwards proved to belong to quite a different horizon.

Previously to this paper by Mr. Blanford, we have one on the age
of the several sedimentary beds in Central India and Bengal by Mr. Old-
ham,t wherein also for the Damuda Series, to which our Raniganj plants
belong, a discussion 1s given.

But the fossils at that time were only provisionally examined and de-
termined and only some forms were more remarkable, such as Schizonewra,
Sch. Mong., Vertebraria, Royle, Phyllotheca, Bgt., and Glossopteris, Bgt.
All these fossils have been ever since in our collections; and although
Mr. Oldham himself recognized the Sehizonewra to be most characteristic
of the Trias in Europe, and although Phyllotheca, Bgt., is also very fre-
quent in some Oolitic strata in Hurope, yet the author relies solely upon the
occurrence of the genus Glossopteris, Bgt., which is also reported from
Australia, as indicating an analogous age; and Mr. Oldham maintained
this opinion to the last.

Mr. Oldham also states that no Teniopteris, a genus which is so frequent
in the Rajmahal Series, occurs in the Damudas. But as we will see further
on, Yeniopterides are not quite rare, as Royle and McClelland have
already figured them, and as later they have been found again,§ and
Wood-Mason has brought several fine specimens.

Soon after Mr. Oldham’s paper we have another by Sir Ch. Bunbury]||
on some fossil plants from Nagptr, wherein we also find some general
conclusions. Sir C. Bunbury (/. ¢., p. 345) says, referring to Mr.
Oldham’s paper: “ Prof. Oldham is of opinion that the Rajmahal beds are
mezozoic, the Damida beds palzozoic. On this latter pomt I am not
entirely prepared to go along with him. I still think for the reasons
already given that the facies of this Nagptr and Burdwan flora is rather
mezozoic ;’’ and further on he says, “The paleobotanical evidence is far

* Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind. III. p. 197 seq. et 206, 207.

+ This is the Jabalptr group of the later classification.

ft Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind. IT. 1860, p. 299 seq. é
§ Mr. Hughes has also brought some specimens from the Jherria coalfield.

|| Fossil flora of Nagptzx, Q. J. G. Soc. XVII, Pls. VIII—XII.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 333

from unequivocal, and such as it is, might be outweighed by the discovery
of a single well marked and thoroughly chhracteristic fish, shell or
coral.”

But nothing of this kind has as yet been found, while on the contrary
many more plants have been discovered corroborating Sir Charles Bunbury’s
views as to the mezozoic age of the Damudas generally and particularly
claiming a Triassic age for them.

But still the plant remains remained undescribed and unexamined, and
although since 1871 there have been many unmistakeable proofs of the
mezozoic age of this series, more than at the time when Mr. Oldham and
Sir Charles Bunbury wrote on this subject, yet Mr. H. F. Blanford, in his
recent paper on the age and correlation of the Plant-bearing Series in
India, &e.,* could make no use of all the evidence the plants afforded,
and had of course to content himself with repeating all that had been
previously said.

Of the plant-remains, which generally speaking form the principal por-
tion of the fossils in the Gondwanas, Mr. H. F. Blanford repeats all the
provisional names which Mr. Oldham had given,+ and which were mostly
only generic determinations: conclusions drawn from fossils not determined
with certainty cannot, of course, be correct: they are mere suppositions
and bear more a speculative character.

After having been engaged to the Survey of India, I examined the
greatest portion of our Damtda fossils, as far as I thought it necessary to
enable me to publish preliminary notesf{ on their relations and probable age.

T will not here repeat all the discussions and results, I will only say
shortly that from the fossils, which are only plant-remains, I endeavoured
to show that the flora of our Damitda Series has its analogies mostly in the
mezozoic epoch of Europe, and especially in the Trias, although it contains
richly represented the genus Glossopterts, which also occurs in Australia
rarely in the lower, but more numerously in the upper coal-measures
which latter are certainly also mezozoic. Considering these notes oly
as preliminary I gave them only very briefly, postponing all detail for a
future time.

But Mr. W. T. Blanford has endeavoured to illustrate the relations
from his own point of view, and we find his paper in the same number of
the Records as that in which my paper on the lower portion of the
Damiudas was published. I need not here repeat what I had to remark,

* Q. J. Geol. Soc. November 1875.

+ Mem. Geol. Sury. Ind. IT.

£ Notes on several fossil floras in India. I. and II. Flora of Kach, and from the
Rajmahal Hills in Records G. 8. Ind. TX. 2. III. IV. V. The flora of the Panchet
group, Damida Series and Talchir group, Rec. G. S. Ind. IX. 3,

334 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,

but I must only state that I felt obliged to explain shortly in another
paper* what I had omitted in the former one and postponed for a
future occasion when describing the Damtda fossils. It is of course
only very just that Mr. Blanford should have written this paper, but
I think he will on the other side appreciate all the arguments which
I have brought forward.

From my paper in the 4th number of Vol. IX. Rec. G.S. J., I will
repeat some only of the most important points.

To the characteristic fossils, which I had already enumerated in my
first note on the Damudas, such as Scehizoneura Gondwanensis, Fstm.
(triassic type), Actinopteris Bengalensis, Fstm. (mezozoic type), Mewrop-
teris valida, Fstm. (triassic type), Gangamopteris cyclopteroides, Fstm.
(mezozoic), Voltzia heterophylla, Bgt. (triassic), I added more palzonto-
logical evidence, consisting in the discovery of —

a. Phyllotheca, in the real sense, in the Raniganj group, by which
the analogy with the Kamthi group is rendered still more evident.

b. Some specimens of Leniopteris (Macroteniopteris and Angio-
pteridiwm ?) from the Kamthis.

c. Some more specimens of Sagenopteris from the Godavari District
and from Kurhurbari.t

d. A new Gangamopteris from the Kamthi beds.

e. A Glossozamites from the Kurhurbari coalfield.+

f. A Noggerathia near Vogesiaca, Bronn, from the South Godavari
district.

g. A Voltzia heterophylla, Bgt., again from the Kurhurbari coal-
field. +

I think that these additions, which however do not include all that
ean be added, will modify to some extent Mr. W. T. Blanford’s conclusion?
“that the evidence, which connects the Damudas with the Australian
earboniferous rocks is about equal to that which tends to show their
relations with the Triassic§ rocks in Europe; and that the evidence of
a mezozoic age will be still further increased by the present contribution
to the Flora of the Raniganj coalfield. The stratigraphical classification
of the Damudas is at present the following :

Damuda Series (not group)

a. Raniganj—Kamti-group (not Series).

b. Iron Shales.

22 Win (Gis (Sy II, IDG, 4 ‘

+ Amongst plants brought by Dr. Stoliczka in 1871; others sent by Mr. Whitty

~ R. G. Surv. Ind. IX. 3. p. 84.

§ At any rate, if the flora does not show plainly enough a Triassic age, it indicates
at least a mezozoic epoch.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 335

e. Barakur group, with which the

d. Talchir group—is in closest relation.

Thus stands now our knowledge of the relations and conditions of the
Damiudas, in which of course our Raniganj coal-field is included.

The flora—the only remainder of former life—of that Damida series
will be worked out as a whole later on. But in the meantime some
shorter papers may illustrate certain groups of fossils which are contained
in collections other than those of the Geological Museum.

Of such papers the present is the first, and the fossils were collected
by Mr. Wood-Mason.

First of all I will give a list of the fossils found by Mr. Wood-Mason,
then the descriptions, amongst which I also include short notices of
such fossils as oceurred in the Raniganj field, but were not found again by
Mr. Wood-Mason.

I. List oF tHE Fosst Prants Bprovant By Mr. Woop-Mason.
FROM THE RANIGANJS COALFIELD.

Paleontological System. meee Living affinities. Remarks.
I. HEQvisETAcEZ.
Sphenophyllum Trizygia
(orale) Wiss, 2 Bee dsocc Pl. XV, 1.2. |Equisetacez. Different from all
. palzeozoic species.
Vertebraria indica, Royle, ..|Pl. XV, 3. 4.|/Hquisetaceee. Rhizomes? and root-
XVI. 4. lets.
II. Fiices.
1. Sphenopterides.
: |
Sphenopteris pope Pl. XVI, 5-7.
HEU CoododL .|Pl. XVIL.
2. Pecopterides.
a. Group of Alethopteris
Whitbyensis (Schimp. 1869;
lasiany SiGe doonodd
Alethopt. Lindleyana, Royle, BIS XOX 7h ? Fructificating speci-
men.

43

336 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,
Paleontological System. | pete Living affinities Remarks.

Alethopt. emp. Whitbyensis Pl. X XI. 6, 6a.

CiVDoy 0000000000000 9000
b. Type Phegopteris.

Alethopt.
TG, Go500

phegopteroides

eee ee ce

3 Taeniopterides.
Macroteeniopteris daneeoides,|
FROVAEI SPS eee eee 9 00000000

Macroteeniopteris sp. ....0.6

ce. Type Vittaria.
Gen.—Paleovittaria, nov.
gen 1876.
Paleovittaria Kurzi, Fstm. ..
4 Dictyopterides.
Gen.—Belemnopteris, Nov.

gen. 1876.
Belemnopteris Wood-Maso-
niana, Fstm. ..... SUReterene:

Genus Gangamopteris,

McCoy, 6.
Gangamopteris Whittiana,| _
Isnt amas ooo Gc 290900000

Genus Glossopteris, Bet.
1828.
Glossopteris angustifolia, Bet.

Glossopt. communis, Fstm. ..
Genus Sagenopteris, Bet.
1828.
Sagenopteris polyphylla, Fstm.

Pl. XVIII.

eI, NOK, 1, 9

Pl. XXI. 1.

BL, GOK, B, 4,

BL, XOX, 1) 54,

BI XOX, 8, 4,

Pl. XXI. 2, 4.

Pl. XXI. 5.

[OX Be (6,

Pteris ? In the form of Pe-
copt. tenuis, Bet.
Phegopteris de-|A new form of fossil
cussata, Mett. ferns,
Acrostichum ? Mezozoic.
Vittaria. New genus.
Gymnogramme sa-
gittata Httgh. |New genus.
(Hemionitis cor-
data, Rxbgh.
Pteris sagittata,
Raddi.

Antrophyum lati-

folium, Bl. New form.
Pteris? Schizo-
loma ? |Exhibitne a mar-
ginal line.
?
\Glossopteris acaulis
? | McC.

Il. DESCRIPTIONS OF THE PLANTS FROM THE RANIGANJ FIELD.

The specimens brought by Mr. Wood-Mason represent two orders only :
I. Hqwisetacee and Il. Filices.

The specimens are almost all very well preserved in a dark grey
shale, and are throughout covered with a very thin film of coal, the
former vegetable substance. In this respect they differ from the most of
the specimens from Ranigan] in the Museum of the Geological Survey,
these being mostly in a light grey rock, and only rarely covered with a coal-

1876. | Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 337

film. It seems that Mr. Wood-Mason’s plants are from a different clay-
band.

In the description of the fossils I will always first discuss those
brought by Mr. Wood-Mason, which are mostly figured, briefly mentioning
the other plants known from the Raniganj field.

1. EQUISETACE.

Fossil Hqguisetacee are known to occur throughout all the sedimentary
rocks from the Devonian unto the present time. But I think this
is so with the greatest portion of fossils, and has no consequence as
to the possibility or impossibility of determining the age of a certain group.
There are always certain differences which enable us to use a fossil organism,
although it has some or very close relation in the present world, as a guide
in determining the age.

So it is with the Hguisetacee too; each of the formations has
its peculiar forms, some of which have more or less perfect representatives
in the living Hquisetum, having a complete spathe in the articula of the
stalk, while some others have no longer any existing analogues.

As far as I can say the peculiar forms are just in those epochs, where-
in the Hguisetacee are most richly developed, asin the paleozoic and
mezozoic epoch (here especially in the Trias).

The palzozoie epoch is chiefly characterized by the following :—
Calamites, Bgt.

Asterophyllites, Bgt.
Macrostachia, Schimp.
Cinyularia, Weiss.
Sphenophyllum, Bgt.*

The mezozoic is marked by the following peculiar genera :—

a. NSchizoneura, Sissimp.

b. Phyllotheca, Bgt.

c. NSphenophyllum—a peculiar form.

d. Vertebraria, ete.

The genus Hguisetum of the fossil Flora agrees, as I have already
said, with living forms ; and some forms which one takes as Calamites are

2 VHX

certainly casts, and perhaps sometimes stalks of other Hqwisetacee, as
well as the lower carboniferous genera Stigmatocanna, Anarthrocanna, etc.,
are nothing but forms of Calamites with scars disposed in regular arrange-
ment.

* Sphenophyllum has long since ceased to be peculiar to the carboniferous epoch, as
we know it from Permian and also from the Triassic Damidas.

338 O. Feistmantel—Oontributions towards the [No. 4,

I think some of these Calamites-like forms also occur in our Damidas,
but are generally termed Phyllotheca.*

Genus Sphenophyllum, Bet. 1828.

Plante herbacee ; caule ramoso, ramis alternantibus aut oppositis.
Caule primario crassiore, secundariis tenerioribus, interdum tenerrimis, ad
articula inflatis, costatis, costis non alternantibus ; internodiis in longitudime
variantibus.

FOLIIs CUNEATIS, sesstlibus, plurime in articulis verticillatis, interdum
alio in modo dispositis ; in numero variantibus, numerwm duodecim rarius
attingentibus ; marginibus lateralibus integris, margine exteriore saepius
dentato aut vario in modo inciso.

NERVO MEDIO NULLO, sed nervulis pluribus, equalibus, ex nonnullis
crassiusculis repetito dichotomis. HPructificatio spicaeformis.

This diagnosis, originally drawn up for the Sphenophyllum of the
palzozoic epoch, I have completed so as to make it applicable also to our
Damiuda forms.

For in general this genus was formerly considered as characteristic
of the true carboniferous formation. But later it was discovered in other
portions of the palzeozoic epoch also.

Dawson}+ mentions a Sphenophyllum from the Devonian in Cana-
da; I know Sphenophyllum from the Culm in Silesia, and another speaamen
from the Permian, in the so-called Schwarte, in the Rakonitz coalfield
in Bohemia and from Stepanitz near Starkenbach (Bohemia), and, finally, —
from the passage-bed between the Carboniferous and Permian in the so-
called “ Nurschan-Gasschiefer”’ from the Pilsen-coalfield in Bohemia ; so
that the genus is now known from all members of the paleeozoic epoch.
But it is also known from higher beds.

This genus is easily recognised by the shape of the leaves. These are
cuneiform, sessile in the articulations of the stalk (therefore in numerous
whorls on the stalk), entire on the lateral margin, but may be dentate or
incised in various ways on the exterior margin. ‘The veins are also
peculiar : there is no midrib, and although the veins are numerous, they

* In this form the Phyllotheca belongs certainly to a great extent to Schizoneura,
Sch.

+ Dawson on the Flora of the Devonian Period in North Eastern America, Q. J.
Geol. Soc., Vol. XVIII, pp. 296—330, Pls. XII—XVII; and on the fossil flora of the
Devonian and Upper Silurian in Canada. London 1871. 20 Plates.

¢ Feistmantel, Ueber den Niirschaner Gasschiefer, etc. Zeitschr. d. D. geolog.-
Gesellschaft. 1873.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 339

pass out from the base as two or more main-veins and spread out in the leaf
surface repeatedly bifurcating. ;

The stalk, which as I have mentioned, is articulated, is rarely striated
on the surface ; the internodes are of different lengths.

As regards the nature of this genus and its relations, it was first
described as belonging to the Marsileaceae* by Brongniart ; Lindley and
Huttony considered it to be one of those plants which in the ancient
world represented the pine tribe of modern floras.

Mr. Unger in 1845{ also placed Sphenophyllum with the Marsileaceae,
while in 1850§ the same author ranged it with the Asterophylliteae,]||
placing this order, together with the Hguisetaceae and the Calamiteae, in the
class Calamarieae; and from that time until Schimper’s ‘ Paleontologie
végétale’ appeared in 1869 we find Sphenophylium (as a peculiar genus)
generally ranged with the Hqwisetaceae.

I think it would be quite unnatural to consider it as belonging to the

- Marsileaceae, as there in the whole world amongst all the Marsileaceae is not
a single form which has more than one leaf-whorl coming out from the
rhizome on a thin stalk, which is never articulated.

Some years ago, however, Mr. Carruthers endeavoured to unite not
only Asterophyllites, Bgt., with the genus Calamites, Bgt., as leaved branch-
es of it, as Mr. Ettingshausen** had already done, but also the genus Sphe-
nophyllum, Bgt., although this last is so characteristic.

But quite recently we have some further investigations about this
genus by Mr. Williamson} and by Prof. Renault. ft

The latter author would prove that Sphenophyllum cannot possibly be
an equisetaceous plant, just what Mr. Williamson had attempted to show
in the case of Asterophyllites ; and both these authors would have us
believe that Asterophyllites and Sphenophyllum are very closely allied genera
and more closely allied to lycopods than to any other plants. A com-
munication on this subject in the above-mentioned sense I have in a letter
of Mr. Williamson (1875).

* Brongniart, Prodrome, 1828 p. 68. Royle, 1. c. p. 431. XXIX.

t+ Fossil Flora of Great Britain. Vol. I. 1831-33. pp. 41-44, 86.

ft Synopsis plant. foss. pp. 112-114.

§ Genera et spec. plant. foss. p. 69 seqq.

Including Volkmania, Huttonia, Asterophyllites, Annularia, etc.

{| The cryptogamic forests, Geolog. Magaz, 1868.

** Haidingers Naturwissenschaftl. Abhandl. 1851. Flora der Steinkohlenforma-
tion von Radnitz, Abh. d. K. K. Geol. Reichsantst. 1852.

tt Philosophical Transactions, 1874. p. 41 seqq., Pls. I—IX.

{££ Researches sur I’ organisation des Sphenophyllum et des Annularia, Mem. del
Acad. des Science. Paris. 1870.

340 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,

Already at that time this author supposed that the leaflets of Spheno-
phyllum could have been produced by coalescence of leaves of the genus
Asterophyllites, just as in Hgwisetum and in Schizonewra, wherein the
spathes or portions of the spathes are produced by the junction of
several leaflets; but in the latter genera we find the spathe traversed
by simple veins only, representing the same veins as were in the separate
leaflets before these grew together.

In Asterophyllites also we have undivided veins in the leaflets.
‘Sphenophyllwn, however, has repeatedly forked veins: invariably two or
more main veins, originating at the base of the leaf, are continually forked
until they reach the margin, so that from the two main veins we can have
as many as 20—30 forked veins reaching to the margin in one leaflet.

But that which Mr. Wilhamson three years ago advanced as a suppo-
sition only he brought forward as an established fact before the last meet-
ing of the British Association at Glasgow,* saying that the wedge-shaped
leaves of Sphenophyllum are merely the result of the coalescence of several
of the leaves of Asterophyllites.

The learned author,-who at that meeting expressed also his “ strong
conviction} that the flora of the coal-measures would ultimately become
the battle-field on which the question of evolution with reference to the
origin of species would be fought out,” will certainly excuse me, taking
especially our Indian Sphenophyllum into consideration, for entertaining
some doubts as to the close relationship of Sphenophyilum and Astero-
phyllites in the above-mentioned sense.

As our figure (Pl. XV, Fig. 22) plainly shows, the veins of our Spheno-
phyllum pass out as two main veins and are forked in a regular way until
they reach the margin. Here no coalescence of leaflets is possible, least
of all of Asterophyllites where the leaflets have only one undivided midrib.

Further, everybody knows very well that the leaflets of Asterophyllites
are linear and attenuated both towards the base and towards the apex, so
that they could never produce by their coalescence a wedge-shaped leaf,
with the broadest portion just at the apex as in Sphenophyllum.

Our Sphenophyllum shows this further to be quite impossible by the
arrangement of the leaf-whorls in the articula, as we always find quite
regularly three pairs of leaflets, of which one pair is smaller than the others.

The stalk also is generally thinner in the genus Sphenophyllum, our
Indian form showing this very evidently.

If the leaflets of Asterophyllites were to grow together, they would

* J have read the report published in Nature for 21st September, 1876, No. 360,
p. 455, the only one which has as yet reached us.
+ Ibidem, p. 456.

1876. | Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 341

form either a dentate upright spathe or an oblong-oval leaf, which, however,
would also be upright in the manner seen in Hquisetum and Schizoneura.
In the latter genus there are generally two spathe-portions, which are
oblong-oval and contain as many distinct simple veins as leaflets have
grown together; mm some cases we see the leaflets separated again by
dehiscence, but they could never produce anything like the leaf of
Sphenophyllum, in which also the forked veins afford a chief difference.

Tam much inclined to believe that both genera have the same micro-
scopical structure and belong to the same order ; but I think it is against all
morphological and biological laws to suppose that linear leaflets, which
are attenuated at both ends and all contain invariably only one undivided
rib, could ever by their coalescence produce a wedge-shaped leaf, with a
narrow base and a disproportionally broader apex, and with 2 or 3 chief
veins, which are repeatedly forked to the margin.

All these relations, together with the much thinner stalks and a differ-
ent fruit-spike, will, as I think, still maintain Sphenophyllum as a peculiar
genus belonging, with <Asterophyllites, to the same order; but that this
is that of the Lycopodiaceae, must, as I think, be thoroughly proved*
before one can draw any conclusions.

But for the present I think it is better to leave them both in the
class Hguisetaceae, when following Schimper’s system, we have :—

Class :—HQUuISETACEAE.}

Order I.—EQuvuISsETEAE, true horsetails.
EHqutiseteum, Linn.t
Schizoneura, Schmp.§
Equisetides, Schmp.
Phyllotheca, Bgt.|

Order I[].—CaLaMARIEAE.

Calamites, Suits.
Asterophpllites, Bgt.4
Fruit-spikes.
Sphenophyllum, Bgt.
Annuularia, Bet.

Schimper does not mention the Sphenophyllum from our Damiudas
at all; and his diagnosis, therefore, as referring only to the palozoie

* While this paper is passing through the press, I have heard that Mr. Stur of
Vienna proves that Sphenophyllwm cannot by any possibility be a Lycopod.

+ The Indian forms are spaced.

{ None in Damudas; one species in the Rajmahal Hills.

§ Very abundant in the Raniganj group and in Trias in Europe.

|| Very frequent also in Italian Oolite.

4] Schimper uses Calamocladus, Schimp.

342 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

species, is not quite complete ; and hence it is that he speaks only of forms
with complete leaf-whorls in which all the leaflets are equal.

But from my more complete diagnosis is seen that there can be
distinguished two groups as regards the arrangement of the leaves.

1. With complete whorls.

This group would include the paleozoic forms.

2. With incomplete whorls.

In this I place the Triassic forms of our Damidas. A case ana-
logous to this we will find in Neuropteris, Bgt., wherein the bi- and tri-
pinnate fronds belong -to the palaeozoic epoch, while the single-pinnate
forms occur in the Trias.

SPHENOPHYLLUM TRIzYa@IA, Ung., Pl. XV, Figs. 1, 2, 2a.

1839. Trizygia speciosa, Royle, 1. c. p. XXIX. p. 431, Pl. 2. f. 8.

1846. , Unger Synopsis. plant. foss. p. 114.

1850. Sphenoph. speciosum, McClell., Report, p. 54. Pl. XIV. f. 6.

1850. Sphenoph. trizygia, Ung., Gen. et. sp. pl. f. pag. 71.

1860. Sphenophyllum, T. Oldham, M. G. Sury. II. p. 316.

1865. Trizygia, W. T. Blanford, Raniganj coal field M. G. 8. Ind. III. p. 31.
1876. Sphenoph. Trizygia, Feistmantel, Notes etc., Rec. G. 8. I. TX. 3. p. 70.

Caule articulato, tenerrimo, fluctuante (7) ; foliis senis in articulis,
totum verticillum haud formantibus, sed wunilateraliter in tria paria dis-
positis ; pare summo longissimo, imo brevissimo minimoque, medio medio-
ert. Koliis obovato-oblonge cuneiformibus ; NERVO MEDIO NULLO, nervulis
erebris aequalibus EX DUOBUS primarits requlariter dichotomis.

Stalk articulate, very slender, floating (?); the leaves by six in
each articulation, not forming a complete whorl, but disposed on one
side of the articulum in three pairs ; the uppermost pair the longest,
the lowermost the smallest ; the leaflets oblong-cuneiform, ; no midrib,
but the veins numerous, equal, regularly dichotomous out of two chief
veins.

Of this interesting species Mr. Wood-Mason has brought several nice
specimens, of which I figure two, to show the different sizes, the lower
leaflets being much longer than the upper ones.

The collections of the Geological Survey contain also a great many
specimens of this species; and other figures will be given in the ‘ Palzonto-
logia Indica’.

This species was first discovered by Mr. Royle and figured and
mentioned as Trizygia speciosa ; with this name we find it still in Unger’s
Synopsis (1845) and in the Mem. G. 8. India. But McClelland in 1850
and Unger also in 1850 placed it with Sphenophyliwm, Bgt., the former
keeping the older specific name, speciosum ; the latter substituting trizygia

1876. } Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 343

for it, which I adopt too, as it shows that the species belongs to the genus
Sphenophylium and has the leaves in three pairs (trizygia), while it at the
same time recalls Royle’s generic name.

That the fossil under discussion belongs to Sphenophyllwm cannot, I
think, be doubted, as all the characters of the stalk and of the leaves agree
well.

But it has a very characteristic peculiarity in the leaves, which is con-
stant in all specimens hitherto found: it is that there are in all speci-
mens only six leaflets in each articulwm, forming three pairs of different
lengths and sizes, arranged on one side of the articulation. The leaflets
are entire ; the veins are very numerous in the broad portion of the
leaflets ; they begin as two main veins, which are forked at almost equal
distances dichotomously, until one can count 18—20 at the apical margin ;
some of them, especially those on the lateral margins, are continued
undivided after the second or third furcation.

By this condition of the leaves, our species differs totally from all
palzeozoie forms, and is not at all opposed to the view of a mezozoic age
for the Raniganj] group; and thus the division of this genus into two
groups is quite justifiable.

But there is another circumstance which renders this fossil important.

~It was formerly known only from Raniganj, and McClelland’s spect-
mens came from that locality. But later it occurred also at Talchir
(Cuttack) im Orissa, in a dark spheerosideritic shale. ‘These beds near Tal-
chir and Cuttack had hitherto been ranged with the lower portion of the
Damiudas or the Barakir group.

The specimens from the Raniganj and Barakur group represent the
same species, only in the latter they are generally of slightly smaller size.

We have, therefore, in Sphenophyllum trizygia already one typical
species which is common to the upper and to the lower portions of the
Damiudas.

Lately Mr. Schenk* described a form from the Wealden as Marsilidiwm
speciosum ; but if I see aright, this form also exhibits two whorls of leaves
in the articulations of the stalk, and it would have been more natural
to have ranged it with Sphenophyllum, as it is well known that no known
WMarsileaceae have more than one whorl of leaves.

Besides the Sphenophyllum trizygia, Ung. there are known from
the Raniganj coalfield other important forms belonging to the Hguisetaceae,
which I cannot omit to mention, but of which I give only a few figures,

* Fossile Flora der Wealdenformation; Paleeontographica, Cassel, 1871, p. 225.
Pl. XXYVI, Fig. 3.
4A:

344 O. Feistmantel—Oontributions towards the [No. 4,

because no representatives of them are amongst Mr. Wood-Mason’s speci-
mens, and because those from our collection will be hereafter figured
sufficiently in the ‘ Palzontologia Indica.’

Genus. Schizoneura, Schimp. 1844.

This very peculiar genus was established by Mr. Schimper*. It was
formerly known only from the Trias, of which formation it is especially
characteristic ; Schimpert having only recently placed the Rhztie Oalamites
Hoerensis, Hss.{ in this genus as Schizonewra Horensis, Schimp.; so that
this author can well say (1. ¢., p. 282), “ Le génre Schizonewra characterise
le Trias et les couches Rhétique.”’

The species of Schizonewra known at present are :—

Schizoneura paradoxa, Schimp. (1. c.), from the Upper Grés Bigarré
(Lower Trias) in the Vosges.

Schizoneura Meriani, Schimp., from the Keuper near Stuttgart,
Salz-sur-le-Necker, ete.

Schizoneura Hoerensis, Schimp., from the Rheetic at Hoer in Scania,
Salzgitter in Hanover, ete.

This genus is a very characteristic one. It has an articulated stalk or
stem ; the originally separate leaflets are grown together into a spathe, which,
however, attains a much greater length than the internodes and consequently
bursts generally into two pretty equal portions, each containing as many
pretty thick ribs as there are leaflets grown together. Owing to the
original form of the leaflets (narrower at base and towards the apex),
these two portions have an oblong oval shape and are always directed upwards.
Sometimes the dehiscence goes further still, so that we find one portion
of the spathe only entire and the other split-into several leaflets, or even
both portions are resolved into leaflets.

In our Raniganj group this genus is very abundantly represented,
especially at Raniganj, specimens from which locality have been for many
years (16) in the collections of the Geological Survey. But up to date
neither figures nor descriptions of it have been published.

It is simply mentioned as Schizonewra in the Mem. G. 8. India.
Lately§ I examined the specimens and found the species identical with
that in the Panchet group. I established it therefore as follows :—

* Schimper et Mougeot, Monogr. d. plant. foss. du grés bigarré 1844, pp. 48—51,
Tab. XXIV—XXVI.

t+ Pal. vegét. I, p. 283.

{ Miesinger, Lethea Suec. Supp. II, p. 5, Tab. XXXVIII, Fig. 8.

§ Rec. G. S. Ind. IX, 3, p. 69.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. B45

ScHIZONEURA GONDWANENSIS,* Fstm., Pl. XVI, Figs. 1—2.

1876. Fecistmantel, Rec. Geolog. Surv. Ind. IX, 38, p. 69.

Trunco articulato ramoso, caule+ articulato, striato, variabili altitu-
dine ae latitudine, foliolis 12—22, plerumque duas in partes vaginae coali-
tis, nonnunquam etiam liberis suberectis ; foliis (partibus vaginae) oblonge
ovalibus, usque ad 14°5 cm. longis et media in parte 2°5 em. latis ; 7—11
nervos (singulorum foliorum) continentibus.

On this species I will here make only a few short remarks, as full
details will be given later on.

a. It is very closely allied to Schizonewra paradoxa, Sch. M.,f the
only difference being that our species has the portions of the vagina broader
and has therefore more veins (indicating the leaflets which by their
coalescence have formed the vagina).

b. As in Schizoneuwra paradoxa the portions of the spathe are some-
times found burst into the original leaflets: and thus we find it in our
Raniganj species, but more frequently with only the apex of the spathe
split as indication to further bursting ; in our figures two leaflets (figs. 1
and 2.) exhibit this state, and on a future occasion I will illustrate this
further.

ce. Schizoneura paradoxa is a typically Triassic fossil. We may, there-
fore, consider our species also as Triassic.

d. The Damuda species is not different from that in the Panchet group,
which latter I have also designated Schizon. Gondwanensis.§

e. It occurs, therefore, in both members of the lower portion of the
Gondwana system, and from this circumstance I derived the specific name.

Ff. No Schizoneura is as yet known from Australia|| with certainty,
and to consider the genus Zeugophyllites, Bgt.,4 as Schizoneura, as Messrs.
T. Oldham** and H. F. Blanfordt+ have done, would be merely a sup-
position, as every one must recognise at once and that very easily the
great difference between these two fossils. It is also incorrect to consi-
der, as Mr. W. T. Blanford{{ has done, the Australian Néggerathia as
? Schizoneura, the two latter genera being quite as distinct as the two

* JT oive here only 3 little figures as all the other specimens will be figured in the
Flora of the Damuda Series in the Paleontologia Indica.

t Folkifero.

i L.c. pp. 50, 51. Pls. XXIV—XXVI.

§ R. G.S. Ind. IX. 3. p. 66.

|| I mean from the lower coal-measures, in which marine fossils predominate.

{| Prodrome 1828, pp. 118-121 ; Streleczki, Phys. Descript of New South-Wales,
1845.

#% M. Geol. S. Ind. I, p. 327.

ff Q. J. G. Soc. 1875, p. 527.

ie nec. Gass ind, Xe 3.

346 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4, »

former are from one another; and [ think certainly that Mr. W. B. Clarke
would be able to distinguish a Néggerathia from a Schizonewra or vice
versa.*

My opinion about the Australian Zeugophyllites is that it is rather a
Zamieae, as it differs in its chief characters from Sehizoneura.

This latter has, owing to the coalescence of the leaflets into a common
spathe, or after the dehiscence of the one spathe into two portions, much
thicker veins, the representatives of the midribs of the originally separate
leaflets, and the veins are also much more distant and all of equal thick-
ness, while Zewgophyllites; has many more veins, which are the venation
of the leaf itself, this being plainly rather a single leaf than the result of
the coalescence of several leaflets.

I would consider it as belonging to the genus Zamites, Bgt., or perhaps
also to some of the Podozamites ; these genera are all mezozoic.

In a paper by Mr. Bronn on the Triassie flora of the Raibler Sdeteus
on pl. vu. fig, 4, is figured a specimen which is tolerably like the Australian
Zeugophyllites, only that the veins are a little thicker.

Schizoneura and Zeugophyllites are therefore substantially quite
different, the latter beg a single leaf, the former having leaves formed by
coalescence of several leaflets. ||

Schizoneura is especially known from the Raniganj field, Jheria
coalfield, but almost in the same abundance also from the Nerbudda valley
(upper Denwa valley near Barkundum). In the flora of the Damida
group many specimens of this genus will be figured.

Genus Phyllotheca, Bet. 1828.
1828, Brongniart Prodrome, 1828, p. 151.

The systematic position of this genus is, as I think, in the Hywisetaceae,

as the leaf-spathe plainly indicates. I do not see anything uncertain
about it.

The most characteristic forms of this genus are known from the Italian
Oolite.

* From specimens which I have seen from Australia I have satisfied myself

that the Australian Néggerathia is certainly a Noggerathia in the same sense as Négg.
_Hislopi, Bunb. Schimper considers Zeugophyllites to be a Cycadeaceae.

7 In my note on the Damuda Flora, R. G. S. India, IX. 3, p. 69, 4 lines from
below, after the words “seem to belong also to Schizonewra’”’ the words “ according to
Mr. Oldham” have been omitted, as can be scen from the following sentence, wherein
I plainly say “that I do not know anything like Schizonewra from the lower coal-strata
in Australia.”

} Streleczki, 1, c. p. 250, Pl. VI, f. 5.

§ N. Jahrb. f. Min. etc. 1858.

| Dana (U. 8. Explor. Exped., Geology, p. 715) refers Zeugophyllites to Nogge-
rathia.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. BAT

The first specimen was described by Ad. Brongniart,* from Aus-
tralia ; it was the Phyllotheca australis, Bgt. ; later, Mr. McCoy added the
Phylloth. ramosa and Ph. Hookeri,+ which, however, seem not to be
different. Subsequently Sir Ch. Bunbury described the Phylloth. indica
from the Nagpur District, and later still Mr. de Zigno§ described complete
specimens from Italian Oolite.

No forms like these are known from true coal-measures anywhere.

This genus has, therefore, its analogues as well in the upper Australian
coal-measures as in the Italian Oolite.

The Australian Phyllotheca resembles the Italian forms most wonder-
fully.

From India the real Phyllotheca indica, Bunb., was formerly only
known from the Kamthi group|| (Nagpur district).

But only lately I succeeded in discovering a specimen of Phy/llo-
theca, Bgt., in the real sense in our Raniganj collection ; it is identical with
the Kamthi species, and is further evidence that both these groups belong
to the same horizon.

Although our Phyllotheca at first sight seem very near some from
Australia, they are yet distinct from them in the mode of formation of the
leaf-spathe in the articula ; our specimens having generally much thinner,
and therefore more numerous leaflets, which are not grown together into
so long a tube (spathe) as in some of the Australian specimens, the leaflets
of which are generally broader: in which respect they agree more with
those from Italy: the spathe is also longer.

INCERTE SEDI.
Genus Vertebraria, Royle, 1839.
Pl. XV, Fig. 3, and Pl. XVI, Fig. 4.

Amongst Mr. Wood-Mason’s specimens is also numerously represented
that form which is so common throughout the whole Damtda Series, and
which was first called by Royle Vertebraria, but the true nature of which
has not been satisfactorily made out to date.

Dr. Royle¥ mentions this fossil only, without any description. He dis-
tinguished two species, which I do not consider to be different. The
one called Vertebr..indica is the more common type.

* Prodrome 1828, pp. 175, 152.

7 A. and M. N. H. 1847, pp. 155-157.

{ Q. J. G. Soc. XVII. p. 355, Pls. X. XI.

§ Flor. form. Oolith. 1856—1868. (Only these fascicles are in my hands.)

|| Most of the other specimens which are mentioned from elsewhere as Phyllotheca,
especially from the Raniganj field, and which represent mostly stalks and stems, belong,
as I think, to the genus Schizoneura, Schimp., as stem portions, the real Phyllotheca, Bet.,
being rather rare.

§] Iustr. Bot. etc. Him, Mount, 1839, p. 29. Pl. II. 1. 2.3. 4. 4.

348 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [ No. 4,

The first discussion of this genus we find in McCoy’s paper on the
fossil botany and zoology, &c. of Australia,* wherein the author especially
describes Vertebr. Australis, McCoy, which is something like Royle’s
Vertebraria radiata from India. But as both species were founded on
very insufficient materials, and as the figure in McCoy’s paper is the only
existing one, it would be rather hazardous to draw any conclusions ; and
yet generally the Australian Vertebraria has both by Mr. Oldham and
by Mr. W. T. Blanford been taken as identical with our Indian one.t

McCoy considered his specimen to be very near to the genus Spheno-
phyllum as a form with very short internodia, so that the leaf-whorls are
very approximate. It is true that it looks at first sight a little like it, but
I think it to be altogether an accidental preservation of the common form.

From this consideration Mr. Unger quoted the forms of Vertebraria as
Sphenophyllum ; and from this consideration of McCoy and determination
of Unger I think it has happened that there is mentioned from Australia
also the genus Sphenophyllum, no specimens of which have ever been
described or figured from that country.

The next discussion of Vertebraria is to be found in Bunbury’s paper
on the fossil flora of Nagptr,{ wherein the author speaks especially of his
figure l.c., Pl. XI. 3, of which he plainly says that it cannot be either
Sphenophyllum or any one of the Asterophylliteae, but that it appears to
him rather to be the roots of some large plants, and so he coneludes—-

“On the whole, then, Iam of opinion that the branched specimens from
Kamthi, which have been taken for Vertebraria were the roots of some plants,
possibly of Phyllotheca,§ Bgt., that they had probably a woody central axis
of small diameter, that between this axis and the outer coat or rind there
was a hollow, traversed at irregular distances by incomplete partitions, which
connected the outer coat with the axis.

“The unbranched specimens were most likely also fragments of root,
though it is not quite so clear.” This is the extent of our knowledge of
this peculiar genus.

I think I will presently be able to make some further remarks about
this genus, especially about the unbranched form. Such specimens are well
represented in Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection; they are mostly pretty
large, but some of them are branched too, but in a way other than in the
specimen discussed by Sir Charles Bunbury.

* A. and M. N. H. Vol. 20, 1847, pp. 145-147.

t I have a good, pretty large specimen of Vertebraria from Australia (Bowenfells
upper coal-measures) before me which is totally different from our forms. As yet Ver-
tebraria is quoted only from the upper coal-strata.

i Q. J. G. Soc. XVII, p. 338.

§ In Nagpiér it is very likely so, as there Phyllotheca (in the true sense) occurs
plentifully, while in the Raniganj field it can belong to another genus.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 349

The most instructive specimen is that which I have figured (pl. xv,
fig. 3.), and it will be sufficient first to discuss this.

It represents a thickish stem with a branch passing out of it.

The stem appears at first sight to be of the same kind as Royle’s*
Vertebraria indica, but our specimen has the “ middle axis,’ if one can
so call it, broader. The whole stem shows the seemingly irregularly disposed
‘breakings’ on both sides of the axis, but a closer inspection shows that
they are not so irregular.

The only difficulty of observation is that the specimens are generally
very much crushed and have the outer coat destroyed, but the one under
discussion is better preserved than most others.

The most important point about this specimen is that the whole surface
is regularly longitudinally ribbed, in the same manner as the fossil Oalamites
or Hgwisetum ; the ribs are rather broad, on the average about 2 mm.,
and are separated by thick lines (or very thin ribs, as one may call them),
in the same way as is seen in some Calamites of the coal-measures.

The ribs are in general continuous over a long portion of the stem,
but on some of the ‘breakings’ there are apparently interruptions of the
ribs ; the ribs ending regularly in the ‘ breaking’ and the next ribs beginning
again independently.

This reminds one very closely of the formation of an articulation in a
Calamites or, indeed, in the Eqguisetaceae in general, and I consider it as
representing an articulation. Our figure (pl. xv, fig. 3, a. a. a.) exhibits
these relations very well.

So far they would agree completely with Calamites or Hquisetum, and
as regards the breadth of the ribs, mostly with some of the Triassic forms.

In these articulations the ribs do not alternate, as they generally do in
the carboniferous Calamites,+ but are arranged as they almost always are in
the Triassic forms.

From what I have said about this stem, I am quite certain that it
belongs to the Hquwisetaceae or at least to some order in which the Calamites
must be placed; which is shown by the ribbed surface and by the articula-
tions. But how to explain the ‘breakings’ of the stems? They are not so
irregular as they seem to be at first sight. One thing is certain, that the
articulations which I have observed on our specimen are just in the ‘ break-
ings’; perhaps this genus was very fragile at the articulations; but Sir
Charles Bunbury’s hypothesis could be right too.

Yet another circumstance must be mentioned, which is of importance
and could partly explain the ‘ breakings’. Our specimen is also branched ;

2 1k G IPily Be aie al
+ In the true Carboniferous I know of only one instance where the ribs do not
alternate ; it is in the coal formation of Silesia.

350 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [ No. 4,

but the branch does not grow out from the body of the stem, being
inserted in an articulation, or at least in a ‘ breaking’, and being joined to the
main stem by an articulating surface (pl. xv, fig. 3, b.) in the same way as in
Calamites, and in the Hqwiseta, fossil and living. The branch shows the
same structure as the main stem, a central axis (?), the ‘breakings, and
the striation of the surface.

I suppose this insertion of branches by a special articulation could pro-
duce in a certain way of preservation foldings or breakings similar to
those seen in this specimen.

But still something must be considered. It is known that the rhi-
zomes in living Hquiseta are constructed in nearly the same way as the stems
above the surface, but that, when they dry, they contract and shrink
in different degrees. Our specimen could very easily represent such a
state of things.

Another specimen of importance is that figured on pl. xvi, fig. 4.

It is a thin, compressed stem, which is preserved with the surface, as
no axis is visible, but the characteristic ‘breakings’ and contractions are
pretty well marked, so that nobody can deny its being a true Vertebraria,
Royle ; but what is interesting in this specimen is, that the ‘breakings’
and contractions are quite regular, corresponding with the articula and
internodes of equisetaceous plants. One can count 9 internodes and
therefore 8 articula, which are pretty much of the same length. The
articula are well marked by a constriction and a ‘ breaking’ in both adjoining
internodes.

The surface is smooth, but on the right side (of the figure) of
the original specimen are seen in all the internodes several ribs, which seem
to be interrupted in the place of the constriction, and thus to form an articu-
lation similar to that which I have already described in the other specimen.

I can therefore draw, as regards the specimens before me, the following
conclusions :

1. Vertebraria was most probably the rhizome of a certain equisetace-
ous plant.

2. This is rendered probable by its very frequent occurrence through-
out all the strata of the Damuda series in an almost unaltered appearance—
further by the regular striation or ribbing of the surface and the partially
preserved articulation.

3. Some of the “breakings’’ may have been produced by the insertion
of branches in the articulations.

4. What now about the relations? there we are obliged to suppose
that they belonged to some frequent plants. Here in Raniganj it is very
easy to find the connection, where other equisetaceous plants are so
frequent, especially Schizonewra, Schimp, to which most of the stems
known here as Phyllotheca belong, as I think, as stalks above the surface.

876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 351

We should therefore have Vertebraria as rhizome, Phyllotheca* (those
stems which are called by this name) as stalks, and Schizonewra as the
leaved branches of one and the same plant.

5. But I think Vertebraria could have belonged as rhizome also to
some other plants of other genera or species, and in the Raniganj field it
could have belonged also to Sphenophyllwm, in the Kamthis to the
Phyllotheca indica (the real Phyllotheca).

6. In Australia, in the upper coal-strata, this genus belonged certainly
to Phyllotheca too, as it is always associated with it, and no other
Equisetaceous plant has hitherto been found with it.

7. But in some localities we do not find it associated with any plate
to which it could be referred; which, however, is no proof against the
suppositions I have just made.

Besides these complete specimens of Vertebraria, a specimen is in
Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection which more resembles that described by Sir
Charles Bunbury: it is a branching specimen, which in reality seems to
be a rootlet, as Sir Ce Bunbury explained it; I have given a figure of
it on pl. xv, fig. 4.

From other places we have better specimens of the same kind, in
which the branching agrees exactly with Sir Charles Bunbury’s description ;
and.I will describe them hereafter.

_ The following table is given to illustrate the occurrence of Hquisetaceze
in the Raniganj field :—

* The real Phyllotheca with a closed leaf-spathe is a peculiar genus.

A5

IIT.

O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the

[No. 4,

GENERAL VIEW OF THE EQUISETACER IN THE RANIGANS FIELD.

Names of the Species
from Raniganj field.

Class HQuisETACE®.

Order I. Hgwiseteae.

Schizoneura Gondwanensis,
Fstm.

Phyllotheca indica, Bunb....

Vertebraria indica, Royle...

Order II. Calanariee.
Sphenophyllum _ trizygia,
ng.

Where in
other portions
of the Damt-
das.

Jherria coal-
field.

Danwa
ley.

Very frequent
also in the
Panchet
group.

val-

Kamthi Beds
(Nagpur dis-
trict.)

In all por-
tions.

In the Bara-
kar group
at Talchir
in Orissa.

Kurope.

Trias.

Genus : lower
Trias in the
Vosges.

Keuper
Stuttgart

at

II. FILICKES.

The remains of ferns in the Damudas in general, and in the Raniganj
beds in particular, were up to this time no rarity, on the contrary they
occurred pretty frequently as regards specimens, but as regards variety
of forms they must be considered to have been very poorly represented.

Jura.

Australia.

Genus (real) :|Genus in the up-

Italy.

per coal-beds
in New South-
Wales ; the
same species
also in Victo-
ria, here with
Taeniopteris
Daintreei, Mc-
Coy, which in
Queensland is
characteristic
of the mezozoic
formation.

Genus in Aus-

tralia.

From Australia E

havenever seen
a figure or any
description.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 353

For only the genus Glossopteris occurred at all frequently, and this
was the only fern formerly regarded as of any importance, because the
other forms were of rarer occurrence.

But now we know that even amongst the older collections were other
forms of importance, to which last year two others were added from
Kaurhurbali; and this year Mr. Wood-Mason has added a good number
of interesting forms, all of which bear a mezozoic habitus, Zueniopteris-
like forms and ferns with net-venation predominating.

The studies and works of the most illustrious paleontologists have
shewn that the floras of the different epochs have in general special and
distinctive characters, although these may not be so strictly limited as in
the faunas, and although transitional forms are very often met with.

Thus we know that the coal-period in Hurope and America, and the
real lower coal-measures in Australia (Port Steffens, Smith’s Creek, etc.),
have their own flora, which is characterized by certain Hquisetacee@, and
amongst ferns especially by the Sphenopterides, true Newropterides, prevalent
Alethopterides, Lepidodendron, Cyclostigma, Sigillaria, Stigmaria, ete.
Forms with net-venation are rare, the true Dictyopteris and Lonchopteris
being nearly the only forms of this kind and Zueniopteris being rare.

The mezozoic epoch, however, is especially marked by these forms with
net-venation—forms generally different from the genera mentioned above
from the true carboniferous: we find Sagenopteris, Cheiropteris, Clathrop-
teris, Camptopteris, Gangamopteris; more numerous Cycadeaceae ; fre-
quently the order Zweniopterides, of different types; amongst the Pecop-
terides we find certain forms, of which many can be united into one group, of
which Alethopteris Whithyensis, Gopp., may be taken as the chief represen-
tative ; and we find on the whole more numerous forms allied to living genera.

This, however, does not exclude the possibility of a genus like Glossop-
teris having existed in Australia at a time when carboniferous marine
animals lived, —

The ferns which Mr. Wood-Mason has brought are for the most part
of such a nature that one can point with probability to their living allies.

I will not here speak more in detail of the ferns, as I have entered
fully into the subject in my Kach and Rajmahal flora in the ‘ Paleontologia
Indiea,’ and will only indicate the paleontological order of ferns, in which
I will discuss them ; the best and latest system is to be found in Schimper’s
‘ Palzontologie végétale’ and is as follows :—

Order I.—Sphenopterides.
IL.— Neuropterides.
Ii1.—Pecopterides.
» LV.—TLeniopterides.
» V.—Dictyopterides.
Genera adhue viventia, etc.

77

2?

304 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,

Of these last I mention here only the order Gleicheniaceae, which is
represented in the Rajmahal Hills.

Of these orders, I, III, IV, and V, are represented frequently enough
amongst our Raniganj fossils, if we consider that the mezozoic epoch as a
whole, especially the Trias, was rather poor in ferns, much poorer than the
paleozoic epoch; we see, in Europe, that in the Trias, in comparison with
the Permian and Carboniferous rocks, the forms are rather rarely represented.
And so itis im India; and I think this circumstance, that is to say, the
poverty in variety of forms, together with the very frequent occurrence of
the genus Schizoneura and such characteristic fossils as a single pinnate
Neuropteris (which is a Triassic type), the genus Voltzia with 2 species,
Albertia, ete., can be used with far greater effect to bring our Damuda flora
into contrast with the paleozoie flora, than the rarity of Cycads can to
indicate a break between the lower and upper portion of the Gondwana
system, both of which are closely allied by the mezozoic habitus of the
flora in general.

In Australia the lower coal-measures with prevailing carboniferous
marine animals must be taken as of that age, although some plants occur,
which become more developed in the upper coal-measures, where only a
flora is found which is not contrary to the supposition of a mezozoic age,
although it cannot be well compared with our Damuda flora.

When I said that orders I, III, IV, and V, are especially represented
amongst our ferns, I should have explained that these are only palzontolo-
gical orders, which, however, are as well founded on certain characters as
the living ones.

Botanists, it is well known, use the fructification, besides the venation,
as a chief character in establishing their orders and genera. ‘The former,
however, being rarely found in fossil plants, the paleobotanist is obliged
to use other constant characters, of which the venation and the shape of
the leaf stand in the first place, and hence it is that in the same fossil genus
(for instance, Pecopteris), we may find represented several living genera,
which, however, cannot always be recognised, as only in a minority of
specimens is the fructification preserved, while the typical venation of the
genus Pecopteris will always be found indicated. The same we find
amongst the Taeniopterides, Dictyopterides, ete.

Mr. Ettingshausen* published in 1865 a valuable work on living ferns,
which is written for the special purpose of showing to what living types
fossil ferns can be referred or which living forms are analogues of the

fossil ones. In the present paper I shall have occasion to refer several
times to this work.

* Die Farrenkvanter der Jetzwelt etc, nach dem Flachenskelet bearbeitet ; Wien
1865,

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 355

Order SPHENOPTERIDES (ez.)

This order is especially developed in the carboniferous epoch, where we
find forms with leaflets and fronds of the most different shapes.

The following genera have been distinguished—

Sphenopteris, Bgt.
Hymenophyllites, Bet.
Trichomantes, Bet.
Schizopteris, Bet.

But there is no great difference between Hymenophyllites and Tricho-
manites, and we already find in Mr. Geinitz’s ‘Steinkohlen Deutschlands’
some Trichomanites ranged with Hymenophyllites, also Schizopteris placed
with the Sphenopterides. With this I perfectly agree, as I will show
further on.

D. Stur (in Vienna) for a long time considered Schizopteris as belong-
ing to the Neuropterideae.

The Sphenopterides have as their analogues in the existing flora
the genera Gymnogramme, Notochlaena, Cheilanthes, Davallia, Dicksonia,
Aneinia, ete.

Schimper, in his ‘ Paleont. végét.’, used these living affinities to form’
as many subgroups of Sphenopteris as there are names of living genera
analogous to it, as follows :—

Sphenopteris Gymnogrammides.
Sphenopteris Notochlaenides.
Sphenopteris Cheilanthides.
Sphenopteris Davallioides, ete.

Everybody will acknowledge this to be very reasonable, but it has only
this one fault, that one is not always able to distinguish all the characters
by which a species should be ranged with a particular subgenus.

Schimper distinguishes also a Sphenopteris Trichomanides and Hyme-
nophyllides, which, however, are not far from each other, and which are
better ranged with Hymenophyllites, Gopp.

For Schizopteris he establishes a new genus Rhacophyllum, as also
separates some types formerly referred to Sphenoteris and places them in a
new genus Lhacopteris, Schimp.

But some of these are certainly Sphenopteris, although Mr. Stur in a
recent paper*™ again uses this name and places it with the Ophioglosseae.
I, however, think it is much better to keep them with Sphenopteris too, and,
following Mr. Schimper, to make a special subgroup of Sphenopteris,
as they show a great affinity with this fossil genus and one otherwise
would consequently have to place all the others in the living families also.

* Culmflora des Mahrisch-Schlesischen Dachschiefers, Abh, der K. K. Geol.
Reichsanstalt in Wien, 1875,

356 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

These have nothing to do with the Ophioglosseae ; I would mention only
the two carboniferous* species, Rhacopteris Asplenites and Ehacopteris
Rukonitzensis, Stur; the former is a real Sphenopteris, the other is
certainly a Zamieae Beloneine to the genus Néggerathia and has already
been described as Noggerathia intermedia, K. Fstm.

Some of those, however, which are placed in Rhanopeee with the
other types of Sphenopteris are indeed different, and they should never be
placed with them ; they may have their affinities in the Ophioglosseae, as
I will show especially on some specimens from Australia from the real lower
coal-measures which certainly resemble Botrychiwm in the shape of the
leaves.

From the Raniganj coal-field no Sphenopterist has as yet been
described, and I have not met with any specimen with certainty. Amongst
Wood-Mason’s specimens, however, are several, which on a closer exami-
nation turn out to belong to this genus.

Genus Sphenopteris, Bgt. 1828.

1828. Brongniart, Hist. d. végét. foss.

1841. Géoppert, Gatt. foss. Pfl. I. p. 67.

1850. Unger, Gen. et Spec. plant. foss.

1855. Genitz, Verst. der. Sachs. Steinkohlenf,

1869. Schimper, Pal. végét. I.

1873. Feistmantel, Zeitsch. d. D. g. Gesell. 502. seqq.
1876. Feistmantel, Rajm. Flora. in Pal. Indica.

SPHENOPTERIS POLYMORPHA, n. sp., Pls. XVI, Figs. 5—7 & XVII.

Eronde tripinnata ; rhachide primaria et secundaria late alata; pinnis
alternantibus, sub angulo subrecto e rhachide primaria eqggredientibus ; tota in
JSronde differentibus ; superioribus semel pinnatis, pinnulis solum paulo
sinuatis aut lobatis, alternantibust ; mediis longioribus, etiam semel pin-
natis, aut pinnulis distincte lobato-incisis ; imis longissimis distincte bi-
pinmnatis,§ pinaulis pinnatis, longioribus ; pinnulis earum pinnularum den-
ticulatis ; nervis pinnularum priomariis e rhachide pinnarum eggredientibus,
nervos secundarios im lobos aut pinnulas (secundi ordinis) emittentibus,
Surecatis.

There are several specimens, which gave me the idea of this form.

One specimen especially, portions of which are figured on pl. xvi,
figs. 5—7 shows the characters of this form plainly.

* From coal-measures in Bohemia.

+ Mi. Oldham, Mem. Geol. Surv. Ind. II., p. 32, mentions, it is true, the genus
Sphenopteris, but no species is named and no discussion nor any precise locality is given.

{ So they are throughout.

) Tota frons hoc modo tripinnata.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. B57

The upper portion of the frond (pl. xvi, fig. 5.) is only bipinnate, the
pinne have pinnulz which are only a little lobed ; in the middle portion the
pinnulz are longer and more deeply lobed, and we can call them pinnatifid ;
the lowest are the longest, and again distinctly pinnate, and these second
pinnule are again a little denticulated. The veins of the pinnule pass out
from the rhachis of the pinne and send up the branches to the lobes or
into the secondary pinnule and there they are forked. The pinnule have a
peculiar arrangement on the pinna: only the lower ones begin with a
pinnula in the angle of the chief rhachis and that of the pinne, while of the
upper ones the first is pretty distant from the chief rhachis.

Both the chief rhachis and the rhachis of the pinne are broadly winged.

These three different states of the frond I observed in one case on one
specimen, while in others I found them separated on different slabs.
But with the assistance of that one specimen, all can be referred to the
same species; from this different state of the pinne and pinnule in the
several portions of the frond I have called the species “ polymorpha.”

Of the other specimens I have figured some portions on plate xvii
which plainly show the various sizes and shapes of the pinnule.

This fern has some analogies.

First I must mention McClelland’s Pecopt. affinis, (Report Geol. Surv.
Pl. XIII, Fig. 11 b.) As far as one can judge from the bad figure, there
pass out from the rhachis of the pinna a pretty strong midrib into the pin-
nulz (of the first order), and from this midrib a secondary vein passes into
each distinct lobe of the pinnula (indicating pinnule of the second order), and
here the secondary veins are forked. This agrees quite well with the character
of the nervation in our Sphenopteris polymorpha, especially in the larger
specimens, and I have no doubt but that this Pecopteris affinis of McClell.
with great probability belongs to the same fern. ‘The inspection of the
original specimen, which will be later figured again, confirms my view.

Amongst other fossil ferns, our species can be compared in some way
first with that form which was originally described as Pecopteris alata, Bet.,*
from the Hawkesberry beds in Australia, but which later was ranged with
Sphenopteris, and recently by Schimper with Sphenopteris Hymenophyllides,
Schimp. Our species has in common with this the broadly winged rhachis
and, besides this, the shape of the upper pinne, but the lower pinne cannot
be compared with ours, the secondary pinnule being not so denticulated.
Both these species may in the younger states be pretty similar, while differing
in the older ones.

The lower pinnulz of our fern resemble rather those of the Pecopéteris
athyrioides, Bgt.,+ now Sphenopteris athyrioides, Bgt. sp., from the Yorkshire

* Hist. d. végét foss. p. 361, pl. 127.
f lie. pl. 125, £. 3.

358 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

Oolite, only that this latter species has no winged rhachis. Thus, our
fern presents some points of resemblance to mezozoic forms only, although
_ it cannot be identified with any one of them.
The same species occurs also in the Barakur group at Talchir (Cuttack)
in Orissa,
Order PECOPTERIDES (ez.)

An order which is the most frequent in the whole fossil flora, but
everywhere are represented certain types and forms which are characteristic of
certain strata, although the relations of all to one another cannot be denied.

Tn the existing flora we find analogues of the fossil Pecopterides amongst
the Aspleniaceae, Aspidiaceae, Acrostichaceae, and true Pterides ; therefore
in general amongst the Polypodiaceae, tribe Polypodeae. Only in cases where
the fructification is preserved, can one determine the family more exactly ;
in other cases we can judge only from the venation and therefore only gener-
ally. By this proceeding of course it may sometimes happen that forms of
the same living genus are taken in the fossil flora as different as long as
the fructification is unknown; I may mention for instance the carboniferous
Alethopteris Serli, Bgt., which is certainly a Pteris, and, again, Lonchopteris
rugosa, Bgt., which in form closely resembles Alethopteris Serli, only that
it has a net-venation ; but we know that in the living genus Pteris the same
relations obtain: for instance, Pteris Schiedeana, Presl., Pt. comans, Forst.
Pteris polyphylla, Presl. have a net-venation, while Pt. pseudolonchitis
Bory, Pt. nemoralis, Willd., and even the common Pt. aquilina and a great
many others, have free and forked veins with a similar shape of the leaflets.

Mr. Ettingshausen in the above-mentioned work has attempted to
distribute the fossil Pecopterides (as Alethopteris, Pecopteris, etc.) amongst
the different living genera, as he fancied himself able to do from the venation.

The chief living genera in which Mr. Ettingshausen saw analogies to
the fossil Pecopterides are shortly the following :—

Preris, Linn.

Pteris Serli, Pecopteris Serli, Bgt. (Alethopteris). -

Pt. lonchitica, Pecopt. lonchitica, Bgt. (Alethopteris).

Pt. Whitbyensis, Pecopt. Whitbyensis, L. H. ete. (Alethopteris).

ASPLENIUM, Linn.
Asplen. Radnizense, Pecopt. Radnizensis, Sthg. sp. (Cyathettes).
Aspl. simile, Pecopt. similis, Stbg., ete.
PHEGOPTERIS.
Phegopt. arguta, Pecopt. arguta, Bgt. (Cyatheites).
ASPIDIUM.
Asp. lanceolatum, Pecopt. lanceolata, Stbg.
HEMITELIA.
Here are to be ranged most of the fossil Oyathetdes, ete.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 359

Mr. Schimper, in his ‘ Pal. végét.’, endeavoured to establish a reasonable
method, which, however, cannot always be used.

He kept the generic name Pecopteris and joined with it the name
of the living genus to which he thought the fossil belonged to indicate a
subgroup: thus, he has Pecopteris Cyatheides, Pecopteris Aspidides, etc. ;
but besides this, the peculiar genus <Alethopteris, Gépp., which differs
considerably from Pecopteris. But I think it is better to distinguish
not only Alethopteris, Gopp., but the fossil genus Cyatheites also, and to
range with Pecopteris only those forms which cannot be united with either
of these two.

Genus Alethopteris, Sternberg, 1838.

Fronde bi- vel tripinnata. Pinnulis plerumque integerrimis nonnun-
guam denticulatis tota basi adfixis, saepius bast dilatatis ac connatis,
rarius subconstrictis, sed etiam connatis; margine nonnunquam reflexo
(soros obtegente ?*), nervo medio plus minusve distincto, ex rhachide eggre-
diente usque ad apicem continuante, nervis secundariis sub angulo subacuto
eggredientibus, simplicibus, vel semel (superioribus) vel bis (inferioribus)
JSurcatis, parallelis aut divergentibust, ad marginem productis. (Kructi-
Jicatio familiae).

Alethopteris is represented in the existing flora especially by forms of
the genus Péeris, Phegopteris, ete. Of Pteris I will mention the common
Pteris aquilina, Pteris arachnoidea, Kaulf., Pteris Smiethiana, Prsl., Pt.
flabellata, Thunb., ete. ; of Phegopteris, Phegopteris decussata, Mett.

From the mezozoie epoch we find described a good number of species,
which, however, when compared together show great likenesses as well in
the shape of the leaflets as in the venation. This has been lately recognised
and acknowledged by several authors.

Alethopteris Whitbyensis, Gopp., is the typical form to which a good
many of the mezozoic forms can be referred, some of them being even
identical with it, others very closely related.

Mr. Schimper (Pal. végét. I. 569) indicated this by speaking of a
group of Alethopt. Whitbyensis, Gopp.,{ to which many species were re-
ferred.

* Tn this case the form agrees with Péeris.

+ In my Flora of Kach (Pal. Ind. XI, No. 1, 187, p. 22), when giving the
diagnosis of Alethopteris, I said only “ divergentibus,’ whereas I should have said
‘* parallelis aut divergentibus.”

£ When speaking of Alethopt. Australis, Morr., Schimper says: “ Cette fougére
appartient au groupe de V Alethopt. Whitbyensis, Gopp., groupe qui parait étre propre
au, terrain jurassique.”

46

360 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

In my Flora of Kach (Pal. Ind. XI, pt. 1, p. 22), I also speak of a
group of Alethopteris Whitbyensis, Gépp. (Lindl. and Hutt.), and on p. 27
enumerate all the species which I think can be brought into any connection
with it.

Of our Indian fossils are to be placed here Alethopt. Whithyensis,
Gopp. (Alethopteris tenuis, Bet. sp.), Alethopteris indica, O. M., Alethop-
teris Lindleyana, Royl. sp. M. Saporta* has re-established for all these
mezozoic forms the genus Oladophlebis, with which they are to be ranged,
and this author has a Cladophlebis Whitbyensis, Oladoph. Rossertt, etc.,
both of which latter he considers as scarcely distinguishable; so that I
was right when I placed the Alethopt. indica, O. M., the near relation-
ship of which to Alethopt. Résserti, Schenk, cannot be denied, in the
group of Alethopt. Whitbyensis.

Group of Alethopteris Whitbyensis} (Schimper 1869, Feistmantel 1876.)
Of Mr. Wood-Mason’s specimens one belongs here.

ALETHOPTERIS LINDLEYANA, Royle sp., Pl. XX, Fig. 7.
1869. Pecopteris Lindleyana, Royle, Mlustr. Bot. etc. Him. Mount. Tab. 2, f. 4.

1849—50. McClelland, Rep. Geol. S. India, Pl. XIII. f. 10. a. b. ¢.
1845. ————— ——————_ Unger, Synopsis Plant. foss. 96.

1850. ————— ———-——_ Unger, Genera et Species Plant. foss. p. 171.

1861. ————— ————— Schimper, Pal. végét. I. p. 568.

1876. Feistmantel, Rec. G. S. Ind. IX. 3. p. 76.

Fronde bi-pinnata; pinnis patentibus, rhachide eorwm crassiore ;
piuuulis tota basi sessilibus, attingentibus, oblonge-ovalibus, margine imtegris
aut sinuatis; nervo medio usque ad apicem excurrente nervis secundariis
angulo subacuto eqggredientibus dichotomis ; sporangiis ramis imsidentibus.
(Feistmantel ex parte).

Royle was the first to figure this species ; but he has given no descrip-
tion; his specimen, too, could not have been a well-preserved one, but it
gives at any rate the form of the leaflets.

In McClelland’s Report (1. ¢.) we find added three figures more, which,
however, are very badly drawn, as also is his Pecopteris affinis (1. e. Pl.
XIII. Fig. 11. a. b.), of which fig. 11 must certainly be placed with Alethop-
teris Lindleyana, Royl., while fig. 11 a. is a bad representation of the
same fern of which I give figures on pls. xvi. and xvii, and which, as I
think, belongs to another type of plants, and I have deseribed it amongst
the Sphenopterides. 'The worst thing in McClelland’s figures is the veins
in the leaflets, which are quite unnatural. So it is also with his figures
of Alethopt. (Pecopt.) Lindleyana, Royl.

* Pal. Francaise, Vegét. fossiles, Jurassiques et Triasiques, p. 298 et seq.
t Cladophiebis, Saporta, Pal. Franc. Veg. foss. Jur. 298.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 361

We can, however, still recognize that we have to deal with an Alethop-
teris, GOpp., as some of the originals are still in the Museum of the Geolo-
gical Survey.

Mr. Oldham* from the first compared this A/ethopteris Lindleyana,
Royle, with Pecopteris Australis, McCoy. I think there is an analogy
in so far as they both belong to the same mezozoic group.

Schimper has recently} described this species as Alethopteris Lind-
leyana, Royl., between Aleth. indica, O. M. and Alethopt. australis, Morr.,
and says of it (p. 569), “ Cette espéce parait également appartenir aw group
de T Alethopteris Whitbyensis, ete.”’

The figures of Royle and McClelland were all taken from sterile fronds.
Amongst Mr. Wood-Mason’s specimens is a fructificating pinna, which
in the form of the leaflet agrees perfectly with that of Pecopt. Lindleyana,
Royle (1. c.), so that I do not doubt but that I have this species before me,
and I must consider it as a fertile frond of Pecopteris Lindleyana, R.

Tt is only a fragment of a pinna with 4 pinnule on each side. The
form of the leaflets besides agreeing with Royle’s figure (1. ¢.) shows
also a similarity to certain forms from the Rajmahal Hills which I
consider to belong to the Alethopteris indica, O. M., and of which one
specimen will be figured on Pl. XXXVI of the continuation of the Rajmahal
Flora, now in the press and shortly to be issued.

The specimen under discussion is the second instance of a fern found in
fructification in the Ranigan] fieldt ; fructificating ferns are as yet very
rare, and we know besides these two specimens only Glossopteris indica,
Schimp., from Kamti (Nagpur district) with fructifications preserved.

The rhachis of the pinna is pretty thick, the pinnule broadly ovate,
connected at the base, with a slightly waved margin.

The chief veins fine, as also are the secondary ones, which seem
forked ; the sporanges inserted on the secondary veins, on the surface of
the pinnula, about midway between the midrib and the margin.

There are generally from six to eight sori in each row.

From the manner of fructification and from the shape of the leaflets,
we could perhaps trace an analogy between our species and some forms of the
genus Polypodium, perhaps Polypodiwm spectabile, Sprengel (Kaulf.), Poly-
podium concinnwm, Presl. (and others), Polypodium submarginale, Sprengel,
Polypodiwm amplum, Presl., and other species. (Some of these are also
described as Phegopteris.)

* Mem. G.S. Ind. Vol. II. p. 328.

+ Pal. veget. I. pp. 568, 569.

i A fructificating pinnula, as I suppose, also of Alethopteris (Pecopt.) Lindleyana is
amongst McClelland’s originals, but was never mentioned,

362 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,

Amongst fossils the non-fructificating frond can be compared, as I

have said, with some fronds of our Alethopteris indica, O. M., from the
Rajmahal Hills.

ALETHOPTERIS comp. WHITBYENSIS, Gopp., Pl. XXI, Figs. 6, 6a.

Two pinnulz of a fern which I can only place with this species, as they
are so near that I do not think it advisable to separate them.

Our pinnule are more closly allied to Brongniart’s Pecopteris tenuis,*
from the Yorkshire Oolites ; but in my Kach Flora+ I have shown all the
species which are synonymous with or related to this Alethopt. Whithyensis,
Goépp., and amongst them Pecopt. tenuis, Bgt., is the first. There is
nothing peculiar in the occurrence of this species in our Raniganj Series,
since we know that the fossils of this group are more closely related to
one another than was formerly thought, and since Saportat has shown that
this Cladophlebis Whitbyensis, Gopp., and Cladophlebis Résserti, Schimp.,
(a Rhetic form) are almost identical. To the Pecopt. Rédsserti (Clado-
phlebis) our Alethopt. indica, O. M., from the Rajmahals is very closely
allied, and to this latter again the Alethopt. Lindleyana, Royle sp., of the
Raniganj Series; and now we have the Pecopt. tenuis, Bgt., identical
with the Alethopt. Whitbyensis, Gopp.

Type Phegopteris, Mett.

There is avery big specimen of a fern which from a paleontological
point of view is an <A/ethopteris. But a closer examination shows that
the specimen has a very close relation in the existing flora, and it is amongst
the Aspidiaceae with single secondary veins.

There is the genus Pheyopteris, which is in some forms almost identi-
cal with our fossil, our Alethopteris agreeing especially with Phegopteris
decussata, Mett. I could at once establish on this specimen this lying
genus in the fossil flora, but in conformity with the paleontological
classification, I retain the generic name Alethopteris, usmg Phegopteris to
form the specific name, and placing this new species in the type Phegopteris.
This fossil is, therefore, especially of interest as so closely resembling a living
genus; but there are some differences, as we shall see in discussing the
species.

ALETHOPTERIS PHEGOPTEROIDES, n. sp., Pl. XVIII.

Fronde valida, bipinnata; rhachide crassa, punctulata ; pinnis sub
angulo subrecto e rhachide eqggredientibus, rhachide earum crassiore ; pin-
nis medits longissimis basin apicemque versus attenuantibus ; pumnulis oblon-

* Hist. d. végét. foss. Pl. 110. f. 3. 4.

+ Kach flora in Pal. Indica, Ser. XI. 1. 1876, pp. 22—25.

i Végét. foss. Terr. Jur. de France, p, 298 et seqq.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 363

gis incurvatis maxime approximatis, omnibus aequalibus oblique insertis,
primis solum verticaliter adfixis et paulo latioribus, omnibus ad bases
connatis; nervo primario pimularum distincto ad apicem promoto ; nervis
secundariis singulis sub angulo acuto eggredicentibus. Kructifucatione non
obvia.

A big slab of shale contains two fronds, besides smaller fragments, of
this interesting fern.

The chief characters which are to be observed are in the pinnule ;
these are oblong, closely set, a little incurved and oblique to the rhachis of
the pinna, only the first pinnulae near the chief rhachis being vertically
inserted, and a little broader than the others, so that they are distant from
them ; the midrib is pretty thick and reaches to the apex; the second-
ary veins are single, passing out at an acute angle from the midrib; the
lowest two in that portion of the pinnula which is directed from the chief
rhachis are arcuate, the rest being quite straight.

The pinne are longest in the middle of the frond and are shorter
at base and towards the apex. The chief rhachis pretty thick.

I have figured two portions of the specimen; one of them shows two
pinne, which are entire, with the end leaflets. ‘Two other figures illustrate the
disposition of the veins and the bases of the pinnulz and the top portion.

-From this we see plainly the relation with the Aspidiaceae and espe-
cially with Phegopteris, of which Phegopteris decussata is the nearest.

One sees well in our specimen the triangular empty spaces between
adjoining pinnulz, where these are connected: these contain no veins.

This type of fossil is quite peculiar, and I do not know any form
in the palozoie strata at all analogous to it.

But on the other hand there is in the Trias a form which was first
described as Pecopt. Stuttgardensis, Bgt.,* but later by Schimpery was
placed in a new genus Lepidopteris (an the Pecopterides).

On Brongniart’s figure, which, however, is not quite distinct, one sees
very distinctly the single veins arranged in a similar way to our specimen,
but I think the shape of the leaflets is different, as they are a little longer
and not so incurved, and they are also more deeply separated, but I do not
know if the punctation of the rhachis can be considered as a sufficient
character, as all ferns present it more or less.

Into this genus Lepidopteris, Schimper placed also the rheetic form;
Asplenites Ottonis, Schenk, as Lepidopt. Ottonis, Schimp., of which we find
near relations amongst the Rajmahal fossil plants.

I think the Pecopteris arguta, Bgt.,{ from the coal-measures, belongs

* Histoire d. végét. fossiles, 1820, Pl. 180, f. 1.

+ Pal. végét. I. p 572, Pl. XXXIV. f. 1.
{ Brongniart, Hist. d. végét. foss. Pl. 108, f. 3. 4.

564 O. Feistmantel

Contributions towards the ~ [ No. 4,

to the same type of fossils, but our species is much more nearly allied to
the living Phegopteris than to any fossil species,

Order THXNIOPTERIDES.

In my preliminary ‘ Note on the Flora of the Damuda Series’* I have
already pointed out that the Damudas are by no means without a Tueniop-
éeris, but that, on the contrary, forms of this order had been known for
several years from these rocks; they occur especially in the Kamthi
and Raniganj groups (both of which, however, are of the same horizon),
and also in the Barakur group.

The majority of the Zwentopterides belong, as we know, to post-
paleozoic epochs, the mezozoic epoch being especially rich in species of
this order. There are, it is true, some forms in the Permian formation, but
these are very rare and scarcely of any importance, while in the mezozoic
they are frequent.

In the occurrence of this genus in the Damiudas, I see a connecting
link between the lower and upper Gondwanas, as in these latter (Rajmahal
Series) analogous forms are very frequent.

Brongniart+ knew only the one genus Tueniopteris, but since his day
other discoveries have been made, so that Schimper in his ‘ Paleont. végét.’
could give a pretty complete division of this order.

In my Kach florat I have given a close discussion of this order and need
therefore only shortly indicate here Schimper’s division ; he distinguishes :—

1. Tuaeniopteris, which he restricts to the few paleozoic forms.

2. Macrotaeniopteris, Schimp. especially mezozoic forms; of Indian
specimens belong here the greatest part of the broad-leaved forms from
the Rajmahal Hills and besides these some forms from the Kamthi, Rani-
ganj, and Barakur groups.

3. Angiopteridium, Schimp., a mezozoic type, to which especially
some of the Rajmahal species belong and perhaps one from the Kamthis.

4. Oleandridium, Schimp., begins in the mezozoic epoch. We have
one species from Kach.

5. Danaeopsis, a Triassic form, but here found, as I think, in the
Liassic Rajmahal group.

Marattiopsis, Sch., and Danaeides, Schimp., are of no interest for us.
*From this division the living affinities are plainly seen, and they particularly
are—

Aspidiwm Nidus for Macrotaenopteris.

Angiopteris for Angiopteridiun.

* Rec. Geol. Surv. IX. 3. p. 74.

+ Prodrome and Histoire, 1828.
{ Pal. indica, XI. 1. 1876.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora im India, 365

Oleandra for Oleandridium.

Danaea for Danaeopsis, Heer.

From our Raniganj Series we have to deal only with Macrotacm-
opteris.

Genus Macrotzeniopteris, Schimper, 1869.
Schimper, Palaeontol. végét. I. p. 610.

Frondibus simplicibus, speciosissimis, plus minus elongato, obovatis,
obtusis vel acuminatis nonnunquam etiam apice emarginatis, integris, rare
irregulariter pinnatifissis, interduinque denticulatis. (Hructificatione Aspi-
diacearum, Schimp.)

With this genus Mr. Schimper placed all the broad-leaved mezozoic
forms which are allied to Weottopteris Nidus.

Our broad-leaved Tueniopterides from the Rajmahal Hills belong to
this genus.

To the palozoic forms Schimper would restrict the generic name
Taeniopteris, Bgt., in which he is, as I think, quite right, although there
_ is one species in particular, Zuveniopteris abnormis,* from the Permian in
Saxony, which has nearly all the characters of MMucrotaeniopteris, Schimp.,
the only difference to be detected being in the very close-set veins.

In a paper on the Zueniopterides from Chemnitz in Saxony,+ Dr. Sterzel
has redescribed the Zueniopteris abnormis, Gutb., and has found that
this species is very closely allied to several mezozoic forms, amongst which
are the DMacrot. gigantea, Schenk., and our two Rajmahal species Macrot.
lata, Oldh. Morr., and Wacrot. Morrisi, Oldh.t Dr. Sterzel considers, there-
fore, this Permian species also as a Macrotaeniopteris and as a precursive
form of several of the mezozoic species.

The relations of our Rajmahal species with the Rhetice MMuaerot.
gigantea, Schenk., I have already pointed out in my first note on the fossil
plants from the Rajmahal group (Rajmahal Hills).§

Macroryioprerts DanmorEs, Royle sp. (McClell.)
BP XeRXe Bigs. 1) 27h XO Bias 1

1839. Glossopteris danaeoides, Royle, Ilust. Bot. etc. Him. M. Tab 2.

1849-50.—__—_ ——_—_——. McClelland, Rep. Geol. Surv. India, XV. f. 1.

1876. —————— —————-_ Feistmantel, Notes on the several floras in India,
Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind. IX. 3. p. 74. Ibid., TX. 4.

Fronde speciosa, oblongo-ovata, apice obtuse acuminata, basi attenuata
obovata, distincte pedicellata, ad 34 cm. longa et 10 em. lata, subcoriacea ;

* Gutbier, Verstemerungen des Rothliegenden in Sachsen, 1849, Pl. VII. f. 1. 2.
t+ Ueber die Tzeniopteriden von Chemintz in Sachsen N. J. f. M. Geogn. 1876,

{ This however only partly.

§ Rec. G. S. Ind. IX. 2. p. 36.

366 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

rhachide mediocri striata ; nervis secundariis sub angulo swberecto e rha-
chide eqgredientibus, usque ad 1°5 mm. distantibus, marginem versus paulo
tneurvatis, crassiusculis ; sumplicibus et furcatis alternantibus, furcatione
differentibus in partibus longitudinis nervorum exhibita.

The species was first described by Royle (1. ¢.) as Glossopteris
danaeoides, although there is not anywhere the slightest anastomosis of the
veins, which on the contrary are all parallel and dichotomously forked.

This fern belongs undoubtedly to the same species which McClelland
later described as Zuweniopteris danaeoides also from the Raniganj (Burdwan)
coal-field ; but his figures (Pl. XV 1, la, 16) are very incorrect, especially
the enlarged portion (Fig. 16). But we can at any rate certainly conclude
from them that this Zweniopteris was found a second time in the Raniganj
field, as McClelland’s specimens do not differ from those of Royle. Later
the same species has been brought by Mr. Hughes from the Jherria
coalfield, where, as Mr. Hughes assures me, it is pretty frequent, though I
can find only one specimen in our collections;—and now Mr. Wood-
Mason has brought pretty numerous specimens of it from Raniganj, and
his statement is that he brought only the very best, while he left behind
great numbers of fragmentary ones. Also in the Barakur group im the
Rajmahal Hills (near Burgo) the same species has occurred.

Taeniopteris is, therefore, as is seen from this examination, not want-
ing in the Raniganj field and from the Damudas generally, the more so
if we consider that from the Kamthis also several specimens are known.

I have figured two specimens and two enlarged portions ; the two figures
complete one another, one being the basal, the other the apical portion.

The chief character of this species is the very distant veins; these
pass out from the rhachis, which is proportionally thin, at nearly right
angles,,and run almost straight to the margin, where they are a little
incurved; the veins are about 1:5 mm. apart; simple and forked veins
alternate ; the furcation does not follow any constant law ; some of the veins
are forked at the very base and may be forked again, others more towards
the middle, and others quite close to the margin.

The apex is obtusely acuminate; at base the frond is obovate and
apparently pedicellate.

The biggest frond is 10 em. broad and must have been at least
34 cm. long.

By the great distance of the veins apart this species differs from
all others, but most approaches that from the Rajmahal hills which
Messrs. Oldham and Morris described as Yweniopteris musaefolia,* but
which is, as I think, barely distinguishable from Zaenopt. lata, O. M.; the
only differences detected by Mr. Oldham being the slightly more distant
veins and the more coriaceous consistence of the frond.

* Rajmahal Flora, Pal. Ind, 1862, Pl. IV. f. 1.

ea

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 367

But these Rajmahal species approach on one hand pretty nearly the
Rhetie Waerot. gigantea, Schenk,* on the other hand those forms from
the Kamthis which I have lately briefly described as Macrot. Feddent
Fstm.,f and which are all to a certain degree related to that Permian
Taeniopt. abnormis, Gubb., of which I have already spoken.

These species are all based chiefly upon the different distances apart,
the formation, the direction, and the thickness, of the veins, and if we
compare all together, then we have the following table :—

1. Macroteniopteris danaeoides, McClell., with the most distant veins,
nearly straight.

2. Macrotaeniopteris gigantea, Schenk., and the Rajmahal species,
Macrot. lata, O. M. and Macrot. musaefolia, O. M., with veins almost
equally distant.

3. Macrot. Feddeni, Fstm., with pretty close veins, a little oblique.

4. Taeniopt. (Macrotaeniopt) abnormis, Gatb., with very close and
almost straight veins.

For us it is a great satisfaction to find the genus Macrotueniopteris
so frequently represented, as Mr. Oldham to the last maintained that
no Yueniopteris are in the Damudas,t and in a letter to Mr. W. B.
Clarke, which this latter gentleman has published in his ‘ Remarks on the
Sedimentary formations in New South Wales,’ 3rd Edition, 1875, p. 29,§
Mr. Oldham maintains that in the Panchet group also no Tueniopteris
has been found, although it occurs.

Amongst all the numerous specimens not one occurred which showed.
any trace of fructification, so that it cannot be decided with certainty
to which living genus the species should be referred, but as far as can be
judged from the form of the leaf and from the veins I would refer it to
some form of Acrostichum, for example, Acrostichum hybridum, Bory.
Its fossil allies have been already indicated.

MACROTENIOPTERIS sp.

Another specimen of MWacrotaeniopteris occurred ; but it unfortunately
is so badly preserved that it cannot be figured nor any exact descrip-
tion of it given. It is only a portion of a leaf-surface, no rhachis being
preserved.

* Schenk, Flora des Grenzschichten, Tab. XXVIII. p.146.

+ Records G. 8S. Ind. IX, 4.

+ In Mem. G. S. Ind. II. p. 329 he said so quite plainly.

§ In the Mines and Mineral Statistics of New South Wales, 1875, where Mr. W.
B. Clarke’s Sedimentary formations, etc., is included, page 174.

AT

368 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

It shows that the leaf was much bigger than those of the species just
described, and that the veins are much closer together and are not so straight
and stiff as in MMacrotacniopteris Feddeni, Fstm. from the Kamthis,
so that I would not venture to identify it with this species.

I mention this specimen only to show that another kind of Muerot-
aentopteris also occurs at Raniganj besides Ducrot. danaeoides, and I am
sure that further investigations will furnish more fossils of this kind.
These JMacrotaeniopterides establish a paleontological relation between
the lower and upper portions of the Gondwana system.

Type Vittaria, Swartz.

Genus Paleeovittaria, nov.

On pl. xix, fig. 3 is figured a splendid specimen, which from the charae-

ters of the veins must be considered a fern. ‘There is a distinct midrib .

(rhachis, costa) in the lower part of the frond, pretty broad, becoming
thinner upwards and vanishing completely in the apical portion.

The secondary veins pass at very acute angles towards the margin,
where they are a little incurved; they are single and forked as in
Taeniopteris, but the specimen cannot be placed with this genus, and
recalls, as Dr. Kurz informs me, in this character the nervation of the
living genus Vittaria only, so that I use for our fossil the generic name
Palaeovittaria.

Diagnosis.—Frondibus simplicibus, oblongato-ovalibus, costa apicem
versus evanescente. Nervis secundarus sub angulo acutissimo eggredienti-
bus. Nervatio Vittarie.

There is only one species, which I call

PaLHOVITTARIA Kurzi, n. sp., Pl. XIX, Figs. 8—4.

Frondibus aggregatis, simplicibus, oblongato-ovato-spathulatis, margine
integris, nomunguam apice excisis, nervo medio (costa) inferiore im parte
crassiore, dimidiam partem versus evanescente ; nervis secundariis sub angulo
acutissimo e rhachide exeuntibus, in parte apicali radiantibus, simplicibus
ect furcatis ; margimem versus incurvatis, sequente precedentem ea in parte
attingente. Hructificatione non obvia.

About 9 fronds come out from a common point; they are generally
oblong-spathulate, entire on the margins, but they are sometimes deeply
emarginated and therefore bilobate at the apex.

The chief characters are in the midrib and in the secondary veins ;
the former is well developed and distinct in the lower portion of the leaf,
but in the upper portion this vein vanishes, becoming dissolved in the secon-
dary veins.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 369

The secondary veins pass out from the rhachis at a very acute angle
pretty straight towards the margin, where they are incurved. In the
apical portion, where is no midrib, the secondary veins radiate fan-wise.
The secondary veins are alternately single and forked; the furcation
occurs at different parts of the length of the veins, all of which are
regularly equally distant from one another. I cannot observe any distinct
pedunele ; the leaf becomes more attenuate towards the base and the rhachis
thicker, until at last only the latter remains.

It seems certain that the aggregation of the leaves is not due to an.
insertion on a common stalk, but rather to associated growth out from
the rhizome. As I have said, this form has no analogue in any existing
fern except Vittarza, where also the rhachis vanishes towards the apex
and the secondary veins pass out at a very acute angle from it; the only
difference being that our fern has many more secondary veins, and that
the frond in proportion to its length is much broader. I have obtained
from Mr. Kurz a good collection of Indian Vitturiae for comparison,
and of these the Vittaria intermedia from Java comes nearest to ours.
But amongst the American forms are some still broader ones, which would
come still nearer.

Amongst fossils nothing is as yet known at all tike our fossil plant.

If we take the single leaf and consider only its shape and the general
disposition of the veins, then we find an approximate similarity in Sagenop-
éeris, but here the leaves come out from a common stalk and the secondary
veins anastomose so as to form a net-venation.

Amongst the Zueniopterides we find searcely any similarity, as all these
have a rhachis continuous to the apex of the frond, and the angle at which
the secondary veins pass out from it, as for instanee in Tveniopteris Morrist,
Oldh.,* or in Phyllopteris plumula, Sap.,y far less acute than in our fossil.

IV.—DICTYOPTERIDES.

This order includes all ferns with net-venation. This is again only
a paleontological order, for in the same living genera are forms with
forked, as well as with netted veins, for instance, in Pteris, Asplenium, ete.

But there is yet a peculiarity: it is that most of the ferns with
net-venation occur in the mezozoic epoch, without any corresponding forms
with free veins, while in the palzeozoic epoch the ferns with net-venation
are very rare, those with free veins predominating. In the palozoic we
have mostly only Lonchopteris, Bgt., which has its analogy in Alethopteris,
and Dictyopteris with complete analogy in Newropteris ; so that the order
Dictyopterides (ewe) can very fairly be considered to be a mezozoic one.

* Oldham and Morris, Rajmahal Flora, Pal. Indica, 1862, Pl. ITI, f. 1.
¢ Saporta, Végét. foss. de France (Palzont. Frangaise), Pl, LXIT, f. 6.

370 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,

There are a good many genera which to a great extent have living
analogies, and those sometimes very close.

In Schimper’s ‘ Palzontologie végétale,’ p. 737, we find the whole
sequence of genera which at that time were known; 15 genera being
enumerated.

Of these two occur in our Raniganj Series.

But to Schimper’s list must be added, Guangamopteris, McCoy, first
described as Oyclopteris, but having also a net-venation.

To this genus belongs also that fossil from the Talchir which until
recently was generally quoted as Cyclopteris, but which lately I described
as Gangamopteris cyclopteroides; of this genus I will describe another
species in this present paper.

Genus Belemnopteris, nov.

Fronde simplict late sagittaefoliosa pedunculata. Nervis primariis
tribus, medio crassiore, ceteris anastomosantibus.

Amongst Mr. Wood-Mason’s specimens are two, of which one is
tolerably complete and has an arrow-like shape, with 3 chief veins, one
stronger passing into the leaf, two others a little thinner into the two
basal lobes ; the other venation is netted.

It strongly reminds one of some living ferns.

1. First we have Gymnogramme sagittata,* a Polypodiaceae which
formerly was described as Hemionitis sagittata, Féé., with which the
Hemionitis cordata, Hook. and Grev. (Hemionitis cordifolia, Roxb.),¢ is
identical ; of this later Mr. Kurz has lent me specimens from Dacca.

With this fern our fossil has little more than the shape of the leaf and
perhaps also the primary veins in common, while in the net-venation the two
are rather different.

2. There is another fern with which our fossil can be compared,
especially as regards the net-venation: this is Pteris sagittaefolia, Raddig ;
this fern is narrower than ours, but the disposition of the 3 primary veins,
and the net-venation particularly, agree well with the same in our fern.

Of course, only the fructification can decide to which of these two
our fossils should be placed, but as none is to be seen and as our fern cannot
be identified with either, on the contrary, presents characters of both, I
consider myself justified in establishing a new genus.

It is of very great interest (1st) as it is a form so closely allied to
living ones, and (2nd) as it is a fern with a net-venation.

* See Ettingshausen, Farrenkrauterder Jetztwelt, etc., 1865, p. 59, Pl. XX XT, f. 9.

t+ See Beddome, Indian ferns (of South India), Pl. LII. p. 18; also Lowe, Ferns,
etc., Vol. VII, Pl. XX XVIII, p. 93.

{ Ettingshausen, 1. c., p. 104, Pl. LXXL. f. 3.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 371

BELEMNOPTERIS Woop-Masoniana, n. sp., Pl. XX, Figs. 1—2.

Fronde simplict, late sagittaefolia, apice obtusa, margine integerrina,
tota ad 10°5 em longa, lobis obtuse acuminatis longioribus (5'3 em longis) ;
nervis primariis tribus ; uno crassiore in folit superficiem excurrente, duobus
aliis tenuioribus, im lobos currentibus, omnibus tribus apicem versus
attenuantibus ; nervis secundariis sub angulo subacuto eqgredientibus, anas-
tomosantibus, retia plerumque hexagonalia, sed etiam polygonalia, forman-
tibus. Fructificatione iqnota.

Of the relations of this fern I have already spoken when discussing
the genus; they are only in the living flora, nothing lke it being known
amongst fossils.

The frond is simple, is shaped like a broad arrow, at the apex obtuse ;
the margin entire, slightly arcuate, the total length 10°5 cm; the basal
lobes obtusely acuminate, pretty long (5:3 em.). The chief characters le
in the veins: there are three chief veins, one passing into the surface of
the leaf, the two others, a little thinner, into the two basal lobes.

The secondary veins pass out at a subacute angle so as to form a net-
venation with hexagonal or polygonal meshes.

This is one of the finest specimens in Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection.

Genus Gangamopteris, McCoy, 1875.

I have already had occasion to mention this genus in my first note on
the Damuda fossils,* when speaking of Gangamopteris cyclopteroides from
the Barakars being identical with the species in the Talchirs.

In another papery I have described another Gangamopteris from the
Kamthis as Gangamopt. Hughesi, which is different from, though closely
related to, the species from the Bardkars and Talchirs, a wider venation
constituting the difference.

I now describe a third, differing from both of these by its very wide
net-venation.

I think it will not be considered useless and superfluous to repeat
that this genus Gangamopteris occurs in true mezozoic rocks in Victoria,
and that nothing of the kind is as yet certainly known from the lower
portion of the New South Wales coal-strata.

Our new Gangamopteris is again a form to which some analogies
are to be found in the living flora.

GANGAMOPTERIS WHITTIANA, n. sp., Pl. XX, Figs. 3—4.

Hronde simplici, late ovato subrhomboidali inaequilaterali, integer-
rima, obtuse acuminata ; costa nulla, sulco medio tantum indicata ; nervis
ceteris omnibus e bast duobus im directionibus marginem versus radiantibus,
omnubus anastomosantibus, retia valida, oblonge hexagonalia aut polygo-
nalia formantibus. Fructificatione non obvia.

* Rec. G. S. Ind. Vol, IX, 3. + Ibid., TX, 4.

372 O. Feistmantel—Oontributions towards the [No. 4,

I name this fine species (of which two specimens, both of them figured,
are in Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection) after Mr. Whitty of Kurhurbdli, who
last year increased our knowledge of the Kurhurbali plants by four very
interesting species all on the same big slab of shale.

It differs from both those already described by me, as well as from
all described by Mr. McCoy from Austvralia.

Our specimen shows a broadly ovately subrhomboide frond, which
besides seems obliquely shaped; the apex is obtusely acuminate ; there is
no midrib as in this genus generally, this being indicated in the middle only
by a slight furrow, from which the secondary veins pass in two directions
towards the margin, which is entire ; the secondary veins all anastomose
and form large oblongly hexagonal or polygonal areoles, larger than in
any “known species of the genus; the areoles are largest in the middle,
becoming smaller towards the margin.

Fructification not observed.

This very fine fern has an apparent analogy to the living genus An-
trophyum, and to those forms of it which have no midrib; and there are
amongst the Indian living Antrophyum some species to which our fossil
can be compared. I refer especially to <Antrophyum latifolium, Bl.*,
from the Khasya Hills, of which Mr. Kurz has lent me several specimens
for comparison. J think this is the only fern to which our fossil can be
referred. If this be right, it may well be doubted whether the other two
species of Gangamopteris should be referred to the same living forms; it is
rather possible that this genus also is only a paleontological one, for both
the other species of it have the leaves differently shaped, although the
disposition of the veins in them is similar.

Genus Glossopteris, Bgt., 1828.

Frondibus simplicibus (?), elongato spathulatis, apice obtusis vel acu-
minatis, “costa usque ad apicem continuante,”’ nervis secundariis anasto-
mosantibus.

This is the famous genus which has caused so much confusion in the
determination of the age of our Damiuda Series and the Australian coal-
strata.

As I have prepared a monograph of it, I will only briefly speak of
it here.

a. In Australia Glossopteris is known from rocks (the Australian
coal-strata) wherein several strata are to be distinguished; the lowest of
these is marked by a numerous marine fauna of generally carboniferous
alliances. With these some forms of Glossopteris occur, though rather
rarely.

* Beddome, Ferns from British India, etc., Part XII, Pl, CLXXVI.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 373

6. Inthe upper coal-strata no marine fauna is found. Glossopteris is
very frequent, and is associated with other plants with no carboniferous
characters at all.

e. Below the lower portion of the coal-strata is a formation with a true
lower carboniferous flora and the same marine fauna, of which no trace is in
the upper (Neweastle) coal-strata.

d. From this it would follow that the lower coal-strata, with marine
fauna of carboniferous age, had been a long time deposited, or that the
earboniferous period had passed away, when the upper coal-strata were
formed, or when that period began when Glossopteris was especially
developed, with other plants which contrast with those of the lower
portion.

When later the Glossopteris was found frequently in the Damtda
Series, these were at once compared with the Australian lower coal-measures,*
although no trace of any marine organism had ever been found in them,
and only a flora occurred which was opposed to such a comparison.

I think our Damida Series, containing only a flora, cannot be com-
pared with the lower Australian coal-strata at all, which contain hardly
anything but a marine fauna.

Such transitional forms as Glossopteris in Australia we find here in
India also.

So in the Damida Series and the Panchet group the same Schizoneura
Gondwanensis.

In the Rajmahal group and in the Jabalpur-Kach group are the same
two species of Ptilophyllum, Morr., and yet there is a difference in age.

In the Salt Range in India we find in the carboniferous strata on the
one hand the Devonian genus G'oniatites, on the other the mezozoic genera
Phylloceras and Ceratites.

In the Trias of the Salt Range we find again the same Bellerephon
(a purely carboniferous genus) which in the carboniferous limestone is
already frequent, and yet all these strata are different.

So is it in Australia too, Glossopteris survives from the lower coal-
strata in the upper ones, the former being characterized by a marine fauna.

Here in India it is also of no direct influence on the determination
of age, while the other plants with which it is here associated certainly
are; it indicates of course only for the whole Damiuda Series the same
age, as no animal fossils contradict.

But yet another point must be mentioned: most of our species of
Glossopteris are different from those of Australia, and all the other plants
in our Damtidas are much more closely connected with Huropean forms
than with any in Australia.

* T. Oldham, Mem. G. 8. Ind. IL.

374 O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,

I have reported on this subject in my first note on the Damida fossils,*
and have done so recently more at length}; so that here I will be very
brief.

1. We must acknowledge the existence of Glossopteris in Australia
during the time of the lower coal-strata, the character of which is expressed
by a most predominant marine fauna.

2. The carboniferous character of the strata ceased with the extinction
of the carboniferous fauna, Glossopteris still surviving and becoming
much more frequent in the succeeding period, which is marked by a flora
only indicative of a mezozoic age.

3. In India Glossopteris is very frequent too, but mostly under
different forms and associated with no fauna, but with a tolerably abundant
flora, the alliances of which are unmistakably mezozoic and triassic.

As to the affinities in the living flora, they can be partly found out.
In the Kamthis there occur pretty frequently specimens with a fructifica-
tion consisting of very well-marked sporanges in the areoles, indicating
the fructification of the genus Polypodiwm ; and this might be the case also
with a great many of the others, while a good many of the Raniganj species
remind one, in the venation, of the genus Antrophywm, and of this those
forms with a midrib; we would have, therefore, here also a relation of some
of the Glossopteris, Bgt., to Gangamopteris, McCoy, parallel to that which
we find in Antrophyum, z. e., forms with and forms without midrib. In
the Australian Glossopterides, Mr. Carruthers seems to have observed
a fructification along the veins; this would perhaps indicate some difference
between ours and the Australian ones.

At present I have to mention only two species as contained in Mr.
Wood-Mason’s collections, one of them in fructification.

GLOSSOPTERIS ANGUSTIFOLIA, Bgt., Pl. XXI, Figs. 2—4.
1828. Brongniart, Hist. des. végét foss. I. p. 227, Pl. LXIII. f. 1.
1845. Unger, Synopsis Plant. fossil, p. 95.

1850. Unger, Genera et Species Plant. foss., 169.
1876. Feistmantel, Rec. G. 8. India, IX. 3. p. 72. ,

Fronde angusta usque ad 18—20 em. longa et 1:7 cm. lata; apice
acuminata, rhachide (costa) crassa, nervis secundariis sub angulo acuto
eggredientibus, omnibus anastomosantibus ; retibus, rhachidi proximis, maxt-
mis, marginalibus oblongis angustissemis. DMargine marginato, fructifica-
tionem indicante.

This species was first described by Bronginart (1. ec.) from Ranigan] ; :
but he had only incomplete specimens, which, however, were eyes again
in Schimper’s ‘ Paleontologie végetale.’

* Rec. G.S. I. TX, 3.
+ Ibid, TX, 4.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 375

In Brongniart’s figures the veins particularly are not rightly figured,
and the margin also is incorrect. This author also made the same mistake
in the Glossopteris Browniana, drawing the veins as anastomosing only to
the middle of the leaf-surface (on both sides of the stalk) and thence to the
margin dichotomous only; while they in reality anastomose throughout
until they reach the margin. The same is also the case with Glossopteris
angustifolia, Bgt. In Brongniart’s figures we find some nets on each side
of the rhachis only, and then the veins are regularly dichotomous. ‘This
is not so.

Mr. Wood-Mason has brought several specimens, of which I give three
figures, and which show the relations better.

The frond is rather narrow, about 1°7 em. broad and only about 18—20
em. long; the rhachis is proportionally very thick (2 mm.) and reaches
to the apex; this is quite acuminate ; the secondary veins pass out at
a pretty acute angle from the rhachis and are there tolerably thick and
form tolerably large polygonal oblong areoles; but from here they are
resolved suddenly into many branches, which form oblong and narrow
areoles up to the margin ; here they are curved along the margin in such
a manner that one always catches the next so as to form areoles even
on the margin, Brongniart representing them as ending straightly.

On both sides of this marginal ending of the areoles one can observe
with the lens a smooth line running along the whole margin (see fig. 2a.
Pl. XX1I), of which in Brongniart’s figure nothing is to be seen.

Does this indicate a marginal fructification? If so, then we have
perhaps an analogy in Péeris or Schizoloma.

This dicovery of Mr. Wood-Mason’s modifies my statement in Rec. G.
S. Ind. IX. 3, p. 72, when I stated, that I had not rediscovered any
specimen from India: this was right as to our collection, Mr. Wood-
Mason’s specimens having been acquired later. The specimen which I
mentioned (on the same page) as from the upper portion of the Australian
coal-strata, now appears different from our Indian Glossopt. angustifolia,
Bet. as above characterised.

GLOSSOPTERIS COMMUNIS, F'stm., Pl. XXI, Fig. 5.

Fronde simplici, variante, sed plerumque speciosa, integerrina, ovato-
oblonga, apice elongato-acuminata, bast attenuata in rhachidem decurrente,
rhachide crassa usque ad apicem currente, nervis omnibus anastomosantibus,
retia oblonga, angustissima formantibus. Hructificatione cgnota.

Of this species I have given only a portion of a frond, twice enlarged
to show the character of the net-venation ; in my monograph on Gossop-
teris I shail have occasion to figure a good many nice specimens.

48

376 O. Feistmantel— Contributions towards the [No. 4,

This species, the commonest near Raniganj, is also not wanting in
other places. It resembles in shape pretty well the Glossopteris indica,
Schimper, but the net-venation is different, as also is that of the Australian
Glossopteris Browniana, Bet.

I have completed the description a little from other specimens, to
make myself understood.

The frond is simple, oblong-oval, the apex oblongly acuminate (as in
Glossopt. indica, Schimp., while it is obtuse in Gloss. Browniana, Bet.) ;
at base the frond is attenuate, running down into the rhachis; the rhachis
thick, reaching to the apex; the secondary veins all of pretty equal
thickness, all anastomising ; the areoles are all pretty equally oblong and
very narrow (while in Glossopt. indica they are more polygonal and larger
next the rhachis), reaching to the margin. The fructification of this
species is unknown to me, but in Glossopteris indica, Schimp., it consists,
as I have mentioned, of round sporanges in longitudinal rows.

At Raniganj the Glossopt. indica, Schimp., seems rarer than Glossopt.
communis, Fstm., but both species seem to have been of nearly the same
size. In the Kamthis Glossopt. communis is frequent enough, and it
occurs frequently also in the other groups of the Damuda Series.

From Raniganj there are known besides a great many Glossopterides,
which, however, I will describe later.

Genus Sagenopteris ? Bet.

If I am right in placing Glossopt. acaulis, McClell.,* in Sagenopteris,
Bgt.,+ then the specimens from Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection figured on
Pl. XX, Figs. 5, 6, must be placed with it too, as I believe them to belong
to the same species which McClelland called Glossepteris acaulis. These
two specimens do not come out quite plainly from a common stalk, but
their relative position to each other on the stone would lead one to suppose
that they do so; that they are identical with that species of McClelland
seems also to be indubitable, as the net-venation is of the same kind.

What induced McClelland to apply the specific name “‘ aeaulis’
to a plant the leaves of which are so very distinctly pedicellate, I cannot
understand, and I think that in this case there will be no objection to
my rejecting this specifie name, especially as MeClelland’s figure is so
bad, more resembling a dicotyledonous leaf.

It is true that the real Sagenopteris from the Rhetie and Lias had
not so many, nor such distinetly pedicellated, leaves, but the general
disposition of the leaves in our specimens, and their insertion on a common

* Report Geol. Surv. 1848-49, Pl. XIV. f. 3.
7 Rec, Geol. Surv. Ind. TX. 3, p. 73.

1876.] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. B77

stalk, the net-venation, and the midrib vanishing towards the apex, seem to
justify my placing this form under Sagenopteris, Bgt.

SAGENOPTERIS POLYPHYLLA, Feistm., Pl. XX, Figs. 5, 6.

Foliis pluribus in pedunculo comnuni imsertis, oblongis, distincte
pedunculatis ; nervo medio apicem versus evanescente ; nervis secundariis
anastomosantibus.

I have given as complete a diagnosis as possible from the two speci-
mens figured in the present paper, but as it is have been obliged to take
some of the characters from McClelland’s original specimens of G'lossopteris
acaulis, which are in our Museum, and of which it is my intention to give
better figures in my monograph.

The two specimens figured from Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection certainly
belong to the same species.

They differ from Glossopteris by their net-venation and by the midrib
vanishing towards the apex. The specimens here figured are basal portions
of leaves and well show the stalk. ‘Their relative position to each other
on the stone is such as to lead one to suppose they were inserted on a
-common stalk.

With this I will rest satisfied at present. Sagenopteris is a Rheetic
and Liassic form, and I do not think anybody can consider our form as
Paleozoic.

I think that amongst the Raniganj fossils in the Geological Museum
will be perhaps some more forms of this genus, but as these are still unde-
seribed, I will not mention them here.

Of other ferns, which are also from the Raniganj group, and which I
have partially described, I may on account of the connection also mention.

ACTINOPTERIS BENGALENSIS, Feistm.
1876. Feistmantel Rec. Geol. S. Ind. IX. 3. p. 76.

In my note (1. ce.) I have givena diagnosis of this fern and have here
nothing to add. I will describe the species fully in a future paper and give
a figure of it.

I now give a general list of the ferns as I did in the case of the
Equisetaceae.

Names of the species from |
the Raniganj field. |

Order Sphenopterides.
Sphenopteris polymorpha,
INS, 99 0050 90000006

Order Pecopterides.

Group of Alethopteris Whit-

byensis, (Schimp. 1869
ibs, 1978) 5000 coo000
Alethopteris Lindleyana,
Royle sp. eseeceeeoeoeee

Alethopteris comp. Whit-
byensis, Gopp.

eecevovve

Type Phegopteris, Mett.
Alethopteris phegopteroi-
alos) ISG, G60000.ad000c
Order Teniopterides.

Macroteniopteris danze-
oides, Royle sp. ........

O. Feistmantel—Contributions towards the [No. 4,
General view of the Filices in the Raniganj field.
Where in mane
other portions| Analogies in Europe.
of the Dami- uswas
das and ana- adelug ce
logies in the Te 5 Australia.
Upper Gond- oe re
wanas.
In the Bara- wes Sphenopteris | Sphenopteris
kar group, athyrioides,| alata,Schimp.,
Talchir Bet. sp. the upper por-
(Cuttack) tion only.
Orissa.
Analogous to 000 |
Alethopteris Alethopte-
indica, O. ris Whit-
M.,from the byensis,
Rajmahal Gopp. in
Hills, Lias and) Pecopteris (Ale-
| Oolites. thopteris) aus=
p Asplenites tralis, McCoy,
Alethopteris 0000 (Clado- from ‘Tasma-
W hithyen- | phlebis) nia (mezo-
sis in Kach. Rosserti ZOIC).
Al. indica, Schenk,
O. M., in from the
Rajmahal Rheetic.
Hills. J
o000 Pecopteris occ. ecce
Stuttgar-
densis, Bet.
(Keuper).
In the Bara-
kar group sais Some liassic 900C
near Burgo, forms.
(Rajmahal
Hills.)
Some analo-
2y with
Macrot. mu-
se@folia, O.
M., Rajma-
hal Hills.

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India. 379

Where in
other portions) Analogies in Europe.
of the Damt-|

Names of the species from Analogies in
the Raniganj field. (488, and _ana- aisle,
5 Trias. Jura.
upper Gond-
wanas.
Macroteniopteris sp..... oC 00.66 reise cooc J00C
Type Vittaria, Swartz. coo0 5000 Slee o00t
Genus Palaeovittaria nov.,
Fstm.
Paleeovittaria Kurzi, Fstm.
Order Dictyopterides.
Genus Belemnopteris nov.,
Fstm.
Belemnopteris Wood-Maso-
mei Iss Gesooo doe 9000 0000 c000 sails
Genus Gangamopteris, Mc-
CN} nv dacomrode ocoponoue J006 ‘isles cece o000
Gangamopteris Whittiana,
stm. ...............-|G@enus in the 0000 600 Genusin Austra-
Barakars lia (Victoria).
and = Tal-
chirs.
Genus Glossopteris.
Glossopteris angustifolia,
Ells S560 HOdDOGUGOOOOOO ayerehs 0000 oo0C efeiete
Glossopteris communis,
St feces ores «| hroushout 0000 0000 New South
theDamuda Wales ? upper
Series. coal-strata.
Sagenopteris polyphylla,
IBS; Go00¢0 000000 a00C 9900 pooc Genus Rheetic po0C
and Liassic.
Actinopteris Bengalensis,
IMS5IE, ooopno90 conoond0 0090 5006 GenusRheetic. 0000
CONCLUSIONS.

1. Mr. Wood-Mason’s collection has yielded 14 species, two belonging
to the Equisetacez, and 12 being ferns.

2. Amongst these fourteen are two new genera (besides a new type of
Alethopteris) and seven new species. ‘The collection, therefore, increases
considerably our previous knowledge of Raniganj plants.

3. The character of the whole flora is mezozoic. The prevalence of
ferns with net-venation (not being Glossopteris), and the occurrence of
Taeniopteris especially shows this. .

4. But also Glossopteris has shown some differences as compared with
those in Australia: I refer to the marginated margin in Glossopteris

380 O. Feistmantel—Oontributions towards the [No. 4,

angustifolia, indicating perhaps a Pteris-fructification, while some Kamthi
specimens show a Polypodiuwm-fructification, and some Australian ones
show a fruetification along the veins.

5.° Amongst the Equisetaceae Schizonewra is decisive, which is so
frequent in the collection of the Geological Survey.

6. Amongst the ferns the Alethopteris phegopteroides is very close
to the living Phegopteris ; Belemnopteris is very close to some living
forms ; Gangamopterts Whittiana is very close to the living Antrophywm ;
and Palaeovittaria is very remarkable; of importance besides these is
Macrotaeniopteris dannaeoides and Alethopteris comp. Whitbyensis, Gopp.

Alethopteris phegopteroides reminds one also of a Triassic type, the
Pecopt. Stuttgardensis, Bgt.

7. Mr. Wood-Mason’s specimens afford strong corroboration of my
views as to the mezozoic age of the Damudas in general.

8. With the lower portion of the Damudas, namely with the Bara-
kars, the upper has Sphenophyllum trizygia, Vertebraria indica, Sphenopt
polymorpha, Macrotaéniopteris danaeoides, Glossopteris, communis, and the
genus Gangamopteris, in common; so that the close paleontological con-
nection of the two is again seen.

9. The Kamthi group has with the Raniganj the same Phyllotheca
indica, Vertebraria indica, and the same G‘lossopteris communis in common.

10. With the Australian lower coal-strata no comparison at all is
possible as not one single marine animal has been met with in our Raniganj
group or indeed in any part of the Damuda Series.

11. A comparison, if any, is only possible with the upper coal-beds
of Australia, which alone are mezozoic and contain several fossils identical
with those of our Damuda Series.

12. A complete register of the fossils from the Damidas, including
Mr. Wood-Mason’s new forms, has been given by me in Records G. 8.
India, 1876, 1X, No. 4.

Se eOeeOEOeeeeas=»> —0 PEO

1876. ] Knowledge of the Fossil Flora in Tiudia. - 381

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate XV.

Figs. 1—2. Sphenophylium Trizygia, Ung. ‘Two branchlets showing well the charac- -
teristic disposition of the leaflets in the articulation. Fig. 2a. One leaflet
enlarged to show the mode of origin and the distribution of the veins.

Figs. 3—4. Vertebraria Indica, Royle. Fig. 3. Good specimen, with a branch exhi-
biting the same characters as the main stem. This specimen is particularly
remarkable, as showing distinctly enough ribs on the surface, which in several
places (a a a) form “articulations.” Fig. 4. A portion of a rootlet of the same
species.

Plate XVI.

Figs. 1—3. Schizoneura Gondwanensis, Feistm., branchlets and leaflets of this impor-
tant species.

Fig. 4. Vertebraria indica, Royle, a stem exhibiting regular articulation, and conse-
quently the equisetaceous nature of this fossil.

Figs. 5—7. Sphenopteris polymorpha, n. sp. Fig. 5, top portion of the frond. Figs. 6
and 7, leaflets from lower portions. The rhachis broadly winged.

Plate XVII.

Figs. 1—3. Sphenopteris polymorpha, n. sp., illustrating pinne from different portions
of the frond. Fig. 1. Top portion. Fig. 1a. A leaflet enlarged. Figs. 2 & 3.
Pinna and leaflet from the lower portion of the frond. Fig. 3a. One pinnula
enlarged. Rhachis broadly winged.

Plate XVIII.

Fies. 1. 2. <Alethopteris phegopteroides, n. sp. A very interesting type in the group
of Pecopterides, approaching most strikingly the living Phegopteris. Fig. 1. Shows
a portion of the frond and the disposition of the pinnee and the pretty thick rha-
chides. Fig. 2. Two entire pinne with their apices. Fig. la. Illustrates the
disposition of the veins in the pinnule. Fig. 2¢. The top portion of the pinna.

Plate XIX.

Fig. 1. 2. Wacrotaeniopteris (Taeniopteris) danaeoides, Royl sp. (McClell.). Two out
of many other specimens. Fig. la. Shows the distribution and the mode of
furcation of the veins.

Figs. 3. 4. Palacovittaria Kurzi, gen. et sp. nov. Fig. 3a. Shows the basal portion,
with the midrib and secondary veins issuing from it. Fig. 4a. The relations of
the secondary veins in the top portion.

Plate XX.

Figs. 1—2. Belemnopteris Wood-Masoniana, gen. et sp. nov. (N. B.—The two lobe-
veins are a little exaggerated.) Vig. 2. Represents what is believed to be the
top portion of the leaf of the same species.

Figs. 83—4. Gangamopteris Whittiana, n. sp. ‘Two specimens with very large areoles
of that intermediate form between Glossopteris and Cyclopteris, which has lately
proved so frequent in our Barakur group. ‘hese specimens exhibit very well the
distribution of the vein-areoles in two directions towards the margin without any
midrib.

382 Contributions towards the knowledge of the Fossil Flora in India.

Figs. 5—6. Sagenopteris polyphylla, n. sp. These two specimens belong, I believe,
to that form which McClelland first mentioned as Glossopteris acaulis, which, how-
ever, I consider to be a Sagenopteris.

Plate X XI.

Fig. 1. Macroteniopteris danaeoides, Royle sp. a portion from the middle part of the
leaf enlarged to show the development of the secondary veins from the midrib.
Figs. 2—4. Glossopteris angustifolia, Bgt. Fig. 2. A nearly complete leaf with base
and apex. Figs. 3 and 4 top portions of the leaf—all exhibiting the marginated
margin which probably indicates the fructification—which in this case would be a
“ fructificatio-Pteridis.” Fig. 2a. A portion, enlarged to show the veins and the
marginal smooth longitudinal portion of the leaf.

Fig. 5. Glossopteris communis, n. sp. A portion of a Glossopteris, which is very fre-
quent throughout the Damuda Series.

Fig. 6. <Alethopteris Whitbyensis (?), Gopp. Two pinnule belonging most probably
to this mezozoic species.

Ee fi 8
4 - } @
j ©
w
G
o
K
ice)
rc
ae
A,
5
PS
i
S
=
20
is;
oO
fa
=
fe}
TA
a
6B
< ;
q
Cy
5 :
= z
> i Q
2
g 3
Bo S
3
3
4 :
; 6

2.STENODACTYLUS ORIENTALIS.

|, TRAPELUS RUBRIGULARIS.

=
is
= s

Fs)

>

Z

Cal
wo
é
: w
% roant
: ath
; =
: S
5 =
: ‘e)
3 ply
SI
©

wy
& =
: aI
(o}
:
oC
3 5
d aI
: Fy
Ay
™
3
: 3
S 5
2 a8
Z 5
< g
: 3
Hi :
w See

GODWIN-AUSTEN, Journ: Asiat: Soc: Bengal Vol XLV. P*II.1876. PLATE Il.

SUTHORA DAFLAENS]

(op)

Maciurs & Mxcdonald imp

SISNEVT4Vd VENNILOV

‘due rey teH NPN

TL Tap wasp

MALY Tel QLEL Tlic ATX [A T#49q 00g yeIsy wNo~ NAT, SOWENTMGOS

GODWIN-AUSTEN. Journ. Asiat.Soc. Bengal. Vol XLV PtIl.1876. PLATE V;

JSmit del.et lith. M&N.Hanhart imp.

ACRIDOTHE RES ALBOGINCTA.

die

GODWIN-AUSTEN Journ-Asiat: Soo: Bengal Vol XLV. P°IL1876. PLATE VI

oe
/

GODWIN-AUSTEN, nan-Asvac. Soc Bengal, Vol: XLV, P*ll 18676. Plate V1!

CYCLOSTOMACEA:DAFLA HILLS: ASSAM.

Maclore & Macdonald amp:

DWIN-AUSTEN. Journ Asiat.. Soc: Bengal. Vol. XLV. P* 11.1876. Plate VIIA.

—e

|

KAAS! AND DAFLA HILL SHELLS.
Godintusten del. Machice & Macdonald, [ath Limdon.

Plate VIL.

HELICACEA: DAFLA HILLS ASSAM,

Mache & Macdonald, Inth

A Pes
po EO

—

PYCTORHIS

Al

¥ r ) } 7
e & Macdonald,

W.T.BLANFORD. Journ: As: Soc: Bengal, Vol: XLV, Pt: 11.1876. ING, ISG,

J. Schaumb wrg Lith

GOLUNDA ELLIOTI.

IALSSE,
Caicutta..

ro)

LONCHODES VERRUCIFHER, é@.

Re)
wR
SS)
H
5
et
-
S
aah
©
isto)
q
oO
va
5
{e)
isp)
ii
<q
q
4
2
(eo)
5
A
fe)
wn
<
i
Q
e)
O
=
by

Lith: & print:by S. Sedgfield,

Seas aN =

XI.

BP

Soc: Bengal, Vol. XLV, Pt: I. 1876.

As:

S. Kurz. Journ

J eerneri

nec ne AR NN

ee eh

PA BREE HIIY EPR TEN ALAS SE PP OECD ALAS ANI PARCEL TANASE at ODE IOESLET DV ANG NTT ns BAAS A INFN SY

S Kars Lith:

AMOMUM FENZLII.

ail

Soc: Bengal, Vol: XLV, Pt-Il.1876.

8 22 SIS As

LICL Aa Nil AA ORLA EERIE ORD AME DTG EE OL RO ALNE AAA

re raanas

POUT

SS TVA TI MTEC

{a RAAT AO NN KOREA TSC YMA NICS INE 2 VFI ONY RENO RO ATION Mir

iis a AVANDIA N
NG a

(an ANAC NSE a THR PL| AMY MMA At Se AN amy DMM HR TANI ey A ARR AAA WINN Shen CANN

*

7. TRICHOGLOTTIS QUADRICORNUTA

FIG. 8-12, HULOPHIA DECIPIENS.

.

FIG. 1

HHOBALD, Journ:As: Soc: B engal, Vol: XLV,Pt: 11.1876.

NEW INDIAN MOLLUSCA.

ataill

PLATE

; (00 Ee .

; : . pers

eS eee

= x . z
'

SIL PLANTS FROM RANIGANJ COAL-FIELD

MANTEL Journ. Beat Soc.B engal Vol XLV. P*II.1876.
FOS

OA hai.
To a Sandie danke mines anteaters

a

4
7

BIS

er
Papa

chaumburg Lith.

FOSSIL PLANTS FROM RANIGANJ COAL-FIELD. ©

PLATE. KV.

‘

FOSSIL PLANTS FROM RANIGANJ COAL-FIELD.

{

O FEISTMANT EL. Jurn. Asiat.Soc. Bengal. Vol. XLV, P' Il 1876.

ae Beh aasabene Lath.

PLATE AVUL

¢

FOSSIL PLANTS FROM RANIGANJ COAL-FIELD.

nt

PE AE Xe

NITEL. Journ, Asiat.Soc- Bengal. Val XIV. P211.1876.
i N \ \\ .
\\\\y
\\ \\\

"

PLATE. XIX.

FOSSIL PLANTS FROM RANIGANJ COAL-FIELD

A876.

“alll

ie

ez
:
“d

:
i

MANTEL J ourn. Asiat. BUG

PLATE XX]

s a ctlaial

SEo epesw neste e senha mere
ela weir esa

= ee ca,

eo)
=
o.0)
om
5
cS
3
‘al
is
o
aa)
iS)
(e)
sp)
z
<
is)
is]
6
=)
fa
g
=
Fy
Sp)
fa
Be
©

——

s

z
ies
=
©
es
Ey
wn
a
By
=
wn
w
©
fy

EeNAD: Ei

“<= Names of new genera and species have an asterisk (*) prefixed.

Abroma augusta, 121
Abrornis castaneoceps, 80
9 xanthoschistus, 80
Abrus levigatus, 240
» precatorius, 127, 240
Acacia cesia, 297
” » var. a. genuina, 7d.
” » var. B. elegans, zd.
» Catechu, 296
“ 99 var. a. genuina, 7d.
” > var. 8. Sundra, 7d.
Bs Farnesiana, 296
a ferruginea, 296
a intsia, 297
35 leucophloea, 296

9 ”
”

297
ac pennata, 298
+. » var. a. genuina, id.
“ » var. 8. canescens, 7d.

5 pruinescens, 7d.
“¢ rugata, 297
oe » var. a. genuina, id.
a » var. 8. concinna, 7d.
» rupestris, 89 ;
Suma,
Acanthodactylus Cantoris, 26, 92
Acanthus ilicifolius, 142
Accipiter virgatus, 192
Achatina (Glessula) hebes, 315
Achyranthes aspera, 145
Acridotheres albocincta, 200
op ginginianus, 91
i tristis, id.
Acrocarpus fraxinifolius, 294
Acronychia cyminosma, 122
Acrostichum aureum, 164
Actinopteris Bengalensis, 377
Actephila Javanica, 146
a puberula, 7d.
Actinura Daflaensis, 77
7: Egertoni, 76
Adenosacme longifolia, 135
Adenanthera pavonina, 129, 294

“. Eres var. a. genuina, 294
” ” yar. B. microsper-
ma, id.

var. a, genuina, 297
var. 8. microcephala,

Adenocrepis Javanica, 147
Adenosma hirsutum, 143
Adenostemma viscosum, 136
Adiantum sp., 163
Afigiceras corniculata, 137
35 lanata, 145
Aerva Javanica, 89
AXischynomene aspera, 238
Indica, id.
ZEthopyga Nipalensis, 70
saturata, ae
Afzelia bijuga, 128,
a retusa, 290
Agama agilis, 22, 92
Aganosma acuminata, 140
Ageratum conyzoides, 136
Aglaia Andamanica, 123
» argentea, 7d.
Alangium Sundanum, 133
Aglaonema palustris, 153
6 simplex, 7d.
Alauda gulgula, 83
Albizzia bubalina, 129
; clypearia, 7d.
+6 elegans, 299
0 fasciculata, 129
6 glomeriflora, 300
5) heterophylla, 233, 500
» jiinga, 300
» lebbek, 7d.
» littoralis, 129
a lucida, 300
- myriophylla, 299
6 odoratissima, 7d.
op procera, 300
on stipulata, 299, 129
Teysmanni, 300
Alcedo Beavani, 193
» grandis, 69
Alchornea J avensis, 148
o tilizefolia, 148
aelotns collaris, 82
5 fusca, 197
a Nipalensis, 75
Alcurus Striatus, 72
Alethopteris, 359
7 Indica, 560
» Lindleyana, id.

*Alethopteris Phegopteroides, 362
Whitbyensis, 359
comp. Whitbyensis, 362
Allophylus Cobbe, 125
Alpinia Phoenicea, 154
Alsodeia, 117
aS Bengalensis, 7d.
Alsophila albo-setacea, 162
Alstonia macrophylla, 140
a spectabilis, zd.
Alternanthera, 145
Altingia excelsa, 310
Alyczeus crispatus, 175
7 Burtii, 176
> aes Daflaensis, 176
>» (Dioryx) eraphicus, 178
) urnula, 7d.

”

PP) ”

> mutatus, 177
2 on notatus, 176
7) Theobaldi, 175
Khasiacus, id.
» 39 var. #d.
Alysicarpus, 127
5 bupleurifolius, 234
> monilifer, 7d.
» rugosus, 7d.
. styracifolius, 7d.
“ vaginalis, 7d. 3
99 on var. genuina, 7d.
Bs 7 var. nummulari-

folius, 7d.
Amaracarpus pubescens, 133
Amaranthus Gangeticus, 145
vir dis, 145

Ambherstia nobilis, 290
*Amomum (Dymezewiczkia) Fenzlii, 154
Amoora Ganggo, 123
Amphidromus Theobaldianus, 187
Anabasis multiflora, 89
Anacardium occidentale, 210
Anacolosa puberula, 123
Anamitra cocculus, 116

Ananas sativus, 157 ~

Anasporum Cephalotes, 159
Aneilema ensifolium, 158

5 nudiflorum, 7d.

Angiopteridum, 364

Angiopteris, 164

Anodendron paniculatum, 140
Anona muricata, 115

Anthipes moniliger, 195

Anthus campestris, 91

0 sordidus, 91
Antidesma Gheesembilia, 147

oy Menasu, 7d.
” persimilis, 7d.
» puncticulatum, 7d.

Antitaxis calocarpa, 116
Antrophium Callefolium, 163
Apodytes Andamanica, 123
Aporosa glabrifolia, 147

» _microstachya, 7d.
Aquila fulvescens, 90

il Index.

Arachis hypogeea, 237
Arachnothera magna, 70
Arboricola rufigularis, 84
torqueola, var. 203

Ardisia littoralis, 137
Areca augusta, 151

» catechu, 151
Arillaria robusta, 224
Arthrophyllum Blumeanum, 133
Artocarpus Chaplasha, 150

” incisa, 149
” integrifolia, 7d.
> peduncularis, 7d.

pomiformis, 7d.
Arundo Roxburghi, 161
Asplenites Ottonis, 363
(Diplazium), 163
macrophyllum, 163
Asplenium Nidus, 163
Asterophyllites, 337, 339
Atalantia macrophylla, 122
Athene Brahma, 90
Atylosia barbata, 256

ty)

99 mollis, 7d.
9p nivea, 7d.
* scarabeeoides, 7d.

Baccaurea Javanica, 147
Bambusa vulgaris, 162
Bauhinia acuminata, 288

anguina, 128
brachycarpa, 287
diphylla, 228

elongata, 288
ferruginea, 128, 289
glauca, 228
involucellata, 288
lucida, 7d.
macrostachya, 7d.
malabarica, 287
monandra, 7d.
ornata, 228
piperifolia, 288
polycarpa, 287
purpurascens, 7d.
ss re var. candida, id.
purpurea, 2d.

» var. genuina, 288

5 » var. B triandra, 7d.
racemosa, 287
rosea, 128
Vahlii, 288
varicgata, 287

Barringtonia Asiatica, 131

# racemosa, 7d.

Benincasa cerifera, 132

Bergsmia Sumatrana, 116

Bidaria sp., 140

Bidens sp., 137

Bixa Orellana, 117

Blattidee belonging to the genus Panes-

thia, 189

Blechnum orientale, 163

*Belemnopteris, 370

*Belemnopteris- Wood-Masoniana, 371
Blumea balsamitfera, 137
» Hava, 136
» lacera, 7d.
» myriocephala, 7d.
» Yiparia, 137
Blyxa Roxburghii, 154
Boerhaavia glutinosa, 144
Bouea Burmanica, 212
» Oppositifolia, 7d.
Bonnaya sp., 143
Bragantia tomentosa, 146
Briedella glauca, 147

Pe tomentosa, 147
Breynia oblongifolia, 146
S racemosa, 7d.

i rhamnoides, 7d.

Bringa remifer, 71
Bruguiera gymnorhiza, 130
Bryophyllum pinnatum, 309
Buchanania acuminata, 211

p arborescens, 7d.

» glabra, 7d.

# lancifolia, id.

a“ latifolia, 7d.

56 laxiflora, id.

Siamensis, 212
“= platyneura, 125

Bucklandia populnea, 310
Budytes viridis, 81
2 melanocephalus, 91
Bulimus gracilis, 317
5 (Harpalus) Khasiacus, 2d.
be NLP Masoni, 316
a Nilagiricus, 317
Butea acuminata, 243
», frondosa, zd.
» parviflora, éd.
» superba, 7d.
Buteo ferox, 90
Butorides Javanicus, 85
Czesalpinia Bondue, 128, 292

ss dasyrhachis, 128

es digyna, 292

0 mimosoides, 7d.

os nuga, 128, 292

5 pulcherrima, 128, 292
>» Sappan, 292

25 sepiaria, 7d.

tortuosa, 7d.
Ceesalpiniee, 221
Cajanus Indicus, 128, 257
Calamites, 337, 339
Calamus, 152
Andamanicus, 151
Calandrella brachydactyla, 91
Calobates Melanope, 81
Callicarpa longifolia, 144
Caliigonum polygonoides, 89
Calliope pectoralis, 79
Calophyllum inophyllum, 118
os spectabile, 119

Index. ill

Calophyllum Wallichianum, 119
Calotropis procera, 89
Canarium, 123

of ensiformis, 7d.

a ae var. aviiee
perma, 7d.

35 5 var. 8. leucosper-
ma, 7d.

59 grandis, 252

be lucens, 7d. -

56) obtusifolia, 251

i turgida, éd.

Canavalia virosa, 127, 251
Cansjera Rheedii, 123
Canis pallipes, 90
Canna, 155
Capparis ambigua, 116
a aphylla, 89
Hasseltii, 116

Caprimulgus albonotatus, 68

me Jotoka, 68
Carallia integerrima, 130
Carapa moluccensis, 123
Cardiospermum halicacabum, 124
Carex longiaristata, 160
Carica Papaya, 132
Carissa diffusa, 139
Carpophaga insignis, 83

*Carychium Khasiacum 318

be Indicum, ?d.

Casearia glabrata, 132
Cassia alata, 284

» auriculata, ed.

» fistnla, 283

» glauca, 284 ‘
var. a. genuina, 7d.
‘ » var. B. Koenigii, 7d.
5» mimosoides, 285
var. a. typica, id.
var, 8. Mieschynomene,

ad.

9 LP)

oP) ”
9 by)

» nodosa, 283

> Obovata, 284

» occidentalis, 128, 288

» pumila, 285

» venigera, 284

» Siamea, ¢d.

35 » var. a. genuina, 7d.
. » var. B. puberula, 7d.
», Timoriensis, zd.

» Lora, 285

> » var. a. glabra, 2d.

» var. 8. pubescens, ¢d.
Cassytha filiformis, 145
Casuarina equisetifolia, 150
Centropus Bengalensis, 70
Centhrus biflorus, 90
Centranthera hispida, 143
Centotheca lappacea, 161
Ceratopteris thalictroides, 163
Cerbera Odallum, 139
Ceriops Candolleana, 130

Iv Index.

Certhia discolor, 70, 194
Ceryle guttata, 69
5) Hubs, a7
Chamecladon ovatum, 153
Champereya gnetocarpa, 123
Chaptia enea, 71
Chatorhea caudata, 91
0 Karlei, 78
Chaus caudatus, 49
Ceesalpinia dasyrhachis, 128
Chavica Betle, 150
5, macrostachya, 7d.
Chelidorynx hypoxantha, 71
Chelidon Nipalensis, 193, 68
Cheilosa montana, 148
Cheiranthus parryoides, 116
Chibia Hottentota, 71
Chimarrhornis leucocephala, 79
Chionanthus, 139
Palembanicus, 139
Chleuasicus ruficeps, 196
Chrysomitris spinoides, 200
Chrysophlegma chlorolophus, 70
Chrysopogon aciculatus, 161
Cicer arietinum, 239
Cinnamomum obtusifolium, 145
Cinyularia, 337
Circus melanoleucus, 67
Circaétus gallicus, 90
Cisticola melanocephala, 80
= Munipurensis, 7d.
=p Tytleri, 199
Citrus decumana, 123
» hystrix, 122
5, nobilis, var. limonellus, 7d.
Claoxylon longifolium, 148
molle, id.
Clausilia Tos, 318
Cleome viscosa, 116
Clerodendron inerme, 144
paniculatum, id.
Clitorea Ternatea, 127, 240
5, Grahamii, 241
” var. a. Grahamii, 7d.
var. 8, macrophylla, id.
Cnestis platantha, 216
», vamiflora, id.
Cocculus incanus, 116
Cocos nucifera, 151
Colocasia antiquorum, 153
virosa, 7d.
Colubrina Asiatica, 124
Columba intermedia, 91
Combretum extensum, 130
7) squamosum, 7d.
Commelyna communis, 158
Connaracez, 214
Connarus gibbosus, 215
p grandis, 216
+s Griffithi, 215
xy latifolius, 7d.
” paniculatus, 7d.
5 semidecandrus, 7.

Connarus sticlophyllus, 215
Conocephalus, 149
*Corasia Bourdillonii, 185
Corvus corax, 91
» Cculminatus, 83
»» impudicus, 91, 83
» Splendens, 83
» Vaillanti, 91
Corymbis disticha, 157
Cordia subcordata, 144
Cranium Asiaticum, 157
Crassulaceze, 809
Crateeva macrocarpa, 116
Criniger flaveolus, 79
Crocopus viridifrons, 83
Croton argyratum, 147
Crotalaria acicularis, 264
9 alata, id.
D albida, 7d.
1 Assamica, 265
A bracteata, 267
p calycina, 127, 265
0 Chinensis, 265
Fs cytisoides, 267
* dubia, 265
=p ferruginea, 264
var. a. genuina, 7d.
var. 8. pilosissima,
id.
on filiformis, 7d.
5 juncea, 266

” oy)
2] PP)

30 Kurzii, 265 >
99 var. a. genuina, 7d.
7 var. B. montana, 7d.

) linifolia, 264
macrophylla, 266
7p medicaginea, 267
> neriifolia, 266
patula, 265

¥, Peguana, 7d.

6 prostrata, 264

55 quinquefolia, 267

5 retusa, 266
x sericea, 127, 266
~ sessiliflora, 265

0 striata, 267
- Stocksii, 264
” tetragona, 266
verrucosa, 7d.
Cryptocarya ferrea, 145
Cucumis Melo var. utilissima, 132
Culicipeta cinereocapilla, 71
Cupania adenophylla, 126
» sackiana, id.
Cutia Nipalensis, 81
Cyamopsis psoralioides, 268
Cyanops Asiatica, 70
J oypnogoe Nevyilli, 182
o. Garoense, 183
e Jawaiense, 182
Cyathula prostrata, 145
Cycas Rumphii, 151
Cyclea peltata, 116

Cylista scariosa, 257
Cyclophorus Aurora, 173
expansus, 7d.
fuscicolor, 7d.
(myxostoma) nivicola, 7d.
Pearsoni, 7d.
zebrinus, 7d.
Cyclostemon leicocarpum, 147
Cyclostomacea of the Dafla

Assam, 171
Cymodocea, 153
Cynoctonum Wallichii, 140
Cynodon Dactylon, 161
Cynometra bijuga, 129, 289

oF caulifiora, 289
> ramiflora, 129, 289

Cyornis unicolor, 71, 195
Cyperus canescens, 158
dilutus, id.
Haspan, 7d.
Tria, id.
meestus, 7d.
pilosus, 7d.
polystachyus, 7d.
umbellatus, id.

vulgaris, 7d.
Cypselus affinis, 90

Cyrtopera fusca, 156

Dactyloctenium Algyptiacum, 151

Deedalacanthus, 128
suffruticosus, 142

Dalbergia cana, 279

cultrata, 280

foliacea, 7d.

glauca, 2d.

glomeriflora, 279

latifolia, 280

nigrescens, 279

ovata, 280

» var. a. genuina, zd.

”
paniculata, 279
purpurea, 7d.
rubiginosa, 281
stipulacea, 280
tamarindifolia, 281
velutina, 7d.

volubilis, 280
Danxopsis, 364
Davallia elegans, 163
heterophylla, 7d.
parallela, id.
solida, zd.

5 Speluncee, 7d.
Dendrobium anceps, 155
crumenatum, 7d.
Dendrocitta frontalis, 83
Himalayana, id.
Dendrophila frontalis, 71
Drepanocarpus Cumingii, 282

var. 8. puberula, 7d.

Index.

Hills,

Drepanocarpus Monospermus, 281

Reniformis, 282
Spinosus, 281

”
”

Derris amcena, 278

elegans, 277
elliptica, 278
robusta, 277
scandens, 128, 277
sinuata, 277
thyrsiflora, 128
uliginosa, 128, 277

Desmochacta, 145
Desmodium, 225

auricans, 229
biarticulatum, 232
cephalotes, 233
concinnum, 230
(Dicerma), 127
diffusum, 232
flexuosum, 231
floribundum, 232
Gangeticum, 127, 231
grande, 233
gyrans, 228
gyroides, 7d.
heterocarpum, 229
var. a. genui-
num 7d.
var. B. tricho-
caulon, 7d.
var. y. capita-
tum, 2d.
heterophyllum, 127
Karensium, 232
laburnifolium, 7d.
latifolium, 231
laxum, 7d.
microphyllum, 229
obcordatum, 230
oblatum, zd.
oblongum, 229
podocarpum, 231
polycarpum, 127
pulchellum, 233
_recurvatum, 127, 221
reniforme, 230
reptains, 229
retroflexum, 7d.
scalpe, 230
sequax, 231
substipulaceum, 230
teres, 231
tiliaefolium, 232
triflorum, 230
triquetrum, 232
var. genuinum,
td.
var. pseudo-tri-
quetrum, 7d.
umbellatum, 127, 233
vestitum, 233

”

”

”

Diczeum olivaceum, 194

Vi Index.

Dicrurus albirictus, 91 Entada scandens, 129, 294
55 cathcecus, 71 Epithema carnosum, 143
5 pyrrhops, 7d. Equisetaceae, 337, 24
Dictyopterides, 369 Eragrostis plumosa, 161
Digitaria, 160 : 3 unioloides, 7d.
Diksonia, 163 Zeylanica, id.
Dillenia pilosa, 115 _Eranthemum album, 142
Dimeria, 162 succifolium, 7d.
Dinochloa Andamanica, 7d. Cae dubia, 305, 24
Dioclea reflexa, 252 A macrocarpa, 304
Dioscorea glabra, 157 - integrifolia, 2d.
Diospyros Kurzii, 138 Japonica, 305
undulata, id. Eriachne Chinensis, 161
Diplommatina Austeni, 178 Hriocaulon longifolium, 158
* 35 levigatus, 179 % truncatum, 7d.
* 49 Homei, 178 Erioglossum rubiginosum, 125
os polypleuris, id. Eriosema tuberosum, 262
e ie var. minuta, Erycibe paniculata, 141
id. Erythrina holosericea, 244
semisculpta, 7d. 5 Indica, 127, 244
Dischidia Bengalensis, 140 55 lithosperma, 244
53 nummularia, zd. s ovalifolia, 2d.
Dissemurus grandis, 71 " stricta, 7d.
Dissocheeta, 131 Ss suberosa, 7d.
Dodonaea ? Lamponga, 125 Erythropus (Cerchneis) Pekinensis, 192
Dolichos biflorus, 250 Erythrosterna leucura, 72
“5 lanceolatus, 7d. Esacus recurvirostris, 66
Draceena angustifolia, 157 Eugenia (Acmena ?) sp., 131
45 Griffithi, 7d. » Clayiflora, 7d.
x linearifolia, 7d. » Jdavanica, 130
+ spicata, 7d. » occlusa, 2d.
Dracontomelum mangiferum, 213 _Pullopine Andamanensis, 155
Drimycarpus racemosus, 208 5 decipiens, id.
Drosera Burmanni, 310 » graminea, 7d.
», Indica, 7d. Eumyias melanops, 71
» peltata, zd. Euphorbia atota, 148
Drymeeca gracilis, 91 3 epiphylloides, 149
Drymeoepus longicaudatus, 80 5) parviflora, 148
Dunbaria circinalis, 256 » var. linearifolia, 7d.
conspersa, 255 99) pilulifera, 149
1) fusca, 7d. Huspiza aureola, 83
5 podocarpa, 256 Hivodia Roxburghiana, 122
Dumasia leiocarpa, 241 Evolvulus linifolius, 141
Dysophylla auricularia, 144 Evonymus Javanicus, 123
Ebermayera lanceolata, 142 Excalfactoria Chinensis, 84 —
Echis carinatus, 92 Exceecaria agallocha, 148
Eclipta, 137 “A oppositifolia, id.
Ehretia, 144 ; rectinervis, 7d. ‘
Elatostema integrifolium, 149 Fagraea racemosa, 139
* Novarae, 149 Falco jugger, 92
Eleusine Indica, 161 Falcouptilura, 51
Ellipanthus calophyllus, 216 * Felis Shawiana, 49
0 Helferi, id. » torquata, 51, 90
tomentosus, 7d. Ficus chrysocarpa, 150
Eleagnus arborea, 146 » gibbosa, zd.
Eleocarpus floribundus, 122 » hispida, zd.
9 (Monoceras), id. » Indica, 7d.
Embelia microcalyx, 137 » infectoria, zd.
Emberiza Huttoni, 91 » macropoda, 7d.
y striolata, id. » pedunculata, 7d.

Enhalus acoroides, 154

» retusa, ¢d.
*Knnea milium, 317

» Rumphii, id.

Index. vil

Fimbristylis complanata, 159
+5 diphylla, zd.
globulosa, ¢d.
a miliacea, 7d.
+ nutans, 7d.
ovalis, 7d.
Flag eellaria, 157
Flemingia bracteata, 260
> capitata, 261
os chappar, 260
+ congesta, 7d.
ae ferruginea, 7d.
- latifolia, 261
= 6 var. a, genuina, 7d.
? bP)

& lineata, 260

i paniculata, 7d.
a procumbens, 261
= prostrata, 260
op semialata, 261

3 3 var. a, genuina, 7d.

3 5 var, B. viridis, 7d.

5 sericans, 260

stricta, 261

= strobilifera, 128, 260

5 vestita, 261
Fragaria Indica, 308
Francolinus vulgaris, 83
Freycinetia scandens, 153
Fuirena umbellata, 159
Galactia tenuiflora, 242

,s villosa, id.
Galerita cristata, 91
Gallinago stenura, 84
Gallinula chloropus, 7d.
Gallophasis Horsfieldu, 83
Gallus ferrugineus, 7d.
Gampsorhynchus rufulus, 73
Gangamopteris, 7d.

Rs Whittiana, 371
Garcinia calycina, 118

6 cornea, 7d.

oF speciosa, 7d.
ee (Xanthochymus) Jelineki, zd.
Gardenia resinifera, 134
Garrulax gularis, 76

i leucolophus, 75

moniliger, 76

or pectoralis, zd.
Gazella Bennetti, 90
Gecinulus grantia, 70
Gecinus occipitalis, ¢d.

6 striolatus, ¢d.
Geissaspis cristata, 238
Gelonium bifarium, 148

3 lanceolatum, 7d.
Geocichla citrina, 72
Geotrochus Calcadensis, 187
Gerbillus Hurriane, 90
Gironniera subzequalis, 150
Glaucidium Brodici, 68
Gleichenia dichotoma, 162

var. B. grandiflora, id.

Glessula Cassiaca, 316

os crassilabris, 315
5 Daflaensis, 316
% illustris, 315

orthoceras, 316
Glochidion calocarpum, 146
Glossopteris, 372
Glossopteris angustifolia, 374

%p communis, 375
Indica, 361
Gluta elegans, 210
es longipetiolata, 7d.
» Lavoyana, 7d.
Glycine Soja, 255
Glycosmis arborea var. 8. insularis, 122
a trifoliata, var. latifolia, id.
Gmelina Asiatica, 144
Gnetum Gnemon, 151
» macropodum, zd.
Golunda Ellioti, 165
Gonostegia hirta, 149
Gonystylus Miquelianus, 146
Gordonia excelsa, 119
Gossypium herbaceum, 120
Gouania, 124
Graminicola Bengalensis, 80
Grammatoptila striata, 73
Grewia calophylla, 121
Griffithia curvata, 134
Grona filicaulis, 242
» Grahamii, id.
Graucalus Macei, 71
Guettarda speciosa, 134
Gymnodactylus sp., 20
Gymnogramme sp., 164
sagittata, 370
Gymnopetalum heterophyllum, 132
Gymuoris flavicollis, 91
Gynandropsis pentaphylla, 116
Gynochtodes macrophylla, 134
Gynopogon stellatum, 139
Gyps Bengalensis, 66
- Indicus, 66
Gyrocarpus Jacquini, 130
Halophila ovalis, 154
Hapalus Travankoricus, 186
Hedyotis Andamanicus, 136
9 approximata, 135
35) costata, 7d.
» coerulea, 136
» cyanantha, 7d.
Graminicola, id.
*Hedyotis paradoxa, 135
oA racemosa, 136
53 rigida, 135
* Wallichii, 136
* Helicarion (Hoplites) Burtii, 314
*

is » ) Cimereus, id,

* 7 minutus, 313

“; ovatus, 312
= oF arts s) radha, 314

ays »» ) Verrucosus, 313

Vill

Helicteres obtusa, 120

Helix (Trochomorpha) acris, 312

(Nanina) bascauda, 2d.

=, Gay) bilineatas ot

(Trachea) cestus, 312

(Rotula) climacterica, ¢d.

(Trochomorpha) castra, 7d.

-. 0 ) diplodon, zd.

* (Nanina) globosa, id.

(Macrochlamys) honesta, 7d.

Huttoni var. tapeina, 7d.

5 Lubrica, 311

(Plectopylis) macromphalus, 312

. oN ) plectostoma, zd.

(Nanina) eee id.

», remicola, zd.

», (Rotula) vidua, ¢d.
Helminthostachys Zeylanica, 164
Hemiagraphis glandulosa, 142
Hemidactylus Coctaei, 18
maculatus, 7d.
Persicus, 7d.
Hemixus flavala, 78
Hemionitis sagittata, 370
Henicurus immaculatus, 80
schistaceus, 7d.
Scouleri, 7d.

Sinensis, 7d.
Henslowia erythrocarpa, 146
Heptapleurum ellipticum, 133
Heritera Tothila, 120
Hernandia peltata, 145
Herpornis xantholeuca, 83
Heteropogon contortus, 161

*Heterorhina Roepstorffii, 52
Hibiscus Abelmoschus, 120

+ tiliaceus, 7d.

Hierococcyx sparverioides, 70

varius, 201

Hippocratea Nicobarica, 124

Hiptage Sumatrana, 122

Hirundo Daurica, 68

¥ erythropygia, id.

Holigarna Grahamii 208

o . var. genuina, 7d.
- var. Helferi, 7d.

Homalonema aromaticum, 153

Hoya Hookeri, 140

Hugonia, 122

Huhua Nipalensis, 68

Hydrobata Asiatica, 203

Hydrocissa albirostris, 69

Hydrocotyle, 133

Hydrornis Nipalensis, 72

Hyegrophila salicifolia, 142

Hymenophyllites, 355

Hypobathrum racemosum, 134

Hypolythrum latifolium, 159

trinervium, 7d.

Hypotriorchis chicquera, 192

Hypoxis orchioides, 157

Hypsipetes psaroides, 78

”

”?
”

Index.

Hyptis suaveolens, 144
Imperata arundinacea, 162
Indigofera Brunoniana, 270
i caloneura, 7d.
9 elliptica, 7d.
6) endecaphylla, 269
~ enneaphylla, 7d.
i galegoides, 270
~ hirsuta, 7d. -
. linifolia, 269
pulchella, 270

i tinctoria, 269

55 trifoliata, 7d.

99 55 var. a. genuina,
id.

> a var. 8. Anil, 7d.

% trita, 270

5 violacea, 7d.

0 viscosa, 269
Inga dulcis, 301
Ipomoea campanulata, 141

ip denticulata, ¢d.

3p linifolia, zd.

», Nicobarica, 7d.

pes-capree, 7d.

» Sepiaria, ¢d.

rs Turpethum, 2d.

» vitifolia, 7d.
Igachne myosotis, 160

” Sp., 2d.

a miliacea, 7d.
Ischeemum muticum, 161
Isolepis, 159 :
Txora barbata, 134

», brunnescens, 7d.
» cuneifolia, 7d.
» Kurziana, id.
3) macrosiphon, 7d.
», villosa, 7d. R
Webereefolia, 133
Ixulus castaniceps, 202
», flavicollis, 82
» occipitalis, zd.
» Sstriatus, 202
Tora typhia, 79
Jasminum acuminatissimum, 139
Jussica villosa, 132
Justicia Sumatrana, 142

> vasculosa, zd.
Kalanchoe acutiflora, 309

5 laciniata, 7d.

A teretifolia, id.
Kibara coriacea, 145
Knoxia corymbosa, 136
Korthalsia scaphigera, 141 -
Kyllingia monocephala, 158
Lablah vulgaris, 250
Lagenaria vulgaris, 132
Lagocheilus tomotrema, 174
Lanius lahtora, 91

: tephronotus, 71
Larus ridibundus, 85

Index. ix

Lasianthus levicaulus, 134
Lathyrus aculeata, 124
a grandifolia, zd.
. sativus, 239
Leea sambucina, 124
Leguminose, 216
Lemna paucicostata, 153
Lens esculenta, 239
Lepus Dayanus, 90
Lespedeza decora, 225
5 parviflora, 7d.
pinetorum, 7d.
sericea, 7d.
Leucas, 144
Leucocerca albicollis, 71
Limnophila hirsuta var. scaberrima, 143
Lindsza lanceolata, 163
xs tenera, 7d.
Liothrix argentauris, 81
Litseea foliosa, 145
Lobelia, 187
Lonchodes amaurops, 48
x» bifoliatus, 49
Bs brevipes, 48

3)

rr Crawangensis, 7d.
BS cuniculus, 49
i nematodes, 48
a nodosus, 7d.
x uniformis, 7d.
= verrucifer, 47

Loranthus, 146
Lourea paniculata, 235
= reniformis, 7d.
Luffa cylindrica, 132
Luisia, 156
Lumunuitzera littorea, 130
ratemosa, 7d.
Lycopodium Cernuum, 162
Ap laxum, 7d.
on phlegmaria, 7d.
Lygodium circinnatum, 164
3 pinnatifidum, 7d.
a scandens, 7d.
Lynx Caracal, 90
*Maba Andamanica, 138
Macaranga gigantea, 148

% tanarius, 147
Macrotzeniopteris, 365
x danzeoides, 7d.
Pr Feddeni, 367
nr . gigantea, 7d.

on Sp., dd.
Macrostachia, 337
Mesa ramentacea, 137
Malococircus (Layardia) rubiginosus, 78
terricolor, 7d.
Mallotus acuminatus, 147
5 Helferi, id.
muricatus, id.
Mangifera, 125
o caloneura, 213
FP foetida, id.

Mangifera Indica, 212
He longipes, 7d.
on silvatica, 213 ‘é
Manihot utilissima, 148
Manisuris, 161
Maranta dichotoma, 155
Marattiopsis, 364
Marsileaceae, 339
Marsilidium speciosum, 343
Mecopus nidulans, 234
Megalema Franklinii, 70
Hodgsoni, 7d.
Megalomastoma pauperculum, 180
= tanycheilus, 7d.
Megalurus palustris, 78
Melanocor ypha bimaculata, 91
Melanorrhoea glabra, 207
usitata, id.
Melilotus alba, 267
Melastoma Malabathricum, 131
3 polyanthum, 7d.
Meliosma simplicifolia, 204
Memecylon subtrinervium, 131
var. grandifo-
lia, ad.
pauciflorum,
ad.

”? ”?

” 9

Merops viridis, 69, 90

Merula albocincta, 196

Mesalina pardalis, 26, 92

Mezoneurum glabrum, 293

cucullatum, 7d.

var. 8. enneaphyl-
lum, 7d.

var. genuinum, 7d.

var. y. pubescens,
ad.

>) 2”
”) ”

oy) >)
or) 9}

*Micraulax, 185
Uae, scabra, 7d.
Microhicrax melanoleucus, 66
Micronisus badius, 201

- rufinotus, 70
Micropternus pheeoceps, 7d.
Millettia atropurpurea, 274

e Brandisiana, 7d.
0 cana, 274

“5 caudata, 276

59 cinerea, 275
coerulea, 276

7) extensa, 2d.

6 fruticosa, 7d.

a elaucescens, 275

op leiogyna, 276
_ leucantha, 275

% monticola, 7d.
5 ovalifolia, 7d.
” pachycarpa, 7d.
9p paniculata, 274
1) pubinervis, 276

_. pulchra, 274
sericea, 275
— tetraptera, ¢d,

x

Mimosa pudica, 294
SSS Hlengi, 138
* littoralis, 7d.
Minla Mandellii, 82, 200
55 rufigularis, 199
Mirafra Assamica, 83
= erythroptera, 91
Mixornis rubricapilla, 75
Modecea cordifolia, 132
<i Nicobarica, 7d.
Molineria Capitulata, 157
Morinda citrifolia, 135 -
Motacilla alba, 91
z Hodgsoni, 81
Mucuna bracteata, 246
55 gigantea, 127, 245
ss macrocarpa, 240
- monosperma, 7d.
“ nivea, 246
pruriens, 245
Munia acuticauda, 83
» malabarica, 91
Musa sapientum, 155
> Slmiarum, 7d.
Muscicapula zestigma, 201
*Musseenda Jelinekii, 135
5 macrophylla, 7d.
Mycerobus melanoxanthus, 200
Mycteria Asiatica, 84
Myiomela leucura, 79
Myiophonus Temmincku, 72
Myristica corticosa, 146
Myrsine capitellata, 137
Najas, 154
Nauclea excelsa, 135
Nephrodium decurrens, 164

1 molle, 7d.

“5 prolixum, 7d.
propinquum, 77.
truncatum, 7d.
Nephr olepis acuta, 7d.
Neptunia oleracea, 294
Niltava grandis, 72

a Macgrigorie, id.
Ninox Nipalensis, 68
Niornis albiventris, 199
Nipa fruticans, 161
Nymphea, 116
Oberonia, 155
Ochna Andamanica, 123
Ochrosia salubris, 139
Ocymum sanctum, 144
Odina Wodier, 125, 206

”

Olax imbricata, var.membranifolia, 123

Oleandridiun, 364

*Opeas Neyilli, 315
Ophioglossnm pendulum, 164
Ophiops Jerdoni, 26, 92
Ophiorrhiza mungos, 135
Oplismenus compositus, 160
Orania Nicobarica, 151
Oriolus Traillii, 79

Index.

Ormocarpum sennoides, 239
Orophea Katschallica, 116
Orthanthera viminea, 89
Orthotomus longicauda, 79
Ortygornis gularis, 83
Osbeckia, 131
Osmotreron Phayrei, 83
Otanthera Nicobarensis, 131
Otocompsa leucotis, 91
monticola, 79
Otus ‘prachyotus, 90
Pachyrrhizus bulbosus, 246
Pachystoma senile, 155
Pahudia xylocarpa, 290
Paleeornis cyanocephalus, 70

53 melanorhynchus, 7d.

rosa, 7d.
*Paleovittaria, 368
* Kurzi, 7d.

amdlemmns Leram, 152
odoratissimus, id.
*Panesthia flavipennis, 190

os monstruosa, 189
9 5% Saussurii, 190
* 0 Wallacei, 189

Panicum colonum, 160

3 filipes, 7d.

59 glaucum, 7d.

4) humile, 7d.

99 Jayanicum, id.

Papilionaceze, 217
Paradoxornis Austeni, 202
flavirostris, 72
ruficeps, 196
Paramignya citrifolia, 122
Parastemon ur ophyllus, 129
Parinarium Sumatranum, 302
Parishia insignis, 207
Parkia insignis, 295

», leiophylla, 7d.
Parkinsonia aculeata, 291
Parochetus communis, 267
Parsonsia spiralis, 140
Parus Nipalensis, 83
Paspalum conjugatum, 160

+9 flexuosum, zd.

e scrobiculatum, 7d.
Passer Indicus, 83, 91
Pastor roseus, 91
Pecopteris affinis, 357

ae alata, 7d. .

1p arguta, 363

athyrioides, 357
Pellionia procridifolia, 149
Pelomys fallax, 170

”

Peltophorum ferrugineum, 128, 293

Pericrocotus breyirostris 71
45 speciosus, 7d.
Peristrophe acuminata, 142
Phalaenopsis cornu-cervi, 156
Phaseolus adenanthus, 249
a lunatus, id.

Index. RL

Phaseolus radiatus, 249
var. a. radiatus, 7d.
var. 8. mungo, 2d.

9). ”
”? by)

+ semierectus, 7d.
oA tenuicaulis, zd.
os trilobus, 7d.

op trineryius, 7d.
op vulgaris, ¢d.

» var. nanus, 2d.
Phasmide, description of a new species
of, 47
Phes gopteris, 362
*Philomycus (Incillaria) campestris, 315
Pholidota imbricata, 155
Phyllanthus niruri, 146
Phyllornis affinis, 80
Hy Hardwick, 79
Phylloscopus fuscatus, 80
Phyllotheca, 337, 348
3 Australis, 347
55 Hookeri, 7d.
sp Indica, 7d.
= ramosa, ¢d.
Picus atratus, 193
», Macei, 70
» manderinus, 194
Pipastes agilis, 81
Pipturus velutinus, 149
Pirus granulosa, 304
» Indica, 7d.
», Pashia, zd.
*Pisidium Atkinsonianum, 189
aes: Bombayanum, 188
x Nevillianum, 7d.
Pisum sativum, 240
var. a. sativum, 7d.
var. B. arvense, id.
Pithecolobium confertum, 129
Pittosporum ferrugineum, 117
Pluchea Indica, 137
Pnoepyga chocolatina, 195
6 Roberti, id.
Poinciana regia, 291
Polioaetus plumbeus, 192
Polyalthia lateriflora, 115
Polygala leptalea, 117
5p) telephioides, 7d.
Polygonum flaccidum, 145
Polyosma Wallichii, 308
Polyphragmon flavescens, 134
Polyplectrum Tibetanum, 83
Polypodium adnascens, 163

oP) ”

x amplum, 361

35 concinnum, id.

4) ivioides, 1638

5) longissimum, 7d.
» phymatodes, ¢d.
of quercifolium, 7d.
% spectabile, 361

submarginale, 7d.
Pomatorhinus ferrugimosus, 75
o hypoleucus, zd.

Pomatorhinus ruficollis, var., 75

35 schisticeps, 7d,
*Pomatias grandis, 180
7" Himalayanee, 7d.
pleurophorus, 7d.

Pometia tomentosa, 125
Pongamia mitis, 128, 276
Popowia parvifolia, 115
Portulaca oleracea, 118
Potamides (Pirenella) Layardi, 94
Potentilla Kleiniana, 308
Pothos scandens, 153
Pouzolzia Indica, 149
Pratincola caprata, 91
a Indica, éd.

Premna integrifolia, 143
Prinia flaviventris, 202, 79

» Socialis, var. 79

» Stewart, 2d.
Proparus chryseus, 82
Prunus Martabanica, 303

» Persica, 302

on Puddum, 303

- triflora, 302
Psammophis, 92
Psarisomus Dalhousie, 69
Pseudarthria viscida, 225
Psidium Guyava, 130
Psophocarpus palustris, 250

tetragonolobus, 7d.

Psoralea corylifolia, 268
Psychotria Andamanica, 133

>) connata, id.
bp Nicobarica, ¢d.
9% tylophora, 7d.

Pteoleocarpa Malaccensis, 125
Pteris longifolia, 163
i pellucens, 7d.
» vepandula, 7d.
» Ssagitteefolia, 370
Pterisanthes, 124:
Pternandra coerulescens, 131
Pterocarpus Indicus, 278
op macrocarpus, 7d.
*Pterocyclus magnus, 174
Pterocles arenarius, 92
5 exustus, 91
os Senegallus, 92
Pterolobium macropterum, 298
Pterospermum diversifolium, 121
Pterythrius erythropterus, 81
Pterythrius rufiventer, 199
* Ptyodactylus homolepis, 19
* Hasselquisti, 20
Pueraria anabaptista, 253

op 5 var. a. genuina, 254

i . var. 8. glabrescens,
td.

3 brachycarpa, ¢/.

op Candollei, 253

+» hirsuta, 254

xi Index.

Pueraria phaseoloides, 253
stricta, id.
suspicata, 7d.
tuberosa, 252
Wallichii 253
var. a. genuina, 7d.
var. 8. composita,
7d.-
Pupina imbricifera, var., 179
Pycnonotus pygzeus, 79
Pycnospora hedysaroides, 2
nervosa, 127
Pyctorhis altirostris, 74, 197
53 Sinensis, 74
Pygeum acuminatum, 303
arboreum, 7d.
-. persimile, éd.
Pyrrhulauda melanauchen, 91
Radermachera Lobbii, 142
Remirea maritima, 158
Rhizophora mucronata, 130
Rhodamnia trinervia, id.
Rhus, 125
, vJavanica, 206
» Khasiana, 2d.
» paniculata, zd.
Rhynchosia, bracteata, 258
candicans, 7d.
densiflora, 7d.
minima, 257
pilosa, 7d.
rufescens, 258
Rhynchospora aurea, 159
eracilima, 7d.
Wallichiana, id.
Rhy ticer os plicatus, 69
Ricinus communis, 148
Rimator malacoptilus, 196
Rosa involucrata, 305
Rosaceze, 301
Rourea commutata, 214
var. plurijuga, 7d.
floribunda, 126
pulchella, 214:
stenopetala, 215
villosa, 214:
,, Wallichiana, 126, 214
Roydsia floribunda, 117
Rubus ferox, 307
flavus, 7d.
lasiocarpus, 7d.
Moluccanus, 129, 306
var. a. genuinus, 306
var. f. alceeefolius
ad.
» pentagonus, 7d.
» pyzifolius, zd.
», roseefolius, 7d.
var. a. asper, 307
var. B. glabriuscula, 7d.
var. 7. abnormalis, 7d.
Ruticilla auror ea, 79

”

9 ?
bb) ”

39

’
9
73
3°

2)

99
99

”?
99 9

” ”

ob) )
th) oP)

Ruticilla fuliginosa, 92

by Hodgsoni, 79, 199
Ryparia czesia, 117
Sabia limoniacea, 204.

», Vviridissima, 7d.
Saccharum officinarum, 162
5 spontaneum, 7d.

Saccolabium obliquum, 156
Saccopetalum Horsfieldii, 116

Sagenopteris, 376
#

» polyphylla, 377
Salacia platyphylla, 124
Salvadora Persica, 89
Saraca Indica, 290
Sarcolobus globosus, 140
Sasia ochracea, 70
Saxicola chrysopygia, 91

» desérti; zd!

» isabellina, 7d.

oy LOTION.

», Opistholeuca, 7d.

picata, 7d.

Saxifrages, 308
Sceevola Koenigii, 137
Schizachyrium breyvifolium, 161
Schizoneura, 337

Gondwanensis, 345
99 Hoerensis, 344

0 Meriani, 7d.

* paradoxa, 346

Schizopteris, 355
Scindapsus pteropodus, 153
Scirpus subulatus, 159
Scleria 7d.

» levis, 160

» lateriflora, 159

», lithosperma, 2d.

» Sumatrensis, 7d.
Scolopax rusticola, 200
Scoparia dulcis, 143
Scops Brucei, 90
Scyphiphora hydrophyllacea, 183
Securinega obovata, 147
Selaginella caudata, 162

9% flabellata, zd.
0 tenella, 7d.
% albescens, 209

0 anacardium, 7d.

Semecarpus heterophyllus, 126, 210
an . var. pubes-
cens, 126
. panduratus, 209
= subpanduriformis, 210

Semecarpus subracemosus, 7d.

Serilophus rubropygius, 69

Sesamum Indicum, 143
*Sesara Hungerfordiana, 148
x, imermia, 184

Sesbania aculeata, 271
Meyptiaca, id.
Cochinchinensis, 7d.
. grandiflora, 7d.

Index.

Shells, new Land and Fresh-water, from
- India and Burma, 184:
Shuteria suffulta, 241
=: vestita, id.
Sida amoena, 119
3 carpinifoha, var. acuta, zd.
Sideroxylon attenuatum, 138
“ grandifolium, 7d.
Sibia picaoides, 78
», pulchella, zd.
Sindora Siamensis, 289
Siphia strophiata, 72
> superciliaris, 201
Sissa Chinensis, 83
Sitta cinnamomeoventris, 71
» formosa, 7d.
» Himalayensis, 194
Siva cyanuroptera, 82
5, Strigula, 81
Smilax polyacantha, 157
ciliata, 238
conferta, 7d.
dichotoma, 7d.
a4 grandis, id.
Smithia sensitiva, 237, 127
Sophora tomentosa, 128, 224
Sorghum muticum, 161.
Spathodea Rheedii, 142
Spenocephalus tridactylus, 92
Sphenocercus sphenurus, 203
Sphenocichla Roberti, 198
Sphenopteris athyrioides, 357
hymenophyllides, 7d.
polymorpha, 356
Bena 337, 338
trizyg ria, 342
Sphenopterides, 355
*Spiraculum Bhamoense, 186
L3o0 yee bitubiferum, 187
)) Haspidum) 174:
* Neyilli, zd.
Spheeranthus microcephalus, 137
Sphoenodesma eryciboides, 144
Spilanthes, 137
Spodiopogon, 161
Spondias ? macrophylla, 213
» Imangifera, cd.
Sporobolus, 161
Stachytarpha Indica, 143
Stellio melanura, 25
5 nuptus, zd.
Stemona, 157
Stenochlena scandens, 164
*Stenodactylus orientalis, 21
Sterculia campanulata, var.
120

ee hyposticta, 7d.

ae longifolia, 7d.

25 mollis, 7d.
Sterna melanogastra, 85
Strachyrhis chrysea, 75

- nigriceps, 7d.

9
”?
”

2

glabrifolia,

xiii

Streblus asper, 150
Streptaulus Blanfordi, 179
peeves bombax, 187

op Daflaensis, 317

3 Theobaldu, 7d.
Strychnos acuminata, 139
Sturnopastor contra, 83
Stylidium tenellum, 137
Suthora Daflaensis 72

», Munipurensis, 196
Swintonia Griffithii, 207

- Helferi, 7d.

Fe Schwenckii, 207
Sylvia curruca, 91

» derdoni, zd.
» wana, td.

Symplocos leiostachya, 139
Synedrella nodiflora, 137
Sypheotides Bengalensis, 84
Taberneemontana crispa, 140
Teeniopteris lata, 366

- (Macrotzeniopt.) abnormis,

36%
muszfolia, 366

‘Teeniopterides, 364
Tamarindus Indica, 128, 290
Tapiria hirsuta, 206
Temenuchus Malabaricus, 88
Tephrosia candida, 272

7 Grahamii, id,
o senticosa, 7d.
7 tenuis, 273

a tinctoria, 272
55 var. a. genuina, 7d.
a i var. B. coccinea, 7d.
5) purpurea, 7d.
pauciflora, ¢d.
Terminalia, 130
0 citrina, 7d.
sy catappa, 7¢d.
Ternstroeemia Penangiana, 119
Tchitrea affinis, 71
Tephrodornis pelvica, 71
*Testacella ? Dikrangensis, 814
Tetranthera amara, var. y. Andamanica,
145
56 laurifolia, zd.
Thamnobia Cambayensis, 91
Thespesia populnea, 120
Thouarea sarmentosa, 161
Thrixspermum amplexicaule, 156
Thunbergia, 142
Thyssanolena acarifera, 160
Timalia Bengalensis, 75
Tinnunculus alaudarius, 66
Torenia cordifolia, 143
Tournefortia argentea, 144
a“ glabra, ¢d.
*Trapelus rubrigularis, 23
Trema orientalis, var. Velutina, 150
Treramnus flexilis, 255
4 labialis, 254

xiv

Treramnns mollis, 254
= oxphylla, 255
3 Wallichii, 7d.

*Trichoglottis quadricornata, 156

Trichomanes filicula, 162

73 humile, 7d.

5 Javanicum, 7d.

muscoides, 7d.

Trichomanides, 355
Trichospermum Jayanicum, 121
Triphasia trifololata, 122
Triumfetta humifusa, 121

3 rhomboidea, zd.
Trizygia speciosa, 342

Trochalopterum chrysopterum, 76

x rufigulare, 7d.
squamatum, 7d.
Turdinus Garoensis, 75

Turdus (Planesticus) fuscatus, 72

5 pallidus, 196
Turtur Cambayensis, 91
>> meena, 83
> wrisorius, 91
» Suratensis, 203
Uncaria pilosa, 135
~ *Unio Footei, 187
Unona desmos, 115
Upupa epops, 71
4 Uraria acuminata, 236
»» alopecuroides, 7d.
; 5 campanulata, 7d.
4 s, cordifolia, zd.
5 Crinita, id.
39 3)
hamosa, 7d.
lagopodioides, 127
5, lagopus, 236
»» lagopoides, 237
picta, 127, 236
Urena lobata, 120
Utricularia diantha, 143
Uvaria cordata, 115
5, micrantha, 77.
Vanda teres, 156

fe ee
"
~

var. macrostachya, 7d.

Index.

‘4

Venilia pyrrhotis, 70
Veronia cinerea, 136
» (Cyanopsis), sp., 7d.

Vertebraria, 337, 347
Vertabria radiata, 348
Vicia sativa, 2389
Vigna brachycarpa, 248

», calcarata, 247

» dolichoides, 7d.

» lutea, 128, zd.

», luteola, 7d.

» pilosa, @d.

» repens, 7d.

» NSinensis, 248

vexillata, 247

Villebrunnea Sylvatica, 149
Violo Hookeri, 117
Visenia Indica, 121
Vittaria elongata, 163
Vitex negundo, 143
Volvocivora melanoschistus, 71, 202
Vitis lanceolaria, 124

» Lainnei, 7d.

» pedata, zd.

» repens, 2d.

», trifolia, 7d.
Vulpes Bengalensis, 90

» leucopus, 7d.
Wattakaka viridiflora, 140
Webera densiflora, 134
Wedelia scandens, 137
Xanthophyllum paniculatum, 117
Ximenia Americana, 123
Xiphorhamphus superciliaris, 198
Yuhina nigrimentum, 82
Xylia dolabriformis, 295
Zalacca, 151
Zamenis, 92
Zeugophyllites, 346
Zornia diphylla, 237
Zizyphus, jujuba, 89

50 subquinqueneryia, 124.

Zoothera monticola, 72

eX
a

e°9d SPA *Teu,
goad OPT es
ee ee

AMNH LIBRARY

INI

100179179

LVN eas
Hoare des,